THE
STUDY  OF  MEDICINE,


                WITH A





                 OF


          NOSOLOGY.


                 UY

  JOHN MASON GOOD, M. D. F. R. &

     MEM. AM. PHIL. SOC. AND F. L. S. OF PHILADELPHIA.


        £K FIVE VOLUMES.


              VOL. V.


          FOrBTH AMEBIC AN EDITION
             Pulafccljrfua:

tf. C CAREY & 1.1EA, E. PARKER, MAEOT & WAXTEE, A>ND
              T. DESILVER:
                 AND
         COKHNS & HANNAY, NEW-YORK-
                1825.
 
yV  i
    I  |  ■  -»--------------— ■»■■■■■
     Philadelphia,
Printed by Wiiliam Bbows. 
PHYSIOLOGICAL SYSTEM
NOSOLOGY,
WITH A
CORRECTED AND SIMPLIFIED NOMENCLATURE. 
 
                   TO





           THE  PRESIDENT





                   AND





               FELLOWS





                  OF THE





ROYAL COLLEGE OF PHYSICIANS OF LONDON,





          THE FOLLOWING WORK





                   IS,





             BY THEIR PERMISSION,




  AND WITH A DUE SENSE OF THE HONOUB HEEEBT CONFEBBED UPON HIM,





        RESPECTFULLY DEDICATED,





                     BY





            THEIIt OBLIGED AND OBEDIENT SERVANT, 
ADVERTISEMENT.
     THE following Work was announced to the
Public, and would have appeared at the beginning of
the year, but that the Author was desirous of obtain-
ing the sanction of the Royal College of  Physicians
to dedicate it to that learned body.  To the gratifica-
tion of this desire, the President, with his accustomed
politeness, afforded every facility, consistently with a
due deference to the individual judgment of the Fel-
lows of the College.  A copy of the Work was laid
for  public inspection upon the Censor's table  on Feb.
3;  an official notice of the same communicated;  and
three other copies circulated among the Fellows in
rotation,  and in as many different directions, for an
examination of it at their  respective homes.  The
Court assembled  on  March 31, when the  question
was taken into consideration,  and the Author's re-
quest unanimously acceded to.
   April 2, 1817. 
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.
The following work was commenced, and its general outline laid
down, as early as the year 1808, though the pressure of profes-
sional and other engagements  has prevented its  completion till
now.   The interval, however, has not been entirely thrown away,
for the author has endeavoured to keep his eyes open to every pub-
lication or hint that has since appeared on the subject, or has had
any connexion with  it, and has availed himself of whatever he has
found most valuable or interesting.
   The main object of the present attempt is not so much to in-
terfere with any existing system of nosology, as to fill up a niche
that  still seems  unoccupied in the great gallery of physiological
study.  It is that, if it could be accomplished, of connecting the
science of diseases more closely with the sister branches of natu-
ral knowledge; of giving  it a more assimilated and family cha-
racter; a more obvious and  intelligible classification; an arrange-
ment  more simple in its  principle, but more comprehensive in its
compass ;  of correcting its  nomenclature, where correction is call-
ed for, and can  be accomplished  without coercion ; of  following
its distinctive terms as well upwards to their original sources  as
downwards to their synonyms in the chief languages of the present
day; and thus, not merely of producing a manual for the student, or
a text-book for the lecturer, but a book that may stand on the same
shelf with, and form a sort of appendix to, our most popular sys-
tems of natural history; and may at the same time  be perus-
ed by the classical scholar without disgust at that barbarous jargon,
with which the language of medicine is so perpetually tesselated -
and which every one has complained of for ages, though no one'
has hitherto endeavoured to remedy it.
   The present, however, is but an attempt towards what is want-
ed, and is only offered in  this view.  How far such an attempt
may  be worth encouraging, and  by what means it may be con,
ducted towards  a desirable degree of perfection, may perhaps be
best determined by a brief glance  at the chief nosological sys-
tems  of the day, the nomenclature in actual  use, and the o-eneral
nature of  the improvement proposed in the ensuing volume.  It
is the aim of this introduction to  offer a few hints upon each of
these subjects. 
VI n
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION
                          SECTION I.
                    NOSOLOGICAL SYSTEMS.

    I.  No art or science  can be acquired,  for none can be clearly
  treated of or communicated, without arrangement.  All nosologi-
  cal works, therefore,  possessing any value, have an arrangement,
  or method,  as it is called, of some kind or other; and which it will
  answer our  present purpose to consider as reducible to two. those
  of synopsis  and of system.   In the synoptic method the whole of
  the subject is seen by  the writer at the time of his arranging it, as
  indeed the term imports, and radiates in loose  but diverging lines
  from  a point  given by  his own genius or inventive power.   In
  the systematic method the  whole of the subject is, from the first,
  conjunctively and consonantly examined, for  such is  the  radical
  meaning of the term system, and rigidly distributed into subordi-
  nate divisions, agreeably  to the laws of similitude and discrepan-
 cy : so that every component part must necessarily occupy a defi-
 nite station,  as soon as the  governing divisions of the  system are
 laid down.  The first arrangement proceeds  usually  by parts,
 books, chapters, and sections; of which Celsus has  furnished us
 with a  very beautiful example; the second,  by a much stricter
 device of some other kind; commonly, after  the  botanists,  that
 of classes, orders, genera, and species; and, in consequence of such
 greater strictness, is better calculated to assist the memory.
   Upon the synoptic method it  is  not the author's intention to
 touch;  the systematic has so many  advantages over it,  as well in
 learning as in retaining a subject, that it has long taken the lead
 wherever it has been found  capable of adoption, and especially in
 several of the practical branches of physiological science, as zool-
 ogy, botany, and mineralogy; to which we may soon hope to add
 chemistry, though many of the  facts of this last study are still too
 isolated, and  the results of many of its experiments too disputable,
 to enable us  to employ  the systematic method here  with any
 great advantage at present.
   It is  under  this form,  therefore,  that nosology  has been
 chiefly taught for  nearly  a  century;  and as the systematic  ar-
 rangement  admits of several  modifications, every modification
has been tried in its turn, and  it has found its admirers.  The
simplest  systematic modification, if it be in any way worthy of
the name, is  the alphabetic, of which, in  the  present day, we
have many  copious examples, highly valuable as works of easy
reference, though scarcely entitled  to rank under  the charac-
ter of  systematic  arrangement.   To  this classification  belongs 
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.
ix
 the very excellent and  important work of Dr. Heberden.   An-
 other modification which  has  been had  recourse to  is that  of
 the duration of diseases, as divided into acute and chronic; it is
 a modification of considerable antiquity, and has descended  to
 us in the  works  of Aretaeus,  and Cselius Aurelianus.  A third
 modification has consisted in taking the anatomy of the animal
 frame as a ground-work for divisions;  and  consequently in as-
 sorting diseases,  as has been  done  by Johnston, Sennert, and
 Morgagni,  and since been  recommended  by Dr. Mead in his
 Medical Precepts and Cautions, into those  of the head, chest,
 belly, limbs, and  almost every other part.  A fourth invention
 has fixed upon the supposed causes of diseases as a basis of dis-
 tribution, and  to this has  been applied the epithet etiological,
 from the Greek term «it«», a cause; it has  acquired more popu-
 larity than  any of the preceding,  and was  especially embraced
 by the schools of Boerhaave,  Riverius, and  Hoffman.   Some-
 times a mixt modification has been attempted,  as in the nosology
 of Doctor Macbride,  who takes extent for his first two general
 divisions of diseases, as being universal or local, sex, for his third,
 and the age of infancy for his fourth and last.  And sometimes,
 and far more generally of late years, the  nosological system has
 been  built  upon the  distinctive symptoms of diseases—the
 peculiar  marks by which  they identify  themselves,  and so  to
 speak, become individualized :  and such is the principle adopted
 by Sauvages, Linneus, Cullen, and all the most celebrated nosolo-
gists of recent times.
   This last is, in effect, the only method in any degree  worthy
of attention ; for it is the only one that will generally hold true
to itself, or on which we can  place any dependence.   Of the
seat of diseases  we often know but very  little; of their causes
 far oftener still less; but there are certain marks or characters in
the usual progress of  most diseases  which uniformly  accompany
and distinguish them, and to which, therefore,  the epithet patho-
gnomic has been correctly applied.  It is not,  indeed, to be con-
tended that these distinctive signs are as constant and determinate
as many of the distinctive signs that occur in zoology or botany.
So complicated is  the animal machinery, so perpetually alterable
and altered  by habit, climate,  idiosyncrasy,  and the  many acci-
dental circumstances by which life is diversified, that the general
rule must admit of a variety of exceptions, and is here, perhaps,
rather than any where else, best established by such exceptions.
Yet, after all, every distinct disease, occur  where it  may, and
under what peculiarity of constitution it may,  proves so generally
true to its  own course,  and is  so generally attended by its own
  Vol. V.—B 
X
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.
train of symptoms, or coincidents, which is the literal  rendering
of symptoms,*  that he who steadily  attends to these, will  not
often  be  greatly deceived, and if he should  be, he can  find no
other guide to set him right.
  The symptoms of a disease, indeed, have not unfrequently been
said to constitute the disease itself.  This is not  perhaps strictly
true;  they are rather an algebraical character designating an  un-
known quantity, but which, in  the hands of a skilful  mathema-
tician, may be managed as readily in working a proposition as if
such unknown quantity were a sensible object.
  It is hence that the writings of Hippocrates and of Sydenham
are so highly and deservedly esteemed; and will be so as long
as medicine shall  be practised.    In their  hypotheses they are
often  erroneous  : but  they seldom  indulge in  hypotheses,  and
we do not look to them for their speculations, but for that  which
peculiarly characterizes their pages, a clear and  intelligible state-
ment  of  symptoms, a  valuable  history  of pathognomic facts.
Celsus, though  his  plan is  more general,  is also in this respect
highly entitled  to praise; it is  by attending to the perspicuous
description he  has  given us of the  leading  features of some  of
the diseases he has  delineated,  that  we  have been best able,  as
will be shown  in the progress of this work, to restore his text,
in various instances, to its  original  purity and  correctness, and
to rescue it from the obscurity or nonsense in which it has been
involved  by the blunders of copyists,  who have  occasionally
mistaken one name for another,  or filled up lacunae,  produced
by the devouring tooth of time,  with their own erroneous  con-
ceits.
   II.  Plater may be regarded as  the morning-star that first glim-
mered in the hemisphere  of symptomatology, as Serveto  was in
that of the circulation of the blood.  The light of both was feeble
and tremulous;  but  it  twinkled in the  midst of darkness, and led
on to the brightness of day.  Hjs work, entitled Praxis Medica,
in which he  gives an imperfect  sketch of a symptomatic plan of
nosology, was published in  1602.  Sydenham, if he did not avail
himself of it, was actuated by the same quickening spirit, for his
various treatises and epistles, published  for the most part miscel-
laneously, are a practical  comment upon Plater's principle, and
 seem chiefly to  have stirred up the well-stored and comprehensive
 mind of Sauvages,  who was peculiarly  attached to Sydenham's
 opinions and practice, whom he is continually praising, and whom
• StyOTTOjUftT* from (ru/xmrru, " to fall in, happen together, or coincide." 
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.
he distinguishes by the name of Anglus Hippocrates* to that full
illustration of the symptomatic method which has given form and
being to almost every attempt that  has since appeared upon the
subject.   Sauvages first published the outlines of his plan in 1731,
in a duodecimo volume, under the  title of Nouvelles Classes de
Maladies, after having submitted his intention  to the judgment of
Boerhaave.   This precursory sketch descended no lower than to
the division of genera; but having been encouraged to persevere,
he laboured on the  species,  and introduced them  in their proper
succession into a new and  more  extensive edition of his work,
published  in  1763, in  five  volumes octavo;  and continuing his
exertions yet further in the same vineyard, he put his finishing
hand to the great task he  had undertaken, by preparing a still
more complete and final edition, which he did not live to publish,
but which was given to the world shortly after  his death, in 1768,
in two large volumes quarto.
   III. The Nokologia Methodic a, for such is the title of M.
de Sauvages's work, is, indeed, an  Herculean labour.   It consists,
in its latest and most perfect  form, of three distinct arrangements
—a symptomatical,  an  etiological, and an anatomical; so  as to
accommodate itself to the taste of the old  school as well as of the
new.  The symptomatical,  to which  the others are professedly
subordinate,  is by far the most extensively elucidated; and com-
prises ten classes, (each introduced by an elaborate pathological
synopsis)  upwards of forty orders,  more than  three hundred
genera, and an almost innumerable host of species.   Quel nombre
prodigieux d' enemis I exclaims M. de Ratte, alluding to this
vast muster,  in  his  eulogy  on the author, delivered  before the
Royal Society of Sciences in Montpellier; or  rather alluding to
the somewhat smaller muster of the preceding edition,  for the last
was not  then  published.   We have yet, however,  to add the
varieties, which under several species are not  few; and  to bear
in mind that to every variety, species and genus, as  far as  their
relative characters will allow, are allotted a definition,  list of sy-
nonyms,  history, diagnosis,  prognosis, and mode of cure;  with,
frequently, an exemplification of cases, and a brief statement of the
peculiar opinions of other writers, before  we can fairly appreciate
the entire mass of matter with which the volumes of M.  de Sau-
vages abound.   He seems, indeed, to have been desirous of col-
lecting materials of every kiad and quality from every quarter to
  • Nosol. Method. Prolegom. 1.19.  See especially the closing paragraph in
his Prolegomena, in which he particularly adverts to the labours both of Plater
and Sydenham. 
Xi:
PRELIMLNARY DISSERTATION
 which a market was open; and of following up every deviation
 from health  into all  its possible as well as its actual shades and
 ramifications, so that  no man might have to add a syllable to  his
 work after him.
   It is not very surprising, therefore, that a work thus constituted
 and  conducted  should  be considerably  too diffuse.  This  is its
 leading error; yet it is  a venial one, and was by no means desti-
 tute  of advantage at the  time of its commission;  for the very am-
 plitude the work evinces rendered it, when first completed, a sort
 of nosological bazaar, to which  every one might  have  recourse
 who was in pursuit of this new  branch of study, and where he
 might accommodate himself with whatever  articles he  stood in
 need of.
   In reality, notwithstanding its redundancy—notwithstanding its
 occasional  want of discrimination—the  errors that are too fre-
 quently to be found in its pathology—the looseness of its primary
 divisions, and the repetition of several of its species under different
 genera—the Nosologia Methodica is still a  work of so much
general merit and utility, that the student who neglects to read it,
and even to read it carefully, neglects one of  the most important
 parts of his education, and  which  he cannot well  supply from any
other quarter.   It is, moreover, a work of considerable elegance;
perspicuous in its descriptions, graceful in its style, and with the
exception of several writers of our own country, and two or three
of Italy, purer in its Latinity than perhaps any  medical book of
modern times written in the same tongue ;  and is one of the very
few volumes we can still read with pleasure after a perusal of Cel-
sus.   It is a singular circumstance, and to notice  it is due to the
female sex, that for much of the grace and purity of his Latin, M.
de Sauvages was probably indebted to a learned Neapolitan lady,
 the celebrated Maria Angela Ardingheli,  one  of the first scholars
and mathematicians of her  day.  He expressly admits his obliga-
tions to her upon this point, in respect  to his Medical Commen-
 taries, and  this too when she was not more than sixteen years of
 age.   " Styli tui gratiis, musarum floribus, meos  de febre, de in-
 flammatione, et de ha3mastica\ commentarios hac aetate adornasti:"
—and as he selected  this lady for the patroness of his Nosology,
 dedicated it to her,  and had an  earnest desire  that  she should
 translate it  into Italian, there can be little  doubt that this work
 also had the benefit of the same elegant assistance.
   It is not, therefore, to be wondered  at, that the labours of M.
 de Sauvages should have   made  a strong impression upon the
 scientific  world, and especially upon   the  medical community.
 Linneus, who was  at this period  carrying forward his system 
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.
xiii
 of botany to a perfection that leaves little to be wished for, culti-
 vated his acquaintance from  the first;  and the new "Methodic
 Nosology"  became so popular in every  quarter, that there was
 scarcely  a pathologist of any eminence for learning who did not
 eagerly study it, embrace  its general  principles, and endeavour,
 by  different modifications, to clear it  of its imperfections, and
 work it  into a more  finished form.  And hence the successive
 attempts  of  Linneus at Upsala,*  Vogel at Gottingen,t Cullen at
 Edinburgh,J and Sagar  at Iglaw,§ in Moravia: and hence the
 strong and ardent hope expressed by Gaubius, that nosology was
 now  on the point of dropping its looseness and uncertainty, and
 of entering into the  list of strict sciences.  And it is  highly credit-
 able  to the  liberality of  M.  de Sauvages, and offers an example
 which ought never  to be lost  sight of, that instead of being morti-
 fied at the  numerous alterations introduced into his  system in
 various countries, and contemplated in many more, he availed
 himself of several of them in the last edition of his work, and will
 be found often adverting to  others, and especially to  those of
 Linneus,  with the utmost urbanity and deference.
   Yet notwithstanding this  succession of labours, the subject was
 far from acquiring the perfection of which it was supposed to be
 susceptible;  and we have hence had a still  greater number of at-
 tempts at improvement by physicians  of the first character and
 reputation in their day, of whom it may be sufficient to mention
 Selle of Halle, Macbride, Plouquet, Darwin, Crichton, Pinel, Parr,
 and Young.
   To the  time of Cullen the general outline or classific arrange-
 ment of Sauvages was left without much disturbance;  for although
 the order of succession was changed,  and changed differently in
 every new attempt, the names, in a few instances, diversified, and
 occasionally some addition made to the number, still  the ten  Sau-
vagesian classes were substantially retained and adhered to. These
 classes are as follow:

I.  Vitia  (Cutaneous Affec-     III. Phlegmasia.
    tions.)                     IV. Spasmi.
II. Febres.                    V.  Anhelationes.
  * Genera Morborum, first published by a pupil of Linneus, in 1759, and after-
wards by the author in 1763.  Upsal. 16 pp.
  ■j- Definitiones Generum Morborum.  Gotting. 1764, 8vo.
  i Synopsis Nosologic Methodic*.  Edinb. 1769, improved by several later
editions, particularly those of 1780 and 1785, which contains, for a comparison,
the systems of Sauvages, Linneus, Vogel, Sagar, and Macbride.
  $ Systema Morborum Syttematicum. Viennje, 1771 and 1776. 
XIV
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.
VI. Debilitates.              Morosities of the Stomach.)
VII. Dolores (Local Pains.)  IX. Fluxus.
VIII. Vesania    (including  X. Cachexia.

  The ten classes comprise forty-four orders, three hundred and
fifteen genera, and about two thousand five hundred species: be-
ing rather more than an average of eight  to each genus.   A few
words may suffice to point out the nature of the improvements
which have been chiefly attempted upon this system.
  IV. In Linneus, while the  above classes remain substantially
the same, their order of succession is varied, the names consider-
ably altered, apparently from  a preference  of  Latin  to Greek
terms, (as in the use of mentales for vesania, motorii for
spasmi, and deformes for cachexia,) and the list of classes is
increased to eleven, by advancing the exanthematica  of Sau-
vages, which in him occurs as an order of phlegmasia, to the
rank of a distinct class;  while  the class vitia, with which Sau-
vages opens, is by Linneus thrust to the end of the series.  The
Sauvagesian genera  are not much interfered with in respect to
number.   Upon  the whole they are rather extended, and  amount
to three hundred and twenty-six.   The generic names, however,
are occasionally altered; and the definitions, which are formed by
an almost constant reference from one genus to another,  are ne-
cessarily drawn up in  very different terms, in order to quadrate
with such a change.   Some degree of abbrevation  is unquestion-
ably hereby produced, which is always desirable when accompa-
nied with  perspicuity.  But there are few cases in  which the
author has  not preferred  the definitions of Sauvages, though fre-
quently too diffuse; for the perpetual aim at brevity in Linneus
leaves him too general where he has not occasion to refer  to other
diseases, and too perplext and intricate where he has.  The table
of Linneus's genera does not comprise his species; but it is well
known that iu these  he  adhered  with considerable closeness to
Sauvages.
   V. The great object of Vogel was to supply what  he con-
ceived to be omissions  on the part of Sauvages : and hence he
gives a muster of not  less than jive hundred and sixty  genera,
being nearly double the number  of  his  great  prototype.  But
to accomplish this he  has been  compelled  to elevate to the rank
of genera  a great multitude of affections which ought  only  to
be contemplated as species, many of which are  merely symp-
tomatic of other diseases, and not a few, as risus, fletus, suspi-
rium, clamor, (some of them, indeed,  derived from Linneus,)
 which have no  claim to be regarded as  diseases at all.   In his 
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.
XV
classific arrangement, while he takes  Sauvages for his guide,  he
changes the line of succession as considerably as, though in a
different manner from, Linneus.  He  degrades the exanthema-
tic i  of the latter from a classific post, and introduces them as
well as the phlegmasia of  Sauvages, as mere orders, under  his
class febres.   He unites  into one class the anhelationes and
debilitates of Sauvages, under the name of adynamia; and
having thus reduced the number of  the Sauvagesian classes to
nine,  he raises them  to eleven  by  the creation of  two new
classes,  which he calls hyperastheses, and deformitates :
the former, properly enough, separating Sauvages's morosities of
the stomach from genuine mental disorders, and  the latter  in-
cluding  external deformities  of a prominent character.  His  de-
finitions are peculiarly concise, but convey too frequently nothing
more  than general and  indistinct ideas: while  his new-created
terms are peculiarly long  and  cacophonous, as in the words hy-
pospadiasos, dionysiscus, and hyperartertiscus.   For his species
and varieties, or rather those he has not elevated to a higher rank,
he seems, like Linneus,  to have depended, for the most part, upon
Sauvages.
  VI. The system of Sagar makes  less deviation from  that of
Sauvages  than  either of the preceding: and may be regarded
rather as an enlargement, than a remodification of it.  In various
respects, indeed, it alters the series of  succession, but it retains the
name of every class; though it increases the number from ten to
thirteen, by advancing  the  Sauvagesian orders  of plaga  and
exanthematica to the  rank of classes, and by  introducing  a
new class, denominated  suppressiones, designed to correspond
with a considerable part, though not the whole, of the suppres-
sorii of  Linneus, as Linneus intended this  last to correspond
with  a considerable part, though not  the whole, of the anhela-
tiones of Sauvages.   His definitions are mostly taken with little
variation  from  Sauvages, but are rendered  intolerably  long  by
confounding Sauvages's generic characters with  his generic  de-
scriptions, and running the  two together: so  that instead of
eighteen  or twenty words,  which is, perhaps,  the utmost  that
ought to be allowed, and more than the Linnean canons permit in
botany, we have sometimes upwards of a hundred, filling an entire
page, as in rubeola, whose definition, if  so it may be called,  ex-
tends to a hundred and  ten lines; and in aptha, which employs
a hundred and thirteen.   He is less redundant in the number of
his genera than Vogel, though he makes a boast of having extended
them to three hundred and fifty-one.  It would have been better
for him, as Cullen observes,  to have boasted of having exercised, 
xvi
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.
  in  an  equal  degree, his power of compression.   The system of
  Sagar is rendered more complete than either VogePs or LinnSus's
  by being filled up with his species.  These, however, are deduced,
  with occasional alterations, from Sauvages, and exhibit  the same
  verbosity as his genera.
    Upon the whole it does not appear that the Nosologia Me-
  thodica of the Montpellier professor royal was much  benefited
  either in its arrangement or its  substance, by any of these three
  attempts at improvement; while, in various respects, it was, per-
  haps, rendered less commodious and useful.
   VII.  Such was unquestionably  the opinion  of Dr. Cullen,
  with respect to the  two former of these—for that of Sagar was
 not then before the  public—when  he first thought of essaying
 his  own powers  in  the field  of  symptomatic   nosology;  and
 hence,  notwithstanding the later models that were before him,
 he resolved upon once more taking for  a  basis  the original  ex-
 emplar.
   The first objection, however, to this exemplar, which he seems
 to have felt, was not the mere series, but the nature of its classi-
 fication.   The main object  he  proposed  to  himself, and a more
 important he could not  lay down, was that of brevity and sim-
 plicity;  and the Sauvagesian classification  offended in both re-
 spects.   He determined, therefore,  upon  changing it, and recast-
 ing the system from its commencement.  Instead often classes he
 conceived that four alone might suffice, formed, as he proposed to
 form them, of a calibre capacious enough to swallow up  all  the
 rest.  He moulded his four classes accordingly, and distinguished
 them by the names of

       I. Pyrexia,              III. Cachexia,
       II. Neuroses,            IV. Locales:

 and, influenced throughout the whole of his reform by the same
 spirit of  simplicity and concentration, he  reduced the  forty-four
 orders of Sauvages to  twenty, and  his three hundred and fifteen
 genera to one hundred and fifty-one.   He next carried  his prun-
 ing hook into the field of species:  some he  found  to be repe-
 titions  of the same disease  occurring under different  genera,
 and othere mere symptoms  of  other disorders, instead  of dis-
 tinct or  idiopathic  affections;  all  which were  steadily  lopped
 off;  and in  this manner the reduction in the  species bore an
equal proportion to that  in the genera.  The genera and spe-
cies that remained were  next  enlisted  into  his  own service,
mostly with the respective names  assigned them by Sauvages, 
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.
XVU
 though the  definitions  were generally re-composed,  and appa-
 rently modelled in consonance with the reformer's own practical
 observations.
   Thus completed and fit for use, the new system was first start-
 ed in the largest medical school of Europe, its  author presiding
 at the head of it.  It is  not, therefore, surprising that it should
 instantly have rushed into  popularity,  and become  a  subject of
 general approbation.  Yet it did  not stand in  need of this ad-
 ventitious support to introduce it to public favour.   Its aim at
 simplicity, as well in extent as in arrangement, was  noble, and
 bespoke correct views,  and a comprehensive mind ; it promised
 a desirable facility to the student, and a chaste  finish  to  the ar-
 chitecture of the nosological temple.  The author  showed evi-
 dently  that he had laboured his  attempt in no ordinary degree;
 and many of his definitions discovered a mastery that  had never
 before been exemplified: pictures painted to the life, and of pro-
 per dimensions.
   To this extent of praise Dr. Cullen's system is fairly entitled:
 an extent which ought ever to be borne in mind amidst the nu-
 merous,  and,  in  many instances, exaggerated  exposures  of its
 defects which have lately been exhibited, and which it seems to
 be  a growing fashion to detail both at home and abroad; more
 especially iri  Germany, where  it  has been asserted, ex cathedra^
and believed  by extensive  audiences, that, after all his  preten-
sions, Cullen has done little or nothing for the  improvement of
nosology.
   That the system,  nevertheless,  has  faults,  and  insurmounta-
 ble ones, it would be absurd to deny; for they meet  us at the
 very outset, and run  through the whole of its texture  and con-
 stitution.  It is sufficient to  notice  the  three following:  1. De-
 fective arrangement.   2.  Want of discrimination hetween genera
 and species   3.  Looseness of distinctive character in the  last
 general  division.
   1. Of the four classes adopted  by Dr.  Cullen, the  first two,
 pyrexia and neuroses, have considerable merit, and this merit
 is exclusively his own.  Each term suggests to the mind at once
 a peculiar group of diseases, of sufficient range for a leading divi-
 sion, and occupies a province possesiug a sort  of natural outline,
 or arrondissement, as the French  chorographers denominate it;
 in which, if the  boundary occasionally fail or lose itself  in  the
 adjoining provinces, it is easily supplied by the hand pf art.  At
 times, indeed, it seems difficult under  such  a  system^  not to
 overstep the natural boundary imported by these terms in their
 common use, and, like the late ruler of France, to give in many
   Vol.  V —C 
xviu
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.
parts a broader and an altogether artificial outline by  the inva
sion of adjoining districts; and, from the paucity  of his classes^
Dr.  Cullen has frequently found  himself compelled to such  a
transgression, and  has afforded us a palpable instance of it in the
very class with which he commences; for the tribe of hamor-
rhages, which forms one of its orders, have no direct catenation
with any idea suggested by pyrexy in the common  use  of the
term ; they require coercion to bring them into a  state  of union;
and, what is  still worse, Dr. Cullen, with all the force  he could
employ, has found himself incapable of coercing more than one
half of them; and,  consequently  has  been obliged to  leave the
other half behind, or rather to banish them for contumacy to the
extreme region of his forth class.  So that in his  system  they
exhibit  a wide and  lamentable divorce, and  afford a striking and
perpetual memorial of the tyranny  which pervades it in spite of
its  attractive  exterior^
  Still,  however,  the first two  classes are  substantially good;
and  have in some shape or other been  copied  by almost every
succeeding nosologist.  The third class has also a claim to atten-
tion, though the term cachexia, by  which  it is denominated,
has been used, and  still continues to  be used, in senses  so ex-
tremely different by  different  writers, that it by no means sug-
gests to the mind  a connected group of diseases,  with the same
readiness as pyrexiae or neuroses.  As a class, indeed, the  divi-
sion of cachexias occurs in all the preceding writers, with the ex-
ception  of Linneus ; and so far Dr. Cullen can plead authority ;
in Linneus it is reduced to a genus, and in Vogel  it is given with
singular imprecision, both as a class  and a genus, distinguished
by a mere  difference of number.  Under every writer, however,
the term is employed .in a various sense; sometimes  importing
depraved external  colour alone ^ sometimes depraved colour and
form;  sometimes  depraved colour,  form, and size; and some-
times, as in Cullen's definition,  depraved habit of the whole or a
great part of the body, without any notice whatever  of the pre-
ceding qualities.  Were we to pursue  this subject, and  it will be
necessary to do so hereafter, we should find  that among  later
writers it has been employed with a still wider difference, till at
length  by  several of the most intelligent it has been banished al-
together, from the inextricable confusion that  has been heaped
upon it.*
   Yet by far the  most faulty and  incorrigible  part  of Dr. Cul-
Ien's arrangement consists in his last  division  or  class  locales.

               •See note on Dystustica, cl. iv. ord. iv, 
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION,
xix
It has no scientific relation to  the  preceding classes—no parellel
or apposition with them.  To have brought it into any such kind
of bearing, the whole  of the  former should  have been denomi-
nated  conjunctively  universales,  as  has been done by Dr.
Macbride.  But  this would have destroyed the general casting of
the arrangement, and  have produced a division  which was not
wanted, and perhaps does not exist.*   It must be obvious to the
slightest observer that the sole object of this class is to form an
appendix to the  three preceding, for the purpose of receiving,
like the cryptogamia of the botanical system, such  genera as the
foregoing classes  could not be brought to include.  Cryptoga-
mia, however, from its  name and capacity,  is  altogether ade-
quate to its intention: it is a double objection to locales that,
while  the term stands isolated and without relation to its  fellow
terms, its intrinsic and essential idea (that  of  particular  part or
place) creates an  insurmountable bar to  the  reception of a  great
proportion of the genera which it  is directly  intended to  com-
prise.   In consequence of which the whole  scheme, as a  scien-
tific system, is rendered  nugatory ;  it shuts  a door upon its own
community; and  the rejected diseases wander about from class to
class, trying in vain for an entrance, like  the wretched ghosts of
the idle and the  inglorious in  the  Inferno of Dante,  who did
neither good nor  harm while on  earth,  and who  are  in  conse-
quence debarred  all admission both into  heaven and hell,  as hav-
ing no direct character for either place;
               Cacciarli i Uiel, per non esser men bello:
                Ne" lo profondo Inferno gk riceve.
  Of these diseases, therefore,  Cullen has been obliged to give a
list at the end of his synopsis, under the  title  of " Catologus
Morborum a nobis omissorum, quos omississe fortassis non opor-
tebat:" and has thought himself called upon to offer an apology
in his  Prolegomena.   "These omissions," says he, "I confess
and regret;  but various reasons operated to the omission of some
diseases.  In the  first place it must be acknowledged that several
utterly escaped our attention. •  Next, there are others, sufficiently
known, for which  a Jit place cannot be found in our system.
And,  lastly, there  are  others whose  history  among  medical
writers is so imperfect, that no fit  place  or character can  be as-
signed to them."t

  *  See Clutterbuck's Inquiry into the Seat and Nature of Fever. Ch. I.
sect. iii.
  -j- Hujusmodi omissiones agnosco, et quidem doleo; sed variae rationes, ut
quidam morbi hie omitterentur, effecerunt.  Primo  fieri potest, ut quidam
observatienem nostram penitus effugerint; dein sunt alii satis noti, quibus in 
XX
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.
   It is with the second of these apologies alone that we have any
 concern at present, for time and stricter attention may overcome
 the  evils to which both the others relate.  But the utter want of
 fit places for well known diseases in a nosological system, ana)
 this too in the opinion of the author of the system, is a defect from
 which no time or labour can ever relieve it.
   Dr.  Cullen, however, it must be admitted, has  been as ingeni-
 ous  as he could; and contrived the  means of giving  throughout
 all his classes an entrance to diseases that have very little claim to
 admission.  But the consequence is, that  they make  a sad med-
 ley, and in many cases have not the slightest affinity or  family
 resemblance ;  of which we have a striking example in psora and
fractura,  which  follow in immediate  succession  in the class of
 local disorders.  Psora {itch) can scarcely be called a local  affec-
 tion, unless the term be appropriated to the skin generally,  as
 distinguished from all  the other parts of the frame; but in this
 case trichosis and lepra should  have been placed in the same class,
 instead of in that of cachexies; while fractura could have no pre-
 tensions to such a  class unless when  compound.   But it must cer-
 tainly  puzzle the best  medical  scholar in Europe, who is  not ac-
 quainted with  Dr. Cullen's arrangement, to discover the least
 connexion  between itch and broken bones, and especially such a
 connexion  as not only  to draw  them into the same class, but to
 make them immediate neighbours in the same order.   Dr. Cullen,
 however,  has  ascertained that  they  are both  local disorders,
 which entitles them to a common class, and both dialytic disor-
 ders, or produced by  a division of continuity,  which entitles
 them to a common order: and hence to  the question, " why  is
 the  itch like a.broken  bone?" the student's  answer is, "because
 it is a cttalysis:" an answer somewhat wanting perhaps in profes-
 sional gravity, but the only one that can be given.  And here it
 is probable we must stop; for  there seems no  possibility  of ad-
 vancing further, and assigning any reason for the very close inti-
 macy allotted to psora and fractura by fixing them in immediate
 succession.  Yet there is perhaps quite  as  much difficulty  in de-
 termining what could be the author's motive for placing nostalgia
 in any part of the same  class.
  2. It is  impossible to take  a  survey,  however brief,  of Dr.
 Cullen's system, and not to notice his very extraordinary con-
 fusion  of genera and species.  And the author is  the more  in-

 nostro systemate, locus idoneus  nusquam inventus  est; denique, sunt alii
 quorum historia apud  medicos adeo sit imperfecta, ut nee loqus nee character
 idoneus iis assignari queat.  Prolegom. 
                  preliminary dissertation.             xx\

 duced  to advert to it, because, extraordinary as such a confusion
 must appear to all who are acquainted  with the difference,  Dr.
 Cullen is by no means the only nosologist of our own day who
 has run into the same mistake, as will easily be perceived before
 the close of this dissertation.
   A genus is not a disease, any more than it is an animal, a vege-
 table,  or a mineral; but a group or assemblage of any  of these,
 possessing  certain like characters, and associated in consequence
 of such resemblance.   The consenting characters being abstracted
 and put together, constitute the generic definition, and  apply to
 the whole;  while the  subordinate characters or coincidents, by
 which one differs from another, constitute the specific definition,
 and distinguish 1 from 2,  and 2 from  3, of the same group or
 genus.   A  genus, therefore, is a mere abstract term, a non-enity
 in nature;  highly  useful, indeed, in the chain of orders—but
 which can  no  more exist without species than a regiment or  a
 regimental company can exist without soldiers.  On this account
 it is that no man can ever discover a genus, though he may com-
 bine generic signs, and invent a generic name.  The usual order
 is the following; he first discovers an individual, whether a plant,
 animal, or disease, possessing very peculiar marks, so as to sepa-
 rate it distinctively from any known individual, or groups of indi-
 viduals.  He may now, therefore,  be said to have found a  new
 species; and he proceeds next to arrange it.   He first separates
 from it the  most striking mark by which it is distinguished; and
 if this should be strictly singular, it constitutes alone a sufficient
character for a  new genus, and will form what is called, from this
 very circumstance, its essential generic  character.  If it be not
 strictly singular, he must look  for another striking character;—
 a coincident or  co-appearance—or if necessary, in order to  ren-
 der the distinction complete, a third; and the generic  character
 will consist in the union of these co-incidents, in the combination
 of the  marks that are thus first detached from the individual, and
 then brought into a state of combination.  To  this combination of
 detached or  abstract signs he gives what name he pleases; and he
 thus obtains  a  generic name as well as a generic definition.   He
then proceeds to select one, two, or more other marks, by which
the individual is peculiarly distinguished; and these united form
his specific definition, to which in like manner he adds a specific
name.   He  has now discovered  and identified a species,  and
formed and  denominated a genus.  His genus,  indeed,  consists
at present but of a single species; and many genera never consist
of mpre; but the genus is, nevertheless, formed upon a collective 
sxii
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.
principle; it pre-supposes that other individuals may hereafter be
detected possessing the same generic character, and consequently
belonging to the same banner;  at the same time differing in seve-
ral of its subordinate marks from the individuals already arranged
under such banner ; and which  in consequence will produce new
species as long as other individuals possessing such discrepancies
shall be traced  out; unless, indeed, should the discrepancies be
found to be  casual, to  depend upon soil  or food,  upon climate,
atmosphere, position,  or some other incidental circumstance; and
in such  case the individual is regarded as a mere  variety of some
species described already.
  The writer, therefore, who describes a genus that has no species
belonging or subjoined to it; or who gives a generic, without a
specific  name, describes a mere abstract form, a thing that has no
existence without the addition of other signs or qualities which do
not enter into this definition; and which, in relation to the  indi-
vidual, constitute the  most  important part.
  Now the present charge against Dr. Cullen is, that while in some
cases he has given genera with the proper species belonging  to
them, in others he has  given genera without any species whatever;
and in others again that  he  has descibed species  under the  name
of genera.
   As instances in which he has adhered  to  a regular  systematic
precision, we may take phlogosis and cynanche.  To the first are
allotted  two species,  1. phlogosis Phlegmone: 2.  p. Erythema.
To the second are allotted five species; and it affords one of the
most excellent  specimens in the entire scheme of  perspicuous
description, and accurate discrimination;  though  it may admit of
a doubt whether sp. 5 might not more correctly  be arranged un-
der another genus.  The five species  are as follows: 1. cynanche
tonsillaris: 2. c. maligna: 3. c. trachealis: 4. c.  pharyngea :  5.
c. parotidea.
   Of a want of systematic  precision the examples are very fre-
quent  in every class.  Thus  synocha, synochus,  hectica,  phre-
nitis, hepatitis, and many more, afford instances in the first class;
hypocondriasis, chlorosis, and others in the second; polysarcia,
hydrometra,  hydrocele, &c.  in the  third; pica,  adipsia,  pro-
fusio, and nearly all that follow  in  the  fourth  class.  Nor can
it be said,  that in these  cases  we are  tacitly referred  to the
 species  of Sauvages for adoption; since under  adipsia we are
 cautioned against using the only one in  Sauvages that has any
 relation to  Cullen's genus; and  in profusio  we have a genus
 for  which  Sauvages  has np direct parallel.   It would be easy 
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.
XXl'.l
to prove that a very  considerable number of these naked genera
are in reality species belonging, or which a very  little dexterity
might make to belong, to another genus; but  to  follow up  this
view  of the subject would render this dissertation  too  diffuse,
and a multitude  of examples will be  found in the  body of the
work.
   The author has observed that Dr.  Cullen  is  warmly to be
commended for  the  general  example  he  has set of banishing
the symptomatic species of Sauvages,  and  the caution he  often
evinces in selecting  distinctive symptoms for  his   definitions.
In a few instances, however, he has singularly enough retained
the symptomatic species; and occasionally, and especially in the
fourth class, has  offered characters so general as to be  totally
incapable of discriminating the  peculiar disease.  What  sort of
tumour,  for  example,  possessing any distinctive features,  can
we embody  to  our  imaginations from the following character,
which is the  whole  that is  communicated to us, "extuheratio
mollis, non dolens ?"   It may be a varix, a bronchocele, a gang-
lion, a sarcoma,  an encystis.  In Cullen it is intended to define
a sarcoma.   So another genus in the same order,  is characterized
by  the terms, " extuheratio  durior,  scabra."  But  what is the
meaning of durior£  we have  nothing given us to   compare  it
with ; and consequently, though a chief member in the sentence,
it conveys  to us no adequate idea whatever.  To understand  it
we must read it, as  it  is intended we  should, in  connexion  with
the genus that immediately precedes it, which genus happens to
be sarcoma, and then we learn that  by durior is meant durior
sarcomate.  The definition, after all,  is not very clear, and the
reader has not yet perhaps guessed that the  words are designed to
typify a veruca  or wart.
   It  is not necessary to pursue this investigation  further.   There
can be no difficulty in conceiving why the distinguished reputa-
tion of Dr.  Cullen  should be incapable of securing to his nosologi-
cal system the popularity with which it was at first greeted: nor
why  a host of learned rivals, few of whom have  humiliated him
by their competition, should, in different parts of Europe,  have
endeavoured to offer schemes big with the fair promise of realizing
the noble object he had in view, and  free from the defects he ha?
exhibited.
   These rival attempts  may be summed up in a few words y for
such  is the difficulty of the subject, that none of them have been
eminently  successful; while the greater part have dropped from
the cradle  into the grave. 
xxiv            PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.
   VIII. The chief foreign competitors  are  Selle,  Plooquei,
 and Pinel.  The first is rather a monogrammist, to borrow a
 term from  the vocabulary  of natural  history, than a writer on
 general nosology.   His first attempt was confined to the province
 of fevers alone, and appeared at  Halle in 1770, under the title of
 " Methodi febrium naturalis Rudimenta :" and it was  only to
 an enlarged edition of this, published  at Berlin in 1786,  that he
 subjoined a  specimen of his general classes.  They are altogether
 theoretical; and as he  has not accompanied  them with their re-
 spective genera, it would be superfluous to copy the classification.
 The cloudiness that  hangs over  his division of fevers  leaves us
 without regret that he did not complete his entire scheme.  It
 may be sufficient, perhaps, to observe, that in his " Methodical
 Pyretology," rheumatism,  catarrh, and exanthems are included
 under a single genus.
   IX. The  " Outlines" of Plouquet furnish a system that wan-
 ders less into  theory, but which is far too complicated, and cer-
 tainly not without its nebulosity.  It was published at  Tubingen
 in 1791, in  four volumes octavo, under the following title, " De-
lineatio Systematis Nosologise haturse accomodati."   It is singu-
larly  distinguished by the author's  fondness  for long  crabbed
 words.  He made a far better present to the public a few  years
afterwards in his " Hints towards a Medical and Chirurgical  Li-
brary"—"Initia   Bibliothecae  Medico-practicae,  et  Chirurgise
realis"—extending to seven volumes quarto, in the  order of an
alphabetical  arrangement.
   X. To Pinel, as to Selle, we are  indebted for both a mono-
graphic  and a general attempt.   The first  is  his well  known
" Traite Medico-Philosophiquesur VAlienation Mentale:" the
divisions of  which are clear, and the remarks of. high practical
importance.   The present  writer will be found to have  availed
himself, as far as possible, of the  advantages  which this excel-
lent  treatise affords.   He has not, however, been able to make
the same use of M. Pinel's Philosophical Nosography.  It is too
refined for popular use, and too indistinct for  practical  benefit.
The  classes  are  as follow: 1. fevers: 2. inflammations: 3.  ac-
tive  haemorrhages:  4. neuroses: 5. lymphatic diseases : 6.  in-
 determinate  class for the reception of  disorders which  cannot
 be received  into  the preceding classes, or whose characters yet'
 remun to be  ascertained.   This  last division  evinces a woful
 want »f skill,  and is far more reprehensible than the locales of
 Dr.  CtWen.   M. Pinel has, moreover, betrayed a singular  itch
 for changing established  terms  which,  in  many  cases,  require
 no change whatever;  and  superseding  them  by others  which 
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.
XXV
are neither more true to correct theory, nor more euphonous to a
correct ear.   As examples we may  notice that inflammatory fe-
ver  is here denominated  angi-stenic.; bilious fever,  meningo-
gastric ; putrid, adynamic; malignant, ataxic.
   XI. In turning our attention to our own  country, we shall per-
ceive that the first attempt to improve  on the Cullenian  system
was  hazarded by Dr. Macbride.   It was published as early as
1772, and consists of nothing more  than a nosological  table, em-
barcing indeed  the divisions of  genera and  species (except  in
the order of vesaniae, which is  left  imperfect, from an indeter-
mination in  the author's mind upon  this subject)  but totally void
of definitions.  In the opinion of the writer of these  pages this
unfinished sketch  is  well worthy of attention, and  has  not had
sufficient justice rendered to it.   Its chief failure consists in the
nature of its classes or primary divisions.   These consist of four,
UNIVERSAL DISEASES, LOCAL, SEXUAL, and INFANTILE.  The
second,  or  local  class, is evidently derived from  Dr.  Cullen,
though the  term is employed in a stricter  sense: and  the forma-
tion  of a class of universal  diseases follows  naturally,  and,  in-
deed,  necessarily, from the  institution of a  class of local.  A
precise line  of distinction, however, can never be drawn by the
most delicate hand ;  and it is obvious to every one,  that the em-
ployment of other classes after these, whatever be  their names,
ranges, or attributes,  must be  absurd; for the  terms universal
and  local  necessarily include every disease in nature, and leave
no other  distinctive  class to be added.   Yet Dr. Macbride  ap-
pears to have exhibited  as  nice  a  skill  in  the arrangement of
his genera and  species, as he has want of skill in  primary out-
line.   There is a clearness, a neatness,  and simplicity,  which
the  author has  endeavoured to avail himself of, wherever the
structure  of his own system  would allow,  and which he has
often left with regret where it would not.   Nothing can more
effectually show the  good  taste  and  liberality of Dr.  Cullen,
than his Latin  translation and introduction of the first and most
extensive class of Macbride's table, into  the last edition of  his
synopsis,  for the purpose of comparison  with his own  arrange-
ment, as well as with the systems of those to  whom he was most
indebted.
   XII. Another table of diseases,  distributed under  a  different
systematic arrangement, was published not many years after by
Dr.  Crichton; and, like the  preceding, unaccompanied with
definitions of any  kind.   Its classes  are eight, consisting of Cul-
len's four, with the  addition of four ethers,  for  the  purpose of
accommodating those genera which  ,are ehiefly  under a state of
   Vol.  V.—D 
XXVI
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.
restraint in the Cullenian method ; and to which he has given the
names of hamorrhagia, fluxus, intumescentia. epische-
ses.  This, assuredly, offers some improvement, but the retained
class locales is subject to the common objections against it; and
in the  subdivisions of this class Dr. Crichton has no reason to
boast of being more successful than his predecessors,   lie  seems
sensible, indeed, of the difficulty, and  appears to shrink  from it;
for in the fourth, fifth,  and sixth orders of the local  class, enti-
tled prolapsus,  luxatio,  and tumores,  he has withheld  his
species; and in the three ensuing orders, entitled, vulnus, ul-
cus, and fractura, he has equally  withheld  his genera.  For
the  most  part his  generic and specific distinctions exhibit far less
precision than those of Dr.  Macbride, whilst he has most  unac-
countably   restored the  symptomatic species  of  diseases  which
Cullen  laboured  so meritoriously to suppress.  It is somewhat
singular,  therefore, that Dr.  Crichton should have best succeeded
where Dr. Macbride principally failed,  and chiefly failed where
Macbride has been most successful.  The present writer  has been
under far greater obligations to Dr. Crichton  for his " Inquiry
into the  Nature and  Origin  of Mental Derangement" and
the  nosological  system,  in relation  to  this branch of medicine,
which accompanies it.  The last is a valuable improvement upon
this division of his general table ; yet it is not  a little extraordi-
nary that, in both. Dr. Crichton  should adhere to the  vulgar dis-
tinction between mania and melancholy, in opposition  to the con-
current view of the best pathologists.  This treatise, however, is,
upon the whole, a truly philosophical  work :  comprehensive in
its survey,  intelligible in its plan, and richly  tesselated with il-
lustrations and the opinions of other writers.
  X11I. There is  another system of nosology,  published  indeed
some yeais before Dr. Crichton's. of which it will, perhaps, be
supposed thai some notice should be taken in the present survey,
—though  from its being  founded, not on symptoms,  but on the-
ory, it mig^t be passed by without  blame,  and that is Dr.  Dar-
win's.   The  author of Zoonomia  was a man of great genius,
dating imagination, and  extensive  reading.   Unfortunately  for
hi  , he was perpetually stung with a desire of distinguishing him-
self by seeing things, weighing things, and combining them in a
manner different from every  one else.   All  his works, which the
present writer has read attentively, and some of them  more than
once, give  proof of this; and  show evidently that he would at
any time rather think wrong with himself,  than think right with
other people  And hence,  while he  offers much to  gratify, he
offers also much to offend; and proves that if he had aimed at less 
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.
XXVU
  he would have accomplished  more.  His nosological system is
  founded upon his physiological principles; which, stripped of  ex-
  traneous  matter, may be told  in  few words, so far  as they  are
  applicable to the present subject.   The  brain, as a collective or-
  gan, is the fountain of life and  sensation, and sends forth fibres of
  different kinds and for different purposes; which arc excited, and
  communicate perceptions to the organ whence they originate, by
  four different classes of stimuli, those of simple  irritation, of sen-
  sation, of volition, and of  association;  every part of the animal
  frame  having a greater or  less degree of influence upon every
  other part, and  operating this  influence by  the  medium of sym-
  pathy ;  in  consequence of which, Dr. Darwin was >lesirous that
  his own theory should take the name of the sympathetic.   " Eve-
 ry idea" says he, "is a contraction, or motion, or configuration
 of the fibres, which  constitute the immediate organ of sense;"*
 and hence it seems difficult for  the friends of Dr. Darwin to repel
 the charge, that ideas, under this explanation, must  be material
 substances.  Health he comtemplaled as consisting in the  natural
 correspondence,  and  degree of correspondence, of the  various
 organs  of the body to their  respective stimuli, and disease as  an
 effect produced by any, even  the slightest deviation, from  such
 correspondence  in any part.   Hence every such effect, in his
 opinion, constituted a disease;  and what is  commonly so deno-
 minated, and which consists of a combination of symptoms,  as
 a fever or a colic,  he  regarded as a group  or  bundle of diseases;
 a sort of Pandora's box, where they muster  their secret and col-
 lective strength, and whence they  issue simultaneously.  In form-
 ing his  nosological arrangement, he made these effects, and the
parts or organs in which they manilest themselves, constitute his
 genera and  species; while he derived his classes  and orders from
 their proximate, or rather what  upon his theory are supposed to
 be  their  proximate causes,  and the peculiar characters   which
 these causes exhibit; the number of the  other classes being four,
 derived as may  be easily conjectured from the  four sources of
 stimulation just referred to.   " I have  taken," says Dr. Darwin,
 " the proximate cause for the classic character.   The  characters
 of the orders are  taken from the excess, or deficiency, or  retro-
 grade action, or  other properties of the proximate cause.   The
 genus is generally derived from the proximate effect.   And the
species generally from  the locality of the  disease in the system."t
  By proximate cause, however,  Dr. Darwin does not  mean
• Zoonom. Part I. sect. II. U. 5.       f Preface to Zoonomia, Part. H, 
xxviii
PRELIMINARY  DISSERTATION.
what is generally understood by this phrase, namely, the most
striking or characteristic symptom of a disease: but what  should
seem to be the proximate cause upon his own  theory, and which
in every instance must be a different and often a directly oppo-
site  thing.  Thus in nictitation, the proximate  cause,  in  the
common sense of the term, is a " rapid and  vibrating motion of
the eye-lid," which  ought, therefore, to  constitute the character
of the disorder.  In  the vocabulary of Dr.  Darwin, however,
this,  instead  of  being  the proximate  cause, is  the proximate
effect;  while his proximate  cause is  "increased  irritation,"
which is the  remote cause, as the phrase is commonly explained.
We are not now inquiring which is the  more correct use of the
terms cause and  effect, but only pointing out the  variance  and
the  confusion that  hence necessarily ensue.  The  perplexity
hereby produced  must have been an effectual bar, had there been
no other, to  Dr.  Darwin's system ever becoming  popular.  Un-
fortunately there are many others, and of as tormidable an as-
pect.   The entire basis is theoretical; in  several parts visionary :
the whole  may,  therefore, prove hereafter to be  unfounded;  a
considerable portion of it evidently is unfounded at present.  But
the direct  death-warrant  of the  system  consists  in his  making
every single  proximate  effect  (in common language proximate
cause, or symptom) a distinct disease; for as the same proximate
effect or symptom may be produced by   several, or by  each of
what  Darwin calls  proximate  causes, and  which  constitute his
classes, it follows that the very same species  or specific disease
must  in such cases belong equally to some order  or other of se-
veral, or of all the classes of  his system.   And such, to  the stu-
dent's embarrassment and surprise, he will find upon examination
to be the real fact.  Thus while variola  (small-pox) is arranged
under cl. n. ord.  i. gen. iii. eruptio variloae (small-pox eruption)
occurs under  cl. iv. ord. i. gen. ii.  So hydrophobia appears first
in i.  in.  i. and   afterwards in  in. i. i.   Diabetes  in  i.  in. ii.
and again in iv. in. i.  Palpitation of the heart in i. n. i. and
again in i.  in. iii. being twice in the same class : and so of many
others.
   Such perplexity sets all the ordinary laws  of method at defi-
ance; yet it is  easily accounted for from the nature of the pri-
mary  divisions.   It  is  not,   however,  so  easy to  account  for
Dr. Darwin's introducing into his  table of diseases such natural
states or affections as the following: Healing  of ulcers, i. i. iii.
Deglutition, n.  i. i.  Respiration under the  same genus.  And
the life of an egg, iv. i. iv. which,  from some  unaccountable 
                PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.            xx|x

fancy, is thus rendered  one of the diseases  of association.
While, to make the  system still more defective  and  incapable of
practical use, its author  has given us neither his specific nor his
generic  definitions,  excepting,  indeed,  occasionally ;  confining
himself entirely  to his Latin and English names : and sending us
for their descriptions to " the  Nosologia  Methodica of Sauvages,
and the Synopsis  Nosologise of Dr. Cullen, and  the authors to
which they refer."   But such  an appeal can be of no possible ser-
vice : the diseases in Darwin's  system do  not run parallel  with
those referred to, and  the descriptions will scarcely in any  in-
stance apply.  In some cases,  however, he has made distinctions
that do  him great credit, and are highly  worthy  of attention  ; and
of these the writer has endeavoured to avail himself.
   How deeply is it to be regretted  that  so much genius and
learning, so much valuable time and labour, and, above all, such
lofty  hopes  and predictions, should have been  productive  of so
small a result.   It is in these words Dr. Darwin concludes his last,
or supplementary, chapter, of this  elaborate work,  in  which he
unfolds his theory of fever.   " Thus have  I given an  outline of
what may  be termed the sympathetic  theory of fever, to distin-
guish it from the mechanic theory of  Boerhaave, the spasmodic
theory of Hoffman and Cullen,  and the putrid theory of Pringle.
What I have thus delivered I beg to be  considered rather as  ob-
servations and  conjectures  than as things explained and demon-
strated ; to be considered as a foundation and  a scaffolding, which
may  enable future  industry to  erect a solid and beautiful edifice,
eminent both for its simplicity and utility as well as for the per-
manency of  its materials:—which may  not moulder, like the
structures already erected, into the sand of which they were com-
posed ; but which  may stand  unimpaired, like the Newtonian
philosophy, a rock amid the waste of ages."
   No generous spirit can read this pasage without a sigh;  nor
 probably without exclaiming in the words of Mr.  Pope :

               O, blindness to the future '.—kindly given.

   XIV.  In the very  excellent Medical Dictionary of Dr.  Parr,
 which has now been  about  nine years before the public,  the
 reader will find, under the article  nosology, a systematic ar-
 rangement of diseases which  ought by no means  to pass without
 notice in the  course of the  inquiry  before us.   Of Dr.  Parr
 the present writer  can only speak in terms of high  consideration
 and regard.  He was his colleague in  conducting  for some years,
 two of the most  extensive literary works of  the  present  day, 
XXX
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.
   though not the  Dictionary in question ;  and he can affirm, from
   a full  knowledge of his talents,  that he  was a  man of  deep
   study,  comprehensive  capacity,  and extensive  learning.   His
   mind,  indeed,  was so widely  fraught  with  miscellaneous in-
   formation, that  few subjects  could come  amiss  to  him.   His
   Dictionary gives evident proof of  his having been alive to every
   novelty in  his own profession, and of his  readiness to allow its
  merits.   He was far more  disposed, indeed, to be satisfied  with
  the opinions  of  others than with  those of  himself; and  chiefly
  failed in a  want  of deference  to his  own judgment.  In  laying
  down the outline  of his system of diseases, which  he only at-
  tempted  upon a full  conviction that a work of this kind  was
  extremely wanted  in the medical republic, he had  his eye chiefly
  directed to the  nosological  method of Selle, and  the  botanical
  method of Jussieu.   It follows, therefore,  that his  primary divi-
  sion would consist  not of classes, but of what he intended to be,
  natural orders,  or families.  These orders are twelve,  whose
  names are taken from the classes or orders of Sauvages or Cullen,
  with  the exception of one, suppre'ssorii, which is  borrowed
  from  Linneus.
    Here again,  therefore, we huve a great and noble aim,  what-
  ever be the success of its accomplishment. But as  a natural system,
 even in  botany, is to the  present hour, and  perhaps always will
 be, a  theoretical rather  than a  practical idea, there  seems very
 little expectation  that it can  ever  he realized in medicine.  Lin-
 neus, indeed,  as  we learn from his pupil Gisekc, pretended in
 his lectures  on botany, that  nature had at length  let him  into
 the secret upon this Subject; "I know," said he, "their orders,
 and  their connexions,  but  these I  will  not explain:—I  will
 never explain  them."  He  kept  his  word  too  faithfully ; and
 the fragments  of  the natural  orders  which  he  left on his de-
 cease have been very ineffectual in  completing the  system.  It
 is  true that  the outlines of the system are  before  us;  for  he
 named and arranged his orders; and  in many cases we can follow
 up and explain the  catenation; as  for  instance, in passing from
 the papilionacex  to the lomentacese,  from the dumosse to  the
 sepiarise; but in  many of the links the most expert  botanists
 are  very much at  a  loss, and there are others that  seem  to
 baffle all  inquiry.  What, for example, is the nature of the  con-
 nexion between the palmse and the piperitse, with which the ar-
 rangement opens?  or by what tie is the  siliquosse united to any of
 the orders ?
   On the  part, therefore, of  Dr.  Parr,  the attempt  was a  bold
one, and  his arrangement  will show  that, if  he have not been 
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.
xxxi
altogether successful, he has exhibited a very considerable degree
of ingenuity.  This arrangement is as follows:
I.	Pyrexia.	VII.	Adynamia.
II	Phlegmasia.	VIII	Paranoia.
III.	Eruptiones.	IX.	Cachexia.
IV.	Profluvia.	X.	Intumescentia
V.	Suppressorii.	XI.	Ectopia.
VI.	Spasmi.	XII.	Plaga.
   Between most of these we can trace, in the series of their de-
scent, a verbal  connexion; and  between  several of them a con-
nexion of a more substantial kind.   It holds nominally in the first
three orders, but seems to slip from us in the three that follow;
and is occasionally  recovered in the remaining.  Yet when we
examine the genera  and species of the respective orders, we shall
find the  connexion is too commonly nothing  more than verbal.
Phlegmasia has a manifest relation to Pyrexia; but in coeli-
aca, leucorrhoe,  leucorrhois, (discharge of white mucus from the
anus) which are diseases of the former order, the connexion  is en-
tirely lost : nor will it, perhaps, meet with general approbation that
these,  together with gonorrhoea, (used in the vulgar sense of the
term) cystirrhcea, and phthisis, should be united with coryza and
dysentery, under one common genus, to which is given the  name
of catarrhus.   This, however,  is a  genus upon which D. Parr
peculiarly  prided  himself, and upon which  he unquestionably
bestowed  very great pains.  In the like manner  the order erup-
tiones seems at first to claim a near affinity with Phlegmasia;
and in the genus exanthema it does so substantially, for here we
can trace  distinctly  something of that febrile, or to speak more
correctly, pyrectic diathesis, which unites these two orders with
the order  pyrexia.   But in the mere cutaneous eruptions, here
collected into one genus,  named efflorescentia, the line of union
becomes so fine and filmy as to be altogether invisible.  Were
we to  pursue  this prying  indagation, we should  soon arrive at
breaks far wider and more obvious.  It would perhaps be difficult
to find four diseases  more discrepant from  each other than dys-
pepsia,  amentia,  amaurosis, and  agenesia.   They seem to have
no  one common property with each  other.   Dr. Parr, how-
ever, has  contrived to make them all species of a single genus, to
which  he has given the name of anepithymia, and which he
has defined, "a diminution of power in the different functions:"
—a character sufficiently sweeping to cover at  least half the dis-
eases that  man  inherits;  for excess and  diminution  of  power 
xxxn
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.
may easily  be made to embrace the  whole; and are made to
do  so under the Brunonian  theory.   Yet,  notwithstanding  this
licentious generalization, and  aim at a natural arrangement, the
diseases of the external senses which seem to have a pretty close
proximity with each  other, are partly scattered at  considerable
distances over  the  entire system,  and  partly, as  in the instances
of caligo, dysopia,  paracusis, anosmia, ageustia, anaesthesia, are in
the unfortunate situation of Dr. Cullen's "Catalogus  morborum a
nobis omissorum :"—and, from forgetfulness or some other cause,
have no place  alloted  ihem in any section of the  system.
  There is,  nevertheless, much in Dr. Parr's system that is high-
ly  meritorious;—the distinctions of  the  different divisions are
scientifically laid down; and, except that the genera are occasion-
ally too extensive,  accurately  maintained.  He has certainly
generalised too freely :  but his example is good  upon the  whole,
well worthy of study, and, in various cases, of imitation.   Many
of his specimens are drawn with great nicety ; and it is no small
praise that his theory is  kept in due subjection, and is  seldom
more than a handmaid to his practice.
   XV,  Some  years after the  writer had laid down the outlines
of  the ensuing method, he  had  the  gratfioation  of reading Dr.
Young's Introduction  to Medical Literature, including a Sys-
tem of Practical  Nosology.  This  work, though  limited to a
single octavo,  embraces a much  wider field than is  proposed  in
the present  attempt; for it ranges through an entire course of me-
dical education,  anatomical,  pathological,  therapeutical,  and
chemical, as well  as  nosological; whilst  in the last department
it  is drawn up with  a somewhat different  view, and is more
strictly  limited  to the pale of the medical profession.  So far,
however, as it touches  upon the  plan  now submitted, the  author
has beheld, with  great pleasure, his own ideas  of what ought
to  form  the basis  of  a  nosological system  corroborated by those
of a writer to whom  the literature of this country and of  Europe
 is under no small obligations.  The  arrangement of Dr.  Young,
 while essentially  distinct from  the present,  will be  found  per-
 haps to  make  the  nearest  approach to it  of any  that have
 hitherto appeared.   In  wanting  the division of  orders  to  two
 of its  classes, it  is  scientifically  defective;  but its systematic
 boundaries are as  clearly  seen,  and as  precisely  maintained,
 as those of Dr. Parr.  Yet its chief  merit, perhaps, consists in
 offering to the student  a masterly  guidance,  through the whole
 of  his professional tuition, to the best  authorities and  sources
 of information; in this respect answering the  purpose of Plou-
 quet's  seven  quarto volumes, with  a great  saving of expense. 
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.
xxxiii
 a prodigious saving of time, and by a far nearer and pleasanter
 pathway.
   XVI.  A glance has already been given at  a few limited noso-
 logical arrangements, by writers who have confined their attention
 to a single  family or group of diseases, detached  for this purpose
 from the rest; and to this description of works the author has ap-
 plied the name of monograms, imported from the region of natu-
 ral history.  To the names of Selle, Pinel, and  Chrichton, it is
 necessary to add, under this view of the subject, those of Plenck,
 Willan, Abernethy, and Bateman, to all of whom the pre-
 sent volume is in a  greater or less degree indebted.
   Dr. Plenck, of Baden, is the author of two  distinct treatises
 of this  kind; the  one a  methodical arrangement of the  " Dis-
 eases of  the Eyes;"* and the other of "Cutaneous Diseases."!
 In the former  he follows the order of anatomy in the distribution
 of his primary divisions, beginning with  the eye-brows, and de-
 scending from without inwards till he  closes with the retina.   In
 the latter, which consists of classes, genera, and  species, without
 the interposition of  orders, he employs a looser line of succession,
 though the general  idea seems to be that of advancing  from the
 slighter to the more  prominent elevations of the skin, commencing
 with macula, and  proceeding to excrescentia ; the remaining
 classes, consisting of cutaneous ulcers, wounds and insects,
 diseases of the nails and of the hair.   He  is a more indus-
trious than discriminative writer, as the reader will  perhaps rea-
dily concede, when informed that  he  has arranged, defined and
 followed, through their progress and mode of treatment, a hundred
 and nineteen genera, comprising nearly six hundred species, or
 distinct diseases  of the eyes, the genus amaurosis alone extending
 to twenty species; and one hundred and fifteen genera,  including
 nearly as many species, or distinct diseases of the skin, as belong
 to the eyes!

         Hei mihi! tot mortes homini quot membra; malisque
            Tot sumus infecti, mors ut medicina putetur!

   Yet compression, and  a more  scientific arrangement,  would
 make either of Dr.  Plenck's attempts  a valuable work; and  Dr.
 Willan has the merit of having performed this friendly office to
 the latter of the two, in his book on Cutaneous Diseases; and at
  • Doctrina de morbis Oculorum. Edit. 2nda Vienn. 1783.
  \ Doctrina de morbis Cutaneis, qua hi morbi in suas classes, genera, et spe*
•ies rediguntur.  Edit, 2nda aucta.  Vienn. 1783.
  Vol. V.-E 
XXXIV
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.
the same time of having added so much valuable matter of his own.
as to entitle it to the claim of being strictly an original  perform-
ance.   The distinctive characters of papula, pustule, vesicle, bleb,
(bulla Germ, blasen), scale, and  crust, are well given and main-
tained by the former; but the latter  has expressed them  more
neatly, and  has  added many distinctions which  the former does
not afford ; whilst he has drawn  his literary and practical history,
and  treatment of  th"  diseases  discussed, from very  different
sources; and as far as might be, from his own personal observa-
tions.   That Dr. Willan  did not live to finish this valuable work
must be regretted by every one who has the welfare of medicine
at heart; but the able and judicious manner in which it has been
brought to a close by Dr. Bai em an, has served in no small degree
to abate the general disappointment.  To the arrangement of Dr.
Willan the present writer will be found  to have paid as much de-
ference as the very different nature of a general and a limited
system of nosology would allow ;  for it must be clear to every
one, that had Dr. Willan himself, after having completed the direct
object of his pursuit, extended  his views to a systematic scheme
wide enough to embrace the whole circle of diseases, he must have
greatly modified his first and more restricted  system  before he
could inweave it into the larger  plan.   As it is,  indeed, it stands
in need of no small degree of modification to clothe it with all the
perfection it deserves;  for several of his orders would make better
genera; almost all  his genera are decided species, while his spe-
cies are seldom more than varieties, and are in many cases so de-
nominated by himself.  In this respect he might have taken a good
lesson from Dr. Young, Dr. Parr, or Dr. Macbride; as he might
also from the two former in giving the essential character of each
disease antecedently to the admirable description  with which it is
followed up.
   The name of Mr. Abernethy is here mentioned in reference
to his methodical " Classification of Tumours." This classifica-
tion is strictly symptomatic, the  characters being derived, as they
ought ever to be, as much as possible, from sensible phenomena.
The present writer has with little difficulty been able to enlist this
elegant attempt into his service;  and only laments that he has not
had an opportunity of laying himself under more extensive obliga-
tions to the same quarter. 
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.
XXXV
                          SECTION  II.

                   MEDICAL nomenclature.*

    1. The perfection of a science depends,  in  no inconsiderable
 degree, upon the  perfection  of its language; and the perfection
 of every language upon its  simplicity  and precision.   A writer
 may have clear ideas in himself, but to communicate them to his
 reader, his terms  must be equally clear, and possess a  definite
 meaning.   The  philosophy  of the middle ages  was a chaos of
 darkness and perplexity; and  might have descended with  these
 qualities to the present day, had not Lord Bacon, the grand  lumi-
 nary of the sixteenth century,  given  life and utility to the sense-
 less mass, by calling men from the jargon of words to the study
 of things; and had  not Locke and Condillac, in  the ensuing cen-
 tury, set the admirable example of prefixing a determinate mean-
 ing to a host of equivocal words in common use, and scrupulously
 employed them in such single signification.   " Vocabula et nomi-
 na," says Sauvages, with admirable force and perspicuity, "sunt
 signa idearum nostrarum, et tantum valent, quantum sonant, vel
 quantum, ex definitione constanti, certa est et fixa eorum  signifi-
 catio.   Si  itaque ob  inconstantiam loquendi eodem nomine plures
 ideae enuncientur,  eo prolato, auditor quidquid significet hoc no-
 men  non  intelligit:  ideoque  qui  verbis aequivocis utitur,  is ideo
 loqui videlur ut intelligi non possit.   Eodem itaque nomine, unica
 tantum  idea significari  debet,  si cordate loquamur."t
   In our own times  every one feels the advantage which chemis-
try has  derived  from the universal adoption  of  the Lavoisierian
  * A considerable part of this section is drawn up from an article upon the
same subject by the author, published in Vol. I. Part I. of the " Transactions
of the Medical Society of London," which was honoured by an award of the
Fothergillian medal.
  f Nosol. Method. Prolegom. p. 26.   Several of the sections in M. Cabanis'
Revolutions  et Reforme de la Medicine are well worthy of perusal upon this
subject; and especially sect. viii. of chap. iii. entitled Grande influence des
Langues sur les Sciences, in which,  among other  things, he observes as fol-
lows : " Ce sont l'exactitude et le bon emploi des mots, ou plus gene>alement
des signes, qu'il faut considgrer comme le criterium de la verite* 5 c'est a leur
caractere vague, a la maniere incertaine et confuse dont ou les etnploie, qu'il
faut attribuer les notions imparfaites, les prejug^s, les erreurs, et  toutes les
habitudes vicieuses de l'esprit."
  " Dans presque toutes les parties de la medicine, la langue est mal faite.
Elle s'est alter£e de plus en plus, par la fausse application des mots emprunt^s
aux autres sciences, et par un certain jargon, insignificant et redicule, que le
coupable respect des prejugcs populaires a  trop souvent  fait adopter aux
praticiens." 
XXXV1
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.
 nomenclature; and  though recent  discoveries have clashed with
 the etymological meaning of several of its terms,  the beautiful
 simplicity of its principle  has proved, and will long continue to
 prove, a preserving salt; and  its vocabulary,  instead of being
 hereby abolished, has been  since very largely enriched and ex-
 tended.   Botany and natural history have also their respective
 nomenclatures, to which they are mainly indebted for the improve-
 ments they have evinced within the last half century; and as the
 nomenclature of  the first has been  more attended to than that of
 the second, the science itself has discovered a proportionate  fore-
 leap in its progress towards perfection.
   What has been done for chemistry,  botany, and natural history,
 ought long ago to have been done  for medicine; whose vocabu-
 lary is a jumble of terms derived from almost every language, and
 every system, whether dead  or living, founded upon no common
 principle, and equally destitute of  precision  and simplicity.  It
 consists of Hebrew and Arabic terms; Greek and Latin; French,
 Italian, Spanish, German, English, and even Indian, African and
 Mexican; often barbarously and illegitimately compounded, doubt-
 ful in derivation,  cacophonous to the ear, and, for want of a deter-
 minate signification, formed,  as one would  think, rather for the
 purpose of suppressing ideas  than of communicating them.   It is
 not necessary to detail the cause of  this confusion.   It  has mani-
 festly arisen,  in a very considerable degree, from those political
 and geographical changes that have  marked  the history of medi-
 cine in its different epochs,  in conjunction with that succession of
 theories, which, very nearly  from the time of Hippocrates, has
 been  perpetually unfolding to the  world; almost every one of
 which, if characterized by nothing else, has at least taken care to
 mark its  existence by a new coinage of words.
   II. The sources then of the impurity and perplexity of medical
language may be contemplated under the following heads. Firstly,
an intermixture of different tongues that have no family or a dia-
 lectic union.   Secondly, the want of a common principle to regu-
late the origin or appropriation of terms.   Thirdly, the introduc-
tion of useless synonyms, or  the adoption of different words by
different writers to express  the same  notion.  Fourthly, impre-
cision  in  the use of  the same terms.  Fifthly, an unnecessary
 coinage of new terms upon a  coinage of new systems.
   1. Every one knows that  the languages chiefly made use of
in the  nomenclature of our most celebrated nosologists are the
Greek and Latin; and it would  have  been well if these tongues
had  formed  the  boundary of their  vocabularies;  for  unques-
 tionably they contain a mint sufficiently large for every purpose. 
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.
xxxvii
Even  here, however, we  occasionally meet with words illegiti-
mately compounded, as pellegra,* mentagra, tonsillitis.  But who
is there that can endure, in the midst of a Greek and Latin voca-
bulary, the introduction of such  barbarous words  as  crampus,t
soda,J and scorbutus,^ from the German;  petechia, or more cor-
rectly  petecchia, and scarlatina, from the Italian; modorra, modo-
rilla, and  patursa, from the Spanish; frambaesia, from the French ;
nucha, essera,|| (or rather eshera) albaras,1T subeth,  or  subeta,**
from Arabia; bereberi, from India; mordexia, from China; bichos,
from Brazil; mirachia, galiancon, nambakassa, from Guiana, per-
haps, or Guinea, or the Mountains of the  Moon; for we  cannot
follow up this Babylonish dialect through  the whole of its geo-
graphical  travels into

                Words so debas'd and hard, no stone
                Is hard enough to touch them on.

   These terms, however, form but a small  sample of the gibberish
that at present deforms the nomenclature of medicine.   They are
drawn from the branch of Nosology alone, and from writers who
possess, and deservedly so, a high degree  of celebrity;—for the
examples  are purposely confined to the works of Sauvages, Vogel,
Cullen, and Darwin.
   Had these terms been altogether arbitrary, and had an arbitrary
coinage of terms been the principle of medical technology, there
would, perhaps,  have been no great objection to  the generality of
them.   Many of them are sufficiently euphonous, and each could,
in such case, have excited only a single idea.   But as this is not
the fact, the classical student can never commit them to memory
without disgust at  so  barbarous an association,  nor the unclassical
student without having a secret and commendable thirst to become
acquainted with their radical  meaning, which  he  can  only tho-
  • Evidently from the Latin pellis, and the Greek try?*-, as Dr. Parr correctly
traces it in his Dictionary.  M. Jansens, however, and other continental wri-
sers, spell it pe/agra, and confess themselves at a loss as to the origin of the
term.  " Nomen pelagrae," says M  J.  Griece, " videtur originis,"—immedi-
ately adding in a note, " auctor vocis, ejus origo, ac etymologia scque incerta
videntur, an a jmoj ut tpya-tTrtKu; ?"  De Palagr. Ludg. Bat. 1788.
  •j- Der krampf;  whence our English cramp.
  \ Das sod, or sodt.  Foam or scum boiling up to the surface. The chemical
term soda is from the same source.
  § Der scorbut:  der scharbock ; perhaps more properly, die scharf-pocke.
  || See the genus exormia, cl. vi. ord. iii. 3. 3.
  % See the genus lepidosis, cl. vi. ord. iii. 4. 2.
  •* See the genus carus, cl. v. ord. iv. 9.4. 
XXXVU1
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.
roughly accomplish by sacrificing his time to a knowledge of the
different languages from which they are severally deduced.
   2.  Yet there  is a more serious evil in the want of a common
principle upon  which  the   technical  terms of  medicine  have
been  founded, than in the want of a common  language.  And
it is curious,  and in some degree  amusing, to  trace the multi-
plicity  of accidents  or fancies to  which we are indebted  for
the greater number of  words that enter  into the medical vocabu-
lary.
   Sometimes   the  nomenclator appears  to have been  smitten
with  the  love of colour;  and, in consequence,  we  have black,
white,  green,  red,  scarlet, yellow,  and  purple diseases, under
the names of  melaena, melas,  atrabilis,  leuce, alphos,  albugo,
chlorosis, rosa, rubedo, rubeola, scarlatina, icteritia, aurigo, and
purpurea.
   Occasionally the  order  of  time seems to have  been  the  fa-
vourite principle  of designation;  and  hence  the distinction  of
diseases into chronic and acute; into those of infancy, manhood,
or womanhood and old age;  into ephemeral and quotidian ; con-
tinent and intermittent; tertian and quartan ; or in the more tech-
nical  terms of the nosologists, into  amphemerine, tritaeophyte,
and tetrartophyte fevers;  into monthly fluxes,  spring rashes, and
summer heats.   It is  upon different modifications of  this prin-
ciple,  as  has  been  already  observed,  that  the arrangements
of Aretaeus,  Caelius Aurelianus,   and  Macbride,  are  chiefly
founded.
   In  various  cases  Natural  History or botany  seems  to have
supplied  a  basis ;  and the  nomenclator  has  wandered equally
among birds,  beasts, fishes, insects, and  plants,  for peculiarities
and deritive  names.  From  this  quarter  we derive the terms
fames canina, rabies canina, (dog-hunger, dog-madness); cynanche
(dog-choak) ;* boulimia (ox-maw); pica  (magpie-longing); hip-
  * Cynanche (w/va^n) appears to have been at first a mere verbal mistake
for synanche {o-uryxx); though afterwards employed to  denote a particular
species of the synanche genus.  It is thus adverted to by Celsus, lib. iv. cap.
iv. "Nostri anginam vocant; apud Graccos nomen, prout species est.  Inter-
dum, enim, neque rubor, neque tumor ullus apparet;  sed corpus aridum est,
vix spiritus trahitur, membra solvuntur;  id a-wvay^nv vocant   Interdum lingua
faucesque cum rubore intumescunt, vox nihil significat, oculi vertuntur, facies
pallet, singultusque est;  id nuvxyyv vocatur.  Ilia communia sunt; aeger non
cibum devorare, non potionem, potest;  spiritus ejus intercluditur   Levius
est, ubi tumor tantummodo et rubor est, cetera non sequuntur, id it^t.Toti.y^m
appellant."  Several of the MSS. and codices for " id >tu\ia.yxn" give it  " uti
«m^«"-others '«u; mxy^*."  The Variorum edition is here  employed,
and the following passage from Galen sufficiently justifies it, torn. iv. p. 324. 
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.
XXXIX
pus  and  hippopyon  (horse-twinkle  and  horse-blotch); scrofula
(swine-evil); elephantiasis (elephant skin); ichthyosis (fish-skin);
vitiligo (calf-skin); cancer and cancer-lupus (crab-ulcer and wolf-
ulcer); tantarismus (tarantula-dance); vampirismus (bat-betwitch-
ment); roseola (rose-rash); urticaria (nettle-rash); lichen  (liver-
wort-rash.)
   Sometimes the names of persons or of places have been resorted
to as a foundation for distinguishing diseases;  and from this source
we have morbus Herculeus;  facies  Hippocratica;  lepra Arabum
and  lepra Graecorum; plica Polonica;  sudor Anglicus ;  morbus
Gallicus,  Hungaricus, Garhamensium,  &c.  To which may be
added, the names of various saints and preternatural agents, some
of whom  have but few pretensions to the calendar, as ignis Sancti
Antonii, chorea  Sancti Viti, malum  Sancti  Joannis, lues Deifica,
Dasmonomania.   In anatomy the absurdity produced by this cause
exists to a still greater extent, and has incited several attempts at
a  reformation,  both  in our  own country and on  the continent
though hitherto  without much success.  In our own country  the
plan proposed by Dr. Barclay is well entitled  to attention;  and in
France the exertions of MM. Dumas, Chaussier, and especially of
the indefatigable Vicq. d'Azyr,  are  too  well known to render a
glance at them necessary, were it even consistent with the scope of
this dissertation.   In the brain alone we meet with an assemblage
of terms so ridiculously diversified  in  their sources and primary
meanings, as frequently  to disturb the gravity of the sedatest face
on running them over; and at the same time so indelicate in many
of their references, as to render it impossible  to read them  except
in a  dead language.
   The objection, however, in the present instance, does  not so
much lie against any one or against all these various sources of
nomenclature, as against  tta  random  and indefinite manner in
which each of them is dragged forward to furnish an occasional
supply, and the dull and  miserable taste that so largely broods over
the whole.
   3.  Yet the vocabulary of medicine  is not only founded upon
" Sive synanchen dicere volueris, sive synanchem, vel alteram quidem horum
synanchem, alteram vero cynanchem, sive utrumgue synanchem vocaverisj duas
synanches  sciveris esse rationes."   Both writers evidently lean in favour of
synanche; and both point out the confusion resulting from the introduction of
cynanche along with it.  Aetius attempted to support the  last by observing,
that the patient thrusts out his tongue like a dog; and Aretacus says that the
name was hence derived;  but Caelius Aurelianus and Paulusused synanche as
recommended by Galen.  It is curious to observe, that the proper term is
now generally banished, and almost forgotten, while the corrupt term has
usurped its place. 
xl
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.
  any common basis, but perplexed by the introduction of synonyms
  or equivalent  terms derived from different  languages, in conse-
  quence of  an  almost total want of agreement  upon  this  subject
  between  the  best and  most approved writers.  A few examples
  will best explain the author's meaning.
    The more common terms among  the Greek physicians  for  a
  morbid excess of appetite,  are boulimiasis, cynorexia,  and  lyco-
  rexis; among  the Latins who  have merely translated  these terms,
  fames  bovina,  canina, lupina.  Avicenna uses bolismus, and many
  writers bulimia: while  others,  dissatisfied  with  the gross  idea
  conveyed by all terms of this kind, have racked their genius for
  substitutes, and have at least doubled the number.   Hence Plu-
  tarch tells us  that  the technical term in his day was palulimos ;
  while Caelius Aurelianus employed phagedaena, several addephagia,
 and a lew esurigo.   The Arabian writers  employed  nehem, and
 sometimes jerkua.
    In like manner depraved appetite is   indiscriminately denomi-
 nated citta, cissa, allotriophagia, by the Greeks; and pica and ma-
 lacia by the Latins;  though this last term is also of Greek derivation.
    Variola and varicella,  though descending to us from the Latin,
 through a Spanish medium, are unobjectionable names  for small-
 pox and chicken-pox.*   But as  the second disease was  formerly

   • Sauvages, indeed, does not use varicella, and objects to variola; " variola
 et  patursa," says he, " ut barbara  ableganda."  Prolegom. p.  30.  But this
 would be to make sad havoc with nosological terms, many of which, as rube-
 ola, rosalia, urticaria, though of Latin  origin, have reached us through the
 medium of the Spanish  or Italian schools, and hence with a diminutive termi-
 nation, not  indeed authoritatively Latin,  but allowably so, and sufficiently
 euphonous to please the nicest ear.  Variola and Varicella are  both derived
 from the Latin varus, " a pock or pimple," which has furnished the Castilian
 dialect with vario and variz, and  hence the diminutives variola (now altered
 by a change of accent  to variola) and varizella, now uniformly written vari-
 cella. The Arabic term for the small-pox is nebekk, the radical meaning of
 which is " protrusion, elevation, accumination;" and which corresponds, there-
 fore, with the Latin varus, and probably gave rise to the Spanish variola as its
 literal rendering.
  It is generally said  that the Arabic name for the small-pox is chaspe.-  but
 this is a mistake.  Chaspe is used by Rhazes and other Arabian writers to in-
 dicate this disease, but the term  itself is Syraic, and like the same term in
 Chaldea, (tODS) means  directly erubescence,-  the flush of red so readily dif-
 fused over the cheeks of the bashful and modest;  and indeed the Chaldee root
 imports in its primary sense (f)DJ) pudore suffundi ,■ whence in the conjugation
aphel t|D3N, pudefacere, pudore suffundere, confundere.  In Hebrew the same
term is employed, and to import the same effect, but by a different mean, for in
this last  tongue rjrjo  signifies "to turn pale or  wan," from shame ; 'and is
rather, therefore, ignominia affici, than pudore affici.
  Among the Arabian writers, we meet with  a variety of Syriac terms j for
though Arabic was the fashionable and court language of all the  caliphate. 
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.
Xli
conceived to be nothing more than a species or variety of the first,
the student has still to follow chicken-pox through many  nosolo-
gies, and perhaps all the medical lexicons, under the  name of va-
riola lymphatica, as well as under that of varicella.   In  like man-
ner rubeola, the more common term for  measles, and like the
preceding a Spanish diminutive from a Latin root, is denominated
by Sydenham and  Morton, morbilli; by Sagar, fehris morbillosa ;
by the  translators of Avicenna, variola  cholerica ; by Castellus,
roseola.  So heart-burn is sometimes styled cardialgia, sometimes
pyrosis, from  the   Greek, sometimes soda from  the  German.
Wakeful  coma, commonly denominated  coma vigil, is by Linacre
called marcor; by  Sauvages typhomania;  by the Spanish  writers
modorra.   St. Vitus's dance is chorea,  chorea Sancti Viti, and
scelotyrbe; the last a very improper term, though descending  to
us under the authority of Galen;  since we know from Pliny that
it was also used among the  Greeks to denote a particular species
of scurvy.   Thus,  again, sleep-walking is denominated noctambu-
lismus, somnambulismus, hypnobasia, and nyctobasis; night-mare
is called  incubus,  succubus, ephialtes,  prigalium, and epibole;
while epilepsy has a still greater choice of names; and for syphilis
they are almost innumerable.
  4. Yet  we are not only overloaded with  terms to  express the
same common idea, but of these terms a  very great number are so
loose and  indefinite as to convey no  precise idea whatever; while
others,  on the  contrary, cannot fail to express a very erroneous
one.  Let us  take, as an example, some  of the names invented to
denote  the  last of  the above diseases.   Fracastorio,  whose  muse
deserves to have been better employed than in composing a very
excellent and  classical poem upon so disgusting a subject, denomi-
Syriac was the country language of Cairo and Bagdad: many of these writers,
moreover, were born not in Arabia, nor within the precincts of the Saraconic
court, but in Syria or Persia;  and hence had to study Arabic as a part of tiieir
classical education, and on this account we meet occasionally with Persian as
well as Syriac terms.  Thus Mesne was born and brought up in the former
country, and Rhazes in the latter.  The works of Mesne were first written in
Syriac, and  afterwards translated into Arabic; and it is perhaps from him that
Rhazes derived the term.   The Persian name, indeed, for  the small-pox, is
evidently of Syriac and not of the Arabic origin, for it is founded not upon the
nature of the pimples, but upon the inflammatory redness of the skin which
precedes their eruption.   This term is serkhychefrom serkh " ruber, rubedo:"
being, like the Syriac chaspe, peculiarly applied to the redness or blush of
modesty; whence serkh rui is  expressly " erubescere, rubore suffundi." The
Greek translator of Rhazes follows the same clue; for he renders " chaspe"
uphoym, or  " incendium," as Machelli has given it in Latin  The common,
reading, indeed, is tuhoyut, but this is evidently a mistake of the copyist, and
hat been long admitted so by the interpreters.
   Vol. V.—F 
xlii
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.
nates it syphilis. Astruc, lues, both which  names are, as to their
origin, unexceptionable.   But when,  after Baglivi,  it  is called
morbus Gallicus, and after the French writers, who do not choose
to accept the compliment, lues Neapolitana, or lues Bavanca, the
disease is,  at  least, loosely,  perhaps  erroneously, characterized.
By Jouhert it  is designated variola magna;  and thus, not to men-
tion the absurdity of coupling the adjective magna with a diminu-
tive substantive,  we  have it confounded  with  another disease,
which has scarcely a single symptom  in  common with it.   By
other writers it is denominated with equal correctness, from some
individual or accidental circumstance alone, or some particular part
of the body on which it happens to light  with peculiar  severity j
and hence the unclassical terms of ment-agra and pudend-agra;
which last, as though to increase  the confusion, is introduced into
the nosologies of Linneus and Sagar to express a local affection of
a  very different nature.  Upon  the same absurd principle the
Spanish  writers  called it bubos; the Neapolitans pellarola,  or-
chiarolla, and  unghiarolla, according as the eyes or  skin  were
chiefly affected.                                          .
   Mania is universally employed to signify a particular species ot
madness; but typhomania, instead of madness, means a  particular
species of wakefulness, the «yfv*M» nap* of  the Greeks, and the
coma vigil of the Latins ; the subat asarim or interrupted somno-
lency of Avicenna.
   Melancholia and atrabilis  are  univocal terms, and both  were
formerly used to denote vomiting or dejection of black  blood, or
blood intermixed with bile.   In later periods, however, the  latter
alone has  been employed to express this disease, the  i*.tXxt*x,  of
Hippocrates,  while the former has been growing into general use
to express madness confined  to a  particular subject.
    What can be more different in their commencement, or require
 a more different mode of treatment, than the two species of con-
 tinued, fever synocha and synochus? yet a mere arbitrary change
 of gender, in a common term, is all by which we have to discri-
 minate them  in the best modern  nosologies.
    Phagedjena, in Caelius Aurelianus, and those who have followed
 him, means,  as already observed, canine appetite; in Galen, and
 most writers of the present day, a gangrenous ulcer.  The  wind-
 pipe  among the Greeks, is denominated  cricos, from its annular
 form, and trachsea, from  its asperities.  The anatomists and sur-
 geons, as though not knowing which of the  terms to prefer, have
  consented  to divide  them; the former taking the first, and  the
  latter the second.  Hence the rings of the  larynx are denominated
  cricoid cartilages, and all the muscles attached to them  are distil 
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.
xliii
 guished by  words compounded of crico.  as  crico-pharyngeus,
 crico thyroideus, &c.   The surgeons, on the contrary, who  limit
 themselves to the latter term, instead of crico-cele and crico-tomy,
 speak only of tracheocele and tracheotomy.   The nosologists have
 made common cause with the  surgeons;  and hence, instead of
 cynanche cricalis, we have c. trachealis.  The one is, perhaps, as
 good a term as the other, but one is sufficient; and if the nosolo-
 gists and surgeons make their election of trachea, how unmetho-
 dical, and, to the unlearned,  how perplexing, is trach-oma for a
 disease of the eye-lids.
   Stomachus and stomachicus are terms that apply to the stomach;
 stomacace to  the  disease called scurvy ; stomalgia  to  a particular
 affection of the tongue.   The radical term in all these  is the same;
 and  the Greek etymologist, though he may disapprove of one or
 two of  the compounds, will have  no difficulty in tracing them
 home.  But  as every medical student is not a Greek etymologist,
 many must be bewildered in their vocabulary, more especially
 when they find that stomacace is also employed by several writers
 to express  St. Vitus's dance.
   What is the meaning of tone?   In  physiology, in pathology,
and  in the common language of the multitude, sound and accor-
dant elasticity; that voluntary reaction or state of extension be-
tween antagonist  muscles, as  Galen  has well observed from Hip-
pocrates, by which they are  removed  from a condition  of rest;
and in which  the one yields to the other,  not from actual debility,
but in a precise ratio to the surplus  of  power exercised over  it.*
Whence that  class of medicines which  contributes to this harmo-
nious play of muscular fibres in  irritable or weakened organs, is
denominated  tonics; while organs that are destitute of it  are said
to be in a state of atony.  But if tone  be used to imply health,
and tonics restoratives of health, what are  we to understand by the
phrase tonicspasm?—a phrase founded upon an erroneous patho-
logy, loo frequently leading us astray in our  practice, and  applied
to a state of muscle in which there  is no  more tone, elasticity, or
healthful reaction, than in  the frozen strings of a violin. To show
the utter absurdity of this phrase, it  is only necessary to translate
it, and to tell  the  English  reader that it is literally extensible con-
tractility.
   5. The last source of imperfection and perplexity it is neces-
sary to notice,  is the  coinage of new terms  upon the coinage of
new systems.   This has been a very ample and inveterate medium
of error; am' one which has  not merely run through our  nomen-
* Dc Mot. Muscul. 1. ii. 
xliv
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.
clature, but through oar  reasonings;  insomuch that, through its
prolific influence, the language of medicine  is become a curious
mosaic of the chief speculations of ancient  and  modern  times.
The dogmatic, empiric,  and methodic  theories still  contribute
something  towards this general effect; the corpuscular has added
much; the humoral still  more; the alchemical has kept pace with
the humoral;  and the geometrical has not stopt far behind.   The
spasmodic  hypothesis  of Hoffman and Cullen is by  no means
unamenable to this remark.   In effect the new and unsatisfactory
character of much of its phraseology formed  no inconsiderable
source of the  Brunonian opposition to it, and laid the first foun-
dation of the  Brunonian  doctrine.   Yet  the followers of this last
speculation have  no great reason to triumph.   The terms  intro-
duced by Dr.  Brown are seldom strictly correct in themselves, to
say nothing of the looseness with which they are employed, both
in his own writings and  in those of his warmest advocates; while,
in the more elegant display of the same opinions in the Zoonomia,
the reader  is dazzled rather than enlightened, and furnished with
fine words rather than with accurate  notions.
   It  is almost superfluous to give examples under this general re-
mark. Crudity and crisis;  pores and corpuscles; acute and chro-
nic;  humour  and idiosyncrasy; digestion, concoction, and disso-
lution ;  effervescence, fermentation, and putrefaction ; lentor and
error loci; choleric and nervous; phlogistic and antiphlogistic;
 tonic and clonic  spasm ;  action and condition ;  miasm, contagion,
 and infection; sthenic and asthenic;  excitement  and excitability;
 accumulation and exhaustion; sensitive and irritative motions;
 decreased  volitions; direct and reverse sympathies; nature, non-
 naturals, vis naturae, vis insita; forced  state of life; procatarctic,
 proegumenal, remote and  proximate,  continent and incontinent
 causes:—these terms  are sufficient to convey an idea of the suc-
 cession  of influences  here  referred to;  and as they are all to be
 found in our lexicons, and  other books of general reference, often,
 indeed, in conjunction with terms still  more clashing and contra-
 dictory, they cannot fail to indicate  the discordia concors of the
 medical language of the  day, the embarrassment of its phraseology,
 and the difficulties which the student has  to encounter from this
 source  alone, in the progress of his professional education. 
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.
xlv
                       SECTION  III.

              SCOPE OF THE PRESENT DESIGN.

  I. It is obvious, then, that the healing art stands in consider-
able need of improvement in its two important branches of noso-
logical arrangement and nomenclature: and it is, among
other points, to an improvement in  these two branches that the
ensuing pages are especially directed.
  In giving an outline of what the author proposes in order to ac-
complish this purpose, it is of little consequence which of these
two divisions shall first pass in review before us: let us then begin
with that of language or  nomenclature,  as being, perhaps,
freshest in the memory.
  In the hope of giving some degree of improvement to the me-
dical vocabulary, as  far as he may  have occasion to employ it,
the author has endeavoured  to guide himself by the following
general rules.  Firstly, a  strict adherence to Greek and Latin
terms alone.  Secondly, a use of as  few technical terms as  pos-
sible, and consequently a forbearance from all synonyms. Thirdly^
a simplification of terms,  as far as it can be done without violence
or  affectation, both  in  their radical structure and  composition.
Fourthly, an individuality and precision of sense in their respective
use.
  1. As the science of medicine is  open to all ages and nations,
it would be highly beneficial, if it  could be accomplished, that
its  technology should  be  confined   to one alone of  the  many
tongues from which it is at present derived.   No modern tongue,
however, would  be  allowed  such a precedency;  and were it to
be  granted, there is none so richly endowed with distinct  names
for diseases as to enable it to specificate every complaint of which
a system of nosology is expected to treat.  Dr. Macbride has
made a trial of our own tongue, and has completely failed ; for
the generic terms, under several of his orders, are entirely exotic,
and under most of them very considerably so,  being partly Greek,
partly Latin, and partly English, uncouthly mixed together for
the sake of  convenience, like foreigners  from all countries  at a
Hamburgh hotel.
   Our  choice,  therefore, is  limited to  the  Greek  and  Latin,
 which  have for ages maintained  so equal  a  sway  in the  pro-
vince of medicine,  that they must  still be allowed to exercise a
joint control.  It is a singular fact, that the Greek has furnished
 us  with by far the greater number of terms that  distinguish the 
xlvi
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.
 higher divisions of systematic nosology, the classes, orders, and
 genera; and the Latin, those employed to indicate the species and
 varieties.   The systems of Linneus and  Darwin offer, perhaps,
 the only exception to  this remark; for  here we  meet with at-
 tempts to use the Latin tongue alone, or at least to give it a con-
 siderable  preponderancy.   These examples,  however, have  not
 been followed,  and are not likely to be.   The greater flexibility,
 indeed, and facility of combination  belonging to the Greek, has,
 on the contrary, induced  almost all other nosologists, as well as
 almost all  other men of science, to turn to it for assistance far
 more frequently than to the Latin.   The author has availed him-
 self of this general taste,  and by an occasional revival  of terms
 which  ought never to have been dropped, has been able so far to
 simplify the nomenclature of his classes, orders, and genera, as
 to render  them exclusively Greek;  and consequently to take his
 leave,  thus tar, of all  other languages whatever.  The changes
 introduced for  this purpose are by  no means numerous, and will
 in no instance,  as  he trusts, betray affectation or coercion.  His
 authorities will  usually be  found in Celsus or Galen, who have so
 carefully  handed down to  us the  distinctive terms  both  of the
 earlier  and later schools of Greece; and  if at any time he have
 had occasion to wander farther, he  has  usually supplied himself
from Aetius, Caelius Aurelianus, Dioscorides, or Aristotle.   The
sources, however, from which he has drawn, are in every case
indicated, and, he ventures to hope, will  be  generally approved.
Concerning the specific names he has been less scrupulous; and
has allowed those to stand, whether Greek or Latin, that are al-
ready in most common use; or has  drawn from either language
such  as may most  fitly express the  essential character, wherever
such  character  can  be traced out.   Yet even here he has never
 wandered  from the Greek farther than into the Latin.
  2.  The  machinery  of every  art  or science becomes simpler,
and its auxiliary powers fewer and less needed, as it advances to-
wards perfection.   It is the same  with their technology.  While
we are but loosely acquainted with  the  principles of an art, we
speak of them with  circumlocution, and employ more words than
 are necessary, because we  have none that will come immediately
 to the  point.  As we grow  more expert we learn to make a se-
 lection  ; we give to many  of them a greater degree of force and
 precision;  and separate those that are thus rendered of real value
 from the " leather and prunello," the heavy outside show of use-
 less and unmeaning terms with which they are associated; and
 thus  gain in time as well as in power.  In unison with these ideas,
 the author, as soon as he has pitched upon a word that will  best 
                  PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.            xlvft

 answer his purpose, will  be found, as he hopes, to adhere to it
 wherever he has had occasion to advert to the same idea, without
 indulging in any play of  synonyms, or different terms possessing
 the same or nearly the same meaning.   Marisca and haemorrhois
 have been equally employed by medical writers to distinguish the
 disease which  we call vernacularly piles.   The  first is a Latin
 term, and refers to the tubercles of the disease, and the second a
 Greek, and refers to a discharge of blood which occasionally issues
 from them.  As commonly used, they are direct synonyms, not-
 withstanding this  difference of radical meaning, and either might
 answer the purpose;  the  diversity of the  disease  being pointed
 out  by distinctive adjuncts,  as  caeca,  mucosa, or cruenta.   Sau-
 vages  and Sagar,  however,  have employed both;  but have  la-
 boured to establish a difference, without having  succeeded even
 in their own judgment.   So that  in these writers,  we have one
 and  the same disease described under two distinct genera in dis-
 tinct classes;  the first occurring in Sauvages under class i. ord. v.
 entitled, vitia, cystides : the  other under class  iv. ord.  ii.
 entitled, fluxus, alvifluxus,  and  introduced with  this re-
 mark, " h^morriioides  vero nihil aliud sunt quam  marisca,
gazae apud  Aristotelem."  In the  present  system, marisca* is
alone retained;  and the author has preferred it  to haemorrhois,
first, because hemorrhage  is  only a symptom that characterizes a
peculiar species, or rather, perhaps, a variety of the disease; and
next, because haemorrhois, or rather  haemorrhoidae, (uif*.eppo,}eu)
was  employed among the Greeks, as well vulgarly as  profession-
ally, in a much wider sense than that of modern times, and im-
ported flux of blood  from the vagina, as well as  from the anus;
and, in fact, from any part of the  body, when produced by con-
gestion and consequent dilatation of the mouths of the  bleeding
vessels, which were supposed in every instance to be veins.   So
Celsus, " Tertium  vitium est, ora venarum tanquam  capitulis qui-
busdum  surgentia  quae saepe sanguinem  fundunt:  uiiufritttf
Graeci vocant.  Idque etiam in ore vulvae  faeminarum  incidere
consuevit."  To  the  same  effect  Hippocrates, Lib.  de Morb,
  • The term occurs in Juvenal, in its medical import, ii. 12.
                                podice Ievi
           Caeduntur tumidae, medico ridente, marisc*.
  In Martial it occurs frequently in the literal sense of fici, " fleshy or succu
lent figs or raisins." The spongy and succulent bulrush of the marshes, or
grounds overflowed by the sea,  was called  mariscus, from  its habitation £
mari •  and hence, probably, the name of the spongy and succulent tubercles
which  constitute the piles.  Our English marsh has the same origin as mo-
ritcus. 
xlvtii
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.
 Mulier.   Galen  uses  it in a still wider extent, De Morbis rut
 garibus:* and hence the woman with an  issue of blood  in St.
 Matthew, ch. ix. 20, is termed in the Greek text ywti uif*.oo:onca.\
 Gaza (y*$e), the term used by Aristotle, would  have answered
 as well as marisca, but that it is less common in the present day,
 and  an exotic  term even  in the  Greek.   Hesychius calls it  a
 Persian  word, and Scaliger coincides with  him ;  translating  it
 "thesaurus, reditus, tributus," "a treasury," or place of deposit
 or accumulation,  chiefly of  tribute  or taxes.   It  is  rather an
 Arabic than a Persian  term, though  both countries use it under
 different  inflexions.  The Arabic  root is (khazi)  " a blush  or
 ruddy flush," whether from fulness, shame, or modesty;  whence
 the verb (khaza) " to produce blushes, erubescence, or suffusion;"
 and hence (khazan) in Persian, signifies  "  autumn, or  the sea-
 son of fulness and  erubescence;" while (khazain) in Jirabic is
 " a garner, treasury, or repository for the fulness of the autumnal
 months;" literally cella, cellula, gaza, or gazophylacia, as ex-
 plained  by Hesychius.
  Vogel and Plenck are overloaded with synonymous terms, or
 what may, for common purposes, be so regarded ; and, perpetu-
 ally aiming, like Sauvages, in the preceding  instance, to discover
 a distinction where none exists, they  have multiplied their list of
 diseases, as we have already seen,  almost without  number.   The
discrimination of  Cullen  has here been employed  to  the  highest
advantage, and is entitled to the thanks of every one.  Celsus is
in this respect peculiarly correct; he adheres  to the best technical
terms supplied by his own  tongue;  and though he carefully gives
us its Greek synonym, he never changes  it  for any other term,
whether  Greek or Latin.
  3.  In improving  the technology of an art  or science, it seems
of great  importance not  only that  all unnecessary terms should
be banished, but  that those  retained should be  simplified  and
abbreviated as much as  may  be  without injuring their force or
precision.  Nothing  can  be  more  repulsive to the  eye  of a
learner, or more  inconvenient to  the memory of an adept, than
 the long cacophonous  compounds with which the  science of no-
 sology has been  loaded by  several  German writers; such as
  * Comm. VI. cap. xxv.
  f Sauvages, not sufficiently attending to this extensive sense of the term
among the Greek writers, represents this disease in St. Matthew as a marisca
cruenta, or case of bleeding  piles, instead of a catamenial haemorrhage.
" Hzmorrhois, st Grzce anima et rheo, est fluxus sanguinis ex mamscis :  unde-
mulier in Evangelio htemorrhoissa dicta fuit."  Vol. I. p. 164. Apud Mar/t-
eam. 
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.
xlix
 ine pothopatridalgia of Zwinger,  for which, to the consolation
 of every one's lips and ears, Nenter auspiciously invented nostal-
 gia;  the  ancylobkpharon,  hydrenterocele, and  others already
 noticed  of Vogel, for which it is scarcely worth while to look for
 better to supply their place, as they import mere shadows of real
 diseases; and such specific epithets as spondylexarthreticus and
 hydrocatarrhophicus, employed in the nosology of Plouquet, but
 far more likely to produce than to remove confusion.   To  this
 point the author has endeavoured to keep his eye steadily direct-
 ed ; he  has avoided compound terms as much as possible;  and
 when compelled to have recourse to them, has aimed at restraining
 them within compass.
   Much of the character of words in respect to dimensions and
 euphony, as well as to precision, depends upon the common pre-
 fixes and suffixes which it is occasionally found necessary to em-
 ploy ;  and which in some branches of science,  and especially in
 that of chemistry,  create and regulate considerably more than' half
 their nomenclature.
   This subject opens a wide field, though the consideration of it,
 for the present, must  be confined to a very narrow compass.   It
 is altogether new,  not only to medicine, but, as far as the author
 is acquainted, to Greek  philology;  at least, after an extensive in-
 quiry,  he has  not  been able to obtain any assistance from books
 professedly devoted to it.  There seems much reason  to believe
 that the auxiliary parts of every compound term, not only in me-
 dical technology,  but  through the whole range of  the  Greek
 tongue, had, when first employed, distinct and definite  mean-
 ings, and limited  the radicals, with which they were associated,
 to peculiar modifications of a  common idea.   To these meanings
 we can still trace many of them, though the greater number, like
 most of  the  elements  in  the Chinese characters, have passed
 through  so  many  changes, that it  is  difficult, and in some  in-
 stances perhaps impossible,  to  follow up the analysis to their ori-
 ginal sources.   From the novelty of the subject the author has,
 perhaps,  a fair claim upon the reader's indulgence ; the  inquiry,
 however, is worthy of being carried much farther than he has
 time or  limits  to pursue it;   and  he  hopes,  and has reason to
 believe,  that  it will be  thus extended, before long, by a friend,
 who has  far more competency for the purpose than he can pretend
to.
  The suffixes employed in medical technology are more nume-
rous than the prefixes, and the  following is a list of those in most
common  use:
  Vol.  V.—G 
1
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.
Greek <
Latin
I
Agra
algia
asma
    asmus
    esmus
    ismus
    osma
cele
copus
esis
iasis
itis
odes
odynia
osis
rhagia
rhoea
igo
ula
ilia
ularis
illaris
osus
atyf*
axynt
ttrfjt*
    curfjiOi


    KfXOt
    OT/JUt


»07T0(



ITtt


oJuvtx
aril
i<tyM
iota
  The common prefixes are uniformly Greek, and are as follow,

         A                            *   -.
         ap, ap'                        «*»» *";
            aph'                          *■* ,
         caco, cac'                      ***°> ***
         cata, cat'                      "*'r*» ***'
         dia                           7*
         dys                          f«
         ec, ex                         SK» '•»
         en                           »   ,
         epi, ep'                       **h **
             eph'                      t  «♦'
         hyper                         «5t*/>
         hypo                         v**
         para, par*                      "r5f/'»> *"*?'
         peri                          «■*/"
         syn, sym, sy'                   my, <rup, <ru\

  These auxiliaries are  far too numerous, and, in the course of
the vocabulary, recur far too frequently.   Some of them  however
may be suppressed, as  synonyms or duplicates of others; while
it should be a rule never to employ any one of the remainder but
when absolutely necessary to distinguish the compound into which
it enters from the root itself, or from another compound derived
from the same root, by the addition of an idea to which  it  is uni-
formly  restricted.
   Algia, copus, and odyne,  are direct synonyms;  to  which
may also be added  agra, for though of a somewhat different ra-
dical meaning, it is  commonly superadded, like all the  three 
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.
Ii
 former,  to  express  the  general  idea of  pain or  ache.   And
 hence, very much  to the perplexity of the learner and the in-
 cumbrance of the techinal  vocabulary, we have cephal-algia for
 head-ache, gastr-odyne for belly-ache, chir-agra, and podagra, for
 gout-ache in the hand or foot.  And, worse than  this,  we  have
 ost-algia, ost-odynia, ost-agra, and osto-copus,  to  signify one and
 the same affection of  the bones.  Now it may be necessary to re-
 tain algia, which is perhaps the most popular of the whole, but
 we should as far as possible banish all  the rest; and with the ex-
 ception of agra in  the single instance of podagra, which cannot
 readily be dismissed, none of the others will be met with in the
 course of the ensuing arrangement.  Parodynia  will indeed  be
found, but in this case odynia is the root itself.
   Esis,  osis, itis, oma,  and  iasis,  have been employed  perhaps
 for ages, and several of them  very  generally throughout  the
 Greek tongue,  as mere  terminations, without  any direct  refer-
 ence to  their origins : and  probably without  a recollection  or
 belief that they  have any  significant  origins,  or  that those ori-
gins  can be traced :  in  which case they would  become  simple
terminating synonyms, and in the abbreviating aim of a technical
nomenclature, ought  to  follow the fate of the  generality of the
preceding list.   Some of  them, indeed, can well be  spared; but
accident, or a cause not easy to be explained, has given a peculiar
and  useful  meaning  to others, though very different from their
radical sense, and these  may be  advantageously retained.   The
first three are probably derived from c« or its different compounds,
and together with the Latin term igo,  which is perhaps a corrup-
tion  of ago, imply  the common idea of "ago, mitto," " motion,
action, or putting forth," and consequently, in medical combina-
tion, of  " morbid  motion  or action."  Esis  (oris) is  a direct
derivative from tw, as is obvious in paresis, literally " submissio,"
" remissio,"  " laxatio,"  " restraint or inability" of " moving or
putting  forth;" whence  by Aretaeus,  and  various other  Greek
writers, it is used synonymously with paralysis.   We meet with
the same word and  the same radical idea in proesis  synesis, and
other compounds of the same  root.  Osis (<v<r<5 or eve-n) descends
in like manner from tifu,  " sum," itself a derivative of«»; whence
osia or ousia (ana or ov<nu) is  literally " ens, essentia, substantia,"
the thing put forth  " in being, action,  or motion."  Itis (it«) is
as clearly an  immediate derivation from it pun ; itself, like the pre-
ceding, a ramification  from tu, and imports, not merely action, but
when strictly true to itself, " impetuous or violent action."  The
literal rendering of *cju«< is " feror impetu," and that of ms is, 
Iii
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.
" temerarius,  audax, prgeceps  periculorum.   While  the  direct
origin of igo betrays itself in all its compounds, for vertigo, (de-
riving igo from ago) is literally  "rotatory motion or dizziness;"
serpigo,  " serpentine motion or course,"  peculiarly describing a
particular  modification of  herpetic eruption to which the term
serpigo is applied.
  last's and oma, convey different  ideas as issuing from different
radicals.   Iasis (<*s-/«) is literally sanatio, from  '<««^«(, " sano,
medeor^" and  hence necessarily imports, in composition,  u me-
dendus," or " ad sanationem spectans."  Oma ('apa)  is as obvi-
pusly an  inflection of 'ayto?, " crudus,  ferus,  imperfrctus," as  is
its real meaning in  sarcoma, distinctly " crude, wild, imperfect
flesh;" atheroma,  " crude, incocted  pulp or pap."  But if oma
be preceded by the letters pt, as in ptoma (wa^) it is then de-
rived from swst-tai, " procido," and  constantly imports procidence
or prolapse ; as in pro-ptoma, "a prolapse of any part;"  archo-
ptoma, " a prolapse  of the  anus."  This is sometimes written
ptosis, as in colpo-ptosis, " a prolapse  of the  vagina;" hystero-
ptosis, "  a prolapse of the uterus:" but for the sake of perspicuity,
and especially to the learner, one mode only ought to be adhered
to, and perhaps the  first is the best.
  Asma  (xo-fMc) is strictly " incantamentum," enchantment, in*
cantation; and, in  a looser sense, possession, seizure.   Osma,
asmus, esmus,  and  ismus,  are  mere varieties of asma  ; and that
they were at  first intended  to  denote  this idea we may  judge
from the terms phantasma, enthusiasmus, phricasmus,  marasmus,
phrenismus, priapismus.   It  became long afterwards a terminal
member  of tenesmus, rheumatismus, ptyalismus,  when the ori-
ginal  sense was nearly or altogether lost sight of.   And  since
this period the entire group have been employed  not only so
generally, but  in such a multiplicity of senses,  that we can nei-
ther banish them nor define them ; whence, like esis and osis,
they must  remain to be had recourse to as  mere final adjuncts
whenever  necessary, though the less  frequently employed  the
better.
  It is clear, then, as well  from  actual analysts, as from the ger
nius of the Greek tongue itself,  that each  of these terminations
had a distinct  signification when  first  introduced ;  although it
is equally clear that most of them  have for some centuries been
employed  loosely  and indiscriminately as mere final syllables.
In many  instances  none of them are wanted ;  and in all  such
cases  they ought, unquestionably, to be dropped  as redundant;
and, occasionally, they have been so.   Thus the myopiasis of 
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.              liii
 Vogel  is advantageously shortened  by Plenck to myopia, as at
 first written  by Linneus;  and, for the  same reason, mydriasis
 ought  to have been written mydria.   So chlorosis, if it were to
 be formed in the present day, would be chloria, and  exoneirosis,
 exoneiria.   Many of the terms introduced by Dr. Young seem to
 be formed directly upon this  basis, and are  highly entitled to at-
 tention ;  as phlysis, palmus, pneusis.
   In various instances, again, we find, as already hinted at, se-
 veral of the  terminations, apparently from some accidental cause,
 taking  a peculiar bearing whidh it would  be right to  encourage,
 as long as they are retained, so as to give them a direct and defi-
 nite  sense.   Such especially is the case  with  itis, which, from
 the  time of Boerhaave,  has been progressively  employed to ex-
 press organic inflammation, as in  cephalitis, carditis, gastritis, and
 most similar affections.   In this sense, therefore, when employed
 at all, it ought  to be employed exclusively.   And here the  ety-
 mological  idea is directly consonant with  the practical: for, as ob-
 served  already, it imports increased and impetuous action.  A few
 terms only stand in our way, upon this point, even at  present, as
 rachitis, hydrorachitis, ascites,  and  tympanites; all which, how-
 ever, are of  little consequence, as they have good synonyms, or
 may be easily varied, as the reader will  perceive  in  the ensuing
-arrangement.
   Oma has, in like manner,  from some cause or other, a  general
 idea attached to its use, not easy to be explained from its primary
 signification: it is that of external  protuberance, and to this, there-
 fore, it should  be  confined.   We meet  with  this idea in ecchy-
 moma,  staphyloma, atheroma, steatoma, sarcoma, and  carcinoma.
 It does not easily apply to glaucoma ; but as this was as frequently
 called by the Greeks glaucosis, and  by the Romans glaucedo, we
 need not be  troubled even  with this slight exception.  The  the-
 rioma of Celsus, though continued by Vogel, is  banished from
 general use,  and if it were not, this would also admit of a ready
 change to  theriosis.
   Iasis is almost as generally appropriated in  the present  day
 to denote diseases of the  skin,  unconnected  with  fever;  the
 cause of which it seems, also, as  difficult  to discover  as in either
 of  the  preceding  instances:  but  this being the fact, the hint
 should  be taken and  the  necessary limit  applied.   We have
 sufficient exemplification of  this  remark  in elephantiasis, leon-
 tiasis,  psoriasis,  pityriasis,  phthiriasis,  helminthiasis, (applied
 by  Plenck to cutaneous  worms and larves  of all kinds, except
 those ot  the pediculus, but  to which  malis  is preferable) and
 tyriasis, importing in the  same author a peculiar variety of le- 
llV               PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.
 pra.  To these we may add ichthyasis, as in this case it ought
 to be written instead  of  ichthyosis.   Many of these terms are
 unnecessary, and may be  well  spared, but they serve as exam-
 ples of the general turn the final iasis has  been lately  taking, and
 to which, whenever it is made use of, it would be right to attend.
 Satyriasis, sardiasis, and one or two other  terms, form exceptions
 to the  general  tendency ; but .they  are not  wanted, as  will be
 readily perceived in the ensuing pages;  while all but the  first
 have been long obsolete, and are almost  forgotten.   Hypochon-
 driasis is  not, strictly speaking, a Gceek term. It is comparatively
 of modern origin, and may be conveniently exchanged for hypo-
 chondrias.
   Cele (*»»Ajj) retains  generally, to the  present  hour,  its  original
 sense, which is that of " a yielding tumour," especially a yielding
 tumour produced by the protrusion of a soft part;  as in broncho-
 cele, sarcocele, glossocele, bubonocele.   Rhagia (puyicc)  is, pro-
 perly speaking, an elision of hxmor-rhagia, from pno-va, " rumpo,"
 to burst or break;  and hence  uniformly denotes a preternatural
 flux of blood by the bursting of one or more blood-vessels, as in
 menorrhagia, rhinorrhagia, and  enterhagia.  While  rhaea (p'oix)
 from pta "fluo," to flow, imports, with almost equal  uniformity,
 a preturnarural flux of any  other fluid, as in diarrhoea, gonorrhoea,
 leucorrhcsa, ottorrhoea.  In perirrhcea, as employed by Hippocra-
 tes in the  sense of enuresis, we have an exception, as we have also
 in  the modern  compound menorrhcea, which denotes a  natural
 flux, and in a healthy proportion.  But the first  has long grown
 obsolete and  yielded to enuresis; and for the second we may em-
ploy catamenia, or menia without the preposition, which is totally
superfluous, and  omitted in all  the compounds of tup,  as  also in
the Latin  homonyms menses and menstruatio.  All these there-
fore may remain untouched, and are sufficiently correct in their
present use.
   Odes (*>}»() uniformly imports  " par, similis," like or akin to
the subject with  which it is connected, as in typhodes, icterodes,
phlegmonodes; and is probably derived from uS't, " hoc modo."
  Ilia, ula, illaris, ularis, well known as Latin diminutive ter-
 minations,  are perhaps derived,  as will  be more particularly
shown  hereafter, from the Greek Cxn, (yle or ule) " materies,"
and importing, therefore,  " of the matter, make, or nature of,,r
 as in pupilla  or  pupula, postula, fibula.   These  are opposed  by
the suffix osus, uniformly a Latin augment, derived, perhaps, like
osis, above, from o<n* or ivrtu, " substance,  essence, power:"
hence undula is   " a little  wave;" undosus,  " full of waves;"
 cellularis,  " having little cells j" cellulosus,  " full of little cells." 
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.              ly
This distinction has not been sufficiently attended to by medical
writers, and we have  in  consequence seen the two suffixes occa-
sionally confounded.
   The prefixes or initial particles or prepositions have far less
generally departed from  their original sense, though many  of
them exhibit  great  looseness, and very  different significations.
In grouping them we shall find that a, caco, dys, and para, though
separated from  each other by shades of  difference, are  all pri-
vative or debasing; and that ec, ex, epi, hyper, though separated
in like manner, are all augmentive or elevating.  It would  be
better perhaps that a should be limited to  the idea of total pri-
vation, as in agenesia, or aphoria :  but  the laxity of its use, not
only through the whole nomenclature of medicine, but the whole
of the Greek tongue, is an effectual bar to  such  an attempt,  as
we may  readily perceive  in  atonia, apnoea, adipsia, asthenia,  in
which it is merely debasing or defective :  and  it is in this sense
that it often becomes synonymous with  dys, para, and caco, as
in dyspnoea, paralysis, and cacodia (defective power of smell*
ing).  Dys, indeed, in its  strictest sense, should convey the
double idea of  defect with difficulty or distress, as in  dysenteria,
and dysmenorrhoea; and caco the double idea of defect with cor-
ruption or depravity, as in cachexia, cacophonia :  but this distinc-
tion has been little attended  to.   Para occasionally embraces a
wider range than any of the rest, and runs precisely parallel with
the Latin male or the Teutonic mes, or ?nis, so frequent in com-
pound words of our own and the French  tongue.  In anatomy,
however, para is often employed in the sense of apud or juxta,
" bordering on, or hard by"—and in words derived from anatomy
it retains this sense in the vocabulary of diseases,  as  in  parotis,
paronychia, with no small confusion to  the  learner:  and  conse-
quently gives a sense that should be otherwise provided for.
   It would be  better still to avoid  the use of all these prefixes  as
much as possible, with the exception of a, which cannot be spar-
ed ; for,  where they convey the direct sense of a they are not
wanted,  and, where they convey  no other than that of general
morbid action,  they are commonly, though not always, superflu-
ous expletives;  since the  science in whose service they are thus
employed, necessarily implies such an idea, as well without them
as vvith them.
   The opposite initials ec, or ex, epi, or eph', and hyper, denote
alike the general idea of out of, outwards, over, above,  in their
primary  sense,or when applied to place, asinectropium,epidemi-
cus, hyperostosis: but  that of augmentation or excess in their 
Ivi              PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.
secondary sense,  or when applied  to  quantity or  quality,  as iii
ecstacis, epiphora, hyperuresis.
  En  is  an enitial of very extensive range as well as significa-
tion ;  and it has this peculiar property, that, in different senses,
it becomes an  antagonist to  both  the  preceding  groups in the
one or other of their general meanings.   In  its primary sense,
or as applied  to place, it  imports within, below ;  as in encepha-
lon, emphysema;  and consequently opposes the primary  sense
of ec, epi, hyper: while in its secondary sense, or  as  applied to
quantity  or quality, it exactly  accords  with  these prepositions,
and imports superiority or excess,  and  in like manner oppo>es
the general idea conveyed by a a, caco, and dys ; of which  we
have examples in enthusiasma and  enuresis.   &n  appears there-
fore to be as  necessary  an  initial particle in  the  medical  voca-
bulary as a; and with  these  two we  should seldom  feel at  a
loss for any other: for as a is capable of supplying the place  of
all  the rest in  the first set, so en is capable of performing  the
same office for those of  the seeond.  Hypo (vttu) in its  significa-
tion of below or downwards, is sometimes called upon to act the
part of an  ally, as in hypogastrium, and hypochondrium, and
their derivatives hypogastrocele, and hypocondrias, or hypocon-
driasis ; but this is seldom the  case, and at all  times obtrudes an
assistance,  of  which  en is riot in  want:  whence hypo  might
easily share in the preceding proscription.  In this general view
of the subject, en seems at first sight to be untrue to itself:  but
it is not difficult to explain the  apparent contradiction.   En runs
precisely parallel with the Latin alte.  The leading idea of both
is  " power or  precedency;" and this, whether the order of ad-
vance  be from  below upwards, or from above downwards.  In
measuring rank and station, we take the former scale, and  speak
of  high posts  and dignities; in measuring  intellectual qualities
we take the latter, and speak of profound judgment and wisdom.
The Greek en and the Latin alte are equally applicable to  both ;
and hence it  is that  in our own tongue, and, indeed, in most of
the dialects of Europe, high  and deep occasionally become  syno-
nyms, and the same  general meaning may be expressed by ei-
ther.   In one respect, indeed, the Greek and  Latin terms differ;
the former importing depth in its primary, and height in  its se-
condary sense; and the latter importing height in its primary,and
depth  in its secondary sense.   In all these cases,  however,  ihe
difference of the  two meanings is  easily  understood  by the con-
text, and it would be hardly worth while to attempt to limit the
Greek en to either sense if we were able.  En is a short and 
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.              Jvii
tractable initial, and must remain equally to form a  contrast with
a, and with ex or epi;  in the former case, to import ascendancy
or superiority, as being applied  to quantity or quality, and  in the
latter case to import descendancy or inferiority, as  being applied
to place;  with which distinction before us its meaning can never
be mistaken.
  A word or two will suffice for the remaining  prefixes.   Cata
(x.*tcc) and apo (utto) are two of the most frequent.  They have
been very little introduced into  nosological terms of late:  but in
those of early writers are far more frequent, and exhibit  a great
variety of senses; most of which, however, in respect  to  either
prefix, are capable of being resolved  into the general idea of itera-
tion  or duplicate action, or ideas that obviously  ramify  from this
fountain, and which are usually expressed by the Latin and English
particle re; as in catapsyxis, re frigeration; catapasma, re-traction;
catamenia, re-menstruation (importing its  regular return); apos-
tema, re-cession, abscession or abscess ; apothesis, re placement or
reduction of a dislocated bone.   Whence again apo is occasionally
used in  the sense of back or from, as in apogeusia, apositia, back-
ward, tardy, defective taste or appetite ; while both are far more
frequently used emphatically or in a superlative sense, as import-
ing reduplicate action or double force; of which we have  exam-
ples  in  catacauma,  a burn;  catagma, a fracture;  catalysis, for
paralysis, catarrhus, apoplexia,  apocyesis (parturition.)  In  this
signification both are evidently redundant;  nor are they  much
wanted in any  other.
  Peri (vipi) continues uniformly true to the  sense of circum,
and is limited to terms derived  from anatomy, as peripneumonia
and peritonitis.   Dia (<^<«) is nearly as single in its meaning; or
rather the different significations in which it is used  are capable of
being arranged under one leading  idea, that of separation, which
is the only idea it should be allowed to convey, if ever employed
in the coinage of new terms.   We  trace this  general  sense in
diabetes  and  diarrhoea, " a  passing off, or flowing through ;"
diacrisis, and diagnosis, " a judgment  or distinction, by  the sepa-
ration of one symptom from another ;" diastole and diastasis, "a
dilatation or separation of part from part."  Syn (m) and  its de-
rivatives sym and sy, are uniformly  expressive of conjunction or
association.
   Such are the significations assigned  to  these auxiliaries  when-
ever employed in the ensuing system ; the author has, neverthe-
less, endeavoured to employ them  as seldom  as  possible, and
always in a definite sense.  The classific, names are given entirely
  Vol. V.—H 
Iviii
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION
without them, and  the ordinal nearly so.   In this respect he hs»
differed from Dr. Young, who has prefixed the preposition para,
importing diseased action, to the name of every class, but the last,
in which it is exchanged for ec.  But this  seems a pleonasm ; for
in a system  directly nosological, para  is necessarily implied in
every instance.  Neuroses or neurismi is just as expressive as pa-
raneurismi;  and haemorrhagiae,  or  haemasiae, as  parhaemasiae.
Linneus has been very particular upon this point; and has never
introduced compound  terms, but when  he has thought them
strictly called for.   In consequence of which we have mentales,
quietales, motorii, without any affix whatever.
  But though the author has felt  no occasion for these auxiliaries
in denominating his classes, and  but little occasion for them in
the names of his orders, in his generic  terms he has often found
it necessary to have recourse to such assistance; in some instances
because, though evidently  redundant, the  affix could  not be de*
tached without the appearance of affectation ;  but more frequently
for  the purpose of  distinguishing the names of  different diseases,
compounded of the same radical term :  as in phyma, ecphyma,
and emphyma ; phlysis, ecphlysis, and  emphlysis;  ecpyesis, and
empyesis. with various others ; which, thus compounded, present,
at the same time, their relative points of  accordance and of dis-
crepancy,  and are consequently more easily, instead of less easily,
distinguishable.
  4. As the component parts of a term ought to be restricted to
a precise and individual meaning, so ought the  entire  term, whe-
ther compound or single.  The common signification of asphyxia
is  " apparent death," whether from suffocation, electricity, or any
other cause.   Plouquet, in his Initia,  has applied this  term to
" a temporary suspension of  the  pulse,  while all  the  other func-
tions of the system, whether corporeal  or mental, continue with
little or no interruption." The term  in its  original sense {xr<pv%ix)
pulselessness, will bear Plouquet's meaning, but  it is at the ex-
pense of its general interpretation :  and  hence, as the disease al-
luded to by Plouquet has not yet fairly found a place in nosology,
and no other term has been devised for  it, it will be found distin-
guished from asphyxia in the present system by the term acrotis-
tnus, of meaning precisely  parallel.
   There  is a strange confusion in the  general use of the  terms
hemelaropia and nyctalopia.  Most modern writers mean by the
first, " vision, irksome, or painful, in the  light of noon, but clear
and pleasant in  the  dusk of  the evening;" and by the  second,
 " vision, dull and confused in the dusk, hut  clear and  powerful 
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.
fix
 at noon-day."  But this is directly to reverse the signification,
 of both  terms, as  employed  by  Hippocrates and  the  Greek
 schools;  and as the Greek  sense is still occasionally continued,
 there is sometimes no small difficulty, and especially to a learner,
 in understanding what diseases are  referred  to.  In  the ensuing
 system most disorders of the sight,  unconnected with inflamma-
 tory  action, are arranged under a common genus, entitled paropsia,
 of which  hemelaropia and nyctalopia become species;  aud as they
 are here distinguished by the names of  p. lucifuga, and  p. noc-
 tifuga, it is  hoped that the usual  perplexity will be found suffi-
 ciently avoided.
   JEsthesia, among almost all the  nosologists, imports sensation
 generally; and hence  dysesthesia  is employed  by Sauvages,
 Vogel, Sagar, and Cullen,  as the name of an  order, comprising
 diseases of sight, smell, taste, touch, and  hearing; running pa-
 rallel with the order jEstiietica, in the class neurotica  of the
 present system.  But Cullen, after  having used the  term as an
 ordinal name in this general signification, next employs it as the
 name of a distinct genus in  the very limited signification of touch
 alone, and in contrast with  all  the other senses; anaesthesia, the
 genus referred  to, being defined " tactus imminutes vol  aboli-
 tus."   Linneus, indeed, had already used it  with an equal re-
 striction,  which he ought not to have done, as the term had been
 already adopted by Sauvages in  its  wider and correcter  sense.
 But  Linneus has  not fallen  into the self-confusion of  Cullen;
 for he has not  employed aesthesia or any of its compounds in
 any other import.  To avoid this  irregularity the anaesthesia of
 Linneus  and Cullen is, in the  present system, exchanged for
parapsis.
   Exanthema, among the  Greeks,  imputed  " cutaneous erup-
 tions  generally."  Sauvages, and  »W the nosologists down  to
 Cullen inclusively, together with  most  other  medical writers,
 have  limited  it to express  " cutaneous eruptions accompanied
 with  fever."   Attempts have more lately been made to fetter it
 within a  still  narrower circle ;   sometimes by confining  it to
 " eruptive fevers produced by specific contagion,"  whatever be
 the character of the efflorescence;  and sometimes by restraining
 it to  the character of the " efflorescence alone, with little atten-
 tion to its being connected or unconnected with fever."  It is in
 this last view that the term  has been employed by  Dr. Willan,
 who limits it to the import of the English term rash,  and in his
 list of definitions, explains  the  one  term by the other.  In  this
 confined use of the word, however, he does not always maintain
 his accustomed precision; for after  having, in his table of  defi- 
1%
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION
nitions, characterized rash or exanthem as distinct from papula
and wheal, he employs exanthemata as the name of an order
embracing diseases distinguished by both these symptoms.  In
Dr. Willan's very restricted use of  the  term there is great incon-
venience, and but little or no authority in his favour; and hence
in the ensuing system it is restored to its  common nosological ac-
ceptation.
   The limits of the present sketch will  not allow the author to
pursue this subject much further; but it  is necessary to observe,
before he entirely drops it,  that there are various terms, in com-
mon use in nosological descriptions, whose meaning in like man-
ner remains in  a very unsettled  state to the present  hour ; and
which it will be the object of the ensuing attempt to simplify and
define.   As examples it may be sufficient to  glance at the words
pyrexy. apyrexy, paroxysm, accession, exacerbation, crisis.
   Fevers were called  by  the Greek  physicians pyreti, pyrectici
morbi,  or simply pyrectica.*   Pyrexia, (febricitatio, rather
thanfebris), was in a looser sense applied to fever generally,  but
limited, when more  strictly employed, to  febrile heat and  in-
creased pulsation.   The duration of the cold and  hot  stages was
called its paroxysm, and the interval between one paroxysm and
another was distinguished by the term apyrexy {*7rvpt%iet). What
%he Greeks called paroxysms the Latins  named accession, (accessits
or accessio); for  the apyrexy of the former, the latter employed
the term  intermission (intermissio), and if the interval were only
a remission,  instead of a perfect intermission, the  return of the,
hot fit was denominated exacerbation (exacerbatio);  which  in
fact is a direct translation of paroxysm ;t so that  an exacerbation
was the same correlative to a remitting, as an accession was to an
 intermitting, fever.  TV\e duration of  a  single exacerbation and
 its remission, or of a single accession and its intermission, was
 denominated a febrile period.
    Sauvages  employs the whole of these terms with a pretty
 strict adherence  to their  original  meaning;  but by  Cullen and
 still later writers they have been  used with much greater laxity,
 and, occasionally, in very different  senses.   Like  many  of the
 Greek physicians, Dr. Cullen  has  proposed a difference between
 pyrexy  and  pyretus or febris;  the  former of which  terms
  he is well known to have taken  as the name for his first class
  of diseases.  While, however, he proposes a difference between
• Xlvptrot, trvftKTM*. wrufjavrit, vvfU.rtiUL.
j n*f^uo-/j.<ig, " incitatio, exacerbatio," from mp* apd ifuj acutus. 
PRELIMINARY  DISSERTATION.             lxi
these terms, it  is not that of the Greek schools, but altogether
of his  own  invention ;  for  instead  of limiting  pyrexy, as was
done by the Greeks when they allowed a distinction, to the mere
symptoms of increased heat and  increased pulsation, correspond-
ing in  a considerable degree with what is now usually called  the
second stage of a febrile paroxysm, he has connected shivering, or
the chief symptom  of the first stage, with it, together with the
symptoms of " various injured functions, and diminished strength
in the limbs."*  By this addition, however, he has considerably
overshot his own mark;  for he has  not only given a new sense to
the term, but  has frustrated the distinction he intended to establish;
insomuch, that when  he proceeds to define fever by its ordinal
character, he has nothing of any  real importance to add;  for fever
in his ordinal definition of the term  is still pyrexy, though pyrexy
with the comparatively trivial appendage of "previous languor,
lassitude, and other signs of debility, without primary local
disease;^  and hence, moreover, the  term pyrexia, upon his own
interpretation,  applies but very indifferently, as a classific  name,
to any  of Dr. Cullen's remaining orders, except exanthemata;
for it  is rarely that  inflammations or hemorrhages, his
other orders, are preceded by shivering, or accompanied with lesion
of various other functions than that belonging to the organ affected,
although they usually are accompanied with " increased  heat and
pulse," or pyrexy,  in the Greek restricted sense of the term.  It
is not  to be wondered  at, therefore, that this distinction of Dr.
Cullen between pyrexy and fever, should have appeared to later
writers as perplexed or nugatory ; and it was probably under some
such felling that Dr. Parr, and still  more recently Dr. Young, in
laying down  their respective systems, determined upon abandon-
ing all distinction whatever, and upon employing pyrexiae and fe-
vers as synonymous, or rather univocal terms.   It is  necessary,
therefore, to point out the discrepancy that is at present prevailing
in medical technology upon this subject.  In the restricted sense
in which  the term  was employed  by the Greeks it seems useful
and necessary ; for we have  no other  by which we can so well
or so  shortly  indicate those peculiar  febrile  symptoms  which
connect the family of phlogoses or phlegmasia; with that of simple
fevers; and  it is in  this sense, therefore, as importing the joint
idea of febrile heat  and augmented pulse, detached from the ideas
of shivering, languor, and various injured functions, that the term

   • Post uorrorem pulsus frequeng, calor major, plures functiones lxsae, viri-
 bus praesertim  artuum imminutis.
   f Prspressis languore, lassitudine, et aliis debilitatis signis, pyrexia, sine
 morbo locali primario. 
Ixii
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.
 pyrexy will be employed whenever had recourse to in the ensu-
 ing pages.
    The term accession has of late years undergone a still greater
 change in its meaning than pyrexy.  It has  been  just observed
 that accessio or accessus was employed by the Latin  writers in a
 sense precisely parallel with the Greek word paroxysm ; and that
 either embraced the cold and hot  stages of a febrile seizure,  the
 only stages  into which  such  seizure  was divided.*  And hence
 paroxysm is a term not to be found in Celsus, who uniformly em-
 ploys accessio in its stead.t
   Among recent writers, however, and perhaps generally in  the
 present day, while the  term paroxysm  is applied  not merely  to
 fever-fits, but  to  fits of every violent  and  intermitting  disorder
 whatever, the term accession is limited to the commencement or
 onset  of a fit, its insultus, as denominated by  the Latin  writers;
 and hence Dr. Cullen speaks of the " accession of paroxysms,"J
 a phraseology which would be nonsense upon the original mean-
 ing of the terms; while  Dr. Turton,with evident indecision upon
 the subject, defines accessio.  in his Glossary,  " the  beginning  or
 paroxysm of an intermitting fever " (allowing the reader to take
 which sense he will); and paroxysmus "an access, fit,  or exa-
 cerbation of a disease;" giving a still greater latitude, as  well  in
respect to the  genus, as the stage of the morbid nffection.  The
Latin translators of Galen adhere to the  original signification ; and
hence  what Cullen calls the " accession  of paroxysms," is  in their
language  " incrementa  accessionum :"§ and  the same import  is
given to the  terms access or  accession by Sauvages, who in de-
scribing the simple quotidian fever says,  " duratio accessus octo-
  * The paroxysm or accession embraced the whole course of a fever-fit of
whatever length, till its declination, which was not accounted a part of the
paroxysm;  and hence Celsus divides its entire range into accessio and decessio.
In later times the declination has been taken into the general account;  and
the course  of a fever has in consequence been said to possess three stages,
distinguished by the names of  insultus or invasio, decursus, and declinatio.
The humeral pathologists who held that fever was an effort of nature to throw
off from the constitution, by a process of concoction, some peccant matter
in the form of scum, denominated these three stages, after the language of
Sydenham, hompilatio, ebullitio,  and despumatio.  These terms, however, to-
gether with hundreds of others derived from the same mint, have long sunk
into the grave, with the hypothesis that gave rise to them.  So dangerous is
it to construct a technical vocabulary upon a basis of hypothesis.
  ■J- See especially Lib. III. cap. ii. iii.
  * " Though the intervals of paroxysms are different in different cases, yet
the times of the accession of paroxysms are generally fixed to one time of the
day."  First Lines, chap. III. sect. lvi.
  § Manifestissime, autem, et in hac febre in invasionibus, atque incrementisac-
cessionum, signum putrefactionis apparet. Gal. de Differ. Febr. lib. U, cap. iv. 
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION..             lxin
 decim horas non excedit ;"* and observes of the quotidian  sub-
 intrans " accessus ad vigenti quatuor horas ferme extenduntur."t
 Even in Cullen the term  seems sometimes to be employed  as  a
 synonym for paroxysm, as in  his definition of hectic^: fever, in
 which  accession is opposed to remission or apyrexy; while in
 his definitions of the tertian§ and  quartan,||  in which the words
 paroxysm and accession are both introduced, the latter is designed
 evidently to import the commencement or first stage of the former,
 or, "the accession of the paroxysm," as in the passage  just re-
 ferred  to;  that which  by Hoffman was elegantly  and correctly
 denominated the spasmus periphericus, or general spasm of the
 small vessels diffused over the entire surface; in popular language,
 the shivering fit.
   It is  not difficult to account for this  confusion of sense:  for not-
 withstanding  the  general  appropriation of  the  word accession
 among  the Latin writers to the whole duration of a  fever-fit,  or
 what is now called a paroxysm, its radical idea imports simply
 "advance,  approach, entrance, avenue;"  and  in  this meaning
 Celsus himself is perpetually using the term  in its  verbal form,
 and  occasionally,  indeed,  in connexion with accessio in its  tech-
 nical  signification, as  " donee altera accessio  accedat,"^
 " till  another accession  accedes or comes on."
   Fordyce, probably from its complicate meaning, has banished
the term accession altogether, and introduced the phrase  cold fit
in its stead, retaining, however, paroxysm in  its modern and po-
pular sense: so  that, according  to him, an ephemera is  a  fever
consisting  of one paroxysm, which  paroxysm  comprises  three
stages,  " a cold fit, hot fit, and crisis."   And here we have a new
 sense assigned to the term  crisis.   Among the Greeks it is  very
 well known to have imported a decision or determination of the
 disease; and hence critical days were, amongst them, days which
 produced  such  decision  or determination.  With Dr.  Fordyce,
 however, crisis imports nothing more  than the decision or deter-
 mination of a single paroxysm  of a disease, its decline or sweat-
 ing stage.  Whilst, by many of the humoral pathologists, the term
 was used in a different sense from both these, and signified syno-
  * Class II. ord. III. torn. ii. p. 347.
  f Class II. ord. III. torn. ii. p. 347.
  i Febris quotide revertens, accessionibus meridianis et vespertinis, remissione,
rarius apyrexia matutina.  Gen. VI.
  § Paroxysmi similes, intervallo quadraginta octo circiter horarum;  accer
nonibus meridianis.  Gen. I.
  I| Paroxysmi similes, intervallo septuaginta duarum circiter horarum;  ocq^
eionibus pomeridianis.
.  7 Lib. 111. cap. \Xt. 
ixiv              PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.
nymously with the despumatio of Sydenham, the separation atui
discharge of the crude and  morbid material which was  the sup-
posed cause of fevers, without any reference to particular days, or
particular stages of a paroxysm.
  It is high time,  then, that an exact sense should be fixed for the
whole of this group of terms; and with a view of accomplishing
this object, as far as he is able, the author will be found in  the
ensuing pages uniformly to employ,  1. paroxysm, as importing
the entire duration of a fit of  acute disease of any kind, whether
the interval be perfectly  or imperfectly free :  2. exacerbation, as
signifying the paroxysm  of a  disease, whose intervals are merely
imperfect or remissive ;  which is the strict meaning of paroxysm*
when literally rendered: and, 3. accession, as indicating  the com-
mencement or onset of an exacerbation or paroxysm of any  kind;
which restores the term to its radical idea;  whilst he has omitted
the use  of the term crisis, as neither wanted  nor conveying in the
present day any determinate sense.*
  II. But it is an object of the ensuing pages to attempt an im-
provement  in the arrangement of diseases, as well  as  in the
language employed to describe them.
  A knowledge of the animal frame involves a deep  and compre-
hensive acquaintance with three distinct branches of natural sci-
ence ; anatomy, by which we become acquainted with the structure
of this frame; physiology, which teaches us its various functions ;
and  nosology or  pathology, which unfolds  to  us the diseases  to
which it  is subject.  Unfortunately, each of these branches has
hitherto been taught by a different, instead of by a common me-
thod ; and  hence  the student, instead of proceeding  with each at
one and the same time,  and with a single expenditure of labour,
is compelled to apply himself to every one separately,  and by a
kind of new and  unconnected grammar.
  The  great  and  comprehensive mind of Haller  was forcibly
struck with the expediency of uniting the whole  into  one com-
mon pursuit.   In  his " First  Lines" he gave scope to his  feel-
ings upon  this subject;  and since his day  various efforts have
  * It may not be improper to mention here, that where foreign words are
fully adopted into English, and used with an English termination or inflexion,
the author has spelt them, in the ensuing pages, agreeably to the rules that
regulate vernacular terms : thus preternatural is used instead of preternatural,
after the manner of pretext and pretence ; edematous instead of edematous, after
the manner of economy s  gass instead of gas or gaz, after the manner of all
similar monosyllables, whether verbs or substantives; as glass,  grass, past,
bliss,  miss, loss, cross, dross; and fetus, which from feo, " to bring forth," is
the old, and, perhaps, the best mode of spelling it even in the Latin, instead
if fcetus of later date. 
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.
lxv
been  made to  concentrate the studies of  physiology and ana-
tomy.  Much, however, still remains to bring even these two
branches into that  state of close contact and parallel  investiga-
tion for which  they  are so admirably  fitted,  and which would
equally add  to the  perfection of both:  while the view which
has just been given of the general  history of nosology, affords
a sufficient  proof  that  no systematic step whatever  has  hitherto
been  taken to  incorporate the elementary study of animal dis-
eases  either with  that of the animal  structure or  the animal eco-
nomy.
  To accomplish  such an incorporation  is the object of  the  en-
suing  system; the  whole  edifice of which will be  found to be
erected on a physiological basis ;  and to run parallel with the
divisions  into which  the science  of physiology most   usually
ramifies.   The track is  new; and difficulties of  no  ordinary
magnitude have  been encountered  in  the  prosecution of  it.
The  author  does not flatter himself that the  whole of these are
by any means  removed in this first attempt: but he  trusts that
he will be  found  to  have pointed out a  useful though an unex-
plored course,  and  that future   pioneers may be able  to level
and complete, what he may thus far have left  rugged and unmas-
tered.
  Having  conceived  the  possibility  of a  nosological  system,
whose primary divisions should  take a physiological range,  and
follow up the diseases  of the animal fabric in the order in which
the physiologist  usually develops its  organization  and its func-
tions, the author  had next to  determine  at which end of the se-
ries he should begin; whether,  with  Haller, at the first and
simplest vestige of the living  fibre,  and  pursue the growing ens
through all its rising stages of evolution and elaboration to its
maturity of figure and sensation; or, with  the physiologists of
later  times,  to take at once the  animal  frame in its mature and
perfect state, and trace it, from some well-defined and prominent
function,  through all  the  rest; which,  like  links in a  circular
chain, may be said  to issue from it, and to  be dependent on its
existence and properties.
   The author was soon led to a preference of the second  scheme.
It  is by far  the simpler of  the two, and  directly harmonizes
with the fundamental principle,  which runs through all  the sys-
tems  of zoology, botany, and mineralogy,  of forming  the ar-
rangement and selecting  the characters from the most  perfect
individual as specimens.   He decided,  therefore, upon taking
the more  prominent functions of the human frame for  his pri-
mary or classific division, and the  more important of their re-
   Vol. V.—I 
lxvi
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.
spective organs for his secondary or ordinal; and without tyeing
himself to a  particular distribution of the former in  any autho-
rized or popular use at the  present  moment, to follow what ap-
pears to be the order of nature in her simplest and most intelligi-
ble march.
   To repair  the exhaustion which is constantly taking place in
every part of the body  from the common wear and tear of life,
it  is necessary  that the  alimentary canal  should  be supplied
with a due proportion of food, the procuration of which, there-
fore, constitutes in savage as well as in civil society, the first con-
cern of  mankind.  The food,  thus procured  is introduced into a
set of organs admirably devised for its  reception ;  and its elabo-
ration into a  nutritive form constitutes  what physiologists  have
denominated  the  digestive  function.  The diseases then to
which this function is subject will be found to create the first class
of the ensuing system.
   The food  thus far  elaborated has  yet to  be  conveyed to the
lungs,  and be still further operated upon by the atmosphere, be-
fore it becomes duly assimilated to the nature of the fabric it has
to support.  The function of respiration embraces this part
of the animal economy; and the diseases to which this function is
subject form  the second class of the arrangement.
   The blood now matured and consumated is returned to the
heart, and sent forth, in a circular  course, to every organ of
the body, as the common pabulum from which it is  to secern
what it  stands  in  need of:  the waste blood being carried  back
to the fountain from which it  issued.  It is this circulatory track
that constitutes the sanguineous function; and the diseases by
which it  is  characterized form  the third  class  of the ensuing
pages.
   But the blood  does not  circulate by  its own power.  From
the  brain, which  it recruits and  refreshes,  its  vessels (perhaps
itself)  receive a perpetual influx of that sensorial energy which
gives motion, as  the blood  gives  food, to  the entire   machine;
converts  the organized into an animal  and intellectual system,
and forms the important sphere of the nervous function.  This
function,  also, affords scope  for a large family of  diseases; and
hence we obtain a ground-work for a fourth  class upon the  plan
before us.
   Such  is the  progress  towards perfection in the life of the in-
dividual.   But man  is not born to be an  individual;  he is de-
signed to perpetuate his species;  and the last finish to his frame
consists in giving full development and  activity  to the organs
which are subservient to this purpose.   We now  arrive at the 
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.
lxvii
 sexual function ; and obtain from the diseases by which it is
 marked a fifth class for our use upon the present occasion.
   As  every part  is thus  receiving new  matter from  the blood,
 it is necessary that that which is  superseded  should  be carried
 off by proper emunctories:  as it  is  also necessary  that the an-
 tagonist processes of  restoration and detrition should maintain
 a fair balance.   And hence  the minute  secretory and absorbent
 vessels hold  the same relation  to each other as the arteries and
 veins, and conjointly  create an excernent function;  whose
 diseases lay a foundation for  the sixth class of  the ensuing syste-
 matic attempt.
   It will yet remain to create a class  for external  accidents,
 and those accidental misformations which occasionally dis-
 figure the  fetus  of the womb.   This  will constitute  the seventh ;
 and under these seven classes it  will possibly be found  that all
 the long list of  diseases may be included which man is called  to
 suffer, or the art of medicine to provide for.
   The succession  is  here  easy  and natural: every  class,  at
 least with  the exception of  the  last, leads  immediately to that
 which follows it; and the student will at  once comprehend its
 scope, and  readily  retain its arrangement.   The order is strict-
 ly physiological;  but  it  is not exactly the  order  which  has hi-
 therto been laid down by  any of the writers  upon  this subject,
as it is more simple than that  of most of the systems, and more
 catenated  than   that of several.   Daubenton's  which, if not the
 earliest, is one  of  the earliest of those entitled to the  character
 of a system, is  unnecessarily  extensive and  complicated  for a
 medical purpose, though highly  ingenious and useful in a zoo-
 logical view.   In this  the chief divisions are taken  from the or-
 gans rather than from the functions, which is an inconvenient
 arrangement, and  not altogether  scientific.   Dumas  improved
 upon this  plan;  but it is to  Vicq-d'Azyr that  we are  indebted
 for the firs-  perspicuous attempt upon a basis of functions ;  and
 hit attempt has  been  rather  enlarged  than  matured, by several
 lat;r  writers,  and  particularly  by M.  M.  Richerand and Bi-
 chit.   Under Vicq-d'Azyr  the  order of succession  is  nearly
 ths same  as  in  the present  classification,  with the exception,
 that it closes with  sensation  instead of with  secretion; but the
 number of general functions instead of being  limited to six is
 extended  to nine;  the additional  functions being  those of nutri-
 tion,  ossification, and  irritability;  of these, however,  the two
 last have been rejected by  Richerand and Bichat,  and the offices
 they refer  to, merged  in the excernent  and  nervous functions:
 by which  means the  system of the  former  is reduced to  the 
lxvjii            PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.

present scale, with  the  exception of the office of nutrition, or
the  conversion of the common food of the blood  into the sub-
stance of  the various organs to which  it is applied ; but which,
if accurately examined,  is  as  strictly  a part of the  excernent
function  as ossification,  or the nutrition  of  the bones  which
these physiologists have  correctly  transferred to  this division
of the animal economy.   The process of growth  or  nutrition,
is,  in  reality, that of secretion: every organ  secerns for itself;
it separates alike what is proper to  be parted with as  waste
matter, and what is  proper to be received as a restorative and
augmentive substance.   It throws off the first, and assimilates
to itself the second.   And  hence the processes of secretion  and
absorption are but parts of a  common function : conjointly they
form a circle, and  as it  has  been  already  observed, hold the
same relation  to each other as  the offices of the arteries and the
veins.
   But though M M. Richerand and  Biehat  have  in  these re-
spects  simplified the  arrangement  of  M.  Vicq-d'Azyr,   they
have upon  the  whole considerably  widened and complicated it
by a partition of several  of his primary divisions, which  they
still retain, into  separate  functions: in consequence  of which,
while Richerand  gives  us thirteen  distinct general functions  of
the animal economy,  together  with  an appendix, Biehat ex-
tends the list of functions to not less  than twenty.   Whatever,
therefore, be  the merit of these minuter arrangements,  it  must
be obvious that they are not adapted to the present purpose; and
it is unnecessary to  pursue them further than to observe that some
of the additional matter they contain  is derived  from the functions
of fetal life ; and  that this, so far as it relates to organic deformi-
 ty, runs parallel with the seventh class in the arrangement before
 us.
    The orders in this arrangement are taken from  what the aj-
  thor hopes will be found an easy distribution into natural groups
  of the organs that appertain to the classific functions, with the ex-
  ception of the third class, in which they are derived from the pe-
  culiarity of the vascular action, and the temperament of the cir-
  culating  fluid.
    Some of the genera  are new, for the  purpose of enlisting in-
  fer so many common banners diseases which have  hitherto been
  held as  distinct genera, but which ought rather to have been re-
  garded in  the light of mere species : as adipsia, and polydipsia;
  the several diversities of morbid appetite, as bulimia, anorexia,
  pica, cardialgia; the numerous family of visceral inflammations,
  as pleuritis, gastritis,  peritonitis; the exanthems  distinguished 
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.
Ixix
by a rash eruption, or a vesicular eruption, with various others ;
by which the study of nosology will be found simplified, and, in
some sort, abbreviated,  rather  than  perplexed and  protracted.
In proof of which it may be sufficient to remark, that on reckon-
ing up the number of the genera under which, upon  the present
system, all the diseases of the animal frame are reducible,  and
which the author has never done till this moment, he perceives
that they do not  quite amount to a hundred and  thirty.   It is
easy  indeed to make a  genus too  lax an! extensive, and to asso-
ciate under  its name species which have no analogy with each
other; and several of our  latest nosologists,  in the laudable en-
deavour to  avoid  the  frittered and dislocated arrangement of
some of the  earlier systematic writers, have run  into  this ex-
treme.   The  aim of the author,  however,  has been  to  steer in
the  midway of the two ; to generalize as far as the thread of con-
nexion will allow; but  never to congregate where its continuity is
broken off.
   Every nosologist has felt more difficulty  in  distinguishing be-
tween species and varieties, than  in forming classes and genera.
And it  is here,  indeed,  that the deficiency of our nosological
classifications is chiefly  conspicuous when compared with those of
plants or animals.  Yet in many cases ihe line is as distinctly laid
down, and may  be as accurately followed up.   Thus in Dr. Cul-
len's system,  variola or small-pox is made  a genus, and the dis-
tinct and confluent kinds are termed species.   " But  as  infection
from the distinct kind frequently produces the confluent  kind,
 and that of the confluent kind frequently produces the distinct, it
 would seem  more  analogous to botanical arrangement to call the
 distinct and  confluent small-pox varieties than species.  Because
 the species of plants in botanical systems propagate others  similar
 to themselves; which does not uniformly occur in such vegetable
 productions as are termed  varieties."* And  it is equally clear that
 variola  should be regarded as a species,  and not  a genus: since
 ot herwise  the classification would lose one of its most important
 links,  and the varieties be  without a disease to belong to ;  for a
 genus is no disease whatever, any more than it is an animal or a
 vegetable.
    In many  instances  we can trace the  variety  to arise  from
  some local peculiarity, as of soil or  climate; and  this,  too, as
  clearly among animals as among plants.   Thus the sheep, that
  in Europe produces a  woolly coating, in Angora and some other
• Darwin. Zoonom. Part. II. Pref. 
i XX
PRELIMINARY  DISSERTATION.
 parts  of Asia Minor,  has  this coating converted into a  glossy-
 silk ;  and in  the opposite  coast  of Africa into a coarse hair.
 So the Cuba swine, which were imported into that island in 1509,
 from an European stock, have nearly doubled their original size,
 and have acquired the  singularity of a  broad  solid hoof,  instead
 of having a cloven foot.  These diversities are striking: but they
 are not more so than the symptoms which accompany the erysi-
 pelas in a bleak nothern  village, when  it assumes a phlogotic or
 phlegmonous  character, and in a southern crowded  metropolis
 where it must be treated with cordials and tonics : or those  which
 distinguish  the gout in a firm  and vigorous constitution  which
 violently drives off the disease by the  outlet of a  hand or foot;
 and in a delicate  and atonic frame in which  it wanders from or-
 gan to  organ for an indefinite term of time,  assuming every day
 a new disguise, and though less violent in  its  action, far more
 mischievous in its effects.  Under the greater number of nosolo-
 gical  systems these  diseases are ranged as  distinct genera, and
 the diversities they thus exhibit from peculiar  circumstances, form
 so  many species.   Upon the common   principles, however,  of
 botanical and zoological systems, the former ought only to  be re-
 garded as a  species, and the  latter as the varieties incidental to
 them.   The author has  endeavoured to adhere to these principles
 as far  as possible; and  hence, whenever the symptoms of a dis-
 ease are merely diversified by peculiarity of constitution, of local
 attack, or of  any other  casualty, the  new features are only  consi-
 dered as forming a variety, and not a  separate  species.  Yet it
 must be acknowledged that the line of distinction upon this point,
 is frequently  less clear  in the distribution of diseases than in that
of plants and  animals;  though  it may possibly vie with that in
 the mineral kingdom.
  It is not easy at all  times, after having defined a species, to
determine to what  genus it ought to  belong;  for as  the spe-
cific character is, in  most cases, formed  from a combination of
symptoms, it  often  happens  that  several of these  symptoms
enter  into the definitions of two or  more genera, and the  same
difficulty  is  sometimes  felt  in  assigning to  a genus its proper
 order.   Thus yaws {frambxsia as it is  commonly called) which
 by Cullen is introduced  into the order impetigines of the class
 cachexia, is  proscribed from   this  order by Sauvages, and ar-
 ranged  under that of tubera  of the  same  class.   In effect it
 has characters which  may give it some claim to either order;
 but its most  prominent marks,  as  traced by Dr. Ludford and
 other late writers of the  best authority, seem far more closely 
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.
Ixxi
to connect it with exanthems, in  consequence of which it will
be found  under this order in the class pyrectica of the  pre-
sent system.  The same perplexity  has been  felt concerning
pestis.  Vogel inserts it in the order of febres ; Sauvages,  Cul-
len, and Parr, in that of  exanthemata ; Cullen, however,  pro-
fessing his doubts as  to  which  order it more immediately be-
longs; and Parr distinctly declaring,  in a subsequent part of his
Dictionary, that  it is improper  to arrange it as he has thus done
in the part just adverted to ; and,  on another occasion,  that
there  is no foundation  for regarding it as an exanthem, and that
it ought to be reduced to a variety under the  asthenic remit-
tents*   Chlorosis has symptoms  which  connect, it with  what
have hitherto been called  cachexies,  with morosities or wayward-
nesses of the stomach,  and  with sexual orgasm.  Till  the time
of Cullen it was generally arranged  under the  first  head; by
him,  however,  it has been  transfered to the  class  neuroses,
order adynamic, being still allowed the rank of a genus.  In
Dr. Young it occurs  as a mere  species of  dyspepsia,  in Dr.
Parr  as  a species of a genus which  he calls  anepithymia.   In
Macbride, who  seems  to have  taken  the most correct view of
its relative bearing,  it is restored to  the  rank of a genus,  and
deposited  in  the class and order of "Sexual diseases proper to
Women."
   In such difficulties as  these,  however, there is nothing pecu-
liar to Nosology.  In systematic Mineralogy they are more com-
mon ; as  frequent perhaps in  Zoology; and  by no means unfre-
quent in  Botany.  Thus the myxine  glutinosa,  which by  Lin-
neus  was regarded as  a  worm, has been introduced by  Bloch
into the class of fishes, and is now  known by  the name of  gas-
trobranchus csecus, or hag-fish.   So the siren,  which  was at first
contemplated  by Linneus as an amphibious animal, was after-
wards declared by Camper and Gmelin to be a  fish, approach-
ing the nature of an eel, and was arranged accordingly.   It has
since, however, been restored, from the class  of fishes, to  that
of amphibials; and in the present day  is believed by various  zoo-
logists to be nothing more than a variety of the lizard.   In like
manner the ipecacuan plant, which has been successively described
as a  species  of  Paris,  of euphorbia, of conicera, of viola,  and:
by Mutis and the younger Linneus, of psycotria,  is at  length
clearly ascertained by Schroeber to belong to the genus callicocca.
The angustura-tree, which till of late was commonly  regarded as
a species of Brucea, has  been proved by  Bonpland to have little

  * See Note on the Genus Anthracia, Cl. III. Ord. III. of the present system 
lxxii
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION
relation to this genus; in consequence of^which he has formed a
new genus,  to which he has given the name of Casparia, for the
purpose of receiving it,  referring us for a full description of the
species to the superb work which M. Humboldt and himself have
been long preparing for the press under the title of Plantes Equi-
noxiaks.  At this moment the cascarilla plant is equally vacilat-
ing between the two genera croton and  clutia or cluytia; and of
the upases of Java, and especially the  bohan upas, we  have re-
ceived no specific characters whatever;  and consequently know
nothing of their relative places.
  In all cases of this kind we must wait for additional  informa-
tion, and in the mean time exercise our judgment upon the best
intelligence we can obtain ; correcting what is wrong, and confirm-
ing what is doubtful, as we have opportunity.
  It is not improbable that some future nosologist (should the pre-
sent work have any pretensions  to futurity)  may be able  to assign
more correct places to several of the genera or species of the en-
suing arrangement than those they now occupy.  It should be
well remembered, however, that the  principle  of this  arrange-
ment consists  in determining the proper class of a disease  from
the general function that is injured, and not from  the particular
organ, which  only  regulates the subordinate divisions : and that,
where two general  functions  are injured at the  same time, that
constitutes the class  which appears to be most prominently affect-
ed.  Thus strophulus, and scabies, which seldom extend deeper
ihan the  secretory  vessels of the skin,  belong necessarily to the
class eccritica, or that comprising diseases of the excernent
function ;  -vhile variola and rubeola, though equally occupying
the surface, belong to the class H/Ematica, or the diseases of
the sanguineous  function;  which,  in  both these  cases, is
primarily and chiefly affected, as is obvious  from the pyrectic ac-
tion of the  heart and arteries.   So while  gastritis and  enteritis
belong also, as inflammatory affections, to  the  HjEmatic class,
dyspepsy and  cholera,  though disorders  of  the same organs,
must necessarily be referred to  the class cceliaca, or that com-
prising the diseases of the digestive function,  this being the
part of the animal  economy  which is hereby chiefly  or wholly
disordered.
   It may perhaps  be objected  that this  is to travel over the
same region a second or even a third  time.   It is, however,
always  in pursuit of a different object.  It is to follow up the
family  of  diseases  that  appertain  to  a  particular  function;.
while, to avoid  having  our attention distracted, we leave every 
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.           lxxiii
other function and the diseases belonging to it, untouched.   We
pursue the same plan in  Zoology, in Botany, in Mineralogy.  In
a common region we discover discrepant specimens and bring them
home at different times ;  exploring it on one  occasion for one pur-
pose, and on other occasions for others:  and we then separate
and arrange the productions into different classes and orders for
scientific study,  notwithstanding that  nature has produced  them
in a  common quarter.
  As simplicity  is an object which ought never to be lost sight
of, it is always more  praiseworthy, and especially in Nosology,
to diminish than to multiply genera, or  even the higher divi-
sions of orders and classes, wherever this  can be accomplished
with an equal retention  of perspicuity.  The ensuing system has
aimed at simplification in these respects; and it is on this ground
the  family of dolores, or local pains,  is entirely suppress-
ed,  and  the  genera or  species of which  it has ordinarily been
composed, are distributed,  as mere  symptomatic affections,  un-
der  other heads.   At first sight local  pains seem to form a
natural  group; but when, deceived by the comprehensiveness of
the term, we attempt  to combine them under a family character,
we at once discover that they have seldom any thing in common,
whether in regard to origin, sensation, effect, or mode of treat-
ment ; that  the  connexion  is  merely  verbal,  and that  they
slip  away from us insensibly into  some other divisions.  Hence
with the exception of odontalgia, and another individual or two,
Dr.  Cullen regards the whole as entirely  symptomatic; while
odontalgia is with him, in  fact, a mere species of rheumatism,
though  advanced to the rank of a distinct  genus.  Parr, while
writing the earlier part  of his Dictionary, had a strong  desire to
form an order of this kind, and a full persuasion of its expedi-
ency.  " When we explain," says he, in  his article cephalal-
gia, "the arrangement of  diseases,  we  shall find it  difficult to
avoid an  order, at least, of dolores ; and  under this  head  ce-
phalalgia must be arranged."  But when,  in the article  nosolo-
gy he carries his arrangement into execution,  we find him  com-
pelled to abandon this  intention;  in  consequence  of  which  we
have no such order as dolores, nor  any  notice whatever of ce-
phalalgia, or even of hemicrania.
   Even of those who have  retained the order, every  one seems
to have laboured under the greatest  difficulty of fixing its con-
tents and boundaries.   Sauvages,  Linneus, Vogel,  and Sagar,
make it a class; the  first allotting to it thirty-three  genera, the
second twenty-five, the third forty-six, the  fourth thirty-two.
   Vol.  V.-K 
ixxiv
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION
 In Macbride and  Crichton it occurs a§*an order:  the former
 giving only twelve,  and the  latter only eleven genera under it.
 Dr. Young reduces it to a single genus, under the name of au-
 talgia, and assigns to  it not more than three species, a. dolorosa,
 the subdivisions  of which (they cannot  be called varieties) are
 numerous, and include n any of the preceding genera; a.pruri-
 ginosa; and a. Vertigo: the  whole of which, as  observed  alrea-
 dy, have little analogy  in cause,  effect, mode  of sensation, or
 plan of treatment.  The subdivision a. pruriginosa was first in-
 troduced by  Sauvages, continued by Linneus, Vogel, and Sagar;
 thrown out by Macbride and  Crichton; and then taken up  again
 by Dr. Young.   In Sauvages and  Sagar, anxietas, lassitudo and
 catarrhus are regarded as dolores ; Vogel  banishes the two last,
 but preserves  the  first.   Linneus,  and  every other  nosologist
 has banished all three.   The four last writers assign to  this di-
 vision rheumatism, gout,  and  lumbago, and  perhaps  with  as
 much  reason as any other affection.   Crichton  dismisses  all
 these.   Young dismisses rheumatism and gout, but retains lum-
 bago and ischias as  varieties;  whilst  both are  again  introduced
 as varieties under rheumatism, which is made a species of cauma
 or  inflammatory  fever.   It was  not merely therefore from the
 compressed nature of  his classification that Cullen  proscribed the
 division altogether; for it is obivious that no two nosologists  have
 been able to concur in the individual diseases that should compose
 it.
  III.  In order to render the  present work more useful, and to
 assimilate it more closely  to works of the  same  kind in  the colla-
teral  branches of natural knowledge, to  the systematic name of
every disease is subjoined its chief technical and vernacular syno-
nyms.   This is a new attempt, and occasionally accompanied  with
no small  difficulty.  The vernacular synonyms  are  confined to
the three most popular languages of Europe, English,  German,
and French; for these seem to be  sufficient.  The technical sy-
nonyms are  in like manner derived from the three most exten-
sive languages of antiquity, Greek, Latin, and  Arabic:  the last
of which are given as well in  Arabic as  Roman characters,* in
order that the reader  who is capable of comparing the  two  cha-
 racters, may  see the peculiar  power  which, in  the present  ren-
 dering, is assigned to the latter; for so  different is this  power
 as  assigned  at times  by different  individuals, and particularly
 when of different  countries, that the same word is often spelt in
 such a variety of  ways as occasionally to  defy all  collation, and
» In the present edition, the Arabic characters are necqs«arily omitted. 
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.            1XXV
to render it almost impossible  to determine what is  the  Arabic
term, or the Arabic characters intended to be expressed.   Occa-
sionally where the Arabic names are also Persian or Turkish, the
author has added  the initials  or other marks of these  cognate
tongues ;  and,  in a few instances, in which they are peculiarly
expressive, he has also superadded the Persian or Turkish names
even  though different from the Arabic.  At times, indeed, the
Arabic writers themselves employ a Persian  or a Syriac term, for
several of them were of Persian or Syrian  birth ; and  in  such
cases  the author has also indicated  the proper origin  : all which
has been a labour of no small  trouble, from the novelty of the
attempt, and  the difficulty of procuring medical Arabic and other
eastern books that would answer the purpose.
   In  Sauvages and several  of  the German  nosologists we  have
the Arabic synonym given occasionally, but  never otherwise
than  in  Roman  characters, and  these  not  unfrequently  with
great  inaccuracy.   In Dr. WiHan's  description  of cutaneous
diseases we  have a  somewhat fuller  reference to  the  Arabic
synonyms, still written, however,  and  confined  to  the Roman
characters, sometimes spelt with, and sometimes  without a pre-
fix of the  definite article,  sometimes   with a continental, and
sometimes  with a vernacular  pronunciation, from the  learned
author's not being acquainted with the Arabic language, and hav-
ing industriously caught up  the words and descriptions as  he was
able.
   It appears  high time, therefore, to give more completion to this
branch of medical synonymy than has, hitherto, been  attempted ;
and especially considering the taste which, in the present day, is
evinced throughout almost every kingdom  in Europe for a revi-
val of Arabic literature, and more particularly in our own coun-
try and its vast  oriental dependencies.  The Arabic toungue is the
oldest living  language in the  world : it  was  polished to  a very
high degree of classical perfection as early at least as the age of
Moses, (supposing, as is  generally  allowed, the  book of  Job,
which is  Hebrew tissued  with  Arabic, to have been  written by
him;) it was  certainly studied  and cultivated, as the language of
polite science, at the splended  court of Solomon; was the chief
depository of learning, and  particularly of medical learning in
Europe, as well as in Asia and  Africa, during the dark ages; and
has descended as a living language without any great variation to
the present day.  The first translation of Euclid into English was
not from the original  Greek,  but from  an  Arabic version, the
work of the monk Adelard in the twelfth century, who, with va-
rious  other ecclesiastics, travelled abroad for the laudable purpo^ 
JXXV1           PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION,
of obtaining knowledge, and  studied progressively  in Arabia,
Egypt, and  Spain;  which last country alone, as it appears from
the account of the Arabic manuscripts of the Escurial, drawn up
by the learned Casiri, possessed at this era not fewer than seventy
public  libraries; evincing a wonderful patronage of  literature by
the Arabian  princes, when copies of books were peculiarly scarce,
and enormously expensive.   On the resurrection of science, there-
fore, towards the fifteenth century, it was from  Arabic sources
and the Saracenic schools,  that Europe again became acquainted
with the  treasures of the medical writers of Greece.   The illus-
trious caliphats of Bagdad, Cairo, Cordova, and  Fez, had long
rivalled each other  in giving encouragement to  men of learning,
and  especially to physicians, whose profession, whatever might
be their  religious tenets, was the  surest path to distinction and
riches.   And such was the success attendant upon this encourage-
ment, that the colleges of Bagdad alone are said as early as the
eighth and ninth centuries, to have contained not less than six
thousand students at a time.
  One of the first and most valuable writers in the extraordinary
period before us, was Honian Ebn Isaac.   Having made  himself
master of all the accuracies and  elegancies  of the Arabic tongue
at Bassora, where it was supposed to be spoken in  the highest
classical  purity, he complied  with the munificent  invitation of
Almansor, or  rather of  his grandson Almamon, fixed himself at
Bagdad,  and among other works,  translated the Aphorisms of
Hippocrates  with  the commentaries of Galen ;  giving them in
Arabic instead of Syriac, which at this  time was  the ordinary
channel of translation, and that in which the wrorks  of Mesueh
were already written.  Serapion was contemporary  with  him;
and  his  productions,  many of which  are intrinsically valuable,
were composed in the same tongue, and  enriched from the same
source.   We  perceive the same  vein of study running through
the writings  of Avicenna, Avenzora, Theophail, and  Averroes.
Hence the  general  doctrines of the Greek pathology were every
thing, and all diseases were resolved into the four classes of a san-
guineous, a  bilious, a phlegmatic,  and  a  melancholic tempera-
ment ; or as  they  are  denominated in  their own tongue, keshi
serkh, keshi  zerd, keshi sepid, and  keshi sijah.  It  is said, in-
deed, that the Arabian physicians have interwoven with the doc-
trines of the  Greek schools a  vast mass of lumber derived from
their own  religious tenets.  In  many instances the  assertion is
 true; yet several of the writers were  Christians, as Mesueh and
 Honain; and others  Jews, as Ben  Maimon, or, as  he  is often
 called, Maimonides:  while not a few of them evince  a very cor 
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.          Ixxvii
 rect judgment and clear discrimination, as Avenzoar, who was
 peculiarly characterized by his rejection of useless theories.   Se-
 veral of them moreover, are well  worthy of study as bein" the
 original delineators of diseases common to  our own day.  No one
 ought to pretend to a scientific acquaintance with cutaneous affec-
 tions, who has not studied Serapion;  nor  with a practical history
 of small-pox  or the diseases of children,  who has not read the
 pages of Rhazes, and especially his Almansor, in  which the for-
 mer is, not indeed for the first time  described, but for  the first
 time described with accuracy:  nor ought he  to be unacquainted
 with  the  Maleki  of  Haly  Abbas,  in  which  the  writings of
 Mesueh, Serapion,  and Rhazes, are critically examined and com-
 mented upon.  The direct object of the present attempt  will not
 often allow the author  an opportunity of making those occasional
 remarks on the Arabian writers which  he would like to indulge
 in:  but he  may  possibly  find such  an opportunity in  a future
 work on general pathology.
   It may not, perhaps, be absolutely  necessary to learn the Ara-
 bic tongue for this last purpose, as many of the productions refer-
 red to may be perused in an English translation ; but a knowledge
 of Arabic, independently of its becoming a growing fashion, will
 throw a just and  satisfactory light on a variety of technical terms
 imported  from this quarter into our vocabularies of medicine, bo-
 tany, and chemistry,  which  we  cannot  so  well obtain  by any
 other means.  Thus chimia,  and consequently  alchimia, are
 Arabic  words, without the  change of a letter; the original  cha-
 racters being, and the radical  idea importing " incorporeal sub-
 stance or  essence;" a  something that  eludes  the  senses; and
 hence, in  a secondary sense, " cloud,  mystery, deception."  Nu-
 cha is from the same source,  nuka or  nucha, and signifies me-
 dulla spinalis, and,  emphatically, its origin or commencement, to
 which part of the organ  the term is applied  in the technical lan-
 guage of the present day.  To these  may be added rob,  the old
 pharmaceutic term for inspissated juice,  and which is the exact
 meaning of the Arabic rob: jasmine  (jasmin) the plant of this
 name, originally brought from the  East;  and asarum  (asarun)
 importing astringency, and employed  in Arabic pharmacy for this
 quality ; the common, but  erroneous, derivation of which, how-
 ever, is from <* neg. and  rxipu " to adorn;" because, say the lexi-
 cographers, it was not admitted  into the ancient coronal wreaths;
 though  from the  unsatisfactory nature of this  etymology, others,
 nearly as  extravagant,  have  been  proposed,  which it is  uneces-
 sary to  quote.  So julep or julapium is the  Arabic, or juleb  or
julleb,  by the Persians, into whose language it has also been ad 
Ixxviii          PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.
 mitted, written gulab; and imports literally a sweet medicated
 drink.  Kali and alkali, commonly supposed to be Arabic,  are
 Persian terms, and kalia and alkalia, far more euphonous names
 than the indeclinable nouns  in  general use, and signify the ashes
 of marine plants; whence the Turks employ kal for ashes in ge-
 neral as well as their lixivium.  It is from the Persian tongue also
 we obtain bezoar, or bezoard, properly ped-zahr, and literally de-
 pellens venenum, or alexipharmacon—as also numerous  other
 terms, which it would be unpardonably digressive to enumerate
 in the present dissertation.   Berberis, the Barbary tree, Enberba-
 ris,  is Arabic, Persian, and  Turkish; or rather an Arabic term
 that has spread through all the dialects of Asia as well as of Eu-
 rope.
   It is easy, therefore, to trace the path by which Arabic and
 Persian terms, and even terms  from other Oriental sources, have
 found their way into the medical and botanical  vocabularies of the
 present day.   Nor is it very difficult to show that the Greeks and
 Romans have also been considerably indebted to the same quarter
 for many words which enter into the common structure of their
 respective  tongues; the radical meaning of which  can only be
 explained by a  knowledge  of  the  Oriental  dialects  from which
 they have been borrowed.  The Sanscrit  has,  perhaps, contri-
 buted most, but almost all the Asiatic languages have contributed
 something.
   Thus the Latin grammarians are totally at a loss for the etymo-
 logy of aeger, aegra, asgre ; Festus gives us ki at;  Scaliger iepyoq;
 others «ny/>««, unuupos, and terms still more discrepant in  sense
 and  sound.  The reader will, perhaps, readily perceive the proper
 origin  of this term when he  finds, as he will do in the ensuing
 pages, that e/crah, by  the Turks pronounced egrah, is Arabic for
 " sickness* aversion, nausea, horror, or shuddering."
   Let us take another example.  The Latin tongue  has two dis-
 tinct terms to express the organ of the liver, hepar  and jecur.
 The first is easily referred to the Greek <«&•<*/>;  for the second the
 critics have scarcely a guess to offer.  It is in fact a Persian  term,
jekur, which has been copied into Turkish as well as into Latin;
 in the former being pronounced jegur. It is not, however, Arabic,
 which gives us kebed, doubtless from the Hebrew, 123;  whence
 also the Syriac (kebeda.)
   It is from the Hebrew that we obtain the common proverbial
 prefix bu, or bo, importing magnitude or intumescence, as in  bu-
 limia or bolismus, as it is written by Gordon, bubo,  bubonocele.
 Bu, in Hebrew ya or rytt imports " swelling, bubbling, inflation;"
 and  hence  the same  term, in  its duplicate form, yayj (bubo or 
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.           lxxix
 bubo) signifies in  Ezek. ch. ix. a large ichorous or  pustulous tu-
 mour or bubo, and by the Septuagint  is rendered qxikth, which
 embraces both; as does the word blain in our vernacular version,
 which might with strict propriety have retained the original word
 bubo.  Bu is  commonly derived from the  Greek Qovs, bos, as be-
 ing a large animal; but  this is to ascend one half way  to  the
 fountain,  for  Zovs or £<»«, bos,  boa, bubulus, and  various other
 terms, of the  same family, are equally derived from the Hebrew
 root.
   Coryza, more  literally koryza  (x.opvfr) is a term  of  Hippo-
 crates, to express  gravedo,  or cold in  the head.  The gramma-
 rians  have hunted in vain for its derivation, and it is now usually
 allowed to stand in  the lexicons as a  Greek radix.  It is found,
 however, almost all over the East, in tongues and dialects of higher
 antiquity than the Greek, importing uniformly cold,  or the effects
 of cold.   In Hebrew it is tjnp (koris) and signifies  " constriction
 or condensation;" in  Chaldea,  Ntfnp  (koryza,) the Greek term
 without the alteration of a letter, and  is strictly cold, " algor, or
frigus."   It is  precisely the same in Syriac, koryza, and  is em-
 ployed  in this exact  sense in the  Syriac New Testament, John
 xviii.  18, and  various  other passages;  while  in Arabic we meet
 with  it under  the Hebrew form, koris,  embracing the double
 idea  of cold and  condensation, or infarction, and consequently
 including both the cause and effect.
   The subject is interesting, and might be pursued to a great ex-
 tent.  Other examples will occur in the ensuing pages; but enough
 has, perhaps, been said, to show the importanceof connecting the
 science  of the  healing art with a general study of the Oriental
 tongues, and of exciting the young pathologist to a cultivation of
 Arabian literature, in conjunction with the medical  learning of
 Greece  and Rome.
   IV. There  is yet another, and a very prominent feature, of the
 present work, which it is necessary to notice before we close, and
 which it  is hoped will meet with  the reader's approbation.   In
 order to afford relief to the dryness of technical definitions,  and
 verbal criticism, the  author has  digested his notes into a running
 commentary, which  he has endeavoured to  render  replete with
 interesting cases, valuable hints  or remarks, and singular physio-
 logical facts, gleaned from a pretty extensive perusal of the most
 approved authorities, collective or individual, ancient or modern;
 occasionally interwoven  with similar illustrations, as they have
 occurred  to the  writer in his own private walk and intercourse of
 life.
   There has,  of late years, been an unnecessary degree of seep- 
lxxx
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.
 ticism  thrown over several of the  public Journals, or Epheme-
 rides, to which  he has occasionally referred, in consequence of
 their containing much of the  marvellous, and  reposing  on the
 sole authority of the individual, by whom the case or article is
 related.   It  should be remembered,  however,  that several  of
 these collectanea were established   for the  express purpose  of
 communicating singular and extraordinary facts or occurrences in
 natural  history or  physiology, and  of confining themselves  to
 such cases.   It  is true that they are for the  most part published
 upon the  responsibility of the writer alone; but it is upon the
 same single credit that by far the greater number of cases are given
 which were published in our own day, whether by individuals, or
 by collective bodies.   Even the Royal  Society, from whom the
 ensuing pages have, perhaps, chiefly borrowed, does not, in com-
 municating its transactions  to  the public, assume a higher degree
 of testimony ; and  thinks it prudent, by a special advertisement,
 prefixed to every half volume, to caution its readers that  its com-
 mittee do  not pretend " to answer for  the certainty of the facts,
 or propriety of  the reasonings contained  in  the several papers,
 which must still rest on the credit or judgment of their respective
 authors."   This, indeed, ever has  been, and ever  must  be, the
 main ground of authority, and rational assent;  and on this account,
 while the  writer has  selected  from a somewhat extensive range,
 he has endeavoured, as far as he has been able, to weigh  the cha-
 racters and stations of the different individuals from  whom he has
 quoted, whether as isolated  reporters, or members of scientific
 academies; though  it  is highly probable, after all, that the greater
 number of the most  curious and extraordinary  aberrations from the
 common laws of health and disease, introduced  into the  ensuing
commentary, will be found drawn from well-established scientific
miscellanies and transactions of our own day rather  than from
 those of earlier periods.
  There are a few distinguished characters from whom the author
has quoted with peculiar  freedom,  for  the  express purpose of
pointing out the sources to which he has been indebted for much
of the most valuable information he has been able to acquire upon
the subject immediately before us, and  in order to excite the stu-
 dent to a trial of the same path.  These, among the  ancients, are
 Galen and Celsus ; and, among the moderns, not to name  the no-
sologists who have  already passed in review before  us, Hewson,
 J. Hunter, Cruickshank, Fordyce, and  Baillie.
  The student,  who has made himself master of Galen and Cel-
 sus, is enriched with all the general information he will ever stand
 in need of  from the schools  of antiquity, antecedently to the 
PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.
lxxxi
Arabian  caliphats.  Nothing, however,  can be  more  different
than their manner, which, indeed, is  one cause of the  different
extent of their labours; for  the field of both  is the same, not
only in respect to matter, but nearly so in respect to range.  The
Medicina of Celsus is a close practical  compendium of the no-
sology, therapeutics, and surgery of Greece and Rome during his
own age, which  was probably that of Augustus,*  for the most
part compared with those of the earlier Greek schools.  It  is
written with equal elegance and  modesty, and is introduced by a
chapter on the laws of health.  The works of Galen, who was
physician to Marcus Aurelius, are speculative as well as practical;
they contain  a full history of most of the  Greek  theories, and
attack every one which is in opposition to the doctrines and opi-
nions of Hippocrates; whose system  he revived,  defended, and
illustrated with incontrovertible arguments, consummate learning,
and unrivalled ingenuity.  His  genius was  almost universal, and
led him  to drink deeply of every branch of science that adorned
his age;  and seems sometimes to have tempted him to indulge in
a redundant and unnecessary display of learning.   Vesalius, with
a jealousy  unworthy of  himself, accuses him of having studied
comparative anatomy to the neglect  of human; but the charge
was triumphantly  repelled from passages in his own works  as
soon as it was advanced.  Being a native of Pergamus, he wrote
in the Greek tongue,  but his style is far less elegant than that of
Celsus.  The best edition of his works, which is that of Venice
of 1625, extends to seven volumes folio, including a  Latin version.
A more valuable present could not be made to the  medical pro-
fession than a judicious compendium of these volumes, taking the
terse  compressed manner of Celsus as an example upon the occa-
sion.   As the joint Latin version of Linacre and the Italian inter-
preters is in far more general use  than  the original Greek, the
author has preferred it in his quotations for  the sake of an  easier
reference, excepting  in  a  few instances of verbal  criticism,  in
which he has thought it right to advert to the Greek text itself.
   Upon  the distinguished merit and talents of  the  illustrious
English  writers from whom he has also drawn somewhat largely,
and whom he is chiefly anxious  to recommend to the industrious
student,  it is unnecessary to say a word.  They are not, indeed,
the fathers of physiology;  but they have furnished us, in a regu-
lar succession of instruction, with far more light,  and  far more
important discoveries upon the subject, than have been developed

  * The biographers of Celsus have  usually placed him under the reign of
Tiberius; but Bianconi has employed far stronger arguments to  show that
he flourished in the Augustan zvQ.—Elrist. de Celsi JEtate.
   Vol.  V.—L 
lxxxii           PRELIMINARY DISSERTATION.
by any train of writers, with the exception of Baron Haller, since
the days of Harvey; and have taught us how we may best inter-
weave the principles of the animal economy, and  some of them
those of animal chemistry,  with the practice of the healing art,
and render them subservient  to the most important purposes  of
the profession.  The study  is still new, and opens  to  us a  vast
uncultivated region :  and it  is not surprising, therefore, that its
earliest labourers should occasionally have erred in beating their
way through its tangled and  untrodden track, and especially when
indulging in a bolder and more discursive  imagination.  But he
who,  in  following the path they have thus struck out, is most
sensible of their errors, must have studied them with no desirable
spirit, if  he be  not  at  the same time, most sensible of their ex-
alted merits, and of the deep obligations they have conferred, not
only on the world of medicine, but  on the world of man. 
SERIES
OF
CLASSES AND ORDERS.
                    GLASS I.

                     CGELIACA.
           Diseases of the Digestive Function.
                                              Page
Order I.  Enterica.............1
            Affecting the Alimentary Canal.
    II.  Splanchnica............56
           Affecting the Collatitious Viscera.
                   CLASS II.
                   pneumatica.
          Diseases of the Respiratory Function.
Order I.  Phonica............  .  70
             Affecting the Vocal Avenues.
    II.  Pneumonica............81
   Affecting the Lungs, their Membranes, or Motive Power.
                  CLASS III.
                    HjEMATICA.
          Diseases of the Sanguineous Function.
Order I.  Pyrectica  .  .  ........'■'♦*..  92
                      Fevers. 
Ixxxiv        SERIES OF CLASSES AND ORDERS.

                                                   Page
     II.  Phlogotica............113
                     Inflammations.
    III.   Exanthematica..........157
                    Eruptive Fevers.
    IV.   Dysthetica............1S3
                       Cachexies.
                    CLASS IV.

                      NEUROTICA.

             Diseases of the Nervous Function.
Order I.   Phrenica.............219
                  Affecting the Intellect.
     II.   jEsthetica............237
                 Affecting the Sensation.
    III.   Cinetica.............260
                  Affecting the Muscles.
    IV.   Systatica............273
  Affecting several or all  the Sensorial Powers simultaneously.
CLASS  V.

 GENETICA.
             Diseases of the Sexual Function.
Order I.  Cenotica.............294
                   Affecting the Fluids.
     II.  Orgastica............303
                  Affecting the Orgasm.
    III.  Carpotica  ............  318
                Affecting the Impregnation. 
SERIES OF CLASSES AND ORDERS.        lxxxv
                    CLASS VI.

                      ECCRITICA.

            Diseases of the Excernent Function.
                                                   Page
Order I.   Mesotica.............325
                Affecting the Parenchyma.
     II.   Catotica.............336
              Affecting the Internal Surfaces.
    III.  Acrotica.............354
              Affecting the External Surface.
                    CLASS VII.

                       tychica.

             Fortuitous Lesions or Deformities.
Order I.  Apalotica............395
                 Affecting the Soft Parts.
     II.  Stereotica............ 407
                 Affecting the Hard Parts.
    III.  Morphica.............412
                  Monstrosities of Birth. 
 
                      TABLE

                           OF THE

         AFFIXES AND SUFFIXES

THAT CHIEFLY OCCUR IN THE ENSUING NOMENCLATURE,

           With the senses in which they are used.
                            AFFIXES.

A.....(*).....Diminution or loss of quality or power.
Apo,ap,aph   .  («w,«r,«*).  ^ For the most part terative  duplicate,
Cata cai  .  .  .  (*i™,Jr).  .  \   or augmented action: but often m-
                v   '   '      j   determinate.
Dia.....(<fw).....Separation;  secernment; or secretion.
Dys.....(/«) .....  Morbid state or action generally ; em-
                                   phatical, when  accompanied with
                                   distress or difficulty.
Ec, ex.  .  .  .  («, ff)  ...  .1
Epi, ep, eph  .  (im, vr, tq>) .  .  . i» Out of; outwards; over; above.
Hyper....  {vmf).   .  .  .  . j
En .  .  :  .  .  (w).....Within;  below;   applied to places.
                                   Superiority; excess or intensity; ap-
                                   plied to quantity or quality.
Para  ....  0r*/>*)   ....   Morbid state or action generally; and
                                   hence synonymous with dys,- except
                                   in a few terms derived from anatomy,
                                   in which it imports apud, " bordering
                                   on," as in parotitis, paronychia.
Peri  ....  (inpi).'   ....   Circuit; circumference.


                           SUFFIXES.
Algia ....  (atxyw) ....  Pain or ache.
Asmus, osmus, .  (*<r/u*, eur/uoc) .  ,~) Morbid action, power,  or possession
Esmus, ismus  .  (»>ie?, i<r/uo;)  .  . £  generally; but  mostly very indeter-
Esis, osis  .   .  (kt/j, uats)   .  .  . j  minate.
lasis  ....  (w<r«)  ....  Cutaneous eruption, unconnected with
                                  fever as its cause. 
lxxxviii       TABLE OF AFFIXES AND SUFFIXES.
Itis . . .	• (iTIf).....
Xele, cele .	. (x»7l>f).....
Odes. . .	. (*JW).....
Oma . . .	• («/«*).....
Ptoma . .	(wTa)|Ua) ....
Rhoea . ,	. Qot*).....
Rhagia
(.hyi*)
Organic inflammation.
Covered protrusion of a soft part.
Like; a-kin to.
External protuberance.
Naked prolapse of a soft part.
Preternatural flux of any fluid except
  blood.
Preternatural flux of  blood.
LATIN.
I?°...........Diffusive or migratory action or motion-
Ilia, ula..........7 _   ,   ,.  .
Illaris ularis                     \ Simple diminutive terminations.
°sus...........Simple augment!ve termination. 
NOSOLOGY.
            CLASS  I.

         C  (E L I A  C A.

DISEASES OF THE DIGESTfVE FUNCTION.
                      ORDER I.

                    ENTERICA.

           AFFECTING THE ALIMENTARY CANAL.

  Disquiet,  or diseased action in some part of the passage
for the reception and detrition of the food.
                    GENUS  I.

                  0 D  O N T I A.

Pain or derangement of the teeth or their sockets.
    Odontalgia.  Sauv.
                                          ■        ^----------„
  Class I. Celiac a.   Koiktontx., " alvina," from x.otX,x, "alvus,"
"venter:" and hence the terms coeliac artery, and coeliac passion.
  Order  I. Enterica.  'Evrtptxx "intestinalia;"  from tvTtp'ov,
" intestinum," " alvus," " viscus."
  Gen. I. Odontia.  From ohve,« dens." This word is preferred
to odontiasis, first,because  the termination iasis is now generally in-
dicative of diseases of the  skin: and next, because odontiasis has
  Vol. V.—M 
2
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. I.—OR. 1.
I.  dentitionis.  Irritation from cutting the teeth.
     Odontiasis.   Paul. Mgin.
     Odontalgia dentitionis.  Sauv.
     Odaxismus.  Fog.
     Ziras.  Arab.
been chiefly limited to a single species of the present genus, o. do-
lorosa, or tooth-ache.  In the compounds of ohvs, odontia is common
to the Greek writers, as t^ioo^ovtix, &c.
  As the jaw-bones of youth are both wider and longer than those of
infancy, it is obvious that the  teeth which are cut in the  first year
must be incapable of filling up the bony arch of the fourteenth. They
might indeed have been so contrived as to grow in proportion to the
increased range of the jaw-bones; but from their being extraneous
bodies, this must have been a very complex process, while the very
circumstance of their growth, and the internal change which must
be continually taking place, would expose them to many more dis-
eases than they are subject to at present.
  A much simpler plan has been devised; and the teeth of man, as
indeed of most mammals, are composed of two distinct sets, differing
both in number and structure: the first or smaller set consisting of
ten for each jaw, which are cut between the ninth and twenty-fourth
month after birth,  shed between the  seventh and fourteenth year,
and from the period  of their protrusion called milk-teeth ; and the
second, or larger set, consisting of fourteen, fifteen, or sixteen for
each jaw ; for they occasionally vary in number,  which are cut pro-
gressively, upon the shedding of the first set, between the seventh
or eighth, and the seventeenth or eighteenth year,  and from their
continuing till old  age, except in cases of accident  or disease, are
denominated permanent teeth.  The farthest grinder on each side,
however, is seldom cut so early as the eighteenth  year—generally
after the twentieth, and sometimes not till the thirtieth:  on which
account these teeth are denominated  dentes safiientie, or teeth of
wisdom.
   The  rudiments of all the first set, and of four belonging to each
jaw of the second set, are produced in the foetus. These rudiments
consist of minute pulpy substances secreted in the body of  the gums,
progressively elongating to form their respective necks and fangs.
 They are each surrounded by a peculiar membrane, and a bony pro-
 cess which is denominated its alveolus or socket,  that shoots up from
 the jaw-bone as the tooth advances ; it accompanies its growth, and
 at first entirely surrounds it,  though it yields in its upper surface
 as the tooth, in consequence of the gradual elongation of its fang or
 fangs, is forced through and cuts the gum; and  when the first set,
 having answered its temporary purpose, has its fangs absorbed, and
 the body of each tooth shed or cast out by the gums, the attendant
 sockets are equally absorbed, and disappear at the same time. 
r,E. i.]
NOSOLOGY.
«i
Zahnen.   G.
Dentition.   F.
Teething.
<*■ Lactentium.  Cutting the milk or shedding teeth.
£ Puerilis.   Cutting the second set or permanent teeth.
  This wonderful change begins to take place, as already observed,
about the  seventh year, at which time we  possess far more teeth,
including both the grown and the growing, than at any other period
whatever: for we have in each jaw ten temporary teeth complete,
ten incomplete to succeed them, and the two permanent grinders,
whose stamina were formed during fetal life, making not less than
forty-four in the whole.  The permanent teeth have separate sock-
ets of their own, and in consequence of the prolongation of the
jaw-bones, and their augmented breadth to meet this  change,  do
not lie immediately under the corresponding shedding teeth, nor
directly contribute to the process of shedding, which chiefly takes
place in consequence of the absorption of the fangs and sockets of
the temporary set, though their ascent contributes in some degree
to the general process.
   \. y O. dentitionis, Adultorum. The cutting of these teeth is  of-
ten attended with peculiar pain and  inconvenience, especially when
the process takes place very late, and consequently after the jaw-
bones have ceased to grow: for we  have in this case  often a want of
sufficient room, and, in the upper jaw, the tooth on each side is fre-
quently obliged to grow backward, in which  position it sometimes
presses on the anterior edge of the coronoid process in shutting the
mouth, and consequently gives considerable pain.  When the same
fact takes place in the lower jaw, some part of the tooth continues
to lie hid under that process, and covered with the soft parts, which
are always liable to be squeezed between the new tooth and the cor-
responding one in the upper jaw.   Nothing butafree opening will
ever suffice in this case, nor even this always ; for at times the evil
can only be cured by removing the tooth itself.
   1. ^ O. dentitionis, Senilium.  Occasionally reproduced as late as
at the age of ninety or a hundred.   At 92 Ysabtrn, Journ. de Med.
torn. xxv. p. 316.—At  100 Nitzseh, Ephem. Erudit. Ann. 1666,  p.
175.—At  120 Efihem. Nat. Cur. Dec. n. Ann. iii. Obs. 15.
   For the most part, the teeth shoot forth  irregularly, and few in
number, so as to be of little benefit, and sometimes more injurious
than uselul, by preventing the approximation of the callous gums,
which till now had been employed as a substitute for the teeth.  In
one instance, though only in one, Mr. J. Hunter informs us, that  he
was witness to the reproduction of a complete set in both jaws'; and
he supposes that in all these  cases a new alveolar process is formed
as in the preceding sets. " From this circumstance," says  he, "and
•mother that sometimes happens to  women at this age, it would ap- 
4
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. L—OK. I.
y Adultorum.   Cutting the adult or wise teeth.
^Senilium.  Cutting teeth in advanced life, or old age.
pear that there is some effort in nature to renew the body at that
period."
  He alludes to a return of menstruation: but there are other facts,
and of perhaps a  still more singular kuid, that point to the same
conclusion.  The author once attended a lady who cut several strag-
gling teeth at the age of seventy-four, and at the same time recov-
ered her sight so completely as to throw away her spectacles, which
she had made use of for twenty years,  and to be able to read with
ease the s\nallest print of the newspapers.   In another case that
occurred to liim, a lady of seventy-six cut two molares,  and at the
same time completely recovered her hearing, after having for some
years been so deaf as to be obliged to feel the clapper of a small
hand-bell  which  she always kept by her on a table in order to know
whether she made it ring.
  One of  the most singular instances on record is that given by Dr.
Slare in the Phil. Trans, vol. xxvii* 1713,  as it occurred to his fa-
ther.  At the age of seventy-five he renewed an incisor lost twenty-
five years before; at seventy-seven, he renewed another incisor to
supply a similar vacancy ; at eighty,  all his teeth were hereby ren-
dered perfect; at eighty-two, they all dropped out successively;
two years  afterwards they  were  all successively renewed :  so that
at eighty-five he had an entire new set.  His hair simultaneously
changed from  a white to a dark hue, and  his constitution  seemed
somewhat more healthy and vigorous. He died suddenly at ninety-
nine or a hundred.
  2. Odontia dolorosa.  The varieties are abridged from Cullen, or
rather from Sauvages, from whom Cullen has copied  them. In the
earlier editions of Cullen's Nosology, odontia dolorosa (odontalgia
as he terms it) is arranged as a species of rheumatism,  after Hoff-
man.   In  the  fourth and  succeeding editions  it  is raised  to the
rank of a distinct genus, and placed (xxii.) between arthrodynia and
podagra.   The Anglo-Saxon name for this affection was toth-ece.
  There may possibly be other varieties than are here offered. Ev-
ery tooth has an internal cavity,  which commences at the point of
its fang, and enlarges as it ascends into its body. This cavity is not
cellular, but smooth in its surface; it  contains no  marrow,  but ap-
pears to be filled with blood-vessels, which are doubtless accompa-
nied with nerves, which must necessarily be derived from the second
and third branches of the fifth pair, though they have never been
distinctly traced.  In the interior of this cavity the teeth appear to
be peculiarly sensible, and hence direct or  indirect exposure to the
external air, or in other words a carious aperture, or a current of
sharp air without such aperture, (for the air seems in many instances
to act through the substance of a sound tooth,) will be sufficient to 
GE. I.]
NOSOLOGY.
5
2. dolorosa.  Acute pain in the teeth or their sockets.
     Odontalgia.   Hoffm. Lin. Fog. Cull.
produce acute pain, and is in fact the common cause of tooth-ache;
on which account the readiest modes of cure consist in stopping up
the aperture with metal or some other substance, defending the
tooth from the access of cold,  or destroying the nerve by caustics
or cauteries through the aperture itself.
  Perhaps the pain called scorbutic may be regarded as an example
of the sympathetic variety: that from  gout is for the most part a
real transfer  of action, the organ previously affected being gene-
rally at ease,  or nearly so, during its continuation.
   For the caries of perfect teeth it is not easy to account.   Out of
the body they are indestructible, excepting by very powerful chem-
ical agents; and yet, in the judgment of many physiologists, they
are nearly in the same state in the body as out of it; being extra-
neous  substances formed complete at first, without vascularity,
growth, or internal action, and even destitute of absorbents.  Such
at least was the opinion of Mr. J. Hunter when composing his " Na-
tural History of  the Human Teeth," an opinion drawn from the im-
possibility of injecting them—the perfection in which they are pro-
duced at first, and their retaining their natural colour after so long
a use of madder as a food, that all the other bones of the body have
become thoroughly tinged with it.  " But they  have  most certain-
ly," says he,  " a living principle, by which means they make part of
the body, and are capable of uniting with any part of a living body;
and it is to be observed, that affections of the whole body have less
influence upon the  teeth than upon  any other part of the body.
Thus in children affected with the rickets, the  teeth grow equally
well as in health,  though all the other bones are much affected;
and hence their teeth  being of a larger size in proportion to the
other parts, their mouths are protuberant."
   Admitting the soundness of these experiments, and the accuracy
of this reasoning,  it seems impossible that the teeth, when once
perfectly produced in  the gums, should ever decay :  for no action
of the living principle can occasion a secretion of those chemical
agents which would alone, in such case, be capable  of  destroying
them. It is probable therefore that this reasoning is erroneous, and
that the teeth are vascular, though the art of injection is incapable
of tracing the vascular structure, and the  colouring particles of
madder-root  are not sufficiently attenuate to enter  their vessels.
 Mr Hunter himself, indeed, appears to speak with some degree of
 hesitation in the treatise before us ; and in his  subsequent treatise
 " On the Diseases of Teeth," offers observations that seem to show
 he had at that time  embraced a different opinion.  In the first essay,
 indeed, he allows that " the fangs of teeth are liable to swellings,
  '?.emingly of the spina ventosa kind, like other bones;" butheim- 
6
NOSOLOGY".
[CL. L—OR. I.
  Dentium dolor.   Cels. vi. 9.
  Zahn-pein.  G.
Mai de dents.  F.
Tooth-ache.
mediately adds, that " there may be a deception here, for the swell-
ing may be an original formation."   Yet in the  second essay, he
treats of this swelling as one of the diseases to which the teeth are
perpetually liable ;  he  regards the teeth as subject to the common
inflammation of other bones, and, like other bones, evincing at times
great sensibility through the entire substance of the organ, as well
as in the central cavity itself.  Nor is it quite certain that the body
of a tooth does not occasionally enlarge as well as its fangs; for no-
thing is more  common than for the space produced by extracting
one of the grinders of a healthy adult to be filled up by an approx-
imation of the two adjoining teeth. Mr. Hunter, indeed, endeavours
to account for this, by supposing that each of these teeth has been
pressed into the vacancy by the teeth behind them, in consequence
of their want of a proper support in this direction; but in such  case
there must be some vacuity discoverable between themselves and
the teeth which have thus urged them forward.   In various cases,
the author has never been able to trace any such vacuity whatever;
and has a decisive example to the contrary in the state of his  own
teeth:  for having, when a boy of twelve years old, had the second of
the bicuspidati extracted, the vacancy thereby produced has been so
completely filled up by the enlargement of the adjoining teeth, that
these teeth closely touch, and he is only able to  introduce a  fine
probe between them, at the neck, or lowest and narrowest part;
while he can introduce nothing between any of the other  teeth,
which have in no respect  given way or separated  from each other.
  There is probably, therefore, some internal action continually
taking place, though we are  not able to trace it very evidently.
And it is probable,  also, that  a  caries of the teeth is occasionally
produced by some internal cause operating upon  and vitiating this
action, though there can be no doubt that the chief causes are ex-
ternal.  We have already noticed  exposure to currents of cold air,
and the medical practitioners of Germany and the north appeal to
the opposite extreme, of the habitual use of hot aliments as a still
more general  and  mischievous source of the same evil  In  the
Swedish Amanitates Academics, Vol. VII. art. 136, we have an ela-
borate examination of this subject by M. Ribe, who tells us, among
other things, that " man is the only animal accustomed to hot foods,
and almost the only animal affected with carious teeth."  Whence
the author takes occasion to condemn, in ah  especial manner, the
custom of drinking hot tea and coffee. And, in accordance with this
remark and recommendation, M. Tillaeus, another celebrated writer
in the same interesting journal, tells us from Kalm, in his paper  en- 
GE. I.]
NOSOLOGY.
7
    * Cariosa.   Carious, or from decay.
    • Catarrhalis.  From cold.
    y Nervorum.  Chiefly or altogether confined to the nerves
         of the sockets or jaw-bone,  and not relieved by ex-
         tracting the suspected teeth.  Hunter on Teeth,  p.
         190.
    ^ Sympathetica.  From sympathy: as that of pregnancy,
         or irritating sordes in the stomach.
         Found also, occasionally,  as a symptom, in scurvy
      (porphyra), erratic gout, and hysteric diathesis.
3.  stuporis.  Tingling pain  in the  teeth from  stridulous
                vellication, or acrid substances.
    Hsemodia, {tufMth*.)   Aristot.
titled Potus The*, that the Indians of North America knew nothing
of the inconvenience of carious teeth or debilitated stomachs, till
tea was  introduced among them.  There can be no question that
the two extremes of heat and cold must be greatly, perhaps equally
injurious to the  teeth; and as little that the inhabitants of high
northern latitudes must suffer more than others from the use of hot
aliments in consequence  of the greater coldness  of their atmos-
pherical temperature.
  By whatever means, however, a decay or  caries of the teeth may
be produced, it appears to operate in three differant ways;  some-
times commencing in the internal cavity, and working its path outr
ward; sometimes outward, and working its path within; and some-
times by a wasting of the enamel, andconsequent denudation of the
bony part. The first is the least common affection, and is discover-
able  by  the appearance of the internal blackness through  the
external shell; the  third is  more common  than the first,  and the
second the most frequent of the whole; evincing, at its commence-
ment, the appearance of an opake white spot through the enamel,
which gradually crumbles away about the spot, and thus discloses'
that  part of the body of the tooth which forms the original seat of
the disease, and which, by its continuance, converts the early spot
into  a hole, and at length destroys it altogether, or at least down to
its neck, unless the pain produced by its progress compel the pa-
tient to have it extracted before the disease  advances thus far.
   3.  Odontia stufioris. Darwin Zoonom. Sect. xvi. 10, and Class iv,
i. 2.  3. has observed, that this unpleasant affection  is at times pro-
duced by imagination alone.  At the time of  writing this, the author
has just left a very intelligent friend, by whom he was consulted
upon a case of spongy and highly irritable gums (gen. i. 7.«.), and
who observed, that just before the author saw him, he thought he
should have gone mac] upon hearing a woman crybullacesfor sale ;• 
8
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. I.—OR. I.
     Odontalgia hsemodia.  Sauv.
     Dolor dentium a stridore.   Darw.
     Zahne-stumpf.  G.
     Agacement des dents.  F.
     Tooth-edge.
     * A stridore.  From grating sounds.
     £ Ab acritudine.  From vellication or acrid substances.
4. deformis.   Deformity of the teeth from error  of shape.
                  position, or number.
5. edentula.   Loss or want of teeth.
     Nodosia (v»&<rj«).   Auct. Graec.
     Nefrendis.   Vog.
     Toothlessness.
it gave him a tooth-edge, that, to use his own terms, convulsed all
his muscles, and seemed to run through his brain.
  4. Odontia deformis.  This species was  called by the Greeks
chauliodos (%xv*iohi), as was also the person who was thus disfigur-
ed.  Arist. de Part. an. iii. 1.  Ofifiian. de Venat. 1. vii.
  See Hunter,\i.  115, 199, for examples of a double row of teeth:
as also Bloch, Medicinische Bemerkungen, p.  19.  Triple  row,
JYeander,  Physic, Part II.   Numerous and  confused  rows,  Efih.
Nat. Cur. Dec. i. ann.iii. p. 566. ann. vii. viii. obs. 101.
  5. Odontia edentula. In the varieties of this species the affection
seldom extends to all the teeth except in the case of old age. In
the first, or that from constitutional defect, a few only in one or both
jaws are left unprovided for; while  sometimes  an effort to this
purpose is commenced, but not carried to perfection. " In the head
of a young subject which I examined," says  Mr  J. Hunter, " I
found that the two first incisor teeth in the upper jaw had not cut
the gum; nor had they any root or fang, excepting so much as was
necessary  to fasten them to the gum on their upper surface; and on
examining the jaw, I found there was no alveolar process nor sock-
ets  in that part."  Nat. Hist, of the Human Teeth, p. 8.
  7. Odontia excrescent.  This is a common symptom of the true
scurvy; but it should not be confounded with it, as it is sometimes
an attendant upon other diseases, and sometimes an idiopathic affec-
tion.  " I have often," says Mr. J. Hunter, " seen the same appear*
ances in children evidently of  a scrofulous habit; and have also sus-
pected them in grown people.   They likewise frequently afifiear in
persons who are in all other resfiecta perfectly well."  Diseases of the
Teeth, &c. ch.iii
  Gen. II. Ptvaiismus. *Tvot\i<rpu>s or xrvtjuvput, fronumw, "ex-
spuo," " excreo."   The  sympathetic variety of this species is so
common as to become proverbial.  It is most obvious, however, in
those animals whose salivary glands  are peculiarly irritable, and 
GE. I]
NOSOLOGY.
9
     * Peculiaris.  From constitutional defect.
     f A vi extrinseca.  From external violence.
     y a carie.   From decay.
     ^ Senilium.  From old  age.
6. incrustans.  Teeth incrusted  with  extraneous  matter.
     Tartar of the teeth.  Hunter, p. 192.
     Concreted by it into one mass.   Eustach.  Tr. de Dent.
         cap. 2.
7. excrescens.  The substance of  the surrounding gums
                    excrescent.
    Epulis (rxovXi<i).  Paul. AZgin. iii. 26.
    * Spongiosa.   Fungous or spongy gums.
      Scurvy of the gums, vulgarly so called.  J. Hunter,  p.
         184.
    ? Extuberans.  With distinct extuberances on the surface.
      Epulis.   Heister.  Chir. torn. i. p. ii. c. 85.
      Sarcoma epulis.   Sauv.
         Sometimes softer  and fleshy.   /. Hunt. p. 169 ;  and
      sometimes thicker and callous.  Id. p. 188.   Produced
      by vermicles.  Act.  Erudit.  Lips. 1715,  p. 410. 1719,
      p.  12.
 consequently soon excited to increased action ; as the domestic dog,
 which from this circumstance is  almost always slavering; and in
 which this secretion seems to answer the purpose of insensible per-
 spiration in other quadrupeds, for the domestic dog is not known to
 have any such discharge, and never sweats under the severest ex-
 ercise. Munro.  Comp. Anat. This curious fact has not been suffi-
 ciently attended to in studying comparative physiology: for it seems
 capable of giving us a glance at  many of the most singular diseases
 by which  the dog is peculiarly characterized.
  As a critical discharge,  salivation is for the most part salutary,
 and often  terminates the disease that excites it. This is frequently
 the case in fevers, and the  following instance is perhaps worth re-
 lating.  A lady aged twenty-four, and of a delicate constitution, was
 attacked with a typhus in the spring of 1788, under which she gra-
 dually  drooped for nearly three  weeks.  The  author thought her
 in great danger; but on the  twentieth day a sudden and copious
 ptyalism supervened, that evidently afforded her considerable relief.
 This continued for upwards  of a week, the  daily secretion being
 never less than a pint,  and  twice not less than a pint and a quarter.
 Yet, instead  of adding to her debility, it appeared  to give fresh
 vigour to the system: the digestive function resumed its office; she
 daily improved in strength,  and on its cessation at the above period
was in  a state of  convalescence.
  Vol. V.—N 
1©                      NOSOLOGY.             [CL. I.—OR. I.


                      GENUS II.

                  PTYALISMUS.

  Involuntary flow of saliva from the mouth.
     Ptyalismus (wtj/*aic-jk<5.)  Hippocr. Coac.
     Anabexis (*v<*£jj|<s).  Gal.
1. acutus.   Increased  secretion of saliva from increased ac-
                tion of  the salivary glands.
     Salivatto call'ida.  Darw. i. i. 2. 6.
     Epiphora ptyalismus.   Young.
     Speichel-fluss.   G.
     Salivation.  F.
     Salivation.
  a Hydrafgyratus.  Produced by the use of mercurial prepa-
       rations.
     Ptyalismus rnercurialis.  Heins. Sauv.
  £ Sympathetica.  Produced by the sight, smell, or thought
          of agreeable food.
       Salivae fluxus cibo viso.   Darw. iv. i. 2. 6.
       Mouth-watering.
  We have numerous histories in which it has proved equally ser-
viceable about the acme of small-pox; and  the fluid of dropsies is
said to have been not unfrequently carried off by the same channel.
In the Medical Observations and Inquiries, iii. 241, there is a singu-
lar case of an obstinate  vomiting of five months standing being re-
lieved, upon  a  return of  a salivation,  which for  this period had
ceased.  But perhaps one  of the most extraordinary instances to be
met with is related by Dr. Huxham, in Phil. Trans,  for 1724, Vol.
XXXIII. The patient was a man aged forty, of  a spare, bilious ha-
bit, who had an  attack of jaundice, followed  by a paroxysm of colic,
this last being produced by drinking too freely  of cider.   Among
other medicines was  given a bolus, containing  a scruple of jalap,
eight grains of  calomel, and a grain of  opium. Copious dejections
followed, and a  few hours  afterwards the patient  complained of pain
and swelling in the  fauces,  spat up a little thick, brown saliva,
which  was  soon considerably increased in  quantity, of a deep co-
lour, resembling greenish bile, though somewhat thinner.  This
flux  of green and bilious saliva continued for  about forty hours,
during which time the  quantity discharged  amounted to two sexta-
rii, or  four pints.   The colour of the saliva then changed to yellow,
like a  solution of  gamboge, with an increase rather than a diminu-
tion of the quantity.   It continued of  this  colour for the space of 
ge. n.]
NOSOLOGY.
11
  y Mellitus.  Accompanied with a sweet or mucilaginous
       taste.
     Apocenocis, ptyalismus, mellitus.  Parr.
     Sweet-spittle.
       See for examples Act. Hafn. iv. obs. 72.  Schurig. Sialo-
     graph^. Found also, occasionally, as a symptom in denti-
     tion, and as a sequel or crisis of various other affections.
2. chronicus.  Increased secretion of saliva from debilitated
                  habit; and relaxation of the salivary glands,
     Ptyalismus a laxitate.  Cheyne.  Sauv.
     Ptyalismus asthenicus.   Parr.
     Ptyalismus idiopathicus.   Cricht.
       " Si quis ptyalismus idiopathicus sit, pro eo habere vel-
     lem."  Cull.  Nosoi.  gen.  cxx.  See Ephem. Nat.  Cur.
     Dec. n. ann. vii. obs. 5.
3. iners.   Involuntary flow of saliva from a sluggishness of
             deglutition without increased secretion.
     Geiffern.  G.
     Bave.  F.
     Drivelling.  Slavering.
    et Infantilis.   Of infancy: independently of dentition,
     £ Senilis.  Of old age.
    y Moriae.  Of dotards or ideots.
forty hours more, after which it gradually became pellucid, and the
salivation ceased as suddenly as it came on. During the flow of the
saliva, the teeth and fauces were as green as if they had been stain-
ed with verdigris, and the teeth retained the same colour for a fort-
night after the ptyalism had ceased.   The patient had a few years
before been suddenly attacked by a spontaneous salivation, so exces-
sive as to endanger his life.  In the present instance, therefore, it is
probable that the dose of calomel co-operated with the peculiarity
of the constitution in exciting the discharge: but whatever was its
cause, it proved critical both of the jaundice and the colic; for, from
the moment it took place, the pain of the bowels ceased, and the
greenish colour of the skin began to subside, the urine being at the
same time secreted more abundantly, and of a blackish hue.
   The secretion of sweet or mawkish saliva is not only for the most
part free, but accompanied with nausea, and other symptoms of in-
digestion : and is probably what  Sauvages intends by his first spe-
cies, p. nauseosus, or a saburra  nidorosa.  It is relieved by mag-
nesia and other absorbents; but  will often only yield to an em*dc,
followed by warm stomachics.   The author has not found a^ds of
more than palliative service, and has sometimes thought <ne com-
plaint worse for their exhibition. 
 12                       NOSOLOGY.             [CL. I.—OH. I.


                      GENUS III.

                    DYSPHAGIA.

Pain or obstruction in swallowing, without inflammation, and
                 mostly without impeded respiration.
    Dysphagia.   Sauv. Cull.  Sag. Plouquet.
    Ocatoposis.   Vog.
    (Esophagismus.  Vog.
1.  constricta.  Difficulty of  swallowing from  permanent
                    contraction  of the oesophagus.
    Dysphagia cesophagea.  Sauv.
       The contraction  may be  produced by ossification, ex-
    crescences, scirrhous, or calculous concretions, about the
    palate, &c.
2.  atonica.  Difficulty of swallowing from  debility of the
                  muscles of deglutition.
  Gen. III. Dysphagia.  From Ji>« male, and Qctytt, edo, glutio. It is
singular that so few of the nosologists should have followed Sauva-
ges in making this a distinct genus; since dysphagia is as much en-
titled to such a distinction as dysphonia, or fiaraphonia, as it occurs
in Cullen.  Sauvages  has unquestionably, as in several other genera,
introduced species that belong elsewhere, and which he is  again
obliged to notice in other places; but the species now offered can,
perhaps, be no  where so well arranged as in their present situation,
and the generic character is sufficiently marked.   In Parr, dyspha-
gia is arranged as a species: but it is uncertain what he  intended it
to import; for  though he  has placed it in his nosological catalogue,
he has  no where explained it, and has altogether forgotten the word
in his general alphabet.  In  this catalogue it occurs under a genus
which he has named constrktoria, and which, with singular violence,
includes along with it obstipatio and polypus.
  1. Dysphagia constricta.  See Bonet. Sepulcr. obs. 10.   Kriiger
Journ.  de Med. Jul.  1765.  Heister. Anat. de (Esophago.  Sauv. in
loc.  Mem- Med. Soc. Lond. II. 177.  See especially, Edin.  Med.
Essays, Vol. II.. 4th  edit, in which are two interesting  c ses of
scirrhus  in the oesophagus;  one accompanied with a hard glandi-
form excrescence, extending from  the middle of the canal to the
npper orifice of the  stomach, and so closely filling it that a probe
couVl be scarcely thrust down.
   Tht causes  are very numerous: the habit of drinking very hot
fluids,  as tea or coffee, has frequently produced it. It has occasion-
ally been induced by the datura stramonium.  See Eph. Nat. Cur. 
GE. III.]
NOSOLOGY.
13
    Dysphagia paralytica.  Sauv.
    Asthenia deglutitionis.  Toung..
3. olobosa.  Difficulty of swallowing from wind in the sto-
               mach spasmodically compressed into the feel-
               ing of a ball, ascending into the  oesophagus,
               and producing a sense of strangulation.
    Dysphagia hysterica.  Sauv.
    Angone.   Vog.
    Globus hystericus.  Darw. i. iii.  1. 7.
    Orthopnoea hysterica.  Sauv.
    Nervous Quinsey.  Heberden.
4. uvulosa.   Swallowing obstructed or troublesome fromre-
                  laxation and enlargement of the uvula.
    Hypostaphyle.   Sauv. Sag.
    Prolapsus uvula;.  Parr.
    (Edema uvulae.  Gorter.
    Productio uvulae a pituita.   Heister.
    Chute de la luette.   F.
5. linguosa.  Swallowing obstructed, or troublesome from
                 protrusion or magnitude of the  tongue.
    Glossocele.   Gaubii Pathol.
    Paraglosse.   Sauv.  Vog. Sag.
    * Exertoria.  Tongue extended  from the mouth, often
         with enlargement of the substance.
       Paraglosse exertoria.   Sauv-
       Linguae exertio.   Gorter. Syst.  Pract. Med.
       Prolapsus linguae.  Parr.
       Stecker-zunge.   G,
       Sortie de la langue.   F.
       Lolling-tongue.
Dec. III. an. ii. More generally by ulcers, which usually take place
at the upper or lower extremity of the oesophagus.  Sometimes by
a hard thickening of the coats of the oesophagus, similar to what
constitutes a scirrhus in a glandular organ.   Baillie,  Morb. Anat.
Fasc. III. PL 3. 4.
  In one instance of indurated stricture of the upper part of the
cesophagus, the author knew a lady supported for twenty years by
food passed through a silver canula into the  stomach.
  3. Dysphagia globosa.   This is by no means a mere symptom of
hysteria, as is often supposed; for it as frequently occurs under the
influence of- various passions, as grief, fear, and anger; and is a fre-
quent attendant upon the hypochondriacal diathesis.   It is, how-
ever, for the most part, a  sympathetic affection, concatenating with
the state of the stomach. 
14
NOSOLOGY.
tCL. L—OR. I.
  See a singular case in Bonet, Sepulchr. Lib. I. Sect. xxi.
  obs. 27.
? Ranula.  Intumescence of the salivary glands or  ducts.
  Emphragma salivare.   Toung.
  Frog-tongue.
    The species found also occasionally as a symptom in
  bronchocele, enlargements of the thymus, and other causes
  of external pressure.
                     GENUS IV.


                      DIPSOSIS.

    The desire for drinking excessive or impaired.
    Morbid thirst.
1.  avens.  Constant desire of drinking; with a sense of dry-
              ness in the mouth and throat.
    Polydipsia.  Sauv.  Linn. Vog. Sag. Cull.
    Sitis morbosa.   Bonet. Sepulcr. torn. ii.
    Grossen durst.  G.
    Soif excessive.  F.
      Two hundred pints of wine, and the same quantity of
    water drunk daily.  Eph. Nat.  Cur. cent. vii. obs. 84.—
    Eighty measures of liquid daily.  Binnznger Act. Helvet.
    vii. n. 16.
      Chiefly a sympathetic  affection, or symptom  of some
    other complaint.
2.  EXPERS.  Constant want of thirst.
    Adipsia.   Sauv. Linn. Vog. Sag.  Cull.
  Gen. IV. Dipsosis. From $i-fy«.a-a, " sitio:" and hence the com-
pounds so common in medical nosology, adipsia, polydipsia, phobo-
dipsia, the last being a synonim of hydrophobia.  Sauvages relates
two cases of patients in whom it formed an original disease : the one
a learned and excellent member of the academy of Toulouse, who
never thirsted, and passed whole months without drinking in the
hottest part of the summer.   The other a woman who for forty
days abstained altogether from drinking, not having had the smallest
desire; and who was nevertheless of a warm and irascible tempera-
ment.  Tom. i. p. 770.—-See another case that continued for somf
years, in the Ephem. Nat.  Cur. Cent. V. and VI. obs. 30. 
GE  IV.]                 NOSOLOGY

    Mangel-durst.   G.
    Manquement de soif.   F.
  Like the last, often symptomatic.
15
                    GENUS V.

                      LIMOSIS.

The appetite for food impaired, excessive or depraved.
  Dyspepsia.  Cull.  Cricht. Young.
  Stomach disease.   Cricht.
  Morbid appetite.
   Gen. V. Lim6sis.  From Ai^s,  « fames," « esuries," a root as
well known to medical students as the preceding. This genus must
necessarily be of very extensive range and complication, since the
stomach, in the language of Mr. J. Hunter, may fairly be contem-
plated as the  « seat of universal sympathy," (Anim. Econ. p. 138) :
or, as he expresses it more at large in p. 132 of the same work,
"the stomach sympathizes with every part of an animal,  and every
part sympathizes with the stomach."
   Nothing can more fully show the necessity of some common radi-
cal to express the idea of hunger, and its relations in  a medical
sense, than the multiplicity and even confusion of terms which have
been employed for this purpose by different medical writers.  I
have noticed this subjectat some length in the Introductory Disser-
tation, and shall here therefore only remark, that almost every pri-
mitive and compound the Greek tongue can afford has been had re-
course to for this purpose: as Xi^,<puyo, v{,5, (limus,phaSo,orexis);
hence bulimia, boulimus, boulimiasis, palulimus, fronWwiiw; pha-
gaena, phagedaena, and addephagia, from phago; and cynorexia and
lycorexia, from orexis.   For the sake of simplicity and ease to the
student, the author has confined himself to the first of these.
   The present genus, in the extent of its range, runs nearly parallel
with the dyspepsia of Dr. Cullen; including, however, l.avens or
bulimia, 1. expers or anorexia, and pica, which the latter  does not;
though it is less comprehensive than the dyspepsia of Dr. Young,
which not only includes all these, but adipsia and polydipsia, and
even hypochondriasis and chlorosis.
   It is not from a desire of differing from writers of such high and
deserved reputation that the author has not adopted dyspepsia in the
present place, but because it appears to be more appropriate as a
specific than as a generic appellation in the sense of what is usually 
16                       NOSOLOGY.              [CL. I—OR. I

1. avens.  Insatiable craving for food.
    Bulimia.  Sauv.  Sag. Cull.  Cricht.
    Bulimus.   Plouquet.
    Addephagia. Cynorexia.   Vog.
    Phagaena. Phagedaena.  Coil. Aurel.  Galen, lib. iii.  Com.
         in Lib.   Epidem. Aph. 7.
    Nehem.  Arab.
    Fress-sucht.   Hundes-hunger.   G.
    Faim  canine.  F.
    Canine appetite.
  » Syncoptica.   From a feeling of faintness and inanition.
  £ Helluonum.   From habitual indulgence in large and fre-
       quent meals.
understood by the term indigestion, and nearly parallel to the limit-
ed meaning assigned to it by Vogel, who, perhaps, first introduced
it into methodical nosology.   The reader will therefore find item-
ployed in this sense in spec. 7. of the present genus.
   1. *. L, avens, Syncoptica.  In the Phil. Trans. Vol. xlii. 1745, is
a singular case related by Dr. Mortimer, of a boy twelve years old,
who from a feeling of inanition had so strong a  craving, that he
would gnaw his  own flesh when not supplied with food.  When
awake, he was constantly devouring, though whatever he swallowed
was soon afterwards rejected.  The food given him  consisted of
bread, meat, beer, milk, water, butter, cheese, sugar, treacle,  pud-
dings, pies, fruits, broth, potatoes; and of these he swallowed in
six successive days, 384 lbs. 2 oz. avoirdupois, being 64 lbs. a day
on an average.  The disease continued for a year.
  Occasionally produced by worms.  See a curious case of Dr. Bur-
roughs, Phil. Trans, xxii. 1700; in which the patient from his af-
fection was rendered capable of devouring an ordinary leg of  mut-
ton at a meal for several days together,  and fed greedily also on
sow-thistles and other coarse plants.
  2. a,. L.  exptrs Pathematica. This is chiefly produced by severe
grief, terror, ardent desire of obtaining an object of pursuit, or reli-
gious enthusiasm.  Of the first we have an interesting case by Dr.
Eccles, in the Edinburgh Medical Essays for 1720, of a young lady
about sixteen years of age,  who, in consequence of the sudden
death of an indulgent father, was thrown into a  state of tetanus
or rigidity of all the muscles  of the body, and especially of those
of deglutition, accompanied with a total loss of desire for food, as
well a9 incapacity of swallowing it, for two  long and distinct pe-
riods of time: in the first instance for thirty-four, and in the se-
cond, which occurred shortly afterwards, for fifty-four  days;  " all
which time (observes the writer) of her first and second fastings
she declared she had no sense of hunger or thirst; and when  they 
GE. V.]
NOSOLOGY.
17
     Fress-lust.   G.
     Gourmandise.   F.
     Gluttony.
  y  Exhaustorum.   From exhaustion,  as the consequence of
       hard exercise, fevers, or excessive discharges.
     Bulimia esurigo.  Sauv.
     Fressenkeit.  G.
     Voracite.   F.
     Voracity.
2. expers.  Loss or want of appetite without any other appa-
                rent affection of the stomach.
     Anorexia.   Sauv. Lin. Vog.  Sag.  Cull.
  Sauvages has thirteen species, which would here rank as va-
rieties, but which, as Cullen justly observes, belong rather to
the genus (in the present system, species) of dyspepsy.  The
following have perhaps a fair claim to be noticed:
 were over, she had not lost much of her flesh."  Sauvages alludes
 to a similar effect produced by religious mania, and nymphomania.
 Nosol. ii. p. 805.  Asthenia abstineniium
   2. Q. L. exfiers Protracta.   As gluttony, or a desire to be perpe-
 tually eating, may be acquired by habit, so may fasting. See Darw.
 Esuris i. 2. 4. In this metropolis the idle always eat more frequent
 meals than the busy. To what extent progressive habit might enable
 man to protract fasting  without inconvenience or disease, has never
 perhaps been fairly tried: but the appeute of hunger seems, from
various cases, almost as capable of being triumphed over as other
 appetites, and the body of being nourished by a very trifling quan-
 tity of food, and for many weeks, perhaps months, even by water
 alone.  See Marcardier  in Journal de  Medicine, torn, xxxiii.
 Schenck, lib. iii. obs. 39.  IValdschmid, Dissertatio de his qui  diu
 vivunt sine alimento   Kil. 1711.
   One of the best known and  best marked examples in our own
 day, is that of Ann Moore, of Tutbury.   This woman  has indeed
 been sufficiently ascertained to be a  gross impostor, in pretending
 to be able to live without any food whatever: but she seems, from
 long habit, to have lost all pleasurable desire for food, and to be ca-
 pable of subsisting upon very  simple liquids alone.  She was at first
 induced to this habit by an extreme difficulty of deglutition;  and
 she at length carried the habit so far as, by deception, easily to ex-
 cite a general belief that she never swallowed any thing either li-
 quid or solid.  The intelligent committee, who so laudably formed
themselves into a watch to determine the state of the fact, by a con-
 stant attendance upon her person for  a month, have sufficiently
proved that she could not live for ten days without swallowing some
portion of liquid.   In their report they tell us, that " on the eighth
   Vol.  V.—O 
18                      NOSOLOGY.             [CL. I.—OK. I.

  * Defessorum.   From too great fatigue, or the expectation
       being worn out by delay.
  £ Pathematica.   From violent passion or other absorption
       of the mind.
    Asthenia abstinentium.  Sauv.
  y Protracta.  Enabling  the system to  sustain  almost total
       abstinence for a long and indefinite time without faint-
       ness.
    Anorexia mirabilis.   Sauv.
    Inedia. Jejunium.   Plouquet.
    Long fasting.
 day she was exceedingly distressed," her  pulse had increased till
 it had amounted  to a hundred and forty-five  strokes in a minute:
 and " so far was she reduced on the ninth day, that she became in
 dangc of expiring;" while a few hours afterwards, when she was
 compelled to confess the imposture she had practised, " the pulse
 at one wrist had entirely ceased, and the other seemed drawn  to a
 thread."  Yet " on the whole," say the committee, " though this
 woman is a base impostor with respect to her pretence of total ab-
 stinence from all food whatever,  liquid or solid, yet she can, per-
 haps, endure the privation of so lid food longer than any other person.
 It is thought by those best acquainted with her, that she existed on
 a mere trifle, and that from hence came the temptation  to say that
 she did not take any thing.  If, therefore,  any of her friends could
 have conveyed a bottle of water to her, unseen by the watch, and she
 could have occasionally drunk out of it, little doubt is entertained that
 she would have gone through the month's trial with credit.   The
 daughter says  that her mother's principal food is tea, and there is rea-
 son to believe this to be true "—Full Exposure of Ann  Moore, the
 pretended fasting woman of Tutbury.
   Hildanas and Haller have collected numerous instances of com-
 plete fasting, for very long periods of time, in some instances for
.not less than sixteen years,  but most of them are too loosely re-
 corded to be relied upon. There are other cases of this kind, how-
 ever, that seem  entitled  to more  attention.   See Willan, Medical
 Commun. ii. 113. where life was supported sixty days on water with
 a little orange juice.   Dr. Eccles's case, as given above, v. 2. «:
 and the case of  Margaret Lower  (Phil. Trans. 1681), as stated in
 the ensuing note on colica stipata y, who for  four months was or-
 dered to desist from food of every kind, solid as well as liquid, in
 consequence of the whole she took, and even the clysters given
 her, being instantly vomited up.
   Four men were preserved in a mine, from which, in consequence
 of an accident, they were incapable of being extricated for twenty-
 four  days, without other food than  water.   Phil Trans 1684.—A
 boy,  fifteen years of age, said to have lived three years without 
GE. V.]
NOSOLOGY.
19
2. P ica.  Appetite for improper and indigestible substances.
    Pica.   Sauv. Sag. Cull.
    Citta.  Linn.
    Allotriophagia.  Vog.
    Vauket.  Arab.
    Massledigkeit.   G.
    Appetit bizarre.   F.
  a Insulsa.  Erom want of taste or discrimination: as in in-
       fants or ideots.
    Pica infantilis.   Sauv.
  ? Perversa.   From  corrupted  taste or  indulgence: often
       founded on empyrical or other improper advice, as the
       eating of chalk  or acids to produce a fair skin.
    Pica voluntaria.   Sauv.
either eating or drinking, with fever occasionally, after this period
he recovered tolerable health, excepting the use of one of his limbs,
but even then took very little food.  Id. 1720, by Patrick Blair—
A man,  said to have lived eighteen years on water—with occasion-
ally a little clarified whey—and locked up for twenty days in close
confinement, with water alone,  to prove whether  there were  any
imposition : meagre, and supposed to have no evacuations, but in
good health, and pursued husbandry.   Id. 1742.—A woman, from
epileptic fits, when  a girl of fifteen, took to her bed, lost her appe-
tite,  and was attacked with lock-jaw, which, with a few short inter-
vals, continued for four years : was on  two or three occasions in-
duced to take a little water, and her mouth was at times moistened
with wetted linen through a cavity in her teeth, from two of them
having been broken in an attempt to force ihe mouth  open: but
swallowed nothing else.   After this,period, began gradually to re-
cover from  the tetanus, but had no  desire  for food; and twelve
years from the  attack, when able to walk upright, took no more
food than sufficient for an infant of two years of age. Had no egesta,
but when ingesta, which were proportioned to each other, but some-
times a dewy softness on her skin.   Dr. Mackenzie, Phil. Trans.
vol.  lxvii. 1777. This case is authenticated by numerous witnesses
of high respectability, and is entitled to peculiar attention.—Case
of a woman, who lost all desire  of taking food by a fall from her
horse into water during her first menstruation at the age of eighteen:
for fifty years scarcely ever took  solids, her chief food being whey
in the summer, and milk,  milk and water, or pure water,  in the
winter: had frequent retchings, which were cured by smoking to-
bacco :  for the space of sixteen years  had only one stool annually,
in the month of March, resembling a globulet of sheep-dung: men-
struation  never recurred, but occasional vomitings of blood. Edin.
Med. Ess. Vol. vi. p. 6. 4th edit. 
20
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. 1.—OH. I.
    Malacia (mm^xki*).   Auct. Graee.  So called from the so t-
       ness and effeminacy of character (in  Latin mollifies) of
       those, whether young men or  young women, who ad-
       dicted themselves to the  above practice.
         Found also, very frequently, as a  symptom  in chlo-
       rosis, pregnancy, and several species of mental affection.
4.  Cardialgia.   Impaired appetite, with  gnawing or burn-
                     ing pain in the stomach or epigastrium
                     and tendency to faint.
  3. Limosis Pica. The origin of pica is doubtful  Perhaps pica and
picatio,as it is sometimes written, are corruptions of fiecca am\ pecca-
tio, probably from the Hebrew pa (pec), " to err, mistake, do wrong,
offend,"  though its common derivation is  from " pica, a magpie."
Of the two varieties introduced into the text, the respective causes
are in direct opposition to each other: for while the last is from a
vicious habit, the first is from a vicious want of habit; from not being
limited to what is proper, or restrained from what is improper.
  Many of the Negroes in the We6t Indies are fond of eating com-
mon dirt; but whether from a depraved habit, or to supply the place
of food, does not seem clear.  Dirt is eaten by many animals when
severely  pressed with hunger—as the  ant-eater (myrmecophaga
Jubata), the pangolin (manis tetradactyla), and some species of the
tortoise ; and they hereby, diminish the gnawing pain which extreme
hunger  is well known to produce.—Among  the most unnatural
tastes evinced  under this affection, but at the same time one of the
most common, is that for swallowing knives.  In our own  country
it has occasionally occurred; but Plouquet,  Init- Bibl. art. Pantopha-
gus, has  collected examples from almost all the different states of
Germany and  the neighbouring  principalities,  Basle,  Prussia,
Prague, and different parts of Russia.  Another curious propensity
is that of swallowing glass, of which also  the instances are nume-
rous.—Taste for eating hairs, Brcsl. Sammlung, 1719, p. 589.—For
ordure,  Borell.  Obs. Cent. iv.  2.  Riedlin."  Lin.  Med.  1697.—
Fourteen hundred herrings in pregnancy, Tulpius, lib. iv. cap. 24.
  4. Limosis Cardialgia.   This and the  two ensuing  species are
passed over by Cullen, whose example has been generally followed
by succeeding nosologists;  the affections  being regarded as mere
symptoms of dyspepsia: while Sauvages, Linneus, and-Sagar,have
made them distinct genera.  The present system adopts a middle
path : it  contemplates these affections  as distinct species of one
common  genus.  That they are  often associated with dyspepsia,
or disease of the digestive function, is unquestionable; but it  is
equally unquestionable that they are not necessarily associated with
it, since they are frequently produced by accidental causes, during 
GE. V.]
NOSOLOGY.
21
« Mordens.   Gnawing or burning uneasiness felt chiefly at
    the cardia, the tendency to faint being slight.
  Morsus ventriculi.  Lot.
  Soda.   Linn.
  Cardialgia spuria.   Aut. Var.
  Kusof.   Pers.
  Brennen im magen.  G.
  Ardeur du cceur.  F.
  Heart-burn.
    Found, also, occasionally as  a  symptom in dyspepsy,
    flatus, scirrhus or inflammation of the stomach, worms,
    and retrocedent gout.
 the operation of which the digestive function and the digestive
 organ are unimpaired and uninfluenced.   Excited passions and in-
 juries of the head are especially capable of generating these affec-
 tions in the soundest stomach.
   6.  Limosis Emesis. 'Epttn$, from tpua, vomo, and hence the com-
 pound " haematemesis" for a disease which belongs to cl. iii.  Sau-
 vages and Linneus regard nausea  and vomitus as distinct diseases,
 and even arrange them as distinct  genera.  This appears highly in-
 correct ;  for, il minutely examined, they will be found in every case
 to be nothing more than different  degrees  or modifications of the
 same affection;  produced from a  greater or less inversion of the
 peristaltic motion  of the stomach and oesophagus, and allayed or
 overcome by the very same means.  Where the stimulus, and con-
 sequently the degree of  inversion is slight, the effect is confined
 to nausea: if beyond this, the  nausea becomes retching,  and the
 retching  becomes vomiting.   They  may, indeed, exist separately,
 for the cause may be of  a kind or strength sufficient to throw the
 stomach at once into a state of  violent inversion, and consequently
 to produce vomiting without the common intermediate changes^ as
 in the case of various metallic emetics, or sympathetic stimuli from
 pregnancy, irritating the fauces, or  the  sudden sight or smell of
 some offensive material.   While, on the  contrary,  minute doses of
 squills or ipecacuanha, or any other cause that produces but a slight
 degree of action, will excite  nothing more than nausea, or the first
 stage alone of the inverted action upon which the general affection
 depends.
   It is, nevertheless, curious and of great importance,  to observe
the different and opposite effects produced on the animal frame by
 these two stages of one and the same disease.   Nausea lowers the
pulse, contracts the small vessels,  occasions cold perspiration,  se-
vere rigors and trembling, and  diminishes,  as long as it lasts, the
action and even the general powers of life.  The act of  vomiting,
on the contrary, rouses rather than  depresses; puts to flight all the 
22                      NOSOLOGY.              [CL.I.—OR. I.

  » Syncopalis.  The pain or uneasiness extending to the  pit
       of the stomach, with anxiety,  nausea, coldness of  the
       extremities,, failure of strength, and great tendency to
       faint.
    Cardialgia vera.   Aut. Var.
    Gastrodynia atterens.  Sauv.
    Aigreur d'estomac.   F.
    Sinking Heart-burn.
    y  Sputatoria.  Burning pain extending over the  epigas-
         trium, and accompanied with an eructation of watery
         fluid,  unusually insipid, sometimes acrid.
    Cardialgia sputatoria.  Linn.
    Pyrosis Suecica.  Sauv.
    Pyrosis.   Cull.
    Apocenosis vomitus pyrosis.  Parr.
    Dyspepsia pyrosis.   Young.
    Cremason.  F.
    Water-brash.   Water qualm.
  3. Flatus.   Impaired  appetite, with accumulation of wind
                  in the stomach or intestinal canal,  and fre-
                  quent regurgitation.
preceding symptoms, and restores the system to itself.-  There are
few persons so debilitated as not to bear vomiting, but many who
would soon sink under nausea.   Itis obvious, therefore, that these
two different states of the stomach may be employed as powerful
instruments in attacking a variety of general and even of remote
local diseases,  this organ being justly considered as the  common
centre of sympathy, and producing opposite results according as it
is excited to different degrees of action.
  The Greek physicians and physiologists, like the present system,
contemplated both these states of the stomach, as constituting one
common affection: and  hence  equally employed the derivatives of
tfctu and vavrixa to indicate each of them, whether nausea, vomitu-
ritio or vomitus.  Thus, while the general meaning of e^,£« is « to
reject," Aristotle, in Problem, uses tfntratv in the sense of "to retch
and to nauseate," as parallel with " vomituritio and nausea : while
v«i/t<jjo-<s was in frequent use to express the action of vomiting;
and Galen, Lex Hippocr. tells us that  Hippocrates employed
vavrieto-tis as synonymous with haematemesis, or vomiting of blood.
  Regurgitation is sometimes found to exist without vomiting, or
even disease of any  kind: and it then constitutes rumination, from a
peculiar constitution of  the oesophagus. A singular case is related
by Dr.Slare,Phil. Trans. Vol. xvii. 1690—^.  The subject was an
adult man, who always ruminated his food, or had it returned  into
his mouth for a second mastication about a quarter of an hour after 
GE. V.]                   NOSOLOGY.                      23

    Ereuxis (*?»»!<«.)  Hippocr.
    Flatulentia.   &7Wt>. Zitt«.
    Bombus.  Vogel.
    Blehung.  G.
    Ventosite.   F.
    Flatulency.
  * Borborygmus.  With frequent rumbling of the bowels.
  £ Eructatio.   With frequent rejection upwards.
    Rugh, or  Arugh.  Pers.  Whence probably the  Greek
      tetvy-u, and the Latin erug-o and rug-o.
  y Crepitus.  With frequent rejection downwards.
    Zurat.   Arab.
      Found also, occasionally, in one or other of these va-
    rieties as a symptom in hysteria, hypocondriasis, dyspep-
    sy, colic, and cholera.
  6. Emesis.  Rejection  of  the contents of the  stomach, or
                  tendency to reject.
    Emesis.   Plouquet.
    iEgritudo ventriculi.  Darw. I. ii. 4.  4.
    Sickness  of the stomach.
the first; till when it seemed to lie heavy in the lower part of his
throat.  If he did not ruminate at the proper time, he soon became
sick.   The writer notices other cases of a similar kind.
  M. Majendie,of Paris, has lately been instituting a series of high-
ly curious experiments, to determine what are the parts chiefly con-
cerned in exciting the stomach to vomit.  And from these it ap-
pears,  that in nausea  the  action is confined to the organ of the
stomach alone, or perhaps in conjunction with the oesophagus; that
retching is  produced by the contraction of the abdominal muscles,
and rejection by the contraction of the diaphragm alone, or in con-
junction with that of the abdominal muscles, and consequently that
an emetic does not cause vomiting by irritating the fibres or nerves
of the stomach, but by means of absorption and irritation on the
nerves of the muscles  that surround the stomach.  In one experi-
ment M. Majendie entirely removed the stomach, and substituted
a bladder, which he attached permanently to the base of  the oeso-
phagus; after  sewing  up the abdomen, he injected an emetic into
the animal's veins: it had nausea, made inspirations, and discharged
a coloured  fluid which had been previously put into the bladder,
quite as^ well as it could have done with its natural stomach  Rap-
port d  I'InstUut. Nat—In many of the present order of  diseases,
however, the muscular contraction is unquestionably the result of
sympathy.
  7. Limosis Dyspepsia.  Avrrevr,*, « difficultas concoctionis,"  &*,
male, and vtitru, coqueo. Dyspepsia is here used in its more com- 
j,                      NOSOLOGY.             [CL. I.—OR. I.

 * Nausea.   Tendency to reject,  but without regurgitation.
   Ekrah. Arab.  Most of the inflections of this word im-
     port sickness,  loathing, oppression,  heaviness, grief,
     like the Latin aeger, aegra, of which it is probably the
     root.
   Eckel.   G. •
   Degout.   F.
   Loathing.
 G  Vomituritio.   Ineffectual effort to vomit.
   Dysemesia, (^W«^«<r<«.)  Auct. Grec.
   Vomendi conamen inane.  Darw. I. Iii. 1. 8.
   Bremiihung zum brechen.  G.
   Envie de vomir.  F.
   Retching.
 v Vomitus.   Act of vomiting, or rejecting from the stomach.
   Vomitus.   Linn.
   Palmus vomitus.  Young.
   Koeji.   Arab.
   Erbrechen.  G. -
   Vomissement.  F.
   Vomiting.
    The one or the other variety found also occasionally as
       a  symptom in  colic, colera, lithia, the accession of
       fevers, and various affections of the head.
mon and restrained acceptation:  a sense not quite so  limited, in-
deed, as that of Vogel. who first copied the term from Athenaeus,
but considerably more so than that of Dr. Cullen and Dr. Young, as
already observed in the note  on Limosis ,• and nearly parallel with
the range assigned to it by Dr.  Parr, who has also reduced it to a
species, as in the present instance, his generic term,  however,
being not limosis, but anepithymia.
  In most of the nosologies there has been as great a difficulty felt
in knowing under what order to place this genus or species, as in
determining what it should comprise: thus Cullen and Par arrange
it under their order of adynamia, the latter however sinking it, as
in the present  classification,  into a species;  while in Crichton it
occurs under the order dolores ; and in Dr. Young, under that of
cacochymie or  cachexies.
  In that entertaining and valuable work, the Swedish Ammitates
Academica, the reader will find  various  articles well worth consult-
ing upon the  disease before  us:  particularly the  four following:
uFervidorum  et Gelidorum Usus," by  M. C. Ribe, 1765, vol. vii.
art.  136; and the next article by M. B.  C.Tillseus, entitled " Po-
tus  Thea }" in both which the writers seem to ascribe most of the 
GE. V.]
NOSOLOGY.
25
7. Dyspepsia.  The appetite fastidious, and the food digested
                   with difficulty.
     Dyspepsia.   Vog. Parr.
     Anorexia.  Sauv. Linn.  Vog. Sag.
     Memouk.  Arab.
     Unverda'ulichkeit.  G.
     Indigestion.  F.
     Indigestion.
  *  Sedentaria.   From a sedentary habit of life.
       Daubenton found doses  of ipecacuan, not exceeding
     gr. ij. highly useful.  Mem. de la Soc. Med. Roy ale.
  £  Metastatica.  From transfer  of  morbid  action, as in re-
       pelled gout or  cutaneous eruptions.
disorders of the alimentary canal, and the digestive functions, to the
perpetual use of tea, and attempt to show that the increase of these
diseases is referable to the increase of this  deleterious practice.
The third and fourth papers I refer to, are still  more interesting
and valuable: the first of these is by M. Suensson, entitled " Panis
Diateticus," vol. v. sec. 79, year 1757: and offers an ingenious in-
quiry into the various sorts of grain used for bread in different parts
of the  world, whether leavened,  unleavened, or fermented;  de-
scribes the comparative advantages and disadvantages of each, and
their effects on  persons of weak habits and  a sedentary life; and
lays down various useful remarks, and  points out various errors in
the process of making bread.   The substances  chiefly examined
are rice, Turkey wheat, millet, and sago, with the  following sub-
stitutes for bread employed in different parts  of the globe: cassava
(root of Jatropha tnaniot); potatoes; yams; sea-rush (root of scir-
pus maritimus) ; drop-wort (root of spirxa flipendula) ; clown's all-
heal (stachys palustris); Iceland liverwort; bark of the wild pine
{fiinus  sylvestris); still  used in Dalarne; chesnfts;  spurrey-seeds,
(spergulaarvensis); and the berries of  the k*usof Pliny (rhamnua
lotus,)  still had  recourse to by some of tt** African  tribes.
   The fourth paper here referred to, ic numbered 84, in the same
volume, and entitled "  Culina mutatn'  by M.  M. G. Osterman.  It
may be regarded as a valuable continuation of the preceding; for
the author enters into an interepdng examination of the change that
has taken place in the choice of vegetable aliments  since the time
of the  ancients, and conduces altogether in favour of those of mo-
dern origin.  The nuts an*' acorns of the primitive days have given
way to all the variety of the sweeter farinaceous seeds and roots.
To the malvaceous trioes of plants, so much used  by the Greeks
and Romans, has succeeded the more grateful spinach; and to the
blite, the garden orach. The acescent sorrel has taken the place of
the rough borage, and the asparagus has banished a number of roots,
recorded by the Roman writers under the name of bulbs, though a*
  Vol. V.~P 
26
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. L—OR. I.
y Antipathiae.   The fastidiousness  or aversion confined to
    particular foods.  Chiefly, perhaps, contracted in early
    infancy by  the accidental association of unpleasant or
    nauseating ideas with particular aliments.
  Found also, occasionally, as a symptom  in icterus,  para-
bysmus, hypocondriasis,  hysteria,  chlorosis,  pregnancy,
dropsy, and various fevers.
                 GENUS  VI.

                   COLICA.

Griping pain in the bowels, chiefly about the navel, with
  vomiting and costiveness.
present it is not easy to determine the several species.  M. Oster-
man, however, thinks that the parsnip should not have supplanted
the skirret.  The bean of the ancients, improperly so called, (being
the root, as well as the other parts of the Indian water-lily, nympha
nelumbd), is properly superseded by the kidney-bean. The garden
rocket, formerly eaten with the lettuce to counteract its chilliness,
is banished in favour of the more pleasant tarragon and cresses;
the api-um in favour of the  meliorated celery; the pompion, and
others of ike cucurbitaceous tribe, have yielded to the melon; and
the berries of *he sumach to the fragrant  nutmeg.  The silphium
(succus Cyrenaicue, which the Romans purchased from Persia and
India at a great price, and which by some is supposed to be the asa-
fcetida  of the present day) has been proscribed in behalf of the allia-
ceous tribe.   Among the animal substitutes, the author observes
that the carp has deservedly excluded a number of  fishes held in
high estimation in ancient Rome.  He also points out the beneficial
change of oil  for butter; Qf honey for sugar;  of mulsa (liquors
made with wine, water and h»ney) for the exquisite wines of mo-
dern times; and of the zythusfoi0ur present improved malt liquors.
And he notices also the exchange of the calida of the Romans for
the more exhilarating tea and coffefc0f modern times.
   Gen. VI. Colica.  From *»A«v, « co'on," the chief seat of the dis-
ease.—There are four genera of diseases  in Sauvages's  Nosology:
gastrodynia, colica,  rachialgia, and ileus, whose more  prominent
symptoms so closely resemble each other, at to indicate their being
a sort of natural tribe, or family.  And Dr. Cullen has hence, with
great judgment, simplified them into one genua under the common
name of colica.   The present arrangement follows  him thus far,
and only differs from him in attempting a greater  simplicity in its 
GE. VI.]
NOSOLOGY.
%7
   Colica.  Cull.
   Koleng.   Pers.
   Grim men.   G.
   Colique.  Douleur au ventre.  F.
   Colic.  Belly-ache.
 1. Ileus.  With retraction of the navel, and spasms of the
              muscles of the belly.
  Ileus (/Ate?).  Hippocr.
  Colica  spasmodica.  Cull.
  Ileus spasmodicus.  Sauv.
  Chordapsus.   Ceh.
  Passio iliaca.  Junck.
* Faecosa.  The vomiting accompanied with feces or sub-
     stances injected by the anus.
C Inflammatoria.   Accompanied with symptoms of inflam-
     mation.
  Ileus inflammatorius.  Sennert.
  Colique inflammatoire.   Tissot.
species, in adding that of colica flatulenta (wind colic) from several
preceding nosologists, and in employing the established terms ileus
and rachialgia as specific names, instead of adopting the new and
even less correct terms  which Cullen has  proposed in their stead.
Ileus is a word entitled to veneration, from its having descended to
us from the first Greek  authorities: it is descriptive of the com-
mon seat of the species,  and  is still  in use all over the continent.
Nothing is gained by exchanging colica ileus for colica spasmodica ;
while the latter term is not a little tautological and inelegant as tne
name of a species in Cullen's arrangement, which has already placed
the entire genus under the order of spasmi, and hence doubly de-
nominates it " a spasmodic spasm." In the  second species perhaps,
the most essential symptom (if we may borrow such  a term from
the botanists is the peculiar pain that strikes through the bapfc; on
which account  Astruc first gave  it the name of rachialgia (bach-
ache), a name highly proper in itself, and which has been, and, on
the Continent, still continues  to be, in more genera' use than any
other.  For colica  rachialgia, however, Dr. Cullen -*as given us co-
lica Pictonum, a term, indeed, derived from Savages,  who at the
same time continues rachialgia, in consequent  °f his  making, as
already observed, an unnecessary distinctiopbetween the two com-
plaints.   Now, while rachialgia has the ac^antage in point of anti-
quity, it has an equal advantage in point of correctness and univer-
sality,  for it applies, in  a greater or  less degree, to all the varie-
ties of this species, while Pictonum is limited to a single variety,
namely, that which results from the beverage of the Pictonese, or
inhabitants of Poitou.  On this account, therefore,  the author has 
28
NOSOLOGV
[CL. I.—OR. I,
2. Rachialgia.   The pain  at  first  dull and remitting; but
                       progressively growing more violent and
                       continued; extending to the  back and
                       arms,  and at last producing paralysis.
     Colica pictonum.  Cull, et Aut. Var.
     Rachialgia.   Astruc.  Sagar.
     Rachialgia Pictonum, spec.  1. r. metallica 3.   Sauv.
     Paralysis rachialgica.  Sauv.
     Colica nervosa.   Macbride.
     Palmus  plumbarius.  Young.
     Mahler-grimmen.  G.
     Colique  de Poitou. C. de peintres.  F.
     Devonshire colic.  Painters colic.
preferred the original to the more modern term; but has still ad-
hered to Cullen as closely as he has been able.
  Most of the nosologists have felt considerable difficulty in deter-
mining the place of colica as a genus, in their respective arrange-
ments.  The most striking characters of it are the abdominal pain,
vomiting, and costiveness, at the commencement: the vomiting be-
ing much more violent in c. ileus than in the other species, and in
this only accompanied with stercoraceous matter. The pain there-
fore has been generally taken as a directory for the position of the
disease by those nosologists who have admitted a class of dolores, as
Sauvages, Linneus, Vogel, Sagar, and Macbride; all of whom, how-
ever, having followed  each other in  making a generic distinction
between colica and ileus, have, in like manner, followed each other
it* fixing the last vtntevfluxus, or evacuations. Dr. Cullen's system
has no such class as dolores,  and he was consequently obliged to
search out for a local habitation of a different kind. The great, and,
in  many respects, beautiful simplicity of his method, however,
which contains only four classes, febrile, nervous, constitutional and
local diseases, rendered it peculiarly perplexing to determine upon
which he should fix. Perhaps the  last, which can only be regarded
as an appendix  to the three preceding, might have been the most
appropriate, especially  as it  embraces anorexia and  constipatio,
which are nea*ly connected, both anatomically and symptomatically,
with colica.  Stch, however, was not the opinion of Dr.  Cullen,
who at length  fix><i upon the class neuroses, or nervous diseases,
and the order spasms  as its proper place; and who has been fol-
lowed in this decision by most subsequent nosologists of our own
 country, as Crichton, Pa*r, and Young.
   The arrangement now offered would have allowed the author to
 copy the same  example, if it had hot appeared to be equally indefi-
 nite and incorrect. Colic is, properly speaking,  a disease, not of the
 nervous, but of the digestive function; all the  digestive organs are
 affected by it, and excepting by simpathy, no other.  Spasm, which 
GE. VI.]
NOSOLOGY.
29
    « Venenata.  From mineral and other poisons : of which
         lead is the most frequent; whence the name of Pain-
         ter's colic.
    Q Ab acidis ingestis.   From acid or acidulated drinks;
         of which crude wines and cider are the most frequent:
         whence the name of Poitou and Devonshire colic.
    y A frigore.   From  cold,  or suppressed perspiration,
         technically denominated adiapneustia.
    ^ A contusione dorsi.  From  a blow or other injury on
         the back.
           These varieties, derived from the remote cause, are
         copied with little alteration from Cullen.
3. crapulosa.  The pain  accompanied with nausea, head-
                    ache,  and dizziness, before vomiting, and
                    often terminating in a griping looseness.
     Colica accidentalis 18. c. meconialis  19.  c. lactentium
         20.  Sauv.
     Colica accidentalis.—c. meconialis.   Cull*
     Colique d'indigestion.  Tissot.
     Colic from indigestion.
       Produced by eating indigestible aliments, or digestible
     aliments in too great abundance.   In this species the vo-
ought to be its leading character, if its proper place be under spasmi,
is no generic character of it at all. It does not enter into the generic
definition of any writer who has thus arranged it; and if it did,  it
would by such definition  exclude various species which  are now
commonly regarded as ranging under it; as Cullen's c. callosa, from
a scirrho-contracted rectum,) c. calculosa, and, in many of  their va-
rieties,  c. stercorea and c. accidentalis (c. stipata of the  present
system):  for though vomiting may, in a certain sense, be called
spasm, this is not the spasm here intended.  To one species, how-
ever, the term is peculiarly applicable, c. rachialgia, which, from
this circumstance, Dr. Cullen, as already observed, has denominated
c spasmodica; but then this symptom becomes a specific and not a
generic character, and consequently ought  to have no power  in
fixing the genus.
   2. a.  C. Ltachialg. venenata.  This is not unfrequently produced
by merely sleeping in newly painted rooms.  Is the lead in this case
in a state of metal, oxyd, or salt ? Is it dissolved in the air, or mere-
 ly mixed with it ?  The author has met with various instances of a
 most decided character from this cause alone. See also M. Armand
 Seguin, Annales de Chimie, lxxxviii. p. 263.  The author has met
 with other instances of the same variety of disease from long resi-
 dence in close damp rooms filled with newly printed or colouredpa-
 per: but not from damp paper, unless newly  printed or coloured, 
JO
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. L—OR. I.
     mitingor looseness, or both together,  frequently operate
     a cure.  The indigestible materials are often fruit-stones,
     or kernels, which have sometimes remained so long as to
     germinate before their rejection.—See a description of
     cherry-stones in this  state,  by M. Devillaine, Journ. de
     Med. torn, xxxvii.—of plum-stones, Eph. Nat. Cur. Dec.
     I. iii.
4. flatulenta.  The pain acute ; extending to the pit of the
                     stomach, often impeding respiration; ac-
                     companied  with great fulness and flatu-
                     lency ; and relieved by pressure, bending
                     the body forward, or expulsion of wind.
     Inflatio.  Aetius.
     Gastrodynia flatulenta.  Sauv.
     Colica flatulenta.   Parr.  Art. Colica.
     Ileus physodes.  Relfinc.
     Wind-grimmen.   G.
     Colique  venteuse.  F.
     Wind-colic.
      Produced by crude  and  flatulent fruits,  and whatever
     lowers the tone of the  alimentary canal; as too long fast-
     ing, fear or grief; and hence  common among children and
     hypochondriacs.
5. stipata.   The  pain severe;  the costiveness obstinate;
                great tension, with little flatulency:  the vo-
                miting sometimes  accompanied with feces;
                the costiveness  with bloody strainings:  ter-
                minating,  where not fatal, in a free dejection
                of the infarcted matter.
  <* A vicido meconio.  From viscid meconium.
    Colica meconialis.  Sauv. Cull.
    Tranchees des enfans.   F.
  C A faecibus induratis.  From indurated feces.
    Colica stercorea.   Sauv.  Cull.
    Ileus a faecibus  induratis.  Sauv-
  y Ab enterolitho.   From bezoards and other intestinal con-
      cretions.
  S.y C stipat.   Ab enterolitho.  The Phil. Trans, contain many
 extraordinary cases of this kind. The most singular, and one of the
 best related, is in No. 3, year 1681, contained in No. 181, year 1686,
 by Dr. Konig, of Bern.  The  patient, Margaret Lower, a young
 woman  of  twenty-five, discharged  continually  the  contents  of
 the intestines,  and even  the clysters  that  were  injected,  by the
mouth, and at length a number of stones as hard as flint, some in 
GE. VI.]
NOSOLOGY.
31
     Colica calculosa.  Sauv.  Cull.
     Ileus calculosus.  Sauv.
6. callosa.   With a sense of stricture  in  some part of the
                 intestinal canal; often of flatulency and pain,
                 the flatulency  gradually passing off by the
                 stricture: the bowels tardy;  at length dis-
                 charging small liquid stools.
     Colica callosa.   Cull.
     Ileus a  callosa coli strictura.   Sauv.
                 GENUS VII.

              COPROSTASIS.

Obstinate retention of the feces in the intestines.
Adstrictio.   Cels.  Gal.
fragments, some of the size of peas, others of that of filberts.  A
clashing of stones against each other was felt by pressing the hand
upon the abdomen: there was great constipation, severe gripings,
disury, and the urine, when voided, was often loaded with a gravelly
matter.   The aliment and injections  being constantly returned by
the mouth, Dr. Konig  desisted for four months from offering her
either meat, drink, or medicine of any kind, excepting occasionally
a spoonful of oil of almonds.  Blood was now and then vomited from
the violence of the spasmodic action of the stomach; and frequently
urine, to the amount of three or four  ounces at a time, of a strong
taste and smell.   The disease seems to have lasted with remissions
from January 1768 to February 1783, at which period the history
is  abruptly dropped, though the  patient seems  to have been in a
state of recovery.  It was preceded by the appearance of vesicular
eruptions in the skin, and was probably produced by their repulsion.
The chemical examination of the calculi is loose and unsatisfactory.
   6. Colica callosa.  The stricture here referred to is the scirrho-
contracted rectum of surgical writers.  It lies beyond the reach of
topical remedies, and is chiefly to be alleviated by a rigid attention
to light, liquid and aperient  diets.  The disease is a lamentable,
though not a common one : yet the writer of this work has, at the
present time, three patients afflicted with it under his care: one a
lady of twenty-four years  of age, who has been a sufferer for about
two years; another a lady of thirty-five, who has been subject to it
for ten years; neither of  whom is  capable of passing feces  more 
32                       NOSOLOGY.             [CL. I.—OU. I.

     Obstipatio.   Linn.  Vog.  Sag. Cull.
     Stypsis.  Plouquet.
     Constipatio alvi.   Darw.
     (Kebz.)  Arab.
     Stopfung.  G.
     Constipation.  F.
     Costiveness.
1. coacta.   The feces, when discharged, impacted and volu-
                 minous  ; the temperament firm and rigid.
     Obstipatio rigidorum.  Cull.
     Enkebaz.  Arab.
       Probably the result of increased action of the intestinal
     absorbents.
2. adstricta.   The feces, when discharged,  hard, slender,
                   and  often scybalous;   the temperament
                   weakly, or the habit sedentary.
     Obstipatio debilium.   Cull.
     Husr.  Arab.
       Probably the result of  diminished peristaltic action.
voluminous than those of an infant; and the third, a man of forty-
nine years  old, who has laboured under the disease for twenty-one
years, and  can never pass a motion larger than a crow-quill.  Yet,
by strict attention to diet, all three are able to exist with only occa-
sional inconvenience and pain ;  the  last married about two years
since, and his wife has lately brought him  twins.  He lives upon
liquids altogether.
  Gen. VII.   Copr6stasis.   KoTf«e-T«e-<«, from x*vreos, faces,  and
e-T«<r<5, from to-Tvpi, stagnasio, emansio :  literally  " retained feces."
Hence the  compounds coprorrhaea, « fecal metastasis," copragoga,
« gentle purgatives;"  copriemesis,  " a discharge of feces by the
mouth," and various others. Obstipatio, as usually employed to sig-
nify  costiveness, is altogether inadmissible:  it has no authority
among classical writers; and, if used in medicine at all, should, ra-
ther mean arthritic obliquity or contraction, the obstipitas of Sauva-
ges, contractura of Cullen, and especially the caput-obstipum (gen.
DXv.)of Vogel. The common term with Celsus and the Latin writers
is adstrictio, as its opposite is solutio.   The alvus adstricta however,
applies rather to the second species in the present genus than to the
first; for if the feces be voluminous as well as indurated, they are
called by Celsus  coacta: a term in like manner applied to the intes-
tinal canal  itself when thus loaded, Lib. II. cap. iii. aiVUs coacta  It
is on this account the author has preferred the terms coacta and ad-
stricta, as the trivial names for the species of this genus, to Dr.
Cullen's terms rigidorum and debilium. 
GE. VHL]                NOSOLOGY.                        ^

                     GENUS  VIII.

                  DYSENTERIA.*

  Griping and tenesmus ; frequent, mucous, and often bloody
   2. c. Coprostasis adstricta.  As the cause  is widely different in
the!»e two species,  the means of relief  must be equally so.  The
saline purgations, or nauseating doses of calomel and ipecacuan,or
of calomel and antimonial powder, will be found chiefly useful in the
former, and warm  aromatic purgatives  in the latter.  Here,  how-
ever, the disease occasionally resists purgatives of every kind ; the
accumulation is prodigious, and evacuation does not occur for weeks
or months.  In the case  of a young woman aged twenty-eight, the
detention of the abdomen was so general as to be mistaken for preg-
nancy, especially as there was occasional sickness, menstrual sup-
pression, and sympathetic enlargement  of the breasts.   The case
terminated fatally in about three years from  its commencement.
The colon, which is preserved by Mr. Taunton, who has obligingly
shown it to the author, as well as favoured  him with this history,
measures in circumference more than thirty inches, and on dissec-
tion was found to contain three gallons of feces.
  Tardiness of evacuation, however, is not always a disease: for
some persons are accustomed to have their bowels moved not of-
tener than twice a week, and to such a week's costiveness  is attend-
ed with no inconvenience.  Ciiaptal  mentions the case of a female
patient, who for four months had  no discharge either from the bow-
els or kidneys,  anil as little evacuation  by sweat, notwithstanding
that her diet was confined to milk-whey, and  broths.   She was at
length  cured by  using the  cold  bath for eight days successively.
The disease was ascribed, and perhaps rightly so, to too  copious a
flow of insensible perspiration   in  which case rigors excited by
nauseating medicines, as  squills or small doses of ipecacuan, might
have had a speedier success than the use of the cold bath.
  Feces retained six  months.   Salmuth. Cent  i. obs  24—Two
years.  Sammlung Medic  Wahm + hmungen band. iv. p. 294.—Three
years   Journ. des Sgavans, 1693—Seven years.  N. Samml. Med.
fVuhrrm, band.  i. p. 423.
  Quadrupeds, that ruminate or possess complicated stomachs, and
use little exercise,  are peculiarly subject to  the second species,
  * [In the " Study of Medicine," Dr. Good has transferred dysenteria to the
third class, and second order In that order it constitutes the tenth genus.  The
author's reasons for this change will be found in the  " Mudy of Medicine."
\V'e have  thought it  best to follow the original, in both works, leaving the
author's own explanations for ihe very few cases in which there is a w»pc of
correspondence.  Am. Publiihers.)
   Vol.  V.—Q 
34-                       NOSOLOGY.              [CL. L—OR. I,

       dejections ; the feces seldom discharged,  and in small
       quantities.
which indeed is the chief cause of the disease in the present system
denominated enterolithus.  See gen xi  of the present order
  Gen.VIII. Dysentebia Avievreeit, from JW, "male."and evrcpn,
"intestinum." By Coelius Aurelianus, Akenside, Richter,and Stoll,
regarded as an intestinal rheumatism; by Cullen ascribed to specific
contagion ; and by Andrt, Nyander, and other followers of Linneus,
as long before by Kircher, to animalculi.  Amen. Arud. v. 82 —
Dr. Hagstroom, embracing this last opinion,  employed the  nux
vomica, and, as he asserts, with considerable success  Linneus de-
scribes the supposed animalcules in his Sysc  Nature,  under the
name of acarus dysenteria;  Rolander, who laboured several times
under the disease, while residing with Linneus, pretended to disco-
ver that these animalcules, were conveyed into his body in water
received from a vessel made of juniper wood  But Buffon has  ;.>ng
since observed, that animalcules may be traced in all anirr J fluids,
and especially those of the intestines, after rest and exposure ;o a
warm atmosphere.  (See  the note  on  Helminthia, Gen. xii.)—In
Rolander's case the disease was probably not contagious; for not-
withstanding the recurrence of the complaint in himself, there was
no other sufferer in the house.
  Dr. Cullen regards dysentery not only as always contagious, but
as always accompanied with fever; and, according to his nosological
arrangement, with fever as its  leading symptom, to which all the
rest are subservient.  He has hence placed dysentery in the  class
pyrexiae, order profluvia, and has given it as his  opinion that the ge-
nus possesses but one species, "' the epidemic dysentery with fever"
of Sydenham (cap. iii sect 4); which is Sauvages' species 6, the
camp dysentery of Ramazzini and Pringle, and the hospital dysen-
tery of C. Monro.   In consequence of which he opens  his defini-
tion by styling it pyrexia contagiosa.
  Now, neither of these terms are to be found  in the generic  cha-
racter of perhaps any nosologist, who has not  immediately copied
from Cullen. In Sauvages, Linneus, Vogel, Sagar, and Macbride it
occurs under the  division, not of fevers, but of  fluxes, without any
notice of fever or contagion except in some of their species  Dr.
Parr, indeed, and  Dr Young place it not exactly in the  division of
pyrexiae, but in that of phlegmatiae or phlogismi, which nearly an-
swer  to each other; while the former gives us a subdivision which
he expressly declares is not epidemie (dysenteria sporadica;)  and
the latter makes it a part of the definition of the genus defluxio, of
which dysenteria is rendered a species, that it  is only "often con-
tagious,"  a limitation which is not varied, and must therefore be
supposed to hold good in the specific character itself.
  \n the present arrangement, the author has chiefly taken Syden-
ham as his pole-star, whose view of the disease has best harmonized 
«. VIU.]
NOSOLOGY.
35
Dysenteria.   Hippocr.  Sauv. Linn. Vog.  Sag.
Dysenteria,  an.  1669-72.  Sydenham.
Megs.   Arab.
with whatever degree of personal knowledge of it has fallen to his
own share.  His description, as deduced from section iv. cap. i and
iii. appears to be in few words as follows:  In the year 1662  cho-
lera, dry gripes, or colic without stools (immania ventris tormina
sine dejectionibus) and dysentery, were very frequent.  In the fol-
lowing autumn the last  two  diseases returned and in the midst of
their raging appeared a new kind of fever ("novum  febris genus)
which accompanied both diseases, and  not only seized those that
were afflicted either with the one or the other, but even those that
were free from each; resembling the fever that  not un frequently
(non infrequenter) attended  the two preceding diseases, and which
was hence distinguished by  the name of ihe febris dysenteria
   Omitting the consideration of the tormina or  gripes, we here
meet with a brief account of 1, simple dysentery, or without fever;
2, dysentery complicated  with the  fever that not  unjrrqucnrly at-
tended it; and  3, a new fever resembling this last.  And we  also
find that simple dysentery, or that without fever, may at timca oe
epidemic or contagious, as well as that with fever.
   The foregoing passage, however, forms only the opening of the
first chapter.  It is in the third that this admirable observer and ex-
cellent  writer enters fully upon  the  description of the epidemical
dysentery of the period  before us; in which he tells  us, that in the
course of the autumn o' 1669 the dry gripes (ventris tormina sine
dejectionibus) and dysenteries raged nearly equally; and that " some-
times a fever accompanied them, and sometimes not:'' febris nunc iis
accessit, nunc aberrat. " At times," says he, " the dysentery com-
mences with  rigor and shivering, succeeded by a heat of the whole
body, as is the case, in fevers—but frequently th^re is no afificarancc
of fever, for the host of gripings take the lead, and  the dejections
follow." He pursues his description of the simple  dysentery or that
without fever, observing that in this species an excrementitious stool
is sometimes interposed without considerable pain ; and then enters
upon the species accompanied with fever. " In the  mean time," says
he,  "/ the patient be in the vigour of life, or has been heated by
 cardiacs, a fever arises,'his tongue  is covered with  a thick white
 mucus, and if he have been much heated, it is black and dry : there
is great prostration of  strength, exhaustion of spirits, and every
 symptom of an ill-conditioned fever."
   It is not necessary to pursue his description of this second spe-
 cies further.  It must be obvious to every  one, that  in the opinion
 of Sydenham dysentery, as  a genus, embraces at  least two distinct
 species, both of which, at  the period of his writing, were epide-
mic ; the one of a milder nature without fever, the other of a ma-
lignant nature with it. 
36
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. I.—OR. I.
     Tormina.   Cels.
     Rothe-ruhr.  G.
     Flux de sang.   Dyssenterie.   F.
     Bloody-flux   Dysentery.
1. simplex.  Unaccompanied  with fever; the feces,  when
                  discharged, evacuated without considerable
                  pain,of *a natural quality,and affording ease.
2. pyrectica.  Accompanied  with fever,  great  loss  of
                    strength, and  depression  of spirits: the
                    feces, when discharged, of various colours
                    and consistence ; highly fetid, and mixed
                    with putrid sanies,  sebaceous  matter, or
                    membranous films.
     Dysenteria.   Cull.
     Febris dysenterica.  Sydenh.
  «  Caumatodes.   The accompanying fever being a cauma.
     Dysenteria inflammatoria.  Macbr.
  Z Typhodes.  The accompanying fever being a typhus.
     Dysenteria putrida.   Macbr.
                 GURUS  IX.

              D I A R R H (E A.
Alvine evacuations crude, loose, and  too frequent: with
  little or no griping or tenesmus.
  The former of these is often met with in private practice, of spo-
radic origin, and without evincing any contagious character.  The
latter  is perhaps, as  Dr. Cullen asserts, at all times contagious.
Since writing the above the author has met with Dr. Harty's " Ob-
servations on the Simple Dysentery and its Combinations, contain-
ing a review of the most celebrated authors who have written on
this subject;" in which much of his own opinion is confirmed, and
copiously illustrated.   The proper place for dysentery, therefore,
appears to be that now selected : the febrile or complicated species,
might, indeed, be introduced under the class pyrectica,but not with-
out confusion, and in repugnance to all the  rules of correct classi-
fication, as separating it from its fellow species.
  Gen.  iX. Diakbhosa.   Ai»ppoi*,  "fluvium:"  a " flux,"  or
« running through:" from h*tft* « perfluo, diffluo."   The term is
common to all  the Greek writers.
  The species are, with a slight alteration, those of Dr. Cullen; who
has judiciously introduced d. chylosa or cceliaca, and lienteria into the
number instead of regarding them as distinct genera.  Sauvages 
«E. IX.]                  NOSOLOGY.                       37
     Cacatoria.   Gal.
     Defluxio.   Cml. Aw:
     Diarrhoea.   Neoteric.
     Eshal.  Arab.
     Bauch-fluss.   G.
     Cours de ventre.  Foire.  F.
     Lax.  Looseness.
1. fusa.   Feces of common quality, but immoderately loose,
             and copious.
     Diarrhoea stercorea.   Young.
2. biliosa.  Feces loose, copious, and peculiarly yellow.
3. mucosa.  The dejections consisting  of, or  containing  a
                copious discharge of mucus.
                   Ascribed by  Cullen to  acrid ingesta,  or
                    taking cold, particularly in the feet.
     Diarrhoea pituitaria.   Sauv.
     Pituitaria.—Leucorrhois.   Vog. Ill, 112.
     Diarrhoea lactentium.  Sauv.
       When produced by cold it forms the catarrhus intestino-
     rum of various authors: the motions are acrid,  often with
     but little bilious tinge, and the lower part of the rectum is
     excoriated like the nostrils in a coryza.
  . chylosa.  The dejections milky or chyliform.
     Coeliaca chylosa, 1.—c. lactea.  Sauv.
     Diarrhoea chylosa.   Young.
5. lienTeria.   The dejections consisting of the aliment pass-
                   ed rapidly and with little change.
6'. serosa.  The dejections almost entirely liquid.
     Diarrhoea serosa.   Sauv.  Young".
indeed seems almost to have persuaded himself to pursue the same
simplifying plan, upon a suggestion of Paulus Jigineta: " Liente-
ria," says he " videtur diarrhoea .vt/rcirs, non vero genus distinctum,
aut adsummun  ut notat  Paulus ^Lgineta, ccetiacd  non nisi  gradu
diff-rt." It is singular, that with this view of the subject he should
have allotted a distinct generic place to each of these.  Dr. Young
has exchanged the term coeliaca for chylosa ; a term selected also
by Sauvages, though under coeliaca as a genus.  As CrELiACA is
here employed as the name of a class, the author has preferred chy-
losa as the  name of a species. Lienteria, lubricuas  not l&vi'as in-
testinorum (as usually explained) was employed by the Greek phy-
sicians under an  idea that in this species the food slides rapidly
along the course of  the  intestines,  from a peculiar  lubricity or
smoothness at such time possessed by them.  The idea  is erro-
neous, but the term, as indicative of fleetness of passage, may still
be retained. 
38
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. I.—OR. I
Diarrhoea aquosa.   Hffm. ii. p.  117.   Parr.
  Frequently metastatic, and still oftener produced  by
elaterium, or other drastic purgatives.   Sometimes uri-
nous ; occasionally tinged with blood.
Watery looseness.
                  GENUS X.

                CHOLERA.

Anxiety, gripings, spasms  in the legs and arms ; for the
     most part with bilious vomiting and purging.
Cholera {%»>"?*)'  Auct. Grsec.  Sauv.  Cull.
Cholera  morbus.   Auct. var.
  6. Diarrhoea Serosa. A young woman, aged twenty-four, applied
to the author in August 1806, with a disorder of this species, which
had continued for ten years, and had never produced fewer than
nine or ten watery stools a day, sometimes tinged with blood. She
was often in great spasmodic pain in the stomach or intestines: and
had tried a long list of astringents,  anodynes, and other medicines,
to little purpose.  She was much reduced, and it appeared to be a
case of great local irritation from local debility.  Gentle stimulants
were here of essential service, and the disease gradually yielded-to
camphor mixture and pills of the resinous gums.
  Gen. X. Cholera. This term has been in use from the time of
Hippocrates; and is supposed by Celsus tobe derived from xfi^bile,
and piu, to  flow, (literally bile-flux;) though  Trallian traces it from
%o>ixs, an intestine,and pen (literally bowel-flux ) The first two species
now offered are upon the authority of the Greek physicians, con-
firmed by  the experience of various modern  writers, and especially
of Sydenham.  To admit the second and third, however, it has been
necessary  to limit in some degree the last clause of the generic defi-
nition by the adverb plerumquc," for the most part," which is not in
Celsus, from whom the definition is taken generally.  Cullen has
rejected the second species, notwithstanding  the preceding authori-
ties, and others have conceived  it to be more properly a  species of
colic ; but as the remaining symptoms which contradistinguish cho-
lerafrom colic, and especially the anxiety and  spasmodic contraction
of the extremities, are equally present in the flatulent and in the
common species, we cannot separate them without confusion. They
are both produced by various and the same causes, as surfeit, animal
and mineral poisons; both at times take place spontaneously, or 
GE. X.]
NOSOLOGY.
39
    Oben und unten purgiren.   G.
    Trousse-galant.   Tissot.
    Purging and Vomiting.
1. vulgaris. The vomiting and purging frequent and copious.
    Cholera morbus.  Sydenh.
2. flatulenta.  The vomiting and purging rare and absent;
                    great and oppressive flatulence ; retching;
                    flatulent dejections and eructations.
    Cholera sicci.   Sydenh. Sauv.
    C. • |sjfi   Hippocr.
    C. arida.   Gal.
    C. flatulenta.   Menjot.
3. spasmodica.  The dejections watery ; ineffectual retching,
                     spasms successive and violent, commenc-
                     ing in the thoracic and abdominal muscles.
without any .obvious cause, especially towards the decline of sum-
mer; and both are at times epidemic: though Sydenham admits,
that in the epidemic cholera of  1669 he met with but a single in-
stance of the dry or flatulent species;—"unicum duntaxat exem-
plum me vidisse memini ineunte hyjus anni autumno." cap. ii.   The
third species is now for the first time introduced into a methodic
system upon  Mr. Curtis's authority.
  The species of Cullen are derived from the  diversity of cause
alone; and are hence improperly called species; for the disease,
and all the symptoms of the disease are or may be the same.  His
species, which can only be considered as varieties, are c. spontanea,
and c. accidentalis: cholera produced spontaneously and by'accident,
  In Dr. Young's system, cholera itself is made a species of diar-
rhoea ; but the vomiting and spasms of the extremities offer marked
characters for a separate genus.   In Dr. Parr's  article Nosology it
occurs as a species of vomitus, and forms an associate with pyrosis,
which is almost as much out of its proper place.  Nor is its clas-
sical or ordinal place in Cullen much more correct, since he makes
it a genus of nervous diseases under the order  of  spasms:  an ar-
rangement which, like both the preceding, is founded upon a sin-
gle symptom.
  3.  Cholera spasmodica.—Mr. Curtis has well  described this dis-
ease.  He regards it, and perhaps justly, as a new species, and pro-
poses to call it spasmodic cholera, from the violence and  extent of
the cramps; though the  vulgar name  given to it in the Madras
Naval Hospital is as above.  Soon after the attack " the spasms,"
he  tells us,  " began to affect the muscles of the thighs, abdomen,
and thorax, and lastly they passed to those of the arms, hands, and
 fingers: but I never saw then or afterwards, those of the neck, face,
 or back, at all affected. The rapidity with which these spasms sue- 
40
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. I.—OR. I.
Mort de Chien.   Curtis, Account of the Diseases of In-
  dia.  Svo.  180".
    Species  1 and 2 found also symptomatically in gout,
  worms, enteritis, and intermitting fevers.
                      GENUS XI.

              ENTEROLITHUS.

  Stony concretions in the stomach or intestinal canal.
1.  Bezoardus.  In concentric layers closely agglutinated  or
                  crystallized ;  capable of a fine polish ; fre-
ceeded  the attack, and  their severity, especially as  affecting the
muscles of the thorax and abdomen, denoted in general the degree
of danger in the case.   The affection is a fixed cramp in the belly
of the muscle, which is gathered into a hard knot with excruci-
ating pain.  In a minute or two this relaxes; is again renewed or
the affection passes to others; leaving the miserable sufferer hardly
an interval of ease ;  and lastly it passeth from one set to another,
leaving  the former free." The remote cause does not appear clear,
nor was the  mode of treatment very effectual.   Bontius  and Dr.
Girdlestone have also noticed this disease.
  Gen. XI. Entekolithus.   From evrtgov " intestinum " and Xt6«t
" lapis." Almost all animals are endued with a power of separating or
secreting lime and other earths from the blood for particular pur-
poses, as that of forming a shell covering in insects and worms, and
of giving hardness to the bones in all other animals.  Under a  mor-
bid action  of single organs, or of the system generally, this is  often
secreted in an undue  quantity, and poured forth into cavities, where
its accumulation and crystallization must be attended with mischief.
Such at  times, is the case in respect to the stomach and intestines.
But independently of concretions derived from this source we often
meet with others produced by an agglutination or crystallization of
the juices which are  contained in the aliment, and  which not unfre-
quently, give immediate proof of their origin by the aromatic  taste,
smell, or other qualities which such concretions exhibit.  There is
also a third species of concretion occasionally to be  traced in the
intestinal canal, of a softer structure, and cetaceous or saponaceous
feel, which appears to be  produced by a peculiar combination of the
materials of the feces, and constitute proper scybalu,  although this
term has  not unfrequent y been employed to signify portions of
common feces or stercoraceous matter in an indurated state. 
GE. XL]
NOSOLOGY.
41
            quently with a metallic lustre on the surface
            of each layer; and an accidental nucleus in
            the  centre:  of a spheroidal  figure;  chiefly
            consisting of vegetable matter.
       Bezoar.
  Said to be found in the human stomach, but more
commonly in that of the smaller ruminating quadrupeds,
  I. Enterolithus Bezoardus. The term bezoartlus or bezoar is de-
rived from the Persian compound Padi-zeher, or Pad-sehr, corrupt-
ed into bedzohr and bezoar:  literally "depellens venenum,"  and
hence a direct synonym with the Greek term Alexipharmic.   See
for  examples Sammlung Medicinischer Wahrnehmungen, Band ii.
  It is not  accurately ascertained that  this species  has ever been
formed in the human stomach ; for though there are a few assertions
to this effect, the substances to which they refer have not been an-
alyzed with sufficient attention, while the authors appear to use the
term bezoar in a very loose and indefinite sense.   The bezoar, as
already observed, is chiefly obtained from the stomach of the smaller
ruminating animals, whose food, from the complexity of the organ,
lies for a long time in nearly a stagnant state, and is compelled to
give forth the whole of its juices  under circumstances that  afford
them a much easier opportunity of agglutinating or crystallizing than
in many other animals.  Ii. the goat kind these balls are called aega-
gropilae.   They are of different sizes and  figures, the hut  being
chiefly determined by the nature of the nucleus, which in different
individuals  is marcasite, talc, flii.t, gravel, straw, glass, seeds of
plants, &c.   In colour they are white, yellow, or brownish : that of
the  gazhal is greenish blue, and when recent highly aromatic. The
most singular circumstance belonging to them is the bronze or me-
tallic lustre that appears on the surface of the different layers, and
does not strike deeper than the surface.  This, however, is said to
be a property peculiar to the western bezoar, and seldom or never
to be found in those of the east, which are often of as beautiful a
glossy white as ivory.  Daubenton ascribes the gilt appearance to a
vegetable dye fixed by the tartaric acid of the plants in which the
dye exists;  and observes, that he has remarked a like appearance
on the grinding teeth of many of  the ruminating tribes.   Similar
concretions seem at times to be formed out of the animal body, and
as tubercles to the  roots or other parts of certain plants : for Four-
croy affirms, that in the cabinet of Jussieu he was shown some cu-
rious bezoars of the oriental appearance, white or yellowish, glossy
as ivory, and of a spheroidal figure, which were said to be produced
by the cocoa.
  2.  Enterolithus Calculus.  This is by no means unfrequently found
in the human stomach and intestines, but far oftener, as observed
above, in the digestive channel of other animals, and particularly io
  Vol. V.—R 
42
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. I.—OR. I.
as the goat and antelope, particularly the beautiful and
elegant species of antelope denominated gazhal  by the
Arabians and Persians, and tsebi  (^x)  by the  Hebrew
poets; the ahu of the Turks:  the antelope gazel of Lin-
neus ; formerly employed as a febrifuge and alexipharmic
in medicine, and worn as an amulet by the  superstitious,
the larger ruminatin  quadrupeds, or those with the long compli-
cated digestive organ, where the food, as in  the  formation of be-
zoards, is siowly carried forward; and in tardy draught horses, par-
ticularly  those of millers, which are fed largely on  bran, which
seems to yield a ready basis for these concretions.  See Phil. Trans.
xxiv. 1705, Thoresby. Id. xliv. 1746, llailey. Id.  xlviii. 1754.  Wat-
son  In the last  case, the disease had existed for years :  the animal
died aged twenty-two, nearly foaling;—but gave no sign of pain or
inconvenience till three months before  her death   The  calculus
weighed 15 lb. 12 oz.; average diameter 8ls inches by S  inches
   When chemically analyzed, they are chiefly found co consist of a
triple or ammoniaco magnesian phosphate, like the earthy or white-
sand calculi of the human bladder : though it is difficult to conceive
from what quarter the magnesia is  obtained.  In the case of millers'
horses, some port on of this earth may perhaps be derived from the
bran, in  which it is always to be  traced; but the difficulty still re-
mains, with respect to other animals.  The figure, whatever be the
size of the calculus, is usually spheroidal, except where broken in-
to separate fragments:  the matter /s deposited for the  most part,
 as in the former species, upon a nucleus of some sort or other, as a
 small piece of flint, an iron nail, a  seed  or husk, a piece of hay  or
 str;iW__the structure sometimes  radiating from such common cen-
 tre  to the surface, and sometimes evincing distinct plates more  or
 less united to each other.  In the  human subject these calculi vary
 from the size of a pea to that of a filhert, chesnut, or hen's egg, and
 are often still larger.  In the case of Margaret Lower (see note  on
 colica '.nfia'.a y) they were usually of the two former sizes, and ap-
 pear to have been formed in great abundance and with wonderful
 facility—tor her abdomen, upon  pressing it, often rattled from the
 quantity it contained, with the sound of a bag of marbles. Many of
 these were  rough and sharp-pointed at the  edge, evidently frag-
 ments or nodules of larger concretions, and gave great pain  to the
 rejection, whether above or below,  for they were discharged both
 ways.   The larger size weighed rather more than two drachms: and
  Dr Konig, who relates the case, calculated that the whole that were
  discharged during the continuance of the complaint could not
  amount to les  than 5  lb. avoirdupois   In a case related by Mr.
  Mur'iutan. Phil. Trans. Vol. xxxii. year 1723,  five calculi, some
  of them much  larger than the preceding were voided per anum,by
   a poor woman in the third month of pregnancy, after having suffer- 
GE. XL]
NOSOLOGY.
4J
     who have sometimes purchased  a single one at six thou-
     sand livres when very fine,  and hired  them in  Holland
     and Portugal on particular occasions at a ducat a day.
2. Calculus.   Radiating from a common centre,  or formed
                  in concentric layers;  mostly with  an acci-
                  dental nucleus ; more  or less porous ; sphe-
                  roidal or oblong: admitting an imperfect
                  polish : composed chiefly of earths  and ani-
                  mal matter.
 ed from colic about four or five days : of these, the largest, 8 inches
 in circumference and 6£ in length, weighed two ounces sixteen
 pennyweights and twelve grains.  In  this case,  and in  various
 others, the calculi seem  to have been  in the intestines, for a consi-
 derable period of time without inconvenience ; for it is hardly pos-
 sible to conceive that all these should have been produced in the
 course of a week.—In another case in the  same journal, Vol. xii.
 year 1740, related by M. Mackarness,  a calculus of this kind was
 extracted with some difficulty from the anus by the* surgeon who
 attended, which weighed  eight ounces and a half, and was ten inches
 and  a half in circumference.   It is described as  "a hard, unequal,
 ragged, flinty stone," but was not examined chemically.  There is
some doubt whether this had not forced its way  from  the bladder
into the rectum ; but there is little doubt that it had been present in
the one organ or other, and nearly of  its full size, for several years
before its extraction; for the patient's stools were always obtained
with  difficulty, and three children, which  she   had successively
borne in the three preceding years, were all marked with a large
hollow or indentation in some  part of the head, in one  instance of
sufficient extent to hold the moiety of a small orange.
  In draught-horses and oxen this species of calculus is generally
found single and much larger, and often of little  inconvenience for
years.  They vary in size from three pounds avoirdupois to ten or
twelve. Of this last weight the author once met with an instance in
a horse belonging to Mr. Hay ward, a respectable miller of Brondon
near Sudbury, in Suffolk, and Mr. Watson, Phil. Trans.  Vol. xlviii.
year 1754, gives an account of  two considerably heavier—the one
weighing fifteen  pounds,  twelve ounces, with a  circumference of
twenty-six inches ; and the other weighing nineteen pounds, exclu-
sive  of the outward shell or crust which was broken off" in several
pieces, with a circumference of twenty-eight inches.   Both  these
were laminated, but "had the  appearance  of a pebble;" yet the
specific gravity was much lighter, the  first weighing in water not
more than six pounds.  At other times  the crystallization is  more
like  that of gneiss or of  grit-stone, and almost  always  light and
porous.  See Phil. Trans. Vol. xxxiv. No. 398.
  Occasionally, however, this species is found gregarious instead#f 
44                       NOSOLOGY.             [CL. I.—OR. I.

         Intestinal calculus.
       Found in the human stomach and intestines ; but more
     frequently in those of the larger ruminating animals, and
     slow, heavy draught horses, particularly those of  millers.
3. Scybalum.  Soapy or unctuous ; mostly continuous ;  some-
solitary.   Mr  Watson, in the article just quoted, mentions a case
of several lound in the intestines of a mare,  and presented  to the
Royal Society by the Duke of Richmond in  1746, the nucleus of
two of which was found to be an iron nail  And  by turning to Vol.
xliv  year  1746, of the same journal, we find these calculi described
by Dr. Bailey, (for the two articles appear to relate to the same
case,) as consisting of five in number, of different sizes, some tri-
angular, and resembling a horse-bean, of an olive colour and finely
polished;  and one much larger, weighing nearly sixteen  ounces
troy, and measuring twelve inches by eleven.
  3. Scybalum. :s>ivf«Aoi>,"nmus;" and especially "fimusinduratus."
This species has not hitherto received the degree of attention to
which it is entitled ; and even Fourcroy and Walther seem to have
mistaken it for a biliary calculus.  The specific  character is drawn
up from various instances that have occurred to the writer, or have
been shown him by others.   A laminated scybalum, taken from the
feces of a woman who had long been suffering  from costiveness
and abdominal pain, an inch and a half in  length,  and nearly two
inches in circumference, of an oblong irregular  shape, and reddish
brown colour, was lately presented to a medical meeting in  this me-
tropolis as a biliary calculus, the donor expressing his astonishment
that it could by any means be piotruded through the  ductus com-
munis.   It had neither the specific levity,  nor the peculiar bitter,
nor the resinous stratification of gall-stones; and there can  be little
doubt that it was formed in the intestinal canal.
   In Sir Everard Home's paper " On the  Formation of Fat in the
Intestines of living Animals," Phil. Trans,  for 1813, a variety of in-
genious facts and experiments are advanced to  show the  mode in
which scybala are formed in the alvine passage, the component parts
of which Sir Everard supposes  to be fat  or oil,  and mucus.   The
same paper contains, in support  of this opinion, two interesting
cases by Dr. Babington; the one that of a  lady,  who, upon taking
olive oil, constantly voided a number of globular concretions," va-
rying in  size from that of a small pea to  the bulk of a moderate
 grape, of a cream colour and slightly translucent, of a sufficient
 consistence to preserve their form and to bear being cut by a knife,
 like soft wax;" all  which, like the scybalum above, had  till this
 period been regarded as gall-stones: the second  case that  of a girl
 four years and a half old, who appears to have had a power of se-
 creting oil in the intestines, and of discharging ii per anuni.  " At
 three years old her mother observed  something come from her a& 
0E- XU-l                 NOSOLOGY.                      45

                times in layers ;  spheroidal or oblong ; vary-
                ing in  colour; consisting chiefly of  mucous
                and oleaginous matter.
                   GENUS XII.

               HELMINTHIA.

Worms or larves of insects inhabiting the stomach or intes-
       tines.
she walked across the room, which, when examined, was found to
be fat in a liquid stale, which concreted when cold.   Ever since
that time to the present she has voided at intervals of ten  or four-
teen days the quantity of from one to three ounces, sometimes
pure, at others mixed wuh feces: when voided, it has an unusually
yellow tinge, and is quite fluid like oil.  Her appetite is good,  as
well as her spirits, and her flesh firm: her belly rather tumid, but
not hard; she is subject to occasional griping."
  The medical records furnish numerous instances of  similar for-
mations. In  the Act. Nat. Cur. Vol. iii. obs. 51, we have a case very
similar to Dr.Babington's, of soapy or oleaginous globules excret-
ed in a paroxysm of colic: « excreti globuli, quasi saponacei, ce-
dente dolore hypochondriorum."  So, in the  Edin. Med. Comment.
V. iv. 335, we have a case from the pen of Mr. Scott, of  various
adipose masses dejected in a softened state.
  Gen. XII.  Helminthia.  From e^iv{-»^«, «lumbricus intesti-
nalis," as employed by Hippocrates.  See especially his treatise De
Morbis, Lib. IV.  entitled n^/ (x^6m iex*rtim.  " De lumbricis
latis."   The various kinds of  worms traced in the human stomach
and intestines have  been differently arranged by different writers.
Some have assorted them into round and/faf worms, and others into
indigenous and exotic, or those which they tell us are generated in
the alvine canal, and those which enter it from without.   The  first
method is too limited; the second hypothetical, for we yet require
proof whether every species found in the canal does not primarily
exi.t out of it.  The present system has, therefore, employed  a
different arrangement, and has comprehended under the genus hel-
minthia, or invermination, three species of diseases equally distin-
guished from each other by symptoms, and by the different tribe*
of animals that form their remote cause, viz. those which are nour-
ished and find a  proper  habitation throughout every part of the
alvine canal; those whose proper  habitation is limited  to the ex- 
46                       NOSOLOGY               [CL. I.—OK. I.

     Helminthia.   Arist.
     Verminatio.   Auct. Lat.
     Parasitismus intestinalis.  Young.
     Medeud.   Arab.
     Wurmsucht.   G.
     Vers.  F.
     Worms.   Invermination.
1.  alvi.   Worms existing and finding a  proper nidus in the
              stomach or alvine canal, chiefly of  children and
              sickly adults ; producing emaciation, a swelled
              hard belly, gnawing or pungent pain in the sto-
              mach, pale countenance, fetid breath, and irrita-
              tion of the nostrils.
 tremity of the canal; and those which have no proper habitation in
 any part of it, and enter it erroneously or by accident.
   Vermination, however, is a subject that requires yet to be studi-
 ed : and if it be made, as it often has been, to include parasitic ani-
 malcules  of all sorts, it will be found very difficult to say where it
 shall end.   In  the article  Dysenteria I have observed that that dis-
 ease was by the Linnean, and various other schools, ascribed to the
 larve of a pecular insect, which the Swedish naturalist somewhat
 too precipitately ventured to introduce into  his catalogue,  and to
 denominate acarus dysenteriae. Kircher in like manner has ascrib-
 ed the plague to animalcules of a particular kind ; Langius the mea-
 sles ; various authors the itch, though the question  is still doubtful;
 Sigler petecchiae; Lusitanus and Poncellussmall pox; Hauptman
 syphilis ; Martin and Udman, both pupils of Linneus, elephantiasis;
 and Nyander, another pupil of the same great teacher, contagious
 diseases of most, if not of all kinds, in his paper in the Amen Acad.
 entitled Exanthemata viva. Some, again, have attributed haemor-
 rhoids to the same source, and others even tooth-ache, which last
 opinion seems at one  time to have been  adopted generally, for we
 find Shakspeare making one of his best drawn characters exclaim

               What!  sigh for the tooth-ache!
               Which is but an humour or a -worm.


 And when to these we add the extensive use which has in the pre-
 sent day been made of the  taenia hydatis,  so that almost every lim-
 pid cyst, and, according to Dr. Adams, even cancer itself, is nothing
 more than an animalcule, (a worm  or an insect,) it would seem that
 three quarters of the diseases ^even the most fatal ones) "to which
flesh is heir," result  from a superabundance of vitality;  and that 
GE. XII ]                  NOSOLOGY.                       47

  *  Ascaridis lumbricoidis.   Head slightly incurved, with a
       transverse  contraction  beneath it :  mouth triangular:
       body transparent,  light yellow, with a  faint line  down
       the side:  gregarious and vivacious : from twelve  to  fif-
       teen inches long.   Inhabits  principally  the intestines of
corruption is no longer the triumph of death over life, but of life
over itself; of life in one form over life in another.
  We are at length approaching to more  sobriety in our inquiries,
and it is high time that such a period should arrive ; for we  were in
great danger of running into the wildest fancies of equivocal gene-
ration, and of equally relinquishing all principles and all limits in
natural history.   Instead of a new succession of living beings per-
petually but fortuitously produced by a mere bildung«!rrib  (as the
Germans denominate it), a simple formative, effort of the vital pow-
er under peculiar circumstances, it is more than probable that there
is no worm or insect, no animalcule of any kind, that can be proved
to exist in man or any of the larger animals, but might be traced, if
due attention were paid to the subject, to exist  out of them, under
the form of eggs, larves, or some other modification, and to descend
in as regular a chain of succession as man himself.
  The common round worm (ascaris lumbricoides), though the in-
testines form a  proper repository for it, does not exist  in the intes-
tines alone.   Lister affirms that he has seen them in great numbers,
in ulcers, on  the surface of the body, in which doubtless the parent
insect or other  animal  had deposited  her ova.  Phil. Trans. Vol.
viii. year 1673.   In his natural history of the sheep, Palmaeus has
rendered it at least probable that the fasciolae hepaticae, or flukes,
found so abundantly in the liver of quadrupeds of this kind that die
of the rot, and the origin of which has so much puzzled the natur-
alists, are swallowed by the animal in marsh or stagnant  waters,
Aman Academ. iv. 58.   And Linneus  himself pointed out that the
taeniasor tape worms, the existence of which in the  intestinal canal
has been an equal source of difficulty to the physiological inquirer,
exist, though much smaller, in muddy springs; and notwithstand-
ing that Pallas, at first, expressed doubts upon this point, the asser-
tion  has been adequately confirmed by  subsequent observations.
See Dubois, Amcen. Acad. De Taenia  ii. 20.
   Plants are generally subject to the same  disease,  and suffer in
the same manner; for the usual effects are atrophy and emaciation;
of which we have a very striking and common example in the blight
or white mildew (albigo), rust or red mildew (rubigo), and smut or
black mildew (ustilago), whether of wheat or other  grains, which
are now well ascertained to be produced, not indeed  by worms, but
by the growth of minute funguses or  other cryptogamic parasites
on the leaves, stems, and  glumes of the plant affected ; the chief of
which are the mucor erisiphe, m. granulosus, aecidium cornutum, 
43
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. I — OR. I.
     thin persons, generally about the ileum, but sometimes
     ascends into the stomach, and creeps out of  the mouth
     and nostrils: occasionally  travels to the rectum, and
     passes away at the anus.
  Ascaris lumbricoides.   Linn. Turton. Hooper.
  Lumbricus teres.   Baillie,  F. iv. 9.   Auct. Var.
  Long roundworm.
C Trichocephali.  Body  above  slightly  crenate,  beneath
     smooth ; finely striate on the fore-part: head  obtuse and
     furnished  with a  slender  retractile proboscis; tail or
     thinner part twice as long as the thicker, terminating in
     a fine hair-like point: about two inches long; in colour
     resembles the maw-worm or common ascaris:  gregari-
     ous, and found chiefly in the intestines of sickly chil-
     dren ; generally in the caecum.
  Trichocephalus.   Linn.  Turt.
  Trichuris.  Bail. F. iv. 9.  Hoop.
  Long thread-worm.
v Taeniae Solli.  Articulations long and narrow, with margi-
     nal pores by which it attaches itself to  the  intestines,
     one on  each joint, generally alternate; ovaries  arbo-
     rescent : head with a terminal mouth surrounded with
     two rows  of  radiate hooks or holders;  and a little
     below, on the flattened surface, four tuberculate orifices
uredo frumenti, and u.  segetum of Linneus.  See  Sir Joseph
Banks's valuable essay on this subject, published in 1805, with en-
gravings giving various, and some of them highly magnified re-
presentations of the wheat-straw when infected with this  disease.
Some of these parasites have a peculiar fondness for the barberry-
tree  (berberis vulgaris,) where the seeds  are  produced  in  great
abundance;  and it has hence often  been found, that where a large
barberry tree is planted in the vicinity of  a wheat field, the wheat
nearest to it is affected with mildew of some sort or other.
  Grasses are also subject to the same disease, and particularly
the poa aquatica.  See  Sowerby's English Fungi, Vol. ii. tab. 139,
and for wheat, tab. 140; and compare with Pontana's Osservazioni
sopra la Ruggine del Grano.  Lucca, 1767. 8vo.
  Yet it is not merely by parasitic plants, but by worms them-
selves, that vegetables are often infested, debilitated, and at times de-
stroyed.   Stems, leaves, and fruits, are all attacked in their turn;
and  occasionally the stem of the stoutest tree is eaten through, and
death ensues: of which we have frequent examples in the willow
(salix alba),horse chesnut (atsculus h;/ipuca*tunum\ as also in the
typhi, latifolia.  See Willdenow, Physiol. Veget. chap, vi $ 323. 
GE. XII.]
NOSOLOGY.
49
       or suckers, two on each side : tail terminated by a semi-
       circular joint without any aperture : from thirty to fortv
       feet long, and has been found sixty. Inhabits the intes-
       tines of mankind generally at the upper part, where it
       feeds on the chyle  and juices  already animalized.  Is
       sometime solitary, but commonly in considerable num-
       bers ;  and adheres so firmly to the intestines that it is
       removed with great difficulty.
    Taenia solium.   Linn.   Turt. Bail.
    Taenia osculis marginalibus.  Hoop.
    Long tape-worm.
  ? Taeniae vulgaris.  Articulations short and broad, with  a
       pore  in  the  centre of each joint,  and  stellate ovaries
       round them:  body broader in the middle, and tapering
       towards both ends; head resembling the last, but nar-
       rower and smaller ; tail ending in a rounded joint. Like
       the last inhabits the upper parr of the intestines, and
       feeds  on the chyle;  from three to fifteen feet  long;
       usually in families of three or four.
    Taenia vulgaris.  Linn.  Turt.
    Taenia lata.   Baill. F. iv. 9.
    Taenia osculis superficialibus-   Hoop.
    Broad tape-worm.
           Two other species of taenia are found in other ani-
         mals, chiefly carnivorous quadrupeds : t. lata and t.
         dentata, the former with a  central pore, the  latter
         with one at each edge.
    * Fasciolae.  Body flattish, with  an aperture  or pore at
         the head, and  generally  another  beneath: intestines
         flexuous : ovaries lateral: hermaphrodite, and ovipa-
         rous.
    Fluke.   Gourd-worm.
-.  Pqdicis.  Worms, or  the larves of insects existing, and
               finding a proper nidus within the verge of the
               anus, exciting a troublesome local  irritation,
               sometimes  accompanied with  tumour; fre-
               quently preventing sleep, and producing pain
               or faintness  in the stomach.
    * Ascaridis vermicularis.  Head subulate, nodose, and
         divided into three vesicles, in the middle of each  of
         which is an aperture by which it receives  nourish-
         ment ; skin at the sides of the body finely crenate  or
         wrinkled ;  tail finely tapering and  terminating in  a
         point; the female has a small punctiform  aperture  a
  Vol. V.—S 
5to
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. 1.—OU. L
        little below the head, through which it receives nou-
        rishment.  Gregarious ; vivaparous ;  about half an
        inch long;  sometimes wanders into the intestines,and
        occasionally as high as the stomach.
      Ascaris.  Baill. F. iv. 9.
      Ascaris vermicularis.  Linn.  Turt. Hoop.
      Maw-xvorm.   Threadworm.
    b Scarabaei.  Larves of several species of the beetle.
          These have not been accurately described.  Perhaps
        the following are the chief: grey larve, with yellow-
        ish legs and  ferruginous head,  of  s. nobilis;  and
        those of s. Schcefferi and s. volvens, which, when out
        of the body, deposit their eggs in round balls of  ani-
        mal dung, which they roll up  and  bury with their
        hind feet.
    y (Estri.   Bots, or larves of the hemorrhoidal breeze  or
        gad-fly.  Round ; pale-green ; tail obtusely truncate ;
        head  tapering; mouth horny, with two lips, and two
        recurved  black  claws on  each  side of the mouth.
        Found convoluted in the mucus and feces of man,
        but far more  frequently of other animals, and espe-
        cially of the horse.
3.  erratica.   Worms introduced by accident, and without
                  finding a proper habitation in the stomach or

  3. C H. erratica Hirudinis.  Dr. Lister, apparently without know-
ing that the subject had been touched on before, describes the case
of a patient, who, after having " had about his stomach  and  right
side a most exquisite and tormenting pain for at least four months,
which many times threw him into horrors and chillness, ague-like,
and was the sickest man," continues he, " I ever saw not to die,"
vomited up a worm of a dark green colour,  like a horse-leech, and
spotted.  From the  puncture of the animal,  or the violence of the
retching, he brought up at the same time two pounds of coagulated
blood: and had  occasionally discharged blood downwards.  The
man imagined he drank it in pond water during the preceding sum-
mer. The worm was dead when rejected, or at least before Dr.
Lister saw it: four inches long, and three in its largest circumfer-
ence : and is still farther described and drawn as having three small
fins on each side near the head, with a forky, finny, transparent, and
extensile tail.   Phil Trans  1681-2.  No. 6.
   One of the most extraordinary cases among those entitled to at-
tention, is  related by Mr Paisley in the Edinburgh Medical Essays.
ii. art. 26.   In  this case there were two worms, whose  heads  he
compares to that of the horse-leech, and which appear to have been
tolerably quiescent in their growth, till the general system was dis-
turbed by a wound on the breast received by the patient in conse- 
GE. XII.]
NOSOLOGY.
51
                intestines :  producing spasmodic colic with
                severe gripings; and occasionally vomiting
                or dejection of blood.
     Of this subdivision we know but little : yet the ensuing
  instances may afford  sufficient reason for  forming it.  It
  might easily be enlarged,  but the  authorities for extending
  it further are  doubtful.
« Gordii.  Hair-worm, or seta equina.   Found in soft stag-
  nant waters:  from four to six inches  long, twisted into
  various knots  and contortions: colour pale  brown,  with
  dark extremities.
     This disease  is most frequent among the peasants of
  Lapland, and was suspected  by Linneus, and has been
  since proved,  or thought to be proved, by Dr. Montin, one
  of his most celebrated disciples,  to be occasioned by their
  drinking the  half putrid water  of stagnant  marshes  or
  ditches inhabited by the gordius. It is not known on the
  Lapland mountains.  The gripings  are often so  violent,
  that the patient  rolls and writhes  on the ground in severer
  agony than  a  woman in  labour, and discharges bloody
  urine.   After  many hours, sometimes an entire day,  the
  disorder terminates in a profuse ptyalism that continues
  for a quarter of an hour.  The Laplanders call the disease
  Ullen, or Hotme.  Linn. Flor. Lap. de Angelica.  Mon-
  tin, Amoen. Acad.  Splachnum. ii. 26.
 quence of a duel with the small sword.  The general symptoms of
 this species of helminthia appeared about the third day afterwards
 and continued with many variations for several weeks,  when the
 patient discharged inferiorly one of these  worms, measuring a foot
 and a half in length, and an inch and a half in diameter, dead, but
 full of blood, and accompanied by a large dejection  of grumous
 blood, " to appearance some pounds ; and not many weeks after-
 wards the other still larger.—A worm, apparently similar, is stated
 by Dr. Bond of Philadelphia, 1754, to have been discharged down-
 wards by a female patient of his, who had  been long subject to an
 hepatic  disease, which gradually  changed  to violent helminthic
 symptoms in the stomach.  These, at length, suddenly  vanished,
 and within twenty-four hours the worm was dejected, dead, and in
 two parts, the whole making twenty inches in length.   The patient
 died soon after; and on  opening her, this worm appears to have
 worked  its way, when small,  into  the liver by the course of the
 common duct, to have committed great depredation here, and after-
 wards, with considerable difficulty and dilation of the duct, to have
travelled back again.  Dr. Bond ventures to call it an hepatic leech ; 
32
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. L—OK. I
  Colica Lapponica.  Sauv. ii. 103.
C Hi.u linis.  Various species of the leech.   Swallowed along
     with the muddy and stagnant water they inhabit.
      Apparently both the medicinal and the horse-leech (h.
     sanguisugd) have been thus found ; but the exact species
     has not been sufficiently indicated. Sauvages, in his genus
     Haematemesis, quotes Galen, Schenck,  and Wedel, but
     does not describe the species.   Upon turning  to Galen,
     iv. 411. D.  the reader will find  that he briefly adverts to
     the disease, and quotes from Asclepiades and Apollonius
     the remedies that were employed in their respective days :
     but he does not characterize the worm.
y Muscae  cibariae.   Larves of  the  pantry fly.   These seem
     chiefly  to  produce mischief while  in the stomach,  into
     which they  may be taken with decayed cheese, as the eggs
     are sometimes  deposited in  it.  See Dr. White's case,
     Mem. Med.  Soc. Lond. vol. ii.  The patient, aged  thirty,
     was emaciated, of a sallow complexion ;  had gripings and
     tenderness of the abdomen; costiveness, rigors and cold
     extremities.   Took columbo root, and occasionally calo-
     mel and other purgatives.  In  a month was  better,  and
     the appetite good.  The next purgative  brought away an
     immense number of pupes or chrysalid  worms ; some of
     which being preserved, were transformed into four-wing-
     ed insects, the musca cibaria.
though he calculates its course as now stated.—.London Med. Obs.
and Inq. i. 66
  Maroja, physician to Philip IV. of Spain, in his treatise De Mor-
bis Internis, lib. 4. cap. 16, mentions the case of a patient who dis-
charged a still larger dead round worm, of tht same monstrous
kind, and died in  the act of discharging it: its length was twenty
fingers breadth;  its rotundity equal to the size of a stout man's
hand: full of blood, and had more than a pound and a half of blood
taken from its inside.
  3. H. erratica Muscts cibaria.-—Mr. Church, to whose entomolo-
gical skill these worms were confided,  asserts in the same paper,
that he once knew a  child discharge a larve  of the caddy insect
(phryganea grandis); and that the phalaena pinguinalis lives and is
nourished in the stomach ; and after sustaining several metamor-
phoses is thrown out, and proves its proper genus.  See also Mr.
Calderwood's case.  Edin.  Med. Com. ix. 223. 
GE. XIII.}                NOSOLOGY.                      53


                    GENUS  XIII.

                      PROCTICA.

  Pain or derangement about the  anus, without primary in-
       flammation.
     Proctica.  Linn. 59.  Vog. 167.
1.  Simplex.  Simple pain at the anus.
     Proctalgia.   Auct. var.
     Douleur du fondement.  F.
2.  Callosa.  Pain produced by,  or  accompanied with, a
                 callous contraction of the rectum.
       The cause is usually, though not always, scirrhus ; and
     colica callosa is an occasional result.   See Colica, spec. 6.
     The scirrhus, as in other  cases, sometimes  degenerates
     into carcinoma.
■->'.  Tenesmus.   Painful and  perpetual urgency to go to stool,
                 with dejection of mucus alone, and in small
                 quantity.
     Tenesmus spontaneus.   Sauv.
     Obstipatio Tenesmus.   Young.
  Gen. XIII  Proctica.  From ^o*t«s, podex, nates. The term
is taken from Linneus, and employed nearly in a parallel significa-
tion.  Sagar and Macbride, from the same root, have formed proc-
talgia.
  4. Proctica Marisca. There has been much difficulty felt among
the methodical nosologists in arranging  this species, in conse-
quence of the diversity of its symptom's. Sauvages and Sagar have
expressed a desire  to limit the term haemorrhois to an occasional
and free flux of blood from the anus; and to make a distinct genus
of haemorrhoidal tumours under the name of marisca: hence  the
first occurs as a separate disease in their respective systems under
the class fuxus, order alvi-fluxus ; and the second under the class
vitia, order cystides.  Cullen, contemplating piles and haemorrhoi-
dal flux as the same, and invariably a constitutional disease accom-
panied with fever,  has placed it under  the class pyrexia, order
hamorrhagia.  In both these views, however, he seems to be nearly
alone; most other pathologists  regarding piles  or haemorrhoidal
tumours as a local affection, and  perhaps no others contemplating
them as necessarily connected with fever.  There is; moreover, a
laughable kind of solecism, in applying the term h&morrhois, lite-
rally " flux of blood," to a disease, one of whose subdivisions  ad-
mits of no flux whatever, and another  of a flux of mucus  without
blood. 
 54                      NOSOLOGY.             [CL. I.—OH. I.

     Stuhlzvvang.   G.
     E'preinte.  F.
     Straining.
       Occasionally arising from local acrimony or irritation :
     and then an idiopathic affection.
       Found also as a symptom  in various other complaints,
     as dysentery, haemorrhoids, helminthia, costiveness, cal-
     culus of the bladder, and pregnancy.
4. Marisca.  Livid and painful  tubercles  or excrescences,
                  usually with a discharge of mucus or blood,
     Marisca.  Sauv.  Sag. Plouquet.
     Haemorrhois.   Cull.
   .  Proctalgia haemorrhoidalis.  Macbr.
     Busyr.  Arab.
     Guldene ader.  G.
     Hemorrhoi'de.  F.
     Piles.
     « Cceca.  Pain and tubercles without discharge.
      Haemorrhois cceca.  Cull.
      Blind piles.
     £ Mucosa.  Tubercles pale and mucous.
      Haemorrhagia mucosa.  Cull.
      Leucorrhois.  Vog.
    y Cruenta.   Tubercles florid and bleeding.
      Haemorrhagia cruenta.  Cull.
      Haemorrhois.  Linn.
      Bleeding piles.
  On these accounts I have followed Sauvages and Sagar, rather
than Cullen, in making a distinction between the two affections of
anal tumours or tubercles, and anal haemorrhage: and have trans-
ferred the latter to the genus haemorrhagia in Class III. Order IV.
—The position and definition of haemorrhois, as given by Linneus,
range nearly parallel with that of Sauvages; for it occurs in hia
class evacuatorii, order abdominis, and is expressed " dejectio san-
guinis cum proctica absque colica:" by proctica, meaning the gene-
ral anal affection to which the term is applied in the present system.
Parr, like the preceding writers, separates haemorrhois from fevers,
but with Cullen employs the term to import anal flux of blood, and
anal tumours  In him it occurs in the order profluvia, genus hae-
morrhagia; and consequently he falls into the solecism just noticed
in Cullen's use of the term. Crichton has omitted the disease alto-
gether, unless he intends to include it, of which his table gives no
notice, under haematorrhaea arteriosa, which he explains arterial
haemorrhage from the intestines; but which, after all, could only
comprehend a very few of its modifications. 
GE. XIII.]
NOSOLOGY.
55
    $ Polysosa.  Polype-like excrescences shooting from  a
         slender root; bulbous ; soft and compressible; red or
         reddish; chiefly internal.
           Found also, in some one of the varieties, occasion-
         ally,  as a  symptom or sequel of parabysma, gout,
         asthma, sciatica, rheumatism,  various affections  of
         the bladder, hypochondriasis, hysteria,ecphronia; and
         occasionally giving rise to recent or fistulous ulcers.
5.  Exania.  Inversion and prolapse of the villous tunic  of
               the  rectum, from relaxation of the sphincter,
               with more or less tumour.
    Exania.   Sauv. Sag. Plouquet.
    Proctocele. Pathol.  Med.
    Haemorrhois procedens.  Cull.
    Haemorrhois ab exgania. Sauv.
    Prolapsus ani.   Plater. Neuter.
    Gesassfall.  G.
    Chute du fondement.  F.
    Falling down of the fundament.
    * Simplex.  The tumour of moderate size,  and the re-
         duction easy.
    Z Spasmodica.   The tumour large and irritated; and the
         intestine contracted by a spasm of the sphincter.
           The tumour has, in  the last  case, been  frequently
         mistaken for a marisca; and Dr. Cullen has, perhaps,
         given some countenance  to the error by  describing
         one of his species of haemorrhois as produced  by a
         prolapse of the anus.   The haemorrhoidal tumour is
         dull and livid; that from a prolapse of the  anus is
         flesh-coloured, sometimes wrinkled, at others smooth
         and shining.
           In  some  instances the prolapse is  so considerable
         as to  render visible the valvulae of the colon.  Mor-
        gagn. De Sed. et Caus. Morb. Ep. xxxiii. lxv.
           Found also, as an effect, in obstinate costiveness,
         stone in the bladder, labour, and helminthia podicis' 
56
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. I.-OR. II.
                      ORDER II.

                SPLANCHNIC A.

          AFFECTING THE COLLATITIOUS VISCERA

  Disquiet,  or diseased action in the organs auxiliary to the
digestive process, without primary inflammation.
                  GENUS  I.

                 ICTERUS.

Yellowness of the eyes and skin ; white feces ; urine saf-
    fron coloured, and communicating a saffron dye : the
    course of the  bile obstructed.
  Order II.  Splanchnica.  lvx»y^tx.ct," Visceralia," " ad vis-
cera pertinentia."   So Dioscor. i. cap. 82,  a-7rXety^9ixx ^^xee,
" viscerales medicinae."   Splanchna, in its greatest latitude in mo-
dern times, comprises, like the Latin viscera, all the larger bowels
or internal organs, to whatever cavity they appertain, and  conse-
quently includes the brain. But, agreeably to its more exact sense,
it was formerly limited to those of the upper and lower belly, the
entrails, as they are colloquially denominated, those more especially
which were consulted  by the aruspices, and constituted the chief
parts of the  sacrifice.   Jn this sense it is  used by Homer in de-
scribing the  sacred feast made in behalf of Telemachus when  on
the point of quitting Ithica.  Odys. iii. 5.
      A«r«g tnti kxtoi, /vug tx.ix.vi, xcti  SIIAArXN' Hru.o'XVTo, &C
  Gen. I. Icterus. «I*™g««:" among the Romans, "Morbus regius,"
or " aurigo," on account of its golden hue.  The lexicographers
have not been able to follow up the term to its origin.  The author
ventures  therefore to suggest  that it is probably derived from the
Hebrew *iro, with a formation ' producing wy (icter), and  import-
ing as a verb, " to surround^" " circumfuse," "encompass;" and
as a noun "a royal crown or golden diadem."   Icterus was a term
also given to the golden thrush, on account of its yellow plumage;
and hence the bird  was fabled to be connected with, the disease;
and it was believed, according to Pliny, that if a person labouring 
GE. L]
NOSOLOGY.
57
      Icterus.  Auct.  Graec.
      Morbus regius.   Auct. Lat.
      Icterus.  Linn.  Vog. Boerh.  Cull.
      Aurigo.  Sauv.  Sag.
      Cachexia icterica.   Hoffm.
      Cholelithia icterus.  Young.
      Yerekaun.  Arab.
     Gelbsucht.   G.
     Jaunisse.   /crerejaune.   F.
     Jaundice.
 J. cholieus.   The course of  the bile obstructed from its own
                   viscidity:  general languor;  nausea;  dys-
                   pepsy; and occasional pain or uneasiness at
                   the stomach.
     Aurigo ab obstructione.   Sauv.
     Icterus biliosus.  Parr. Diet.  art. Nosol.
2. chololithicus.  The course of the bile  obstructed  from
                      bilious  concretions in the  ducts,  at
                      length  protruded and discharged with
                      the feces ; frequent retching; acute pain
                      in  the  hypogastric region,  increased
                      upon eating.
 under the jaundice looks at the pheasant, the bird dies and the pa-
 tient recovers.
   This complaint, from Sauvages to Cullen,  has generally been
 ranked among the cachexies or depraved habits; " habitus defirava-
 tus;" as Dr. Cullen explains the class.  Yet one of the species ad-
 mitted by both these writers is that of infants produced a few days
 after birth, and ceasing almost as  rapidly; while another is the
 mere result of the mechanical obstruction of th<: ductus choledo-
 chus by local  concretions.  Yet  it would be difficult to say in what
 other part of the systems of these  and various other writers this
 disease should find a place.  Parr puts k more correctly under the
 suppressorii; and Dr. Young under the fiareccrises ; which, in a wide
 but allowable  latitude of the term, may include all the species ex-
 cept  the spasmodic, perhaps t*e most doubtful of the whole, in
 which light indeed he regards it himself.
   The pain is greatest in species 2. i. chololithicus: the general
 functions are, perhaps, most deranged under species 1. i. choloeus,
 (#***'•«,) in which there is not only  obstruction but depravation of
 bile;  and in species 4. i. hepaticus, in which it is not only perhaps
 secreted in too small a quantity, but  at the same time imperfectly.
A German physician of the present day* of high and deserved re-
pute, Gothlieb Richter, (Med. and Chirurg. Observations) conceives
that this is not only the severest but  the most common cause;  and
  Vol. V.—T 
58
NOSOLOGY.
[Cl. l—or. ii.
    Icterus xalculosus.   Cull.
    Aurigo calculosa.  Sauv.
3. spasmodicus.   The course of the bile obstructed by spas-
                    modic contraction of the bile-ducts;  the
                    disease preceded by acrimonious ingesta;
                    hysteria, or some violent passion  of the
                    mind ; and voluntarily subsiding within a
                    few days after these are removed.
    Icterus spasmodicus.  Cull.
    Aurigo spasmodica.—a. a venenis.   Sauv.
4. hepaticus.   The course of the bile  obstructed by the de-
                    rangement of the liver from scirrhus or
                    infarction: occasional retchings and dys-
                    pepsy.
    Icterus hepaticus.   Cull.
    Aurigo hepatica.  Sauv.
5. infantum.   The course of the bile  obstructed by viscid
                    meconium ; without pain or  dyspepsy :
                    easily removed  by purgatives.
    Icterus infantum.  Cull.
    Aurigo neophytorum.  Sauv.

in proof of its depending entirely upon a morbid state of the liver,
adverts to a case  in which there was no gall-bladder to be found,
and only  a skinny substance in its stead without cavity at all; in
which instance he supposes the bile, however imperfect, to have
been absorbed by the morbid irritation of the liver as soon as  it
was formed.  Yet its presence  in the blood is, perhaps, not more
unsalutary than its absence from the stomach and alimentary canal.
   On what account Dr. Cullen has omitted spec. 1, i. choloeus itis
not easy to say. h is noticed by most practitioners from Hippocrates
to the neoterics.   Parr's name of biliosus  the author would have
adopted, but that this term is usually employed in a different sense,
as importing redundancy and activity, rather than morbid change in
its combination: independently of which the Greek term is nearly
as common as the Latin, and £iVes rise to all our compounds.  Dr.
Young expressly includes this species under his cholelithia icterus,
synonymous with spec. 2,  of  the present  arrangement: but the
symptoms are different,  and the name cannot accurately cover it.
   The icterus gravidarum of Cullen and others is here omitted, as
unquestionably not an idiopathic disease, but a symptomatic affec-
tion.
   Cullen has justly observed, in a note subjoined to this genus, that
yellowness of the skin may proceed not merely from resorbed bile,
but from effused blood, or serum of  blood, as we see perpetually
in ecchymosis.   The saffron dye in the urine is perhaps the truest
pathognomic. 
8E. 11.]
NOSOLOGY.
59
       Found  also  symptomatically in pregnancy,  colic, and
    fevers of various kinds ; especially epanetus icterodes, or
    yellow fever.



                      GENUS II.

                     MEL^NA.

    The colour  of the eyes and skin fuliginous, leaden  or
         livid; black, viscid dejections, with occasional vomit-
         ings of  the same; anxiety: depression of  spirits.
    Melaena.  Sauv. Plouquet. Cull.  Catal. Morb. Omiss.
    Melasicterus.   Sag.
    Cholirica.   Guarinoni Linn.
    Melaena morbus (MeXecivx Hevo-af.)  Hippocr.
    Zeryr.   Arab.
    Schwartze-galle.   G.
    Maladie noire.   Ictere noire.   F.
    Black vomit.  Black jaundice.
1 .choliea.  The black discharge bilious; the  vomiting oc-
                 casionally  green and acrid;  great languor;
                 vertigo.
   Gen. II.  Melaena.  MeXxivet, from t*,t\x<;, "niger." This disease
is not in Dr. Cullen's arrangement; but it occurs under the prese n
name, in his subjoined " Catalogue of omitted diseases, which per-
haps ought not to have been omitted."  Catalogus morborum a nobis
omissorum, quos omisisse Jortassis non oportebat. Hippocrates is pe-
culiarly full in his description of this disorder, and there are few no-
sologists who have not entered it into their respective system*. The
species and definitions in the present arrangement are taken,.from
Hippocrates, de Morbi*, lib  ii. with little change.   The first seems
to depend upon an organic depravation of the liver, chiefly perhaps
in the case of habitual gluttons and drunkards, whoha^e paralyzed
or worn it out by perpetual stimulation : in consequence of which
a pitchy and flaky bile is secreted instead of the genuine and healthy
fluid   The second is probably the result  of active  or  passive
haemorrhage (most likely the latter) from r<le liver, the spleen, or
both in a state of physcona   The  unctioa of these organs appears
to be one and the same; the blood in both is peculiarly carbonated,
as the  colour sufficiently indicates, and the closest alliance subsists
between them; on which account Hippocrates calls the spleen the
left liver, and Aristotle the bus'ard liver.  The spleen has some-
times been found adhering to the liver. 
60
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. L—OR. II.
    Melaena atrabilis.  Sauv.
2. cruenta.  The discharge consisting of grumous blood in-
                 termixed with bile :  pungent, tensive pain in
                 both hypochondria ;  compressive pain at the
                 pit of the stomach and fainting.
    Melaena splenetica.  Sauv.
    The stomach and intestines full of sanguineous matter
         Columb. De  Re Anat.   Haller. Bib.  Med. part.  ii.
         p. 125.
    Has sometimes proved salutary.  Haller, Nov. Comment
         Goett. viii. p. 2.
    Sometimes periodical.  De Passis, in  Blegny Temple
         d' Esculape, 1680.
                 GENUS  III.

            CHOLOLITHUS.

Pain about the region of the liver, catenating with pain at
    the pit of the stomach: the pulse unchanged;  sick-
  Gen. III.  Chololithus.  From #oAjj, or^oAav, bile, and A/0es,  a
stone.  This disease has been confounded with icterus by most of
the nosologists, but improperly so, for the yellow dye of the  skin
and urine, which is the pathognomic symptom of jaundice, occurs
ofien without chololithus, and chololithus even in its passing spe-
cies or acute state, without the yellow dye.  Dr. Young makes it
indeed a distinct genus, but regards icterus as one  of its species.
After Plouquet he spells it cholelithia, who probably took the term
choledochus as his example.   Either is allowable: chololithus is
here preferred as in unison with enterolithus, and the usual mode
of forming Greek compounds.
   The symptoms of the first  species are often not very distinct, for
when the gall-bladder has been slowly enlarged, a concretion, as
bulky as a pultuns egg, has sometimes lodged in it, and occupied
the entire cavity, without any very great derangement of the gene-
ral health.
   Whether the gall-bidder be a mere  receptacle for superabun-
dant bile secreted by the £Ver,or  whether it add any new secretion
to that deposited in it, is a question which has been long agitated
by physiologists, and is by no  means settled at the present moment.
It is a curious fact, however, and which should  seem to be nearly
 decisive of  the question, that in most, perhaps in all cases, the. 
GE. III.]                   NOSOLOGY.                        61

         ness; dyspepsy ; inactivity: bilious concretion in the
         gall-bladder or  bile-ducts.
     Cholelithus.  Plouquet.
     Cholelithia.  Young.
     Gallstein.   G.
     Pierre au fiel.  F.
     Gall-stone.
1. ojjiescens.   Pain about the liver  and at the pit of the sto-
hepatic bile, or that secreted by the liver, is mild and sweet before
its introduction into the cyst, and consequently becomes bitter only
from being operated upon while in this situation: and it is from this
circumstance  that the first or quiescent species discovers itself,
perhaps chiefly by a less pungent and bitter taste in the mixed or
general bile than commonly belongs to it; for the gall-bladder,
being nearly plugged up, or impeded in its function, is incapable of
exerting its proper activity; and hence, too, the  irregularity in the
alvine discharges, even where no considerable degree of pain is felt
about the region of the liver, and the stomach is not very sensibly
affected.   Dr. Bush ascribes this  production of bitter taste to a
putrefactive process which takes place in the bile after its reception
into the gall bladder: but this is no place to pursue the subject. It
is singular to observe, that in herbivorous animals destitute of a
gall-bladder, as the horse, elephant, manate, camel, rat, rhinoceros,
as also in several of the  cetaceous tribes, the bile is still possessed
of a bitter principle; and it is perhaps  still more singular that we
meet  with  this secretion and this principle in larger abundance,
proportionably to the size of the animal, in various insects that have
neither liver  nor gall-bladder, than  in  mammals of any kind; of
which the curculio nucum, or nut-weevil, furnishes us with a fami-
liar example; for every one must have seen with surprise the extent
to which the larve of this curious little insect, found so frequently
 in the fruit of the hazel, is capable of embittering  the taste of the
 nut, and of giving  a yellowish brown tinge to its whiteness, which
 alone proceeds from the bile with which its feces are loaded.
   It is possible that minute biliary concretions may occasionally be
 formed in the hepatic pores; but the  absorption  of the more subtile
 parts of  the  bile which must necessarily take  place in the  gall-
 bladder, from its quiescent state, must dispose it in a much greater
 degree to assume  a concrete form,  the structure of which varies,
 though it seems to evince a general tendency to crystallized rays
 in the centre, with concentric  laminae  towards the surface.   See
 Baillie Morbid Anatomy, F. v. PI. vi. p. 109-113.
    Berzelius  has lately shown that neither the resin nor the albumen,
 which have been so generally ascribed to bile,  have any existence
 -in it,  Tfce bile becomes resinous only in the  process of experi- 
rio                       NOSOLOGY.            L^L. I.—OR. Ii.

                  mach obtuse and  occasional: and  bile less
                  bitter than usual; the dejections irregular.
L2. means.  Pain  about the  liver acute ; frequent  vomitings;
              dejections white; and at length loaded with one
              or more bilious concretions.
    Cholelithia acuta.   Young.
    Passing of gall-stones.
       The German physicians trust chiefly to sulphuric ether
    and oil of turpentine in  conjunction.   See Durande Ob
    servations sur l'Efficacite du  Melange, &c.  1791.
                    GENUS IV.

                  PARABYSMA.

Knotty or  unequal intumescence of the abdomen from an
ment, by supersaturating it with acids, while the material hitherto
regarded as albumen, appears to be nothing more than a small por-
tion of mucus furnished it from the gall-bladder.  M. Berzelius
observes, however, that it acquires an increased tendency to form
resin with the acids, in proportion to the length of time it has re-
mained in this depository.  It possesses, says he, the same proper-
ties of alkali and salts as the blood; and contains a peculiar matter
of a bitter and afterwards sweet taste, which evinces characters in
common with the fibrin, the colouring matter, and the albumen of
the blood, from which it is formed in the liver.   View of the Pro-
gress and Present State of Animal Chemistry ;  translated from the
Swedish by Gustavus Brunnmark, D. D.  In the hystrix cristata, or
crested porcupine, bilious concretions appear to be more common
than in any other animal: they are  for the most part closely crys-
tallized ;  and have been  called bezoars by physiologists who ought
to have known the  difference.   They have neither  the metallic
lustre of the western, nor the aroma of the eastern bezoar, while
they contain the tinge and bitter of the bile.
  Gen. IV. Parabysma nxp*Gvs-ft.x, "id quodmagnis sarcinis in-
farcitur," from irxpxfivu,  « male" coacervo, or  infarcio." The author
has adopted this term from the Greek writers instead of emphraxis,
hy/iosarca or physcoma, because the  two first  which, however, have
not been very generally employed, are too limited for the purpose,
and consequently calculated to convey erroneous ideas ; while the
last has been used so generally as to convey no  definite idea what
ever. 
GE. IV.]
NOSOLOGY.
bo
  indurated enlargement of one or  more of the viscera
  contributory to the digestive function ;  derangement of
  the general health.
Physconia.   Cusson.  Sauv. Cull, et alior.
  Physconia was, perhaps, first made choice of by Cusson  as  a
generic name to comprise a variety of organic tumours, of origins,
positions, and properties so different as to defy all generic definition
whatever.   Sauvages, however, has followed him,  and even added
to the number of his species;  and Cullen has followed Sauvages.
In Sauvages it  is extended to  every kind of intumescence of the
solid parts of the abdomen without  pregnancy or fluctuation.   " In-
tumescentia abdominis a partibus solidis, sine graviditate, et fluctua-
tione."   Cullen does not essentially deviate  from this character;
in like manner  expressly limiting it to the abdomen.   Yet in both
we  have, among the list of affections, a physconia renalis; various
external physconies, and a physconia ab excrescentia, while abdomi-
nal  fatness or corpulency is made another species   Yet the scope
of physconia is carried still wider  by Dr  Young, who omits all li-
mitation, extends the term to  softish glandular tumours in any part
of the  body, and ranks under it simple bubo, bronchocele, sarco-
cele, and various  pulmonary  enlargements; at  the  same  time
making physconia, thus  extensive in its range, a mere species of  a
genus which he calls ecphyma, and which he defines " a solid tu-
mour not acutely painfui."
  It has been found in no small degree difficult to characterize the
meaning of a phy scony.   The term itself gives us little or no clue:
for  Qvs-x.mix simply  imports inflation, or a collection of  wind, as in
an inflated bladder.  Dr. Young, as just observed, makes it a spe-
cies of ecphyma, or solid tumour; yet,  in his specific definition, he
describes it as" a general softish tumour of a viscus or gland, com-
pletely occupying a considerable part of its substance."  Sagar, on
the contrary, defines it to be a tumour," hard to the touch, resisting
without fluctuation or elasticity," sinefiuctuatione, et elasi, ad factum
dura, resistens : while Turton  explains it " a hardish tumour, occu-
pying one or more of the abdominal organs, and resembling a blad-
der distended with wind."
  Physconia, therefore,  by importing every thing, imports nothing
definitely:  and is made  to embrace diseases that have  no analogy
in origin, situation, symptoms, or mode of cure. Dr. Cullen, while
he  retained  the term in its general  and indefinite range, was suffi-
ciently sensible of its looseness, and only retained it from want of
time to be more accurate : " species sequentes," says he, in a note
subjoined to the genus in the sixth edition of his Synopsis, " nc
quaquaw ad normam Nosologic  methodice  recensentur; sed accU-
ratius  Physconiae species indicare  difficile foret,  saltern plus exe-
gisset, quam quo nunc fruor otii " 
64                      NOSOLOGY             [CL. I.—OR. ft.

     Ecphyma physconia.   Young.
     Hyposarca.  Linn.
     Emphractica.   Haller.  Tulp.
1. hepaticum.  Hard tumour in the right hypochondrium,
                  verging towards,  and sometimes appearing
                  at, the pit of the stomach ; general languor ;
                  pale or yellow countenance ; dyspepsy :  de-
                  jections irregular, often whitish.
     Physconia hepatica.  Cuss.  Sauv. Cull. Parr.
  In strict propriety, physconia should perhaps be confined not only
to the region of the abdomen, but to those knotty or unequal intu-
mescences which evidently proceed from an  indurated,  usually a
parenchymatous, enlargement of one or more of the viscera contri-
buting to the digestive function, and which in  a greater or less de-
gree derange its perfection, or impair the  general health of the
system; while all other swellings which have hitherto, in different
nosologies, been made to range  under  it, should be transferred to
other genera.  Such is the limitation  aimed at in  the  present ar-
rangement, and we hereby obtain a family of diseases analogous in
origin, situation, general result, and mode of treatment: and which
ought rather to be entered in the class before us than in Class VI.
Order I. Eccritica Mesotica, which comprises a list characterized
by morbid enlargement of the parenchyma without derangement of
the general health.  With this  limitation the author  had at  first
intended to  continue  the  term physconia; but  apprehending it
might lead to mistakes, from its different use by other writers, he
has thought  it better, upon the  whole, to reject it altogether, and
employ another term in its stead—a term not invented for the pur-
pose, but in  use among the Greek writers, and in itself sufficiently
indicative of its intention.
  1. $ E. hepaticum, Helminthicum.—Similar animalcules, and espe-
cially hydatids, are occasionally found in other  organs, though less
frequently:  particularly the kidneys and the testicles: but as they
can  rarely be traced by any external symptoms, they can seldom
become a subject  of symptomatic nosology.  See Baillie, Morb.
Anot. Fasc. vi. pi. 7, and Fasc. viii. pi.  8.  The existence  of flukes
(faciola hepatica) in the human liver is doubtful  though asserted
by Doever, Darwin, and others.  Dr. Harrison, of Horncastle, Lin-
colnshire, in his treatise on the Rot in sheep, denies their existence
in this disease, even among these animals ; and has given  proofs of
their total absence in many of the worst cases upon dissection. He
ascribes the rot to marsh miasms.  The present writer, however,
hts  seen them in prodigious numbers;  and their non-existence, at
particular times, or in particular cases, only seems  to show, that, if
at any period a cause of this disease, rather than an effect, they are
not  the only cause. 
$E. TV.]                 NOSOLOGY.                     £5

     Hepatis tumor.   Darw. \. ii. 3 9.
     Jekurakend.  Pers.  Literally jecur coactum. The Latin
         term jecur is probably derived from the Persian.
     «  Coactum.  From infarction.
         Found in feeble children, who secrete less bile, and have
       the cells of the liver clogge'd with mucus from atony of
       the absorbents.—Found also in intemperate livers ; and
       in foreigners who  reside  in hot climates:  an unequal
       atony, and at times paralysis, being produced in the or-
       gan from the excessive stimulus antecedently excited by
       the rays of the sun or the use of spirituous potation.
         The  diseased  viscus  often  acquires great weight:
       18 lbs. Bonet. Sepulcr. lib. i. sect, xviii.—20 lbs. Bald.
       N. Mngaz. band vii. p. 275.—28 lbs. in an hydropic.
       Gooch, Med. and Surg. Obs.
     £ Scirrhosum.  The tumour exhibiting a scirrhous charac-
         ter.  Georg.  Segeri Mis. Nat. Cur. ann. iv. obs.  142.
     ■y  Choloiiihicum.   Accompanied with bilious concretions.
         Bonet.  Sepulcr.  de  Hypocondr. tumor.  Obs. 8.
         Verduc. Pathol, du Rachitis.
     ^ Helminthicum.  Accompanied with flukes, hydatids, or
         other worms.  Winker. Disp. de Hydat. apud Bonet.
         Med.  Septentr. ii. p. 313.—Darw. vol. iii. 156. 8vo.
2.  splenicum.  Indurated tumour below the false ribs on the
                 left side, and towards the spine on the same
                 side ;  pale countenance ;  general debility.
     Physconia  splenica.   Sauv.  Cull.  Parr.
     Splenis  tumor.   Darw. I. ii.  3. 18.
     Ague cake.
     « Coactum.  From infarction.  Chiefly after  obstinate
         remittents  or intermittents in organs weakened by
         previous intemperance;  the absorbents being  hence
         doubly debilitated.
     Emphratica : Haller. Disp. Pathol, iv. 109.
       Sometimes continues for thirty years.  Darw. ut supra.
     —Sauv. in loco.— Tulp. Obs. Med. ii. 30.—Morgagn. Ep.
     xx. 52.  et passim.—Baillie, Morb. Anat. Fasc. vi. pi. 2.
     o  Scirrhosum.  Assuming a scirrhous character.  Bonet.
         Sepulcr. de Ventris tumore.  Obs. xxxiv. n. 3.  On
         the death of a woman, found  to weigh  thirty-three
         pounds,  and  to fill nearly the whole of the abdomen.
         Complaint lasted seventeen years before the patient
         died, during nearly the whole of which she pursued
         her usual avocations. Sauv. in loco.—Three times its
   Vol.  V.—U 
66
NOSOLOGY,
CL. I.—OR. IF.
         natural size.  Baillie, Morb. Anat. Fasc. vi. pi. 3.—
         Contained fifteen pints of pus.   Histoire <& /'Acade-
         mic des Sciences, 1  5^. p. 196. The entire viscus has
         often been extirpated without injury.
    y Cartilaginbbum.  The coats of the spleen converted
         into a cartilaginous substance.   Baillie, Morb. Anat.
         Fasc. vi. pi. 1.
3.  pancreaTicum.   Hard  elongated tumour, running trans-
                     versely in the epigastric region; dys-
                     pepsy; general languor.
    Torpor pancreatis.   Darw. I.  ii. 3.  7.
    Ecphyma physconia.   Young.
    <* Coactum.  From infarction.   Baillie, Morb. Anat.  pi.
         vii. fig. 1—Torpitude produced by the stimulus of
         tobacco, almost incessantly chewed  or smoked  for
         many years ; fatal.  Darw. ut supr.
    £ Calculosum.   Accompanied with  white calculous con-
         cretions.  Baillie ut supr. fig. 2, 3, 4.
4.  mesentericum.   Indurated and irregular mass of tumours
                     below the stomach, yielding  to  the
                     pressure of the hand:  pale,  bloated
                     countenance ;  atrophy;  the appetite at
                     the same time seldom diminished, often
                     voracious.
    Physconia mesenterica.  Cuss.  Sauv. Cull.
    » Helminthicum.  Accompanied with  hydatids  or other
         worms.  Greg.  Horst.  lib. v.  obs. 33.— Tulp. obs.
         lib. ii. c. 34.
    £ Strumosum.   Accompanied  with  scrofula.  Bonet.  ex
         Rudnicio de Ventr. turn. obs. 10.—Ambrose Pare, 1.
         c. 21—Haen. Rad. Med.
    y Scirrhosum.   Accompanied with scirrhus.  Marc. Do-
         nat.  Hist. Med.  Mir. 1.  vii. c. 15—Trincavell,  iii.
         cons. 22—Riolan. Anthropogr. 1. ii. c 26—Morgagni
         de Sed. Ep. 39. n. 2.
    $ Sarcomaticum. Accompanied with sarcomatous excres-
         cences.  Bonet.  Sepulcr. de fals. gravid. Obs. 3. n. 1.
    s Steatomatosum.  Accompanied with  steatomatous  ex-
         crescences.   Barthol.  C'abrol. Obs.  33. 35.  Tulp.
         obs.  ii. 32.  33.   Joh.  Lechelii  apud Bonet.  Med.
         Sept. ii. 486.  Hierne Collect. Acad. iii. 226.
           Tumour weighed 40lb,  Nov. Act. Nat. Cur. Vol.
             i. obs.  92.
     | Fungosum.  Accompanied with fungous excrescences.
         Bonet. Sepulcr. de gravit. fals. obs. 3. c. 
GE. IV.]
NOSOLOGY.
&7
    Sarcoma mesenteric   Pigr.
    Suasarcosis.  Auct. Var.
    Champignon.  F.
      The above varieties  and many of the references  are
    from Sauvages, who  has been copied in both by Cullen.
    The tumours are often very large, and conglobated : and
    at times accompanied with cysts filled with a limpid fluid.
    In one  instance these  amounted to  twenty of various
    sizes, one as large as a child's head, six as  large as the
    fist, and the rest  resembling  hens' and pigeons' eggs.
    Hence the whole abdomen is in  some cases so generally
    tumefied as to give a semblance  of pregnancy.  This is
    particularly the case with the last variety; and as the ap-
    petite, state of the  bowels and  bladder are often unaffect-
    ed, there is not unfrequently some difficulty in determin-
    ing the  nature of the disease.   See Sauvag. in loco; as
    also  the writings  of  Welsch,  Trincavelli, Morgagni,
    and Riolani, who have made collections of  extraordinary
    cases ; and compare Cruickshank on  the " Anatomy of the
    absorbing Vessels," p. 115.  2d edit.4to.
r>.  intestinale.  Tumour hard and circumscribed, round or
                   elongated ;  moveable  upon  the pressure
                   of both hands ; irregular dejections; ob-
                   stinate  vomiting; pyrexy; and  for the
                   most part emaciation.
      Physconia intestinalis.  Cusson. Sauv. Cull.
    x Conglomeratum.   Cohesive, and conglomerated. Mor-
        gagn. de sed. et caus. Morb. torn. ii. ep. 39.  In this
        case the tumour  lay sensible to sight, of  a circular
        shape between the ensiform  appendix and navel.  On
        dissection, the ileum  and adjoining portion  of the
        jejunum were retracted upwards, coacervated,  and
        firmly adhesive.
    £ Sarcomatosum, Sarcomatous.   Fantoni. Obs. Med. se-
        lect, ii.   In this case the tumour, of an oblong shape,
        lay below the left  hypochondrium, inclining to the
        epigastrium, prominent, with unequal hardness.  On
        dissection, every other part being found healthy, the
        colon, under the stomach, and  towards the left side,
         for the  length  of the  palm of the hand, appeared
         closely indurated, distended, and loaded with a fleshy,
         nbroeis, peculiarly thickened tumour, which contract-
         ed its diameter.
 6.  omentale.  Tumour indurated and diffused;  frequently 
6*                     NOSOLOGY.            [CL. I.—OR. II.
                 spreading over  the  whole of the abdominal
                 region; dyspnceia; emaciation.
        Physconia omentalis.   Cuss. Sauv. Cull.
          This species is  usually of  a  mixt kind: infarcted;
        scirrhous; glandular;  and cartilaginous.   It has  been
        found of various extent and magnitude ; from a weight
        of five pounds to twenty, twenty-five, thirty, and in one
        instance   {Greg. Horstii.  Prob. 10. dec.  vi.)  fifty-six
        pounds, occupying the whole capacity of the belly.   In
        one case, the hardness  was  almost  stony: PanaroL
        Pcntec. iii. obs. 10.  In  another,  osseous,  the weight
        *hl"«n pounds: MonS< Hist, de l'Acad. des Sciences,
        1732.   In a  third, loaded with  many thousand glan-
        dules : Seger, Ephem.  Germ.  In  a fourth, accompa-
        nied with excruciating pains, the weight sixteen pounds :
        Huxh. Phil. Tr. Vol. vii.                    l
 %. complicatum.  The belly hard, elevated, and distended as
                      though pregnant, and often supposed to
                      be so ; yet more or Jess knotty and un-


   7.  Parabysma complicatum.  The symptoms of this species must
 vary according to the organs affected, and the nature and extent Of
 the disease.  The enlargement is  generally found to be sarcoma-
 tous, scirrhous, hydatidous, or adipose.  The liver is in most cases
 more or less concerned—sometimes in connexion with the spleen,
 sometimes with the mesentery, sometimes with the stomach or in-
 testines, and sometimes with all  together.  Hildanus found  the
 liver so enlarged as to pass beyond  the false  ribs of  the left side,
 with the spleen equally enlarged,  and fixed  to the hepatic lobe
 Lent  ii. Obs. 45   Huldenreich, in a woman  of forty five years of
 age, found the liver scirrhous, weighing fourteen pounds, with a
 fleshy excrescence in the mesentery of the size of a child's head:
   £«£!$'•     ^ V1' 3nd Vil   Jaundice a"°mpanied this case.
 W T*   "  mef °nsa woman of elegant form  in the flower of
 iLtSV"aCked Wllh """her variety of this disease, which at
 length destroyed her:  when all the intestines, liver, spleen,  and
 ^^SZT* Wefe f°Und inlermixed> ■»* bu&d m fat;
 ^to^h&MT**"™9 Cnlarged and sci"*ous, and filing
 Cent  tiObs 6  C '  V^f  thickened> »d cartilaginous:
 Aether and L  ? f°Und ^  whoIe of these orSans *dhe™S
 ti£nid fluid  h!    Tth ,CyStS °f different sizes dls<epded w"ht
 limpid fluid; he reckoned more than fourscore : the organs them-
 selves were exhausted  and dry.  Obs. Anat. v.m
and oth^f6 mstan^s, however, in Schenck, Vwalius, Helvetius,
a^d others, where this disease has been endurei for years without
much meonyenience: chiefly, however, in cases, where the enlarge 
GE. IV.]
NOSOLOGY.
69
             equal: the breathing seldom impeded: for
             the most part, acute pain,  nausea, obsti-
             nate vomiting, and thirst.
Physconia polysplanchna.  Cuss. Sauv.  Cull.
Physconia visceralis.   Auc. Var.
ment has been confined to a single viscus, forming the megalo
splanchnus (ntyxMT7rhxyxtos) of Hippocrates. 
             CLASS  II.

       PNEUMATICA.

DISEASES OF THE RESPIRATORY FUNCTION
                      ORDER I.

                    PHONICA.

             AFFECTING THE VOCAL AVENUES.

  The passage of the voice impeded; or its power suppressed
or depraved.
                   GENUS I.

                  C O R Y Z A.

Defluxion from the nostrils, obstructing their channel.
  Class II.  Pneumatica.  Tlvivftxrucx," ad spiritum vel respira-
tionem pertinentia," from ar«», « spiro :" and hence TrnvpiM, pulmo,
» the breathing organ."
  Order I.  Phonic a  <bmntx, " ad vocem pertinentia," from Q^iy,
" vox ;" and  hence aphonia (aQcmx) Gen. IV. under the present or-
der, from*, privation,  and <£<*»»?j  and dysphonia (fortprntx) Gen. V.
from fa," male," " perperam," and Qwti.
  Gen. I.  Coryza.   K«jvgx, Hippocr. « gravedo," » distillatio:"
» cold, infarction, or stuffing in the head,"  " defluxion."  Galen
confines the term to defluxion on the nostrils alone. De Symp. Caus.
lib. iii. c.  4.  The idea  of the Greek physiologists was  that of a
condensation of the secreted fluids of the head by cold, so as  to
distil or trickle down the passages that lead from it, as we see the 
GE. I.]
NOSOLOGY.
71
     Coryza.   Auct. Grsee. Sauv. Linn.  Vog. Sag.
     Distillatio.  Auct.  Lat.
     Stillicidium narium.   Bidloo.
     Phlegmatorrhagia.   Junker.
     Nuzlet.   Atab.
     Pfuufel.   G.
     Punning at the nose.
1.  entonica.   The defluxion pellucid, mucous, or ropy, with
                  a sense of irritation or infarction.
vapours of the atmosphere, when condensed' by the same  means,
trickle down glabrous conductors of any kind.  The term is admi-
rably calculated to express the whole of this idea,  though its deri-
vation  has been sought for in vain by the etymologists; in conse-
quence of which it stands in Scapula, and all the best  lexicons, as
a Greek radix.   The author begs to suggest, that it is of Asiatic
origin, and occurs n almost all the cognate dialects of the east in
the same signification,  and almost without the change of a letter,
uniformly importing cold, and the effects of cold.   Thus in Syriac
it is written korusa, and is expressly used in the Syriac New Tes-
tament in the sense of algor,frigus ; see  John xviii. 18 Acts, xxviii.
2.   In like manner in Chaldee it is written xwyp (Jkorysa, or more
strictly korusa,  as in the Greek,) and imports precisely the same.
See Jonath.  on Gen. xxxi. 40.  In this tongue also it occurs as a
verb in Job  x. 10, and xxxviii. 30, tyip  {koris or korys,) and signi-
fies " frost,  constriction, condensation," (gravedo,) as  the effect of
cold; synonymously with the Hebrew terms -o^ and Nip.  The
Hebrew, however, possesses  also the very same  word, though in
a remoter sense ; for tjnp in Hebrew implies " close-grained, com-
pact wood  or timber," in which signification it is used in Ezek.
xxvii.  6, and in various other  places.   Itis highly probable that we
should find  the radical idea of the term in Hebrew, as well as in
Syriac and Chaldee, if we had other classical Hebrew books than
the Oid Testament to  have  recourse to; for the Arabic contains
the Hebrew term, and gives us to the present day (koris or korys)
in the sense of cold as well as of impaction as its effect, and this too
both as a noun and a  verb:  whence (leiletum zatu korysin) is nox
alglda.
   Hippocrates, as we learn from Celsus,  applied coryza equally to
defiuxions from the head, nostrils, fauces, *nd chest.   The Utter
Greek physicians restrained it to the first, and distinguished the two
latter by the name of catastagmus (xxTxe-rxyiMs,) which equally im-
ports distillatio or defluxion.  Among modern writers coryza is used
synonymously with ca.arrh, and is consequently- regarded as a fe-
brile affection.   It  may indeed occur, and often does so, in various 
72                      NOSOLOGY.             fcL. II.—OK. L

    « Sternutatoria.   From sternutatories.
    £ Lachryn.osa.  From weeping or crying;  the lachrymal
         secretion being increased by mental emotion.
      Snivelling.
    y Catarrhalis.  From sudden cold or change in the tem-
         perature of the atmosphere ; accompanied with a nasal
         voice and loss of smell;  and excoriation of  the mu-
         cous membrane of the nostrils.  Gravedo.  Auct. Var.
    Coryza humida.  Nenter.
    Schnupfen.   Schnuppen.   G.
    Enchifrenement.   F.
    Cold in the head.  In  Old Engl.  Pose or Mur, whence
        Murren and Murrain.
    ^  Ozoenosa.   The defluxion more  or less  purulent,  or
        ichorous and fetid.
 fevers as a symptom, but the older nosologists are more correct in
 giving it a place distinct from fever, when strictly genuine.  De-
 fluxion from the nostrils may proceed from two very different sets
 of causes : increased action of the secernents, and diminished ac-
 tion of the absorbents.   The first or stimulating set may consist of
 sternutatories;  of the irritation of sympathy, as in crying; of in-
 fectious effluvia in the atmosphere (sometimes, though  seldom,
 limiting their action to the mucous membrane of the nostrils, and
 hence approaching the nature of catarrh;) and of the local stimu-
 lus of an ozena  or nasal ulcer.
   The action of the absorbents may be diminished by exposure to
 severe cold; by the debility of old age;  and by a long habit of
 sternutatories, which have a tendency, in proportion to their use,
 to render all the vessels of the nostrils torpid; although the absorb-
 ents, as in the cases of age and cold, and indeed in all instances of
 debility,  are  sooner operated  upon than the secernents.  Here,
 therefore, the defluxion is produced, not from increased secretion,
 for the secretion may even be less than  in a State of health; but
 from the secretion, whatever  its quantity, not being carried off by
 its usual channel: and hence again that frequent and unsightly drip-
 ping from the nostrils of persons who addict  themselves to  large
 quantities of snuff.  The author has seen the same effect produced
 by an habitual use of hartshorn and powerful aromatics.
  1. <J". C. entonica, Ozanosa.  Sauvages makes this variety  syno-
nymous with the disease called distemper, or snuffles, as it is provin-
 cially called, of dogs and horses, the morve of the French veterinary
writers.  But the distemper is evidently a contagious catarrh, with
a considerable degree of pyrexy, and usually phlogosis of the bron- 
GE- !■]                  NOSOLOGY.
73
  Coryza virulenta.   Sauv.
  Ozcena.  Bonnet. Sepulcr. i. 406.
atonic a.  The defluxion limpid, and without acrimony, or
               sense of irritation.
  *  Algida.  From exposure to a keen, frosty, air.
  £  Senilis.  From old age.
  y  Superacta.   From long and immoderate use of strong
      aromatics, volatile alkali, or snuff.
                  GENUS  II.

                 POLYPUS.

A fleshy, elongated  excrescence,  shooting from one  or
     more slender roots in the cavity of the nostrils run-
     ning in different directions,  and affecting the speech.
Polypus.   Cels.  Heister. Vog. B. Bell.
Sarcoma narium.  Sauv. Cull.
Polype  F.
Polypus.
chia.  It belongs, therefore to Class III. Order II. of the present
arrangement.
  Gen.  II. Polypus,   rnxv^ravg; so called from its general resem-
blance to the well know- worm of this name,  the hidra viridis of
Linneus.  It has lately been the custom to apply this term polypus
to a variety of concretions and excrescences arising in different
parts of the body, of very different origins and  textures,  as polypi
of the heart, which are perhaps always grumous blood, or concrete
gluten;  polypi of the uterus and bladder, which are caruncles with
a slender base or peduncle; and  polypi of the trachea, which are
also concrete gluten, occasionally coughed up, sometimes solid and
branching, sometimes tubular.  In the present instance the author
has followed Celsus, and most writers from his time to that of Heis-
ter, in restoring and limiting it to the fleshy and ramifying excres-
cence of the nostrils; and will denominate those that in other or-
gans make an approach to its form  or consistency, and which are
seldom  capable of being  determined  by  symptoms, p-Aypjus tu-
mours,  caruncles, or excrescences, rather  than genuine fiolypi.
Vogel's definition is equally restrained, though sarcoma is not quite
a correct term; "sarcoma intra nares praelongum, pluribus appen-
dicibus  adherens :" Mr. B. Bell uses the term in the same limited
  Vol. V.—X 
74
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. II.—OR. I
1. plasticus.  Soft,  compressible, chiefly pale-red; appa-
                  rently originating from distention, or relax-
                  ation of the Schneiderian membrane.
    Soft, compressible Polypus.  B. Bell.
2. coriaceous.   Firm, cartilaginous, chiefly deep-red; appa^
                  rently originating from,  or connected with
                  a caries of the ethmoid bone.
    Firm, cartilaginous Polypus.  B. Bell.
                     GENUS III.

                    RHONCUS.

    Hoarse, sonorous breathing from stagnation of mucus in
         the vocal canal.
    Rhencus, (pty*.«i)   Hippocr.
    Stertor.  Sauv.
    Khatyt.  Arab.
i.  stertor.  The sound deep and loud;  produced in the
               larynx and fauces.
signification.   Surg. vol. iv. ch. xxviii  sect. 5.  See also Hewson's
Inquiries, part i. p. 25
  The grumous coagula of the heart,  according to the peculiarity
and extent of pressure they receive, are sometimes moulded into an
uncouth and serpentine form, and have occasionally been mistaken
for real serpents; and hence a wonderful book was published in this
metropolis in  1639 by a practitioner of the name of Edward Maya-
met, entitled a " True Relation  of a Strange Monster or Serpent
found in the left Ventricle of  the heart of Pennant."
  Gen. III. Rhoncus.   'Pey#«$, from pey%a>  " ronchisso, sterto."
Galen supposes this word to be an onomatopeia, or mere imitation of
the  sound produced during the action of snoring or wheezing.  Cul-
len  has omitted the genus as conceiving it to be nothing more than
a symptom of some other affection.   Vogel, and a few other nosolo-
gists, on the contrary, have raised both the species here offered to
distinct genera.  To  this they are hardly entitled; but it requires
only a narrow knowledge of the  habits and morbid actions of the
animal system to discover instances in  which both sorts are idiopa-
thic.  Many persons have a thick or wheezy respiration, produced
by corpulency, or by changes of the atmosphei e from hot to cold,
or from dry to moist,  without  any other diseased affection.  Man/
persons snore habitually during sleep, and most persons have a ten- 
QK. III.]
NOSOLOGY.
75
     Renchus.  Vog.
     Schnarchen.   G.
     Sterteur.  Fr.
     Snoring.
2.  cerchnus.   The sound dense, and impeded;  produced
                    below the larynx.
     Rhochmos.   Vog.
     Heischerkeit.   G.
     Ralement.  Fr.
     TVheezing.  Rattling in the throat.
                  GENUS  IV.

                 APHONIA.

   Inability of speech.
 Mutitas.   Sauv. Cull.  Vog.
Aphonia.  Linn.  Cricht. Plouquet.
Bekym.   Arab.
Stummheit.  G.
Dumbness.  Speechlessness.
dency to do so, as they grow old.  Such affections are strictly idio-
pathic ; they are not often indeed accompanied with much inconve-
nience ; but, as deviations from a perfect state of health, have a full
claim to their respective places in a general system  of nosology.
In botany the  most insignificant plant is allotted its proper station.
Cerchnus (xtp%»»f) is derived from xepxa, " rauceo," or rather <' ir-
raucesco "
  Genus IV. Aphonia.  aQuvixi See note on Phonic a.   There
is some disagreement among the nosologists in arranging the dis-
eases that affect the power of speech.   Linneus places the whole
under two genera,  Aphonia and  Psellismus; Sauvages and Cullen
under four, Mutitas, Aphonia, Psellismus and Paraphonia;  while
Vogel gives  not less than twelve,  Asaphia,  Clangor, Raucitas,
Aponia, Leptophonia, Oxyphonia, Rhenophonia, Mutitas, Traulotis,
(Blsesitas) Psellotis, (Balbuties) Ischnophonia, and Battarismus. It
will easily be  conjectured from this list that Vogel has made dis-
tinct genera of many affections which ought to be nothing more than
species or varieties; and that Linneus has sunk into species some
affections that ought to rise into  the rank of distinct genera. Upon
the whole, therefore, the arrangement of Sauvages is the best; and
Dr. Cullen  has  shown his usual judgment in following it.  The 
76
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. II.—OR. L
1.  elinguium.  Speechlessness from destitution of tongue.
    Mutitas organica.  Cull.
    Mutitas  elinguium.  Sauv.—Privation of the tongue  is
         not  always accompanied with  dumbness: since we
         have numerous, and apparently  well  authenticated
         instances of the speech remaining perfect after a to-
         tal loss  of tongue  and of uvula.  See Phil. Trans.
         1742, p.  143;  id.  1747, p. 621;  Ephem. Germanic.
         vol. iii.  Eph. Nat. Cur.  passim.
    Byzeban.  Pers.
    x  Congenita.   The destitution coeval with the birth.
    C  Oblsesa. The destitution produced by accident, punish-
                  ment, or disease.
         Reunited, after being nearly cut off.   Van Wy, Heel-
    kondige Mengelstossen,ii.  Dec. 1.  Frank pretends a case
    of regeneration.  Satyr. Med.p. 120.
2.  atonic a, Speechlessness from atony of the vocal organs.
    x  Oblsesa.  From lesion of the nerves of the tongue.
       Mutitas atonica.  Cull.
       Mutitas traumatica.  Sauv.
       Enduring  for ten years with  paralysis, and then  sud-
         denly ceasing.  Bresl. Sammlung, 1721, ii. 406—503.
    £  Paihemanca.  From sudden and overwhelming terror,
         or other  violent  passion.   Commonly  temporary;
         sometimes permanent.
3. surdorum.  Speechlessness from deafness,  congenital  or
                  produced during infancy.
    Mutitas surdorum.   Sauv. Cull.
present method goes between Linneus and Sauvages, and offers
three genera, aphonia, the mutitas of Sauvages, and Cullen :  dys-
phonia, including the aphonia and paraphonia of these writers; and
psellismus.  Mutitas and aphonia are direct synonyms, and equally
import dumbness or speechlessness.  The Greek term  is merely
preferred to the Latin in the present system in conformity with the
general rule; but it is not a little  singular  that in Sauvages and
Cullen both these terms should be made use of, in different senses,
and as names to different genera.  Linneus and Crichton have re-
stoi ed the Greek term to its proper signification.
   2. *. A. aionica Oblasa   Galen and Sauvages advert to cases of
dumbness produced by excision or erosion of the recurrent nerves
both in man and quadrupeds ; as also to others in which they were
injured by extirpation of the glands of the neck in struma, cancer,
or bronchocele. 
GE. V.]
NOSOLOGY.
Mutite des sourds de naissance.   Fr.
Deaf-dumbness.
                     GENUS  V.

                  DYSPHONIA.

    The sound of the voice imperfect or depraved.
1.  susurrans.  Voice weak,whispering, and scarcely audible.
    Aphonia.  Sauv. Cull.
    *■ Oblsesa.  From lesion of the nerves of the larynx.
      Aphonia traumatica.  Sauv.
      Aphonia atonica.  Cull.
    ? Pathematica.  From  sudden and overwhelming terror
        or  other violent emotion  of the mind:  occasionally
        permanent.
    y Compressoria.  From permanent compression  of the
        trachea.
      Aphonia trachealis.   Cull.
      Aphonia aneurismatica.—A. pulmonica.  Sauv.
    £ Catarrhalis.  From neglected catarrh.
      Aphonia catarrhalis.  Sauv.
    '  Enervis.  From simple  debility of the larynx without
        any obvious cause.
          The author has at this time a case  under his care
        produced in this manner, in which the patient, about
        forty years old, and otherwise in good  health, has
        never spoken, except in  a whisper, for the last six
        years.
      Paraphonia rauca.  Cull.
      Raucedo.  Lin.
      Raucitas.  Vog.
2.  puberum.  The voice dissonant and untrue to itself, irre-
                 gularly  alternating  from harsh  to  shrill;
                 confined to the age of puberty.
  Gen. V. Dysphonia.   Ava-tpmtx.  SeenoteonPHONicA, as also
the preceding note.
   1.  y D. susurrans, Compressoria.  Sauvages refers to Morgagni
and Bonetus for cases of severe compression from aneurism of the
aorta, enlargement of the thymus, and various other tumours, 
78                      NOSOLOGY.            [CL. II.—OR. I.

     Paraphonia puberum.  Sauv.  Cull.
     Mue de la voix.   Fr.
     Change of Voice.
3.  immodulata.  The voice permanently depraved, or in-
                      harmonious.
    * Rauca.   Naturally or habitually hoarse, harsh, or rough.
    £ Nasalis.   Sent   with  a  cracked  and  grating  sound
        through the nostrils.
      Paraphonia nasalis.  Sauv.
      Paraphonia resonans.  Cull.
      Rhinophonia.   Vog.
      Nasitas.   Auct. Lat.
      Khemkhemet.  Arab. Pers.  Turk.
      Parler du nez.   F.
      Speaking through the nose.
        Produced by habit, affectation,  or nasal obstruction
    y Clangens.  Shrill and squalling.
      Paraphonia clangens.  Cull.
      Paraphonia ulcerosa.  Sauv.
      Oxyphonia.—Leptophonia.   Vog.
    ^ Sibilans.   With a whizzing  or hissing sound.
      Syrigma.  Auct. Graec.
      Paraphonia Sibilans.  Sauv.
      Zischen.   G.
      Sifflement.  P.
        Found also sometimes as a symptom or sequel of va-
      rious nervous diseases, colic, or bilious vomiting.
    e Stertens.   With a snorting, snoring, guttural, or sterto-
        rous sound.
      Paraphonia stertens.   Sauv.
      Paraphonia comatosa.  Cull.
        Usually from  relaxation of the glottis or velum palati.
   { Palatina.   Hoarse, obscure^ indistinct j with a fissure or
        other defect in the palate.
     Paraphonia gutturalis.  Sauv.
   3. t. D. immodulata, Enirvis.   A lady, of about forty-five, of easy
temper, has been subject to this variety for several years. It attacks
in paroxysms recurring at irregular periods, and usually continuing
for five or six weeks, unless sooner relieved by stimulants and tonics.
The voice is a low whisper during the whole of the paroxysm.
  Found also occasionally as a symptom in melancholic, paralytic,
and hysteric affections;  and var. y in paristhmitis, dysphasia, and
catarrh.                                        / r  »  » 
fciE. VI.j                  NOSOLOGY.                      79
Paraphonia palatina.   Cull.
Asaphia.   Vog.
  The defect mostly congenital:  occasionally a sequel
of lues and some other disorders.
                     GENUS VI.


                  PSELLISMUS.

  The articulation imperfect or depraved.
    Psallismus.  Sauv. Linn. Sag.  Cull.
1.  Bambalia.  The flow of the articulation disturbed by ir-
                  regular intermissions or snatches.
    Timtamet.  Arab.  An onomatopy produced by an itera-
        tion of the  letters t and m, which are most difficult
        for the stammerer to articulate.
    Stammlen.  G.
    Begayement.  F.
    Stammering.
    * Haesitans.   Involuntary and  tremulous  retardation  in
        articulating particular syllables.
      Psellismus ischnophonia.   Sauv.
      Ischnophonia.   Vog.
      Anstossen.  G.
      Hesitation.  F.
      Hesitation.
    S Titubans.   Involuntary and tremulous reduplication of
        some syllables, alternating with a tremulous hurry of
        those that follow.
      Psellismus.  Linn.
      Battarismus.   Vog.
      Stottern.   G.
      Bredouillement.  F.
      Stuttering.
  Gen. VI. Psellismus, iJ<eAA»«-|i*»«, from tpeMtfy," balbutio." The
Greek term however was used in a wider sense than the Latin, so
as to import every species of depraved or vitious articulation; and
in this sense it is employed in the present  system  The Romans
gave the name of bambaliones from C«jk£*A'£», u raptim articulo,"
 'to  articulate  by  snatches,"—to those  who, properly speaking, 
80
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. II.—OR. I.
      These two varieties of stammering are thus well de-
    scribed  by Shakspeare :  u I would thou couldst stam-
    mer, that thou mightest pour out of thy mouth, as wine
    comes out of a narrow-mouthed bottle, either too much
    at once or none at all."
BljEsitas.  The enunciation vitious.
  Blsesitas.   Auct. Lat.
  Traulotes  (t^xv^othc.) Auct. Grxc.
  Aiken.  Arab.
  » Ringens.  With a vibration or redoubling of the letter R.
    Psellismus ringens.   Cull.
  € Lallans.   The letter L unduly liquid, or substituted for
      R.  As when  delusive  is pronounced deliusive, as
      though the / possessed the power of the  Spanish //,
      or the Italian gl;  or as when parable is pronounced
      pa/able.   Alcibiades  is  supposed to have laboured
      under this defect.   It  is also said to be common to
      the Jews of China, who have dwelt among the Chi-
      nese so long as  to have lost the  sound  of R, in con-
      sequence of its  not existing  in  the Chinese tongue;
      and who  consequently  pronounce  in  Gen. i. 1,
     xhi /vtsrcSa for soa nwo.
  Lallatio.   Auct. Lat.
  Psellismus lallans.   Cull.
  Psellismus lambdacismus.  Sauv.
  y Emolliens.   The harsh letters exchanged for soft, as in
      the substitution of anzel for ang-el: capi^/ol for capi-
      to\; dzt for that.
   Psellismus traulotes.  Sauv.
  } Balbutiens.  Labials, as M, B, P,  too frequently intro-
     duced, or used instead of other letters.   So Feda is
     pronounced Bcda, Fenares, .Benares in Bengal,  the
     Bengalee having no V.  So infringe is often used
     for in/ringe ; i^ory for iuory ;  though b  and not v is
     here the radical  letter, the Latin term being e£ur.
   Psellismus balbutiens.  Cull.
stammered, whether by involuntary hesitation or hurry of utter-
ance: and hence the author has employed bambalia for the  first
species of psellismus.
  2. t. Blasitas, Mogilalia.  The term, as given in the text from
Sauvages, is that used by Aetius, who  denominates the subjects of
this vitious enunciation mogilali.  Dr. Cullen does not seem t»
have gained any thing by substituting acheilos. 
GE. VI.]
NOSOLOGY.
81
e Mogilalia.  Labials omitted or exchanged for other let-
     ters.
       Most commonly P for F, and F for V, as/ilferfor
    j&ilfer;  t;ish for/ish, antle for mantle.  So the Latin
     si&lo is transformed by the French  into siller.
  Psellismus mogilalia.   Sauv.
  Psellismus acheilos.   Cull.
  Faifait.   Arab.   An  onomatopy  or  imitation  of the
     sound produced by a vitious reduplication of the let-
     ter /
<? Dentiloquens.   Dentals,  as  C, S, T, Z, too frequently
     employed ; producing the effe t of what is called, in
     common language, speaking through the teeth.
  Asthenia vocis, Thetismus.   Young.
  Lispeln.   G.
  Grasseyement.   F.
  Lisping.
v Gutturalis.   Imperfect utterance of the guttural letters :
     as G. J. H. K.
  Psellismus jotacismus.  Sauv.
  Psellismus lagostomatum.   Cull.
                      ORDER  II.

                  PNEUMONIC A.

AFFECTING THE LUNGS, THEIR MEMBRANES, OR MOTIVE POWER,

     Respiration irregular, impeded, or painful.
  2. {. P. Blcesitas, Dentiloquens.   Holder, in his  «' Elements of
Speech," has accounted for this depravation as follows : " AppQlse
partial, giving some passage to breath, is made to the upper teeth,
and causes a lisping sound, the breath being strained through the
teeth "
  2. u. P. Blasitas, Gutturalis.  This, and indeed all  the varieties
of the present species, as well as many others that  are connected
with it,  are most usually the result of vitious habit, produced by
want of attention to the articulation of sounds in infancy, or to af-
fectation.  They are also sometimes  dependent  upon a miscon-
struction of  the vocal organs; of  which the present variety fur-
nishes  us with an example; for a  defective  utterance of the gut-
  Vol. V.—Y 
82
NOSOLOGY.
[GL. 1L—OR. It
                       GENUS  I.

                          BEX.

  Sonorous and violent expulsion of air from the lungs.
    Bex (£«|.)  Auct. Grsec.
    Tussis.   Gels. Sauv. Linn.  Vog. Sag.
    Catarrhus.   Cull.
    Pneusis Tussis.   Young.
1.  humida.   With expectoration of a mucous or serous fluid.
    Anaptysis («»««-tuo-<s.)  Hippocr.
    Anacatharsis.   Gal.  Sauv.
    Expectoratio.  Linn.
    S<-:d.   Arab.
    Husren.  G.
    Toux.  F.
    Common cough.
    * Mucosa.   The discharge  chiefly mucous and  excreted
         freely.
    £ Anhelans.   The cough in long paroxysms; the discharge
tural letters must  be a necessary consequence of a fissure in the
palate.
  Order II. Pneumonic a.  nvtvpovixx: "ad pulmonem pertinen-
tia ," from Uvea »' spiro."
  Gen. 1. Bex Bwf, « tussis:" Cvrju,« tussio."  The Greek name
here restored for the sake of uniformi'y. Dr. Cullen's system does
not allow a place for cough as a distinct disease : and he has hence
been obliged to enter bex, tussis, or common and dry cough, under
class i. pyrexia, order v. profluvia; and pertussis or hooping cough
under class ii. neuroses, order iii  spasmi
  Mr. J  Hunter has observed, with his usual accuracy, that in
coughing and vomiting, the lungs and stomach develop an equal vis
inertia   " It is not necessary that the stomach should act violently
to produce an evacuation of its contents; nor is it even necessary
that it should act at all: for the lungs themselves do not act in the
least when any extraneous matter is to be thrown up ; and coughing
is to the  lungs what vomiting is to the  stomach.   The muscles of
respiration are the active parts in emptying the lungs, and can act
both naturally and preternafurally.   The action of vomiting is per-
formed entirely by the diaphragm and abdominal muscles; and we
know that by the same action the  coments of the rectum can be
expelled."  An.n  Econ p. :99.   The late experiments of M.Ma-
gendie have fully  confirmed these remarks. 
GE. I]
NOSOLOGY.
83
         mucous and viscid ; excreted with difficulty,  and la-
         borious breathing.
       Asthma catarrhale.—A. pneumodes.   Sauv.
       Dyspnoea catarrhalis.   Cull.  Parr.
       Chronic cough of old age.
    y  Acrida.  The discharge thin, frothy, and saline : for the
         most part excreted with difficulty.   It is in most in-
         stances an  atonic affection of the lungs or of other
         organs that associate in  their action.  Sometimes an
         attendant upon the gouty, more frequently upon  in-
         ebriates labouring under a diseased liver, to whom it
         is peculiarly troublesome in the morning.
    •* Periodica.  Recurring  at  stated  periods: partly  re-
         strainable ; discharge thin, but not acrid.
    Tussis periodica.   Darw. IV. iii. 4. 3.
    Tussis nervosa.   Cricht.
       Most common to persons of a nervous or hypochondri-
    acal temperament.
2.  sicca.  Unaccompanied  with expectoration.
    Khabbet.   Arab.
    Schaaf-husten.  G.
    Secheresse de poitrine.   F.
    Dry cough.
    x Ingenerata.   From irritation produced locally, as a
         scirrhous or  calculous affection of the lungs.   See
         Borelli, cent. I. obs. 6.   Zacut. lib. I. obs. 95.
    £ Extranea.   From irritating materials inhaled from with-
         out, as minute particles of glass, lime-stone,  and si-
         milar bodies; and common to glass-cutters,  hewers
         of free-stone or sand-stone (arenarius Cos,) workers
         of metals, and other mechanics.
    y  Verminosa.  From worms in the intestines, liver, or
         other abdominal organs.   Common to children with
         large bellies, and pale emaciated countenances ;  and
         still more so to sheep labouring under the  disease
         called rot,  and whose livers are usually loaded with
         the fasciola hepatica, or fluke.  See also M. Skragge's
         Morbi Artificum, Amcenit. Academ. 1764.
S. convulsiva.   The cough convulsive and suffocative; ac-
                    companied with a shrill reiterated hoop;
                    and frequently with vomiting: contagi-
                    ous.
     Bex theriodes (e»g 0»e»«^«.)  Auct.  Var,
     Tussis convulsiva.  Sauv.
     Pertussis.  Syden. Huxh. Cull. 
84
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. II.—OR. II.
Soal-saol.   Arab.  Being the common Arabic  term  for
     cough reduplicated to express vehemence.
Coqueluche.   F.
Starcker-husten.   G.
Hooping cough.—Chin-cough;  or  more  correctly Kin-
     cough or  Kind-cough ;  literally Child's-cough, from
     the German kind,  u a child."
                  GENUS II.

                DYSPN(EA.*

Permanent difficulty of  breathing, with a sense of weight
    on the chest.
  Gen. II.  Dyspnoea.  AvTmotx,  from ^1/5,  " male,"  and  7rviu,
" spiro "   Dyspnoea, orthopnoea,  and asthma, are treated of by
Celsus as species of the same genus, or rather as different degrees
of the same affection   " Omne," says he, " in difficultate  spirandi
consistit; sed haec,  dum  modica  est,  neque ex  toto strangulat,
S'va-Ttoix  appellatur;  cum  vehementior  est, ut spirare aeger sine
sono et anhelatione non possit, xrdpM: cum accessit id quoque, ne
nisi  recta cervice  spiritus  trahatur, i^on-votx."  Lib  IV  iv. 2.—.
Galen, however, treats  of  these affections  as  distinct genera,  and
discusses them in remote positions.  The  same diversity of view
has occurred in modern times.  Almost all the continental writers
make each affection a separate genus, as does Macbride among the
writers of our own country.  Cullen makes a genus of dyspnoea
and of asthma, and merges orthopnoea in the former. Dr.  Parr and
Dr. Young take as little notice of orthopnoea,  and, with Celsus. re-
duce dyspnoea and asthma to the  rank of species, under  a genus
which they  denominate anhelatio  or pneusis: a  term applied by
Sauvages to an entire order   Crichton retains asthma alone, ap-
pearing to regard both dyspnoea and orthopnoea as  mere symptoms
of other  affections.   The present  arrangement adheres chiefly to
that of Cullen.   I: raises dyspnoea and asthma to  the rank of dis-
tinct genera, pathognomically distinguishing the first by its being
permanent, and the  second  by its  being temporary and recurrent:
and it contemplates orthopnoea, as a sort of asthma exhibiting itself
in adyspnoic diathesis ; as a dyspnoea with irregular exacerbations.
It coincides, therefore, with  Cullen's view, who has loosely re-
  * In the " Study of Medicine," the author introduces between the Genera
Bex an i Dyspnaa, as the second Genus, that of Laryngysmus.  See Study of
Medicine, Vol. 1. p. 360. 
GE. II.]
NOSOLOGY.
85
    Dyspnoea.  Auct. Grxc. Cels. et neoteric.
    Anhelation.
1.  chronica.  The breathing uniformly  short  and  heavy,
                 mostly accompanied with a cough.
    Dyspnoea.  Boerh. Sauv.  Linn. Vog. Sag.,
    Kurtzer-athem.  G.
    Behr.  Arab.
    Courte haleine.  F.
    Short breath.
    <*■ Extranea.  From  calculous or other earthy secretions
         in the substance of the lungs thrown up by coughing.
      Dyspnoea terrea.   Cull.
      Dyspnoea calculosa.   Macbr.
    C Phlegmatica.  The habit phlegmatic or cachectic, with
         scanty secretion of urine, and mostly (edematous ex-
         tremities.
      Dyspnoea pituitosa.   Sauv.
      Dyspnoea aquosa.  Cull. Parr.
    y Pinguedinosa.  Accompanied with  oppressive fatness.
      Dyspnoea pinguedinosa.  Cull.
      Engbriistigkeit.  G.
      Pousse.  F.
      Pur sines s.
    £ Organica.   From deformity or organic defect, or injury.
      Dyspnoea traumatica.   Sauv.
      ---------thoracica.  Cull.
    e Vaporosa.   From the mischievous action  of metals or
         other poisons.
      Asthma metallicum,   Sauv.
2. exacerbans.   Subject to  sudden and irregular exacerba-
                    tions :  the breathing deep, stertorous,
                    acute,  and suffocative;  relieved  by an
                    erect position.
     Catarrhus suffocativus.   Bagliv. et alior.
     Orthopnoea.   Cels. Boerh. Sauv. Linn.  Vog. Sag.
     Suffocatio.  Etmuller.
     Pnigma.   Vog.
       Most of the varieties  of the preceding species apply
     equally to this.
       Found, also, Under the one or the  other species, as a
     symptom in aneurisms, polypous concretions, and other
 garded orthopnoea as a dyspnoea,—a disease never free from dif-
 ficulty of breathing; and still more so with that of Sagar, who cha-
 racterizes it expressly as a permanent affection,  subject  to acute
 paroxysms:  "Morbus  cominuus, acutus,  subitanea, anhelatione
 sublimi, et fere suffocatoria, stipatus." 
86
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. IT.—OH. II.
    affections of the heart and larger vessels; in enlargements
    and other affections of the abdominal viscera ; in empye-
    ma, hydrothorax, worms,  peripneumony,  bastard perip-
    neurnony, small-pox, and occasionally in severe attacks of
    intermitting fevers.



                     GENUS  III.

                       ASTHMA.

    Difficulty of breathing,  temporary, recurrent;  accompa-
      nied with a wheezing  sound, and sense  of constriction
      in the chest;  with cough and expectoration.
    Asthma.  Auct.  Graec.   Cels. et neoteric.
    Tenk nefes.  Arab.
    Keichen.  G.
    Pousse.   Asthme.  F.
    Broken-wind.
    Asthma.
1.  siccuM.  Paroxysm sudden, violent, and of short dura-
               tion ;  constriction  hard,  dry,  spasmodic;
               cough slight; expectoration scanty, and  only
               appearing towards the close of the fit.
    Asthma siccum.   Etmuller.  Cricht.
    Asthma convulsivum.   Willisii. Hoffm.
    Nervous asthma.   Convulsive asthma.
    » Simplex.   Without any manifest cause, or combination
        with any other affection.
  Gen. III. Asthma.  Ac-fytes " anhelatio," " spirandi difficultas:"
probably from <*»,  " spiro."   The species  of asthma here offered
are taken rather from the practical writers than  the  nosologists,
whose species are, in effect,  seldom more  than varieties, and are
here introduced as such: being derived not from the symptoms,
which alone  constitute the specific disease, and  should  alone de-
scribe it, but from the supposed cause.  Even Floyer, to whom we
are indebted for the most  accurate delineation of the humoral
asthma that has hitherto been given to the  world, drawn from his
own sufferings through a period of thirty years, has fallen into the
same detect.  Macbride and Crichton are the only nosologists the
author is acquainted with who have derived their species from the
natural ani\ proper channels which have been alone attended to in
attacking the disease, however writers may have  been disposed to
favour a more speculative view in their arrangements. 
GE. III.]
NOSOLOGY.
8?
       Asthma spontaneum.  Cull.
    £  Exanthen a icum.  From  retropulsion of some  acrid
         humour from the surface of the body.
       Asthma rxanthematicum.   Sauv. Cull.
    y  Phlegmacicum.  From repelled oedema of the extremi-
         ties in phlegmatic or cachectic habits, with scanty se-
         cretion of urine.
       Asthma cachecticum.  Sauv.
       (Edema pulmonum.   Auct. Var.
         Possesses  a considerable resemblance  to dyspnoea
       phlegmatica; and both best relieved by a copious secre-
       tion of  urine.
    2 Vaporosum.   From inhaled fumes of metals, especially
         of lead and arsenic, of sulphur, charcoal, nitric acid,
         and other deleterious or poisonous substances.
       Asthma metallicum.   Sauv.
2.  humidum.   Paroxysm gradual, ingravescent, protracted;
                 the constriction heavy, humid, laborious ;
                 cough severe;  expectoration commencing
                 early ; at first scanty and viscid, afterwards
                 copious and free.
    Asthma humidum.  River. Cricht. Sauv.
    Asthma humorale.  Bailie.
    Asthma flatulentum.  Floyer.
    Asthma pneumonicum.   Willisii.
    Spitting or humid asthma.  Floyer.
    Asthme ordinaire.  F.
    Common Asthma.
    «  Simplex.   Without any manifest cause, or combination
         with any other affection.
       Asthma spontaneum.   Cull.—This term in Cullen ap-
         plies to the present variety, and  to  x of the preced-
         ing species.
    % Plethoricum.  From  plethora, or  the suppression  of
         some accustomed sanguineous evacuation.
       Asthma plethoricum.   Sauv.  Cull.
    y  Senile.   Asthma of old age.
       Asthma Senile.  Parr.
         The one or other of the species found also, occasion-
       ally, as a symptom in gout, hypochondriasis, syphilis,
       and diseased viscera.
  Gen. IV. Ephialtes  'e^Atas or tirixxrix,«incubus," or « in-
cubo." The term occurs in Macrobius—Somn. Scip. lib. i. though 
88                      NOSOLOGY.            [CL. II.—OP. II


                      GENUS  IT.

                   EPHIALTES.

  Sighing, suffocative anhelation, with intercepted utterance,
       and a sense of some external substance pressing heavi-
       ly on the chest: transitory.
1. Vigilantium.   Produced during wakefulness ; the pres-
                       sure  severe,  and extending over  the
                       abdomen ; respiration frequent, labori-
                       ous,  constricted;  eyes  fixt;  sighing
                       deep and violent; intellect undisturbed.
    Incubus vigilantium.   Rhod. cent. i. obs, 54.
    Ephialtes hypochondriaca.  Sauv.
in Hippocrates, Galen,  or Celsus   The author has restored this
disease to the  family of anhelations; with which it was associated
by almost every writer befo'e the time of Dr. Cullen. It here finds
a natural place,  and answers to its prominent character  With
sleep-walking  it has little or no connection, excepting that one of
its species occurs in the night  and during  sleep.   Ephialtes vigi-
lantium is entered on the authority of Rhodius and Sauvages :  it is
certainly allied to epilepsy, but seems more closely to square with
the true  generic character of the present disease. Sauvages gives
us three other species as he calls them, but which are only symp-
tomatic of Other affections   Aurelianus affirms that Ephialtes oc-
casionally proves fatal from its suffocative violence : and adds from
Selimachus, that it was at one  time as contagious and destructive
at Rome as the plague.
  Its usual exciting causes are  to be found in a peculiar state of the
brain or of the stomach ; and hence Dr. Crichton denominates the
two species, which he has intioduced under it Incubus,  cerebralis
and gastricus.
  The term mare, in night-mar^, is perhaps immediately imported
into our own language from the Runic or Sclavonian  mythology, in
which marasignifies afrightful spectre, daemon,goblin,or night-hag,
whence the Anglo-Saxon name  of A7/"-sidenne.  Yet the root of the
term is to be sought for in a still higher source, and a source which
has ramified with slight variations of meaning over most parts of the
world,  yo (mar,) in Hebrew, imports " bitter, grievous, mischie-
vous, oppressive," "amischievous,revengeful, oppressive spirit:"
whence *nn (marar, in Lat. meror, amarus) " overwhelming weight:
bitterness, or oppression," " bitter pangs." And hence in Persian and
Arabic mar-den, " to sink under the weight of bitter pangs or afflic- 
&E. IV.J                 NOSOLOGY.                     g9
2,
  Ephialtes tertiana.  Sauv.
nocturnus.  Produced during sleep, and  interrupting it
               with violent struggle and tremor; the pres-
               sure on the  chest seeming  to  be that  of
               some hideous monster or phantom.
  Ephialtes.  Secuv. Linn. Sag. Plouquet.
  Incubus.   Vog. Junck.  Cricht.
  Epilepsia nocturna.   Gal.
  Oneirodynia gravans.  Cull.
  Erethismus oneirodynia.   Young.
  Kabus.  Arab.
  Alp. Nacht-mannlein.   G.
  Cochemar.   Incube.   F.
  Nightmare.  In  Anglo-Saxon, Elf-sidenne  (Elf-squat-
      ting.)
    The last species found,  occasionally, as a symptom in
  dyspepsy, and other complaints of the stomach, hydroce-
  phalus, worms, and hypochondriasis.  Horses are said to
  be subject to it.
                  GENUS V.

             STERNALGIA.

Violent pain about the sternum, extending  towards the
  arms ; anxiety, difficulty of breathing, and sense of suf-
  focation.
Angina pectoris.  Heberd.
Angina pectoris.  Cull. Catal. Morborum Omissorum quos
     omississe fortassis non oportebat.
Syncope anginosa.  Dune. ann. 1800.  Parry.
Asthma dolorificum.   Darw.
Brustbraune. Eisner.   See Comm. Lips. vol. xxxiii.
tion," «to be extinguished or die." Hence in Greek f^tex (moir-a,)
" hte,"fM?lxt (mor-ia,) the "destinies or destroying deities;" and
fMgos, (mor-os)«death:" whence again, besides mter-or,  the Latin
terms mor-i, mor-s of the same meaning; and in German mahre, « a
goblm-tale or ghost-tale a tale of fictions and phantoms," of ap-
paritions or fancies, or any thing unembodied or visionary.
  Gen. V. Sternal<ha. From orifwv, " sternum," and *Ay««," do-
lor "  There  are few diseases concerning which we are able  to
reason so little.  Dr. Heberden has the credit of having first brought
  Vol. V.—Z 
90
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. II.—OR. 1L
1. ambulantium.  Supervening suddenly  during exercise;
                      with tendency to syncope; relieved by-
                      rest.
    Asthma arthriticum.  Schmidt.
    Diaphragmatic gout.   Butler.
2. chronica.  The paroxysms  less  violent,  but  of longer
                  continuance; recurring frequently with great
                  palpitation  of  the heart, excited  by slight,
                  and often unknown causes, and not relieved
                  by rest.
    Orthopnoea cardiaca.  Sauv.
    Syncope cardiaca anginosa.   Duncan.
       At times  combined with  acrotismus, or  cessation of
    pulsation.   See Mr. J. Hunter's case in Entasia acrotis-
    mus.  Cl. IV. Ord. iii.


                      GENUS VI.

                  PLEURALGIA.

    Pungent pain in the side ; difficulty of breathing; witiv
         out fever or inflammation.
    Pleurodyne.   Sauv. Sag. Macbr.
this affection into public notice before the London College of Phy-
sicians in 1768, though possibly he was not the first that observed
it; for the passage quoted by Dr. Letherland in the Edinburgh Me-
dical Commentaries, Vol. iii. p. 180,  from Poterii Opp.  cent. 3. n.
22, and which is as follows, seems directly to allude to  sternalgia
ambulantium: " Respirandi difficultas quae per intervalla deambu-
lantibus mcitlil:—hi ut pluiimum derepente  moriuntur."  It seems
also to be referred to  by Dr. Hoffman in his Consultationes Medices,
and occasionally by Morgagni.  By many writers it has been  as-
cribed to some disease of the heart, as spasm, accumulation of fat,
polypous concretions,  ossification of the coronary arteries, or affec-
tion of'ti e valves; while some have  referred it to a spasm of the
diaphragm, and other muscles of respiration.  Probably both may
be regarded as causes in different instances; for that the heart is
not always affected is clear from the frequent regularity of the pulse
through the entire paroxysm.  From the cases that have occurred
to the author, the respiratory organs seem to be the seat  of spec. 1,
and some affection of the heart, of spec. 2.
  Gen. VI. Pleukalgia. From ntovpx," latus," "membrana costas
succingens," and «Ay«?, " dolor."   Dr. Cullen has regarded pleural-
gia,or pleurodyne, as merely symptomatic of some other disease-; 
GE. VI j                  NOSOLOGY.                       91
     Antalgia dolorosa. H.   Young,
     Mum.   Arab.
     Seiten-stiche.   G.
     Stitch.  Pain in the side.
1.  acuta.   Sudden and temporary; supervening on muscular
                exercise ; relieved by pressure.
     Pleurodyne a  spasmate.   Van. Swiet. Sauv. Macbr.
2.  chronica.   Permanent: augmented by pressure; inability
                  of lying on the  side affected.
     Pleurodyne parapleuritis.  Veziani.  Sauv.
       The first species found also frequently as a symptom in
     flatulence, hysteria, and hypochondriasis.  The second in
     plethora, worms, syphilis, phthisis, rickets, catarrh, and
     rheumatism.
and for the most part of rheumatism; and consequently it  has  no
place in his system of nosology: and the example  he has  set has
been followed by most later writers of our own country.  The spe-
cies here offered, however, seem to have a fair claim to be regarded
as strictly idiopathic.  The second, indeed,  is frequently a  conse-
quence or sequel of pleuritis, though not always so: yet even when
it is, the disease is altogether distinct from pleuritis, and  must  no
more  be confounded with  it than chronic with acute rheumatism;
the former of which Dr. Cullen regards as a sequel of the latter,
but still entitled to  a separate notice and definition.
  Van Swieten and Sauvages, iii  denominating pleuralgia acuta,
pleurodyne a spasmate, make a difference between spasma and spas-
mus : w Spasma "non est spasmus, sed distractio, divulsio, qualis ac-
cidere  solet a vehementi musculi nisu, contractione, extensione,  ut
inter luctandum, onera gestanda,  currendum."  Vide Van Swiet.
Com. in aph. 675.  Sauv. i. 684.
  Darwin  ascribes the chronic species in many cases, and especially
among young ladies of delicate habits,  to  the use  of tight stays,
which, by their pressure, Weaken the action of the vessels  compos-
ing some membranous part. I. i. 2. 14.-1-The common stitch  in the
side (acute or transient pleuralgia) is produced  by too great and
sudden distention of the same vessels from  propulsion of blood in
running or other violent exercise.  It is hence  relieved by  a tight
bandage, which  equally supports  the vessels, and diminishes the
current of blood by its pressure; and  subsides on rest, or even
slackening the pace; 
           CLASS  III.

        HJEMATICA.

DISEASES OF THE SANGUINEOUS FUNCTON.
                       OBTIEB  I

                    PYRECTICA.

                           FEVERS.

  Heat and number of the pulse preternaturally augmented;
usually preceded by rigor,  and followed by perspiration ; pains
  Class III.  Hjematica.  'a</**tix», "ad sanguinem pertinentia,"
from xipx " sanguis."
  Order I. Pyrectica. tlveeKmcx, " febrilia," from Metros, " ig-
neus aestus," " febris," as this is from sri/f, " ignis."
  Pyrectica is here used in its fullest collective sense, and conse-
quently as  importing  vortjptMrx irvgtx,rix.x, or irvtvtak, " febres,"  or
"morbi febriles;"  terms better understood pernaps by themselves
than by any definition that has ever been offered.  In reality  no
writer  seems to have been fully satisfied with his own definition;
and it is not extraordinary, therefore, that he should seldom have
given satisfaction to others.  The difficulty proceeds from the com-
plexity of the  symptoms that enter into the character of a fever,
the contrariety of  many of them to each other in different stages of
it, and  the.occasional absence of some that in other instances appear
to constitute its leading features.
   That there  is a change in the heat,  or in the  pulsation,  or in
both, from their natural state, appears  to  be assented to by every
writer; but the extent and quality of this change has been a perpe-
tual source of controversy.  Galen modestly declines  engaging in
the latter  question, so far as it relates to the heat  of the body, and
merely handles it in regard to the pulse.   Fever therefore, accord-
ing to  him, is " a change of the natural heat (innati caloris,) or a 
CL. III.-OK. I.J            NOSOLOGY.                      93

fixed or wandering;  lassitude;  debility of mind, and volun-
tary muscles.
declination to a preternatural  state,  with  a  quicker and  stronger
pulse."  Pin. Med. p. 146.  Vogel gives up the pulse, and fixes
pathognomically upon the  heat; defining fever to be a " preterna-
tural increase of internal  heat:" to which he adds, " dryness of the
mouth and heaviness of the body."  Bianchi is afraid of advancing
as far as either of these.  In opposition to  Vogel he abandons the
heat, and hesitates to determine concerning the altered state of the
pulse, merely admitting that there is an alteration.  Under Bianchi's
hands therefore fever is " a change of the pulsation, with a painful,
peculiar lassitude of the whole body, and  a sudden debility of the
voluntary muscles."  His. Hep. p 847.
   Sennert distinguishes  fever by  increased  heat alone; Sylvius, C.
Boerhaave, and Darwin,  by increased  quickness of the pulse alone;
H. Boerhaave by both these symptoms, preceded by horripilation or
shivering (Aph. 563:) while Cullen, in addition to the symptoms of
shivering, increased heat, and quickness of  the pulse, subjoins, u in-
jury of various functions, especially diminution of  the strength of
the limbs." This, however, it should be farther observed, is Cullen's
definition of pyrexy as a classific, and in some sort an abstract term,
under which he has made fevers a distinct order; for he afterwards
defines fever as an actual disease, to  consist  in preceding languor,
lassitude, and other signs of debility, with pyrexy, (or all the above
symptoms ascribed to pyrexy,) without primary local disease.  Sau-
vages, who furnished Cullen with most of his symptoms, adds what
Cullen has omitted—" madore  in  declinatione,"  "sweat in  the de-
cline of the paroxysm."   Fordyce, who has  perhaps refined some-
what too much, has correctly suggested, that some notice  should be
taken of the  state  of the  mental powers, these being always in some
degree weakened or disordered: a suggestion on which  Dr. Clut-
terbuck has founded his ingenious hypothesis of fever,  which he
 regards  as  "consisting essentially in topical  inflammation of the
 brain or its membranes," and consequently as being " neither more
 nor less than a species of phrenitis;" while Dr. Parr,  bending also
 to the authority of Fordyce, has introduced into his definition, which
 is chiefly however drawn from Cullen, the  symptom of " mind un-
 steady/'  to  which he has added,  " tendons of the wrist tense."
   The fullest of these definitions is,  after  all,  that  of  Cullen;  but
 it is somewhat wanting  both  in elegance  and  precision.  Without
 farther inquiring into the propriety of using pyrexy in a sense differ-
 ent from  most former, and many subsequent, writers, upon which
 the author has already observed in the introductory Dissertation, it
 must be clear that a term selected as the appellation of a class, ought
 to have no place in the definition of an order that constitutes one of
 its divisions; for whatever is contained in the class is necessarily im-
 plied in  every order that occurs under  it.  In arranging fevers 
94
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. III.—OR. 1
  The two most striking characters of fever are heat and in-
creased or violent action.  In most languages the name for the
 therefore as an order belonging to the class pyrexies, and then enu-
 merating pyrexy as one of the leading features of fevers, Dr. Cullen
 evinces an inelegant and immethodical tautology.  Yet  the  same
 tautology is continued through most of the other orders of the  class,
 for one of the characters  that enters into the definition of haemor-
 rhagia and profluvia, and even of the genera of several of the orders,
 as phlogosis, phrenitis, pneumonia, catarrhus, and various others, is
 still pyrexia, while the classific appellation of pyrexiae is uniformly
 preserved  and printed as the running title to the whole.
  Dr. Cullen has,  moreover,  been accused of imprecision, as well
 as of tautology, in  introducing into his definition of pyrexies symp-
 toms which do not always  occur  in the different  genera he has  ar-
 ranged under this class, as  shivering (horror,) and frequency of pulse.
 It was a frequent objection made during his life-time; and he replies
 to it as follows: " That pyrexies  of this kind are sometimes, though
 very rarely, to be  seen, I will not deny; but in laying down  the
 characters of classes for the distinction of species, it does not seem
 necessary that all the marks of a class should be  discernible in  every
 one of the species; and it is sufficient that the  greater number of
 them should be present in each."
  This defence is  hardly admissible; and its introduction into prac-
tice would be a source of the greatest looseness  and confusion. The
 character of a class, or of  an order, cannot  be too simple, provided
 it be sufficiently discriminative ;  and if any of the genera or species
 intended to be arranged under it, do not develop such simple and
 discriminative mark, instead of forcing them  into a situation to
 which they do not  belong,  another class should be made for their
 reception; or (which however is less advisable,) the objectionable
 clause in the  general character should be qualified byplerumque, or
 some such term, to allow them an admission.
  The chief objection to the simpler of these various definitions i9
its looseness;  the  term change,  whether applied to the pulse or
 the heat, gives no idea of the nature of the change, and consequently
 no idea of the precise character  of the disease.   If with H.  Boer-
 haave and  Cullen  we define the  change in each from what occurs
 most prominently; if we provide for the occasional absence of the
 introductory rigor, or cold and shivering, by some qualifying ad-
 verb, as  " usually," or « for the most part,"  and notice that debility
 of the mind on which Dr. Fordyce has so justly insisted,  we  shall
 perhaps make as near an approach to correctness as can be accom-
 plished.   It seems unnecessary  to provide  against  the  very few
 cases that are supposed to occur of no augmentation in the  heart
 or pulse; for admitting their  existence, they are confessedly ano-
 malous, and have no need  therefore to be guarded against  under »
 general rule. 
CL. III.—OR. L]           NOSOLOGY.
95
disease is derived from the former, as pyretus in Greek, febris
in Latin, calentura in Spanish, caldezza in Italian, though both
   The division  of fevers has proved  another  source  of difficulty
among nosologists.  The  distinctions which seem to be most obvi-
ous for this purpose, and which have been chiefly attended to from
the time of Galen to our  own day,  are the duration of the disease,
and its tendency to putridity.  Sauvages, Linneus, and Sagar, have
principally adhered to the former; Boerhaave,  and  most  of the
humoral  pathologists of recent times, as also Macbride, to the latter.
Other physicians have  been more attentive  to the range or locality
of fevers, as being epidemic, endemic, or sporadic.  This last was
a favourite view of Hippocrates ;  and Sydenham, who has so closely
followed him in other respects, has had his eye also constantly di-
rected to this kind of division.   Darwin has endeavoured to arrange
fevers according  to the nature of their influence on the sensitive
or irritative fibres; he  supposes them to be of five kinds ; by kinds,
however, meaning species, two of which are diseases of irritation,
and three of sensation.  Yet not quite  satisfied with this arrange-
ment, he immediately afterwards doubts whether the whole ought
not to be placed under  another class of his system, among the dis-
eases of association.  Of all arrangements therefore this is unques-
tionably the worst; it is built altogether upon hypothesis, and scatters
a natural  family of diseases over every part of the classification.
  Dr. Cullen, whose constant and  laudable object was simplicity,
and who, whenever he has failed, has only failed from pressing this
object too far, conceived that all fevers might be resolved into the
two kinds of inflammatory and nervous, objecting, however,  to the
use of these terms as entirely theoretical.  His division therefore
is  founded  upon  this view,  and  is  indubitably  possessed of great
merit. " Aliam divisionem," says he, " a differentia symptomatum,
et  a natura. morborum, quantum de  ea judicare  liceat, desumptam,
instituti:  secutus simulillam apud Brit annos nunc maxime* usitatam
divisionem febrium continuarum in Inflammatorias, et JVervosas,
Has, autem, appellationes, utpote quodammodo theoreticas, vitavi."
It  is necessary to observe, that the term nervous is here employed
merely in its popular sense ; a sense which seems to have  been
first made  use  of by Willis, De Morb.  Convuls. cap. viii.; for the
physiological principles of Cullen induced him to regard every fever
as strictly a disease of  the nervous  system; and half tempted him
to  transfer the  whole family to his  class of neuroses, or nervous
diseases.
   After all, however, this aim at a simplicity unknown to former
writers, has not answered: for Dr. Cullen, instead of confining him-
self  to two genera, as he seems at first to have intended, has  given
us six, besides an appendix for Hectica; while he has still found it
necessary to marshal these six under sections and subsections  of in- 
93                       NOSOLOGY.            (CL. m.—OR. L

the Spanish and Italian writers  frequently concur with  the
French, English, and Germans in employing a modification of
termission, remission, and continuity, together with a complex and
intricate machinery of minuter  partitions; by which means he has
fallen into the very scheme of distinguishing the different kinds  of
fever by the obvious sign of  the ordinary duration  of the disease,
which it was his expressed object  to avoid; and at the same time
has rendered the subject more complicated than perhaps any other
nosologist, with the  exception  of  Darwin.  It is hence  not  to be
wondered  at that few later writers  have followed Dr. Culien in this
part of  his method; and  that most of them  have returned  to the
general character of duration.
  Under all the forms of fever, indeed,  even those  that are most
complicated, duration seems to constitute its chief feature.   In its
simplest shape, as that of an  ephemera, or the first paroxysm of a
quotidian, its pathognomic distinctions are few and striking, and here
its duration may be calculated with tolerable accuracy.  However
violent, it is here a simple disease; consisting of a single fit of three
distinct stages ; shivering, heat, and perspiration, each most proba-
bly, as Dr. Cullen conceives, dependent  on the other, and ceasing,
when true to itself, after  having followed  up the movements of the
animal frame through a single diurnal revolution.  In the ephemera,
however, the cold stage  is often scarcely perceptible, and at times
altogether imperceptible; and  in the  quotidian a predisposition  or
tendency to return is established from  the first, producing a regular
duration of intermission  and  of paroxysm.  This predisposition  or
tendency differs in different cases, from habit, idiosyncrasy,  or cli-
mate ; and hence the durations are different, whether of  paroxysm
or of interval:  and hence again the origin of the various types of
tertians, quartans, quintans, sextans, Sec. as well  as of quotidians.
While in other cases the  tendency is duplicated or multiplicated, and
we behold two or more sets of quotidians, tertians, or quartans run-
ning on at the same time, producing  paroxysms daily,  or oftener
than daily ; each set or type being distinguished from the rest by the
similarity of its own  paroxysms, and its diversity from those that are
intermediate.—Sometimes the  intervals  are  perfectly  free from
fever, and in this  case the disease is strictly intermittent; and some-
times the paroxysm is protracted,  and does not perfectly cease be-
fore the arrival of the next in rotation.  If in the last case,  there
be a decided and  regular diminution, though without a total cessa-
tion of  fever or pyrexy, the disease becomes a remittent; but if the
remission be less  obvious and regular, it forms what is called a con-
tinued fever;  a tendency to remit, intermit, or cease at  particular
periods, or after particular durations, still running through its whole
course, and constituting critical terms or  days.
   Admitting duration, then, to  be the  most convenient basis for the
division of  fever,  we should unquestionably  commence with the 
CL. HI. OR. L]             NOSOLOGY.                        97

the Latin term.   In Anglo-saxon the name is derived from the
ephemera, or simple fever of Fordyce, a disease acknowledged by
all writers, but unaccountably omitted by several, and  huddled by
others into the varieties or synonyms of some  other genus.  The
author's late learned friend Dr. Parr, in his valuable Dictionary, has
written a short but  good article upon this disease, under its proper
name : and with his accustomed acumen, has marked two species of
it; but has strangely dropped it in his article on Nosology. It is con-
tinued by Dr. Crichton, but omitted by Dr. Young.  Fordyce has set
a valuable example upon this subject, as well in beginning with the
ephemera, as in treating of it with great clearness and precision,
though possibly with too much digression.  In a few cases of ephe-
mera, he has seen it happen, he tells us, that the disease has  con-
tinued thirty-six hours ; and in one case above  forty hours from the
attack to the termination of the crisis, or perspiring stage, but this
very rarely.   On Fever, Dis. iii. p. 59.
  The ephemera, moreover,  has  hitherto  been seldom properly
defined or limited, even by those who have employed the division.
Most of the writers have allowed it to embrace all fevers that cease
within half a week ; in consequence of which it is ranked by Sau-
vages under his ordinal division  offebres continue, and made to in-
clude milk-fever, the ephemera lactea of Riverius, and various others
with  which it has  as  little  connection; whilst Crichton has mar-
shalled under its banners vaccine fever and  nettle-rash.  Avicenna
appears  to  have had the justest notion of  its proper nature and
limit, and the first two species of the present system are chiefly
drawn from his description and boundary.  Dr. Fordyce has been
equally alive  to  the proper  range of a diary fever, and is equally
worthy of attention.  The third species,  e sudatoria, if retained at
all, must fall necessarily into the place here assigned it.  In natural
history it is not usual to continue genera or species that have ceased
to  exist; but  it is often  difficult to determine what  have ceased
to  exist; and we are not altogether free from  this difficulty in the
 present case.  The Sweating-Sickness made its first appearance in
 London in  1485 ; where it took up its abode with various intermis-
 sions of activity for nearly forty years;  it then visited the continent,
 overran Holland, Germany, Belgium, Flanders, France, Denmark
 and Norway, among which countries it continued its ravages from
 1525 to 1530; it then returned to England,  and was last discovered
 in 1551: possibly originating from inclement harvests and vitiated
 grain; but being more probably a peculiar  contagion that has long
 since worn itself out, and become decomposed; though it may still be
 latent, and only waiting for its proper auxiliaries once more to show
 itself in the field.
    The general arrangement of Linneus, Sauvages, and Sagar, is into
 continued, remittent, and  intermittent fevers, each of which consti-
 tutes a  distinct order.  More cerrectly they ought only to constitute
    Vol. V.—A a 
gg                       NOSOLOGY.            [CL. III.—OR. I.

second of the above characters,  and is drif or emphatically
ge-drif; though the former is mostly used in Bede's Bible. The
  so many genera;  and under this more simple form we find them in
  Galen, de Diff. Febr., who  gives them the  names of intermittens,
  synocha, and synochus:  and it is to  this form the present system
  adheres, though the Galenic names are changed.
   The subject of names has, indeed, been  another difficulty of no
  small magnitude among nosologists.   The  three genera of Galen
  having been transformed into so many orders by later writers, his
  names of synocha and synochus has  been made to assume a  new
  and more limited sense,  by being confined to genera under such or-
  ders, but which, in Galen's own arrangement, had it been carried to
  so much minuteness, would  have been,  and ought only to be,  spe-
  cies.  Thus synocha among writers of modern times is  generally
  employed to signify inflammatory fever, probably the synochus non
 putridus of Galen, and synochus, putrid fever, probably the synochus
 cum putridine; while the original and  more extensive  senses of
  synocha and synochus are expressed by febres remittentes, and  con-
  tinentes, or febres exacerbantes, and continues, " remitting and con-
 tinent,"  or " exacerbating and continual  fevers."
   The whole of this can  be called little less  than jargon.  Synecha
 and Synechus were bad names from the first; they were bad in the
 Greek, as <rwt%n, or ovnxti (for it is written both ways,) and frim^fli;
 but they are still worse in the Latin, being constantly liable to pro-
 duce mistake from their close resemblance to each other; while,
 moreover, they are nothing more than  the same words possessing
 the  same radical  meaning, with  a slight variation of termination;
 and in their Latin  form  with a still slighter variation than in their
 Greek;  for synocha only differs from synochus as  being its proper
 feminine.
   But if, on these accounts,  they were bad terms  as employed by
 Galen, they  are altogether absurd  and intolerable  as employed
 among recent nosologists.  Under the  hands of Galen they had a
 radical and proper meaning, that of continuity, from trvnxu, to conti-
 nue, synecha importing imperfect, and  synochus perfect continuity:
 and  even when  first applied to  signify inflammatory  and  putrid
 fever,  they still kept some reference  to the same idea;  for  the
 nature of their respective continuities eBters into  the definition of
 each of them as laid down by Linneus and Sauvages: but this mark
 is totally lost sight of by  Dr. Cullen,  who hereby employs terms
 merely importing continuity as the names of diseases in which con-
 tinuity does not form any  part of the character which he applies to
 them.  To add to the general confusion, while Sauvages, Linneus,
 and Cullen, use synocha to signify inflammatory fever, and synochus
putrid  fever, Vogel uses synochus  for putrid  fever, and makes  no
 mention of synocha.   In  like manner  the terms intermittent and 
GE. I.]
NOSOLOGY.
99
radical idea of this term is force, impulsion, violent action;  it
is the root of the English drive, drift.



                       GENUS  I.

                    EPHEMERA.

  Attack of fever sudden ;  paroxysm single, and terminating
         in about twenty-four hours.
      Febris continua simplex.  Macbr.
      Febris ephemera.   Plouquet.  Fordyce, vol. ii. p. 22.
      Eintagages fieber.   G.
 continent have been used  by different writers in  highly different
 senses ;  intermittent commonly  as importing  intervals of perfect
 apyrexy, as the Greeks, or infebricitation as the Latins called it;
 but by Dr. Cullen as importing intervals of mere remission, as well as
 of perfect apyrexy or intermission, while the term continent is em-
 ployed sometimes in the  general sense of continued fever, or fever
 admitting of occasional remissions in the midst of a continued course,
 which was its more common signification ; sometimes in the limited
 sense of continual fever, or fever  running  its course without  the
 slightest remission  or  relaxation from the beginning to the end,  a
meaning given to it by Stahl and  Sennert; and sometimes, as by
Morion, in his Pyretologia, in the sense of remitting, being precisely
 synonymous with this last term as used by Huxham and  Pringle.
  Some common understanding, therefore,  and consequently  some
 change, is become absolutely necessary: and it seems impossible not
 to approve the banishment  of synocha and  synochus, as has been
done by Dr. Fordyce and various other pathologists, as well as by
 Sagar, Macbride, Parr, and Young; and the limitation of intermit-
tent to its strict sense, as in the hands of Macbride, Parr, and Crich-
ton.   The present system follows this example, anetus, epanetus,
and enecia, being used synonymously with  the febris intermittens,
synocha and synochus of Galen, or the febres intermitten'es, remit-
tentes, and continuae of  modern writers.  Dr. Young has anticipated
the author in employing anetus, but in a different sense; for he uses
it, though as a single genus,  to embrace equally intermittent and
remittent  fevers;  and  hence  synonymously  with the whole section
of inietmittentes, as  employed by Dr. Cullen.
  Gen. I  Ephemera.  Epvpepx, " diaria," from cxi, or ix',il apud,"
and 'jjjt*5^«, " dies."   We have no classical authority, however, for
using it as a substantive, though we are justified by analogy. Galen
writes usually  s<pv/*ep»s wi^ew?, « diaria febris." 
100
NOSOLOGY,
[CL. III.—OR. I
    Courbature.  F.
    Simple Fever.  Fordyce, passim.
    Diary Fever.
1.  mitis.  Without preceding rigor; heat and number of the
             pulse increased slightly ;  lassitude and debility
             inconsiderable; pains  obtuse, chiefly about the
             head ; perspiration and breathing pleasant.
    Ephemera.   Lommii. Sauv.  Cricht.
       Usually produced by excess of corporeal exertion, study,
    or violent passion: by suppressed perspiration; sudden
    heat or cold.
2. acuta.  Severe rigor ;  great heat;  pulse  at  first  small
              and contracted,  afterwards quick and strong ;
              perspiration copious ; great languor.
       Ephemera.  Par.  It occurs in his alphabetical article,
    but is  not  noticed, as  it  ought to  have been, in his
    article  " Nosology."
    Ephemera plethorica.  Sauv.
    Ephemera nauseativa.  Avicenn.  Sauv.
    Diaria inflativa.   Auct. Var.
     Synochus Ephemera.  Vog.
       Frequently produced by a surfeit of eating or drinking;
     or some temporary organic obstruction:  more commonly
     by unknown causes.
 ii. sudatoria.  Tense pains in  the  neck and extremities ;
                   palpitation ;  dyspnoea;  pulse rapid and
                   irregular;  heat intense; intolerable thirst;
                   drowsiness or  delirium ;  excessive sweat.
     Ephemera sudatoria.  Sauv.
     Ephemera maligna.  Junck.
     Ephemera anglica pestilens.   R. Fort.
     Hydronosus.  Forest.
     Sudor Anglicus.  Sennert.
  2. Ephemera sudatoria.  Supposed by Willan to have been the
result of  some depravity in the  wheat  made use of in our own
country at the period of the disease, which was the beginning of the
sixteenth century.  In proof of whieh he observes from other sour-
ces, that the contemporary inhabitants of Scotland and Wales, who
fed on oaten or barley instead of wheaten bread, were not affected.
A similar disease appears to have existed soon afterwards (1525) in
Denmark- Norway, Holland, Flanders, and various parts of Germany.
Forest, de Febr. p. 157.   Senner, iv. and xvi.
   See Lord Bacon's description of the sweating sickness, Hist. Hen.
VII. p. 5.  Wedel De Sudore anglico, Jen. 1697.  Haller Bibl.Med. 
GE- U.j                   NOSOLOGY.                      101

    Schweyssucht.  G.
    Suette.   F.
    Srveating-sickness.
                       GENUS II.

                        ANETUS.

     Paroxysm  intermitting, and returning during the course
         of the disease: the intermission generally perfect and
         regular.
     Febris intermittens.   Gal.
     Febres intermittentes.  Sauv. Lin. Vog.
     Intermittens.   Parr.
     Abwechselnd-fieber.   G.
     Fievre intermittente.   F.
     Ague.—Intermittent.
1. quotidianus.  Intermission about twenty-four hours: pa-
Pract. i.   Bayer, Rathschlag der jezl regierendon Pentilens, so mar
den Englischen Schweissnennt.   See also the note on Pyrectica.
  Gen. II. Anetus.  'Averts, from xn^t,  « intermitto," " solvo,"
" intermissio vel solutio omnis imperii," as avera? t.%ovnx rm trrexria-
t«v.  Herodian.  In like manner  Epanetus Lirxmos,) from t7rxn*tu
" remitto."
  Dr. Cullen, as already observed, unites intermittents and remit-
tents into one section of fevers, merely distinguishing them as inter-
mittents  with an interposed apyrexy,  and intermittents with remis-
sion alone; and he makes it a part of their pathognomic  character
that they are derived from marsh miasm, miasmate paludum one ;
whence Dr. Young gives to these two sorts of diseases the name of
paludal fevers.
  The present system is intended, not to support hypotheses of any
kind, however plausible, but to rest, as far as may be, on  physiolo-
gical facts. Marsh-miasm is unquestionably the grand source of both
intermitting and remitting fevers; but itis at present too much to
say that it is the only source.  Even in tertians  Dr. Cullen himself
is obliged to admit of instances in which other agents are necessary;
but then, says he, they are only co-agents,  and would not operate
alone : " has  potestates excitantes pro parte principu hie admitti-
mus, licet neutiquam morbum excitassent, si miasma paludum non
antea applicatum fuisset." But this is the very point of contro-
versy. 
102
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. ID.—OR. I.
              roxysm commencing in the morning; usual
              duration under eighteen hours.
 Cathemerus (K*%«fo{.)   Auct. Grace.
 Quotidianus.  Auct. Lat. et Recentior.
 Tagig-fieber.  G.
 Fievre quotidienne.  F.
 Quotidian ague.
 «■  Partialis.  The disease confined to a particular part or
     organ, usually accompanied with distressing pain.
       Sometimes  limited to  one  side.  Sauv. sp.  10.
     Cnoffellia  Collect. Acad.  iii. 166.   Ed. Med. Ess. i.
     art. 31. ii. art. 19.
       Sometimes limited to one or both eyes, as  in the
     ophthalmia  febricosa.  Sauv. sp. 23.  Quotid. oph-
     thalm.   Mort.  Pyret. exerc. i. hist. 27.   Van  Swiet.
     in Boerh. p. 534.
       Sometimes,  and  still more generally, confined to
     the whole or half the head, embracing many cases of
     cephalaea.   See Cl. IV. Ord. iv. Gen. v. Cephalalgia
     intermittens.  Sauv. sp. 7.  Cephalsea  febricosa, sp.
     23.
b Comitatus.  Catenated with, or giving rise to foreign
     symptoms or other diseases.  Constituting the fami-
     ly collected by Torti under the name of febres inter-
     viittentes comitatx: to which belong the following:
  Ischiadic quotidian, or intermittent ischias, Sauv.  Quot.
     sp. i. Isch. sp. 5.  Ed. Ess. v. art. 49.
  Nephralgic quotidian, or febricose  nephralgia.   Sauv.
     Quot. sp. 7.  Nephr. sp. 13.  Mort. Pyr. ix. hist. 28.
  If intermittent ought to be separated from  continued fevers, so
ought remittent to be separated from intermittent.   To say that in-
termittents often run into remittents is to say nothing, for remittents
as often run into continued fevers: and it i3 now an established doc-
trine, that there is no continued fever whatever without  occasional
remissions.   In effect, all fevers have a tendency to run into each
other, and many causes are  perhaps common to  the whole.   The
difficulty  is in drawing the line : yet a like difficulty is perpetually
occurring to the physiologist in every part of nature ; and equally
calls for discrimination in zoology, botany, and mineralogy : and Dr.
Parr has  correctly observed, that " if a specific distinction can  be
established in any branch of natural history, it must be so in  the
separation of remittents from intermittents."   Vogel unites remit-
tent with continued fevers, to which Cullen objects, and unites them
with intermittents.  Sauvages, Linneus,  Sagar, and most  modern
writers, more correctly distinguish each from the other. 
GE. II.]
NOSOLOGY.
103
       Epileptic quotidian.  Sauv. Quot. sp. 4. Ed. Ess. ut
         supr.
     y Protractus.   Leaving  the intermission  inordinatelv
         short, or imperfect.
       Amphemerina.  Sauv.  Embracing many of his soecies.
     $~ Anticipans.   The paroxysm anticipating its antecedent
         period usually by about two hours : and continuing
         the same anticipation at every recurrence ; so that the
         accession may hereby be thrown into any hour of the
         day or night.
       Anticipating quotidian.  Fordyce.
     e Cunctans.   The  paroxysm delaying  its antecedent pe-
         riod, usually by about two hours ; and continuing the
         same  delay at every recurrence as above.
       Retarding quotidian.   Fordyce.
       The quotidian is also occasionally found, as a symptom
         in  hysteria, catarrh, gout,  peripneumony, ischury,
         quinsy, and various other diseases.
2. tertianus.  Intermission about  forty-eight  hours:  pa-
                 roxysm commencing at noon ;  usual  dura-
                 tion under twelve hours.
      Tritaeus.  Auct.  Grsec.
      Tertianus.  Auct. Recentior.
      Hemmai mushelleshe.   Arab.
      Drey-tagig-fieber.   G.
      Fie'vre tierce.  F.
       Tertian ague.
      <*■ Comitatus.   Concatenated with,  or giving  rise  to,
          foreign symptoms or other diseases.   The chief of
          which are the
         Choleric, or dysenteric tertian.   Tort. Therap. Spec.
          Laut. Hist. Med. cas. 6,16,17, 20. Mort. App. ii.
         Atrabiliary tertian.  Tort. ibid. Sauv. Tritaeoph.  sp.
          4,5.
         Syncopal tertian.  Tort.  Laut. Sauv. Tritaeoph. sp. 1.
      Lethargic tertian.    Tort.  Tritaeoph. carotic. Laut.
         Sauv.
  4. * A. Erraticus Vagus.  It is probable that various forms of he-
micrania belong to this variety: those more especially which origi-
nate in low, damp, or marshy districts, which return more or less
regularly, and are relieved by the bark alone, or in conjunction with
warmer tonics.  Several  of Sauvages' species of hemicrania may
be properly referred to this place; and  especially those which by
some writers have been denominated intermittentes larvattt, or dis-
guised intermittents. 
104
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. III.—OR. I.
         Tertianus apoplecticus.   Mort. T. soporos. Werlhof.
           de Febr. 6.
       £ Protractus.  Leaving the intermission  inordinately
           short or imperfect.
         Tritaeus.   Linn.
         Tertiana  (febris) subcontinua.   Sauv.
         Tritaeophya.  Sauv. Sag. in several of the species.
         Tertianus remittens.  Auct.
         The species is found also, occasionally, as a symptom
           in syphilis, sea-scurvy, worms, and scabid erup-
           tions.
3. quartanus. Intermission about  seventy-two hours; pa-
                    roxysm  commencing  in  the afternoon;
                    and usual duration under nine hours.
         Tetartaeus.  Auct. Grxc.
         Quartanus.  Auct. Recentior.
         Hemmai murbau, whence the patient is denominated
           murbua.
         Vier-tagig-fieber.   G.
         Quartaine.  Fievre quarte.   F.
         Quartan  ague.
         x Comitatus,  Catenated with,  or giving  rise to,
           foreign symptoms or other diseases: of which the
           chief are the following :
         Comatose quartan.  Sauv.  Werlhof.  Parr.
         Cataleptic quartan. Sauv.  Bonet. Polyalth.  I.  805.
         Neophralgic quartan.   Sauv. Lemer. Journ. des Sa-
           vans.
  5. x. Anetus complicatus.  Intermittents  (chiefly  tertians) have
often proved the best remedy for chronical diseases; mostly in their
simpler forms.  Menorrhagia has been cured by a tertian. Ephem.
Mat. Cur. Dec. II. ann. vii. obs. 213.  See, for other examples, Car-
dan.  Contrad. Med. i. 1. Tr. v. n. 15.—.Tertian itself carried off by
catamenia.   Eph. Nat. Cur. Dec. I. ann. vii. obs. 213—Another in-
stance in Madai, von Wechselfiebom. § 203.  "It has been often
observed,"  says Fordyce, " that regular tertians clear the constitu-
tion of all other diseases, and certainly on a good foundation."   He
instances particularly the cases of chronic rheumatism ; habitual in-
digestion; cutaneous eruptions; protracted inflammations; epilepsy;
and hysteria. " In many of these cases such diseases are Mleviated,
though not entirely carried off."  On Fever, Diss. ii. p. 16.—Some-
times produced by worms, and only relieved by vermifuges. Hunter
on  Blood, p. 311.—Sometimes by diseases  of the liver, spleen, er
mesenteric glands.  Id. 
GE. II.]
NOSOLOGY.
105
            Idiotic quartan.  Sydenh. de Morb. Acut. V. Sauv.
          £ Protractus.   Leaving the intermission inordinately
              short or imperfect.
            Tetartophya (febris.)   Sauv. Linn.  Sag. in seve-
              ral of the species.
            Quartanus remittens.   Auct.
         y Anticipans.   The  paroxysm  anticipating its ante-
              cedent period, usually by about two hours;  and
              continuing the same  anticipation at every recur-
              rence ;  so  that  the  accession may  hereby be
              thrown into any hour of the day or night.
            Anticipatingquartan.   Fordyce.
         ^Cunctaus.   The paroxysm delaying its antecedent
              period, usually by about two hours;  and conti-
              nuing  the same delay at  every recurrence as
              above.
         Retarding quartan.  Fordyce.
            The species is found also, occasionally, as a symp-
         tom in diseases of the spleen, liver, and other abdo-
         minal organs.
4. erraticus.   Intermission and paroxysm less regular;  the
                   former more than seventy-two hours.
    Febris erratica.   Sauv. Sag.
    Febris errana.  Linn.
       The varieties,  as  given under the form of species by
    Sauvages and Vogel, are the following :
    x  Quintanus.   Tulpii.  Avicen. can. iv. 1.
    £  Sextanus.   Vog.
  2. Epanetus malignus.  For the origin of epanetus, see the note
on anetus.  " Malignus discitur morbus qui l^invadit cum sponta-
nea virium prostratione : 2° cujus symptoma non respondent stadiis
morbi: 3° nee respondent signisexternis, ut calori, urinae, pulsui."
Sauv. i. p. 309.
  The chief signs of putrescency are the following: the pulse quick
and tremulous; heat of the  skin sharp and pungent,  giving to  the
finger a peculiar feel  for some minutes afterwards ; parched or wet
with sordid, fetid  sweat; smell offensive at a distance; breath  hot
and fetid; mouth aphthous;  tongue clammy, furred, livid, greenish-
black; urine brown or blackish, and offensive; stools blackish,col-
liquative, very offensive, parted with profusely and insensibly; mind
wandering; twitching of the tendons; swelling and tension of the
belly;  petecchial spots, vibices,haemorrhages.
  3. Epanetus Hectica. 'Ektikx, from «{<«, " habitus."  Nothing can
more fully prove the complexity and irregularity of this fever than
the dilTerent characters given of it, and the different places allotted
  Vol.  V.—B b 
106
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. III.—OR. I
      y Septimus.   Etmulleri—Hebdom. Schenckii.
      ^Octanus.   Amati Lusitani.—Octoman. Valesii.
      t Nonanus.  Zacuti Lusit.
      £ Decimanus.   Zacut.
        Dichomene.   Sauv.—Ephem.  dichomene.   Deidier.
           Observ.
      n Vagus.  Equally irregular in  the violence of the pa-
           roxysm, the duration of its stages,  and the period
           of its return.
         Quartana vaga.  Etmull.
5. complicatus.  Paroxysms intricate, multiplicate, or both.
    x Tertianus  duplex.  Double tertian ;  the paroxysms  of
         the one  tertian occurring in the intermissions of the
         other; and the two sets evincing a difference of du-
         ration or of violence.
           The last sign determines their real  nature; and in
         conjunction with their comparative brevity and time
         of attack, (which,  like that of the genuine tertian, is
         at noon,)  distinguishes them from the quotidian in-
         termittent ; for it is obvious,  that from this  interfe-
         rence of the two sets  with  each other, the double ter-
         tian, like the quotidian,  must have  one paroxysm
         every day.
       Duplex tertiana.  Sauv.
       Duplicana.  Linn.
     Q Tertianus  triplex.   Triple  tertian.  Double  tertian
         taking place as above, but one of the sets having re-
         regularly two paroxysms on  the  day of its  return;
         the other one paroxysm alone.
       Tertiana triplex.  Sauv.
to it, by different authors. Salvages and Sagar introduce it into the
list of continued fevers.   Linneus, Crichton, and Parr, into that of
remittent or exacerbating fevers; Boerhaave regards it as of a mixt
nature, a continued intermittent: " Febris hectica," says he, « est
referenda ad febres continuatas intermittentes." Prax. Med. iii, 337
8vo.   Vogel and Cullen degrade it into a mere  symptomatic affec-
tion.   Under this last character it is perhaps most frequently to be
found; but it is now generally admitted to occur at times idiopathi-
cally, or  as  an  original  disease of the  constitution.  There are,
perhaps,  few physicians of long or extensive  practice  who have
not met with it  under this character: and those to whom it has
never thus occurred, may  consult Mr. J. Hunter's  treatise on the
Blood, p. 496. 4to: as also Dr. Heberden'svery accurate description
and history; who seems, indeed, to place it in the rank of intermit- 
GE. III.]
NOSOLOGY.
107
   Semitertianus primi ordinis.   Gal.
y  Tertianus impar.   Double tertian : the one set evinc-
     ing a more perfect, the other a  less perfect, inter-
     mission.
   Hemitritaeus.   Cels. iii. 5.
   Amphimerinus hemitritaeus.   Sauv.
^ Tertianus duplicatus.   Single tertian, with  two pa-
     roxysms on the regular day of attack.
   Tertiana  duplicata.   Sauv.
*> Quartanus duplex.  Double quartan : the paroxysms
     of the  one set occurring in the intermissions of the
     other ;  with an intermission of the third day alone.
   Quartana duplex.   Sauv.
g  Quartanus triplex.   Single quartan, with regularly re-
     turning paroxysms ; each of the intervening days
     being marked with  a slighter or separate attack.
   Quartana triplex.   Vog.
 r  Quartanus duplicatus.   Single quartan, with two pa-
     roxysms on the regular day of attack.
   Quartana duplicata.  Sauv.
6 Quartanus triplicatus.  Single quartan, with three pa-
     roxysms on the regular day of attack.
   Quartana triplicata.  Sauv.
                     GENUS  III.

                    EPANETUS.

Strikingly exacerbating, and remitting ; but without intermis-
  sion : one paroxysm every twenty-four hours.
       Febris remittens.   Auct.
tents, but only as he employs this term generally, so as, like Dr.
Cullen, to include a remittent action. Cullen gives us, as a patho-
gnomic symptom, " Urina sedimentum furfuraceo—lateritium depo-
nenteV  while Hunter tells us that "the urine is pale."  Dr. He-
berden appears to have attended to this circumstance very closely;
and thinks that the  same irregularity which accompanies most other
symptoms of the disease attends this also : that the urine is equally
clear or turbid in the paroxysms and the intervals; sometimes clear
in the first, and turbid in the second; and sometimes turbid in the
first, and clear in the second.  Dr. Duncan, from a long and assidu-
ous attention, has determined the character given in the text. 
108
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. III.—OR. I.
 1. mitis. Pulse regular, though frequent; debility slight; re-
             mission distinguished by sweating or a cloud in
             the urine.
       Remittens mitis.  Parr.
 2. malignus.  Pulse  small, hurried, irregular; debility ex-
                  treme; often with signs of putrescency.
       Remittens maligna.   Parr.
    x  Autumnalis.  Often with a strong tendency to  assume
         the tertian or double tertian type.
       Autumnal Remittent.
    C  Flavus.   With yellowness of the skin.
       Remittens icterodes.  Parr.
       Tritaeophya Americana.  Sauv.
       Typhus icterodes.  Sauv. Cull.
       American Yellow Fever.
         Said  to be successfully  treated by the root  of the
       ophiorrhizaMungos, Linn.—See Amcenit. Acad. vol. ii.
       art. 21. on Lignum  Colubrinum.  /. A. Darelius.
    y  Ardens.  Burning remittent.
       Febris ardens.   Boerhaave.
       Febris ardens periodica.  Riv.
       Causus (K«t»<r«{.)   Hippocr.
      Tritaeophya causus.  Sauv.
    I Asthenicus.  Highly debilitating remittent of the south
         of Spain, Gombron, Breslaw, &c.
3. hecTICA.   Pulse weak; stages of chilliness, heat and sweat
                variously intermixed, and sometimes single;
                the cold stage exhausting; exacerbation chief-
                ly in the evening: urine with a natant, fur-
                furaceous separation.
       Hectic a.  Gal.  Sydenh. Boerh. Sauv.  Cull.
       Febris lenta.  Junk. Hoffm.
       Amphemerina hectica.  Cricht.
       Dik.  Arab.
      Schwindsucht.   G.
      Hectique.  F.
       Hectic fever.
  In Vol. VIII. of the Amoenitates Academicae, art. 171, there is a
good paper on the vir:ues of a species of St. John's-wort hypericum
perforatum, as an active antihectic. The article is by C* B. Helle-
nius; and the plant is said to have been successfully employed  by
Linneus, under the following form : R Sumit Hyperici Manip. 1—
eoquein vini  Hispan. lb. iv. ad tertiae partis reman, cola. 
GE. IV.]                  NOSOLOGY.                     109
  Found also,occasionally, asa symptom in tabes,phthisis,
lues, and scirrhous diseases of various  organs.
                      GENUS IV.

                        ENECIA.

  One series of increase and  decrease;  with a tendency to
       exacerbation and remission, for the most part appearing
       twice every twenty-four hours.
       Febris continua.  Boerh. et Auct. Recentior.
       Febris continens.   Stahl. Juncker.
       Hemmai daim.  Arab.
1.  Cauma.  Heat greatly increased; pulse quick, hard, and
               strong; urine red; disturbance of the mind
               slight.
      Synocha.  Sauv. Linn. Junck. Cull.
      Febris continua sanguinea.  Hoffm.
      Febris continua non putris.  Boerhaave.
      Synochus.  Vog.
      Synochus imputris.   Gal.
      Febris actua.   Plouquet.
      Febris continens.   Stahl. Plouquet.
      Continens non putrida.  Lomm.
      Febris inflammatoria.   Auct.  Var.
      Hemmai mehrike.  Arab.
      General  inflammation.  Fordyce.
      Inflammatory fever.
  The dose two ounces, or a half-quarter of a pint, morning and af-
ternoon.  The Swedish direction is JVivaraf ett halft quarter intages
margon och afton.
  The hypericum perforatum is a native of our own country as well
as of Sweden.
  Gen. IV. Enecia: from j>v««," perpetuus," " continuus:" hence
Arist. Rhet. 1. 1, m*t#s, " continua serie." Cauma (axvpuc, from kxiu,
" uro,") is here preferred to synocha for reasons already stated,
and especially as forming a better distinction from synochus.  The
genus embraces the order " febres continuae" of Sauvages, with the
exception of ephemera and hectica; and  runs exactly parallel with
the  genus " continua" of Parr.  Sauvages characterizes the three
species of cauma (synocha,) typhus, and synochus, by a supposed 
110
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. HI.—OH. L
    * Plethoricum.  Produced  by  the stimulus  of violent
        passions, undue muscular exercise, or heating foods
        upon a plethoric habit; as also by a suppression of
        accustomed discharges, as  those of menstruation,
        habitual venesection, or perspiration.
      Synocha plethorica.  Sauv. Cull.
    C Bilibsum.  Produced by  the stimulus of an undue se-
        cretion or absorption of bile  into the  sanguineous
        system.
      Synocha biliosa.  Cricht.
      Synocha ardens.  Sauv.
    y Pleuriticum.  Accompanied with a violent stitch or pain
        in the pleura.
      Synocha pleuritica.  Sauv. Cull.
    ■3* Cephalalgicum.  Accompanied with great pain  in the
        head; and produced by a lodgment of worms or the
        larves of insects {perhaps  the oestrus ovis)  in the
        frontal sinus.   See a curious case in Sauvages, i. 300.
      Synocha cephalalgica.  Sauv.
        Found also, occasionally, as a symptom in empresma
      (organic  inflammation,)  catarrh,  severe  local  pain,
      labour, and sea-scurvy.
2. typhus.   Pulse small, weak, and  unequal; usually fre-
              quent ;  heat  and urine nearly natural; great
              prostration of strength, and disturbance of the
              mental  powers.
      Typhus.   Hippocr. et Auct. Recent.
      Typhodes.  Prosp. Alpin.
difference of specific, or, as he would call it, generic duration: the
cauma terminating  in a week at the farthest;  the typhus in two,
though sometimes protracted to three weeks;  and  the synochus,
reaching beyond the second, and often beyond the third week.  In
our own country the most  frequent form of the  continued fever is
the synochus or mixt species.  Dr. Cullen, in his Nosology, doubts
whether this should  be regarded as a distinct  genus  from typhus;
and observes, that it is difficult to assign the synonyms of authors if
we make it distinct.  " Inter typhum et synochum limites accuratos
ponere non possum; et an revera pro diversis generibus  habenda,
vel positis diversis, utri eorum synonyma auctorum referenda, sint,
dubito."  And in his First Lines, «  I am disposed," says  he, " to
believe that the synochus arises from the same causes as the typhus,
and is therefore only ^variety of it."   Part I. 1.  i. § 69.  Yet out of
compliment to earlier writers  he has continued it as a distinct genus.
Its proper place appears to be that in which  it now stands, under
the same genus as typhus, but constituting a distinct species. 
GE. VI.]
NOSOLOGY.
Ill
    <* Mitior.  With slight  shiverings ; heavy vertiginous
        head-ache ; oppression at  the  praecordia;  nausea ;
        sighing;  despondency;  coma  or  quiet  delirium ;
        urine whey-like.
      Typhus mitior.   Cull. Parr.
      Typhus simplex.  Cricht.
      Typhus nervosus, sp. 2.—Comatosus, sp. 3.   Sauv.
      Febris lenta nervosa.  Huxh. on Fev. ch. viii.
      Febris putrida nervosa.   Wintringh.
      Febris hectica maligna nervosa.   Willis.
      Fievre nerveuse.  F.
      Nervous Fever.
    £ Gravior.  With rigor and heat alternating with little or
        no perspiration: pulse tense and hard, usually quick,
        but fluttering;  pain over  the  forehead and crown:
        urine alternating  from limpid to turbid;  delirium
        succeeded by stupor;  signs of  putrescency.
      Typhus carcerum.   Sauv. sp. 1.—Castrensis,  sp. 5.
      Febris pestilens iEgyptiorum.  Alpin.
      Febris pestilens maligna.  Sennert. Willis, 1643.
      Febris nautica pestilentialis.  Huxh.
      Febris carcerum et noscomiorum.  Pringle.
      Febris putrida.   Macbr.
      Maladie des Prisons—d'H6pital—de Geole.   F.
      Putrid Fever ; Jail, Camp, Hospital Fever.
3. synochus.  Compounded of cauma  and  typhus : in  its
                  commencement resembling  the former ; in
                  its progress  the latter.
       Synochus.   Gal. Sauv.
       Lenta.  Linn.
  It is, however, often difficult to arrange several of the species of
what are usually called remittent and continued fevers; for the ex-
acerbations and remissions are sometimes of so dubious and obscure
a character, that we can scarcely determine concerning their exist-
ence : and hence the yellow fever of America and the West Indies
is regarded as of the continued kind by Sauvages and Cullen under
the name of  typhus icterodes; but as of the remittent kind by the
greater number of more recent writers; in consequence of which
it occurs in the present classification under the  name of Epanetus
malignus C, or flavus.   Enecia Synochus Q, or flavus, has, however,
a very near resemblance to it; and perhaps while the yellow fever
of the West Indies is referred to the first, that  of North America
ought rather to be referred to the second.  Sauvages, indeed, has
given us a most dangerous American fever of  the remittent kind 
112                     NOSOLOGY.           [CL. III.—OR. I.
   Continens putrida.  Lomm.
   Febris continua putrida.  Boerh. Wintringh.
*  Sudatorius.   Carried off by a critical sweat in an early
     stage of the disease;  an effect often produced by ve-
     nesection.
   Synochus sudatoria.  Sauv.
f  Flavus.  With yellowness of the skin, attended with a
     sense of burning heat.   Nearly allied  to Epanetus
     flavus, and E. ardens.
   Synochus ardens.   Sauv.
y  Puerperarum.  Occurring on the third day after child-
     birth ; rigor severe;  tension and great  tenderness
     of the abdomen.
   Febris puerperalis.   Auct.
   Child-bed fever.—Puerperal fever.
?  Soporosus.   Accompanied with great drowsiness, stu-
     por, or heavy sleep almost from the beginning.
   Synochus soporosa.  Sauv.
   Febris continua, ann. 1773.   Sydenh.
     Found also, occasionally, as a symptom in dysentery,
  pleurisy, rheumatism, catarrh, and most of the exanthe-
  matous order.
 with a tertian type, which he denominates Tritaeophya Americana,
 and which is usually supposed to be a variety of the epanetus ma-
 lingus ; yet he takes little notice of the bilious colour of the skin,
 though he admits there is an undue secretion of bile, and mentions
 " vomitio biliosa" as one of  the symptoms.
   1. Enecia Cauma.  On the various modifications of the pulse in
 fever, and especially in the species before us, the student should by
 all means carefully peruse Dr. Fordyce's Dissertations on the subject,
 and particularly the  first part of his third, and the  whole of his
 fourth; in both of which he lays down some very obvious distinctions
 between the strength of the pulse, its hardness, softness, obstruction,
 and freedom. With him the grand pathognomic symptom of cauma
 is  hardness of the  pulse.   This accompanies it from first to last, in
 its simplest, and in its severest state.  When the disease is mild, it
 is  hard alone; when more violent, it is at the same time full,strong,
 and frequent.  The obstructed pulse is often confounded with the
 hard, and  it is  not easy to distinguish  them without  considerable
 practice.  There is a rigidity of resistance to the finger in each,
 but of a different kind. In the hard pulse it is much firmer and tenser,
and is  supposed by  Fordyce to result from such  an increase of
arterial contraction as to overbalance its correspondent dilation.  It
indicates, in his opinion, a very high degree of living power, and is
peculiarly  characterized by a tardy coagulation of the blood when 
CL. HLt-OR. II.]           NOSOLOGY.
113
                      ORDER II.

                   PHLOGOTICA.

                       INFLAMMATIONS.

  Fixed heat and pain, or soreness ; increased secretion, lesion
of a particular part or organ; mostly accompanied with fever.
drawn freely into an hemispheric basin, in consequence of which
the red particles have time to subside, and leave the surface colour-
less, or with a bufl'y appearance.  In the  obstructed  pulse, on the
contrary, the blood coagulates  at once;  and the red particles not
having time to separate, the surface is of the same hue as the  cake
below.  It has appeared to the  present writer, that  while the  hard
pulse is produced by an increased action of the muscular tunic of
the arterial system, the obstructed results rather from decreased
action, or elasticity of the  cartilaginous tunic, over which the living
power exercises as considerable a control as over the former, as
might be proved  by innumerable illustrations, if we had time.
  The German physicians describe other modifications of the pulse,
as the pulsus celer as opposed to the yulsusfrequens, and the pulsus
rarus as opposed to the pulsus  tardus.  But  as they have not  been
able very exactly to agree upon these divisions, and especially the
rival professors at Halle, Stahl  and Hoffman, it is not necessary to
dwell upon them in the present note.
  2. *. E. Typhus, Mitior.  See Dr. Bierchen's account of the Up-
sala typhus, in  his paper  Morbi Expedilionis  Classicae.  Amanit.
Academ. Vol. v. art. 76 ;  an article well worth consulting.
  3. y. E. Synochus Puerperarum.  This is regarded by many prac-
titioners as a mere variety of  peritonitis;  and  has  hence been at-
tacked by a powerful evacuant and antiphlogistic plan;  especially
that of bleedings and purgatives.  For the last, Dr.  Armstrong has
employed calomel to the extent of twenty or thirty grains at a dose,
assisted with sulphate of magnesia; and on the accession of the dis-
ease, as he tells us, with success.  " Facts and Observ." &c. 1814—
By other writers  this fever being held of a typhous rather than of
an inflammatory character, has been subjected to a directly opposite
treatment; and by Dr. Young of Edinburgh, has  been affirmed to
be  contagious.
   These opinions are  easily reconciled, by recollecting  that the
disease is of a mixed character, a variety of a genuine synochus; and
that its course  and symptoms, in different individuals, must vary
according to the idiosyncrasy or peculiarity of the constitution, an'!
   Vol. V.—C c 
H4                      NOSOLOGY.            [CL. HI.—OR. II
                       GENUS  I.

                    APOSTEMA.

Large, suppurative inflammation in a deep-seated organ ; pus
                    copious and confined.
       Apostema.   Hippocr. et auct. Grxc.
often, according to the state or temperament of the atmosphere, as
loaded with moisture, marsh-miasm, or other contagious pabulum.
These remarks are sufficient to discriminate it from peritonitis, and
to show that the present is its proper place.   It may possibly be pro-
duced by other causes  than child-birth, and seems occasionally to
have been found in males as well as in  females: but the former is
the usual cause.  " After labour," observes Mr. Cruickshank, " the
cavity of the abdomen is in part debilitated, from the great change
it has undergone in passing from a state of great tension to a state
of great flaccidity; and if the woman catches cold, or receives infec-
tion, the mischief falls on the abdomen, as the weaker part; just as
a person liable to rheumatism, or gout, or catarrh, or diarrhoea, on
catching cold, is seized  with these different complaints."  Anat. of
Absorp. Vess. p. 119.
   Order II. Phlogotica.  From ^A«y», "incendo,ango."  Linneus
for this order employs phlogistici from  the same root; but as the
chemists have long since laid hold of phlogiston, and the term, though
lately disused, has a  chance of being restored, the  author has pre-
ferred the derivative now offered.  Cullen has phlegmasia after Ga-
len and Sauvages: but asphlegmatia, and phlegmatic, from the same
source, import in common medical language, very different, and
almost opposite ideas, this term is also purposely relinquished to
prevent confusion.
   Sauvages divides inflammations or phlogolic  diseases, with him
phlegmasia^, into exanthematous,membranous, and parenchymatous:
Linneus into membranous, visceral,  and muscular; referring the
exanthematous diseases to another class.  Cullen has disapproved
of both these modes of division, as conceiving it difficult to  ascer-
 tain the seat of the affection.
   The whole of the observations of Mr. John Hunter upon this sub-
ject are worthy of being deeply studied; and will not a little eluci-
date  the nature of the arrangement introduced  into the present
method. It may be sufficient to observe, that in treating on inflamma-
tion, he divides the body into two parts: 1, the circumscribed cavities,
organs, and cellular  membrane which  connects  them; and  2, the
outlets of the body, commonly called  mucous membranes,  as the
 ducts of the glands, alimentary  canal,  fee. p. 240, 241, 254. He 
«F.. I.]
NOSOLOGY.
Apostema.  Sauv.
Abscessus.  Cels. et auct. Lat.
Dublet.   Arab.
Eiter-geschwulst.   G.
Aposteme.
distributes inflammatory affections into three kinds, adhesive, sup-
purative, and ulcerative.  Adhesive inflammation belongs chiefly to
the former of the above two parts of the body, where they are deep-
ly seated ; and appears intended to take place  in order to  prevent
suppuration.  It applies therefore peculiarly to the genus empresma,
in the present order, except  in  gastritis, enteritis, and cystitis; in
all which, however, we frequently meet with  striking examples of
the adhesive inflammation, or true empresma;  insomuch that  the
affec ed organ becomes at  times so closely united with some adjoin-
ing  membrane or other organ, as to obtain a kind of  artificial wall
or paries, and prevent the  escape of its contents into another cavity,
when ulcerated through the whole thickness of its substance.  See
the note on empresma, species 10.«.   Suppurative inflammation  be-
longs- chiefly to the same division of  parts, placed near the surface,
Hunter, p. 252, and consequently applies peculiarly to the two genera
of phlegmone and phyma.  The ulcerative belongs chiefly to  the
second order of parts, p. 254, 255, as the mucous  membranes and
outlets; and hence principally applies to the genus erythema, as it
must also be allowed to do to that of phlysis. Deep-seated suppura-
tive inflammations and abscesses cannot  well be  placed in either of
these genera; and have a claim to be  considered by themselves;
they are  hence  included  in the genus  apostema, with which the
order opens.
   Dr. Young, if  the  author understands him  rightly, unites the
phlegmone and empresma  into one and  the same species of inflam-
mation,  inflammatio phlegmonica, of which he  makes them only
different varieties. Phlegmone was, indeed, used with this latitude
among the Greeks, for it imported inflammation generally; but it
has long been limited to suppurative, and by most writers to sub-
cutaneous as well as suppurative inflammations, or those immediate-
ly under the skin, and those too in which the suppuration is perfect,
and occupies the  whole cavity.  It is possible, however, that the
author may not  have understood  Dr. Young aright; as he after-
wards makes the  different  species of what is here called empresma,
species of inflammatory fever or cauma.
   Phlegmon then, in the  present method, is used to denote an  in-
flamed subcutaneous tumour, perfectly suppurative; phyma, an  in-
flamed subcutaneous tumour, imperfectly suppurative; ionthus, a
subcutaneous tumour or tubercle slightly inflamed, hard, and insup-
purative : and phlysis, an inflamed, but low and broad tumour, ulce-
rative, exquisitely painful, and running among the tendons, of which 
116
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. HI.—OR. II.
1. commune.  Inflammation common to the fleshy parts ; pain
                 obtuse; tumour spreading externally; tender
                 to the touch ; pus laudable ; readily incarning
                 when opened.
       Apostema abscessus.   Sauv.
the paronychia or whitlow is perhaps the only known species.  The
paronychia, as Galen has justly observed, has an approach to the
erythema, or erysipelatous inflammation, which immediately follows
it, but the two must not be iivermixed.
   Gen. I.  Apostema.  'Awss-nj/t**: from atyivrnipLt," discedo," " ab-
scecio," " absum," " deficio."  For this term the Latins employed
abscessus: yet they did not, when speaking strictly, apply either ab-
scessus or apostema to every suppurative; inflammation, but only to
those that were deep-seated, and of considerable extent, chiefly in-
deed  to collections of pus consequent upon fevers, or some pre-
vious disorder of  particular  pans, especially  abdominal diseases.
This  limitation is accurately drawn by Celsus immediately after his
description of struma, furuncle, and phyma.  " Sed cum  omncs hi
nihil nisi minuti abscessus sint, generale nomen trahit latius vitium
ad suppurationem spectans.  Idque fere fit aut post febres, aut post
doloits paras ahcujus, maximeque eos, qui ventrem infestarunt."
Lio. v. cap. xxviii.  § 11.   The term abscess, however, which was
colloquially  used in a loose sense in the time of Celsus, is used so
much more  loosely  in our own day, that it is impossible to recall it
to its  precise and original meaning.   Yet apostema  has not hitherto
been  thus generalized : and it is here, therefore, laid hold  of, and
restrained to the signification  given  it above: in doing  which, the
author is supported by the authority of Sauvages, who has employ-
ed it with the same  limitation.
  4  A/iostema Empyema.   Epurvvpui: from eft, or ev, " in or  intra,"
and 5tmv, " pus."  The term  is common to  all the Greek writers,
and the persons suffering were denominated  tftwoi,  " empyi."  Cul-
len regards empyema as a mere sequel of pneumonia, which, with
him, includes  both  pneumonitis and pleuritis;  but as  it may take
place from  inflammation  of the mediastinum, pericardium,  or dia-
phraghm, to say nothing of that from external injuries;  and  as it is
often doubtful what  particular organ is  directly injured, a separate
species seems decidedly called for.
  In some cases, indeed, there is no organ to which the pus  can be
referred as a product  of ulceration; and hence  Mr. Hewson  con-
ceived that  it is occasionally  formed out of the coagulable lymph,
altered in its properties by  passing through inflamed vessels.  " The
cavities of the pleura, pericardium, &c." says he, " are sometimes
observed to  contain  considerable quantities of pus without the least
marks of ulceration, instances of which I have  seen.  In one pa-
tient I found three  pints of pure pus in the pericardium, without 
GE. I.]
NOSOLOGY.
117
2. psoaticum.  Pain  and tension about  the loins, shooting
                    down the  spine  and thigh:  difficulty of
                    standing erect;  fluctuating  enlargement
                    along the psoas muscle;  apex of the tu-
                    mour immediately below the groin.
       Psoas.  Auct. Var.
       Abscessus lumborum.   Auct.  Alior.
       Psoas abscess.
         Often confounded  with scrophulous  abscess of the
       hip-joint.
3. hepaticum.  Diffuse, pulsating tumour in  the region of
                    the  liver;  preceded  by  pain, a  yellow
                    countenance, and shiverings.
       Hepatalgia apostematosa.   Sauv.
any ulcer either on that membrane or on the heart.  In another the
cavity of the pleura of the right side was distended with a pus that
smelt more like whey than a putrid fluid, and the lungs were com-
pressed into a very small compass:  but there was no appearance of
ulcer or erosion, either on these organs or on the pleura; but only
under the pus was a thin crust of coagulable lymph.  In such cases
it is manifest the  pus must have been formed from the fluids: and
as the exhalant vessels at one time  appear to secrete a mere water,
at another time a coagulable lymph, and in a third (when a little in-
flamed) they secrete that lymph so viscid, and change its properties
so much as to make it coagulate instantly on being secreted; so in like
manner they may  sometimes, when more inflamed, have the power
of converting the  lymph into pus."  Lymphat.  Syst. Part ii. p. 117.
  Darwin relates  a singular case of empyema, in which the pus
seems  in like manner lo  have been produced without ulceration,
though  he  ascribes it indirectly to  an abscess in  the  lungs.  " A
servant man, after a violent peripneumony, was seized with  symp-
toms of empyema, and it  was determined, after some time, to per-
form the operation.  This was  explained  to him, and the usual
means  were employed by his friends to encourage  him, " by ad-
vising him not to be afraid."  By which good advice he conceived
so much fear that he ran away early next morning, and returned in
about a week quite well.  Diseas. of Sens.  II. i. 6. 4.
  6. Apostema Vomica. From vomo, " to eject," especially from
the  stomach, but not always so.  The term is here used in the large
sense in which it is employed by Celsus, who applies it to a bursting
of pus from the liver, or  any other  large internal organ, as well as
from the lungs.   " Si vero jecur vomica laborat, eadem facienda
sunt quae in caeterisinterioribussuppurationibus."  Lib. iv. cap. viii.
Sauvages follows him in this interpretation.  Boerhaave and Cullen
confine vomica to the lungs,  and  that in a  more restrained  sense 
118                    NOSOLOGY.           [CL. HI.-OR. It.

       Abscess of the liver.
4. empyema.   Fixed pain in the chest;  breathing laborious ;
                 easiest in an erect position; difficult decum-
                 biture on the  sound side; fluctuating en-
                 largement on the side affected ; dry, tickling
                 cough.
       Empyema.   Auct.  Graec. et neoteric.
       Lodgment of matter in the chest.
         Goekel describes a case in which the pericardium and
       the right lung were totally consumed.
       Gallicinium Medico Pract.
5. vomica.  Deranged function of a thoracic or abdominal
               organ, succeeded by copious discharge of pus
               into some part of the alimentary  channel, and
               its evacuation by the mouth or anus.
       Vomica.  Cels.
       Apostema vomica.  Sauv.
                 GENUS  II.

             PHLEGMONE.

Suppurative, subcutaneous tumour;  tensive;  glabrous;
    painful; at length fluctuating, and bursting sponta-
    neously ; the pus uniform and mature.
than most writers; for they limit it to what has been called, though
with no  great accuracy, occult vomicae (vomica clause.)  Linneus
and Vogel,  on  the  contrary, while  they confine the term  to  the
lungs, explain it by open vomicae, (vomica aperte,) in which the pus
is thrown forth profusely and suddenly.
  Gen. II. Phlegmone.   <b\typvm, frompAeyw, "inflammo:" "in-
flammationem quam Graeci tptoytunp nominant."  Cels. lib. i. The
term among the Greeks was used  for inflammation generally: it
has long since been employed in a far more limited sense by medi-
cal writers of perhaps every school; and its immediate meaning in
the present work has already been explained in the note on Phlo-
gotica, the term for the order before us.
   4. Plegmone parotidea.  It is not a little singular that Dr. Cullen,
who extends phlegmone wide enough to  embrace not only inflam-
mation of the ear and of the breast, gum-boil, and phimosis,  but
also furunculus, varus, gutta  rosea, hordeolum, and even various
affections of the bones, should have banished suppurative inflamma- 
 GE,II1                   NOSOLOGY.                     119

     Phlegmone.  Sauv.  Vog.
     Phlogosis phlegmone.  Cull.
     Inflammatio.   Sag.
     Geschwar.  Germ.
     Zameh.   Arab.
     Phlegmon.
 1. communis.  Tumour common  to the surface:  bright red •
                hard;   defined;  hemispherical;   polarized-
                gradually softening and bursting at the pole.'
     fciter-beule.   G.                                 r
     Clou.  F.
     Push.
2. parulis.   Tumour seated on the gums; deep-red ; hard-
                  ish; undefined; pain obtuse.
     Parulis.   Sennert.  Vogel.
     Apostema parulis.   Sauv.
     Gum-boil.
     * Simplex.  Limited to the substance of the gums.
     € Cariosa.  Connected with a caries of a tooth or socket
3. auris.   Tumour seated within the ear;  pain acute, throb-
              bing ; heat and  redness  spreading  externally •
              hearing distressingly keen, or stunned with ima-
              ginary sounds ; abscess bursting with the sense
              of  a loud snap or explosion.
tion of the parotid and inguinary glands not only to another genus
but to a very remote part of his system, where they occur in the
class and order of local tumours, in company with warts, corns, and
sarcomata, which  have no inflammatory character.  Here too they
are conjointly described under the generic name of bubo, with the
generic character  of « glandulae conglobatae tumor suppurans" a
definition which does not apply to the parotid gland, whose structure
is  not conglobate,  but  conglomerate.  The  present appears to be
the proper place for suppurative inflammation  of the parotid  and
inguinal as well as of the mammary glands.                '
  5. Phlegmone mamma,  called by Dioscorides sparganosis  from
rsnyyM,  «turneo," « distendo." This term, however, he employ-
ed collectively to signify milk-abscess,and a variety of tumours in-
tumescences, and other diseases, supposed to depend upon an over-
flow, suppression, misdirection, or depraved secretion of milk: and
especially those which have been since described under the general
term galactirrhoea: many  of these however  have little or no rela-
tion to each other; and particularly abscess  of the breast, and the
swelling  of the  lower  limb, which occasionally takes place soon
after child-birth, to which last the term is restrained in the present
system. 
120
NOSOLOGY.
CL. III.—OR. IS.
     Infiammatio aurium.  Sennert.
     Otalgia inflammatoria.  Sauv.
     Imposthume in the head.
       Often  a result of  suddenly  suppressed morbid dis-
         charges : sometimes a symptom of worms.
4. parotidea.  Tumour  seated under the  ear:  reddish;
                   hard ; pain obtuse ;  suppuration slow and
                  difficult.
     Parotis.  Gal. Sauv.  Vog. Sag.
     * Benigna.  Incarnation,  and cicatrization regular and
         unobstructed.
      Parotis benigna.  Sauv.
     S Maligna.  Pus illaudable, profuse, protracted ;  suc-
         ceeded by foul sloughs.
      Parotis maligna.  Parr.   See  Appendix to his Diet.
         art. Parotis.
      Usually appearing in advanced life,  or about cessation
         of the catamenia.
5. mammi.  Tumour seated in  the breast; pale-red ; hardish;
               in irregular clusters ; pain pricking and acute ;
               suppuration quick and copious.
     Abscessus mammarum.   Roder a Castro.
    Mastodynia apostematosa.   Sauv.
    Phlegmone mastodynia.   Cull.
    Jema.   Arab.
    Abscess of the breast.
    * Violens.  From severe pressure or blow.
    t Lactantium.   From redundancy of milk.
      Mastodynia polygala.  Sauv.
      Depot laiteux aux mammelles.  Pazos.
      Milk abscess.
  " In these cases the suppuration commonly begins in many distinct
portions of the inflamed part; so that it is not one large circum-
scribed abscess, but many separate sinuses, all of which generally
communicate.  Now it usually happens that only one of these points
externally, which being either upened or allowed to break, the
whole of the matter is  to be discharged this way.  But it some-
times happens that the matter does not find a ready outlet by this
opening, and then one or more of these different sinuses make dis-
tinct  openings for themselves."   Hunter on Blood, p. 469.
  6.  Phlegmone Bubo.  Unusually derived  from CovCm (boubon,) in-
guen, and hence importing a tumour not unfrequently found in this
organ.   It is probable, however, that the proper root  of both the
Greek and Latin terms is the Hebrew yaya bobo, " a purulent tu-
mour ;" by the Septuagi?it rendered phtxrn (phlyctis): which was 
GE. II.]
NOSOLOGY.
121
6. bubo.  Tumour seated in  a conglobate  gland ; reddish;
             hard; diffuse; not easily suppurating; opening
             with a callous edge.
       Bubo.   Sauv. Linn. Cull.
       Phygethlon.   Vog.
       Denbel.  Arab.   The origin is  Persian.
       Schlieren.   G.
       Bubon.   F.
       » Simplex.   Unconnected  with any  constitutional or
           foreign  poison.
       £ Virulentus.  Produced by a specific virus, or connect-
           ed with constitutional affection.
         Tippel-beul.  G.
         Khyarjek.   Arab.
       The glands mostly infected are those of the inguen and
    axilla.  The last variety found chiefly in lues and pestis.
    Often cured by vomits after  suppuration has advanced.
    Hunter on Blood, p. 388.
7. phimotica.  Tumour seated in the prepuce ;  diffuse; ob-
                   tusely painful; imprisoning the  glans, or
                   strangling it by retraction.
      « Incarcerans.  The prepuce protracted, and imprison-
           the  glans.
        Phimosis.    Heister, Chirurg.  cap. cxxx.
        Phimosis vera.   Sauv.
      Q Strangulans.  The prepuce retracted and strangling
           the  glans.
        Phimosis circumligata.  Sauv.
the common term among the  Greek writers for fluid  tumours of
every kind, whether ichorous or purulent; and hence r\p3y3K, Exod.
ix.  is rendered in  the  Alexandrian  version, <p*ix.Tifos,  and in our
own translation' blains.  y3;?3,  (bobo.) is the* mere reduplicate or
argument of #3,  (bo,) or nj?3. (boa,)  (for the n  is omissible,) and
imports "to s<vell or bubble,"  as water over the fire ;  and hence,
^3^3, (bobo,) is a large swelling, whether a bleb or bubble, or more
solid tumour, as a bubo, or boil.*
  Gen. III. Phyma.  Qviix  " tuberculum," from Qvu " produco,"
« erumpo."  It was used among the Greeks with  great latitude, and
hence  with an apparent want of precision; sometimes  in the mo-
dern sense of phlegmon, for tumours  larger than  a furuncle or boil,
but less painful and inflammatory, and perfectly suppurative, with-
out any core or  ventricle.   So Celsus, lib. v. cap. xxviii. sect. 9.:
               * Qu. ? Bile .- see Johnson, &c,
Vol. V.—D d 
122                      NOSOLOGY.            [CL. III.—OR. 11

       Paraphimosis.  Auct. Graec.
       Circumligatura.  Auct. Lat.
         Found frequently as a symptom in lues and blenorrhoea>.
                      GENUS  III.

                         PHYMA.

       Imperfectly suppurative, cutaneous,  or subcutaneous
         tumour; the abscess thickened, and indurated at the
         edge ;  often with a core in the middle.
       Phyma.  Willan. Sauv. Sag.
       Eiter-blasen.   G.
2. Hordeolum.  Tumour seated  in the verge of the eyelid ;
                    granular;  hard ;  reddish ;  sore  to  the
                    touch ; suppuration confined to the point.
       Crithe («f<0j?-)   Auct. Graec. Vog.
       Hordeolum.  Auct. Lat. Plenck et Alior.
       Zefer.  Arab.
       Gerstenkorn.   G.
       Orgeolet.  F.
" ^t« nominatur tuberculum furunculo simile, sed rotundius et ple-
nius, saepe etiam majus :—sed inflammatio, dolorque sub eo minores
sunt.  Ubi divisum est; pus eodem modo apparet; ventriculus, qui
in furunculo, non invenitur : verum omnis corrupta caro in pus ver-
titur."  To the same effect, Galen De Arte Curat, lib. ii. who tells
us that the swelling and suppuration proceed rapidly ; " statim au-
getur, atque ad suppurationem festinat."  Hippocrates, on the con-
trary, applies the term to tubercles imperfectly suppurative, and in
his Piaedict. lib. ii. sect. 2, as well as in various other places, speaks
of scrofulous phymala, QvpccT* #>■£»&«; and his example is fol-
lowed by Paul of iEgina, lib. iii. 22.  Even  Celsus, lib. vi. cap. 18,
affirms that the Greeks called also by the name of phymata,  a ge-
nus of tubercles that are accustomed  to spring up about the  glans
penis, which they cauterised, and afterwards treated with cerugo
aeris, to prevent their sprouting again; and  which appear therefore
to have been regarded as of  the nature  of  warts or excrescences;
while the general body of the Galenists, as  Sauvages observes, ap-
plied the term to protuberances of every kind.  Tom. i. p. IS7.
   Modern writers have hence been at a  loss in what sense phyma
 should be used.  Linneus and Cullen have rejected it.   Sauvages 
GE. 111.)                 NOSOLOGY.                     123

     Stye.
       Often produced by the state of the stomach.  Plenck af-
     firms that he knew a man who uniformly had a stye after
     drinking ardent spirit. He points out the following resem-
     blance between a stye and a boil—"est tuberculum inflam-
     mator mm,parvofurunculo simile, in margine palpebrarum."
3. eurunculus.   Tumour common to the surface ; deep-red ;
                    hard; circumscribed; acutely tender \o the
                    touch ; suppurating with a central core.
       Furunculus.   Sauv. Lin.  Vog. Sag.
       Demmel.   Arab.  Of Persian origin.
       Harte-beule.  G.
       Furoncle.   F.
       Boil.
4.  sycosis.   Tumour excrescent; fleshy; fig-shaped; darkish-
                red ; sprouting from the hairy part of the head
                or face : gregarious; often  coalescing ; dis-
                charge partial and sanious.
       Sycosis.   Cels.  Vog.  Bateman.
       x Barbae.   Tumour hard, roundish, pea-sized ; seated
           in the beard ; commonly in clusters ; occasionally
           confluent, and spreading from ear to ear;  discharge
           small and glutinous ; beard matted.
         Sycosis barbae.   Cels.
         Mentagra.  Plenck.
         Kieferaussatz.  G.
         Sycosis menti.   Bateman.
       Z Capilli.   Tumour soft, unequal, clustering: seated in
            and about the hair of the head: discharge ichorous,
            copious, and fetid, from a fungous surface.

 and Sagar have employed it as the name of a distinct  and separate
 order.  Vogel, following the example of Hippocrates and Paulus,
 has reduced it to a genus of imperfectly suppurative and glandular
 tumours: and as a genus it occurs in Dr. Willan's table of arrange-
 ment, including boils, carbuncles, and similar inflammations  as its
 species.  This seems to be the most accurate sense, and as such is
 adopted in the present system.   The resemblance between the boil
 and the carbuncle is pointed out by Mr. John Hunter in his Treatise
 on Blood, p. 273.
    4. Phyma Sycosis.  "Zvrtuv^, from o-vkov, " ficus."  The Greeks
 gave this name to various tubercles and excrescences, the shape of
 which was conceived to  resemble that of a fig.  By Celsus, how-
 ever, De Med. p. vi. cap. iii. it is limited to a particular kind of in-
 flammatory and imperfectly suppurative tubercle of the head and
 face : Vogel has understood the term nearly in the same  sense; and 
124
NOSOLOGY.
]CL. III.—OR. II
         Sycosis capilli.  Cels.
         Sycosis capillitii.   Bateman.
S. Anthrax.   Tumour common to the surface ;  flat; firm ;
                 burning; penetrant; livid and vesicular; or
                 crusty above, with a sordid  and gangrenous
                 core below ; imperfectly suppurative.
      Anthrax.  Auct.  Graze. Sauv. Linn. Sag.
      Erythema, anthrax.   Cull.
      Carbunculus.  Auct. Lat.
      Jemmera; Arab, but by  Avicenna occasionally Nar
         Faci.  Ignis Persicus.
      Carfunckle.   G.
      Charbon.  F.
      Carbuncle.
    x Pruna.  E scar-carbuncle.   Crust black:  oozing  an
         erosive ichor, or sanies.
      Pruna Avicenn.   So denominated from its assuming the
         colour, and often the oval figure of the sloe, or fruit
         of the prunus spinosa, Linn.
    ? Terminthus.  Berry,  or  Fungus-carbuncle.    Core or
         fungus  spreaking  in the shape,  and assuming the
         figure and blackish-green colour of the fruit or berry
         of the pine-nut, or reeiuvdos, the pinus abies, Linn.
         called by the Latins terebinthus ; whence terebinthus
         and terminthus  have been  employed as convertible
         terms in describing the present disease.
Dr. Bateman has hence correctly introduced it into his  list.  The
second variety, as the  last  writer observes, makes an approach to
one or two species of porrigo,  but it  has characters sufficiently
marked to keep it distinct.
  5. Phyma, Anthrax.   'Av6px%.  Gal. Paul. JEgin. " carbo." « The
inflammation that  produces the carbuncle is of a different nature
from any  of the former ; it is stationary with  respect to place, and
is pretty much circumscribed, even forming a broad, flat, firm tu-
mour.  It begins in the skin almost like a pimple, and goes deeper
and deeper, spreading with  a broad base under the skin in the cel-
lular membrane.—It produces a suppuration, but not an abscess,
somewhat similar to the erysipelatous when the inflammation passes
into the cellular membrane  : for as there are no adhesions, the mat-
ter  lies in the  cells where  it was formed, almost like water in an
anasarca.—This inflammation attacks more beyond the middle  age
than at it, and very few under it.  It is  most common  in those that
have lived well:  I never  saw but one patient of this kind  in a
hospital.   It appears to have some affinity to the  boil;, but the boil
differs in  this respect,  that it has more of the true inflammation, 
CE. III.]
NOSOLOGY.
125
   This  variety  bears  a considerable similitude  to
 the epian of South America, and the yau of Guinea;
 terms which signify in their respective countries rasp
 or straw-berry, from the resemblance of  the fungus
 to these fruits, and which have hence been translated
frambaesia by the Latin  writers of France.
                     GENUS IV.

                     I  0 N T H U S.

    Unsuppurative,  tubercular  tumour:  stationary;  chiefly
         common to  the face.
    Ionthus.   ('Iov0*s.)   Auct. Grsec.
    Varus.  Auct. Lat.
    Finnen.   G.
1.  varus.   Red; hard; pimply; distinct;  gregarious; sore
              to the touch ;  sometimes oozing a little fluid at
              the tip.
      Varus.   Linn. Vog. Sag.
      Acna.   Aetii.
      Psydracia Acne.  Sauv.
      Acne.   Bateman.
      Rothpfinnen.  G.
      Bougeons.   F.
      Stone-pock.
      x Simplex.  Broad-based, bright red, solid.
         Acne indurata.   Bateman.
      € Punctatus.  Tipped with a black dot, discharging, on
           the pressure of the finger, a grub-like concretion of
           mucus.
therefore spreads less, and is more peculiar to the young than the
old, which may be the reason why it partakes more of the true in-
flammation."   Hunter on Blood, pp. 272, 273.
  This species, like  paronychia, has an approach to the character
of erythema, and is ranked under it by Dr. Cullen.  Yet a little at-
tention will, perhaps, show, that it belongs rather to the genus under
which it is here placed:  it is " a phlogotic or inflammatory tumour
on the surface, imperfectly suppurative," firm, stationary, circum-
scribed, with a gangrenous core or eschar.
  Gen. IV.  I6nthus.  'lovteg, literally " violet or purple eruption,
or efflorescence," from i»v, " viola;"  though the etymologists differ
in deriving the term;  some referring us to avflas, " flos," from whence 
126                     NOSOLOGY.           [CL. III.—OH. 11.
         Punctse mucosae.  Darxv.
         Acne punctata.  Bateman.
         Maggot-pimple.
2.  corymbifer. Confluent;  corymbose; rosy; mottled with
                  purple; often disfiguring the nostrils with
                  pendulous lobes ; irritated  by cordials or
                  exposure  to heat.
      Gutta Rosea.   Sauv.  Darw.
      Acne rosacea.   Bateman.
      Bacchia.  Linn.
      Roth-gesicht.   Roth-nase.  G.
      Couperose: Rougeurs.  Goutte-rose.   F.
      Carbuncled-face.
      Rosy-drop.  Welk.
         Shakspeare has alluded to the whole of these  in  the
      following passage, as also in many others : —
         " His face  is all bubukles, and whelks, and  knobs,
      and flames of fire."
         The first  is found also occasionally as a symptom in
      diseases of  the stomach; and both in diseases  of  the
      liver, chiefly from an habitual indulgence in spirituous
      potation.
                      GENUS  V.

                       PHLYSIS.

    Ulcerative, subcutaneous tumour: flat; tensive; glabrous;
        diffused; hot; throbbing;  at length fluctuating with
        an acrid ichor.
1.  paronychia.  Seated about the nails and ends of the fingers;
we  have  exanthem ;  and  others to  ev0<>s, " fimus,"  " inquinatio,"
" foulness," " defilement."  Pollux, lib. iv. expressly tells us, that
the Greek ionthus is synonymous with the Latin varus ; and Diosco-
rides, lib. i. cap. 40, has united it with morphew, freckles, and other
blemishes of the face, frvixfttv, ^' t%ei xx6xpnx.w tririXm, <pxx.m, toviav,
tvhav, (Jbihxvixs,
  Gen. V. Pislysis.  4>Au8-<s. Hippocr. from q>hv», 0At»£«, " ferveo,
bullio."  The term, with all its compounds, was used in a general
and indeterminate sense by the Greeks to express cutaneous erup-
tions, filled with a fluid of any kind, whether purulent or ichorous ;
and hence QXwtxiwi, (phlyctaenx) from the same, imported, as there
will be occasion to show farther hereafter, both pustules and vesi- 
GE. V.]                   NOSOLOGY.                      12^

                    pain acute and pricking ; shooting up the
                    hand.
     Paronychia.  Auct.
     Dahus.   Arab.
     Nagel-geshwar.   G.
     Panaris.   F.
     Whitlow.
     x  Cutanea.  The acrid effusion seated between the skin .
         and parts immediately adjacent.   Heist. B. Bell.
     P  Tendinis.  Effusion  seated  between  the  tendons and
         the periosteum.  Heist. B. Bell. Garangeot.
     y  Periostii.  The effusion seated between the periosteum
         and the bone, which is often rendered carious. Heist.
         Wisem. B. Bell.
       Malignant Whitlow.
       Felon.  " The  malignant  paronychia is that which is
         commonly called a felon."  Wisem.
       Similar inflammations are  occasionally to be found in
     the soles of the feet and palms of the hands; they break
cles, as the terms are contradistinguished in the present day. More
generally, however, the phlysis and its ramifications had a  bearing
towards the sense of ichorous or vesicular swelling ;  and  hence Dr.
Willan has correctly restrained phlyctaenae to this meaning, in his
definitions.  Phlysis, in  the present work is equally restrained, as
are also its compounds emphlysis, and ecphlysis, formed after the
manner of emphyma and ecphyma from phyma ; and of empyesis
and ecpyesis from pyesis.  Among the  Anglo-saxon historians, as
Bede and Malmsbury, pustules are called poccas; vesicular erup-
tions, blegen  (blains;)  and boils, or eruptions with an  imperfect
suppuration, blacam blegene.
   For the peculiar nature of this kind of inflammation, and its mode
of treatment, see Hunter on Blood, p. 469.
   Gen. VI. Erythema.  EevBtiftx, from tptvioi, " rubor."  This is
undoubtedly a term of Hippocrates: it occurs not only in his Pra-
notiones Coacm, the genuineness of which is disputed, but in the ad-
mitted books of his Epidemics; and is translated by Duretus suffusio
erysipelatosa; and by Galen  and Celsus erysipelas.   In  this sense
erysipelas has descended to our own day in its popular use; while the
nosologists, with  a few  exceptions, have limited it to a peculiar
species of exanthem or eruptive fever, and have revived the Hippo-
cratic term erythema, to import a peculiar species of local inflam-
mation, in which the febrile affection is merely symptomatic.  The
first three species here offered are taken from Mr. J. Hunter, and are
too distinctly marked, and of too much importance, to be omitted 
128                     NOSOLOGY.           LCL. III.—OR. II.

    through the cuticle with difficulty from its thickness, and
    hence become diffused, and separate  the cuticle from the
    skin beneath.   The bite or poison of the gordius aquati-
    cus, or hair-worm, is said to have a peculiar tendency to
    produce this affection.
                      GENUS VI.

                   ERYTHEMA.

  Red, glabrous, tumid, fulness of the integuments ; disap-
    pearing on pressure; pain burning; inflammation ulcera-
    tive ; terminating in cuticular  scales or vesicles; occa-
    sionally in gangrene.
       Erythema.   Hippocr. et Auct. Var.
       Hieropyr.  Vog.
       Hautrothe.   G.
       Erysepele.   F.  but improperly so called.
       Inflammatory blush:  improperly  called Erysipelas.
1.  03dematosum.  Colour  scarlet ; spreading  widely and
                      deeply through the  cellular membrane,
                      which often  imperfectly  suppurates,
                      sloughs, and becomes gangrenous.
       Edematous Inflammation.  J.  Hunter on Blood, ch.  ii.
         p. 269.
2. erysipelatosum. Colour deepish red ; superficial; with a
                       determined edge ;  migrating in a ser-
  if these characteristics be kept in view, it will not be difficult to
draw the line between what should constitute erythema  and what
erysipelas.  The first bears the same analogy to phlegmon  as the
last does to small-pox.   Phlegmon is local inflammation, tending to
suppuration: erythema  local inflammation, tending to vesication:
small-pox is an idiopathic fever producing a phlegmonous efflores-
cence ; erysipelas an idiopathic fever producing erythematic efflo-
rescence.  Small-pox is always contagious ; erysipelas occasionally
so: phlegmon and erythema have no such tendency.
  It must, nevertheless, be recollected by the learner, that erysipe-
las has been applied sometimes, even by  good writers, to erythema,
as well as to the exanthem properly so called, for otherwise t.ie two
diseases will be perpetually confounded.   Thus the first three spe-
cies of erythema here noticed are only to hi  found under the term
erysipelas in Dr. Willan's arrangement,  which is made to embrace 
n.E. vi.)
NOSOLOGY.
129
                       pentine direction; the part which has
                       passed through  the  action healing,  as
                       the part next attacked becomes affected.
       Erysipelatous Inflammation.   J.  Hunter on  Blood, ch.
         ii. p. 269.
3. gangrenosum.  Colour  dusky-red;  superficial;  cuticle
                       separated from  the  cutis by a  bloody
                       serum :  the cutis, when denuded, exhi-
                       biting dark-brown  spots, disposed  to
                       blister and slough; occurring chiefly in
                       the extremities.
       Ignis sacer. spec. 2.   Cels.
       Gangrenous Inflammation.  J. Hunter on Blood, ch. ii.
         p. 274.
         All these species are usually to be  found in debilitat-
       ed or relaxed constitutions : the former too often appear
       as sequels of atonic  fevers ; the  third is common to old
       age, and early infancy.   See Underwood on  the Dis-
       eases of  Children; as also Willan on Erysipelas errati-
       cum.
4. vesiculare.   Colour pale-red;  surface roughish, and co-
                     vered  with crowding minute vesicles, fill-
                     ed with an acrid,  often a reddish fluid;
                     progressively trailing into the neighbour-
                     ing sound  parts.
both erythema and erysipelas, as the terms have hitherto been com-
monly  employed; while erythema  is arbitrarily made use  of to
characterize another collection  of cutaneous erubescences of very
different characters, and produced by very different causes; some of
them primary, others symptomatic,  affections; some constitutional,
others local: occasionally smooth, papulous, tubercular, or nodose:
but all  which seem to belong to different divisions.
  4. Erythema vesiculare.  This is intended  to delineate the ignis
sacer of the ancients,  which has been seldom understood, and never
hitherto allotted a clear methodic position.  The common error has
been in making it an exanthem or eruptive fever, an erysipelas or a
pestis,  or  a distinct disease approaching to the one or the other.
There  is no doubt that it has at times been an accompanying symp-
tom in pestis, and has consequently produced a variety in this fever
which the reader will find noticed under the  head pestis by the dis-
tinguished term erythematica,  of which nature was the plague of
Athens, so excellently decribed by Thucydides and Lucretius. But
the ignis sacer, in its genuine and simple  state, instead of being a
typhous eruptive fever, has often very little fever of any kind, never
  Vol. V.—Ee 
130
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. IIL—OR. II.
  Ignis sacer.   Cels. spec. 1.
* Benignum.   The redness and vesicles advancing with-
    out a breach of the cuticle, as the part that has pass-
    ed through the action is healing.
  Ignis sacer.   Cels. spec. 1. var. «..
* Corrosivum.  The vesicles breaking in the part first af-
    fected, and the erosive fluid producing  tracks of sa-
    nious ulceration as the redness advances.
  Ignis sacer.   Thucyd. Lucret. vi. 1165.   Cels. spec. 1.
    var. C.
  Feuerflecke.  G.
  Macula lata Plateri.  Plenck.
    It is to this the  Turkish physicians  give the name of
  Tatlu ujuz, literally dulcis scabies.
    The eczema rubrum  of  Dr. Bateman, but which, as
  he candidly acknowledges, is incongruous with his ge-
  neric character of  eczema, seems fairly to belong to this
  species ; and, if not one of the above,  may form a third
  variety.—It is correctly denominated  an erythema by
  Dr. Marcet.   Medico-Chir.  Trans. II. ix. and by Dr.
  Rutter.   Edin. Med. and Surg. Journ. IV. p. 143.
    Found also, occasionally, as a symptom in pestis, and
  as  a sequel on the exhibition of mercury in  irritable
  habits;  and hence denominated by some authors  ery-
  thema mercuriale and hydrargyria.
perhaps more than symptomatic fever ; and by Celsus is described
as being  best cured by an ephemeral or other fever that may give
increased action to the system ; hereby proving this as well as every
other variety of erythema, to be a result of debility.
  The character and subdivisions of ignis sacer, as offered in the text
under the heads e. gangraenosum, and e.  vesiculare, are taken from
Celsus, and given, as nearly  as may be, in his own words, to prevent
all doubt. He describes it as a genus comprising  two species, of
which the former  has two varieties.  " Duae species sunt. Aiterum
est subrubicundum, aut mistum rubore atque pallore, exasperatumque
per pustulas [cpXvKrxitx^) continuas, quarum nulla altera major est,
sed plunm^e perexigua.   In his semper fere pus, etsacpe rubor cum
colore est"   Then follow the two varieties as described in the text
above : x " Serpitque id nonnunquam, sanescente eo, quad primum
vitiatum  est:  £ nonnunquam etiam exulceratio,  ubi ruptis pustulis
(pkvxTxivxts) ulcus continuatur, humorque exit."
   He then passes  on to describe the  second species, which answers
to the character and almost to the words of erythema gangraenosum
in the text.  " Aiterum,  autem, in summee cutis  exulceratione, sed
sine  altitudine, latum, sublividum, insequaliter tamen ;  mediumque 
GE. VI.]
NOSOLOGY.
131
5. pernio.  Colour crimson  suffused with blue ;  obstinately
                itching; chiefly affecting the  extremities dur-
                ing winter.
       Erythema pernio.   Sauv.
       Pernio.  Linn.  Vog.
       Erythema a frigore.   Cull.
       Kiilte-geschwulst.   G.
       Engelure.   F.
       Chilblain.
       « Simplex.  The cuticle remaining unbroken.
sanescit, extremis procedentibus; ac saepe id, quod jam sanum vide-
batur, iterum  exulceratur :  at  circa, proxima cutis, quae vitium
receptura est,  tumidior et durior est, coloremque  habet  ex rubro
subnigrum.  Atque hoc quoque malo—in cruribus maxime."  Lib.
V. cap. xxviii. sect. 4.
  The author  has ventured to translate the fiustula of Celsus in the
present instance <pXvx.Taitxi, vesicles, first, because he thus explains
the term in sect. 15 of the same chapter; and secondly, because in
the ignis sacer, which, as we learn both from Thucydides and Lu-
cretius, was a symptom in the  plague of Athens, the former  has
given us this precise term.   The following couplet is sufficient from
Lucretius.  De Rer. Nat. vi. 1164.

     Et simul, ulceribus quasi inustis, omne rubere
     Corpus, ut est, per membra sacer quum diditur ignis.
     Wide ting'd with purple dye, and brandish'd o'er
     With trails of caustic ulcers, like the blaze
     Strew'd by the holy fire.

In Thucydides the same symptoms are described thus :
  JUxt to jiiev f|»0£y wxTo/jLevai <rau.x ovk  ecyxv Segfiov ajv, evre %Xo>gov, aXX'
v-reevSfov, ntXtfriov, <J>AYKTAINAI2 MIKPAI2,  xxt IXketiv f|jjv^xo5.
  " Yet the  body outwardly was not very hot to the touch, nor pale;
but  deep-red,  livid,  and  efflorescing with minute  vesicles, and
ulcers."
  In Seneca, who has closely copied from Lucretius,  the phrase
 accr ignis is still preserved.  CEdip. 187.
         Oculique rigent, et sacer ignis
         Pascitur artus.
         Stiff stare the eye-balls; for the burning limbs
         Deep feeds the holy  fire.

   5. Q E. Pernio, Exulceratus.  In very cold latitudes  it often affects
the  nose; and the living po*er is  destroyed as completely as by
combustion.  See Biblioth. Med. Manget, iii. p. 492.  Winkler de 
132
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. III.—OIL II
      C Exulceratus.  Accompanied with ulceration.
        Kibe.
6. intertrigo.   Colour bright red ; cuticle eroded ; the ex-
                    posed cutis oozing a limpid and acrimo-
                    nious fluid.
      Erythema intertrigo.   Sauv.
      Intertrigo.  Linn. Vog.
      Erythema ab  acri inquilino.   Cull.
      Kereh.  Arab.
      Frat.  G.
      Ecorchure.  F.
      Fret.  Erosion of the skin.
        From peculiar acrimony in the matter of perspira-
      tion ;  or  acrid substances  intermixing with  its natural
      secretion; especially in folds or  dimples of the skin;
      most frequently in the groins and behind the ears of in-
      fants, whose  cuticle is extremely delicate,  and easily
      eroded.   See Rhazes ad Almans.   Tr. vi. cap. 17, 18.
                  GENUS  VII.

                 EMPRE SMA.

Deranged function of a visceral organ, membraneous or pa-
  renchymatous ; with  local pain ;  fever mostly a cauma;
  inflammation mostly adhesive.
    Phlegmatiae membranosse  et parenchymatosae.  Sauv.

    Phlogistici.  Linn.
Frigore, 4 Leip. 2. 1737. Belgrado Del Calore e del Freddo. Parm.
1764.
  So, Milton, Par. Lost, ii. 294.
         ...........the parching air
        Burns frore; and cold performs th' effect of fire.
  Perhaps from Virgil, Georg. I. 93.
    .... Boreae penetrabile frigus adurat.

  Gen. VII. Empresma. Presma (v^mvfuc,) from srji$u, « inflammo,"
is in use both by Hippocrates and Galen, to express inflammation
generally.  Empresma, from tux^ifiu, « intus flammo, incendo," is
here employed to signify internal  or visceral inflammation. 
GE. VII.]
NOSOLOGY.
133
       Febres continuae inflammatoriae.   Vog.
       Inflammatio interna.  Macbr.
       Cauma.  Toung.
L  cephalitis.   Acute pain in the head; intji^ance of light
                    and soutr'  . face flu^iied ; eyes red ; cau-
                    ma ; v. aichftiii.cjA ;  and delirium.
       Striasis (e-tf.-^n.)  Hippocr.  Vogel.
       Sideratio.   Auct. Lat.
       Phrenitis.   Sauv.  Sag. Hqffm. Boerh. Cull.  Macbr
       Sphacelismus.   Etmull.  Linn.
       Cephalitis.  Sauv. Sag.
       Inflammatio phrenitis.    Parr.
       Cauma phrenitis.  Toung.
       Sersam.   Of Persian origin.
       Junun.  Arab.
       Hirn-fieber.  Hirn-wuth.   G.
       Phrenesie.  Inflammation du cerveau.  F.
       Phrensy.   Brain-fever.
         Found also, as an occasional symptom, in synochus,
       worms, various exanthems, trichoma, hydrophobia, in-
       juries of the cerebrum, and severe grief.
2.  otitis.  Severe pain in the ear; tenderness upon pressure;
              deafness or confusion of sounds.
       Otitis.  Vog.  Toung.
       Otalgia.   Sauv. Linn.  Vog.
       Dolor otalgicus.   Hoffm.
       Ohr-schmertz.   G.
       Douleur d'oreille.  F.
       Ear-ache.
  1.   Empresma Cephalitis.   This word is preferred to phrenitis, as
more  descriptive of the organ affected.   Dr. Cullen has correctly
observed, that we are  not acquainted with any pathognomic symp-
toms by which to distinguish inflammation of the brain from that of
its membranes;  and he has hence reduced the cephalitis, phrenitis,
and sphacelismus of preceding writers, to one genus.  The present
system follows him in this instance of generalization.  According to
Dr. Clutterbuck's hypothesis, all fevers are  mere varieties of this
species.  Inquiry, &c.  Sect. viii. p. 138.
  Sauvages, Vol. I. p.  458, asserts that the name among the Arabic
writers for this disease is sirsen.  We have here a double mistake:
sirsen should be sersam, and the word thus used is Persian, and not
Arabic.  It  is, however, extensively copied in  the  east,  and  has
found its way into the Turkish dialect.  See the  lexicon entitled
Laghati Halimi, 
134
NOSOLOGY.
LCL. III.—OK. II.
 3. parotiiis.  Painful, unsuppurative tumour of the parotid
                  glands, often extending to the maxillary ;
                  conspicuous externally ;  often accompanied
                  with swelling of the testes in males, and of «f fog
                  {!"•: mamr  "  in females.                  fnA f*.v\,usi*&
       Cynanche parotidi>i   Sau%>.  Hull.  Parr.              frtf<2m*cG
       Angina externa.   Russet, G£con. 2\?t.
       Ourles.  Oreillons.  /'.
       Branks.  Scottish.
       Mumps.
4. paristhmitis.   Redness  and swelling of the fauces ; with
                      painful and impeded deglutition.
       Paristhmia (w«fla-e^tx-)  Hippocr. Galen.
       Cauma paristhmitis.   Toung.
       Cynonche.   Auct. Grsec. Sauv. Cull. Sag. Linn.
       Angina.   Auct. Lat.  Hoffm. Boerh. Vog.
       Khenauk.  Arab.                          #
       Kehlsucht.   G.
       Esquinancie.   F.
       Squinancy.   Squ'i7isy.   Quinsy.
     x Tonsillaris.   Swelling of the mucous membrane of the
         fauces, and especially of the tonsils:  redness florid,
         fever a cauma.
       Synanche.   Auct  Grsec.
       Cynanche tonsillaris.  Sauv.  Cull.
       Cynanche faucium.   Parr.
   4. Empresma Paristhmitis : from 7r«f«6 and Je-dftos, literally morbus
faucium, >r throat-affection.  In Hippocrates paristhmia: 7rxgte~8fux—
tpxeyfiovxf rm xxtx rov to-Ottov  ^aeotuv.  The  term was used among the
Greeks, as in  the  present system, generically.  The later Greek
physicians gave different names to the different species of the genus:
and hence  we meet  with cynanche, synanche,  and  parasynanche ;
the idea common  to all which is that  of angina or strangulation,
while the prefixes  to the terms are of doubtful meaning.  Sec Gal.
vi. 324. Cels. De Angina.  Aetius attempted to justify cynanche, but
Caelius Aurelianus and Paulus, used synanche after  Celsus.  The
Latins employed angina in the same broad  or generic  sense as Hip-
pocrates paristhmia ;  quinsy is used in a parallel latitude among our-
selves.  Sauvages  conjectures, and  there is  some ground for the
opinion, that the synanche of the  Greeks was the common quinsy
(synanche, or paristhmitis tonsillaris) of the present day: their pa-
rasynanche, the  quinsy of the pharynx (c. or p. pharingea:) and
their cynanche, the croup of modern times, bronchitis or c. trachealis.
See further upon this subject, the  Preliminary Dissertation sect. ii. 
CE. VII.]
NOSOLOGY.
135
    Anginae inflammatoriae.   Boerh.
    Common quinsy.
  G Maligna.   Crimson redness of the mucous membrane of
      the fauces and tonsils; ulcerations covered with mu-
      cous and spreading sloughs, of an ash or whitish hue;
      fever a  typhus.
    Cynanche maligna.   Cull.
    Cynanche maligna. C. ulceros. a. C. gangraenos. b. Sauv.
    Angina ulcerosa; maligna ;  gangraenosa.   Auct. Var.
    Ulceros: ulcerated: malignant sore throat.
      Frequently epidemic ;  generally contagious.
    Found often as a symptom in rosalia or scarlet fever.
  7 Pharyngea.  Redness florid, and especially at the lower
      part of the fauces ;  deglutition extremely difficult and
      painful; fever a cauma.
    Parasynanche.  Auct. Graec.
    Cynanche pharyngea.   Sauv.  Cull. Eller.
    Anginae inflammatories, sp. 4.   Boerh.
bronchitis.   Breathing  sonorous  and suffocative ; voice
                harsh; ringing cough  ; fever a cauma.
    Cynanche.  Auct.  Graec.
    Cynanche trachealis.   Sauv.  Cull.
    Cynanche  stridula.  Parr.
    Cynanche laryngea.  Auct.  Var.
    Anginae inflammatoriae.   Boerh. sp. 1.
  Dr. Cullen is said to have prided himself upon having grouped an
extensive natural family of diseases under the term cynanche.  Parr,
art. Angina stridula, denies that he has done so; and adds, that
" self-complaceny had never so baseless a foundation. The  spe-
cies," continues Parr, " agree in no one principle but affection of the
parts connected with the neck."  This remark is too sweeping : it
may apply to Cullen's species of c. trachealis (croup,) and c.  paro-
tidaea (mumps :) but the rest must be exempted from its severity.
And it is not a little ludicrous to observe Parr, after passing this
censure in his article Angina, under which he considers the disease
in its different bearings, completely altering his views by the time
he reaches the article JVbsology: for here we find, in the first place,
the term angina banished, and that of cynanche adopted in its stead;
and secondly, croup and mumps, which are chiefly objected to in the
preceding quotation as divisions of cynanche, not only made divisions,
but sunk from species, in which they occur in Cullen, into varieties.
The present arrangement follows the Cullenian, as far as perhaps it
ought to do, and only quits it where the latter seems to demand a
change. 
13(3
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. HI.—OR. If.
       Angina polyposa.   Mitchel.
       Expectoratio solida.  Darw.
       Cauma bronchytis.   Toung.
       Angina canina.  Zacut.  Lusit.
       Croup.
         In the American  states this disease usually receives
       the name of hives, a  corruption of the term heaves, which
       is probably so called from the heaving or violent efforts
       of the muscles of the chest and abdomen, which takes
       place in breathing during its course.   Hosack.  Amer.
       Med. and  Phil. Reg. Vol.  ii. p. 41.
         The aperture of the glottis is twice as large in adults
       as in youth before puberty ; and hence one cause of the
       great danger of suffocation  from this disease in children,
       in whom the aperture is  often not more than  a line and
       a half in breadth.  See RicherandElem. de Physiol, ch.
       xi.  See also Baillie^s Morb.  Anat. Fasc. II. pi. 2.
         The concreted effusion, formed in the trachea, and so
       profusely coughed up, often extends through the whole
       range of the air-vessels  as far as the eye of  the anato-
       mist can trace them.
6. pneumonitis.   Obtuse pain  in the chest: constant difficulty
                    of respiration alleviated by an erect posi-
                    tion ; tumid,  purple, face or lips; cough
                    generally  moist, often  bloody;  pulse
                    usually soft.
  Paristhmitis is here preferred to paristhmia, as used by the Greek
writerrs, only because it corresponds with  the general termination
given to the species of the present genus.  But either is preferable
to angina (ctyw>n, " choak, strangle,") or cynanche [xvvxyyp, literally
dog-choak) on account of their greater elegance, and their contain-
ing the name of the organ affected.
  Dr. Cullen, in his remarks on cynanche maligna, seems to suppose
that the Spaniards  distinguish this peculiar kind of sore throat by
the name of garrotillo,- and  Dr. Parr has added, in  his article An-
gina gangrenosa, that they have given this name to the malignant
sore throat, from the shrill barking sound  which accompanies the
worst sort: as though garrotillo imported barking.   The fact is, that
garrotillo is precisely synonymous with angina and quinsy, or as the
French write it, esquinancie, from which our term is derived.  All
denote choaking suffocation, or a sense of strangling;  the  radical
Spanish verb is  garrotar, " to choke, bind tight, especially about
the throat, to strangle;" and all are used equally in a generic sense,
and signify suffocating sore throats of every kind. 
*«K. ML]
NOSOLOGY.
137
       Peripneumonia.   Sauv. Linn. Vog. Sag. Macbr.
       Pneumonia peripneumonia.   Cull.
       Pneumonitis.  Mich. Bourgard. Diss. 1754.
       Pulmonaria.  Auct. Var,
       Zatal-beyn.   Arab,
       Entziindung der lungen.  G.
       Peripneumonie.
       Peripneumony.   Inflammation of the lungs.
       * Vera.  The fever a cauma; pain severe, little expec-
           toration in the beginning.
         Peripneumonia vera.   Huxh. Cull.
         Peripneumonia pura.   Sauv.  Morgagn.
         Peripneumonia simplex. Macbr.
       $ Maligna.  Fever a synochus or typhus.  The debi-
           lity so extreme from an early stage of the disease,
           that the pulse ceases on the pressure of the finger;
           and the  vascular action  is too weak to accomplish
           expectoration.  Often epidemic.
             Said to be an erysipelatous affection of the lungs,
           Sarcone,  Istoria ragionata,  &c.   Ludwig, Adver-
           saria.  Baglivi, App.
         Peripneumonia putrida, sp. 3.—p. maligna, 4.—p. ty-
           phodes,  5.   Sauv.
       y Notha.  Great secretion  and expectoration  with a
           mild cauma. Probably in many instances a catarrhal
           affection: chiefly occurring in advanced life, or in
           those who have  weakened  their constitutions by
           excesses.
         Peripneumonia  notha.  Sydenh^ vi. 4.   Boerh. Coze* %
           Journ. Med. 1790.
         Catarrhus suffocativus.  Auct. q?
           Pneumonitis is found also, occasionally, as a symp-
         tom in rheumatism, phthisis, various exanthems, as
         small-pox, measles, miliaria;  in lyssa, and rickets.
         See Musgr. xi. 5. Sydenh. passim. Morton. Phthisiol.
         iv. 41. de Variol. vii. 64.   AUion. de Morb. Mill. p.
         107.   Journ. Encyclypedique, torn.  i. 3.  Doazam.
         Monspel.   Often terminates in  vomica: sometimes
         in empyema.
7. pleuritis.   Acute pain in the chest; increased during in-
                 spiration ; difficulty in  lying on  one side;
                 hard puke ;  short distressing cough.
       Pleuris.  Hippocr. Sauv. Linn.  Vog.  Sag. Cull.
       Pleuritica febris.   Hofftn.
  Vol. V.—F f 
138
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. III.—OR. II
     Passio pleuritica.  Ccel. Aur.
     Jirsam. Arab.
     Seitenwehe.  G.
     Mai di punta.  Ital.
     Pleurisie.  F.
     Pleurisy.
     x Vera.   Fever a cauma ; pain felt chiefly on one side.
          The inflammation, in this case, commences in that
       side of the membrane which lines the ribs ; though
       often communicated to the contiguous portion which
       covers the lungs.
       Pleuritis vera.  Sauv.
       Pleuritis sanguinea.  Hippocr.
       Pleuritis pura. , Bagliv. Sydenh.
     S Mediastina. Heavy pain in the middle of the sternum
          descending towards its  ensiform  cartilage;  with
          great anxiety.   The inflammation  is seated obvi-
          ously in the mediastinum from the symptoms.
       Pleuritis mediastini.  Sauv.
       Pneumonia pleuritis.  Cull.
     y Diaphragmatica.    Painful  constriction around the
          praecordia ; small, quick, laborious breathing.
            These symptoms sufficiently  decide that the in-
          flammation is seated chiefly in the diaphragm.
       Paraphrenias.  Boerh. aph. § 907.
       Paraphrenesis diaphragmatica.   Sauv.
          The terms paraphrenitis and paraphrenesis are de-
       rived from  the Peripatetic philosophy, which sup-
       posed the seat of the  phren (4>?»v) or soul to be the
       praecordia: whence this last region was denominated
       phrenes (^eves.)   Arist. De Part. Anim. 1. iii.  Hip-
       pocrates, on the contrary, supposed its seat to be in
        the brain.
          This species is found, occasionally, as a symptom
        in typhus, catarrh, rheumatism,  worms, pregnancy,
        trichoma,  miliaria, and   affections of the   liver.
        Zeviani De parapleurit.   Marteau de  Grandvilliers
        de  pleuro-peripneum.  epidem.   Bianchi, passim.
        Schenck. lib. ii.   De Mesery, torn. ii. 314.   Monton.
        Pyret.  Hist. viii.  141.  Puzos.  Traite des depots
        laiteaux.   Stabel. de Plica. Allion. de Miliaria.
8.  card'itis.  Pain in the region of the heart, often pungent;
                anxiety ; palpitation ; irregular pulse.
      Carditis.  Sauv.  Vog. Cull.  Macbr. 
,E. VII.]
NOSOLOGY.
139
         Inflammatio carditis.  Parr.
         Cauma carditis.  Toung.
         Enziindung der hertze.   G.
         Inflammation de coeur.   F.
         Inflammation  of the Heart.
           See a singular case of this disease  in Hewson's Ex-
         perimental Inquiries into the Lymph. Syst. Part ii. p.
         113. transcribed from  Sir John Pringle's  notes.  See
        also Hunter on Blood, p. 305, 311, 339.
  9. peritonitis.   Pain and tenderness of the abdomen, espe-
                      cially in an erect posture ; with  little af-
                      fection of the subjacent  viscera,  or abdo-
                      minal walls.
         Peritonitis.   Vog.  Cull.
         Cauma peritonitis.   Toung.
        » Propria.  The inflammation taking the general range
             of the peritoneum ; pain extreme, often pungent,
             with little or no relief from stools.
        P Omentitis.   With a  more  sensible  swelling in the
            region of the omentum.
        Omenti inflammatio.  Boerh.
        Epiploitis.  Sauv.  Sag.
        Omentitis.  Vog.
        Enteritis epiploitis.   Parr.

   8.  Empresma Carditis.  The symptoms have  a considerable re-
 semblance to those of pneumonitis ; and Cullen affirms that he has
 often met with  the disease evincing no other  symptoms.  It is pro-
 bably on this account that Linneus has taken no notice of it in his ar-
 rangement.  Vogel's definition is founded altogether upon this  view,
 " cordis inflammatio fere ut in peripneumonia."   The general con-
 nexion of the pleura with all the thoracic organs, some part of which
 seems necessarily to suffer when any one of them  is affected,  must
 give something of a family character to the whole group of thoracic
 diseases.  It is singular that Vogel, having thus admitted the diffi-
 culty of distinguishing carditis from pneumonitis by its symptoms,
 should have added pericarditis as a distinct disease from the former,
 referring us for its symptoms to those of mediastina, e. pleuritis S of
 the present nosology.  In a strictly anatomical view it may  perhaps
 be at times a separate affection : but, so far as regards the symptoms,
 we know nothing of such distinction, and it would  hence be idle to
 allow it.
  9. Empresma Peritonitis. The subjacent viscera, or parietes of the
 abdomen, if  affected at all, are only affected secondarily.   " If the
 peritoneum, which lines the cavity of the abdomen, inflames, its in-
flammation does not affect the parietes of the abdomen: or if the
peritoneum covering any of the viscera  is  inflamed, it does not af-
fect the viscera. Thus the peritoneum shall be universally inflamed, 
140
NOSOLOGY.
[CL.  III.—OU. II
      y  Mesenterica.  Pain deeper seated and more immedi-
           ately in the mesenteric region ; external tenderness
           less than in the preceding varieties.
      Mesenteric s.   Vog.
      Enteritis mesenterica.  Sauv. Parr.
      Puerperal fever  is  sometimes made another variety of
         this  species:  but it  belongs rather to typhus.   See
         Enecia Typhus.
10. gastritis.  Burning pains at the pit of the stomach, in-
                   creased by swallowing;  rejection of every
                   thing ; hiccough ; oppression and dejection,
                   of mind ; fever a synochus.
      Gastritis.   Sauv.  Linn. Vog. Sag. Cull.
      Ventriculi inflammatio.   Boerh.
      Cauma gastritis.  Toung.
      Inflammatio gastritis.  Macbr.  Parr.
      EntzUndung der magens.  G.
      Inflammation de l'estomac.  F.
as in the puerperal fever, yet the parieties of the abdomen, and the
proper coats of the intestines shall not  be affected:  on the other
hand, if the parietes of the abdomen, or the proper coats of the in-
testines, are inflamed, the peritoneum shall not be affected." Hunter
on Blood, p. 244.
  10. Empresma Gastritis. " If the stomach is inflamed, the patient
feels an oppression and dejection through  all  the stages of  the in-
flammation; simple animal life seems to be hurt and lessened, just
as sensation is lessened when  the brain is injured ; the pulse is gene-
rally low and quick, the  pain is obtuse, strong, and oppressing, such
as a patient can hardly bear."  Hunter on Blood, p. 234.
  10. x E. Gastritis Adhasiva. This comprises the genuine adhesive
inflammation, of which the following remarkable case, recorded by
Mr. Cruickshank, is quite in  point. " A young lady died after two or
three days illness: before this she had been in perfect health.   I
was called in, but she was dead before I got to the house.   From
her history I was  at a loss to account for her death : but on opening
the abdomen a  day or two after,  I found the contents of the sto-
mach in that cavity;  that they had  produced  peritoneal inflamma-
tion, and killed.  On examining the stomach, I found  a hole in it
large enough  to admit  the end of my finger:  this hole  had been
formed by absorption of  part of the substance of the stomach from
scrofulous  ulceration: its  edges  had adhered  by inflammation to
the under surface of the small lobe of the liver.  This inflammation
was evidently raised  by  the powers of the body to prevent  the ac-
cident which happened ;  and  if no violent vomiting had taken place,
and torn this adhesion at this particular time, she might have lived 
GE. VII j
NOSOLOGY.
141
      Inflammation of the Stomach.
      *  Adhaesiva.  Pain very acute : fever violent.
         Gastritis phlegmonodea.  Cull.
         Gastritis legitima.  Sauv.
      £  Erythematica.  With an erythematous blush extend-
           ing to and visible in the fauces ;  pain  more mode-
           rate ;  fever less violent; pulse low and quick.
             The species,  under one  of its two  varieties,
         found also as a  symptom,  occasionally in aphtha,
         measles, small-pox,  and other exanthems; perhaps
         also in repelled herpes, scabies, and similar eruptions.
         Eller. de Cogn. et Cur. Morb. §11.   Hoffm. de Febr.
         Stom.   Sauv. in loco.
11.  enteritis.   Griping pain in the belly, with tension,  ten-
                   derness and vomiting;  fever a synochus.
      Enteritis.  Sauv. Linn.  Vog.  Sag. Cull.
      Intestinorum inflammatio.  Boerh.
      Chordapsus.  Galen.
      Cauma enteritis.  Toung.
      Entzundung der darmen.   G.
      Inflammation des boyaux.  F.
      Inflammation of the Bowels.
for years notwithstanding the ulcer."  Anat.  of the Absorb.  Vess.
p. 123.
  It is from this  common tendency of the genuine empresma, that
the author has been induced to distinguish the present from the
subdivision which follows, by the name of erythematica.  Dr. Cul-
len's term is phlegmonodea, which is not quite true to his own cha-
racter of phlegmon—" in fastigium plerumque elevato, sape in apos-
tema abeunte; dolora sepe pulsatili." Cl. I. Ord. ii. Gen. vii. Phlo-
gosis Phlegmone.
   10. £ E. Gastritis Erythematica.  For a  correct distinction be-
tween the two subdivisions which occur in this and the next species,
however, we are  chiefly indebted to  Dr. Cullen, but who advances
them, unnecessarily, to the rank of species.  Mr. John Hunter has
added great strength to Dr. Cullen's opinion concerning the second
variety.   " There is,"  says he, " an inflammation which attacks in-
ternal canals, which is classed with the  erysipelatus ;  but how far
it is the same I do not knows it  is certainly not the suppurative.
Whatever it is, it may be considered in some of its effects lo be in
direct opposition  to the adhesive and the suppurative inflammations:
for where the adhesive most readily produces adhesions, there the
erysipelatous does not, as  in the common cellular membrane ;  and
where the adhesive seldom takes place, excepting from extreme
violence, there this inflammation (it" erysipelatous) ha* a tendency 
142
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. 111.—OK. II
      a.  Adhaesive.  Pain  very  acute;  vomiting  frequent;
           obstinate costiveness ; fever violent.
         Enteritis iliaca.   Sauv. sp. 1.
         Enteritis colica.  Sauv.  sp. 2.  Boerh. 963.
         Enteritis phlegmonodea.  Cull.
      Z Erythematica.   Pain more moderate;  fever less vio-
           lent, little vomiting;  diarrhoea.
             The  species, under one  of the  two  varieties,
           found also, occasionally, as a symptom in intesti-
           nal, ventral, inguinal, and other hernias.
12.  hepatitis.   Tension;  soreness, and pain in the region of
                   the liver ;  pain about  the right should er ;
                   difficulty of lying on the left side.
      Hepatitis.   Gal. et Auct. Recent.
      Jekur fessadi.  Pers. Turk.
      Entziindung der leber.  G.
      Inflammation du foye.   F.
      Inflammation of the Liver.
         Properly s\teaV\n%,fessida only is Arabic, and denotes
      malum, corruptio ; for the Arabic term for the liver is
      kebed, literally imported from the Hebrew *nD-  whence
      also the Syriac ktbeda.  It has been already observed,
      that it is  from the Persian term jekur,  that the Latin
      term jecur is probably derived, as it is from the Greek
      term Vr«/> that the same tongue has copied hepar.
to produce adhesions, as in canals or outlets;  it also  opposes,  in
some degree, the suppurative, in being backward in producing sup-
puration even in those places where suppuration most readily takes
place, such as canals and outlets; for there, as above observed, it
more readily throws out the coagulating lymph.  Whatever the in-
flammation  may be, it is certainly attended with nearly the  same
kind of constitutional affection.  The fever  in  both appears  to be
the  same: viz. accompanied with debility, languor, Sec"  On Blood,
p. 270.
  The gastritis erysipelatosa  of Sauvages, sp.  4. which he copies
from Riveiius, is improperly thus named : for, as Dr. Cullen has re-
marked, it clearly belongs  to the first  or adhesive subdivision, of
which it has all or nearly all the characters.
  11.  x E. Enteritis Adhasiva.  The nature of the disease depends
chiefly upon the patient's idiosyncrasy ;  but much also upon the sea-
son of the year and temperament of the atmosphere.   And some-
times the modifying causes are so balanced as to leave it doubtful
which variety will be established.   Master P—, a  healthy and  ac-
tive boy thirteen years old, was attacked with marked symptoms of
enteritis in July 1805, but of so mixed a character as to produce un- 
GE. VII.]
NOSOLOGY.
143
      x  Acuta.  The  specific  character  decisive;  and  the
           symptoms clearly marked.
         Hepatitis acuta.   Cull.
      5  Chronica.   The specific character obscure ;  and the
           existence of the disease  suspected from exposure
           to its causes ; and an occasional recurrence of the
           pathognomic symptoms, accompanied with a slight
           degree of fever.
         Hepatitis chronica.  Cull.
         Hepatitis obscura.  Sauv.
13.  splenitis.  Heat, fulness, and tenderness in the region of
                  the spleen: pain upon pressure.
      Splenitis.   Auct.
      Lienis inflammatio.  Boerh.  Sennert.
      Entzundung der miltz.   G.
      Inflammation de la rate.  F.
      Inflammation of the Spleen.
         The splenalgia of authors is usually a slight attack of
      this species with some small  degree of fever.  Para-
      bysma  splenica, ague-cake, is a  frequent sequel  of
      splenalgia.
14.  nephritis.  Pain in  the region of  the kidneys and  ure-
                    thra;   frequent  micturition;  vomiting;
                    numbness of the thigh  on the  affected
                    side ;  retraction of  the testicle.
      Nephritis.  Auct.
      Rtuum inflammatio.  Sennert.
      Entziindung der nieren.  G.
      Inflammation des reins.   F.
      Inflammation of the kidneys.
         Found occasionally, also, as a symptom  in nephritic
      calculi, and rheumatism.  Hoffm.  torn. iii. Meysery ii,
      374.
certainly for the first two or three days.   The abdomen was tense
and tender, the intestinal canal, painful through the  greater part of
its extent; the pulse was quick and moderately full; the skin very
hot and dry;—the blood, when drawn from the  arm, without any
buffy appearance; the sickness incessant, with great oppression and
anxiety.  The symptoms continued to increase—the stomach be-
came evidently affected; an erythematic sloughing appeared in the
throat on the fourth day from the attack ;  and on the sixth the pa-
tient died.
  12.  Empresma Hepatitis.  The varieties are taken from Cullen.
Sauvages,  on the authority of Amati, has given an erysipelatous 
144
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. III.—OR. II.
15. cystitis.  Pain and swelling in  the  hypogastric region ;
                  discharge  of urine  painful or  obstructed ;
                  tenesmus.
       Cystitis.  Auct. Recent.
       Inflammatio vesicae.   Hoffm. Sennert.
       Cystiphlogia.  De Meyzerey.   Malad. des Arm.
       EntzUndung der blase.   G.
       Inflammation de la vesie.  F.
       Inflammation of the Bladder.
         Often the result of wounds, sometimes  of cantha-
       rides : more generally idiopathic.
16. hysteritis.   Pain, swelling, and tenderness in the hypo-
                    gastric region ; heat, pain and tenderness
                    of the os uteri;  vomiting ; pulse quick
                    and low.
       Hysteritis.  Linn. Vog.  Cull.
       Metritis.  Sauv. Sag.
       Inflammatio uteri.   Sennert.
       EntzUndung der mutter.   G.
       Inflammation de la matrice.  F.
       Inflammation of the Womb.
       x Simplex.  The organ being impregnated.   Pain per-
         manent, circumscribed, throbbing;  fever a cauma.
       0 Puerperarum.   Pain less  acute, less circumscribed ;
         flow of urine difficult; fever a synochus or typhus.
17. orchitis.  Pain and swelling of  the testicle ; nausea or
                  vomiting;  depression of spirits;  pulse
                 quick, somewhat low.
       Inflammatio testium.  Auct. Var.
       Hernia humoralis.  Auct. Var.
       Inflammation of the Testicle.
         The stomach peculiarly sympathizes with this affec-
       tion; and  it is hence  often  cured by vomits  when all
       local applications have proved ineffectual.

'erythematic) hepatitis; as Lommius, Observ. lib. ii. has done a simi-
lar variety of pneumonitis;  but the parenchymatous viscera do not
seem to be subject to an inflammation of this description. "  Me,
saltern, judice," says Cullen, " erythema non nisi superficies ilias
internas quas tegit epithelion et tunica villosa epidermidi  externae
continua, et analoga,  afficere potest."  The observations of  Mr.
J. Hunter just quoted under empresma and empresma gastritis, are
in perfect accordance with this opinion.
  Gen. VIII. Ophthalmia.  This term is  used in  very different
latitudes by different writers. Sauvages, Linneus, and Sagar, make
it parallel with cephalalgia or cephalae; and consequently expressive 
6fi. VIII.]
NOSOLOGY.
145
                     GENUS  VIII.

                  OPHTHALMIA.

     Pain and redness of the eye or its appendages ; intolerance
         of light; flow of tears or other excited secretion.
       Ophthalmia.  Sauv. Linn.  Plenck et Alior.
       Oculorum Inflammatio.   Vog.
       Inflammatio oculorum.  Hoffm.
       Ophthalmites.   Vog.
       Cauma ophthalmitis.  Toung.
       Sahik.  Arab.
       AugenentzUndung.   G.
       Ophthamie.  F.
       Ophthalmy.  Inflammation of the Eyes.
 1.  taraxis.   The tunics of the eye-ball chiefly inflamed ; in-
                 creased secretion of tears.
       Ophthalmia humida.  St. Tves.
       Ophthalmia vera.   Sennert.
       Epiphora.  Galen.
       Taraxis.   Paul. Mgin.  Aetii.
       Chemosis.  Aetii.
       Ophthalmia Chemosis.  O. Taraxis.  O. humida.  Sauv.
       Ophthalmia membranarum.  Cull.
       Lachrymose Ophthalmy.
       x Mitis.  Limited to the surface: pain tolerable t with*
           out head-ache.

 of any ache of the eye without reference to fever or inflammation;
 among all whom it occurs as a genus under the class dolores. By
 Vogel, Cullen, and Macbride, it is limited to inflammatory affections
 of the  eye : occurring as a genus under the two former,  and as a
 species under the  latter.  In Parr  and Young it is found also as a
 mere species; the second denominating it ophthalmitis, consonantly
 with the common termination of the inflammatory diseases of internal
 membranes and  organs.   Yet it is difficult to say what precise de-
 scription of opnthalmy Dr. Young  adverts to by his Cauma  ophthal-
 mitis, since he merely refers us for an explanation to another genus
 and species in his  arrangement, which he denominates inflammatio
 specifica; under one subdivision of which he enters  Dr. Cullen's
 ophthalmia ; as though he intended that the two should be  synony-
 mous:  in which case, however, there seems little or nothing left
 for  cauma ophthalmitis, as Cullen's ophthalmia is purposely de-
signed to cover every inflammatory affection of the eye.
  Vol. V.—G g 
146
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. HI.—OU. It
        Taraxi s.  Plenck.
      Q Acuta.  Extending to the lower part of the eye-ball;
           sometimes commencing there ; pain burning ; tears
           perpetual and acrid ;  intolerable head-ache.
        Chemosis.  Plenck.                         .  .
2. purulenta. The internal surface ofthepalpebrae associating
                in the inflammation of the eye-ball; copious
                secretion of a purulent  fluid.
        Purulent Ophthalmy.   Ware.
      x Epidemica.    The  disease  epidemic;  inflammation
        rapid and destructive ;  head-ache intolerable ; often
        succeeded by delirium ; at times remittent.
        Ophthalmia epidemica.  Wilder, Stutg. 1787. Plenck.
        Egyptian Ophthalmy.  Power.  Vetch.  Edmonstone.
      C Metastatica.  Apparently produced by a sudden sup-
        pression  of catarrhal, blennorrhoic, or other morbid
         discharge.  The secretion often greenish.  Swediaur.
         Scarpa.   St. Tves. Pearson. Edmonstone.  Ware.
         Ophthalmia catarrhalis.  O. gonorrhoica.   Plenck.
      y Intermittens.   Marked by  regular  intermissions.
         Nearly allied to the epidemic variety.  Probably pro-
         duced by marsh miasm.
         Ophthalmia periodica.  Plenck.
       ^ Infantium.   Appearing suddenly,  and without any
         ostensible  cause, in  new-born infants : the  palpebral
         florid, and peculiarly tumid.
     Purulent Ophthalmy of new-born children.   Ware.
 3.  glutinosa.   The inflammation chiefly seated on the tarsus;
                   its sebaceous glands secreting a viscous and
                   acrid fluid  that  glues  and ulcerates  its
                   edges, and irritates the eye.
       Ophthalmia tarsi.  Cull. Parr.
       Psorophthalmi.  Plenck. Ware.
       Oculi palpebrarum scabies puriginosa.   Castell.
       Augenlieder fleckte.   G.  See Janin.   Uber das Auge.
 4. chronica.  Eye weak and weeping  after the inflammation
  The term in the present arrangement is used in a limited sense,
as importing inflammation accompanied with local pain.  It might
perhaps have been placed as a species under empresma, in which
case it should have been written ophthalmitis : but it has various cha-
racters peculiar to itself, as well in regard to its symptoms as to the
seat of the organ, which seem to entitle it to the rank of a  distinct
genus,  and it is thus arranged accordingly. 
CE. V1IL]
NOSOLOGY.
147
         has ceased ; redness permanent, increased by
         slight causes.
Lippitudo.   Auct. var.
Ophthalmia chronica.   Auct.  Alior.
Remed.   Arab.
Zyger-augen.  G.
Chassie.  F.
Blear-eye.  Lippitude.
  Often a relic or sequel of the preceding varieties; and
best relieved by gentle stimulants and astringents, as cold
water, solutions  of camphor, zinc, alum, lead;  slight
illinations of French brandy, laudanum, or the  nitric
oxyd of mercury in the form of an ointment.
  Sometimes the eye assumes a general redness without
pain, which is the ophthalmia indolens of Richter, Janin,
and Gendron,  See Richter, Chirargische Bibliotheck,
Band i. stuck. 4.  Gendron,  Traite  des maladies des
Yeux, torn. ii. p.  38.  Paris, 1770.
  Ophthalmy is also occasionally found as a symptom
in catarrh, scrophula, syphilis.
                      GENUS IX.

                   CATARRHUS.

     Inflammation of the mucous membrane of the fauces, o£-
         ten extending to the bronchia and frontal sinuses ; in-


  Gen. IX. Catarrhus. Kxrxppo<^: "defluctio:" fromxxtxand peu>,
*' fluo."   This term, like ophthalmia, has been used in various senses
and latitudes by different authors.  Schneider and Hoffman show a
disposition to extend it to inflammation of mucous glands in  gene-
ral : and Parr, enticed by such an example, has made it a genus for
including not only what is commonly understood by catarrh, but the
cough of old age, which he admits is without a febrile action, croup,
dysentery, phthisis, cystirrhoea, leucorrhoea, gonorrhoea, and one or
two others.  This is the widest acceptation of the term:  the narrow-
est is that of the old pathologists, who thus distinguished between
three separate terms which are now regarded by many writers as
synonymous.

         Si fluit ad  pectus, dicatur rheuma Catarrhus ;
         Ad fauces, Bronchus ; ad nares esto Cortza. 
148
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. UL—OH. If
         farction of the nostrils; sneezing, and for the most part
         a mucous expectoration, or discharge from the nose.
       Catarrhus.   Hippocr. Sauv.  Vog. Sag. Cull.
       Catarrhus.   Sauv. Linn.  Vog.
       Rheuma.  Sauv.  Sag.
       Catarrh.
1.  communis.   Fever slight;  mucous discharge considerable.
       Catarrhus benignus.  Sauv.
       Coryza catarrhalis.  Sauv.
       Rheuma catarrhale.  Sauv.
       Gravedo.   Cels. et Auct.  Lat. Linn.
       Catarrhus a frigore.   Cull.
       Febris remittens catarrhalis.  Macbr.
       Zukam.   Ar. Pers.
       Erkaltung.   G.
       Infreddatura,  Ital.
  This couplet is founded, perhaps, upon Galen's account of these
affections, De Sympt. Caus. lib. iv. cap. iii. § 4 ; but it does not fol-
low up the Greek distinction in all its ramifications; for the Greek
physicians, as he tells us, had also other names for the defluxion
when it chiefly attacked other parts in the neighbourhood :  as aci-
nus, when the uvula was the seat of affection, antiadae, when the
tonsils, and paristhmia, when the attack was common to the  fauces.
For  all  these Celsus employs the Latin  term gravedo, between
which, however,  and  coryza, he observes that there  is an evident
difference.  It is this difference which is endeavoured to be explain-
ed in the present system, in  which coryza is made  to import nasal
defluxion without pyrexy.   Celsus  takes  no notice of the term
catarrh.  In his day catarrh was changed by the Greek writers  to
catastagmus.
  Sauvages has only deviated from the rule contained in the above
Latin couplet, by omitting bronchus, and employing catarrhus in its
stead, and rheuma in the stead of catarrhus;  so that with him rheu-
ma  imports a  cold febrile defluxion  of the  chest; catarrhus the
same affection of the fauces, and adjoining organs; and coryza the
same of the head or nostrils.
  Cullen has regarded rheuma, coryza, bronchus, and catarrhus, as
synonymous terms scarcely indicating varieties of the same disease.
The arrangement of Dr. Cullen, however, did not allow him to place
hex, tussis, or cough, any where else; and he has hence regarded
this affection also as synonymous with catarrh.   Here the present
system differs from him,  as  it does likewise in separating  coryza
from the list of phlogotic affections.  Cough is not  necessarily a
febrile  or inflammatory disease, though it may be occasionally  a
symptom of such disease.  Cough, therefore, under the Greek term
bex, is removed with coryza, to class ii. Pneumatica, where they will 
GJE. IX.]
NOSOLOGY.
149
       Rhume.   F.
       Gravedo.  Old Engl.
       Cold in the Head.
I. epidemicus.  Attack  sudden ;  great heaviness over  the
                   eyes; fever strikingly depressive; epidemic.
       Catarrhus a contagio.   Cull.
       Catarrhus epidemicus.  Sauv.
       Rheuma epidemicum.   Sauv.
       Influenza.
         For an excellent chronological table of the best wri-
       ters upon the subject, from the Cronica Meteorologica
       Tuscana,  of  1323, by  Targioni  Tozzetti,  to Saillant,
       Tableau des Epidemies catarrhales, see Cullen's Synop-
       sis, in loco.
         Catarrh is also found occasionally, as a symptom in
       measles, small-pox, worms, dentition, rheumatism.
 perhaps be allowed to occupy more correct and  natural posts than
 in the present place.
   Dr. Crichton and Dr. Young have sunk catarrh into a species of
 inflammation or inflammatory fever; the genus of the former being
 somewhat unclassically denominated phlegmasia sthenic*, and of the
 latter cauma.  In this view of catarrh it would find its place, under
 the present arrangement, as a species of empresma. But for the rea-
 son that the author has ventured to make ophthalmia adistinct genus,
 he has al so ventured to do the same with respect to catarrhus   It
 has sufficiently striking characters for its present rank ; and is of too
 complicated a nature for a mere species.
  2. Cal*rrhus Epidemicus.  Dogs and horses are  peculiarly subject
 to a  violent and frequently fatal species of this disease; in most in-
 stances highly contagious or epidemic.  This, among ourselves, is
 vulgarly known by the name of distemper, snaffles  or rather snuffles .-
 among nosologists it is called catarrhus caninus.   It is a singular
 and appears to be a well ascertained fact, that .dogs which have un-
 dergone this catarrh never generate lyssa or canine madness, though
 they are capable  of receiving it by contagion.  Hence lyssa is un-
 known in South America, notwithstanding the prodigious number of
 dogs kept in many parts of it for the express  purpose of eatine up
 the flesh of the wild oxen and buffaloes that are shot for the  value
of their hides; and shot too in such abundance, that the atmosphere
would otherwise be loaded with putrid exhalations.  In South Ame-
rica the distemper or canine catarrh is more prevalent, and perhaps
more fatal, than any where else; half the dogs being supposed to
die of it while puppies. 
15t»                     NOSOLOGY.           [CL. III.—Olt. II.


                       UENUS  X.

                  SPARGANOSIS.

     Pale, tense, glabrous, diffused  swelling of a limb ; great
         tenderness ; inflammation subcutaneous, unsuppura-
         tive.
      Sparganosis.   Dioscor.
1.  puerperarum.  Occurring, for the most part, during the
                       second or third week after child-birth ;
                       limited to the  lower extremity,  and
                       chiefly  to  one side; exhibiting to the
                       touch a feeling of numerous  irregular
                       prominences  under the  skin  ; fever a
                       hectic.
      Phlegmata lactea.   Sauv.  Levert.
      Phlegmatia dolens.  Hull.
  Gen. X. Sparganosis. 'ZTtrweyxiao-n :  from o-irxeyxu,  " to tumefy
and distend :" tumeo et distentus sum, as rendered by Scapula. This
term is taken from Dioscorides, as already observed in  the note on
Phlegmone mammae.  It is here designed, however, to distinguish
only one of the numerous and heterogeneous diseases which Dios-
corides has included under it, from a notion that all are the  result
of a suppression, miscombination, or misdirection of the milk. Ab-
scess in the  breast, phlegmone  mammae, is not always connected
with the state of the milk; and the present species, though usually
referred to this cause, still less frequently connected, antl perhaps
never.   The latest and best writers upon the subject, Mr. White,
Mr. Trye, Dr. Ferriar, and Mr. Hull, concur in deriving  the disease
from lymphatic effusion, or an inflammation of the lymphatics, or of
the lymphatic gland of the side affected.  Probably both concur in
its production, which is  Dr.  Hull's  pypothesis; at the same time
the fever seems to be idiopathic, and the effused lymph peculiarly
thick  and glutinous,  constituting a  critical  deposit; its increased
glutinosity resulting perhaps from the tendency which the general
frame at this time possesses of producing genuine  milk, and milk-
like or albuminous secretions in various parts of the body, as  for
example in  the peritonaeum  during typhus puerperarum ; and in
different parts of the  hypogastrium, as described by Puzos, in  his
Traite  des Accouchemens, under the name  of Depot laiteux dans
Phypogastre.
  That sparganosis is not dependent upon the state of the mammary
organ, is obvious from  its occurring in cases where there is no sup-
pression of milk;  and from its being found equally in the weak and
the strong, the lean and the corpulent, the sedentary and the active, 
GE. X.]
NOSOLOGY.
151
  Anasarca serosa.  Cull.
  Ecphyma cedematicum. A.  Toung.
  Ecchymoma lymphatica.   Parr.  Art. Lymphoeductus.
  Ischias a sparganosi.   Sauv.
  Depot laiteaux sur la cuisse.   Puzos.
  Lait repandu.  F.
  Milch-streichem.  G.
  Milk-spread.



                 GENUS XI.

              ARTHROSIA.

Inflammation mostly  confined to  the  joints ;  severely
    painful; occasionally extending to the surrounding
    muscles.
  Arthritis.  Auct.  Graec.
the young and  the middle-aged, those who suckle, and those who
do not.   The edematous affection that takes place in the  ankles
afterwards is a mere sequel of the disease, dependent upon vascular
debility; and hence Dr. Cullen seems not less improperly to regard
sparganosis as a species of anasarca, (anasarca serosa,) than others
who have regarded it  as a species of milk  affection.   The  author
has, at the time of writing, a lady under his care, severely affected
with sparganosis, of good natural constitution, and with  a profuse
flow of milk ; her age  twenty-two: has lain in three weeks.
  Gen. XI. Arthkosia.   From xedeov, " to articulate," whence
arthrosis, arthritis, and  various other medical derivations. The usual
term  for the genus of diseases before us, among the Greek  phy-
sicians,  was  arthritis, which the author would have continued, but
that, for the  sake of simplicity  and regularity, he has been anxious
to restrain the termination  itis to  the different species of the genus
empresma, comprising the membranous and parenchymatous inflam-
mations; whence arthrosia is employed in its stead, and precisely in
its original extent of meaning.
  Arthritis, among the Greeks, was used generically to import ar-
ticular inflammations,  or painful  joint-tumours of every  sort.  Al-
most every sort having, however, in  recent times, been  regarded
as a distinct genus of  diseases, it has frequently been a question to
which of them  the Greek term should be applied.  HeDce, as will
appear  from the different synonyms in the text, some writers have
limited it to gout, others have more or less extended it to gout and
rheumatism; others again  have  made it embrace white-swelling; 
152                      NOSOLOGY            [CL. III.—OH. II

       Arthritis.   Sauv. Parr.   Art. Nosol.
       Articular Inflammation.
       Joint-ache.
while a fourth class of writers,  in order  to avoid all obscurity ann
dispute, have banished the term altogether.
   Now gout,  rheumatism, whether  acute or chronic, and  white-
swelling, however they may differ in various points as well of symp-
toms as of treatment, have striking characters that unite them into
one common family or genus.   Gout and rheumatism are so nearly
allied in their more perfect forms, as to be distinguished with con-
siderable difficulty; and, in many instances, rather by the collateral
circumstances of temperament,  period of life, obvious or unobvious
cause, antecedent affection  or health of the digestive function, than
from the actual symptoms themselves.  Stoll maintains that they are
only varieties of the same  disease, Med. Rad. v.  p. 465.  Bergius,
that  they  are  convertible, Svanne Suar om Gikt.   White-swelling,
in one of its varieties, is now uniformly regarded as a sequel of rheu-
matism, or the  result of a rheumatic  diathesis :  while  the  other
variety cannot be separated from it. All these therefore necessarily
form one common  genus, and are correctly so arranged by Dr. Parr.
   Cullen has justly observed, after Sauvages, that properly speak-
ing there  is but one species of  gout, the  subdivisions being  mere
varieties.   This one species, however,  he has incorrectly made a
genus, and then, having entered his subdivisions under it as varieties,
he has, in fact, given us no species whatever.   Macbride  has  given
us both genus and species as well as varieties; but then his species
are only parallel with  the  varieties of Cullen, while the genus of
both of them should have been a species alone.   The subdivisions
of Macbride,  which  he calls  species,  are simpler than those  of
Cullen; and the present arrangement, therefore, though it does not
exactly adopt  them, is in some degree guided by them.  Atonic
gout, which is the  name of Cullen's second variety, might just as
well include his retrograde gout, or third variety,  and  perhaps his
aberrant, or misplaced gout, which forms his fourth.
   The varieties of arthrosia hydarthrus, are taken  from Mr. B;
Bell's treatise  on white-swelling.                              •
   From the close connexion between gout and rheumatism, Sauva-
ges, and various other nosologists, distinguish some of the cases of
disguised gout by the  name of rheumatic gout.  Mr. John Hunter
warmly opposed this  application, for his doctrine was, that no two
distinct diseases, or even diseased diatheses, can exist in the  same
constitution.  Yet it is singular that one of the severest illnesses that
attacked  his own person, and  which ultimately proved to be dis-
guised gout, podagra larvata,  he suspected,  in its outset, to  be a
rheumatic  attack.   See Sir Everard  Home's Life of Mr. Hunter,
prefixed to his Treatise on Blood, p. liii. compared with p. Iv.  The 
<?iE. XI. j
NOSOLOGY.
15S
1. acuta.   Pain and inflammation usually about the larger
                joints, and surrounding muscles;  often  wan-
                dering ; urine  depositing a lateritious  sedi-
                ment ; fever a cauma.
       Rheumatismus.   Sauv.  Linn. Vog.  Cull.
       Myositis.  Sag. Plouquet.
       Myitis.   Cricht.
       Cauma Rheumatismus.  Toung.
       Arthritis Rheumatismus.   Parr.  Art. Nosol.
       Rheumatisme chaud.  F.
       Lauffende gicht.   G.
       Acute Rheumatism.
       a Artuum.   Pain chiefly felt in the joints and muscles
           of the extremities.
 example is highly interesting and curious, as showing the singular
 forms which this morbid Proteus sometimes affects, and the various
 seats it occupies : as also that a life of temperance and activity is no
 certain security against its attack : for Mr. Hunter at this time had
 drunk no wine for four or five years,  and had allowed himself but
 little sleep at night.   The reader may turn to some very excellent
 observations of Mr.  Hunter on this disease, in his treatise on Blood,
 p. 265—268.
   Gout  is one of the maladies which seems to have been common to
 England in its earliest ages  of barbarism. It is frequently noticed
 by the Anglo-Saxon historians,  and the  name assigned to it is fot-
 adl, (foot-ail.)  In the Cottonian MSS. at the British Museum, Lib.
 Vitell. c. 3, we have  the following prescription, which was once re-
 garded as a specific: " Take the herb datulus ortitulosa, which  we
 call greata  cranleac (a species  of iris or flag-flower.)—Take  the
 heads of it,  and dry them very much, and  take thereof a penny-
 weight and an half; and the pear-tree and roman bark, and cummin,
 and a fourth part of laurel berries; and  of the other herbs half a
 penny-weight of each,  and six  pepper-corns, and grind all to dust;
 and put two egg-shells full of wine.   This is true leech craft. Give
 it to the man to drink till he be well."
   1. Athrosia acuta.   One of the best tracts upon this subject is
 that of Dr. Haygarth's Clinical History of the Acute Rheumatism,
 contained in his « Clinical History of Diseases," published in 1805.
 It gives the fair result of a considerable extent of practice condensed
 into a small compass,  and arranged in a  tabular form, from notes
 taken by himself during a  period of thirty-eight years.  Of 470
 patients, only 170 are 6tated to have had any fever, amounting to
 about a  third of the whole ; and hence, perhaps, the majority should
 rather be regarded  as appertaining to the  second species  of the
- present  arrangement,   The tables contain a larger list of males than
 of females, probably from the former being more generally exposed
   Vol. V.—H h 
154
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. m.—OB. H.
        Veje-omefasil.  Arab.
          Said, among other curious remedies, to be relieved
        by the warmth and stimulus of an ants' nest; balneum
        formicarum.   See  Bourgeois, Hebammenbuck, part
        ix. cap. 14.
      £ Lumborum.  Pain chiefly felt in the loins ; and shoot-
          ing upwards rather than below.
        Lumbago rheumatica.  Nephralgia rheumat.  Sauv.
        Zulekkhet.   Arab.
        Lumbago.
      f Coxendicis.   Pain chiefly felt in the hip-joint; pro-
          ducing emaciation of the nates on the side affected,
          or an elongation of the limb.
        Ischias rheumaticum.  Sauv.
        Ischiadum malum.  Plouquet.
        Huft-wehe.   6.
        Sciatica.
      * Thoracis.  Pain chiefly felt in the muscles of the dia-
           phragm ; often producing pleuritis diaphragmatica.
        Pleurodyne rheumatica.  Sauv.
        Pleuritis spuria.  Boerh.
        Kasho, Arab, literally spurious pleurisy, as named by
           Boerhaave above.
2. chronica.  Pain,  weakness, and  rigidity  of the larger
                 joints and surrounding muscles, increased
                  by motion; relieved by warmth ;  spontane-



to cold: they embrace persons of all ages, but the  greater number
are between fifteen  and twenty years of age.   In a considerable
majority of cases the joints were the parts principally affected ;^ in
some the joints and muscles;  and in  a  few the latter alone.  The
average of the pulse in the  above  170 patients was 100, and the
blood always exhibited the inflammatory crust, when  drawn.  The
most  successful remedy was a free use of the bark, as at first pro-
posed hy Morton, and afterwards successively by Sir Edward Hulse,
and Dr  Fothergill.  It is from the accurate observation  of the last
writer that the author has added in the definition of the  disease the
feature of lateritious urine.
   1. y A.  acuta Coxendicis.   Said to be cured by a  decoction of the
Linnaea borealis.  Amanit. Acad. vol. vii. art. 149.   Rariora Norwe-
giae.  Respond. H. Tonning. 1768.   This  plant, which  belongs to
the class  didynamia,  order angiospermia, is found in the woods of
our own country;  with campanulate flowers in pairs, nodding, varie-
gated with white and red.
   The decoction appears to operate as a sedative and narcotic. 
<iE. XLj
NOSOLOGY.
155
                  ously or easily  growing  cold ; fever and
                  swelling slight, often imperceptible.
       Rheumatismus chronicus.  Auct.
       Rheumatismus vulgaris.   Sauv.
       Arthrodynia.  Cull.
       Arthritis arthrodynia.  Parr.
       Rheumatisme  chronique.  F.
       Chronic Rheumatism.
         The varieties are  those of the preceding species,  of
       which Cullen regards the disease as a mere sequel.  It
       appears however at times to be idiopathic; but  it is
       often difficult to draw the line between the two.
3.  podagra.   Pain and inflammation chiefly of the  smaller
                 joints; returning after intervals ; often pre-
                 ceded by, or alternating with, unusual af-
                 fections  of the stomach, or other internal
                 parts; unsuppurative.
       Arthritis. Sauv.  Linn.  Sag. Macbr.
       Podalgia.  Dioscor.
       Podagra.  Boerh.
       Arthriticus verus.  Hoffm.
       Arthritis, podagra.  Parr.
       Podagra, arthritis.   Toung.
       Nikris.  Ar. Pers. Turk.
       Goutte.   F.
       Zipperlein.  G.
       Gout.
       * Regularis.   The articular pain, swelling, and inflam-
           mation considerable;  continuing for several days,
           often with remissions  and exacerbations;  then
           gradually  dispersing, and leaving the constitution
           in its usual or improved health.
        Podagra regularis.  Cull.  Macbr.
        Regular ft of Gout.
       € Larvata.   Disguised and lurking in the constitution,,
           and producing  derangement  in the  digestive or
           other functions, with only slight and fugitive af-
           fection of  the joints.
        Podagra atonica.  Cull.
  3. Podagra regularis.  Said to be produced by eating acid cher-
ries.  Lentiluc. Miscell. ii.  358.  Eph. Nat. Cur. Dec. iii. ann. iii.
obs. 45.  Said on the contrary in the case of Linn6us to have been
cured by his eating strawberries ; and this in five successive parox-
ysms recurring annually, each being slighter than the other; till by 
156
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. III.—OR. H.
         Podagra irregularis.  Macbr.
         Disguised; lurking; atonic Gout.
      y  Complicata.   The disease fixing on some internal or-
           gan instead of on the joints ; or suddenly transferred
           from the joints after having fixed there ;  produc-
           ing, in the internal organ affected,  debility or in-
           flammation according to the state of the constitution.
         Podagra complicata.  Macbr.
         Podagra retrogada.  P. aberrans.  Cull.
         Retrograde;  recedent; misplaced Gout.
4. hydarthrus.  Tense,  permanent,  colourless   swelling,
                      chiefly of the larger joints ;  inflamma-
                      tion slow, and deep-seated; pain severe
                      and fixt: imperfectly suppurative : fe-
                      ver a hectic.
       Hydarthrus.  Sauv. Cull.
       Arthritis hydarthrus.  Parr.   Art. Nosol.
       Emmyxiumarticulare.  Toung.
       Tumor albus.  Plouquet.
       Tumeur blanche.   F.
       Weiss-schwellen.   G.
       Whi te-swelling.
       x Plethoricus.   Pain diffused;  swelling considerable
           from the first; originating and chiefly seated in the
           cartilages and ligaments of the affected joint; found
           principally in plethoric habits.
         Rheumatic White-swelling.   Bell on Ulcers.
       £ Strumatosus.  Pain circumscribed and shooting from
           a point; swelling from a general thickening of the
           part;  at  first  inconsiderable;  originating and
           chiefly seated  in the  bone.  Found principally in
           scrofulous habits.

 a perseverance in the same fruit, the disease at length did not show
 itself for nearly twenty years.  The story is told agreeably by M.
 Hedin, in the Amrenitates Academicae for 1772, vol. viii.; yet, ac-
 cording to the general statement of  his friends, Linneus's recovery
 from the first and severest attack was rather owing to the exhilara-
 tion of his spirits by the return of his pupil Kalm, with a large col-
 lection  of rare and undescribed  plants from America,  than  to the
 use of the strawberry.  Maton's Edit,  of Pulteney's  Life  of Lin-
 neus, p. 103.
   This supposed effect of the fragaria  vesca  on Linneius has been
 often treated with pleasantry.  But if it be  true that on some con-
 stitutions it has occasionally acted as a  poison, as is asserted in the
 work first quoted, there is no reason why it may not have an effec*
 equally salutary on others. 
CL. HI.—OK. III.]
NOSOLOGY.
157
Scrofulous White-swelling.   Bell.
  " I conceive all such collections of matter to be of
  a scrofulous nature: they are most common in the
  young subject, and seldom found in the full-grown
  or old.   The suppuration is not proper pus, nor the
  swelling proper inflammation.   Hunter on Blood,
  p. 391.
                     ORDER  III.

              EXANTHEMATICA.

                  ERUPTIVE  FEVERS.

CUTANEOUS ERUPTIONS ESSENTIALLY ACCOMPANIED WITH
                         FEVER.

 The term exanthemata among the Greeks imported cutane-
   ous efflorescences or eruptions generally. It has since been
   Order III.  Exanthematica. From t\mltu, " effloresco," " per
 summa erumpo."   It is in the last of the above significations that
 exanthema has been employed by Dr. Willan, in his  valuable and
 well-known work on Cutaneous Diseases, who uses it merely as syno-
 nymous with Rash, and defines it an eruption " of red patches on the
 skin, variously figured, in general confluent, and diffused irregularly
 over the body, leaving interstices of a natural colour.   Portions of
 the cuticle, he continues, are often elevated in rash so as to give
 the sensation of an uneven surface. The eruption is usually accom-
 panied with disorder of the constitution, and terminates in a few days
 by cuticular exfoliations.
  This, so far as the writer of these pages is acquainted, is alto-
 gether a new definition  of the  term : it applies admirably  to the
 English rash, but why rash  and exanthema  should be regarded as
 strictly parallel and synonymous, and equally limited in their  mean-
 ing, seems not a little difficult to determine.  Dr. Willan admits the
 term  to have been  used  upon  a much broader scale by the Greek
 physicians,  whom  he  has quoted against  himself, while he does
 not always continue strictly  true to his own views:  for after having,
 in his table of definitions, characterized rash  or exanthem as distinct
 from papula  and wheal,  he employs  it  as  the  name of an  order
 embracing diseases distinguished by both these  appearances.   Ex-
 anthema, till  the publication of  his work,  however explained  in
other respects, had uniformly been regarded as indicative of a  class.
order, or family of diseases, of which rash, red cutaneous  irregular
patches, constituted a single division.  If  rash, as suspected by Dr 
158
NOSOLOGY.
LCL. III.—OR. Ill
 limited to express cutaneous eruptions, accompanied with
fever, a  boundary assigned  to it  by Sauvages, Linneus,
Johnson, be a  corruption of rush, it may possibly, on its  first use,
have  been employed  coordinately  with exanthema in the general
sense of eruption; but we have  no knowledge that it was ever so
employed; while its derivation, as  thus traced, however ingenious
and probable, is altogether a matter of conjecture.  As far back as
we can  follow  up the use of the term by medical writers, rash has
uniformly imported a particular species of eruption, while exanthema
has, at least for  centuries, perhaps always, expressed eruptions in
general, or at least eruptions in general accompanied with fever.
   Dr.  Parr, in the article of his  Dictionary, Cutanei Morbi, ap-
proves so highly of Dr. Willan's arrangement and definitions, as to
bestow much pains in correcting what he believes to form its only
imperfection, namely, the want of  a classific division of the pyrec-
tic and  the  apyrectic  affections.   Yet with that singular versatility
of opinion, which, in the midst of great merit and ingenuity, so fre-
quently marks the progress of his work, he abandons, in his article
.Vosology, both Dr. Willan and his own improvement of Dr. Willan  ;
relinquishes Dr. Willan's definitions, and in many instances his ar-
rangement ; and once more employs exanthema in the general sense
of eruptive fevers, both specifically contagious and the contrary.
   In this common sense of the term it  is  adopted in the present
system.  Dr. Cullen in his note on exanthemata, thinks it  worth
considering whether the  word should not be  limited to  eruptions
(he does not  say fevers,) produced alone by specific contagion:
" erufitiones a contagione specifica ortae."  " In which case," conti-
nues he, "eruptions destitute of such contagion, and depending on a
particular state of fever alone, certainly cannot be ranked  among
the genuine exanthemata."  He has hence omitted petechia (petec-
chia, as it should be spelt, if retained at all,) and doubts whether he
ought not to have omitted miliaria and aphtha.  " Again," says he,
» since  the exanthemata are, for  the most part, contagious, and oc-
cur only once in the course of a man's life, it seems perfectly fitting
that these should be distinguished from the uncontagious eruptions
which occur, or may occur repeatedly  within the same term of
time: and hence there is but little  reason for arranging variola and
erysipelas in the same order.  And  since, moreover, the eruptions of
certain diseases are not always of an identic form, nor always make
their appearance, and  especially on the same day of the disease, it
may be  well doubted whether diseases of this sort should be ranked
among the exanthemata; and I am  hence undecided whether pestis
should be carried to the order of exanthemata or of fevers."
   There is, perhaps, somewhat too much nicety in these  remarks,
and it is well that Dr. Cullen did not attempt to regulate himself by
them in his nosological arrangement, which, in consequence how- 
1 L. III.—OR. HL]           NOSOLOGY.
159
Vogel, Sagar, Macbride, Cullen, and various others: and it
has still more lately been attempted to be fettered within a
 ever, is at  variance with his definition :  for they  would have com-
 pletely taken him from  that simplicity which is the characteristic
 merit of his method, and involved him  in inextricable perplexity.
 If all  diseases produced by specific contagion were eruptive, the
 term exanthemata might be properly enough  applied to, and limit-
 ed by them; but as this is  by no means the case, there is no  more
 ground for making specific contagion essential to exanthems, than for
 making exanthems  essential to specific contagion, the absurdity of
 which last idea must be obvious to every one. In reality, fever, erup-
 tion, and contagion, have no necessary or natural connexion with each
 other. Each may exist separately, or in any mode of conjunction with
 the rest; and an union of the two former, of fever and eruption, is
 sufficient to characterize an order which may be correctly distinguish-
 ed by the name of exanthems, whether contagion be combined with
 them or not. Such combination, or the absence of it, might be a good
 feature for a subdivision of the order, if it were necessary, but it is
 not called for, in laying down the broad outline of an order itself. Pe-
 tecchia in Dr. Cullen's system, is proscribed with great propriety
 from the list of exanthems ; not because such an affection is uncoh-
 tagious, but because it  is a mere  symptom of diseases of various
 kinds, both febrile and infebrile; a simple deposition of blood, from
 vascular debility or  a  dissolved state of the sanguineous fluid, and
 not a specific eruption of any sort.
   There seems as little  reason, in laying down the character of ex-
 anthemata, for considering whether the diseases the term is intend-
 ed to include, occur once or more than once in the course of a  man's
 life.  This is a part of physiology still considerably open to inquiry,
 and in which we  have  hitherto made but  little progress.  We fre-
 quently see in inflammations or simple  cutaneous eruptions,  that a
 part which  has  undergone  a particular  action,  as in the different
 species of  erythema, is no longer excitable by  the virus that pro-
 duced such action, and returns  to  a state of health, while the ad-
 joining part, which has hitherto remained unattacked, is open to its
 influence.  We perceive the same  common fact in a variety of dis-
 eases that assault the system generally: and especially in the  order
 of eruptive fevers in whatever sense we use the term.  When the
 constitution has  once  submitted to their influence, a change has
 been made in it, which renders it, for a considerable period  of time,
 far less susceptive of sueh influence than antecedently ; so that, up-
 on an equal exposure to  the morbid cause, fresh persons always be-
 come more readily affected than the person who has lately recovered
 from its operation.   So long as  this change or  effect produced
 upon the constitution continues, the disease is incapable of returning,
 the system being insusceptive of its influence.   But we know little
of the  nature of  this change, and not much of the term of  time
to which it extends.   We  see evidently, however,  that in  some 
160
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. HI.—OR. HI.
narrower circle, sometimes by confining it to eruptive fe-
vers produced by specific contagion, whatever be the cha-
diseases the impression is more fixed, and the term of time more
extensive than in  others.   And  hence, while recovery from the
plague emancipates for only a short period, recovery from the scar-
let fever emancipates for a  much longer; and recovery from the
small-pox and measles for a term of time equal to the whole of life ;
so that,  generally  speaking, such diseases, as well as numerous
others that produce an impression  of equal duration, are only under-
gone once in the course of a man's existence.
   Such is the variation of power evinced by different diseases : and
we see a similar variation evinced by different constitutions. Some
are naturally so little susceptible of a particular contagion as never
to be affected  by  it, though often or continually exposed to its in-
fluence ; others to be  but slightly susceptible of  it,  and  hence to
pass through the disease with comparative facility, even under un-
skilful treatment,  or other  unfavourable  circumstances:   while  a
third kind, from a  strong natural susceptibility, suffer severely even
under the most judicious advice and treatment. It is on this account
that  some persons  never have the  small-pox, even when inoculated
for it, or directly exposed to its atmosphere : that others have a crop
of not more than ten or twelve  pustules  with little fever, during
the natural disease :  and that others again are seamed and scarred
with it from head to foot.  And hence  the  reason why this and  se-
veral other  diseases, that commonly never occur more than once
in the course of a  man's life, are  occasionally traced twice or even
three times in the  same individual.  For the more rooted the natu-
ral propensity to a disease, the less durable the change and immu-
nity  purchased by a single attack,  and the sooner the system returns
to its natural susceptibility and predisposition.  On which  account
we shall perhaps find, without a single exception, that wherever the
small-pox has occurred a second time,  it has been in persons who
have had it with great severity in  the first  instance.
  There are some fevers, again,  and perhaps the greater number,
that  produce no change of any kind upon the constitution in regard
to general susceptibility, leaving it in this  respect precisely as they
found it.  While there are  others, again, that, by  a  single attack,
introduce a  habit  of repetition, and thus render it more, instead of
less susceptive of  the same  complaint, and open to the same influ-
ence : a  remark which particularly applies to intermitting fevers,
or those  produced  by marsh-miasm ;  to which the oftener a patient
has been a victim, the more  deeply, and especially  on a recurrence
of the same season  or other circumstances, he is predisposed  to
their assault again.
   This  is perhaps the  whole we are  acquainted  with in regard
to the general law of morbid recurrence.  We behold a  striking
difference both in different diseases and in their influence upon dif- 
CL. HI.—OR. 111.]
NOSOLOGY.
161
racter of the efflorescence :  and sometimes by restraining
it t© the character of the efflorescence alone, with little at-
tention to its being connected or unconnected with fever.
 ferent constitutions; but we know nothing of the cause of this dif-
 ference in either case.  And whilst, therefore, such differences con-
 tinue, and  more especially whilst we  are  thus ignorant of their
 causes, it seems altogether superfluous, and would perhaps be in-
 correct, to limit the definition of exanthemata by a  character which,
 in a considerable degree, eludes all inquiry, and which is perpetu-
 ally shifting its form both in different and even  in the same species
 of diseases, as influenced by different idiosyncrasies.
   In the ordinal definition  of exanthematica, therefore,  the author
 has found it necessary to deviate from Dr. Cullen,  as  he himself
 has deviated from it in the list of his genera; and  to  fall back upon
 the wider latitude of Sauvages, Linneus, and Sagar.  In Cullen, the
 ordinal character runs thus: « Morbi contagiosi;  semel tantum in
 decursu vitas aliquem afficientes;  cum febre incipientes; defnito
 tempore  apparent   phlogoses, saepe  plures, exiguae,  per cutem
 sparsae :"  while the order  itself is made up of diseases, to some of
 which the first feature does not apply, to others the  second, to others
 the third ;  and to many of them several of these features collectively.
 The definition of Sauvages is as follows: " Eruptiones cutaneae cum
 pyrexia, saepius maligna, quandoque lenta:" of this the first half is
 alone sufficient; the second being superfluous,  and perhaps incor-
 rect.   On this account the character of Linneus is an improvement,
 " Febris cum effforescentia cutis maculata."  Here maculata might
 conveniently be omitted ; it is not  wanted, and the  feature is some-
 times not found, as  in those cases of scarlet fever in which the  red-
 ness constitutes a diffused and  universal flush.  Sagar, however, has
 copied it with a  very unnecessary addition of other symptoms, some
 of which do not always exist, and  the whole of  them  never collec-
 tively ; " febris cum efllorescentia cutis varia, maculosa, pustulosa,
 phlyctoenoidea et asthenia."
  The author will only add, that  under the Linnean  school there
 appears to have been a strong and general tendency to ascribe all
 kinds of contagion,  whether febrile or unfebrile, and indeed a mul-
 titude of other disorders, to an animalcular origin : a  tendency de-
 rived partly from the opinions of earlier writers, and partly from
 the remarks of contemporaries. One of the fullest articles upon this
 subject occurs in the Amanitates Academics, Vol. V. from the pen of
 M.  J. C Nyander, to which, as  well as to the general subject it em-
 braces, the author has already  adverted  in the note on Helminthia,
 Class I. Ord. II.  The reader, who is desirous of unfolding this theory
 further, may consult  Plenciz, and particularly the preface to his works,
 and the second volume of Schaefler's Versuche.   But this is to take
too  narrow a view of the subject, as  well as  an  erroneous one.
 Without inquiring how far  contagious miasms may be possessed Of
  Vox. V.—I i 
162
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. III.—OR. III.
It is in the second and more popular of these significations
that Exanthematica is employed as the name  for the
present order.
                     GENUS  I.

                 ENANTIIESIS.
Eruption of red, level, or  nearly level patches ; variously
vitality, we see abundant proofs that they are equally derived from an
animal, vegetable, and chemical source; or rather that they consist
chiefly of animal and vegetable elements decomposed by putrefac-
tion, or other cause of disintegration, and chemically recombined in
a new and active mode ; obtaining by such recombination a power
of producing disease in some instances  by contact, or close approxi-
mation; in others by infection, or through the medium of the atmo-
sphere.
   Gen. I. Enanthesis.  From ev, in, intra, and xv6ie)floreo ; " efflo-
resefnee from internal  affection;" and  hence opposed to exanthesis,
(e|av^(r/5,) which in the present system constitutes  a genus under
Cl.->s VI. Ord. III. and comprises such efflorescences as are merely
supcrfical or cutaneous, and not necessarily connected with internal or
constitutional affection.   Enanthesis is here therefore used to express
fever accompanied with rash ;  the word rash being employed in the
broader sense in which it  is  adopted  by Dr. Willan, in his third
order, compared with the explanation given  in his fifth  definition;
as importing red, irregular, confluent patches, whether simple, as
in the case of scarlet fever, or compounded of papulae or of wheals,
as in the case of measles and nettle-rash.
   This arrangement reduces the genera of Sauvages and Cullen to
species, and  their species  to varieties. In  Macbride they are al-
ready reduced in the same manner, as  are the species in Willan ;
who, indeed, continues  the term genera, but incorrectly, as the link
of species is wanting in his method ; and who for the most part ex-
pressly calls these  subdivisions, varieties.
   1. Enanthesis Rosalia.   Sauvages and Cullen, who has copied
Sauvages'a definition, represent the efflorescence as not  appearing
till the fourth day after the attack : Dr. Willan, more correctly as it
has corresponded with the author's own practice, affirms that it ap-
pears " usually on  the second day."
   The small-pox, measles, and scarlet-fever, seem equally to have
been derived from the east;  and for the earliest  descriptions of
them we must turn to the writers of the Saracenic schools, particu-
larly those of Cordova.  It is singular,  however, that as the mea- 
GE. I.]
NOSOLOGY.
163
     figured; irregularly diffused ;  often confluent;  terminat-
     ing in  cuticular exfoliations.
       Rash Exanthem.
1. Rosalia.   Rash a scarlet flush, appearing about the second
                 day on the face, neck, or fauces ; progressively
                 spreading over  the body; and terminating
                 about the seventh day: fever a typhus.
sles were for a ldng period confounded with the small-pox. so the
scarlet fever was, for an equal length of time, confounded with the
measles:  and hence it is difficult in one instance, to determine what
is the precise variety of disease referred to by Avicenna, Haly Ab-
bas, and Rhazes; all seem occasionally to allude to the scarlet fever,
but we are not sure that they mean it.
   It is on this account that the earliest names for these diseases are of
Saracenic, or rather of Cordovan origin, as variola, rubeola, or rather
rubiola, and rosalia.  Of these the first is derived, not as is usually
and most absurdly supposed, from the Latin varius, but either from
the old Spanish, vario, " a  pock or pimple," or from the Spanish
diminutive viruelas, importing small-pox at the present moment, and
evidently  derived from the Latin virus, first latinized into  viruola,
and afterwards changed or corrupted  to variola ;  in Italian vajuolo
in which the u is retained ; as  though virus  was the radix.   The
second term is a direct diminutive from the Spanish rubio, " red, or
ruddy;" and was originally written and pronounced rubiola, though
long since changed to rubeola,  as  more consistent  with  the Latin.
The third is, in like manner, a  Spanish diminutive from rosal, the
rose-tree, so denominated from the colour of the efflorescence. This
term in the  south-east of Italy was  soon afterwards exchanged for
rossalia, from rosso, " red or blushful;" and appears still later,  pro-
bably  in order  more accurately to distinguish the peculiar  tint of
the red,   to have  yielded  to scarlatina, " scarlet  rash or scarlet
fever."  While, as the  two diseases of measles and scarlet fever, as
just observed, were  for a  long time confounded with each other,
rosalia, rossalia, and rubeola, were used indiscriminately for both.
Morbilli or morbillo, in  like manner a Spanish diminutive, has  per-
haps been the  more common name by which measles have been
distinguished till within the last half century; and hence this,  also,
has been equally applied to scarlet fever, and down to as late a pe-
riod ;  for, even in our own country,  we not only find the two dis-
eases, in many of its varieties, united by Morton, but by Sir William
Watson.  So rougeole, which, among the French writers, is the com-
mon name for measles, imported also at one time  scarlet fever;
and this so generally, that when physicians became at length sensi-
ble of the difference between the two maladies, and it was necessary
to establish  distinct terms, we learn from Cheveneau, that among
the Marseillois rougeole was at first appropriated to the scarlet fever,
while the measles were denominated senepion.  " Vulgus Massiliae 
164
NOSOLOGY.           [CL. HI.—OR. III.
       Rosalia.  Auct. Hisp.
       Rossalia.   Ingrass et Auct. Neapol.
       Purpura.   Schulz. Junck.
       Scarlatina.  Auct. Ital. et Angl.
       Typhus scarlatinus.    Cricht.
       Febris rubra.   Heberd.   Comment.
       Scharlachaufschlag.   G.
       Fievre rouge.   Fievre scarlatine.   F.
       Scarlet fever.
         May possibly be alluded to by Avicenna, as suggested
       by Dr. Willan under the  name of Alhemake, but the de-
       scription is too short, and at the same time too loose to
       determine.  Hemak  is applied by the Arabic writers to
       red efflorescences generally, whether papular or pustu-
       lar;  and is hence rendered by Meninski, from Wanku-
       Jus, " varioli, vel exanthemata lis similia."  Hemak,in
       gardening, signifies  the  beet-plant (beta vulgaris,)  in
       physiology, mental derangement;  and the term may, in
       the present instance, have been used by Avicenna, on
       account of the colour of the eruption, or the violence of
       the attack, as producing delirium.

distinguit rubiolam a morbillis; hos vocantes senepion et iliam rouge-
ole, in qua non sunt pustulae,  sed magnae tantum aieae, in modum
erysipelatis rubentec.  Obs. Med.  p. 454.
  It is said by some that scarlatina was first employed by English
writers as a name for scarlet  fever:  but this can only  mean that  it
was first employed technically or generically ;  for the word, which
is an Italian diminutive, reached us, like influenza* from the Levant,
where it was in vulgar use as a synonym of rosalia and rossalia long
before it found its way into English nosology.   It is a term, how-
ever, so barbarous and unallied to both  Greek and Latin, as well in
its origin as in its termination,  that no gocd writer of any country
has ever been able to tolerate it; and it is matter of no small  won-
der that it should  hitherto never  have given way to the original
name of rosalia, of genuine Latin derivation, and with a more classic
close.
  Morton had so mortal an aversion to the term, that he preferred
the error of  blending scarlet  fever with measles, and  of arranging
the varieties of the two diseases under the  common generic name
of morbilli,  to employing scarlatina.  De Haen appears to  have
had nearly as great a dislike to it:  « Nomina morbii," says he, " va-
ria, erronea saepe, ineptaque, quibus eum medici quondam appella-
runt, laudatis in scriptoribus invenire est, Scarlatina nomine, barba-
ro satis, a colore panni vulgo sic appellati, mutuato, civitateque, ut
videtur, in arte donato."  Med. Contin. torn. i. cap. vii.  Dr  Hux-
ham for a long time eluded the term by using febris miliaria rubra, 
GE. I.]                   NOSOLOGY.                      165
    « Simplex.  Fever moderate, and  terminating with the
         rash : little prostration of strength ; slightly conta-
         gious.
      Scarlatina simplex.  Cull.  Willan.
      Scarlatina febris.   Sauv. Sydenh.
      Scarlatina benigna.  Macbr.
    G Paristhmitica.  Fever severe ; throat ulcerated ; rash
         later  in  its  appearance and less  extensive ; often
         changing to a livid hue ;  highly contagious.
      Scarlatina anginosa.   Sauv.  Withering.  Willan.
      Scarlatina cynanchica.  Cull.
      Scarlatina maligna.  Macbr.
         The s. maligna of  Willan is perhaps the same variety
      in its worst degree;  and is hence included in it by the
       other nosologists quoted above.
2. rubeola.  Rash in crimson, stigmatised dots, grouped in
                  irregular  circles  or  crescents;  appearing
                  about the fourth day, and terminating about
                  the seventh ; preceded by catarrh ; fever a
                  cauma.
      Rubeola.  Auct. Hisp.  Sauv. Sag. Cull.
      Morbilli.   Sydenh. Morton.  Junck. Macbr.
      Febris Morbillosa.  Hoffm.
      Typhus morbillosus.  Cricht.
      Phoenicismus.  Plouquet.
      Hasbet.   Avicenn.  From (hasb) " erumpere."  The
         Turkish writers call  it kyzamak, and the Persian
         serukje, literally rubor.
      Kindsflecken.   G.
       Rougeole.  F.
       Measles.
      x Vulgaris.  Rash slightly prominent, extending over
         the mouth and fauces ; harsh,  dry cough ; inflamed,
         watery eyes.   Occurring once  only in the course of
         a man's life: contagious.

or maligna, for some of the varieties ot scarlet-fever, and febris an-
ginosa miliaris for others;  and Dr. Heberden has still  more lately
em ployed febris rubra.  Willan continues scarlatina, but  thinks it
necessary to  apologize  for its continuance. u The denomination
scarlatina," says he, " was first  applied to  this disease by British
writers:  however offensive the  term  may be to a classical  ear it
cannot well be displaced, having found admission into  all the sys-
tems of  nosology.  Another  age will  correct and refine the lan-
guage now used in subjects untouched by the  fathers  of physic.'*
Whether that age have yet arrived remains to  be proved ; but the
present  work shall not  be  without an attempt, however feeble,  to 
166                     NOSOLOGY.          [CL. 1II.-OR. HI.
      Rubeola vulgaris.   Sauv. Cull.  Will.
      Morbilli regulares.   Sydenh.
         See Rhazes ad Almans. torn. v. cap. 28.
    C Spuria.  The rash  running its regular  course with little
         fever or catarrhal affection ; affording no certain se-
         curity against the common or regular disease.
      Rubeola sine catarrho.   Will.
 •   y Nigra.  The rash  about the seventh or eighth day as-
         suming  suddenly a black  or livid hue, interspersed
         with yellow ; prolonged in its stay ;  and accompanied
         with increased languor and quickness of pulse.
      Rubeola nigra.   Willan.
         " There is no sufficient ground or  authority for the
      distinction of rubeola variolodes  made by Sauvages.*'
       Willan.
3.  urticaria.  Rash in  florid, itching,  nettle-sting wheals;
                   appearing about the second day ; irregular-
                   ly fading and reviving, or wandering from
                   part to part: fever a  mild epanetus.
      Urticaria.   Cull.  Willan.
      Uredo.  Linn.
      Scarlatina urticata.  Sauv.
      Febris urticata.  Vog.
      Purpura urticata.   Junck.
      Benat-allil (Arab.), literally " Offspring or daughters of
         the night."
hasten its appearance.  And on this ground, and not from any love
of change for the sake of change alone, the author ventures to re-
vive the more ancient and elegant name of rosalia at the expense of
a term which, though in common use, is in  common disapproba-
tion.
   1. f. E.  Rosalia Paristhmitica. The term,paristhmitica is  here
preferred to anginosa and  cynanchica, for the reason that paristhmi-
tis is preferred to angina and cynanche in the preceding order, Gen.
VII.  Spec. 4. to the note on which the reader may turn.
  2. Enanthesis Rubeola.   Originally, as already observed, written
rubiola,  a Spanish diminutive from rubio, " red ;" and afterwards
latinized to rebeola, as though derived from " rubeo, rubeus, ruber."
See the note on Rosalia.
   3. y E. Rubeola Nigra.   Cullen, probably from complaisance, has
copied rubeola variolodes into his list, but with a doubt of its cor-
rectness. It is singular, however, that he should add that this promi-
nent or papulated variety  is called in Scotland " the nirles:" a term
which, according to Willan, is also applied both in Scotland and the 
GE. H.]
NOSOLOGY
167
Brennesselausschlag.   G.
Fievre ortie.   De Meyzerey.  Malad. des Arm.
Nettle-rash.
                      GENUS II.

                   EMPHLYSIS.

    Eruption of vesicular pimples filled progressively with an
       acrid and colourless, or nearly colourless fluid ; termi-
       nating in scurf or laminated scabs.
       Ichorous Exanthem.
1. miliaria.   Vesicles scattered over the body;  of the size
                  of  millet-seeds ;   transparent red ;  after-
                  wards milky : preceded by a pricking sensa*
                  tion, sighing, anxiety, and sour sweat.
      Miliaria.  Linn.  Cull.
 border counties of England to herpes miliaris.  See Will. Rubeol
 p. 238 : Perhaps rather to h.  exedens.
   Gen. II. Emphlysis. Frora^, pro, £v,« in, intra," and <pxvrl?} «a
 vesicular tumour or eruption."  ExQxva, is usually employed amomr.
 Oreek writers nearly in the  same sense as <pxv*>;  in the present
 system it will be found employed somewhat more strictly, and in
 opposition  to  tpfto* ;  so that,  while emphlysis,  from the latter,
 imports an eruption of  vesicles, whether large or small, produced
 by, or accompanied with, internal and febrile  affection essentially
 connected with it; ecphlysis,  from the former,  imports an eruption
 ot ves.cles simply cutaneous  or superficial, or if, in a few varieties
 combined with internal affection, not necessarily or essentially asso-
 ciated.  See, for the use of ecphlysis, the note on Cl. VI. Ord. Ill
   I. Emphlysis Miliaria.  This species, from the minuteness of its
 vesicles, treads close upon the general complexion of the genus
 enanthesis,  and during its red appearance is often called a rash.  By
 Linneus and Parr (art. Nosol.) it is hence defined nearly in the same
 terms as rubeola, so far as relates to  the eruption;  and at  Leipsic
 in 1650, where it is said to have been contagious or epidemic, was
 unquestionably mistaken for rosalia or scarlet fever.  Schacher, de
 febre acuta exanthematica. Lips. 1723, in Haller. Disp. Med. torn.
 v. sect. 175. Helsch, Hist. Med. in Hall. torn. v. sect. 174. It is not
often, however, communicable; and in  the  present day is  seldom
found in any form, except as a symptom of some other disease; 
168
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. HI.—OB. HI.
       Miliaris.   Sauv. Sag.
       Febris miliaris.  Vog.  Webster.
       Exanthema miliaria.  Parr.
       Synochus miliaria.  Toung.
       Purpura.  Hoffman. Allion. Tract.
       Friselblattern.  G.
       Miliaire.   Millot.   F.
       Miliary fever.
         The two varieties, as they have been often called, of
       m. rubra and m. alba, seem to  be only different stages
       of the disease.  The vesicles are at first red from the
       colour of their under surface or inflamed base, being
       transmitted through the transparent pellicle ; they are
       afterwards  opake  and milky from absorption  of the
       more attenuate part of the fluid or  from some other
       change.
         Found, occasionally,  as a symptom in fevers of dik
       ferent descriptions, both inflammatory and putrescent;
       chiefly in typhus puerperum.
2. aphtha.  Vesicles  granular, roundish, pearl-coloured;
               confined to the lips, mouth, and intestinal ca-
               nal ;  terminating  in curd-like sloughs j occa-
               sionally  with  successive crops.
       Aphtha.  Sauv. Linn. Sag. Boerh. Cull.
       Febris aphthosa.   Vog.
       Pemphingodes.  Gal. Finit. Med.
       Pustulae oris.  Haly Abbas.
       Typhus aphthoideus.   Toung.
       Mundschwamchen.  G.
       Aphthes.  F.
       Thrush.
though the author has at this moment a clear and well-marked in-
stance of it, as an idiopathic affection, in a young gentleman of thir-
teen years of age.  The vesicles are very numerous, though dis-
tinct: they were at first red, and are now milky white: the  fever
has been considerable.   The disease  takes its name from  milia,
" millet-grains," from the resemblance of its vesicles to the  seeds
of this plant in size, and, when matured, in colour.   The eruption
appears at an uncertain period after  the introductory fever has
commenced.  Darwin II. i. 3. 12, mentions a variety of this disease
" produced  by the warmth, and more  particularly by the stimulus
of the points of  the wool in flannel  or  blankets applied to the skin,
which by cool dress, and bed-clothes without flannel,  has  soon 
<5E. II.]
NOSOLOGY*.
169
    x  Infantum.  Appearing in infants soon after birth ; and
         often extending from the  mouth to the intestinal ca-
         nal ;  mostly with slight febrile symptoms, and white
         sloughs.
       Aphtha infantum.   Cull.
       Aphtha lactucimen.  Sauv.
       White Thrush.  Sometimes  contagious.   See Raul'm
         Von Erkaltung der Kinder.
    C Maligna.   Accompanied with great debility of vascular
         action ;  usually ascending from the pharynx into the
         mouth ; sloughs black ; fever a typhus.
       Aphtha maligna.  Sauv.
       Black Thrush.
         Found frequently in old age ;  and, as a symptom, in
       low fevers and cachexies.
3. vaccinia.   Vesicles few or a single one ; confined to the
                 part  affected;  circular,  semitransparent,
                 pearl-coloured; depressed  in  the middle;
                 surrounded with a red areola.
    x Nativa.   Vesicles on the hands, or such  parts as have
         been in contact with the affected udder  of a cow ;  of
         a bluish tint;  the fluid at first limpid; afterwards
         opake, and purulent; often with enlargement of the
         axillary glands, and considerable fever.
      Natural Cow-pox.
           A prophylactic against the small-pox.N
    Q Spuria.  Vesicles less  uniformly circular;  purulent
        from  the first; without bluish tint;  with  little or
        no central  depression.
      Spurious Cow-pox.   Jenner.
        Affords no security against the small-pox.
ceased;" to which he gives the name of miliaria sudatoria.  It iS'
perhaps rather a variety of intertrigo.
  2. Emphlysis Aphtha. 'A<p6xi: from xttu, " accendo." This erup-
tion, like  the preceding, is  now generally admitted to consist of
minute vesicles  containing a whitish or milky fluid when  matured.
Hence Sauvages describes the disease as " eruptio phlyct<enarumt
interiorum oris  superficiem occupaniium;"  adding, that like the
last species,  the efflorescence bears a resemblance to millet-seeds
—» elevatio epithelidis instar grani milii."  In like manner Sagar:
« cognoscitur aphtha phlycthcsnis linguae, faucium, oris superficium
occupantium." To which  he adds, that in its third or mature stage,
« elevantur papulae seu maculae in phlycthanas miliares,  fva prt-
  Vol. V.—K k 
170
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. HI.—OIL III.
    y  Inserta.  Produced by inoculation; vesicle single, con-
         fined to the puncture; cellulose ; bluish-brown in the
         middle ;  fluid clear  and colourless to the  last; con-
         creting  into  a hard, dark-coloured  scab after the
         twelfth day.
       Variola vaccina.  Jenner.
       Vaccina.   Willan, et Aut. Var.
       Exanthema Vaccini.  Parr.
       Synocha Vaccini.   Toung.
       Inoculated Cow-pox.
    }  Degener.  Produced by inoculation; vesicle amorphous,
         or uncertain ; fluid  often straw-coloured, or puru-
         lent ; areola absent,  indistinct, or confused with the
         vesicle : scab formed prematurely.
       Degenerate  Cow-pox.   Blane.   "Evidence  before the
         House of Commons."
           Affords little or no security against the small-pox.
4. VARICELLA.  Vesicles scattered over the body ; glabrous ;
                    transparent;  pea-sized;  in  successive
                    crops; pellicle thin ;  about the third day
                    from  their appearance, bursting at the tip,
                    and concreting into small puckered scabs,
                    rarely leaving a cicatrix.
       Varicella.  Cull. Plenck. Heberden.
       Exanthema Varicella.  Parr.
       Synochus Varicella.  Toung.
       Unachten kindspocken.   G.
       Verole volante.   F.
       Chicken-pox.
       x Lentiformis.  Irregularly circular; flattened at the
           top;  fluid at the  first, whitish,  afterwards straw-
           coloured.
         Lenticular Chicken-pox.   Willan.
babiliter sunt e&dem cum miliaribus cutis ;"—" the papulae or specks
are raised into miliary vesicles, and are probably the same as in the
miliary'eruption of the skin."  These observations are sufficient to
indicate not only under what genus  aphtha should be  placed, but
its particular station in the arrangement of the specific series ; and
that it should immediately follow miliaria, with which, for reasons
already offered, the genus ought to open.
  4. Emphlysis Varicella.  Varicella, like variola, is of Spanish ori-
gin ; and derived  from the Saracen writers of Cordova, variz,  a
superficial or cutaneous tumour,  producing as its diminutive, vari- 
ge. n.]
NOSOLOGY.
in
         Common Chicken-pox.
      « Coniformis.    Vesicles acuminated:  fluid pellucid
           throughout.
        Conoidal Chicken-pox.  Willan.
        Pemphigus variolodes.  Frank.
        Variola lymphatica.  Sauv.
        Hydrachnis.   Cusson.
        Verolettc.  F.
        Ravaglio.  Ital.
        Swine-pox.  Water-pox.
      y Globularis.  Vesicles globular and  larger;  fluid at
           first whey-coloured, afterwards yellowish.
        Hives.
           The  varieties  are  sometimes intermixed;  and the
        fluid in a few of them occasionally approaches to a
        purulent  appearance:  whence in various instances
        they have been mistaken for the  small-pox.
'. pemphigus.   Vesicles  scattered over the body; transpa-
                  rent ;  filbert-sized ; with  a red, inflamed
                  edge,  but  without surrounding blush  or
                  tumefaction; on breaking disposed to ul-
                  cerate  : fluid pellucid or slightly covered :
                  fever a typhus.
      Pemphigus.  Sauv. Sag.  Cull. Macbr.
      Morta.   Linn.
      Febris bullosa.   Vog. Selliger.
      Typhus vesicularis    Toung.
      Blasenausschlag.  G.
      Fievre vesiculaire.   F.
      Vesicular fever.  Bladdery fever.
      <*■ Vulgaris.  Vesicles appearing on the second or third
           day, occasionally not till the fifth or sixth; in suc-
           cessive crops;  often extending over the mouth and
zella, easily latinized into varicella :  the Latin radical of both being
perhaps varus, or pimple.
  5. Emphlysis Pemphigus. From*ttt<pi% (pemphix) " flatus,bulla;"
and hence inflation, bladder, bubble.  The idea of flatulence, how-
ever,  is seldom  connected with this disease in modern medicine,
though very generally in ancient.  The term, in the sense in which
it  is now generally understood, was  perhaps first  employed by
Sauvages ; and has since passed into common use. It is still doubted
by many whether pemphigus is entitled to be considered as a dis-
tinct and idiopathic disease; and whether  all its varieties and modi-
fications may not  resolve themselves  into certain  peculiarities of 
Lro                     NOSOLOGY1.           [CL.IH—OR.UF

           intestinal  canal; fluid,  on bursting,  yellowish ;
           some of the vesicles livid, with a livid base.
         Pemphigus major.  Sauv.
         Pemphigus vulgaris.   Willan.
         Febris vesicularis catarrhalis.  Delii.
      S  Glandularis.  Preceded  by tumefaction of  the neck
           and throat: vesicles  chiefly seated on  the fauces
           and conglobate glands :  occasionally producing ab-
           scesses :  highly contagious.
         Pemphigus  Helveticus.   Sauv.
         Pemphigus  contagiosus.   Willan.
      y  Infantum.   Vesicles irregularly  oblong, with livid
           edge, and commonly flattened tops ; appearing suc-
           cessively on different parts of the  surface, in in-
           fants  a few days after birth:  fluid; on breaking
           purplish.
         Pemphigus infantilis.    Willan.
           Found also, occasionally, as a symptom in one or
         other of its varieties,  in erysipelas,  typhus, plague,
         and other depressing fevers.
5. erysipelas.   Vesication diffuse ; irregularly circumscribed;
                   appearing on a particular part of the body,
                   chiefly the face, about the third day; with
                   tumefaction  and erythematic blush ; fever
                   usually accompanied with sleepiness, often
                   with delirium.
erysipelas, or  pompholyx, the latter of which consists of similar
vesicles or bullae  without fever, or mere symptoms of typhus or
plague.  Dr. Cullen seems to have been of the last opinion at the
moment of drawing up his definition:  but the fourth edition of his
synopsis contains a subjoined note which intimates that his opinion
was altered  in consequence  of his having seen a patient, shown
him by his excellent colleague F. Home, and who was  labouring
under this disease as an idiopathic affection at the time.  And when
to this instance  we add the  authority, not  merely of the earlier
writers, Bontius, Seliger, and Langhans, but of  Withers,  Dickson,
Christie, Riai;, and Braune (Uber den Pemphigus, Leips.  1795,) it
would  be unpardonable not to allow it a distinct place in a general
system of nosology.
   The varieties run parallel with those of Dr. Willan,  though not
exactly taken from him.
   6. Emphlysis Erysipelas.   For the  distinguishing  characters  of
erysipelas and erythema, see the note  on Erythema.  Sauvages has
made shingles (herpes Zoster) a species of erysipelas, which in his 
GE. II.]
NOSOLOGY.
17 Z
Erysipelas.  Sauv.  Linn. Sag.  Cull.
Febris erysipelatosa.   Sydenh. Macbr.
Febris erysipelacea.  Hoffm.  Vog.
Hemret  (Arab.) literally rubedo.
Rothlauf.   G.
Erysipele.  Feu de St. Antoine.  F.
Erysipelas.   St. Anthony's Fire.
« Locale.   Limited to a  particular part; the cuticle
     raised  into numerous aggregate distinct cells ; or
     the  cells running into one or more blebs or  large
     blisters.
/J Erraticum.  Travelling  in  successive  patches  from
     part to part;  the former patches declining as new
     ones make their appearance.
                  GENUS  111

                EMPYESIS.

Eruption of phlegmonous pimples ; gradually filling with
  a purulent fluid;  and terminating in thick scabs, fre-
  quently leaving pits or scars.
  Pustulous Exanthem.
nosology is a genus;  and Dr. Cullen has followed his steps.   This
is erroneous ;  shingles is a mere variety  of herpes, a cutaneous
affection, unaccompanied  with fever  as a necessary symptom, and
consequently not an exanthem.  Its  proper place is in Class VI.
Order III.
   The grammarians  have usually derived teva-nreXxs from, <?£**;, «to
attract," and ntXxs,  « vicinity."  " The neighbouring parts," says
Dr. Turton, in his useful Glossary,  " being affected by this erup-
tion."   The author cannot avoid thinking that the name is derived
from the colour; and that egivfos, rubor, whence t^wtQn, rubigo, is
the radical of the first part of the compound term rather than tgv».
Eevn-ireXxs, thus derived, will import, not an  " attraction of redness,"
but a " neighbourhood of redness,"  which  is the most prominent
feature of the disease.
   Gen. III. Empyesis. Epo-twvt, " suppuratio," Hippocr. ./tf/zA. 1. v.
from tfVKvtn, or tfvxvta, » suppuro."   The  Greek writers also use,
and perhaps more generally, ecpyesis (exMin^,) from tKirvoct, of
similar meaning.  The same distinction between the terms is made 
174                      NOSOLOGY.           [CL. III.—OR. III.

1. variola.   Pustules appearing from the third  to  the fifth
                 day—suppurating from the eighth to the tenth:
                 fever a cauma :  contagious.
       Variola.  Haly Abbas, et Auct. Neoter.
       Euphlogia.   Rhazes.
       Jedrie.   Arab.
       Kindspocken.  G.
       Petit verole.  F.
       Small-pox.
       x Discreta.   Pustules pea-sized ; distinct,  distended,
           circular; the intervening spaces  red; the  fever
           ceasing when the eruption is complete.
         Variola discreta.   Cull.
         Variola discreta benigna.   Sauv.
         Variolae regulares discreta!.  Sydenh.
in the present case as between emphlysis and ecphlysis : the former
being limited to signify pustular eruptions produced by internal and
febrile affection, and  the  latter to  signify those  that are merely
cutaneous or superficial, or with which internal affection is not neces-
sarily associated.
   1. Empyesis Variola.  The definition of  this disease in  Linneus,
Sauvages, and most of the earlier nosologists, contains an inelegant
pleonasm from the very loose  sense which was formerly attached
to the word pustula.   A pustule is, strictly speaking, a cuticular
elevation or utricle containing  a small collection of pus :  but the
term  has, by  most of the earlier nosologists, been applied indis-
criminately  to  cuticular utricles that  contain  a fluid of any kind,
whether opake  or transparent, purulent or ichorous, broken,  or
having a tendency to break at  their tip ; in the definitive explana-
tion of Sauvages, I. p. 96, " phyma parvulum apice ruptum."   In
like manner, in the  present  day, we are constantly  meeting with
medical writers of high and deserved character, who,  still applying
to the word the same  indeterminate idea,  use  the phrase vaccine
pustule  for that of vaccine lymph, ichor, or,  if its transparent cuticle
be imported, vesicle.   It is hence Linneus defines variola to con-
sist of " puslulae suppurantes, escharoticae,  Sec."  Sauvages calls it
" genus phlegmatiae exantheinaticae cujos eruptio in pustulis phleg-
monodeis, ad suppurationcm  tendentibus, consistit;"  while Sagar
copies the very words of Linneus as a part of his fuller description.
—Among the  Romans, pustula was used in a still  wider and more
indeterminate sense,  for Celsus applies it to rashes,  to wheals,  to
vari or solid pimples, to phlyctaenae or vesicular  pimples, and  to
almost every kind of eruption or cutaneous elevation of whatever
nature or colour.  See lib. v. cap. xxviii. §  15.  And hence pustula 
GE. III.]
NOSOLOGY.
l/a
   Distinct Small-pox.
£  Confluens.  Pustules confluent,  flaccid, irregularly
     circumscribed;  the intervening spaces pale; with
     great debility.
   Variola confluens.   Cull.  Sauv.
   Variolas regulares confluentes.  Sydenh.
   Confluent Small-pox.
y  Inserta.  Produced  by inoculation; orange-coloured
     areola about the puncture ; pain in the axilla about
     the seventh day ;  disease for the most  part mild;
     and the purulent discharge sometimes confined to
     the punctured part.
   Inoculated Small-pox.
&  Degener.   Pimples imperfectly suppurating; ichor-
     ous or horny, and semi-transparent.
 is, by Sauvages and Vogel, equally employed in their definitions of
 variola and miliaria, and by the latter in that of varicella.
   For the origin of the term Variola, see the note on Rosalia.
   It  was the opinion of Mr. J.  Hunter, that when variolous matter
 is inserted into a wound, as in the case  of inoculation, all that it
 does  is to stimulate the surrounding parts to secrete a fluid similar
 to itself,  which being  absorbed, infects the constitution:—so  that
 the patient readily receives the disease from variolous matter gene-
 rated in his own body.  In consequence of which, while he allows
 the inflammatory action hereby produced to be  specific, he doubts
 whether it be critical, and extends  the same doubt to the inflamma-
 tions  that take place in the chicken-pox and measles. On Blood, p.
 257.   This reasoning, however,   will scarcely  apply  to cases Of
 natural small-pox ; for it is here  impossible to point out any one
 organ in which the inhaled contagion is lodged, and stimulates to
 suppuration, before the general fever makes its appearance.   And
 hence Mr. Cruickshank, who quotes Mr. Hunter's opinion apparent-
 ly with approbation, feels compelled soon  afterwards  to fall back
 into the more vulgar belief that the inoculating matter of small-pox
 continues dormant for  many days in the part affected, and is then
 absorbed ; instead of instantly commencing a local  stimulus, and
 afterwards propagating its  own kind.  " The matter of the inocu-
 lated  small-pox seems lo lie in the pustula till the seventh day ; after
 which, the glands in the axilla swell (the mark of absorption,) and by
 the time the matter may be supposed to reach the heart, the eruptive
 fever  commences."  Anat.  of Absorb. Vess. p. 120, 125.
  For an account of the high antiquity and practice of inoculation,
in India, see Mr. Schoolbred's Dissertation  " On Vaccine Inocula-
tion," p. 69, and following. 
176
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. III.—OR. III.
Variola  discreta  siliquosa.  Mead,  " Discourse of
  the Small-Pox."
Variola confluens crystallina.   Sauv.
Horn-pock.   Crystalline-pock.
                    GENUS IV.

                ANTHRACIA.

Eruption of tumours imperfectly suppurating with indurated
   Gen. IV. Anthracia.  There have long been, and still continue
to be, great disputes among the nosologists as to the proper station
of both the species the author has ventured to arrange under  this
generic term ; many contending that plague ought not to be regard-
ed as an exanthem, and most writers having hitherto contemplated
yaws as an impetigo, or some other  disthetic affection.   Dr. Cul-
len, as already observed in  the note on Exanthemata, expresses  a
doubt whether the  first should not be removed from the order of
exanthems into that of fevers: Vogel has introduced  it into  this
order; Willan has rejected it; Parr arranges it as an exanthem in
his article J\rosology, having previously, like Willan, rejected it from
that division in his article Cutanei Morbi. In his remarks subjoined
to the article Nosology, he again acknowledges that " on reflection
it appears improper" to introduce  it  into the list of exanthems:
and in his article Pestis, he asserts more roundly, that " there is no
foundation for arranging plague amongst the exanthemata, and [that]
it should be reduced to the asthenic remittents." Sauvages, Linneus,
Sagar, and Macbride, have entered  it in the order in which it stands
in the present work.
  In few  words there appears strong and almost incontrovertible
reason for thus placing  it.   The fever  is specific, like that  of all  the
exanthems; it is contagious, like that of most of them ;  and  although
capable of occurring oftener than once in a man's life, we  have  the
concurrent testimony of all the  writers who have been  eye wit-
nesses of its effects, that it renders him less susceptible for a consi-
derable  period afterwards.  The eruption of  buboes or carbuncles
is unquestionably a pathognomic symptom:  the fluid  they secrete
is  capable of  producing the disease by inoculation; for the  most
part  the earlier they make their appearance  the better; and it is
the opinion of M. Sotira, and of most of the  French medical staff
appointed  to the Egyptian expedition, that, provided  the bubo freely
suppurates, the patient receives an indemnity for life.  It is  true, 
GE. VL]
NOSOLOGY,
177
edges, and  for  the most part a sordid and sanious core.
Carbuncular Exanthem.
 indeed, that these tumours do not always appear in their proper or
 perfect character; for  sometimes the patient  is destroyer by the
 violence of the first symptoms ; and in other instances, as in small-
 pox, the specific fever  passes through its course with an imperfect
 or trivial fructification  t but unless there be an actual germination,
 or what Sauvages calls a conatus, a perfect or an imperfect epan-
 thesis, we have no right whatever to call the disease a plague, and
 can only regard it as a  species or variety of synochus, or typnus.
   The buboes or carbuncles, jimmerat, are  sometimes formed with
 the first shock, or m'drop, as the Arabians call it; and, in this  case,
 with a feeling of being  pierced with a sharp needle, javelin, or  mus-
 ket ball (for it is differently described) in the affected thigh or  arm;
 the tumour appearing  within  a few hours,  and enlarging,  with ex-
 cruciating pain for three or four days, till it often acquires, before
 breaking, the size of a  small orange.  Camphor, smoking  tobacco,
 fumigation with gum sandrac, and the vinegar of the four thieves,
 are chiefly employed as preventives; and the principal remedies in
 the present day appear to be sudorifics at  the commencement of
 the disease, and the bark in liberal doses  shortly afterwards.  A
 very  favourite remedy  in Egypt, at Constantinople, and Mogadore,
 is a general inunction of the body with zeit jagghy, or oil of olives,
 which appears to have  been first recommenced by Mr  Baldwin of
 Cairo, from his observing that while the plague was ravaging alt
 Egypt, the dealers in oil escaped its attack.  The coarser and more
 acrid the  oil the better.  The application should be accompanied
 with a long continued friction, and, when successful, is followed in
 about half an hour or an hour by a general and profuse perspiration
 which affords relief.  The oil obstructs the pores of the skin, and
 prevents the escape of  the caloric, which, aided by the friction, ac-
 cumulates on the surface, and  shortens or altogether prevents the
 shivering  fit, which is otherwise often very severe.   Probably the
 use of volatile liniment, and  especially combined  with  laudanum,
 might be more serviceable.  During the fatal plague which depo-
 pulated the whole of Western Barbary,  in 1799, the emperor Sidi
 Soloman is said lo have  had the disease twice, and in both cases to
 have  derived his cure from a free use of the bark ; in consequence
 of which he is never without a  large supply of  it.
  The Barbary plague of 1799 and 1800 is  one of the severest on
 record.  Mr.  Jackson,  to whom we are indebted for an  " Account
of the Empire  of Morocco," was an eye-witness to its progress ;  and,
as he has described it with considerable detail, and  a  variety of in-
dividual cases, the author will enrich this note by a few of the more
interesting facts which he has communicated.
  « The symptoms of this  plague varied in  different patients: the
  Vol. V.—L 1 
178
NOSOLOGY.           L^L. HI.—OR. III.
1.  pestis. Tumours bubonous, carbunculate, or both ; appear-
              ing at an uncertain time of the disease : fever a
              malignant typhus, with extreme heat and debility;
              contagious.
       Lcemus, (A«<^o«.)   Thucyd. et Auct.  Graec.
       Pestis.   Auct. Lot. et Neoter.
       Pestilentia.   Schreiber.
       Febris Pestilens.   Hoffm.
       Typhus pestis.   Toung.
       Exanthema  Pestis.   Parr.   Art. Nosol.
       Vebau (Arab.), vulgarly Alamer, " the mandate, decree,
           or fate."
       Pest.   G.
       Peste.   F.
variety of age and constitution gave it a like variety of appearance
and character.  In some it manifested itself by a sudden and violent
shivering, in others  by a sudden delirium, succeeded  by  great and
unquenchable  thirst. Cold water was eagerly resorted to  by the un-
wary and imprudent, and proved fatal to  those  who indulged in its
momentary relief. Some had one, two, or more buboes, which form-
ed themselves, and became often as large as a walnut  in the course
of a day; others had a  similar number of carbuncles;  others had
both buboes and carbuncles,  which generally appeared in the groin,
under the arm, or near  the breast.  Those who were  affected  with
a shivering, having no bubo,  carbuncle, spots (vibices,) or any other
disfiguration, were invariably carried  off in  less than twenty-four
hours; and the body of the deceased  became quickly putrified, so
that it was indispensably necessary  to bury it in a few hours after dis-
solution.   The European merchants shut themselves up in their re-
spective  houses, as is the practice  in the Levant: I did not take this
precaution, but occasionally rode out to take exercise on horseback.
My daily observations convinced me that the epidemy was not caught
by approach, unless  that approach was accompanied by an inhaling
of the breath,  or by  touching the infected person."
  Yet the general atmosphere appears to have had an influence over
fresh persons ; tor we  are told that "families which had retired to
the country to avoid the infection, on returning to town, when all in-
fection had apparently ceased, were generally  attacked and died."
And what is more singular, persons who had escaped after having
resided in one  infected town, were still subject to the  atmospheric
influence of another infected  town. " After the  mortality had  sub-
sided at Mogodore, a corps of troops arrived from the city of Tero-
dant, in the province of Suse, where the plague had been raging, and
had subsided :  these  troops, after remaining three days at Mogodore,
were attacked with the disease, and it raged exclusively  among them 
CiE. IV.]
NOSOLOGY.
179
Plague.
* Fructifera.  The disease extending to about the four-
     teenth day; and relieved by the appearance of the
     eruption.
  Pestis vulgaris.   Sauv.
b Infructifera.  The eruption imperfect or suppressed ;
     transferred to some internal organ; or superseded
     externally by stigmata and vibice*.
  Pestis interna.   Sauv.
  Pestis sporadica.  Sydenh. Sauv.
y Erythematica.  The body covered over with trails of
     vesicular  erythema, producing sleep, sanious and
     gangrenous ulcerations  as it spreads, often to the
     loss of one or  more limbs.
 for about a month, though they were not confined to any particular
 quarter, many of them having had apartments in the houses of the
 inhabitants of the town."
   As in the plague at Athens, « the mortality was so great that the
 living, not having time to bury the dead, the bodies were deposited
 or thrown together, into large  holes, which, when nearly full, were
 covered over with earth.   Young, healthy, and robust persons, with
 strong stamina, were for the most  part attacked first, then women
 and children, and lastly,  thin,  sickly, emaciated, and  old people."
 The depressing passions of fear  and grief had also a strong pre-
 disposing effect.   The  remedies  were  those already  described.
 A few suffered twice.  Morocco lost a thousand upon an average
 daily, when the infection  was at its  height; Old and New Fez from
 twelve to fifteen  hundred ; Terodant  about  eight  hundred.  The
 total  loss sustained in  these three  cities and in Mogodore  were
 estimated at  one  hundred and twenty-four thousand five hundred
 souls.
   See also memoirs Medicales de PArmee de l'Orient par Bruant:
 Mem. sur l'Egypte, torn. iv.  Samoilowitz sur la Peste  en Russie,
 1771.   Assalini's Observations, &c; and compare with Waldschmidt
 De Peste Holsatica, apud Halleri  Diss, pract. torn. v. Unterricht
 vors Volk gegen die Pest. Dantzig,  1770.  Prosper. Alpin. de  Med.
 -fi^ypt, lib. i. M-Gregor's " Medical Sketches," written during the
 passage of the English army from India to  Egypt.   The views of
 this last writer are in direct opposition to those of M. Assalini, and
in many respects concur with those of Mr. Jackson.
   I  y *^: *******  Erythematica.  For the best description of this
 variety of pestis we must turn to the pages of Thucydides, who de-
 scribes it from having been an eye-witness of its ravages,  and a suf-
ferer  under them ; or to those of Lucretius, who has copied the ac-
count with close and technical punctuality.   The following passage 
180
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. III.—OR. HI-
Pestis Atheniensis.  Thucyd. Lucret.
Erysipelas pestilens.  Sauv.
Erysipelas gangraenosum.  Will.
Ignis sacer.  Auct. Var. but erroneously ; this, which is
     the  erythema  vesiculare, being only a symptom.
     See Erythema vesiculare.
Mai des ardens.  F.
  See Tissot^s account and all the authorities compared,
in his letter to Sir George Baker.   Phil.  Trans, vol. Iv.
year 1765 ; as also  Mem. de la Societe. R. de Med. 1776.
Tissot ascribes  it, in many extensive epidemics,  to the
use of rye vitiated  by a fungus somewhat of the nature
of ustilago,  or  black mildew :  called by the French,
ergot, whence this disease, as also a peculiar gangrene,
to which it is likewise, under other circumstances, said
to give rise, is called Ergot by the French.  Tissot de$
scribes both. See also Sauv. Cl. III. Erysipelas pestilens.
from the hitter may serve to  illustrate  this remark, De Rer, Nat,
lib. vi. 1152,

      Spiritus ore foras tetrum volvebat odorem,
      Rmcida quo perolent projecta cadavera ritu:
      Atque animi prorsum  vires totius, et omne
      Languebat corpus, leti jam limine in ipso :
      Intolerabilibusque malis erat anxius angor
      Adsidue comes, et gemitu conmixta querela:
      Singultusque frequens noctem per saepe diemque,
      Conripere adsidue nervos et membra coactans,
      Dissolvebat eos ; defessos ante fatigans.
        Nee nimio quoiquam posses ardore tueri
      Corporis in summo summam fervescere partem ;
      S£d potius tepidum manibus proponere tactum,
      El simul,  ulceribus quasi inustis, omne rubere,
      Corpus, ut est, per membra sacer quern diditur ignis,
      Intima pars hominum vero flagrabat ad ossa;
      Flagrabat  siomacho flamma, ut fornacibus, intus:
      Nihil  adeo posses quoiquam leve tenueque membris
      Vortere in utilitatem.
        Forth pour'd the breath most fetid from the  mouth,
      As steams the  putrid carcase ; every power
      Fail'd through  the soul, the body, and alike
      Lay they liquescent at  the gates  of death :
      While with these dread, insufferable ills,
      A restless anguish join'd, companion close,
      And sighs commixt with groans; and hiccough deep, 
GE. IV.]                  NOSOLOGY.                      181

2, rubula.   Tumours numerous and  successive; gradually
                increasing from specks to the size of a rasp-
                berry ; one at length growing larger than the
                rest: core a fungous excrescence ;  fever slight;
                occurring only once during life: contagious.
       Lepra  fungifera.  Cartheusen.
       Fiambae-ia.  Sauv. Cull. Sag.  Plouquet.
       Schwammformige aussatz.   G.
       Taws.
     x  Gumt-ensis.  Attacking  infants  and   young  persons
         chiefly ;  and  subsiding as soon as the eruption ap-
         pears.
       Frambsesia Guineensis.   Sauv. Edinb. Essays, vol. vi.
       Yavv.   Guinea.
     /3  Americana.  Depascent; and destroying progressively
         both muscles and bones ; especially the  master-yaw,
         which is called  mamanpia.
       Frambsesia Americana.   Sauv.
      And keen convulsive twitchings ceaseless urg'd,
      Day after day, o'er every tortur'd limb,
      The wearied wretch still wearying with assault.
        Yet ne'er too hot the system couldst thou mark,
      Outwards, but rather tepid to the touch;
      Ting'd still with purple dye, and brandish'd o'er
      With trails of caustic ulcers like the blaze
      Strew'd by the holy fire.  But all within
      Burn'd to the bone: the bosom heav'd with flames
      Fierce as a furnace, nor would  once endure
      The lightest vest thrown loosely o'er the  limbs.
  2. Anthracia Rubula.   From rubus the " black-berry" or " rasp-
berry;" in Fren< r> framboise, whence the common  but barbarous
name of frambasia:  which is here attempted to be exchanged for
an euphonous and strictly classical term, in perfect accordance with
the ordinary law of diminutives, which seems to prevail through the
general nomenclature of  exanthematous diseases.  Perhaps morula,
from morus, a word  employed in an approximating sense by Plau-
tus, might have been somewhat more appropriate, since the erup-
tion seems to bear a nearer resemblance to diminutive  mulberries
than raspberries.  But as the latter plant  appears to have laid a
foundation for the name both on the African and American coast, on
the former of which it is called  Yaw, and on the latter Pian, or
Epian, both which, as we are informed by Sauvages, import rasp-
berry ; and as the earliest writers have, upon this authority denomi-
nated it framboise, or frambeesiay the author has not felt himself at
liberty to deviate from the original idea. 
182
NOSOLOGY.
[CL.  HI.—OR. IV.
  Pian.   Native American.
  See Schilling De Morbo in Europapeneignoto, quern
Americani vocant Taws.   As also Sammlung furprack-
tische Aerzte.  Band vii. Stuck. 2 and 3.
                      ORDER IV.

                   DYSTHETICA.

                         CACHEXIES.

  Morbid state of the blood  or blood-vessels ; alone, or con-
nected with a morbid state of other fluids, producing a diseased
habit.
  There has been a still greater diversity of opinion concerning the
proper situat.on of this species than of plague.   It has been gene-
rally placed in the class of cachexies; by Sauvages and Sagar in the
order of tuber-j; by Cullen in that of impetigints.   These writers
take little or no notice of any  kind of febrile symptoms that accom-
pany  it  whether specific or  symptomatic.  " Nulla febris acuta,"
says Sauvages, « hunc morbum comitatur;  vtrum  ex hoc neglecto
morbo vel non sanato,  sequitur sn ;j8  macies insignis, phthisisque
accidente lientena lethalis."   Dr.  Young pays  as little attention to
the febrile symptoms by which it is said to be  distinguished, and at
the same time transfers it from the division of cachexies (cacochy-
mia, as  he denominates them,) to the order of paramorphiae or struc-
tural diseases. Di. Winterbottom and Dr. Dancer, on the contrary,
contend, that a slight fever is its primary symptom ; and Dr. Ludford,
to whom we are indebted for, perhaps, the  best history,  which has
yet been given of this disease, describes it as a proper eruptive fever
totally unconnected with diet, lues, or any other taint in  the blood;
commencing with alternatives of shivering and heat, lassitude, want
of appetite, and pains in  the  head and loins so great as  to prevent
sleep; the fever and every inconvenience diminishing after the erup-
tion, and the appetite returning.  So that  like the small  pox  it ap-
pears to have a regular accession,  height, and decline; and,  as al-
ready observed, may  be  propagated by inoculation, and is  never
known to occur a second time.  Hence Parr, who seems  for  a long
time to  have wavered in his opinion concerning the real nature of
this disease, regarding it in his article  Cutanei Morbi as a pustu-
lous exanthem, and in his Nosology as a mere cuticular intumes-
cence, ord. x. sect. iii. 6, returns with a decided mind to his first opi-
nion in the article Yaws,  and asserts that " the detail of  symptoms
shows that the disease is truly exanthematous." 
CL. HI.—OR. IV.]          NOSOLOGY.                       183

  The words hitherto ordinarily used  to import the diseases,
meant to be comprehended under this term, are, cachexia, and
impetigo, or as the Greeks express themselves Xvn, lues or lyes.
None of these, however, exactly answer; and that on two ac-
counts ;  firstly, because dysthetica is here limited  to thofe de-
pravities which  seem  chiefly to originate from,  or manifest
  This view of the subject will perhaps justify the present position
of the disease ; support its pretensions to the character of a carbun-
cular exanthem, and consequently develop the nature of its connex-
ion with plague under a  nosological arrangement founded oh the
principles of symptoms.
  Order IV. Dysthetica.   From •»•/%«,», whence fleets, Servfiprin-
cipiumi Pve-B-ereu, male affectussum; ev$t<rix, employed botii by Hip-
pocrates and Galen as bene constituta corporis habitudo.   Cachexy,
even among the Greeks, embraced at least two very different kinds
of morbid constitution, as we learn from various  parts of Celsus : the
one  appertaining to old age, the other to a tabid or consumptive ha-
bit in earlier life.   Compare lib. ii. cap. i. ver. fin. with  lib. iii. cap.
xxii. ad. init.  But in modern times the term has been used in such
a variety of ranges and significations, as to bid defiance to every at-
tempt at generalizing its meaning.  Thus in Sauvages, Vogel, Sa-
gar,  and Cullen, it occurs as the name of a class; but under each of
them is made to embrace very different diseases;  the classific cha-
racter being sometimes depraved external colour alone; sometimes
depraved colour and form ; sometimes  depraved colour, form,  and
size; and sometimes, as  in Dr. Cullen's definition, depraved habit
of the whole or a great part of the body, without any notice whatever
of the three preceding qualities.  In Macbride and Parr, Cachexy
is introduced as an order, for  in these writers the  order constitutes
the primary division ; yet nothing can be more at variance than their
separate definitions of this order; for while the former makes it far
more comprehensive than any prior nosologist, embracing polysar-
cia,  emphysema, tympanites,  physconia, osteosarcosis,  sarcostosis,
mortificatio, and many other diseases scattered  through very widely
separated classes of other writers;  the latter confines it to two ge-
nera of diseases alone, impetigo and macula, (impetigo being here
used in a very contracted sense,) and defines  it  " a change in the co-
lour  of the skin, generally from a chemical change in the nature of
the  fluids."  Linneus, again, employs the term  in a still  more limit-
ed sense than Parr, reducing it to a mere genus of the class deformes,
order decolores, and characterizing it by depraved want of colour,
"pallor corporis  cedematosus, cum debilitate,  moerore."   While
later writers, as Young and Willan, have omitted the term  alto-
gether;  the former substituting cachochymiae  as synonymous with
its more general meaning;  and the latter  breaking up the entire 
184
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. HI.—OR. 1Y.
themselves in, the sanguineous function, either as  it regards
its vessels or its fluids ; and secondly, because no  determinate
sense has hitherto been  generally assigned to either of these
three terms.
                   GENUS  I,

                PLETHORA.

Complexion florid ; veins distended;  undue sense of heat
    and fulness ;  oppression of the head, chest, or other
    internal organ.
corps of diseases usually arranged under its banners, and scattering
them about equally, amidst all the eight orders which constitute his
system.
  An equal degree of vagueness has run through the use of impe-
tigo.  This, by most nosologists, constitutes the  name of an entire
order of cutaneous diseases: according to Cullen " cachexies chiefly
deforming the skin and external frame :" according to Sauvages and
Sagar "chronic, contagious, (or for the most part contagious) mala-
dies, which  superinduce cutaneous excrescences,  gregarious tu-
mours,  exulcerations and crusts,  in many  instances  propagable  by
inoculation.   Parr reduces impetigo to a genus, though of a some-
what extensive scale, including scorbutus, syphilis, aurigo, phaenig-
mus,  melasma, rubigo.  Vogel, who also renders it a genus, limits
it to a kind of lichen, " macula, subrubra aspera, dura, sicca,  cum
ingenti prurigine;" thus making it synonymous with  the dry tetter ;
while Willan, on the contrary, uses it synonymously with the running
or humid tetter;  and Celsus, II. xxviii. 17,  with both.  Linneus,
Macbride, Young, and various other nosologists,  probably from the
uncertainty of the sense, have rejected the term entirely.
  From the same uncertainty Sauvages rejected lues, or as it ought
rather to be written, lyes,  and employed syphilis in its stead; and
his example has been followed by perhaps all the later nosologists
with the exception of Macbride.  •« Hie ordo," observes Sauvages,
" continet morbos eulaneos, chronicos, saepios contagiosos, et  viru-
lentos, qui ea ratione lues nominal i consucvere,  ut lues syphilitica,
scorbutica : verum luis nomen tuberibus inditnm est, unde lues ra-
chitica scrophulosa, cancrosa, nomen habet."
  To have employed any one of these terms therefore as'the name
of the present  order, would have been to  add to the vagueness of
their meaning, and consequently to the imprecision of  the order it-
self.  A new term has hence been substituted, the direct scope of 
GE. I.]
NOSOLOGY.
185
       Plethora.  Linn. Sagar.
1. entonica.  Pulse full, strong, rebounding; muscular fibres
                 firm and vigorous.
       Sanguine Plethora.
2. atonica.   Pulse full, frequent, feeble;  vital actions lan-
                 guid ;  skin smooth  and soft; figure plump,
                 but inexpressive.
       Serous Plethora.
 which is well calculated to embrace all those cachexias, impetigines,
 lues, or depravations, which appear chiefly to originate in a morbid
 state of the blood, or the  blood-vessels without fever, whether con-
 nected or  not connected with other parts of the  system ; many of
 which are capable of being communicated by transfusion of blood
 from a diseased to a sound constitution, and one or two of which  we
 have reason  to believe are, in this manner, actually communicated
 to the fetus in the womb.   Under the order thus explained, sphace-
 lus and necrosis, which are regarded as cachexies by Sauvages, Sa-
 gar, and Macbride, have a clear title for admission; as has also ple-
 thora.  Polysarca makes an approach to the division, but belongs
 more properly to the diseases of Class VI, or those of the excernent
 function.
   Gen. I.  Plethora. IIX^v^x, from nXvfiu, " impleo," " inundo."
 This affection, proscribed  from the catalogues of Sauvages and Cul-
 len, is entered, and correctly so, in the division of cachexies by Lin-
 neus and Sagar.  It is equally a disease of the sanguineous and the
 phlegmatic temperament; and the specific distinctions are so clear
 as seldom or never to be mistaken.   Perhaps it is in  neither case,
 at any time, a mere result  of redundant blood ;  though, in both, this
 fluid seems to be formed with peculiar facility.  There is commonly
 moreover in  both cases an undue degree of vicidity, or lentor as it
 is usually called, though unquestionably resulting  from \ery differ-
 ent causes : in the first species probably from some excess of gluten
 and fibrin ; and in the second from a deficiency of  the neutral  salts
 by which the coagulable parts are to a certain extent held  in solu-
 tion.  In both there seems also  to be very generally an excess  of
 oxygen, and hence the  florid hue the small blood-vessels communi-
 cate to the surface.
  Gen. II. Hjemorrhagia. From xi/ax, " sanguis,"  and far<ra," rum-
 po."  There  are few parts of Dr. Cullen's arrangement more open
 to animadversion, or which in fact  have been more generally ani-
madverted upon than the present.  The haemorrhages, or fluxes of
blood, are with him an entire order, ranking under the class pyrexiae
or febrile diseases.  Fever, however, is only an accidental symptom
in idiopathic haemorrhages of any kind, and has hence been omitted
by all or nearly all other nosologists : while in many haemorrhages,
  Vol. V.—M  m 
186
NOSOLOGY.          [CL. IU.-OK. IV
                      GENUS II.


               H M M 0 R R H A G I A.


    Flux of blood from an  organ without external violence.
      Haemorrhagiae.   Hoffm. Vog.  Cull.
      Sanguifluxus.  Sauv.  Sag.
      Sejli dem.  Arab.
      Bluten.   G.
      Hemorrhagic   F.
      Hemorrhage.
1. activa.   Accompanied  with  increased  vascular action:
               blood florid  and tenacious.
      Haemorrhagia arteriosa.  Cricht.
      Haemorrhagia activa.   Auct. Var.
      Cauma haemorrhagicum.  Toung.
    x Narium.   Discharged from the nostrils; preceded by
           heat and head-ache.
      Epistaxis juniorum.   Cull.
      Epistaxis arteriosa.  Cricht.
      Ruaf.   Arab.
      Bleeding at the nose.
    « Haemoptysis.   Thrown up by coughing; preceded by
           flushed cheeks, dyspnoea,  and  pain in the chest.
      Emptoe.   Gordon.
      Emptoys.  Gilbert.
      Haemoptoe.  Boerh.
      Haemoptysis.  Sauv.  Linn. Cull.
as the passive, here constituting the second species of the genus, Dr.
Cullen has himself found it absolutely impossible to introduce this
symptom ; and he has hence been obliged to transfer all the passive
subdivisions or modifications to another part of his system, notwith-
standing their natural connexion with the active, and to distinguish
them by the feeble name of profusions, instead of by their own pro-
per title.
  The word haemorrhage, however, was limited by Hippocrates, as
we learn from Galen  Epidem. I. comm. i. to flux of u blood from the
nostrils," as though applied kxt' 1%*%*,?; and he has been followed,
in this restrained use of the term, by Sauvages and most of the  no-
sologists.  Vogel first pointed out the inconvenience of this limita-
tion, and exchanged  haemorrhagia for epistaxis, thus liberating  the 
GE. II.]
NOSOLOGY.
187
Blut-speyen.   G.
Crachement du sang.   F.
Spitting of Blood.
Haematemesis.  Evacuated from the alimentary canal,
     at  either  extremity; with expulsive effort;  pre-
     ceded by tensive pain about the stomach;  and ac-
     companied with anxiety and faintness.
Haematemesis.  Sauv. et  Auct. Recentior.
Vomitus cruentus.  Stahl.
Vomitus sanguinis.  Auct. Var.
Vomissement de sang.   F.
Vomiting of Blood.
Haematuria.  Evacuated  at the urethra;  preceded by
     pain in the region  of the bladder or the kidneys ;
     and accompanied with faintness.
Haematuria.  Sauv. et Auct. Recentior.
Mictus cruentus.   Sydenh.
Pissement de sang.  F.
Bloody urine.                        \
   It is sometimes, though rarely, discharged without
any  mixture of urine, and is then called by Vogel sty-
matosis.  There seems no necessity for the distinction ;
though Dr. Cullen has  introduced stymaptosis into his
" Catalogus Morborum a nobis omissorum."
Uterina.   Discharged from the uterus ;  with a sense of
  weight in the loins, and of pressure upon the vagina.
Uteri haemorrhagia.  Hoffm.
Haemorrhsea.   Dioscor.
Haemorrhagia uterine.  Junck.
Metrorrhagia.   Sag.
Menorrhagia.  Sauv. Linn.  Vog. Cull.
Uterine hemorrhage.
Proctica.  Discharged  from the anus spontaneously;
former term to express flux of blood generally; and Cullen, Crich-
ton, and most later writers have followed his example.  In point of
precision, however, epistaxis, (efrtovafys,) has nothing more to boast
of than hamorrhagia ; for in its radical sense it imports distillation;
though it is employed in a very restrained sense by Hippocrates, to
express habitual haemorrhage or distillation of blood from the nose.
Haematemesis is here used in the same latitude as vomica, (see apos-
tema Vomica,) and imports flux of blood below as well as above.
  Plants are subject to a similar disease ; and that too both of the
active and passive  kind.  The first is  from  a plethora  or super- 
188
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. HI.—OR. IV.
         with a sense of weight and pain within the rectum ;
         and often of load in the head.
       Haemorrhois.   Sauv. Sag.  Linn.
       Haemorrhois fluens.  Cull.
2. passiva.   Accompanied  with  general laxity or debility ;
                and weak, vascular action ; blood attenuate,
                and of a Modena red.
       Haemorrhagia venosa.  Cricht.
       Haemorrhagia passiva.  Auct.  Var.
       Profusio.  Linn. Cull.
       Profusio haemorrhagica.  Toung.
    x  Narium.   Discharged  from the nostrils without local
         heat or head-ache.
    Q  Haemoptysis.  Thrown up from the respiratory organ,
         usually with coughing; often accompanied with scir-
         rhous or calculous  affection ; countenance  pale and
         emaciated.
    y  Haematemesis.   Evacuated from the alimentary canal
         either extremity with expulsive  effort, nausea, and
         faintness ; but without tensive pain.
    ^  Haematuria.  Evacuated  at the urethra ; usually with
         faitness, but without previous pain.
    f  Uterina.   Discharged from the menstrual organ, with
         a sense  of local weakness.
    £  Proctica.   Discharged from the anus spontaneously ;
         with little  or  no pain ;  usually with varices or con-
         gestions of the haemorrhoidal  veins  ; occasionally
         producing a habit.
3. vicaria.  Catenated with a  morbid or suppressed  action
                 of some other organ ; the outlet being usually
                 the  nostrils, trachea,  vagina  or rectum ; at
                 times  the urethra.
         The first species found occasionally as a symptom in
       plethora ;  various species of fevers ;  various species of
abundance of sap, which in drupous fruit-trees flows from the rup-
tured  vessels, intermixed with  a considerable  portion  of  gum :
but, in the vine, is a clear attenuate lymph, totally destitute of gum.
The latter relieves itself by the discharge, and no evil follows; but
the former soon become weakened, and should have the wound
closed by a plaster or cement of wax, or some similar material.  In
the passive species the sap  is often peculiarly thin  and acrimo-
nious ; the tree wastes rapidly, and no mode of treatment seems to
avail.  The birch and oak bleed profusely upon being wounded, and
the tree  often dies if the wound be not attended  to. 
ge. n.]
NOSOLOGY.
18»
empresma ; melaena ; and in marasmus Phthisis.  The
second  in marasmus Tabes and Atrophia, struma and
porphyra.
                     GENUS  III.


                   MARASMUS.

    Emaciation of the  entire body.
       Macies.  Sauv.  Sag.
       Marcores.   Cull.
       Kedazesh, of Persian origin, from solvo, liquifo.
       Emaciation.
1.  Atrophia.  Complexion pale, often squalid ; skin dry and
                   wrinkled ; muscles shrunk and  inelastic;
                   little or no fever.
       Atrophia.  Sauv. Linn.  Vog. Sag.  Cull.
       Verem.  Arab.
       Atrophy.
       * Inanitorum.  The crasis of the blood vitiated by ex-
           cessive  evacuations ;  as saliva, sweat, milk, intes-
           tinal secretion, or blood itself.
        Atrophia inanitorum. Cull.
      p Famelicorum.   The crasis of the blood vitiated by
           the use of food  deficient in quantity, or innutritious
           in  quality.
  Gen. III.  Marasmus.  M«£«o>ies, from fixexivu,  " marcesco,"
" marcescere reddo."  This term was long ago used collectively to
comprehend atrophy, tabes, and phthisis; and in employing it there-
fore as a generic name,  the author  only  restores it  to its earlier
sense.  There is a  common character, by which all the diseases to
which it applies, approach  each other, and under which they should
in the first instance be arranged:  that character is  a  general ema-
ciation of the frame.   Atrophia is deduced from a, privative, and
rgt<pu, ,lnutrio."  Tabes is a Latin term, of doubtful origin, probably
from the  Hebrew 2«n, (tab,) " to pine away or consume;" though
usually but idly, derived by the Latin lexicographers from the Greek
txy.v, rat^u, or Sxirrti, with all of which it appears to  have very little
connexion either in sense or sound. 
190
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. III.—OR. IV.
         Atrophia famelicorum.   Cull.
       y Debilium.  The crasis of the blood vitiated by infirm
           action of the digestive faculty:  as in puny infants,
           and feeble age.
         Atrophia debilium.  Cull.  The atrophia cachochy-
           mica of this author seems rather to belong to the
           next species.
2. Tabes.   General languor ; hectic fever ; for the most part
               depressed spirits.
       Tabes.   Sauv. Linn.  Vog. Sag.  Cull.
       Hulas.   Arab.
       Verzerhung.  G.
       Etisie.   F.
       Decline.
       x Purulenta.  The blood vitiated by absorption of pus
           from an external or internal ulcer, or a vomica.
         Tabes purulenta.  Cull.
       /3 Strumosa.  Vitiated by  a scrofulous taint; and, for
  Marasmus is not uncommon among plants; and this too perhaps
in both the first and second species here offered, so far as the terms
will  apply to the vegetable world.   The trees affected are often
found to droop,  decline, wither, or become  emaciated and perish,
sometimes suddenly, often  with a slow progress.  Frequently the
cause is unknown; yet more generally it is  referable to improper
soil or planting, to invermination, or phthiriasis, malis in the present
system.
  In plantations of pine-trees this affection is sometimes epidemic,
and from  the extensive mischief  that ensues, has been called, but
improperly,  teredo Pinorum.   According to Wildenow it attacks
principally the alburnum and  inner bark.  The first symptom is a
reddish yellow hue in the acerous leaves; then the appearance of a
great number of minute drops of resin in the middle of the boughs,
with an offensive terebinthinous  smell  spreading far around; the
bark scales off", and the liber, often the alburnum, presents a blackish-
blue appearance.  The  tree  is next covered  with  insects.   The
causes are long continued dry weather; severe and long continued
frost, suddenly supervening upon warm weather;  and violent gales
of wind.   The disease is incurable : and the only thing to be done in
large forests is to forbid clearing away the leaves or the moss around
the roots,  as this will only increase the weakness of the tree, and
render it still tenderer.
  3. Marasmus Phthisis. This disease is said to be indigenous to the
British Isles; and there is perhaps some truth in the  report, for we
meet with various notices of it in an early part of Anglo-Saxon his- 
GE. III.]
NOSOLOGY.
191
           the most part, connected with a scrofulous affection
           of some organ or other.
         Tabes scrofulosa.   Cull.
       y Dorsalis.  Vitiated by  excess in  libidinous  indul-
           gences.  Accompanied with pain in the back and
           loins; sallow, dejected  visage;  heaviness  of  the
           head ; syrigmus ; sleeplessness ;  horror of  mind ;
           extreme genital debility.
         Tabes dorsalis.  Lomm. Sauv.             "
         Phthisis notias, (pOte-n vorixf.)  Hippocr.  Literally
           Humid tabes ; so called  from the frequent and  in-
           voluntary  secretion of a gleety matter.
         Venenata.  The blood vitiated by  an introduction of
           some poisonous or other deleterious material into
           the system ;  often from the injudicious use of quick-
           silver ;  perhaps, at times, from  small portions of
           arsenic.  See Sauv. in verb.  Amati. Cent. ii. cur.
           65.
         Tabes venenata.  Cull.
         Tabes a veneno.  Sauv.
Z. phthisis.   Cough: pain or uneasiness in the chest, chiefly
                 on decumbiture: hectic fever; delusive hope
                 of recovery.
       Phthisis.  Auct.  Grsec. Sauv. Linn.  Vog.
       Haemoptysis phthisis.  Cull.
tory under the name of lungen adl, (lungs-ail:) and in the Cottonian
MSS. in the British Museum, Lib. Vitell. 3, we have the following
prescription, which appears to have been much in vogue, and is here
copied as a curiosity. " Take hwite hare hunan, (white-horehound,)
and ysypo, (hyssop,) and rudan, (rue,) and galluc, (sow-bread,) and
brysewyrt, and brunwyrt, (brown wort,) and wude merce, (parsley,)
and grundeswylian, (groundsel,) of each twenty penny-weights ; and
one sester-full of old ale, (fifteen pints;)  and sethe the herbs till the
liquor be  half boiled away.  Drink every day fasting a neap-full
cold, and in the evening as much warm."
  The varieties of phthisis offered in the present system, are taken
from Dr. Duncan's very valuable " Observations" on this disease ;
in which,  however, as  phthisis is  there introduced as a genus, the
present varieties occur as species.   Yet as the tuberculous may run
into the  apostematous modification, and the catarrhal  into both, ac-
cording  to the peculiarity of the constitution,  and other concomitant
circumstances ; and more especially as the same cause may produce
each of  them in different idiosyncrasies, the  present subdivision of
them may perhaps be regarded as  the more correct. 
192                     NOSOLOGY.          [CL. ffl.—OR. IV.
      Phthisis pulmonaris.  Mort.
      Phthisis pulmonalis.  Duncan, et auct. var.
      Soollal {Arab.) Literally morbus pulmonaris, from sooll,
           pulmo.
      Schwindsucht.  G.
      Phthisic  Consumption.  F.
      Phthisic.  Consumption.
      x Catarrhalis.   Cough frequent and violent; copious
           excretion  of  a thin,  offensive,  purulent mucus ;
           general soreness in the chest, with transitory pains,
           shifting from side to  side.  Chiefly produced by
           catching cold, or the neglect of a common catarrh.
           Catarrhal Consumption.  Duncan.
      0 Apostematosa.   Cough  severe but dry ;  fixt, obtuse,
           circumscribed pain in the chest, sometimes pulsa-
           tory :  difficult decumbiture on one side : at length
           sudden and copious discharge of purulent matter,
           occasionally  threatening  suffocation :  the  other
           symptoms temporarily, rarely permanently, reliev-
           ed.   Chiefly the result of repeated haemoptysis.
           Apostematous  Consumption.   Duncan.
      y Tuberculosa.  Cough short and tickling: excretion
           of a watery, whey-like sanies,  sometimes tinged
           with blood: pain in the chest slight: habitual ele-
           vation of spirits.  Usually the result of a scrofu-
           lous diathesis.
           Tubercular Consumption.  Duncan.
             The teeth during this  disease often  assume  a
           milky whiteness ; the eyes a pearly lustre.
             Gun-shot wounds are rarely followed with con-

  To allay the irritation of the cough, Dr. Duncan recommends the
use of lettuce opium, or the inspissated juice of the common lettuce
of the garden, which  he denominates lactucarium ; and which he
has tried, apparently successfully  under the various modes of tinc-
ture, pills, and lozenges, for each  of which he  offers an elegant
formula.
  By Dr. Cullen phthisis  is contemplated as nothing more than a
sequel of haemoptysis, instead of being  regarded as an idiopathic
disease; and his species, which are  two, can only be viewed, and so
appear to have been by Dr. Cullen himself, as separate stages in the
progress of the  complaint:  his first species being denominated p.
incipiens, and  characterized  by an absence of purulent expectora-
tion; and his second p. confirmata, distinguished by the  presence of
this  last symptom. 
GE. IV.]
NOSOLOGY.
153
sumption.  " I cannot say that I ever  saw a case
where such an effect took plact." Hunter on Bluod.
   See Baillie, Morb. An,u. F sc. ii. pi. 4. 2. pt. 5.
1. 2.   Duncan's Observ. on Pulmonary Consump-
tion, 1813.
                  GENUS IV.

                 CYRTOSIS.*

Head bulky, especially anteriorly; stature short and incur-
     vated ; flesh flabby, tabid, and wrinkled.
   Gen. IV. Cyrtosis.   Kverutrn,  "curvitas,  gibbositas, distortio
 spinae dorsi," from xvgros, « curvus, incurvus, gibbosus."  The au-
 thor has preferred this term to the compound cyrtonosus (xverovoe-os,)
 morbus incurvus :  the term morbus, or voe-as, being  pleonastic in  a
 system of nosology.  The character of the second species is chiefly
 taken from  Dr. Reeve's very excellent paper  in the Phil.  Trans.
 for 1808, p  111 ;  which, while it establishes the disease to be he-
 reditary, sufficiently proves it to originate in a close, confined and
 marshy atmosphere, with  inattention to cleanliness, and wholesome
 food.   It is  a singular circumstance that both these species should
 have made their first appearance, or at least have been first noticed,
 contemporarily.  The earliest account we have  of rickets, is that
 published by Glisson, as it occurred in England  in the middle of the
 seventeenth century : the first account of cretinism is that of Platter,,
 who met with it about the same time in Carinthia  and the Valais.
 Praxeos Medica, cap. iii. Basil, 1656.  The disease is common in
 Navarre, and in many of the valleys of the Pyrenees, particularly
that of Luchen ; and the unhappy victims are rumoured, according
to M. Ramond, to  be descendants of the Cagots or Capots,  who, in
 the eleventh century, infected with leprosy and other cutaneous
maladies, were treated as a lower  order of beings; were  sold as
 slaves, disposed of by will, obliged to enter the church by a sepa-
rate door, and to use a particular font and seats, which were placed
 at a distance from  the rest of the congregation.  Voyages dans les
Pyrenees.  But this seems to be mere tradition, without a single
historic relic for its support or countenance.  Zeviani, delta Rachi-
  • [In the * Study of Medicine,' Cyrtosis is placed in Genus IV. Ord«r I.
Class VI.  See Study of Medicine, Vol. 4th, page 222.1
   Vol. V.—N n 
|94                     NOSOLOGY.           CL.III.—OR.IT.

1.  Cretinismus.  Chiefly affecting the head and neck: counte-
                     nance  vacant and stupid : mental facul-
                     ties  feeble or idiotic ; sensibility obtuse ;
                     mostly with enlargement of  the thyroid
                     gland: hereditary.
       Cretinismus.  Platter.  Prax. Med.
       Cretinism.  Reeve.   Phil. Trans. 1808.
2. Rhachia.  Chiefly  affecting the limbs and body ;  spine
                  crooked ;  ribs depressed; articular epiphyses
                  enlarged and  spongy ;  belly tumid; mental
                  faculties clear ;  often premature.
       Rachitis.   Glisson.  >Sauv. et Auct.  Alior.
       Riickgrat-kranckheit.  G.
       Notiage Noiieure.  Riquets.  F.
       Rickets.
         Found  occasionally also as a symptom in struma, tri-
       chosis, phthisis, and elephantiasis.  Sauv. in loco :  and
       hence occasionally commencing  in  adults.  Journ. de
tide, contends that  rickets, if not cretinism, were known to the an-
cients, and alludes to the names of Vari, and  Volgi among the Ro-
mans, and to various passages ridiculing deformity, in Thersites, the
supposed J£sop of Greece, as well as in other authors, in proof of
his opinion : but all such remarks are  too general; he cannot pro-
duce a single passage from the medical writers of antiquity, clearly
characterizing the peculiar deformity before us.  Hahn has attempt-
ed to  do so in the works of Hippocrates, but has failed:  and hence
it is generally admitted, and has been so from the time of Glisson
himself, supported by the concurrent opinions  of Bate,  Regemorter,
Van Swieten, and Trinka, that both rickets and cretinism  are of re-
cent date.
   There is some doubt about the origin of both names.  Cretinism
was at first ascribed by different writers to two causes, with neither
of  which it appears to have  any connexion ; the habitual use of
snow-water; or of water impregnated with chalk (creta) in the low
Swiss valleys in which  it was first traced: and it is probable that the
term  cretinism is derived from the latter opinion.  There is some
uncertainty, however, upon  this subject, but  the  name may stand ;
the best descriptions of it that have occurred  to the writer of these
pages are that given by M. Pinel in his Traite sur I'Alienation Men-
tale, sect. iii. § 182, chiefly drawn up from M. Fodere; and that of
Dr. Reeve, in the Phil. Trans, for 1808.
   The term rickets, is  usually translated  in medical language rha-
chitis, a name first given to it by Glisson, as  though  derived from
pct%n (rhachis,) the spine, in consequence of the  distortion and cur-
vature of this organ, produced  by its being no longer able to bear 
€E. V.]
NOSOLOGY.
195
Med. xliii.  Dr. Young regards it as a regular species
of scrofula; and hence in his system it occurs  under
the title of scrofula Rachitis.
                       GENUS  V.

                    AL PH 0 SI S*

    Cuticle dead-white ; pupils rosy ; corporeal powers weak„
1. jETHiopica.  Hair white and woolly;  irids white;  sight
                   strongest in the shade.  Found among ne-
                   groes.
the weight  of the head and upper extremities.   As this  malady,
however, was first traced in England, and appears to have been
known in the western counties, and provincially denominated rickets,
before it attracted  the attention of medical writers; it is probable
that the term rachitis was employed by Dr. Glisson, as much on ac-
count of its resemblance to the English term rickets, as from its  ex-
pressing the diseased state of the spine.  Dr. Johnson, indeed, de-
rives  the English  rickets and rickety  from the  Greek rhachitis,
usually, but improperly  written rachitis: but this  is to commit an
anachronism, rickets and rickety being in use first, and perhaps de-
rived from the German and Teutonic riicken, " to rock, reel, wriggle,
or go unsteadily."   Rhachitis might, however, be a very good word,
were  it not  for its termination ;—itis, in the medical technology of
modern times, implying  organic inflammation, and  being limited by
a sort of common consent, to the numerous species of disease, in the
present method, arranged under the genus empresma, Cl. III. Ord.
ii.: whence  the  author has exchanged rhachitis  for rhachia.  If,
however, this disease were known among the Greeks, it must be
sought for under the name here given to the genus—that of cyrto-
sis ; for this  is a term common to  Greek writers,  signifying incur-
vation generally, and incurvation of the spine peculiarly; in  other
words, posterior crookedness, as Xoe&uns (lordosis) its opposite,  im-
ports  anterior crookedness, or  the procurvation  of the head  and
shoulders.
   Gen. V.  Alfhosis.  The character  of the genus and species is
drawn up from the descriptions of Saussures, Maupertuis, B<<zzi,
and Blumenbach.   The  whiteness is probably produced  by a want
of the secretion of the pigment that among negroes renders the rete
  * [In the * Study of Mediaine,' Alphosis is not ranked as a genus, but is the
7th species, 10th genus, 3d order, 6th Class, See Study of Medicine, Vol. 4th,
page 446.] 
196                      NOSOLOGY.           [CL. III.-OR. IV.

       iEthiops.   Plouquet.
       Albor cutis.   Plenck.
       Weissehaut.   G.
       Albino.
2. europ.£a.  Hair  flaxen  and  silky:  irids  rosy.   Found
                 among Europeans and other white nations.
                   Trail in  Nicholson's Journ. of Nat. Phil.
                 See also Blumenbach, Med. Bibl. ii. 537.  Le
                 Cat, Traite de  la Couleur de la Peau Hu-
                 maine.   Phil.  Trans,  passim.
                 GENUS VI.

                   STRUMA.

Indolent glandular tumours, chiefly in the neck; suppurat-
  ing slowly and imperfectly, and healing with difficulty ;
mucosum black; and which does not usually take place till several
weeks, sometimes months, after birth; the negro child  being fair
when first born.   The Spanish  and  Portuguese denominate those
■who are thus affected Albinos ;  the French, Blafards; the Dutch,
Kacklacken.
  As the present page is a cancel, and has consequently been work-
ed off after the rest of the volume, the author takes the opportunity
of requesting his  readers to correct the numerals of the specific
names under the genus Phyma, p.  122, from 2, 3, 4, to 1, 2, 3 : and
to give to the names of the species and varieties under Ulcus, p.
216, Sec. a neuter instead of a masculine  termination, asvitiosum, cal-
losum,*  8cc.: the author  having at  first employed a masculine noun
instead of ulcus ; and it having escaped his attention  to make the
necessary emendation on a change  of the generic term. He has also
to entreat the reader's correction of a few other errors  that will oc-
casionally occur to him, chiefly typographical, and  mostly  in the
accentuation, and  the  use of a large or small  capital  in the com-
mencement of certain specific names:  it being uniformly intended
to employ a large capital  whenever a species is  distinguished by the
name of an old genus, or a substantive of a similar kind in the nomi-
native case ;  and never otherwise.
  Gen. VI.  Struma.  This is the name in Celsus, who well de-
scribes the. disease, lib. v. cap. xxviii.   It is probably derived from
* [These are corrected m the American edition.] 
GE. VI.]                  NOSOLOGY.                     197
    upper lip thickened;  skin smooth ; countenance, usually
    florid.
       Struma.  Cels.  Linn, et Auct.  Var.
       Choiras  (#»?*«•)  Auct. Graec.
       Scrophula, or scrofula.  Sauv.  Vog. Sag.  Cull.
       Silat {Arab.), from " tumor," " tuberculum."  In Per-
         sian Damghul; in  Turkish Aur.
       Kropff.  G.
       Ecrouelles.  F.
       King's Evil.
1. vulgaris. Confined to the external, conglobate glands: tu-
                  mour pea-sized, or chesnut-sized; appear-
                  ing in infancy or youth ;  subsiding on ma-
                  ture age; hereditary.
       Scrofula vulgaris.    Warthon.  Sauv. Cull.
       Cyrnl. or plurally Cyrnlu.   Anglo-Sax.   Whence the
         English word kernel.
2. mesenterica.  Affecting the mesenteric glands; counte-
                      nance pale; appetite  infirm;  abdomen
                      tumid; excrements usually peculiarly
                      fetid.
       Scrofula mesenterica.  Sauv.  Cull.
       Chartre   Puzos.  " Maladies des Enfans."
         Found  also  occasionally, as a symptom in scalled-
       head, yaws, and other cutaneous eruptions.
         Swine  are said to be peculiarly subject to  this dis-
       ease : on which account it  was vulgarly called choiras
       and scrofula, or swine-evil,  among the Greeks and Ro-
       mans.  Sauvages has denominated the porcine species
       scrofula chalasis: it is named by  Gilbert, De Lepra,
       scrofula leprosa, and by Leger, ladrerie des pores.
         It is to this genus also that the glandular disease of
TTfafMt,, " congestion or coacervation," as of straw in a litter, feathers
in a oed,  or humours in the body: in which last sense Cicero ele-
gantly employs  it as a metaphor in the phrase '• struma civitatis,"
the scrofula of the state.  As struma is derived from tt^jam, so is
a-Tguftx from crgmwu oi o-rcDevvvfti," sterno, dejectum exp«nuo nurr.i."
The medical  dictionaries and glossaries concur in deriving struma
from struo, but erroneously; the terminating syllable o. struma suf-
ficiently proves  it to be derived from  a G-eck source.  Tnt. syno-
nyms are scrofula or scrophula, and choiris, or encer-'s:  he first
deduced from the Latin, and th<; second from '.he Gre^k, ano im-
porting the same radical idea of swine-swellings, or morbid tumours
to which  swine  are subject. 
198
NOSOLOGY.          [CL. m.—or. rv.
horses, usually known by the name of Farcy, is com-
monly referred.  It occurs in Sauvages under the title
of scrofula Farciman: and is unquestionably propaga-
ble by transfusion of blood from  the diseased horse,
not only to other horses, but to asses, as has been lately
proved by professor Coleman at  the Veterinary Insti-
tution.
                     GENUS VII.

                    CARCINUS.

Scirrhous, livid tumour, intersected with  firm, whitish diver-
    gent bands, chiefly of  the secernent  glands; pains acute
    and lancinating: often propagated to other parts; terminat-
    ing in a fetid, and ichorous ulcer.
      Carcinus (*<^xi»«s)  Hippocr. et Auct. Grsec.
      Carcinoma.   Diosc.  Sauv. Linn.  Vog. Sag. Toung.
      Cancer.   Macbr. Cull. Parr.
      Serataun.  Arab.
      Krebs.   G.
      Cancer.  F.
      Cancer.
1.  vulgaris.  Tumour burning, knotty, with  dark,  cancri-
                 form varices; ulcer, with thick,livid, retort-
                 ed lips.
        " No part  exempt."  Fearon.  Treatise  on Cancer,
      1784.
      « Pullulans.   Granulating occasionally, and giving de-
          lusive hopes of a cure: pains passable.
      £ Spongiosus.  With fungous and bleeding excrescen-
          ces : heat and pain violent
        Fungus hsematodes.  Wardrop.


  Gen. VII. Carcinus. From xxex.tvof, a crab ; on account of the
cancriform or crab-like ramifications of the dark, distended veins of
the cancerous tumour.  The division into occult and open, or indo-
lent and  ulcerative, introduced by Hippocrates, and continued to the
time of Boerhaave, is unnecessary and incorrect.  There is but one
known species, of which these characters constitute only different
degrees  or stages.
  The question  is of far more consequence whether cancer  be a 
GE. VIII.]
NOSOLOGY.
199
Carcinoma spongiosum.   Toung.
  Bierchen makes five varieties, genuine, strumous, sy-
    philitic, fungous, noma.   Abhandlung, &c.
                     GENUS VIII.

                          LUES.

  Ulcers on the genitals, inguinal buboes, or both, after im-
    pure coition ;  succeeded by ulcers in the  throat, copper-
    coloured  spots on the skin, bone-pains, and nodes.
       Syphilis.  Sauv.  Toung.
       Venereal Disease.
1.  Syphilis.   Ulcers on the genitals circular, ungranulating,
                  thickened at the edge; those of the throat-
                  deep and ragged;  symptoms  uniform in
constitutional or a local, an hereditary, or merely an occasional dis-
ease.  Hy its present arrangement it  is obvious to which side the
author inclines ; but the inquiry cannot be  discussed in a  note.
Much has been said, and well said, on both sides.   Till of late, the
disease was generally regarded as a constitutional affection, and will
 or the most part, therefore,  be found in the  division of cachexies,
from Sauvages  to Macbride.   Many of the best writers and practi-
  TIt   a uhC prCSent day' however» among whom are Dr. Baillie
ancI ivi£ Abernethy, concur in regarding it as merely local.  Parr,
in his Dictionary, art. Cancer, has examined  the subject fairly, and
given to the arguments on both sides their due weight.  He strong-
ly contends, however, for its  being a constitutional, and, in various
instances, an hereditary, affection. Perhaps, like gout, it is in some
 nstances hereditary and constitutional, and  in others original and
local.  Dr. Crawford, on analysing the discharge from a cancerous
uicer, detected  m it a considerable portion  of hepatised ammonia;
and Farr, in consequence, supposes  the  cancerous  diathesis to
depend on an access of ammonia, and  sulphur in the blood.  Dr.
Adams is well  known to have ascribed the disease to a peculiar
species of hydatids.                                    l
  Gen. VIII. Lues.  From Xva, « solvo, dissolvo," « to macerate,
dissolve, or corrupt."  Agreeably to the common rule of  express-
ing the power of the Greek v by a Roman y, this should be written
/yes/but the contrary has obtained so long and so generally, that it
would be little else than affectation to attempt a change. 
200                      NOSOLOGY.           [CL. III.—OK. IV.

                  their progress ; yielding to a course of mer-
                  cury ; not known to yield spontaneously.
       Syphilis.   Linn.  Vog. Sag.  Cull.
       Syphilis venerea.   Sauv.
       Syphilis maligna.   Toung.
       Lues venerea.   Astruc. Macbride.
       Frenk zchemeti.  Arab.
       Frantzosen.   G.
       Verole.  F.
       Pox.
   That acrimonious and poisonous materials are at times  secreted
 by the genitais. capable of exciting local and perhaps constitutional
 affections in those who expose themselves to such poisons by incon-
 tinent sexual intercourse, appears to have been known to the world
 from a very eariy age.  Celsus enumerates various diseases of the
 genitals, most of which are only referable to this source of impure
 contact: but the hideous and alarming malady, which was first no-
 ticed as proceeding from the same source  towards the ciose of the
 fifteenth century, and  which  has since been called almost exclusively
 venereal disease, has suppressed,  till of late, all attention to these
 minor evils, in the fearful contemplation of  so new and monstrous a
 pestilence; to  various  modifications of which most of the anterior
 and slighter diseases of the same  organs seem  to have been loosely
 and  generally referred ;  as though  there  were but one  specific
 poison  issuing from this fountain, and consequently but one specific
 malady.
   The keen and comprehensive mind of Mr. John Hunter first call-
 ed the  attention of practitioners to the idea of different poisons and
 different maladies; and the subject has since been  pursued by Mr.
 Abernethy with a force of argument, and illustrated  by a range of
 examples, that seem to have put  the question  at rest.  The latter
 has sufficiently established, that, independently of the specific disease
 now generally recognized by the name of syphilis, there are numer-
 ous varieties of some other disease, perhaps other specific diseases,
 which originate from a distinct, possibly from several distinct, poi-
 sons secreted in the same region from peculiarity of constitution, or
 causes  hitherto  undiscovered; and  which  are accompanied  by
primary and secondary symptoms  that often vary in their mode of
origin,  succession, and termination from  those of genuine syphilis;
though in many instances they make a striking  approach to it:  and
 to which, therefore,  Mr. Abernethy has given the name of  pseudo-
syphilitic diseases.
   Whether these really constitute distinct species of disease, issuing
from distinct sorts of infection, or are mere varieties or  modifica-
tions of one common species produced by one common morbid  se-
 cretion, has not yet been sufficiently determined.  In this ignorance 
«£. VIII.]
NOSOLOGY.
201
   The above Arabic is literally Morbus Gallicus: but
the more general name is (nar farsi,) or (ateshi Farsi,)
according as the  Arabic or Persian  language is made
use of;  both meaning equally Ignis Persicus, or Per-
sian Fire.  By  this name it  is constantly denominated
by the Cabirajas or physicians of India.—The name is
probably taken  from Avicenna, who thus distinguished
the malignant carbuncle, to  which syphilitic eruptions
are supposed, in the east, to have a near resemblance.
See Phyma Anthrax.
 upon the subject it is better, for the present, to regard them in the
 former, as being  the  more  simple, view,—the author  has hence
 given to this species the name of syphilodes, and has arranged it,
 along with syphilis,  under the generic term  lues.  The  sibbens or
 sivvens of Scotland seems to appertain to this species.
   The origin of the term syphilis is not exactly ascertained.   Dr.
 Turton spells it sipihilis, and derives it fiom vi<px»t; (siphlus)" foul or
 filthy ;" Sauvages, from o-vv (syn,) " together,"  and  QiXta (phileo)
 " lo love,"—"mutual love:" in  which case it  should be spelt ac-
 cording to the  common rule.  The latter, who introduced the term
 into the nosological catalogue, appears to have derived it from Fra-
 castoro, who was born  al Padua in 1483, and died in 1553, and who
 spells it in his very elegant poem De Syphilitide, upon this very in-
 elegant subject, agreeably to the usual  mode.  There is an equal
 uncertainty as to the quarter in which the disease originated.  It is
 usually ascribed to the American continent, and believed to have
 been imported into Europe by the crews of Columbus on his return
 home:  a belief, however, which  seems to be  altogether without
 foundation.  The reader who is desirous of examining the author-
 ity on which this opinion rests, together with  the various names by
 which it was at first recognized, may consult the author's  article On
 Medical Technology, in the Transactions of the  Medical  Society of
 London, series ii. Vol. I., p. 21  and following, and the notes there
 subjoined.
   Linneus  stands alone in arranging syphilis as an exanthem, along
 with small-pox and measles.  He thought himself justified from the
 fever which occasionally accompanies the copper-coloured spots on
 the skin, in an advanced stage of its secondary symptoms.
   In the Amanitates Academics, Vol. IV. art. 72, entitled " Specifica
Canadensium,"  by  M. Von Coelln, we have  an exact formula for
exhibiting the lobelia syphilitica, or Indian specific for syphilis, as
delivered to Sir William Johnson, who purchased it of the Indians
at a high price.
   Among the Hindus, the disease is commonly known by the name
of Persian fire;  a term, however, of much earlier date than any re-
  V©l. V.—Q o 
202
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. m.—OR. IV.
2. Syphilodes.  Ulcers indeterminate  in  their  character;
                     symptoms irregular in their appearance ;
                     usually yielding spontaneously ; variously
                     affected by a course of mercury.
cords we possess of the existence of syphilis, and applied by Avi-
cenna, and the  writers of the Saracenic  schools, to a  particular
species of anthrax.  The Hindu specific for the cure both of syphilis
and elephas is a composition of ai senic, sane' hya, in Arabic shucc,
but which the Persians call mergi-mush. or mouse-bane.   The oxyd
employed is the white arsenic, a.  calciforme. and the following is the
mode in which  the medicine is prepared, as given in the Asiatic Re-
searches, Vol. II.  art. viii.   " Take of sane* hya (white arsenic) fine
and fresh one t6la,  (equal to 105 grains); of picked black pi-pper
six times as much;  let  both be well beaten at intervals for four days
successively in  an iron mortar, and then reduced to an impalpable
powder in one  of stone with a stone pestle,  and thus  completely
levigated, a little water being mixed with them.  Make pills of them
as large as tares or small pulse, and keep them dry in a shady place.
One of the pills must be swallowed morning and evening with some
betel-leaf; or where betel  is not  at hand,  with  cold  water.  If
the body be cleansed from foulness and obstruction by gentle cathar-
tics and bleeding, before  the medicine is administered,  the remedy
will be  the speedier." The  Cabiraja,  or Hindu physician relies
implicitly on  the virtues of this composition, and confidently predicts
the most certain success in both the above diseases.  The cathartic,
previously employed, is commonly manna, which is worked off with
copious draughts  of a cooling decoction of the nilufer or  nymphaea
nelumbo.
   See also Sir  William Jones's Works, Vol. I. p. 553, 4to. edit.
   Gen. IX. Elephantiasis. From tXt<px%,« an elephant:" so deno-
minated by the Greek physicians, because the skin of persons af-
fected with this disease resembles that of the elephant in  thickness,
ruggedness,  insensibility and dark hue.  Thus applied,  therefore,
the term imports elephant skin; in the same manner as the same
national school  denominated dandriff pityriasis,'6ran-*A:m;  from the
skin under this disease resembling oranny scales  ; and another  sort
of scaly malady ichthyiasis, or Jish-skin, from the resemblance of
the skin  when thus affected to the scales of the finny tribes.
   The Greeks  became first acquainted with the  elephantiasis from
their casual  intercourse  with Egypt.  To this  quarter Lucretius,
adopting the common opinion, ascribes its origin, lib. I. VI. 112 :
       Est elephas morbus, qui propter llumina Nili,
       Gignitur jEgypto in media., neque prxterea usquam.
       High up the Nile,  'mid Egypt's central plains,
       Springs the black leprosy, and there alone. 
GE. IX]
NOSOLOGY.
203
Pseudo-syphilitic Disease.   Aberneth,
Syphilis pseudo-syphilis.   Toung.
Sibbins.  Sivvens.   Qu ?
  The  varieties  seem to be numerous; but have not,
hitherto, been sufficiently defined for classification.
                    GENUS  IX.

             ELEPHANTIASIS.

Skin thick, livid, rugose, tuberculate ; insensible to feeling;
  eyes fierce and staring; perspiration highly offensive.
   Arabia, however, seems rather to have been the prolific source
 of this terrible scourge than Egypt; if we  may judge from what
 seems highly probable, namely, that this is the disease with which
 Job was afflicted in Idumea, a part of Arabia,  as described in  the
 sacred poem, that bears his name, and which affords, without ques-
 tion, the most ancient record in the  world, composed in a mixt lan-
 guage of Arabic and Hebrew;  and  if we add to this the still more
 powerful argument that the Arabic  name of the disease has extend-
 ed itself all over the east, and is almost the only name by which it
 is known in Egypt, Persia, and India, in all which regions the disor-
 der is about equally common.  Yet the Arabic name is not elphas or
 elephantiasis, but juzam,  literally "disjunction, amputation;" vul-
 garly indeed, and more  generally pronounced and written judam, and
 by the Turks judamlyk, from (judd,) a root which imports " erosion,
 truncation, excision;" evidently referring to the  destructive charac-
 ter of the disease,  and the spontaneous separation of  the  smaller
 members, as the fingers and toes, when severe in its progress.
   In some parts of India, however, and particularly in Mysore, itis
 called also, and especially by the convnon people, who are frequent
 sufferers from it, durda, a Persian and Turkish term, applied to ele-
 phantiasis emphatically; fordurd in  these languages imports sick-
 ness, disease, or  distress generally ; whence durda in Arabic, as well
 as in the two former tongues, is a common exclamation of distress,
 « vag !" •« pro dolor !"
   The Arabians, however, have a malady of a very different kind
 to which they give the  name of elephas, elephantiasis,  or elephant-
 affection, in their own language dal fil, which is literally morbus ele-
phas ;  and which they  sometimes contract to fil or elephas  alone;
 so denominating  the  disease from its supposed resemblance  to the
 dark, thick, and  heavy  leg of the elephant: as though elephant-leg
 instead of elephant-skin.   It is the " swelled, tumid, or Barbadoe 
2Q4
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. ni.—OR. IV.
L. Arabica.  Tubercles chiefly on the face and joints ; fall of
                  the hair except from the scalp ;  voice hoarse
                  and nasal:  contagious, and hereditary.
       Elephas.   Dioscor. lib. ii. Lucr. De Rer. Nat. vi. 1102.
leg" of modern writers.   And on this account, when learning, and
especially medical learning, found an asylum, during the dark ages,
at the splendid  courts of Bagdat, Bassora, and Cordova, and the
best Greek writers were translated into Arabic, or the best Greek
and Arabic into Laiin, two different diseases were found to possess a
like name; for the Greeks, notwithstanding that they had  already
elephantiasis to  signify juzam, could  only  translate dal fil by ele-
phantiasis also.  And hence arose a considerable degree of confu-
sion, which  has  indeed continued to the  present  moment; for ele-
phantiasis, (dal-fil,) or  " elephant-disease," is still applied by many
writers to both these maladies;  while not a few regard the two as
nothing more than varieties of a common species,  or species of a
common genus.   Yet the one is a tuberculate affection of the whole
body ; while  the other  is a  scaly affection  of only particular parts,
and, commonly, of not more  than a single limb.  As a mere variety
of the proper elephantiasis,  the Barbadoes or elephant-leg bucnemia
in the present system, occurs in the Nosology of Dr. Young; while
Dr. Parr,in his article  Elephantiasis,confounds the (wo affections
under one general character and history.   In his article Nosologt,
indeed, he is not guilty of the same perplexity ; for here he confines
himself, under the term elephantiasis, to  black leprosy alone, but at
the  expense  of totally  omitting the  Barbadoes-leg or dal fil, which
occurs no where in the range of his classification.
   The leprosy (lepra Grzecorum.) the leuce (Xivxii) of the  Greeks,
and the baras or bcras of the Arabians, was by many of the  Arabian
physicians, and very generally among the people, supposed in various
cases  to terminate in juzam or  elephantiasis, as though these also
were nothing more than different stages or degrees of the same dis-
order.  And hence another error and perplexity in medical  study.
Alsahavarius thus unites them, and they are jumbled together, or ex-
plained alike, in nearly all the oriental dictionaries; in which beras
 or leprosy, and juzam or elephant-skin, are, almost without an ex-
 ception, regarded as convertible terms;  beras being sometimes ex-
 plained by the name of mered or bald juzam (the term mered signi-
fying  bald, i. e. pilis carens.) and elephant-skin by that of black beras,
a name occasionally applied to it by Avicenna.  This oriental con-
 fusion of two different diseases was readily copied by the first Latin
 translators, till at length  both in the  east and west,beras or lepriasis,
 though literally scale skin, became a sort of family name for almost
 every foul disfigurement of the  skin, whether tuberculate or scaly,
 cutaneous, or constitutional.  And hence the lazarettos or hospitals
 established for elephantiasis or black leprosy during the dark ages. 
GE. IX.]
NOSOLOGY.
2©5
Elephantiasis.  Aretxus.
Elephantiasis.  Sag.  Cull.
Elephantiasis Indica.  E. Orient.  Sauv.
Elephantia Arabum.   Vog.
the morbus Sancti Lazari as it was also called, were filled with pa-
tients exhibiting blotches and blains of every kind; and are still de-
nominated, (judam khaneh,) or judam lazarettos.
  In the Linnean system, elephantiasis and leprosy, and perhaps  se-
veral other diseases, are included under the term lepra ; all which
the disciples of the  Linnean school,  consistently with a  principle
already adverted to, ascribe to animalcules drunk in with the com-
mon beverage of water—and especially the Gordius marinus. The
black leprosy is well described as it  occurs on the borders of  the
gulf  of Bothnia and in Finland, in an article entitled Lepra in  the
Amoenitates Academicae, Vol. VII. No. 31, by M. Ud iman; in  the
course of which this opinion is plausibly and ingeniously supported.
It is  also supported  by M.  Tonningin art. 149 of the same volume,
entitled Rariora Norwegiot;  and  was, in fact, many years antece-
dently to this, suggested by M. Martin, also a  pupil, and  a very in-
defatigable one of Linneus, during a tour to Norway in 1758.
   At Madeira, and in some  other parts of the world, elephantiasis
does  not appear to be contagious, nor perhaps hereditary.  Yet the
testimony of its being both, in the  true elephantiasis  or  juzam of
Arabia and the east, is so strong and  concurrent among the Hindu
Cabirajas, as well as the Arabic writers, that there can be no doubt
upon the subject.   The distinction is sufficient to make a  variety of
the former, if future observation  should fully confirm the general
opinion.
   Many of the  characters  here noticed are accurately  and ably
pointed out by Dr. Bateman in his "Practical Synopsis of Cutaneous
Diseases;" to which the reader may  turn with great advantage for
a fuller illustration of the subject.
   2. Elephantiasis Italica.   For a knowledge  of this species of ele-
phantiasis, as the author ventures to denominate it, we are almost
exclusively indebted to  Italian physicians, by whom it  is  called
 pellagra orpelagra—skin-affection,hompellis, and *yfx, a barbarous
 term, as compounded of two different languages.  The first writer
 upon the disease appears to have been Francis Frapolli, a Milanese
 physician, whose work, "  In Morbum  vulgo Pelagram," &c.  was
 published at Milan in  1771, and  who expresses himself doubtful
 whether the disease, though not antecedently described, is  not re-
 ferred to occasionally by earlier writers, though  he  does not think
 that the Pilarella, as the syphilis was called, when it proved depi-
 latory to the chin and eye-brows, was the  disease in  question, not-
 withstanding this seems to have  been an extensive opinion at the
 time.  The next tract, of any note upon the subject, was  published 
206
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. HI.—OR. IV.
       Lepra Arabum.   Auct. Var.
       Juzam.  Arab.
       Khdra.  Hindust. Asiat. Research. Vol. II. 8.
       Elephanta-naussatz.   G.
       Black Leprosy.
 2. Italic a.  Tubercles chiefly on the body and limbs;  some-
                times desquammating;  great tension of the
                skin; vertigo; burning, lancinating pain in the
                head; melancholy; at first remitting,  after-
                wards fixt, terminating in alienation of mind ;
                hereditary.
       Pelagra.  Jansen. Frapolli,  Animadv. in morb.  vulgo
         Pelagram, Milan 1771.  Della Pelagra descrizione di
         Mich. Gherardini, Mil. 1780.   Thierri, Recueil pe'ri-
         odique d'Observations de Medicine : Paris, 1755.
       Pellagra.   Oleggio.
       Tuber  Pellagra.  Parr.
       Mai del sole.   Mediolan.
3. Asturiensis.  Tubercles chiefly on  the hands and  feet;
                     crustaceous, desquammating; continual
                     tremor of the head and  upper part of the
                     trunk ;  baldness of the scalp as well as of
                     other parts: gloom  and terror of mind.
       Lepra  Asturiensis.  Sauv.  Thierry. Journ.  de Med.
         Maie 1755.
       Mai de la Rosa.  Spanish.
at Venice in 1784, by G. M. d'Oleggio, under the title of Tr. Teo.
Prat, della Malattie dell insolato di prima vera volgarimente dette
della Pellagra.  But the best account we have received of the dis-
ease is  from the pen of Dr.  Jansen of Leyden, which appeared in
1788.  Dr. Jansen  has entered into a very full inquiry upon every
thing that relates to it, and his description is copied, or rather con-
densed,  in the present definition.  It is  singular that he could  not
hit upon the origin of the term, and questions whether it may  not
be derived from the Greek 7reXxt.  He tells us, that it was occasion-
ally called mal del sole,  as though produced by the heat of the sun.
The cause of the disease, after all, seems uncertain; it  is found in
various parts of Italy; but especially in the Milanese and Venetian
districts, so widely differing from each  other in soil and situation,
that it can scarcely be  referred to these sources.   Yet it is ende-
mic and hereditary ; so that the condition of the peasantry in these
regions  is truly miserable.  Dr. Parr  is, perhaps,  the only writer
who has hitherto introduced this disease into a nosological arrange-
ment. 
GE. X.]
NOSOLOGY.
207
                        GENUS X.

                     BUCNEMIA*

   Leg enormously  tumid, and mis-shapen;  skin thickened,
     livid, rugose ; often scaly ;  scrotum, arms, or other parts,
     sometimes participating  in the affection.
       Elephantiasis.   Auct. Var.
       Dal fil.   Arab.
       Driisenkrankheit.   G.
       Yava-skin.   Polynes Isles.
       Barbadoes-leg.  Hillary, Dis. of Barbad.
       Glandular disease of Barbadoes.   Hendy.
1. Indica.   Bones and muscles of the affected  limb sound;
                its motion little impeded by its weight.

   Gen X. Bucnemia, from Zov, an augmentive particle, evidently
derived from the Hebrew yz or r\y2,  (bo or boa.) "to swell,  grow
large  or intumesce," and  x¥nfui,  " crus," or "the leg:" literally
bulky or tumid leg.   It is, in truth, the dal fit or elephant-leg of the
Arabians, the Barbadoes-leg of modern writers, already glanced at
in the note on Elephantiasis, and for which no  proper technical
name has hitherto been offered :—an apology that the author trusts
will  be sufficient for  the present attempt.   Though frequently,
as already observed, called elephantiasis, from a misunderstanding
of the secondary meaning of two univocal  terms in  two differ-
ent languages, it is  without the  essential character of tubercular
eruptions;  while unlike  the elephantiasis, which extends over  the
whole  body, it is always limited, and often confined to a single  limb.
It makes, however, an approach to elephantiasis, and ought there-
fore  to range near it,  but it cannot be included in the same defini-
tion.   It is  very  generally known both in the East and West Indies;
in Arabia, and along the  whole  range of the Polynesian Isles;  in
which  last it is denominated yava-skin ; as being supposed to origi-
nate  from drinking the heating beverage called  yava ; and, like  the
gout among ourselves, is regarded in  a sort  of  honourable light.__
Instances of it are frequently to be met  with in our own country ;
and in  a case that occurred to the author about a twelvemonth ago,
the patient, from an attempt to repel it, was suddenly attacked with
  • [In the " Study of Medicine" this genus is transferred from this order to
the second order phlogotica, in the same class.  In that order it is placed as
the eleventh genus, and is made to comprehend two species, viz.
                    1. BUCNEMIA SPARGANOSIS.
                    2.---------TllOPICA.
  The genus Sparganosis which is the tenth of the second order and third
class, in this work, is suppressed in that.] 
208                      NOSOLOGY.           [GL. UL—OR. IV.


                      GENUS  XI.

                   CATACAUSIS.

             General combustibility of the body.
       Incendium spontanium.  Dupont.  Plouquet.
       Catacausis.   Toung.
1. ebriosa.   The  combustibility occasioned  by a long and
                 immoderate use  of spirituous  liquors ; and
                producing combustion spontaneously.
                   Phil.  Trans. Bianchini. Vol. XLIH.   Id.
                 Wilmer, LXIV.  Journ. de Physique, Pierre-
                Aime-Lair l'An VIII.  Le Cat. Memoires.
a fit of gout in the stomach, which destroyed him in three days:—
here, however, gout was a consti'utional disease.
  Gen XI. Catacausis.  KutTacxano-is/'exustio/'^combustio," from
x-xTxitxia.  The only medical  writer in our own country, so  far as
the author is acquainted  with, who has noticed this very extraordi-
nary  affection, is  Dr. Young, by whom it  is referred to under the
Greek name  here applied to it.  The examples of this singular
diathesis, leading to a spontaneous and fatal combustion, are so  nu-
merous, so well authenticated, and press upon us from so many  dif-
ferent countries and eras, that it would be absurd to withhold  our
assent.  In  almost every  instance the combustion seems to have
taken place in females, advanced in life, and immoderately addicted
to spirituous liquors. In some cases the heat that has consumed them
appears to have originated in themselves, in others to have been
communicated by  fire or candle;  but  in no case has the flame or
fire hereby excited in the body been  so powerful  as essentially to
injure the most combustible substances immediately adjoining, as
linen or wooden furniture. The body in several instances has been
found actually burning—sometimes with a  lambent flame flickering
over  it—sometimes without any flame  whatever—while the applica-
tion of water has at times seemed rather to quicken than impede the
combustion.  The event has usually taken place at night when  the
sufferer has been alone:  it has commonly been discovered by  the
fetid  penetrating smell of  sooty films which have spread to a consi-
derable distance ;  the unhappy subject has in every instance been
found dead, and more or less completely burnt up  ; the  burnt parts
being reduced to an oily, crumbly, sooty,  and  extremely  offensive
matter.  " I  confess," says M. Pierre-Aime-Lair, in the Journal de
Physique, Pluv. l'An. 8, " that these accounts at first appeared  to me
to be worthy of very  little credit, but they are presented to  the
public as true by men whose veracity  seems unquestionable.  Bian-
chini, Maffei.RoIli, Le Cat, Vicq-d'Azyr, and other men distinguish-
ed by their learning, have offered certain testimony of the  facts. 
GE. XII.]
NOSOLOGY.
209
GENUS  XII.
PORPHYRA.
  Livid spots on the  skin  from  extravasated blood:  languor
    and loss of muscular strength : pains in the limbs.
       Purpura.   Willan. River ii. Prax. Med. xvii. 1.
       Scurvy.
1.  simplex.  Spots numerous, but small and flea-bite shaped ;
                 chiefly on the breast, arms, and legs ; paleness
                 of visage.
 Besides, it is more surprising to experience such incineration than
 to avoid saccharine urine, or to see the bones softened to such a de-
 gree as to be reduced to a state of jelly ?"  The reader, who is de-
 sirous of pursuing this curious subject farther, and of examining the
 various hypotheses by which it  has been accounted for, may consult
 the Phil. Trans. Vols. XLIII. and LXIV. the first of which contains
 numerous examples. ActaMedica et Philosophica Hafniensia; Ency-
 clopedic Methodique, art. Pathologic Anatomy of man, drawn up by
 Vic d'Az\ r ; Journal de Medicine, Tom. LIX. p. 140, 440 ;  and Phy-
 los. Magaz. Vol VI. p. 132.  He may also turn to the description of
 Menlle and Muraine  in the Journal de Medicine,  Tom. LXIX,  p.
 140; and Dupont's « Dissertation de corporis humani incendiis spon-
 taneis."  Lugd. Bat.  1736.
   Gen. XII.   Porphyra.   noetpvpx, purpura, »  purple or  livid dis-
 ease."  Dr. Willan  has used the Latin  term instead of the Greek,
 as indeed have most of the nosologists; and he has used it in a sense
 very nearly parallel with its range as now offered.  » With Riverius
 and some other authors," says he,  " I propose to express by the
 term Purpura an efflorescence consisting of some distinct, purple
 specks  and patches, attended with  general  debility, but not always
 with fever."   Ord. III. p. 453.  « Cases of the  Purpura  seem to
 have been studiously multiplied in periodical publications, and in
 medical or  surgical  miscellanies.—I consider it under all the forms
 described, as pertaining to the Scurvy, though it is not always at-
 tended with sponginess of the gums, and a discharge of blood from
 them, according to the definition of Scorbutus in nosology. Whe-
 ther my readers agree with me or not, they  will, I think, allow that
a general view of the symptoms and causes of  either  the Sea-
 Scurvy or Land-Scurvy, cannot properly form a part of the present
work."   Id. p. 466.
  Certainly these cannot in precision of language be regarded as
cutaneous diseases, and consequently a minute description  of them
  Vol. V.—P p 
210
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. III.—OR. IV
Petechia? sine febre.  Auct.  Var.
Phcenigmus petechialis.   Sauv.
Profusio subcutanea.  Toung.
Rothe punkt.   G.
Petecchial Scurvy.
* Pulicosa.   Exhibing a  pulicose, flea-bite, or as it is
     commonly called, petecchial appearance, from the
     first.
  Purpura simplex.  Will.
P> Urticans.   The flea-bite spots preceded by reddish,
     rounded,  and  nettle-sting wheals,  but  without a
     sensation of tingling or itching, fugacious and mi-
     gratory.  Chiefly found in the summer and autumn.
could not properly form part of a work possessing this title.   The
above extracts, however, are sufficient to prove that  if Dr. Willan
could have treated of sea-scurvy in the work in question, he would
and must have assigned it a place under the genus Purpura. Yet he
might perhaps as well  have introduced purpura nautica, sea-scurvy,
as purpura contagiosa, the petecchial spots of malignant fever, which
constitutes his  fourth variety;  since an efflorescence of this  kind
has at least as little connexion with cutaneous diseases as the for-
mer, and is, in itself, no disease whatever, but a mere symptom of
a disease.   With respect to land-scurvy, Dr.  Willan has actually
treated of it, and at considerable length as  well as with  great inte-
rest ; for the variety, as he calU it, though it should be rather termed
species,  which he distinguishes by the name of purpura hemorrha-
gica, is  in fact the land-scurvy of all medical writers, and is so re-
garded ar.d acknowledged  by himself.  In proof of this, it is only
necessary  to observe that in Order I,  p. 51, article Lichen lividus,
he directly translates purpura by the term land-scurvy ; and refers
us, both here and in p. 463 of the number just quoted from, to the
work of Amatus Lusitanus, published about the year 1550, and di-
rectly relating  to this  very disorder, or rather to all the cognate
disorders  that  properly appertain  to  the  present genus.   After
which he  continues as  follows:  '• Engalenus  is perhaps  the first
writer who has given a clear  description of this disease  (purpura.)
Under the general title scurvy, he furnishes three or tour distinct
cases, wherein the purple eruption  was connected with a haemor-
rhage from the gums, from  the lungs, or from the bowels.  Sec Obs.
2, 33, 59,  62, 68, 69,  72.  He  refers  the  complaint to a putrid
diathesis, produced  by gross food, salt, or stagnant water, and a moist
cold atmosphere.  Dr. Lister Exercitat Med. de Scorbuto,  1680, af-
fords several cases analogous to those above quoted: ihe 1st, 5th,
6th, 7th, 8«.!i, 9th, 10th, 11th, and 12th, exactly  coincide with my
own observations on the purpura hemorrhagica.  The remedies on 
GE.XIL]                 NOSOLOGY.                     211

         Purpura urticaria.  Will.
2. hemorrhagica.  Spots circular, of different sizes; often
                        in stripes or patches, irregularly scat-
                        tered over the thighs, arms, and trunk;
                        occasional  haemorrhage   from  the
                        mouth, nostrils, or viscera ; great de-
                        bility,  and depression of spirits.
       Purpura hsemorrhagica.   Will.
       Stomacace universalis.   Sauv.
       Ileus haematites ('ixeos atpxTiTvs.)   Hippocr.
       Haemorrhagia universalis.   Wolf.  Wadel. Observ. Cu-
         rieuses, torn. III.
       Land-Scurvy.
3. nautica.   Spots of different hues intermixed  with livid,
                 principally  at the roots of  the hair; teeth
                 loose;  gums   spongy and  bleeding; breath
                 fetid ;  debility universal and extreme.
                    Occurs chiefly at sea  after exposure to a
                 moist, cold, and  foul atmosphere ; with long
                 use of salted  food and stagnant water.
which Dr. Lister depended for the cure of these, were, scurvy-grass,
cresses, vegetable acids, and occasionally blood-letting.  Experi-
ence, however, soon taught him, that bleeding, and  likewise purg-
ing, were highly detrimental."
  Dr. Willan has well  observed, that cases of purpura have been
unnecessarily multiplied ; and Dr. Bateman has still farther illustrat-
ed this idea by remarking, that " the term purpura  has  been  em-
ployed by different wiiters in so many other acceptations, that some
ambiguity would perhaps have been avoided by discarding it alto-
gether; for some authors have used it as an appellation for measles,
others for scarlet-fever, for miliaria, strophulous, lichen, nettle-rash,
and the petechia (petecchia) of malignant fevers;"  Synops. of Cut.
Diseas.  p.  102.  While,  as  he observes, antecedently " the term
purpura was applied to petechial spots  only by  Riverius, Diemer-
broeck, Sauvages, Cusson, and some others."   It^is partly on  this
account that the author has employed porphyra instead of purpura,
as having  been less  hacknied in medical service;  and partly, be-
cause, as remarked  in the Preliminary  Dissertation, he has endea-
voured, for the sake of consistency, to derive the names  of all the
genera from a common language, and that language the  Greek.
To scorbutus there is every objection; for it is  neither Greek nor
Latin, nor any language whatever ; but a term  intolerably  barba-
rous, derived as is commonly supposed from the German compound
schac-bocke, or scharpocke, literally aggregate-pox, cluster-pox, but
more likely from  scharfpocke, violent or  vehement-pox,  schorf- 
212                      NOSOLOGY.            [CL. III.—OK. IV.

       Scorbutus.   BoerH. Hoffm. Sauv. et Auct. Recent.
       Scorbutus nauticus.   Toung.
       Scharbocken.—Scorbut.   G.
       Scorbut.  F.
       Sea-Scurvy.
                  GENUS  Xl'll.

                     EXANGIA.

Enlargement or rupture of a blood-vessel, without external
  opening.
    Exangeia.  Toung.
pocke, scurf or scurvy-pox, to which the inventor has  endeavoured
to give a sort of Latin termination.   Independently of which scorbu-
tus, as employed at  present, only indicates a  particular species of
scurvy, and could not, therefore, without  imprecision, be used  in a
generic sense.
   The subject is well treated in Dr. Bierchen's paper, entitled Mor-
bi Expeditionis Classicce, in the Amanit. Academ. Vol. V. ed. 78.  Af-
ter Sir John Pringle, he strongly recommends sour-krout as one of
the most useful  acids.   Of the  mineral acids he chiefly extols the
sulphuric.   Dr.  Young, p. 229, observes,  that in purpura,  (land-
scurvy,)  "the sulphuric acid is a  powerful remedy, the citric inef-
fectual:  in true  scurvy, (porphyra nautica,) the reverse."
   Gen. XIII. Exangia. 'E%xyyix, from e%xyyt&, « evacuoe vase."
Hippocr.  The spontaneous dilatation or rupture of blood-vessels is,
in most instances, the result of local or general debility in the arte-
rial or venous svs em ; and  hence this genus of diseases falls properly
within the scope of the  present order.  " We know from daily ex-
perience,"  observes Mr. B. Bell,  » that partial debility  frequently
occurs in different p^rts of the body.  Thus there  is nothing more
common than edematous swellings of the extremities,  even in con-
stitutions otherwise healthy ; and swellings of this nature we justly
suppose to depend most frequently on a local weakness of the parts
in which they occur.  Now why may not a  debility of a similar kind
fall upon part of the arterial system ?  And if it should ever do so,
we can easily see how, in almost every instance, it must necessarily
terminate in aneurismal  swellings.—This cause of the  disease may
be considered as  the  most  frequent origin  of aneurisms that do not
evidently depend upon external injuries."   Surg. I. p. 184.  Occa- 
GE. XIII.]
NOSOLOGY.
213
1. aneurisma.   Pulsating tumour of an artery.
       Aneurisma.  Auct.
       Abscessus spirituosus.  Amat. Lusitan.
       Aneurism.
       » Cysticum.   Tumour circumscribed ; formed by a di-
           latation of the arterial coats within the sphere of
           the enlargement.
       Encysted Aneurism.  BelPs Surg.
           Sometimes found in the heart, but less frequently
         than in  the arch of the aorta.   See Baillie Morb.
         Anat. F. v. pi. 3, fig. 1 and 2.   The  aneurismal ar-
         tery is, in this case, usually more or less ossified. Id.
         PI. 4, fig. 2.
       C Diffusum.   Tumour diffuse:  formed by the flow of
           arterial blood  into a subcutaneous  cavity, in can-
           sequence of a rupture of the coats of the artery.
         Diffused Aneurism.  Bell.
       y Varicosum.  Tumour protracted : pulsating through
           a superincumbent and dilated vein from an injury
           common to both.
sionally, however, the debility extends through the whole arterial
system, in which  case the coats are not only unusually but irregu-
larly weak, so as  to be peculiarly liable to a morbid dilatation or
rupture in every part: and it is to this predisposition that patholo-
gists have given the name of the aneurismal diathesis.
  The same  observation  applies to the veins: though it must be
observed, in respect to both  systems, that although this peculiar
diathesis may be an adequate cause of itself, jet, in general, it only
lays a  foundation; and the disease owes  its immediate origin to
some co-operating and local power, as pressure, violent concussion,
strain,  or other injury.  Perhaps the varicose  aneurism, as it has
been named by Dr. Hunter, is seldom produced except by the lan-
cet.  It appears,  however, to be the  least dangerous of any, and
the most susceptive of a natural cure.  See,  for various cases of
natural cure or palliation, Lond. Med. Obs. Vol. II. art. xxxvi. and
Vol. III. art.  xiii.  See also Bell's Surg. Vol. I. p. 217, 218.
   1. *. E. Aneurisma Cysticum.  See two interesting cases of this
variety of aneurism in the carotid arteries by Mr. A. Cooper, Medico
Chir. Trans. Vol.  I., in which  the operation was performed:  unsuc-
cessfully in the first from the long standing and, size of the sac,
which  pressed with perpetual  irritation on the larynx and  pharynx,
exciting frequent  fits of cough, and preventing deglutition; success-
fully in the second, in which the tumour was smaller, and of more
recent  date. 
214
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. III.—OR. IV
         Varicose Aneurism.  W. Hunter.
       S- Cardiogmus.   Obtuse intumescence and constant dis-
           quiet of  the praecordia ; with  a sense of internal
           weight and  pulsation increased on the smallest mo-
           tion.
         Cardiogmus.  Galen.  Sauv.  Vog. Sag.
         Cardiogmus.  Cull. Catal. Morb. omiss.
         Aneurisma praecordiorum.  Auct.  Var.
         Polypus cordis.   Auct. Alior.
2. Varix   Soft, livid tumour  of a vein.
       Cirsus.   (Kjfe-es.)  Auct.  Grxc.
       Varix.  Auct. Lat. et Neoter.
         The varix is said at times to burst spontaneously: in
       which case this species would afford two varieties of the
       same nature as the first two  of the preceding.
                  GENUS XIV.

                 GANGRJENA.

The death of a portion of the body, while the rest continues
  alive,—often in a  sound state.
     Gangrsena.   Gal. et Auct. Recentior.
     Gangrene.
  Gen. XIV. Gangrjena Txyyexiyx, from y£*«v»,"depascor." The
term sphacelus and gangrsena have been employed, both by Greek
and Latin writers, sometimes in a similar and sometimes in a differ-
ent sense; and where the sense has been different, each  term has
at  times expressed  a higher and  at tjrnes a lower degree of the
same affection.  Generally speaking, however, sphacelus (e-QxiceXos,
from ro)x£a>,  « macto,") has  expressed the utmost  range of a gan-
grene, the total  death or mortification of a gangrenous organ:  and
we, hence, see  how necrosis may be  called, as it generally is, a
gangrene, though it has never been termed a sphacelus.  In the
present use of the  words the author has adhered to this general
view ; and has hence taken gangraena for the  generic term,  under
which the other two will readily range as specific names.   Yet it is
a singular circumstance that the  most  forcible word of the  three,
necrosis (iiKguris, from vcxea, interimo, mortipco,) and consequently
best adapted to express utter death or mortification, should, by an 
GE. IV.]
NOSOLOGY.
215
 1.  Sphacelus.   The dead part soft, moist, corrupt, and high-
                     ly offensive.
        Sphacelus.  Sauv. Linn. Vog.
        Khure.  Of Persian origin.
        Ertodtung.  G.
        Gangrene  humide.  F.
        Mortification.
        x Inductus.  Preceded  by  fever,  inflammation, local
            violence, or other exhausting power.
        £ Atonicus.  The result of old age or other debility.
 2.  Necrosis.  The dead part dry, shrivelled, hard and dusky.
        Kribelkrankheit.  G.
        Gangrene  seche.  F.
        Dry Gangrene.
        * Albida.   Retaining the natural colour of the flesh.
        White Gangrene.
        ff Discolor.  The natural colour changed to livid or a
            mixture of hues.
 3.  Caries.   The dead part originating in, or extending to, a
                portion of the subjacent bone.
        Caries.  Auct.
       Remmet.   Arab.  Hence Ozamiremime, literally Ossa
         cariosa.
4. Ustilaginea.   Gangrene  dry, diffuse, divergent; com-
                       mencing in the extremities without fe-
almost unanimous consent, be limited to denote the lowest degree
of a gangrenous affection :—that mere shrivelling and withering
away of a limb for want of nutriment, which we occasionally meet
with in paralytic patients, extreme old age, or after a severe wound
or an obstinate  and sinuous ulcer;  in which the substance of tlie
muscles and integuments is almost entirely absorbed and carried off,
and the bone appears to have  scarcely any other covering than the
skin.   The French Medical Society have  well described  it as  fol-
lows:  La Gangiene seche est  caracterisee par la  mortification de
quelques unes des extremiles,  et quelquefoisde toutes. Le membre
s'engourdit, devient doloureux, et eprouve un sentiment de froid,
on plus souvent d'une ardeur insupportable.   Le vaisseux s'oblher-
ent,  les chairs  se nourissent,  se durcissent, la  gangrene  penetre
jusqu' aux os,  et le  malade aux prises avec la  mort, est  encore
hcureux; si la partie  gangreiiee se separant d'ellememe, il stirvita
la perte de ses extremites.  Soc. de  Med.  1776.
  4. G. ustilaginea.  Grain poisoned by the introduction of vegeta-
ble funguses, or other parasitic plants, into the stems  or spikelets,
has been  often found,  when taken as food, productive of the worst 
216
NOSOLOGY.           [CL. III.—OR. IV
                ver or intumescence, and spreading till
                various limbs  drop off  in succession:
                great hebetude of  mind and  body ;
                often with violent spasms.
Necrosis ustilaginea.   Sauv.
Ergot.  F.
Mildew Mortif cation.
                   GENUS XV.

                       ULCUS.

A purulent or ichorous sore produced by the separation of a
  dead part.
    Elcus (iXkos.)  Auct. Groec.
    Ulcus.  Auct. Lat.
    Kerh.  Arab.
    Geschwar.   G.
    Ulcere.   F.
     Ulcer.
and most fatal diseases.  The subject has not been sufficiently ex-
amined into, but there are two dreadful disorders, more especially,
to which this cause, under different circumstances, has occasionally
given rise ; both which are denominated  by the French Ergot, in
consequence of  this term importing blight or mildew : as they are,
also, mal des ardens, from the burning internal  heat which is often
felt in either case.  The one of these disorders is a typhous fever,
with the general character of pestis, or what Sauvages calls erysi-
pelas pestilens, which is synonymous with the third variety of pestis
under the present arrangement.  The other is  a tendency, without
fever, to an universal mortification, which  commences in the hands
or feet with a sense of numbness and external coldness, a dusky or
livid cuticle, great debility of mind and body, often violent spasmo-
dic contractions;  and spreads  rapidly over the  system,  till  the
fingers, arms, nose, legs or thighs, are affected, and some of them
drop off spontaneously.
  See Phil.  Trans.  Vol. IV.  year 1765;   Tissoi's  Letter to Sir
George Baker.   Hist.de I'Acad. R. des Sciences, 1740, 1748, 1752.
ActaLipsie, 1708, aLangio, 1752,  p. 634.  Mezerai Hist, de France,
ann. 1090.
  Beriberia is perhaps an effect of a similar cause.
  Gen. XV. Ulcus. 'EXxoi, derived by Eustathius from tX%u,traho, 
^E. XV.]
NOSOLOGY.
217
1. incarnans.  Healthy, purulent, and granulating.
2. vitiosum.   With a vitiated surface and secretion.
       x Callosum.  The edges indurated and retracted.
       p Spongiosum.   With fungous or spongy excrescences.
       y Cancrosum.  With a hard, livid, lancinating, irregu-
           lar, fetid, and frequently bleeding tumour at its base.
         Aukile.   Arab.
3. sinuosum.  Communicating with the neighbouring parts by
                  one or more winding channels.
       * Recens.   The channel fresh, and yielding.
       /3 Fistulosum.  The channel indurated, and of longer
           standing.
as though  distraho, hereby  producing a Xvng <rvvt%eixs, or in  the
phrase of modern times, which is a literal rendering of the Greek,
" solution of continuity."  Ulcus is, therefore, strictly speaking, a
Greek term  with the mere change of  one  convertible vowel  for
another.  That the  genus is rightly placed  in  the present order,
characterized  by a  " morbid state of the blood or blood-vessels,
alone or connected with  a morbid state of other  fluids, producing a
diseased habit," will, probably, be granted by  every one who admits
the propriety  (of which there can be little  doubt) of introducing
the preceding genus into the same division.   For so closely is ulcer
connected with gangrene, that it cannot exist without it; it is its na-
tural effect and sequel, provided the gangrene itself does not  prove
fatal.
   Ulcers are a disease as common to the vegetable as to the animal
world.  They are sometimes produced by neglected incisions or
other wounds, and often generated by some local acrimony or other
morbid affection of the  fluids; the secretion being at times highly
virulent, and of a cancerous character; corroding to a considerable
extent the bark, alburnum, and even the pith of the affected tree.
In all these cases the dead parts and thickened  edges of the ulcer
should be removed by excision, and the wound, hereby made, be co-
vered  with grafting wax, or, which will often succeed better, with
Forsyth's warm cement.   The same disease  sometimes attacks the
bulbs of hyacinths, and fleshy roots of other plants, which should be
carefully treated in the same manner; though, as  the erosion in these
cases generally extends in a short time to the centre, it is not often
that we can expect to be successful.
   2. y U. vitiosum Cancrosum.   Much benefit has been said lo be
derived in some cases from  the  application of carbonic acid gass
kept constantly in contact with open cancerous ulcers of the breast.
Dr. Ewart, of Bath,  has published two  interesting cases, in which
we are told  that  they healed  under this treatment like common
 ilcers.   Dr.  Darwin properly ascribes this benefit rather to  the
   Vol. V.—Q q 
216
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. III.—OR. IV.
4. tuberculosum.   With tuberculous excrescences, lobed by
                       ragged  and  spreading  ulcerations:
                       chiefly about the alae of the nostrils.
       Cancer lupus.   Sauv.
       Lupus.   Willan.
       Noli me tangere.
5. cariosum.  The ulcer extending into the substance of the
                 subjacent bone.
       Caries.  Sauv. Linn. Vog.  Cull.
         If the ulceration extends to the medulla, it is often
       called " arthrocace."
         The one or the other species found also occasionally,
       as a symptom, in lues, struma,  porphyra, and other de-
       pravities of the constitution.
exclusion of oxygen than to any specific virtue in the carbonic acid.
As in common ulcers, the matter does not induce  hectic  fever till
it  has  been  exposed  to  the air, and  then  probably united with
oxygen.  The manner of applying the fixed air is by including the
cancer in one half, or hemisphere of a  large bladder;  the  edges
being made to adhere to the skin by adhesive plaster.   Perhaps a
mixture of one part of honey with  about twenty parts of carpenter's
glue might better suit some tender skins.  The bladder is then kept
constantly filled with carbonic acid gass  by means of a pipe  in the
neck of  it; and the matter let out at a small aperture beneath.
Charcoal powder daily applied, and perpetual exclusion of the air
by the covering of  a double oiled silk, have also been advised, with
the same intention  as the use of carbonic acid gass, and in  many
instances with apparent success. 
          CLASS  IV.

      NEUROTICA.

DISEASES OP THE NERVOUS FUNCTON.
                    ORDER I.

                  PHRENICA.

              AFFECTING THE INTELLECT.

Error, perversion, or debility of one or more of the mental
  faculties.
                    GENUS  1.

                 ECPHRONIA.

Diseased perception, with little disturbance of the judgment,
  Cl. IV. Neurotica.  Htv^onxx: "ad nervos pertinentia,"  from
revpt, " nervus."   The word here employed is that in general use :
but vfveixa would perhaps be preferable.
  Ord.  I. Phrenioa.  Qptvixtt, "ad mentem spectantia;" from <Pfwt
mens.  The order is  nearly synonymous with the Deliria of Sau-
vages, the Mentales of Linneus, the Paranoiac of Vogel, the Vcsaniae
of Cullen, and the Alienation mentale of Pinel.
  Gen.  I. Ecphr6nia.  Extp^mn, or i*Pf«<ri/vjj: from t*$em, "extra
mentem," Suidas.  So tt*4e"h i& " mentis compos." It is here used,
as among the Greeks, generically alone, in the sense of insanity,
and is designed  to include melancholia and mania,  which by the
older  nosologists are rendered, though very improperly, distinct 
220                      NOSOLOGY.            [CL. IV—OR. L

     occasionally shifting  into  diseased judgment, with little
     disturbance of the  perception ; diminished  sensibility;
     irregular remissions.
       Deliria.  Sauv. Cl. VIII. Ord.  III.
       Vesaniae.  Cull. Class II. Ord.  IV.
       Delirium.   Cricht.
       Vesania.   Parr.
       Sufr.  Arab.
       Unsinigkeit.   G.
       Folic  F.
       Insanity.  Craziness.
i. Melancholia.   The discrepancy between the perception
                       and the judgment, limited to a single
                       object, or train  of ideas ; for the most
                       part with taciturnity, love of solitude,
                       gloomy fear or  suspicion.
       Melancholia.   Sauv.  Boerh. Cull. Pinel.
       Mania melancholica.   Cricht. Synopt. Tab.
       Mania Melancholia.   Toung.
       Suda.  Arab.
       Schwermuth.   G.
       Melancholie ;  ou Delire exclusif.  Pinel ii. § 162.
         Edit. 2.
       Melancholy.
genera, instead of distinct species  of one  common genus.   Even
Cullen has fallen into this perplexed arrangement.  Crichton, Parr,
Young, Pihel, and most of the recent German writers, are free from
it.  Parr, indeed, in his article Mania, asserts that both  constitute
nothing more than varieties of one common species ; yet with an
inconsistency which is too frequently to be met with in  his Dic-
tionary, he  changes his  opinion  in the article Nosology,  makes
Vesania  the genus,  and  arranges melancholia, mania, and even
oneirodynia as  a separate species under it.
  The distinguishing characters are clear.   In melancholy, the
alienation is restrained to a single object or train of ideas; in mad-
ness it is general.  In this the nosologists are agreed ; and it hence
follows that gloom, gaiety, and mischievousness, may equally exist
under both  species ;  according as these propensities are limited to
a single purpose, or are  unconfined and extend to every thing.  It
is here Dr. Crichton  is incorrect; for he distinguishes the two, not
by the limitation or generalization of the delirium, but by the raving
or incoherent clamour and violence of the one, and the dejection or
despondency of the other; which is the vulgar but erroneous line of
distinction. 
GE. I.]
NOSOLOGY.
221
       * Attonita.  Fixt, mute, immovable melancholy.
           Melancholia attonita.   Bellini.  Sauv.
       £ Errabunda.  Roving, restless melancholy : having a
           constant desire to change the abode.
       7 Malevolens.  Morose or mischievous melancholv:
           occasionally terminating in suicide or the injury of
           others.
       ^ Complacens.  Self-complacent  and  affable melan-
           choly;  occasionally rejoicing in a  visionary supe-
           riority of rank, station, or endowments.
         Melancholia Moria.  Nenter. Sauv.
           See, for examples, Hor. Sat. iv. Ep. ii. 2.  But of
           this modification one of the best examples that has
           ever been drawn, is that of Don  Quixote,  taken
           unquestionably from real life.  This variety is con-
           nected with all the rest in the leading specific cha-
           racter  of the  discrepancy between the perception
           and the judgment being limited to a single object
           or train of ideas; but  it differs from them by the
           intermixture of a certain degree of  eparsis, or sen-
           timental elevation,  which  destroys  the common
           tendency to taciturnity, solitude, and gloomy appre-
           hension.
             The more common  causes of the disease as  a
           species are false views of religion ; severe disap-
           pointment ; longing after one's native country and
           friends; continued grief.
2. Mania.   The  discrepancy between the perception and the
               judgment general; raving ; en tony ; and em-
                passioned emotion.
  There seems lo be an equal incorrectness, though of a different
kind, in M. Pinel, whose book is nevertheless of great merit.  De-
lirium, or wandering, is a pathognomic symptom in both species; a
want of correspondence between the judgment and the perception,
which is  what Dr. Cullen means by the term insania.  M. Pinel,
however,  has offered instances of what he calls mania without any
such discrepancy ; and he has hence established a species which he
denominates manie sans delire.  These instances, however,  are all
reducible to examples of rage or ungovernable passion; and ought
by no means to be confounded with mania;  the judgment being  ii.
this last, not at variance with the  perception,  but overpowered by
the predominant fury or passion of the moment.  All these  belong
properly to the next genus. 
222
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. IV .—OR. 1
Mania.  Boerh.  Sauv. Linn.  Cull. Pinel.
Delirium maniacum.  Hoffm.
Delirium Mania.   Cricht.
Mania universalis.  Toung.
Vesania Mania.   Parr.
Jenun Mejnunlyk.  Turk.
Tollheit.   G.
Manie.  F.
Madness.
x Ferox.  Furious and  violent madness.
  Mania ferox.   Cricht.
  Manic avee delire.   Pinel i. § 157.  Edit. 2.
  Cured in  one  instance  by an abscess in the hand.
     Act. Nat. Cur. viii. Obs. 102.
o Exultans.   Gay and elevated madness.
     Mania mitis.  Cricht. ii. 342.   Paraphrosyne, id.
       Synopt. Tab.
y Despondens.   Gloomy, despondent madness.
  Mania melancholica.   Cricht. Symp. Tab.
     The despondent cases are  more dangerous than
     those of hilarity.
J* Demens.  Chaotic madness.
  Dementia.  Sauv.
  Demence.   Pinel. iii. § 171.
  2. } E. Mania Demens.  In this variety there is an utter incohe-
rence of ideas, and evanescence of external impressions.   The un-
happy subject  speaks rapidly with unmeaning  babble, of  daggers,
dismasted ships, green meadows, his wife, his wig, the minister or
commander in  chief; looks with a threatening aspect, which he in-
stantly exchanges for a wild and horrible laugh, and then sinks into
a momentary calm.
  Pinel  has admirably characterized it in the following definition:
" Rapid succession, or uninterrupted alternation, of insulated ideas,
and evanescent and  unconnected  emotions:  continually  repeated
acts of extravagance:  complete forgetfulness of every previous
state: diminished sensibility to external impressions : abolition of
the faculty of judgment: perpetual activity, without object or de-
sign, or  any internal sense of its taking place.  De f Alien. Ment.
Sect. III. iii. §  176.
  Gen. II. Empathema. n*0?j|tut, whence «ju.t«0«, " cui insunt affec-
tus seu perturbationes:  affectu percitus, vel conmotus."   To t*t» «
r?<  -^v^JfS voepov xeei Xoytxa* to fo aXoyw xsn tfvxxQifr.  Plut. adv. Col 
<VE. Il.l
NOSOLOGY".
223
    GENUS II.


EMPATHEMA.
   The judgment perverted  or overpowered by the force of
     some predominant passion: the features of the  counte-
     nance changed from their common character.
       Mania a pathemate.   Saitv.
       Manie sans delire.  Pinel. i. § 159.
       Ungovernable Passion.
 1. entonicum.  The predominant  passion accompanied with
                    increased excitement, ardour and activity;
                    eye quick and daring; countenance flushed
                    and tumid.
       x Iracundia).   Wrath.
           Ik a furor  brevis est.  Hor. Ep. I. ii.
       /J Superbiae.   Pride.
       y Gloriae  famis.  Ambition.
         Doximania (Ao|ijw«ev««.)  Auct. Grsec.
       & Letitise.  Joy.  Transport.
       *  Philautiae.  Self-love.   Self-conceit.
         Amor sui.  Darw.
       <f Zelotypiae.   Jealousy.
2. atonicum.   The predominant passion accompanied with
                  diminished excitement, anxiety, and love of
This species has never hitherto been properly digested; and it is
singular that  Dr. Crichton, who has written so excellently on the
diseases of the passions,  and  has illustrated his observations with
such a variety of examples, should, both  in  his " Inquiry into the
Nature of Mental Derangement," and in his " Synoptical Table,"
either have assigned no place to these diseases, or have transferred
them  to delirium (ecphronia;)  although  the perception and  the
judgment are for the most part strikingly clear, and often peculiarly
acute.  In this last  case,  indeed, it is frequently perverted by  the
prevailing emotion or passion of the moment, as where a man, un-
der the influence of  despair,  reasons himself into the  lawfulness
and expediency of suicide; but the argument, though perverse, is
connected and well  sustained, of which we have had various exam-
ples in the philosophical suicides of Germany. In the greater num- 
w
224                     MJSOLOG\            ICL. IV.—OR. I.

                  solitude ;  eye fixt and pensive ; countenance
                  pale and furrowed.
       x Desiderii.   Longing.   Eager desire for an  absent
           object, whether place or person : and hence equally
           including  home-sickness,  country-sickness, love-
           sickness.
         Erotomania {'Ep»raf*avix.)  Auct.  Graec.
         Amor insanus.   Sennerti.
         Melancholia amatoria.  Sauv.
       /3 Auri famis.   Avarice.
         Chrysomania (xpvB-opxvix.)  Auct. Graec.
       y Anxietudinis.  Preying care.
         Melancholia phrontis.  Hippocr. Sauv.
         Curae gravis morbus.   Faesii, p. 486.
         Maladie soucy.   Le Clerc. Hist, de Med.
       $■ Mceroris.  Heart-ache.   Severe grief.
         Gasavet.   Arab.
       € Desperationis.   Despondency.
           It would occupy too much space  to fill up all the
         varieties in either species; many of which are com-
         pound emotions, produced by an union of different,
         sometimes of opposite, passions.
her of cases, however, the judgment, instead of being perverted, is
merely overpowered by the empassioned emotion ;  there is neither
false judgment nor false perception.
  The elegant and fanciful mind of the Greeks distinguished every
violent or over-ruling passion  by the  name of mania, and hence
doximanja, erotomania, chrysomania; and the same word is com-
fnonly used in the same sense in the colloquial language of our own
day.  For general or poetical use the  term is intelligible enough:
but it is not sufficiently correct for medical or physiological  pur-
poses, in which predominant passion must necessarily be distinguish-
ed from delirium.
  Gen.  III.  Alusia.  AXvs, aXva-n, xXve-(ios,  " oberratio."  Galen
occasionally employs the second. The term  is xXvu,  " errabunda
mente afficior;  inquietas  oberro :"  whence the Latin allucinatio,
and hallucinatio.  The Greek term is preferred to the Latin, for the
sake of uniformity, in fixing the generic names.   Sauvages, and af-
ter  him Sagar, have employed hallucinatio as the name of an order,
including various diseases that have little connexion with each other.
Darwin and Crichton have used it here as it  stands, in a generic
sense. In  whatever meaning  employed, hypochondrias  or hypo-
chondriasis is usually placed  under it.  It is so by Sauvages, Sagar,
and Crichton ; and  it occupies the same place in Linneus, who has
merely adopted the term imaginarii  instead of hallucinationes.  In 
GE. UL]
NOSOLOGY.
225T
  By long continuance, or frequent and habitual in-
dulgence, most of them have occasionally been found
to terminate in ecphronia or insanity. See Eph. Nat.
Cur. passim.; and  Plater. Observ. lib.  i. who  gives
instances from most of the  passions.
                     GENUS III.

                         ALUSIA.

    The judgment perverted or overpowered by the  force  of
         the imagination ; the spirits permanently elevated  or
         depressed; the feelings of the mind depicted  in the
         countenance.
       Hallucinatio.  Cricht. Darw.
         Sehu.  Arab.
         Illusion.
1.  elatio.  Romantic ideas of real life; ardent and exalted
                fancy;  pleasurable feelings; frequent pulse ;
                great  activity ; eye  keen  and  lighted  up:
                countenance confident and animated.
Pinel the disease seems to be included under alienation mentale, and
its different varieties to be distributed, though without particular re-
mark, amidst the five species into which he has divided this affec-
tion.  But in hypochondrias,  and indeed in alusia in general, there
is no morbid or false perception, or mistake of surrounding objects,
the judgment being only led astray by the  imagination.  So little
indeed has hypochondrias to do with real insanity, (ecphronia,) that
Vogel, Cullen, Young, and many other celebrated nosologists, have
placed it in the list of corporeal instead of in that of mental diseases;
the first enumerating it under the order of Spasmi, the second under
that of Adynamia?; and the third making it a species of dyspepsia;
which, however, is to wander no less from the mark; for the pa-
thognomic symptoms are of  a mental character,  though corporeal
affections are perhaps always united with them.
   For the merit or demerit of the first  species here named from
the rhetoricians, elatio, the author suspects he must be alone answer-
able, and throws himself on the  reader's candour for its introduc-
tion.  It is however strictly derived from nature, and intended to fill
up what has hitherto been  left as a vacant niche by the nosologists,
Alusia, or hallucinatio, like ecphronia, or insanity, comprises a list
   Vol.  V.-Rr 
226                     NOSOLOGY.            [CL. IV.—OR. !•

       Sentimentalism.
       Mental extravagance.
       « Heroica.  Chivalry.   Romantic gallantry.
            A generous and high-spirited flight of  the imagi-
         nation, but now grown obsolete, and rarely to be met
         with except in ancient tales and traditions.   Like un-
         governable passion, (empathema,)  it may lead to, and
         be combined with ecphronia,  or insanity, as  in the
         case  of the exquisite fiction  of  the  knight of  La
         Mancha already adverted to.
of affections that are characterized  by two opposite states of nerv-
ous action, entonic and atonic; elatio is intended to include the for-
mer of these, as  hypochondrias is  the latter.  They stand in the
same relation to each other, as elevated and  dejected madness or
melancholy.  Both  are united with  a peculiar modification of the
digestive function, but  possessing opposite bearings; being in the
former strikingly  active and energetic,  and in the latter strikingly
sluggish and  languid.  Hence under the first  species the patient is
able to endure enormous fastings, and to support life upon the scan-
tiest and least nutritive diet, either of which would be destructive
under the second.   The physiologist may  readily pursue this sub-
ject, and find additional reasons for the present collocation ; but this
is not the place for physiological speculations; though they may be
indulged perhaps  in a future work upon pathology and physiology.
See an elegant essay on this subject in JYicholson's Journal, vol. xv.
art. vii. p. 288.
  2. Alusia Hypochondrias.  The specific  name is taken from the
anatomical term v7ro%6ifyix, in which the disease was formerly sup-
posed to be sealeu.  Hypochondrias is  here used instead of  hypo-
chondriasis, because, as already observed on various occasions, the
terminal iasis is, with very few exceptions, limited to a peculiar fa-
mily of cutaneous diseases.  See  the Preliminary Dissertation, and
Table of Definitions. The author  has felt the less difficulty in mak-
ing the present change, as hypochondriasis is of comparatively  mo-
dern invention, and is not to be met with either in the Greek or Latin
writers, by whom the complaint is usually alluded to  or described
as a species of melancholia, or rather a disease of the melancholic
temperament. It constitutes the third sort  or species of this malady
as described by Galen,  and which he attributes to a peculiar affec-
tion of the stomach.  His words are  these: "Est prseterea  tertium
melancholiae genus, morbi comitialis exemplo, cum ortum & ventri-
culo habutrit: solentque medicorum aliqui hanc dispositionem. hy-
pochondriacum, flatuosum qui morbum, nominare."  De Loc. Affect.
lib. iii. cap. 6.  Diodes,  a physician of great reputation, had not
long before published a treatise on the diseases of the stomach, in
• 
GE. ML]
NOSOLOGY.
227
     £ Facetosa.   High  spirits; sparkling ebullient wit, in-
         capable of restraining itself;  that often sacrifices a
         friend at the shrine of a jest.
     y Ecstatica.   False inspiration; visionary conceits.
           The judgment urged  to mistake energetic ideas for
         realities; to believe  in phantasms; in an immediate
         communication with spirits, or in the power of work-
         ing miracles.  Examples may be found in all  ages,
         and in all religions.   One of the most interesting is
         that of Saint Teresa in  Butler's Lives.  In our own
         day one  of the most striking  is that of  Baron Swe-
         denborg.   This morbid afflatus  is often aped by cun-
         ning impostors to serve their own interest with the
         multitude.
         Hallucinatio Daemonomania.   Cricht.
     ^ Fanatica.   Fanaticism.  Religious flights of the ima-
         gination predominant over the  natural  feelings as
         well as the judgment; urging  to a voluntary  and un-
         called for submission  to severe privations, mortifica-
         tions, and torture ; or to the torture and massacre of
         those  who  profess different creeds.  Examples, as in
         the last  variety, may be found in every age and reli-
         gion : among the prophets of Baal, 1 Kings xviii. 28 ;
         the Curetes or Phrygian priests, Lucret. ii. 631; the
         fanatical votaries of  the Indian Juggernaut; in many
         of the convents and nunneries of Lamism, especially
         at Thibet, and still more so in many catholic coun-
         tries : in the fanatical promoters of the sufferings of
         the Waldenses, the furies of St. Bartholomew's day,
         and the fires of Smithfield.
       Daemonomania fanatica.   Sauv.
       Kefijet.   Arab.
2. Hypochondrias.  Gloomy ideas  of real life; dejected
                           spirits ;  anxiety ; dyspepsy ; lan-
                           guid  pulse ; indisposition  to  acti-
                           vity ; eye  oblique and scowling j
                           countenance gloomy and sullen.

which  this  malady occurs as one of them.  Galen adverts to this
publication, thinks the disease improperly placed in  such an arrange-
ment, and regards the symptoms enumerated by Diodes as for the
most part accidental  occurrences.  " Verum satis mihi fuerit, ea
accidentia percurrere, quae a Diocle  praescripta sint  in libro cui
titulus sit Affectio, Causa, Curatio," &c.
  2. * A. Hypochondrias, Autalgka.  To this  variety belong the 
228
NOSOLOGY.            [CL. IV.—OR. I.
Hypochondriasis.   Auct. Recent.
Morbus hypochondriacus.  Frascast. Boerh.
Malum hypochondriacum.  Galen. Hoffm. Junck.
Hallucinatio Hypochondriasis.  Cricht.
Dyspepsia Hypochondriasis.   Toung.
Ghemm.   Arab.
Ghem.  Pers.
Traurigkeit.  G.
Hypochondrie.  F.
Hypochondrism.
Low Spirits.
x Autalgica.   With visionary or exaggerated sense ot
     pains, or  disease;  whimsical dislike of persons,
     places, or things;  groundless apprehensions of
     personal danger, or poverty.
  Melancholia  aegrorum imaginariorum.  F. Chichoi-
     neau.
  Melancholia argentis.   Sauv.
  Grillenkopfheit.  G.
  Maladie imaginaire.   F.
     See for an example drawn from the life, Moliere's
  celebrated comedy.
   Vapours.
p Pertcesa.  With general Iistlessness, or disgust; irk-
     someness  and weariness of life.
  Melancholia Anglica.  Sauv.
  Taedium vitae.   Darzv. who gives, various examples,
     vol.  iv. p. 90, 8vo.  ed.; as does also Sauvages, who
     particularly refers  to GresseVs  comedy, entitled
     Sydney.   See also  Lucr. iii. 1074.
  Malalet.  Arab.
   Verdriisslichkeit.   G.
syphilis imaginaria, psora imaginaria, and tabes imaginaria of Darwin;
the diseases perhaps to which the hallucination is chiefly directed, and
on which it principally feeds.  The author has at this moment under
his care a singular case of the first.   Mr. S. is a man of  excellent
character, aged forty-six: he  has for some time been engaged to a
lady, whom he forbears to marry merely from a morbid apprehension
that he  has  so debilitated his frame, by having indulged in illicit
amours at an early period of life as to be totally unworthy of her
virtues and affection ; and that his union with her would prove her
ruin.  In every other respect he is  perfectly well; yet irresistibly
impressed with this miserable fancy, he is  full  of wretchedness,
gets no sleep at night, indulges in silence and solitude, and has been
often tempted to  commit suicide. 
GE. IV.]
NOSOLOGY.
329
  Ennuie.  F.
  Weariness of life.   Spleen.
y Misanthropica.  With general malevolence, peevish-
     ness, and abhorrence of mankind.
  Menschen-feindschafft.  G.
  Misanthropic   F.
  Misanthropy.
                  GENUS  IV.

               ASPHELXIA.

Voluntary inactivity of the whole or the greater part of
    the external senses to the impressions of surrounding
    objects, during wakefulness.
    Nachdenckenkeit.  G.
  Gen. IV.  Aphelxia.  'A<peX%tx, from xpeXxa, " abstraho," " re-
traho,"  " avoco," " abduco."  So Xenophon De Volupt. xQeXxovrx
ngos tx qhx.  The subject is almost, if not altogether new to noso-
logy, and has seldom been dipt into by physiologists.  Darwin occa-
sionally touches upon it in different parts of his Zoonomia, and Dr.
Crichton in his Inquiry into the nature of mental derangement;  but
it yet remains  to be analyzed and reduced to a nosological method.
  In order to become acquainted with the existence of surrounding
objects, or of  an  external world, as it  is called  by psychologists,
three things are necessary; sound external  senses; a secretion  of
the nervous material, whereby they are made capable of being  sti-
mulated by the objects addressed to them; and an exercise of  the
faculty  of attention to the impressions which  are thus  produced.
The will has the power of calling this, as it has, or ought to have,
of calling every  other faculty of the mind into a  state of exertion,
or of allowing it to be indolent:  and it is chiefly  upon an assent of
the will, to a relaxation of the attention, or to its concentration upon
some object unconnected with those immediately before  us, that  the
phaenomenon of revery depends.  In reading books in which we  are
totally uninterested, composed in a tedious  and repulsive style,  we
are almost continually in  a state of revery.  The will does not ex-
ert its  power:  the attention is suffered to wander to something of
stronger attraction; or the imagination is left to the play of its own
capricious ideas; and though we continue to read, we have not  the
smallest knowledge of the argument before us; and if the subject
to which the train of our thoughts is really directed be of a strik- 
230                       NOSOLOGY.            [CL. 1V.-OR. 1.

         Reverie.  F.
         Revery.
1. socors.  Truant attention;  wandering fancy; vacant  or
               vacilling countenance.
       Absence of mind.
         An absence or vacuity too common at schools and at
       church ; over tasks and sermons.
ingly ludicrous character, we may possibly burst into a laugh in the
middle of a discourse of great, gravity and seriousness, to the asto-
nishment of those around us.   It is of high importance therefore
that the will should obtain a perfect command over the attention;
and it should  be one of the first efforts  of  practical  education to
strengthen it in the  exercise of this power.   Nothing indeed can
ever be learnt or seriously engaged in without it. Yet it is often most
culpably neglected ;  and an habitual inattention to every thing that
ought to engage our notice whether in the world without us, or the
world within us, is the  necessary result, and lays a foundation for
some of the  most awkward and ludicrous reveries  or absences of
mind that are to be met with.  It is this description of revery that
constitutes our first species.
  There is another of a more grave and allowable kind, and which
forms a direct counterpart to the preceding.   It occurs in cases of
intense application of all  the  powers of the mind to a particular
subject; as, for example, of pure mathematics, or some overwhelm-
ing passion.  In  this state, the attention, instead of being indolent,
is, with  the consent and by the direction of the will, so completely
absorbed and abstracted by the subject in question, that it is with
great difficulty it can  be roused by any stimuli whatever, to bend
itself to any thing else : and, consequently, the person who is thus
abstracted, is torpid to the world around him ; he hears nothing, he
sees nothing, he feels nothing; while the external senses themselves
are, perhaps, still further blunted by having the whole stock  of nerv-
ous or sensorial fluid exhausted, so to speak, at a single outlet in
support  of the prevailing ecstacy.  It is this which constitutes the
second species of revery here offered.   The  fall of Archimedes af-
fords us a striking example of it.  When the  Roman army had at
length taken Syracuse by stratagem, which the tactics of this won-
derful man prevented them from taking by force :  he was  shut up
in his closet, and  so intent on a geometrical demonstration, that he
was equally insensible to the shouts of the victors, and the  outcries
of the vanquished. He  was calmly drawing the lines of a diagram,
when a soldier abruptly entered his room, and  held a  sword to his
throat.  " Hold friend," said Archimides," one moment, and my de-
monstration will be finished."  The soldier, surprised at his uncon-
cern at a time of such extreme peril, resolved to carry him before 
GE. IV.]
NOSOLOGY.
231
2. int^enta.  The attention wound up, and riveited to a par-
                 ticular subject; with sympathetic emotion of
                 the muscles  and features connected with its
                 general drift.
       Tiessinnigkeit.   G.
       Abstraction of mind.
       a A studio.   From intense study.
       € A pathemate.   From overwhelming passion: as rap-
            ture, grief, despair.
Marcellus; but as the philosopher put  under his arm a small box
full of spheres, dials, and other instruments, the soldier, conceiving
the box to be filled with gold, could not resist the temptation, and
killed him on the spot.
   There  is a  third species of revery,  which differs widely from
both the preceding.  The attention is equally summoned into action,
and dismissed at the command of the will.   It is summoned in the
last .species; it  is dismissed when a man voluntarily surrenders him-
self to ease and listlessness of mind : during which period, more-
over,  in consequence  of  this  indulgence in general indolence, the
external senses themselves unite in the mental quiescence; and a
smaller portion of nervous  material is probably  secreted for  the
very reason that a smaller portion is demanded; and hence the ex-
ternal senses are as torpid as the internal, and as little susceptible
to their respective stimuli.  The first playful ideas that float over
the fancy in this case take the lead, and the mind relaxes itself with
their  easy  and  sportive flow.  This is denominated brown study,
listless musing; it forms the  last species of revery in the present
genus, and is thus admirably described by Cowper in his  Task, B.

       Laugh ye who  boast your more mercurial powers,
       That never feel a stupor, know no pause.
       Nor need one; I am conscious, and confess,
      Fearless, a soul that does not always think.
       Me, oft,  has fancy, ludicrous and wild,
       Sooth'd with a  waking dream of houses, towers,
       Trees, churches, and strange visages, express'd
       In the red  cinders, while with poring eye
       I gaz'd, myself creating what I saw.
       Nor less amus'd have I quiescent watch'd
       The sooty films that play upon the bars
      Pendulous, and foreboding, in the view
       Of superstition, prophesying still,
       Though  still deceiv'd, some stranger's near approach.
       'Tis thus the understanding takes repose
      In indolent vacuity of thought,
      And sleeps, and is refresh'd.   Meanwhile the face 
232                      NOSOLOGY.            [CL. IV.—OR. I.

3". otiosa.   Leisurely listlessness ;   free  surrender  of  the
               judgment to the sportive vagaries of the fancy ;
               quiescent muscles ; idle gravity of countenance.
       Studium inane.   Darw.
       Brown study.  Listless musing.
                   GENUS V.

               PARONIRIA

The voluntary organs connected with the passing train of
     ideas  overpowered by the  force  of the imagination
     during dreaming, and involuntarily excited to their
     natural or accustomed actions: while the other organs
     remain asleep.
       Concr.ais the moo:: lethargic with a mask
       Of deep ddibeiauon, as the man
       Were task'd to his full strength, absorb'd and lost.
   For an elegant essay v\i this subject see an article in the Manches-
 ter Memoirs, Vol. I. series ii. by the Rev. Johnson Grant, A.B. of
 St. John's College, Oyon.
   Gen. V. Paroniria.  From irxgx,  and  outgoi, " depraved, dis-
 turbed, or morbid dreaming."  So  Pve-ovuecs, in Dioscor.  ii.  127.
 "tuniultuosis et malis somniis molestans."
   Under the article Ephialtes, Cl. II. ord. ii. gen. 4, the author has
 already pointed out  his reasons for separating paroniria from this
 last disease, notwithstanding  that they are united  by Dr. Cullen
 under the common name of  oneirodynia.  They have, in  fact, no
 resemblance whatever, and scarcely any connexion.   All  the  spe-
 cies arranged under paroniria, in the present text, are so palpably
 and decidedly of the same  family, that it is not necessary to enter
 upon  the question.   They  are  here, however, associated  for the
 first time in  a genus distinct from  ephialtes. See a singular instance
 of this affection related in Sir William Porbes's Life of Dr.  Beattie.
   Gen. VI.  Mokia.  Matrix from fiueot, u stultus,"" fatuus."  The
 author has limited the term to its proper signification.  Vogel em-
 ploys  it, though with a different termination, (morosis instead of mo-
 ria,) in the same or very nearly the same sense ; but he is almost the
 only medical writer that does so.  His words are, " mentis imminuta
 et infirmata functio, seu quaedam ignavia,citra delirium et soporem."
 Moria is used by Nenter and Sauvages to denote melancholia com-
placens, (self-complacentmelancholy,)  while by others it is employ- 
GE. V.]
NOSOLOGY.
233
       Oneirodynia activa.  Cull.
       Erethismus Onirodynia.  Toung.
1. ambulans.  The muscles of locomotion excited into their
                  accustomed action by the force of the ima-
                  gination during  dreaming.
       Somnambulismus.  Sauv. Linn. Sag.
       Nyctobasis.  (NvxroSxo-l5,)  Auct. Graec.
       Noctambulatio.   Junck.
       Schlaf-spatzieren.  G.
       Sleep-walking.   Somnambulism;
2. loquens.  The muscles of speech excited into their accus-
                tomed action by the force of the imagination
                during dreaming.
       Nyctegersia.  (Nwmyego-**.)  Auct. Graec,
       Sleep-talking.
S. salax.  The sexual organs excited into venereal action by
              the force of the imagination during dreaming.
       Gonorrhoea oneirogonus.  Sauv.
       Gonorrhoea dor mien tium.   Cull.
ed synonymously  with ancea,  or idiotism.  To complete the con-
fusion, morosis, (amentia Morosis.) is the name given by Sauvages
to mental imbecility, (moria imbecillis,) though, as already observed,
he has just before used moria in  the  sense of melancholy.  It is
precisely in the signification now offered that the term is employed
by Erasmus, in his celebrated treatise, entitled " Mori* Encomium,"
or " The Praise of Folly," which he dedicated to Sir Thomas More.
  Mora, moror, morosus, morositas, are  derived from this common
source, and  uniformly import  " waywardness,  tardiness, dulness,
impediment;" though the lexicographers, not having hit upon the
right path, have wandered in different directions without being able
to satisfy themselves.  In Sauvages and  Sagar morositates are in fact
corporeal moria, " defects or hebetudes of the bodily functions."
  2. Moria demens.  This term is preferred  to amens, as being
somewhat more general; though amens, or amentia, like moria, in
the preceding note, has been used, without any authority, in  a very
loose  and indeterminate  signification by  medical writers;  among
whom  it  imports  equally insanity,  stupidity, dotage, and idiotism.
The last alone is its direct sense, and the author would  have em-
ployed it to denote the variety  y, but from its want of a fixt mean-
ing in the present day ; on which  account  he  has preferred  the
Greek univocal term ancea, (*»«/«,) from «, priv. and  »o*s, or vovf,
mens:  " total destitution of mind."   Paranoea, (-jragctwec,) is a more
general term, and is., as nearly as may be, synonymous with demen-
tia.  Both import " derangement of mind" in contradistinction to
  Vol. V.—S s 
234                     NOSOLOGY.            [CL. IV.-OR. I

       Exoneirosis.   Cricht.
       Pollution involuntaire.  F.
       Night pollution.
                      GENUS VI.

                         MORIA.

    Defect or Hebetude of the understanding.
      Morosis.  Linn.  Vog.
      Amentia.  Sauv. Sag.  Cull. Cricht.
      Matuhlik, Delilik.   Turk.
      Unverstand.   G.
      Fatuite.   F.
      Fatuity.
1. imbecilis.   The defect or hebetude partial or confined to
                  particular faculties of the understanding.
      Amentia Morosis.  Sauv.
      Schwachheit.  G.
      Imbecillite.  F.
      Imbecility.
      x  Stupiditas.   Dulness  and indocility of the apprehen?
           sion ; torpitude and poverty of the imagination.
         Yehem.  Arab.
         Dummheit.   G.
         Betise.  F.
         Stupidity.
      <8  Amnesia.  Feebleness or failure of the memory.
         Amnesia.   Sauv.  Sag.  Cull.   See note  of  the last
           under gen. lxv.
         Oblivio. Linn.  Vog.
         Memoriae debilitas.  Junck.
" alienation of intellect," which is ecnoea, or ecphronia, as observed
in a prior note.
  2. |8 M. demens Lerema, (Xvew*,) from Xve.es, "ineptus," is direct-
ly synonymous with dotage, and is  the common technical Greek
term.   It is the proper root of de-lirus, (among ancient writers
" delerus,") and delirium.
  This order ought not to close without the following note upon the
much agitated question of coercion, added by M. Pinel to the second
edition of his well known treatise on Mental Alienation. 
QE. Vi.]
NOSOLOGY.
235
       Recollectionis jactura.   Darw.
       Dysaesthesia interna.  Toung.
       Vergesslichkeit.  G.
       Oubli.  F.
       Forgetfulnessi   Oblivion.
         Sometimes arising instantaneously, Salmuth, Cent. II.
       ©bs. 41.   Forgetfulness of the pronunciation of written:
       words, but with a power of writing them.  Ephem. Nat.
       Cur. Dec. I. an. iii. obs. 198, and p. 603.   An. iv. and
       v. obs. 154.  Total as to places, or the discrimination
       of one place from another, for half an hour, in Mr. J.
       Hunter.   See Sir Everard Home's Life of him prefixed
       to his Treatise on Inflammation, p. lviii.
     y Creddlitas.   Weakness and undue pliancy of the judg-
         ment, with facility of being duped.
       Credulitas.  Darw.
       Leichtglanbigkeit.  G.
       Credulite.   F.
       Credulity.
     * Inconstantia.  Instability and irresolution of the will:
       Leichtsinnigkeit.  G.
       Inconstance.   F.
       Fickleness.
         Other varieties might be added, but it is unnecessary.
2.  demens.  Defect or hebetude of all  the  faculties of the
               understanding.
       Dementia.   Auct. Lat.
       Paranoea (iixexmx.)   Auct.  Grsec.
       Beladet.   Arab.
       Unvernunfft.  G.
       Demence.  F.
       Witlessness.   Irrationality.
       *  Stultitia.  Shallow knowledge ;  feeble judgment;
           light, frivolous fancy;  for the most part with good
           nature ; sometimes with obstinacy.
       Thorheit.   G.
       Niaiserie.  F.
       Folly.  Silliness.
       &  Lerema. Impotence of body as well as of mind from
           natural or premature old age :  childish desires and

            '                                         ____-

  J'ai examine avec un soin scrupuleux les effets que  produisoit sur
les alieries l'usage des chaines de ferj et ensuite les resultas conv 
236
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. IV.—OR. I.
  pursuits; drawling speech or garrulous babble, com-
  posed of ideas, for the most part associated by pre-
  vious habit.
Lerema  (A^vwe.)   Auct. Gr.
Anilitas.  Auct. Lat.
Aberwitz.  G.
Radoterie.  i\
Dotage.   Superannuation.
y Anoea.  General  obliteration of the mental powers
     and affections;  paucity or  destitution  of ideas;
     obtuse sensibility ;  vacant countenance ; imperfect
     or broken articulation; with, occasionally, transient
     and unmeaning gusts of passion.
  Wahnsinnigkeit.   G.
  Idiotism.  F.
  Idiotism.
paratifs de leur abolition,  et je ne puis plus former des doutes en
faveur d'une  repression plus  sage  et plus moderee.  Les memes
alienes qui, reduits aux chaines pendant une longue suite d'annees
etoient restes dans un etat constant de fureur, se promenoient ensuite
tranquillement avec un simple gilet de force et s'entretenoient avec
tout  le rnonde, tandis qu'auparavant on ne pouvoit en approcher
sans le plus grand danger.  Pref. p. I.
  Order II.   jEsthetica.  'Aio-Bhtixx, from eurBxnopxi " sentio, et
proprie,  sensu corporis."  The term applies  however to all the
external senses ;  and in the language of Galen peculiarly expresses,
7> ctto-BvTixT) fvvx+tts, " the  power or faculty of sensation."   At the
same time  it must be  admitted, that it is  occasionally applied  to
mental sensation, as in  Isocr. to Demonicus, ovtu rr,t exeivm yta^t
xurh<m, " thus may you feel their mind or inclination."
  It is hence not to be wondered at that the term should be used
in different senses by different  medical writers.   It has seldom,
indeed, been applied to the mind, but has strangely varied between
expressing sensation generally and the  sense of touch alone.  Dr.
Young, with his usual correctness, has made use of the term in the
same sense in which it is adopted in the  present system, to indicate
diseased  sensation of all the external organs; but  he has deviated
from his usual correctness in immediately afterwards applying it to
defective memory, which he terms dysesthesia interna, and ranks in
the same list  or genus, with defect of the external senses,
  Sauvages, and after him Sagar and Cullen, have employed dvs/es-
thesije in the signification of hebetude of the external senses gene-
rally; synonymously with the privativj of Linneus, and  partly so
with the adynamia of Vogel; and having thus made their option of 
GE. 1.7
NOSOLOGY.
23r
                      ORDER  II.

                   jESTHETICA.

                AFFECTING THE SENSATION.

  Dulness,  depravation or abolition  of  one or  more  of the
external organs of sense.
                   GENUS  I.

                 PAROPSIS.

Sense of sight vitiated or lost.
  Dysesthesia visualis.   Toung.
the meaning of the term, it became them to adhere to it; and under
such adherence, anesthesia must have imported atony or  inactivity
of the same senses generally.   But while dysesthesia extends to all
the senses, anesthesia is by the above writers limited to the single
sense of touch :  unquestionably  with  no small perplexity  to the
young student.
  Gen. I. Paropsis. Ilxpoipis,« diseased vision :" from napx, "male,"
and »i^/s, " visus:" as paracusis from 7txpx and xxovn. Dr. Young is
the only English nosologist, the author is acquainted with, who has
endeavoured to arrange all the  primary defects of the organ of
vision under one head.  With him, however, this head constitutes
a mere species,  under the  generic  term dysesthesia, which, as
already observed, is made to extend to all the senses.   And con-
sequently long-sightedness, and short-sightedness, weak and acute
sight, double-vision, squinting and cataract, are  all contemplated as
mere varieties of the same specific disease.   This can  never be
allowed: the error consists in reducing to a species what ought to
have been a genus, under which all the varieties might have ranked
as separate species belonging to it.  Amaurosis ought also to have
ranked under  the same banners, though carried  by the learned
writer to another class.
  In selecting and defining the specific names much confusion  has
been exhibited, in  consequence of the generic  term being under-
stood by some writers  in  a natural  or literal,  and by others in a 
238
NOSOLOGY.
[CL, IV.—OH. II.
1. lucifuga.  Vision painfully acute in a  strong light; but
                  clear and pleasant in a deep shade  or the
                  dusk of the evening.
       Nyctalopia.   Hippocr.  Prsedict.
       Visus nocturnus.   Boerh.
       Oxyopia.  Auct. Var.
       Hemeralopia.  Neoter.
       Amblyopia meridiana.   Sauv.
       Photophopia.  Plenck.
       Dysopia luminis.   Cull.
       Visus acrior.  Darw.
       Tagblindkeit.   G.
       Nyctalopie.   F.
       Night-sight.
         Chiefly common to those who live almost constantly
       in dark inclosures,  as mines or prisons ; or who have
       recently had a cataract depressed or extracted.   Usu-
       ally accompanied with perpetual nictitation.
         Found also,  occasionally,  as a symptom in ophthal-
       my, irritation of the optic  nerve, and hydropscapitis.
       For the last see Wilt. Von der Hirnwassersucht.
3L noctifuga.  Vision dull and confused in the dusk; but
                    clear and powerful in broad daylight.
       Hemeralopia.  Auct. Grsec.  Plenck.
       Visus diurnus.   Boerh.
       Nyctalopia.   Neoter.
       Amblyopia crepuscularis.   Sauv.
       Dysopia tenebrarum.  Cull.
       Shebkeret.  Arab.
       Nachtblindkeit.  G.
       Day-sight.
        Said to be endemic in many parts of Asia; and to be
       a frequent affection in  the Brazils, West  Indies,  and
       Poland.   See Hautsiierck " Recueil d'Observations de
      Medicine, i. 2.  Weiz Neue Ausz ge aus Dissertationen
      f iir Wundarzte."
technical or implied sense.   Thus nyctalopia, literally night-sight,
was employed by the Greeks agreeably to its literal  meaning,  to
import that imperfection of vision under which the eye can only see
at night or in a deep shade: while the same term has been used by
modern writers in the opposite sense of night-sight ache, agreeably
to the technical or implied meaning of opia, when employed patho-
logically ;  and has hence been made to import day-sight instead of 
GE. I.]
N0S0L06Y.
239
         Plenck asserts that some men have so strong a day-
           sight as to enable them to distinguish the  stars at
           noon.
3.  longinqua.  Vision only accurate when the object is far off.
       Amblyopia proximorum.   Sauv.
       Dysopia proximorum.  Cull.
       Presbyopia.  Plenck.
       Weitsichtigkeit.  G.
       Vue longue.   F.
       Long-sight.
       x  Vulgaris.   Common  to every period of  life,  and
           chiefly produced by habitual relaxation of the iris,
           mostly with somewhat too flat a cornea.
       ?  Paretica.   From partial paralysis : as an absolute in-
           contractility of the iris, by which the diameter of
           the pupil is rendered unchangeable, and a paresis
           of  several other muscular powers of the eye is  su-
           perinduced ; while the retina continues perfectly
           sensible  to the stimulus of  light.
           Immutability of sight.  Toung.  Phil. Trans.  1793.
         1801.  See also Wells. Phil. Trans. 1811, art. xix.
       y  Senectutis.   From old  age, in which the cornea usu-
           ally grows less convex; and hebetude and relaxa-
           ation become common to all the powers of the eye.
       Presbytia.   Linn.
       Presbyopia.  Auct.  Var.
4.  propinqua.  Vision only accurate when the object is near.
night-sight, or that imperfection of vision under which the eye can
only see in the day, or whenever there is a strong light. And hence
hemeralopia, the  opposite to nyctalopia, has been used with the
same confusion and contradiction of sense; by the Greeks importing
day-sight, being taken naturally or literally; by the moderns day-
sight-ache,  and consequently night-sight, being taken technically or
by implication ; and hence Sauvages,  U Graecis hemeralopia, neote-
ricis, nyctalopia."
  In like manner the amblyopia or dyopia  dissitorum of Sauvages
and Cullen, '* morbid sight of distant objects," is  the short-sight or
near-sight of colloquial language  in all countries; w'tilf- their am-
blyopia, or  dyopia proximorum, « morbid sight of near objects," is
the colloquial long-sight of all countries.
  In the specific names now offered, the author has avoided the
embarrassment of the first two examples by selecting more appro-
priate terms ; and that of the last two by endeavouring to make the 
240                      NOSOLOGY.           [CL. IV.—OIL II.

       Amblyopia dissitorum.   Sauv.
       Dysopia dissitorum.   Cull.
       Myopia.   Linn.
       Myopiasis.   Vog.
       Visus juvenum.  Plater.
       Kurzsichtigkeit.  G.
       Vtie courte.  F.
       Short-sight.
5. lateralis.  Vision only  accurate when  the  object  is
                     placed obliquely.
       Amblyopia luscorum.   Sauv.
       Dysopia lateralis.   Cull.
       Lusitas.  Boerh.
       Schiefen-sehen.  G.
       Vue couche.   F.
       Skue-sight.   Old Engl. {Sight askew.)
technical and colloquial terms run parallel.  Thus paropsis longin-
qua, literally " vision imperfect by being only remote" is  the long-
sight of the vulgar.   Dr. Cullen, indeed, in his species dysopia
lateralis, " sight imperfect by being only askew or oblique,"  has
pursued  the same mode of interpretation, but then it is a mode of
interpretation at variance with all his preceding examples.
   1. Paropsis lucifuga.   This disease may be the result of at least
two causes : primary irritability of the retina;  and deficiency of the
black pigment that covers the choroid  tunic.   Such deficiency is
occasionally found in persons of a fair complexion  and  light hair;
but more frequently in albinoes, who in consequence are more subject
to the affection.  In old persons  the same deficiency is sometimes
traced, but without painful vision ; for at  this time of life the optic
nerve, like all  other nerves, is become more obtuse.  In horses the
deficiency constitutes what is called a wall-eye.
  This acuteness of vision is natural to cats, lynxes, lions, and per-
haps all the feline genus, which prevent the pain they would other-
wise suffer by a closer contraction of their irids than  mankind  are
able to effect; while by a like degree of expansion they are able to
see much better than mankind in the dark.
  2. Paropsis noclifuga.  The character of this disease is precisely
the reverse of that  of the preceding; and proceeds usually from a
want of sufficient irritability in the retina ; which, in consequence,
is only excited to action by a strong stimulus, or powerful light:
and hence does not  clearly discern in the shade or towards the close
of day.   Hens are  well  known to labour under this defect; and
hence, they cannot see  to pick up small grains in the dusk of the
evening,  and so employ this time in going to roost: on which ac- 
GE. I]
NOSOLOGY.
241
'->• illutoria.  Imaginary objects floating  before the sight;
                   or  real objects  appearing with imaginary
                   qualities.
       Suffusio.   Sauv. Sag.
       Phantasma.   Linn. Vog.
       Pseudoblepsis.   Cull.
       Falsch-sehen.   G.
       Berlue.  F.
       False-sight.
       x  Phantasmatum.   Ocular spectres : assuming various
           semblances.
 count the  disease is sometimes  called Hen blindness.  See Dune.
 Med.  Com. xix. 294.
   3.  Paropsis longinqua.  In the preceding species the hebetude
 seems chiefly to appertain to the retina : in the present species it
 belongs chiefly  to the iris, which is habitually dilated and not easily
 stimulated to a contractile action.  For " it  is well known," ob-
 serves Dr. Wells,  " to those  who  are  conversant with  the  facts
 relating to human vision, that the eye  in its relaxed  state is fitted
 for distant objects, and that the seeing of near objects accurately, is
 dependent upon muscular exertion."  Phil. Trans.  1811, art. xix.
 In the paper now  referred to, Dr. Wells describes  an  interesting
 case of a person about thirty-five years of age, whose retina was as
 sensible to the stimulus of light as ever; yet who from a paresis,or
 permanent dilatation of the pupil, saw near objects with considera-
 ble confusion ;  but  remote objects  with perfect accuracy.   The
 power of moving  the upper eye-lid was also  lost.   It  was an ex-
 treme case of the disease before us,  complicated with partial para-
 lysis of the adjoining muscles, and may be imitated by apylying the
 tincture of belladonna.  It was easily remedied by  the use of spec-
 tacles  with convex glasses, by means of which the  patient was  able
 to read without  difficulty in a  printed book, whose  letters he was
 scarcely able to distinguish from each other before  the spectacles
 were  applied.   This ought only  therefore to be regarded as a
 variety of the present species.   A third variety is that produced by
 old age, constituting the  presbytia, and presbyopia of medical writ-
 ers (from  vgeo-Gvs, senex,) in which  case the hebetude and relaxa-
 tion, while short of paralysis, extend usually through the retina, iris,
 and indeed every part of the complicated organ of the eye, for the
 cornea becomes less convex  in its  form,  and less pellucid in its
 transparency.
  4. Paropsis propinqua.   See  the preceding note.   Mice are sup-
 posed  to have this kind  of vision naturally; and hence the name
 that has  been given to it  of myopia, or  mouse-sight.
  5. Paropsis lateralis.   In this  species the patient  can  see only
obliquely, in consequence of some partial obfuscation  of the cornea,*
  Vol. V.—T t 
242                     NOSOLOGY.            CL. IV.—OR. II.

         1. Dark spots.  Muscae volitantes.  Auct.  Var.
                         Myodesopsia.  Plenck.
                         Suffusio myodes.  Sauv.
         2. Net-work.  Visus reticularis.  Plenck.
                           Suffusio reticularis.  Sauv.
              This is sometimes permanent; sometimes fuga-
            cious ; and is probably, as conjectured by Sauvages,
            produced by a morbid affection of the arteriolae of
            the retina.
         3. Sparks.  Suffusio scintillans.   Sauv.
              Generally from a blow or excess of light.
         4. Dazzling.  Marmaryge.   Hippocr. Vog.
              Photopsia.   Plenck.
                 Usually from plethora of the  vessels.
          5. Iridescence.  Suffusio  coloris.  Sauv.
              From the preceding  cause.
        (8 Mutationis.   Real objects changed  in their natural
                         qualities.
          Metamorphopsia.   Plenck.
          1. Error of form.  Suffusio metamorphosis.  Sauv.
              In this respect they are  too large, too small, cut
            in half, distorted.
          2. Error of motion.   Suffusio  nutans.   Sauv.
              This consists usually in dancing,  nodding,  or
            rapid succession.

 (usually perhaps from scratches or slight scars,) or of the humours
 through which the light  is transmitted:  or  from a partial paralysis
 of the retina.  This must not be confounded with strabismus, or
 squinting, which proceeds from a different cause; and is accompa-
 nied with different phenomena. In lateral vision, the axis of the eye
 affected usually coincides with that of the sound eye, though it runs
 somewhat obliquely to avoid  the obstruction in the tunic.  In stra-
 bismus the two axes do  not coincide, and the judgment is formed
 from  the strongest eye  alone.   If, however,  in lateral vision, the
 obstruction be such as to make the optical axis of the affected eye
 at variance with  that of the sound eye, squinting  must be a neces-
 sary consequence of the disease.
    6. x 1.  P.  illusoria, Phantasmatum:  Dark spots.  "These ap-
 pearances are sometimes, if nut  always,  occasioned by the opacity
 of  some of the  vessels  of the vitreous  humour, near the retina.
 They  are seen in a full light, and cannot, therefore, as Sauvages
 has justly remarked, be  caused by any thing in the anterior part of
 the eye; and they may often be observed to change their form with
 the motions of the eye; which  they could not do if they did not 
GE. I.]
NOSOLOGY.
243
          3. Error of number.  Diplopia.  Sauv. Plenck.
               Often doubled, tripled, or otherwise increased,
             or multiplied.
               The chief causes are those enumerated under «.
               Many of these ocular illusions are found also,
             as symptoms,in several species of dinus, syspasia,
 - r   ,     syncope, plethora, cephalitis, and various fevers.
 *. i>aligo.  Dimness or abolition of sight from opacity of the
                cornea,  or spots upon its surface.
       Cahgo corneae.   Cull.
       Obscuratio cornea.—Maculae corneae.   Plenck.
       Phtharma caligo.   Toung.
       Caligo a nephelio.  C.  a leucomate.  Sauv.
       Oma.   Arab.
       Verdunklung der hornhaut.  G.
       Nouage de la cornee.   Taye. F.
       Opake Cornea.
       Web-eye.
         Hence, Shakspeare," This is the foul fiend, Flibberti-
       gibbet :  he gives the web, and the pin,  squints the  eye,
       and makes the hare-lip."
S. Glaucosis.  Dimness or abolition of sight, from opacity
                   of the humours.
       Glaucoma.  Vog.
       Phtharma Glaucoma.   Toung.
       Caligo a rhytidosi.  Sauv. Mouchart.
depend on some floating substance.  Their apparent change of po-
sition, when we attempt to follow them with the eye, is a necessary
consequence of the motion of the eye itself which contains them."
Young.
  7. Paropsis  Caligo.  Caligo, Lat. « dimness, darkness, obscurity,
cloudiness." The immediate cause is often unknown. Buron Stdrck
strongly recommended an extract of the pasque flower, Pulsatilla
nigricans, the anemone Pulsatilla, Linn, for internal use; and from
the success he ascribes to it, the plant has found its way into the
Edinburgh pharmacopoeia.  The anemone pratensis would probably
answer as  well.
  8. Paropsis  Glaucosis.   TXxvxurn,  from  yXxvxog,  "bluish or
greenish tinted," from the general colour of the obscurity.   It was
also called by the Greeks glaucoma, and by the Romans glaucedo.
Glaucosis  is here preferred to glaucoma, because the final oma
usually, and for the sake of simplicity and consistency, ought always
to import the external protuberance, as in staphyloma, sarcoma, &c.
See the Preliminary Dissertation. 
244
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. IV.—OB. If.
       Caligo a defectu humoris aquei.  Sennert.
       Verdunklung der glasernen feuchtigkeit.   G.
9. Cataracta.   Dimness or abolition of sight from opacity
                    of the crystalline lens.              *
       Hypochyma (iiro%vpx.)  Auct. Grace.
       Cataracta.   Sauv.  Linn. Vog. Sag. Plenck.
       Phtharma Cataracta.   Toung.
       Caligo lentis.   Cull.
       Kafes.   Pers. Turk.
       Graue-staar.  G.
       Cataracte.   F.
       Cataract.
       x  Lenticularis.  Lenticular.   The  opacity existing in
           the lens itself and confined to  it.
       €  Capsularis.  Capsular, or membranous.  The opacity
           confined to the capsule, or membrane of the lens.
       y  Complicata.  Complicated.  The opacity common to
           the lens and its capsule.
           See Richter Von der Ausiehung des grauen Staars;
         and  Hellman Von grauen Staar, und dessen heraus-
         nehmung.
10. Synizesis.   Dimness or abolition of sight from contrac-
                   tion or obliteration of the pupil.
       Synizesis.   Vog.  Plenck.
       Caligo a synesesi.  Sauv.
       Caligo pupillae.   Cull.
       Augensternverengerung.  G.
       x  Simplex.  Simple closure of the  pupil.
         The pupil becomes closed  or obliterated from pro-
       gressive contraction, and at length coalition, of the mus-
       cular fibres of the iris; from  inflammation of the sur-
       rounding membranes; or from protrusion  of the iris.
       In all these  cases it is called simple obliteration of the
         pupil.

  9. Paropsis  Cataracta.   From xxTxexe-<r*>,  " to disturb, destroy,
abolish."   The Greeks called this disease indifferently hypochyma,
(wa-o^t/jtt*.) apochysis (xTo%v<rt<;,) and  hypochysis (v7ro%vtris.)   The
earlier Latins suffusio.   See Gunzii De  Suffusionis natura et sede.
Richter Chir. Bibliothek.   St. Yves, nouveau Traite des maladies
des yeux 1736.—Cataracta was, perhaps, first employed by the Ara-
bian writers.
  10. Paropsis Synezesis.  From o-vnfa," consido,coeo, coalesco;"
from the  coalition of the muscular fibres of the iris.   See Transact.
of the Swedish Academy, vol. xxxiv; and  Weissenborn De Pupil.a
nimis coarctata.  Erfurt, 1773. 
GE. L]
NOSOLOGY.
•245
       C Complicata.   Closure of the pupil, complicated with
           cataract, or an opake cornea.
         Plenck confines synezesis to a total contraction of the
       pupil, making a distinct disease of its partial contraction
       which he calls myosis ; and another distinct disease of
       the variety £, which he calls synechia.  But this is to
       perplex rather than to simplify the subject.
11. Amaurosis.   Dimness or abolition of sight, with an un-
                     alterable pupil, usually black and dilated;
                     but without any other apparent defect.
       Immobilitas pupillae.  Plenck.
       Amaurosis.  Sauv.  Linn.  Vog.  Sag.
       Gutta-serena.   Arab.
       Schwarze-staar.  G.
       Goutte-serene.  F.
       Drop  serene.—So Milton,  in his address to Light, in
         which he also alludes to the cataract by the Latins
         called suffusio:
                         " Thee I revisft safe,
            And feel thy Sovereign vital lamp ; but thou
            Itevisit'st not these eyes, that roll in vain
            To find thy piercing ray, and find no dawn ;
            So thick a drop seiibxk has quench'd their orbs,
            Or dim suffusion veil'd."
         The most common cause is a paralysis of the  retina,
       usually in conjunction with a paralysis and dilatation of
       the iris.  Occasionally, however, the iris is rigidly con-
       tracted, its debility being accompanied  with great irri-
       tability : and hence  offering two varieties; to  which a
       third may be added, from the disease assuming at times
       an intermitting type.
       x Atonica.  With  permanent atony and dilatation of
           the pupil.
       |3 Spasmodica.  With permanent contraction.
       y Intermittens.  With periodical cessations  and re-
           turns.
           Plenck makes a distinct disease of an unalterable
         pupil  with  or without injury of  vision, under the
         name of  Mydriasis. In the latter  case it is evidently

   11. Paropsis Amaurosis.  From «/t*es«;fes, " obscurus, caliginosus,
opascus."  " Rarissime nascitur hie  morbus sine omni praedisposi-
tic;ne."  Plenck. in loc.— Warner strongly recommended Dippell's
Animal Oil, both externally  and  internally.   On the Human Eye,
p. ....
   ■:... Paropsis Staphyloma.  From <nx<pvhri, " uva," a grape, fiom 
246                    NOSOLOGY.          [CL. IV.—OR. II.

         a variety of amaurosis; and it is questionable whether
         the former case ever exists.
           Found also, occasionally, as a symptom or sequel
         in hysteria, syspasia, and lues.
           It is probably to the second of these varieties that
         Shakspeare often  alludes by the term pin or pin-eye\
         the pupil being contracted to nearly the diameter of a
         pin's head.  The following example is  sufficient, an-
         other having been already quoted under P. Caligo ;

                       " Wish all eyes
                  Blind with the pin and web."

12.  Staphyloma.   Enlargement of the ball of the eye; pro-
                     tuberance of the cornea; sight dim or
                     abolished.
      Staphyloma.  Sauv. Vog.  Sag.  Plenck.
      Staphylom.   G.
      Clou.  F.
      Protuberant eye.
      et Simplex.  From  increased secretion of the  aqueous
          or other humour ; pupil transparent.
        Hydrophthalmia.   Vog. Plenck.
      (3 Purulentum.   From flow of pus from  an  abscess in
          one of the membranes ; pupil cloudy.
        Onyx.  Plenck.  When between the lamellae of the
          cornea.
        Hornhautapostem.  G.
        Hypopyum.  Plenck.  When in the aqueous humour.
        Eiteraug.   G.
      y Complicatum.   Complicated  with  a  rupture of the
          iris, and its protrusion upon the cornea ; constitut-
          ing a grape-like tumour: sight abolished.
        Straphyloma complicatum.   Plenck.
          The genera of Plenck, exophthalmia,  opthalmopto-
        sis, and ptosisiridis, are resolvable  into the present;
        they proceed from similar  causes,  exhibit the same
        appearance, and, when manageable, are  to be treated
        by the same means ; one of the most useful of which,
        in diminishing the protuberance, is that of illining the
the resemblance of the tumour to the  pulpy and semi-transparent
appearance of this fruit.  Richter has the credit  of having first
pointed out the real nature of this disease.   Pascic. II. ObseTv
Chirurg. p. 104. 
GE. I.]
NOSOLOGY.
247
         opake cornea with a minute drop of butter of  anti-
         mony on the tip of a  small pencil-brush, at first re-
         commended by Janin, and afterwards by Richter.
13. Strabismus.  Optic axes of the eyes not coinciding on an
                      object.
       Strabismus.  Sauv.  Linn. Plenck. et alior.
       Ahul.  Arab.
       Schielen.   G.
       Louchette.   F.
       Squinting.
       Goggle-eye.  Old Engl.—This word is still retained  in
         the term goggles, or glasses for persons affected with
         the disease: by the French called masques a couchette.
       « Habitualis.  From habit: or the custom of using one
           eye and neglecting the  other; whereby the latter
           grows gradually more  unsteady, and  the  will has
           no longer an equal command over both.
       Nystagmus.   Plenck.
       Strabismus habitualis.   Cull.
       Strabismus vulgaris.  Sauv.
  13. Paropsis Strabismus. 'Zr^xCto-fMi, from c-Tf*Ces," tortus oculis."
The optic axis is an imaginary right line passing from the centre of
the vitreous humour, lens, and globe of the eye,  to the object of
vision.  Ib perfect vision the optic axis of the one eye is in unison
with that of the other, and consequently they converge or coincide
at the same point; and the object  which would otherwise appear
double, as being seen by each eye, is contemplated as single. In order
to this coincidence, the muscles of each eye must constantly assume
the same direction, their position  and configuration  be precisely
alike, and the sight be of an  equal power and focus: a deviation
from  each of which postulates must necessarily produce squinting,
or an inaccordant  action of one eye with the other.   From common
and early habit we acquire an equal command over the muscles of
both, and are able to give them  any direction, and to fix them
against any object we please :  and  such is the power of habit, that
at length they involuntarily associate in the same  action, and it is
difficult  for us to give to the one eye a different direction from that
of the other, or in other words, to make their optic axes diverge
instead of converge.  In persons born blind, no benefit can be de-
rived from this unity of action, and hence  it is never attempted  ;
and the  muscles  being never subjected to discipline, the eyeballs
roll at random, and wander in  every direction.   And  hence  one of
the most difficult  tasks to be acquired by such persons after obtain-
ing sight, is that of keeping their eyes fixed, and giving the same
bearing  or convergent line  to each.  And  hence,  again,  they see
things double at first, and in a  state  of great confusion. 
248                      NOSOLOGY.           [CL. IV.—Oil. II.
£ Atonicus.  From debilityof the affected eye : whence
     the sound eye possesses a different focus and pow-
     er of vision, and is alone trusted to: in consequence
     of which  the weak  or neglected eye insensibly
     wanders as above.
  Strabismus commodus.   Cull.
  Strabismus Buffonii.—S.  spasmodicus.—S.  paralyt.
     Sauv.
y Organicus.  Differently constructed in form or posi-
     tion':  so that the situation or figure of one eye, or
     of particular parts of one eye, are inaccordant with
     those of the  other; whence, as  in the preceding
     varieties,  one eye is chiefly depended  upon,  and
     the other neglected.
  When one eye is naturally stronger, or of a more favourable focus,
or  more  frequently employed than the  other, as  among watch-
makers and jewellers, the latter from comparative neglect  relapses
into an undisciplined state, and less readily obeys the control of the
will.  Its muscles do not assume the same direction, and if they do,
in the two former cases, the  object appears double;  and  hence the
neglected or weaker eye wanders and stares  at one or  at various
objects, while the eye relied  upon is fixed upon some other.   And
it is this divergence of the optic axes, this inaccordance of direction,
or looking at different objects at the same time, that constitutes
the disease called strabismus or squinting.
  1*. Paropsis Ectrdpium. 'Exreo7rtev. from txr^?xu, "averto, deflecto,
detorqueo."  The opposite  ft', etion or inversion of one  or both
eye-lids, is denominated entropium.   It is often a very troublesome
complaint from  the irritation ptoduced by the inverted eye-lashes.
But it is, perhaps, in every instance a symptom or sequel of some
other disorder, as a tumour seated on the affected lid, or a contrac-
tion of its internal membrane from a cicatrix, or other cause.  See
Platner De Vulneribus superciliis illatis.  Opusc.  tom.  ii.  Acrel
Bemurkungen, &c.
  Gen. II.  Paracusis.  Ilxgxxvst$, irxgaxov, from vxgxxovet," perpe-
iam, depravate, vitiose audio."  The mechanism of the ear is as
complicated as  that of the eye, and as admirably adapted in all its
parts to the  perfection of the sense which constitutes its function.
Its  lobe, its entrances, its openings, its various drums, its minute and
multiplied foramina, its delicate bones, all contribute to one common
effect.   Even the surrounding bones, and  still  more  than this, the
teeth are, in no  small degree, auxiliary to the  same object; as the
experiments of  M. Perolle, given in the  fifth volume of  the Turin
Transactions, have  abundantly established; as they have also that
bone in general  is a far better conductor of sound than air,  alcohol,
or water. 
GE. II.]
NOSOLOGY.
249
14. Ectropium.  Eversion of one or both the eye-lids ;  and
                     consequent exposure of the red internal
                     tunic.
       Ectropium.   Linn. Plenck. Vog.  Ware. Adams.
       Blepharoptosis Ectropium.  Sauv.
       Auswartskenrung des augen-lieds.   Plenck.
       Eraillement.   F.
       Eversion of the eye-lids.
         Found also, as a sequel, in inflammation of the con-
      junctiva, purulent or chronic ophthalmy, small-pox,
       burns, and scalds.
                      GENUS II.

                   PARACUSIS.

  Sense of hearing vitiated or lost.
       Paracoe (nxeaxeti.)  Hippocr.
       Cophosis.  Linn.
       Dysesthesia auditoria.   Toung.
1.  acris.  Hearing  painfully  acute, and intolerant  of the
             lowest sounds.
  From the complicated organism of the ear it follows necessarily,
that, like the eye, it must be subject to a great variety of diseases;
while many of the diseases of the one sense  must bear  a striking
analogy to those of the other.  Thus painful and obtuse hearing,
and deafness, may be well compared with painful and obtuse vision,
and blindness.   As the eye is at times affected with illusory objects,
so is the ear with illusory sounds: and, as, when the optic axes do
not harmonize, as in strabismus, the same object may be seen double,
so may the same sound be heard double where the action of the
one ear is inaccordant with that of the other.  Sauvages has given
two or three very curious examples upon this last  affection: A
musician, while blowing his flute,  heard two distinct sounds at every
note.   The sounds  were in different keys, and consequently not in
harmony: and as they were heard simultaneously, the  one  could
not be  an echo of the other.  This singular affection seems to have
been the result of a catarrh, and  ceased  on its termination.  On
another occasion he was consulted  by a person who for several
months antecedently had been troubled with a hearing of two dis-
tinct voices whenever he was spoken to: the pne at least an octave
  Vol. V.—U u 
250
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. IV.—OR. II.
       Auditus acrior.   Darw.
       Paracusis Oxycoia.  Sauv.
       Ouie tendre.   /'.
         Sometimes found idiopathically in nervous and highly
       irritable  idiosyncrasies, and bearing a striking analogy
       to paropsis acris.
         Found,  more  frequently, as a symptom in ear-ache,
       head-ache, epilepsy, otitis, cephalitis, and fevers of va-
       rious kinds.
2. obtusa.   Hearing dull and  confused ; and demanding a
                clear  and modulated articulation.
       Disecoia.   Auct. Grsec.  Vogel.
       Dyseccea.   Sauv. Sag. Cull.
       Auditus difficilis.   Hoff'm.
higher than the other, but not in unison with it, and hence  produc-
ing a harsh and insupportable discordancy.   Torn. I. 756.
  The perverse paracusis, forming the third species of the present
arrangement, th< ugh perhaps more common, is not less extraordi-
nary ; and the same attentive and indefatigable writer has collected
various examples of this disease  from unquestionable  authorities.
The first case is that of a woman who could never understand what
was spoken to her unless a drum were beating  close to her at  the
same time;  and who, on  this account, kept a drum always in the
housi-, which was constantly played upon while  she was conversing
wih he»  husband.   Another case is that of a bell-ringer, who could
never distinguish sptech  except while the  bells were ringing.   A
third case relates to a person  who was always deaf except when
travelling in a carriage, during which time,  from the rattling of the
wheels, he was peifectly capable of hearing, and  in engaging in
conver«vation.  Sauvages  ingeniously describes this disease to tor-
pitudt  or paresis of the organs of the external ear, which  require
this additional stimulus to  louse them  into action, so as to convey
the proper sounds addressed to  them, beyond the tympanum.  And
he cioses with the following illustrations: " Sic somnolenti oculos
non aperiunt, nee proi dc aptant  ad visum, nisi magna lux oculos
commoveat;  sic organa genitalia  ganeonum a torpore excitantur
quandoque.  pir fla^ra, de quorum usu in rea venerea, scripsit Mei-
bomius."  Tom. 1. 757.
  As the organ of the ear,  however, is less exposed than that of
the eye, we are far less acquainted with the immediate seat of its
diseases; and  even with the exact  bearing  which  every particular
part susiains in the general phenomenon of hearing.  It was at one
time supposed that  the nicest power of discriminating sounds, or
in other  words,  that  accuracy of distinguishing which  constitutes
what is called a musical ear, is seated in the cochlea.   Birds, how-
ever, whose perception is exquisite, have no cochlea.   It has since 
<3E. n.j
NOSOLOGY.
251
Auditus imminutus.   Darw.
Vekr.  Arab.
Ubel-hdren.   G.
Durete d'oreille.  F.
Hardness of hearing.
«  Organica.   From organic defect.
   Dryseccea organica.   Cull.
p  Atonica.  From local debility.
   Dyseccea atonica.  Cull.
   Nervous deafness.
y  A meatu  obstructo.   From obstruction in the audi-
     tory tube or passage:  as  by mucus, wax, sordes,
     an insect, or any other extrinsic hody.
been conceived by S'i  Everard Home that it is the metrbrana tym-
pani in which this  fine feeling is peculiarly lodged, (Phil. Trans.
1800,) and that it depends upon its muscularity:  yet the same feel-
ing has remained, and  in its full proportion, in  persons whose mem-
brana tympani has been ruptured.
   I.) Sauvages, hardness of  hearing, perverse or depraved hearing,
and deafness, are made distinct genera under the names of dyseccea,
paracusis, and cophosis.  Cullen  throws away  the last of these, as
a distinct genus, and arranges the affections that belong to it under
dyseccea ; regarding hardness of hearing  and  deafness as only dif-
ferent degrees of one common malady.  Neither of these views are
correct.  First,  there  ought to be  but one common genus for the
whole, and to this the writer of these pages  has given the name of
paracusis, as well out of  deference to the authority of Hippocrates,
who has employed  it in the  same extensive sense, as on account of
its analogy with paropsis, the preceding genus.  In the next place,
deafness and hardness of hearing are by no means the same com-
plaint:  the latter may,  indeed, occasionally terminate in the former;
but it may also, and often does continue to the close of life,  some-
times even from the beginning to the close, without ever running
into deafnvss; and  probably its seat lies generally in other parts of
the auditory organ than that in which deafness  is situated.  Dys, in
dyseccea, is by Cullen  used  as a diminutive or negative, « auditus
imminutus vel abolitus," says he, in his definition of the term; per-
versity or depravity being expressed by para, as in paracusis, which
he explains " auditus depravatus."   Yet by dys, in his dysopia, he
intends neither a negative nor a diminutive, but a perverse or de-
praved power; his definition  of the term being " viscus depravatus;"
in which cast dys is confounded with para in his own previous inter-
pretation of this preposition.   Such looseness of meaning should be
avoided as much as possible in works of science, and especially ip
works for the use of students 
252
NOSOLOGY
[CL. IV.—OR. 11
        Dyseccea a meatu obstructo.  Sauv.
        Dyseccea a tuba obstructa.   Id.
          Found also, occasionally, as a symptom or sequel
        in various fevers, hemiplegia,  apoplexy, otitis,  lues,
        and polypous caruncles or concretions in the passage
        of  the ear.
3.  perversa.   The ear only  sensible  to articulate  sounds
                 when  excited by other  and louder sounds
                 intermixed with them.
        Paracusis Willisiani.  Sauv.
        Paracusis imperfecta (d.)  Cull.
        Ouie  engourdie.   F.
        Perverse hearing.
           Only when several  bells were ringing at the  same
        time.   Birch. Hist. Vol. IV.—Only  in a great noise.
        Fieliz; Richter.  Chirurg. Bibl. Band. IX. p. 555.—
        Only during the music of a pipe.  Stahl Colleg. p.
        76.—Easier in  a great noise.  Sims. Memoirs Med.
        Soc. Lond. Vol. I. n.  5.
<*.  duplicata.  The action of the one ear inaccordant with
                  that  of the other; sounds  heard doubly
                  and  in different tones or keys.
        Paracusis duplicata.   Sauv.
        Paracusis imperfecta (c.)  Cull.
        Unrecht hbren.  G.
        Double owe.   F.
        Double hearing.
o.  illusoria.  Internal sense of  sounds, without  external
                 causes.
        Paracusis imaginaria.   Cull.
        Syrigmus.  Sauv.
        Susurrus.   Vog.
        Nemim.  Arab.
        Imaginary sounds.
        x Syrigmus.  Ringing or tinkling; a sharp, shrill,
            successive sound.
        /J Susurrus.  Whizzing.  An acute, continuous, hiss-
            ing sound.
        v Bombus.  Beating.  A dull, heavy, intermitting
            sound:
               There are numerous other varieties, but it is
            needless to detail them.
  Gkn. 111. Parosmis, from ttx^x, " male," an ' «£«, •« ol-o," " olfa-
cio;" analogously with paracusis and paropsis, a..d hence preferred
to parosmia.  The common term among nosologists is anosmia, but 
GE. IILj
NOSOLOGY.
253
•  Surditas.  Total inability of hearing or  distinguishing
                 sounds.
      Cophosis.   Sauv. Sag.
      Surditas.   Vog.
      Dyseccea organica.   Cull.
      Samem.  Arab.
      Taubheit.   G.
      Sourdite.   F.
      Deafness.
     « Organica.  From organic defect.
     £ Atonica.  From local debility.
     y Paralytica.  From local palsy.
          Found also, as a symptom, occasionally as a sequel,
       in  various fevers, hemiplegia, apoplexy, otitis,  and
       lues;  and, when  congenital, or  occurring  shortly
       after birth, the cause of aphonia surdorum, or deaf-
       dumbness.
                    GENUS III.

                   PAROSMIS.

Sense of smell vitiated or lost.
     Anosmia.  Sauv.  Linn. Vog.  Cull.
     Olfactus amissio.  Sennert.
this  only includes one species of the  genus,  namely, privation or
destitution of smell; which, in fact, is the only one that has hitherto
been introduced into nosological systems.  Darwin, indeed, has ol-
factus acrior, but without any definite  meaning or example :—a no-
minis umbra, to be embodied by subsequent writers.
   1. Parosmis acris.  Generally speaking, the sense of smell in alt
animals is in proportion to the extent of the Schneiderian or olfacto-
ry membrane with  which the nostrils are lined, and over which the
branches of the olfactory nerves divaricate and ramify.  And hence
this  membrane is much more extensive in quadrupeds and birds,
which  chiefly trust to the  sense of smell in  selecting  their food,
than in man;  for it ascends considerably higher, and is for the most
part possessed of numerous folds or duplications.  It is  hereby the
hound distinguishes the peculiar scent thrown forth from the body
of the  hare, and the  domestic dog  recognizes and identifies his
master from all other, individuals. 
254                      NOSOLOGY.            [CL. IV.—OB. II.

       Dysaesthesia olfactoria.   Toung.
       Odoratus deperditus.   Plouquet.
1. acris.  Smell  painfully acute,  or sensible to odours not
              generally perceived.
       Olfactus acrior.   Darw.
       Acute smell.
2. obtusa. Smell  dull and imperfectly discriminative.
       Obtuse smell.
3. expers.   Total  inability  of  smelling  or  distinguishing
                odours.
       Perte d'odorat.  F.
       Loss of smell.
       « Organica.  From  organic defect, or accidental de-
           struction of the olfactory nerve, or its branches;
           or of the Schneiderian  membrane over which they
           are spread.
       Anosmia organica.   Cull.
   Under peculiar circumstances, however, the ordinary apparatus
 for smtll  possesses an activity, and  sometimes even an intolerable
 keenness, which by no means belongs to it in Us natural state.  M.
 Virey, who has written  a very learned treatise  upon the subject of
 odours, asserts that the olfactory sense exists among savages in a
 far higher degree of activity than among civilized nations, whose
 power of smell is blunted by an habitual exposure  to strong odours,
 or an intricate combination  of odours, and by the  use of high  fla-
 voured foods.  And he mi^ht have added, that this sense, likeevery
 other, is capable of cultivation, and acquiring delicacy of discrimi-
 nation by use; that savages, many of whom make a near approach
 to the life  of  quadrupeds,  employ it, and trust to it in  a similar
 manner; and that this is, ptrh^ps, a chief cause of the difference
 he has pointed out.  It is in like manner  relied upon by persons
 who are deprived of one or two of  the other  external senses, as
 those ol sight  or hearing, or both;  and  in  these cases it often ac-
 quires an  extraordinary degrte of nicety.   In the interesting  ex-
 ample of the boy born blind and deaf, lately given to the world by
 Professor Stewart, and who, in consequence,  was  obliged to rely
 upon the two faculties of smell  and touch alone, in discriminating
 almost all the objects that surrounded him, he is said, in Mr Ward-
 rop's history of the case, to have employed the sense of smell on
 all occasions, like  a domestic dog, in distinguishing persons, and
 chitfly to  have depended on it.  By this  sense he identified  his
friends and  relatives; and conceived  a sudden attachment or dislike
to strangers .iccirdhg to the odour of the effluvium that escaped
from the skin.
  The Journal des Sgavans, an. 1667, gives a curious history of a
monk, who  pretended to be  able to ascertain,  by the difference of 
SE. IV.j
NOSOLOGY.
255
/8 Paralytica.  From local palsy.
  Anosmia paralytica.   Sauv.
  Anosmia atonica.  Cull.
     Found also, occasionally, as a symptom in catarrh,
  worms, lues, local  ulceration, and fevers of various
  kinds.
                      GENUS IV.

                   PARAGEUSIA

  Sense of taste vitiated or lost.
       Apogeusis.  Vog.
       Ageustia.   Sauv. Sag.  Cull.
       Dysaesthesia gustatoria.   Toung.
1.  acris.  Taste  painfully acute, or sensible to savours not
              generally perceived.
       Gustus acrior.  Darw.
       Acute taste.
odour alone, the sex and age of a person, whether he were married
or single, and the manner of life 10 which he was accustomed.
  This, as far as the fact extended, may possibly have  been  the re-
sult of observations grafted upon a stronger natural sense than be-
longs to  mankind  in general; and is scarcely to be ranked in the
list of diseased actions.  But among  persons of a highly nervous or
irritable  idiosyncrasy, the present writer has met with numerous in-
stances, and doubtless other practitioners have also, of an acuteness
of smell almost intolerable and distracting to those who were labour-
ing under it: which has fairly constituted an idiopathic affection:
and sometimes  nearly realized the fanciful description of the poet
by making its possessors ready, at every moment, to

                   Die of a rose in aromatic pain.

  There is a curious and  ingenious  paper in  the Transactions of
the Swedish  Acaden.y, Tom. I.  p. 346,  from the pen of Linneus,
entitled,  " Petiveria, en Americansk vaxt," (the American Petiveria
alliacea ;) containing a variety of useful observations on  the peculiar
qualities  given to the smell, taste, and other properties of animals,
in consequence of  their  feeding on  different  foods.  The  reader
may  consult it at his leisure.
  Gen. IV.  From yew, " gustum prabeo," whence  vaexytva, and
consequently *x{xytvTtt.  The author has preferred, with Vogel,
the  present termination to parageusia, or ageusia, as analogous to 
256                     -NOSOLOGY.           [CL. IV.—OR. II.

2. obtusa.  Taste dull and imperfectly discriminative.
       Obtuse taste.
3. expers.  Total inability of tasting or distinguishing sa-
                vours.
       Degout.   F.
       x Organica.  The papillae of the tongue  destitute of
           gustatory nerves,  or covered with a  mucous,  or
           other sheath which they cannot penetrate.
         Ageustia organica.  Cull.
       |3 Paralytica.  From local palsy.
         Ageustia paralytica.   Sauv.
         Ageustia atonica.   Cull.
           Found also, occasionally, as a symptom or sequel
         in fevers, apoplexy, different species of ecphronia,
         and other phrenic genera, and dyspepsy.
                    GENUS V.

                   PARAPSIS.

Sense of touch or general feeling vitiated or lost.
    Dysaesthesia contractoria.   Toung.
the names of the preceding genera of the order before us.  And for
the same reason he has preferred para, to dys: the privative « would
be altogether inadmissible, as it can only apply to the second and
third species.
  The first and last species are perhaps chiefly symptomatic, though
not always so.  The second is common, and is often connected with
obtuse smell; for physiologists have  remarked  a striking coinci-
dence and  sympathy between these two senses; and  some have
conceived them  to  be mere  modifications  of  each other.   The
writer  of these pages had lately a lady of twenty-four years of age
under his care, of great mental taste and  accomplishments, who had
always possessed a considerable hebetude  of  both senses.   She
could distinguish the smell of a rose  from that  of garlic, and the
taste of port-wine from  mountain or  madeira;  but  she  could not
discriminate between  the odour  of a rose and  that of  a lily; or
between  the taste of beef, veal, or  pork; and consequently, upon
all these  points, had no preference of relish.
  Gen. V. Parapsis.   nxetffyis, from an-refuti.  aipn, " tango, tac-
tus;" whence irxgxrrofuii a..d nxex^, « perperdm tango, intactus."
  The common term among the nosologists is dysesthesia; but in-
correctly, since this word, as already observed, is also employed tc 
GE. V.]
NOSOLOGY.
257
1-  acris.   Touch painfully acute, or sensible to impressions
              not generally perceived.
       Tactus acrior.   Darw.
       * Teneritudo.   Painful uneasiness or tenderness, local
           or general, on being touched with a pressure, usually
           unaccompanied with any troublesome feeling.
         Soreness.
           Occasionally unconnected and idiopathic, but more
         frequently a  symptom or sequel of fevers, debility,
         lassitude, violent exercise, catching cold.
       o  Pruritus.   Painful titillation, local or general, reliev-
         ed by rubbing.
       Pruritus.   Sauv. Linn. Vog. Sag.  Darw.
       Autalgia pruriginosa.  Toung.
       Itching.
         As an idiopathic affection chiefly local, and easily re-
       lieved by rubbing or scratching.
         Found also, as a symptom, in  prurigo and  other pa-
       pulous affections, purnio and other cutaneous inflamma-
       tions ; urticaria, and other  cutaneous eruptions.
expressed morbid  sensation  of any kind, whether of touch, taste,
smell, sight, or hearing.  See the note on Asthetica at the begin-
ning of the present order.  But by Dr. Cullen the radical term is
used with a peculiar want of precision: for while dysaesthesiae with
him  constitutes the name of the present order, and  embraces the
external senses at large, anaesthesia is at the same time limited to
that of touch.  In this perplexity of significations he appears to be
alone; for though  Sauvages uses dysaesthesiae as  an order,  and
anaesthesia as a genus, he uses both in the same general meaning;
and hence the anaesthesia of  Sauvages  is a different disease from
that of Cullen, and imports privation of all the senses, while muscu-
lar motion,  and  a  desire for things needful remain, though  with
diminished power.   His words are "  sensus omnis privatio, super-
stitibus motu musculari, et rerum necessariarum appetitu, sed  im-
minutis." It constitutes the parapsis expers, var. b, of the present
system ; and his  species and examples are illustrative of it.  Sagar
follows  the  use  of the  term adopted by Sauvages.   Linneus  and
Crichton employ anaesthesia in the import of Cullen, and limit it to
privation of touch ; but then they do not employ dysaesthesiae at all,
the former substituting the term privation in its stead, and the latter
distributing  the diseases hereby usually embraced, under other
divisions of his arrangement.
   Dr. Young employs dysaesthesiae upon a wider  scale than any of
the preceding  writers; for he not only allows it to reach all the
   Vol.  V.—X x 
■258
NOSOLOGY.
LCL.  IV .—OU. Ii
y  Algor.  Sense of temperature, local or general, be-
     low that of  pleasant or natural warmth.
   Algor.  Sauv. Sag.
   Zemherir.   Arab.
   Coldness.
     As an  idiopathic affection  chiefly local, and most
   common to the head and feet.
     Found also  as a symptom, in the first stage of fe-
   ver, syncope,  hysteric syspacia, nausea,  and atonic
   empathema ; in all  which the affection is general.
^  Ardor.  Sense of temperature, local or general, above
     that of pleasant and natural coolness.
   Ardor.  Sauv. Sag.
   Hararet.   Arab.
   Heat.
     As  an  idiopathic  affection  occurring  chiefly in
plethoric and irritable habits.
external senses, but carries it into the mind, and makes it embrace
" want of memory, or confusion of intellect;" which he denominates
dysaesthesia interna: though  he introduces the  affection with a
query.
   1. y P. acris, Algor.  " Cold, according to its degrees, produces *
two  veiy different eflects; one is the exciting of action without
lessening the powers, the other is absolutely debilitating, while at
the same time it excites  action if  carried too far."  Hunter, on
Blood, p. 349.    It  is observed  by  Dr. Foidyce  in his  Tract on
Simple Fever, p.  168, and the  observation is quoted and called
curious by Dr. Darwin, " that those people who have been confined
some time in a very warm atmosphere, as of 120 or 130 degrees
of heat, do  not feel cold, nor are  subject to  paleness of their skins,
on coming  into a temperature  of 30 or 40  degrees; which would
produce great paleness and painful sensation of coldness in those
who had teen for some time confined in an atmosphere of only 86
or 90 degrees."  The cause is not  difficult of explanation.   The
sensorial  power is exhausted by a long application  to a  heat of 120
or 130 degrees, and the minute vessels lose their power of spas-
modic constriction, or collapse : while in a heat of 86 or 90 degrees
no such effect takes place.
  I. Parapsis expers   Some persons have an habitual numbness or
privation  of the sense of feeling in particular parts of the surface,
which appears to  depend on   local  deficiency  or  paralysis of the
nerves of touch.   And  hence they are  able, in  such parts of the
body, to prick or cut themselves, or to run pins to any depth below
the skin without pain.  The author has seen several striking ex-
amples of this peculiar affection. 
GE. v.]
NOSOLOGY.
259
            Found also as a symptom in the second  stage of
         fevers, inflammations, and entonic empathema.
~- expers.  Total insensibility to objects of touch.
       Anaesthesia.   Linn.  Cull.
       » Simplex.   Confined locally or generally to the sense
            of touch; sometimes accompanied with uneasiness.
         Stupor.  Sauv. Linn. Sag.
         Tactus imminutus.  Darw.
         Numbness.
       p Complicata.   Complicated with insensibility in seve-
            ral or all the other senses.
     v Anaesthesia.   Sauv.  Sag.
         See an interesting case in Collect. Acad. tom. III. p.
       184.
         Alternating with paralysis. Heister, Wahrnehmungen
       I. p. 205.  Medico-chirurg. Trans. Vol. II. p  216. Case
       of Vieusseux, communicated by Dr. Marcet.
         Found also, as a  symptom, in apoplexy, catalepsy,
       epilepsy, syspasia, and syncope.
3. illusoria.  Imaginary sense of touch or general feeling in
                   organs that have no existence.
  Sometimes confined  to the hands with a full power of motion.
Hist, de VAcad. des Sciences, 1745. p. 40—Cured by applications to
the  spine.   Galen, Dc loc. Off. Lib. I. cap. vi. cl.7.—Universal, or
extending over the entire surface.  Ludovic. Op. p 938.   Ephem.
Nat. Cur.  Dec. I.  ann. iii. obs. 251.—Confined to  the right arm:
the  insensibility so  great as to be  without pain during the progress
of a phlegmon.  On breaking the  arm the man felt a crash, and
only thought he had broken the spade  he was working with.  La-
marck, Philos. Zoologique, torn. II.  p. 262.
  See  an  interesting paper upon this  subject, with several extra-
ordinary cases, and among others, the above from Lamarck, by
Dr. Yelloly, Medico-chir. Trans. Vol. III. p. 90.  In the  case im-
mediately described, the patient, aged 58,  had been first affected in
Jamaica about  three years before, and the affection had become
permanent.  " The hands, up to the wrists, and the feet, half way
up  the legs, are perfectly insensible to  any species of  injury,  as
cutting, pinching, scratching, or burning.   The insensibility, how-
ever, does not suddenly terminate; but exists, to a certain degree,
nearly up to the elbow, and for some distance above the knee.  He
accidentally put one of his feet sometime ago into boiling water, but
was no otherwise aware  of the high temperature,  than by finding
the whole surface a complete blister on removing it.  The extre-
mities are insensible to electrical sparks taken  in  every variety of
mode." 
260                     NOSOLOGY.           [CL. IV.—OR. II.

       Pseudassthesia.  Plouquet.
         Common to those who have suffered amputation. See
       Vogel.  Chirurgiscke  Wahrnehmungen, Samml. I. n. 9.
       Act. Med. Berol.  Dec. ii. Vol. III.
         Found also, occasionally as a symptom, in hypochon-
       drias and other mental affections.
                 ORDER III.

                  CINETICA.

            AFFECTING THE MUSCLES.

Irregular action of the muscles or muscular fibres ; com-
  monly denominated spasm.
                  GENUS I.

                  ENTASIA.

Irregular muscular action producing contraction, rigidity,
  or both.
  2. /3. P. expers complicata. Under this variety Sauvages has given
one or two very curious examples of general insensibility of seve-
ral or all the external senses. The most singular, for which he is in-
debted to the Academy Collections, is that of a delicate young man,
who was suddenly in the morning deprived of speech, and of the sense
of touch  generally, without any  assignable cause or premonition.
Punctured and pricked in different  parts of his body, in his head,
neck, back, shoulders, breast, arms, abdomen, he  felt nothing what-
ever,  and even  laughed  at the singularity of the phenomenon, as
with the exception of dumbness and cutaneous insensibility he la-
boured under no disease whatever.   It continued for two days, and
appears to have yielded to venesection.
  Gen.  1.  Entasia. 'EvT*ovS,"intentio,"" vehementia," " rigor."
Scap. in  loc. from evremtn, «intendo."  The  author has preferred
this word to tonos, tonus,  or entonia, the common terms  of nosolo-
gists to express  the present  genus  of diseases, because  the latter 
t3E. I.]
NOSOLOGY,
261
       Tonici.  Sauv. Sag.
       Convulsionis tonicae.  Gorter.  Etmull.
       Conductiones.   Ccel. Aur.
       Spastici.  Linn.
       Tonos.  Parr.
       Entonia.  Toung.
       Tonic Spasm.
 1. Priapismus.  Permanent rigidity and erection of the penis,
                    without concupiscence.
       Priapismus.  Sauv. Linn. Vog. Sag.
       Tentigo penis.   Plouquet.
       Kazech.   Arab.
       Priapisme.   F.
       Priapism.
         Has continued after death.   Ludovici Opp. p. 1056.
       Marcell. Donat. Lib. II. cap. 3. p. 142.   In an  infant'
       from callosity.   Act. Nat. Cur. Vol. II. Obs. 173.
           For the most part the consequence of cold, cantha-
         rides, clap, or dysury.
2. Loxia.  Permanent contraction of the flexor muscles on
              the right or left of the neck, drawing the  head
              obliquely in the same direction.
       Loxias.  (ao|«««-)   Auct.  Grsec.
       Caput obstipum.   Vog.
       Obstipitas lateralis.   Sauv.
       Cephaloxia.   Plouquet.
       Krumm-hals.  G.
       Stiff-neck.
       x Dispars.   From disparity in the length of the mus-
           cles opposed to each other.
       £ Entonica.   From  excess of muscular action on the
           contracted side.
       y Atonica.   Frem direct atony of the antagonist mus-
           cles.
terms are employed, in direct opposition to such meaning, by phy-
siologists, to import a healthy and perfect vigour or energy of the
muscles; and by therapeutists to signify medicines capable of pro-
ducing such or similar effects.
  1.  Entasia Priapismus.  Ity*5r/e>t<,5.  From n^*T«5,  the son ot
Venus and  Bacchus, who is usually thus represented in paintings
and sculptures.   Galen applies the term also to a rigid  elongation
of the clitoris without concupiscence.
  2. Entasia Loxia. From Aeg«s, » obliquus, tortus;" whence loxar- 
262                    NOSOLOGY.           [CL. IV.—OH. III.
       Obstipitas renuens.  Sauv.
         Found also, occasionally,  as a sympton, in  sprains
       or inflammations of the neck ; in catarrh ;  and in con-
       tractions of the skin of the neck from severe burns.
 3. articularis.   Permanent and  rigid contraction  of one
                     or more articular muscles or  their ten-
                     dons.
       Acampsia.   Plouquet.
       Contractura.   Sauv. Linn. Sag.
       Zemam. Arab.
       Verkurtzung.   G.
       Contracture.   F.
       Muscular stiff-joint.
       x Entonica.  From excess of action in the muscles con-
           tracted.   Articular spasm.
       p Atonica.   From direct atony of the antagonist mus-
           cles.
       y Inusitata.   From long confinement or neglect of use.
           Found also, occasionally, as a symptom, in articular
         inflammations, abscesses, and ulcers secreting an irri-
         tating fluid.
 4. Trismus.  Permanent and rigid fixation of the muscles of
                the lower jaw.
       Trismus.  Sauv. Linn.  Sag.  Cull.
       Capistrum.   Vog.
       Tonos Trismus.  Parr.
       Teshennuj.  Arab. Pers.
       Tic.   F.
       Locked-jaw.
         Parrots are said to be subject to this disorder. Bajon,
       Memoires I. Richter, Chir. Bibl. band V. p. 165.
         Most  effectually cured by large  doses of laudanum
       and drastic  purges.   A drachm  of tincture of opium
       has been given every hour or every two hours for two
       days, with strong doses of calomel, jalap, and  scam-
       mony, and  proved successful.  See two cases by Mr.
       Harkness, and  Mr. Parkinson, jun.  in Trans, of the
       Medico-chir. Soc. II. 284. 291.

thrus in surgery, an  obliquity of a joint of any kind without spasm
or luxation.  By the Greeks, however,  the term was specially ap-
plied to the joint or  muscles of the neck.
  4.  Entasia  Trismus.  Tfirfui.   From tji^w, strido, " to giash."
The Greek term, like  its French synonym tic, is said by the lexico-
graphers to be an onomatopy, or a word formed from the sound that
takes place in the act of gnashing. 
GE. I.]                    NOSOLOGY.                    263

       * Nascentium.  Attacking infants during the first fort-
           night after birth.  Probably the result of acrimony
           in the stomach.
         Trismus nascentium.  Scuv.  Cull.
       fi Traumaticus.   Occurring  at every age as the conse-
           quence of a wound, puncture, or ulcer; chiefly in
           hot climates.
         Trismus traumaticus.   Heister.  Sauv. Cull.
         Spasmus Maxillae a vulnere.  Compend. Med.
       y Algidus.  Occurring after exposure to cold and damp,
           especially the cold of evening.
         Trismus catarrhalis.  Sauv.
           There is little difference in the symptoms of any of
         the varieties ; and they are here chiefly entered  on
         the authority of Sauvages and Cullen.
5. Tetanus. Permanent and rigid fixation of many or all the
                 voluntry muscles ; with incurvation of the
                 body, and dyspnoea.
       Tetanus.  Auct. Grsec. et Recent.
       Akhezet.   Arab.
       * Amicus.  Tetanus of the flexor muscles: body rigidly
           bent forward.
         Tetanus anticus.  Bontii.  Med.  Inq.
         Emprosthotonus (tfMrp*<r6oTom.)   Csel. Aur. Sennert. et
           Auct. Alior.
       & Dorsalis.   Tetanus of  the extensor muscles:  body
           rigidly bent backward.
         Tetanus dorsalis.   Journ.  de Med. Oct.  1761.
         Opisthotonus (oTto-Borons.)   Aret. et Auct. Alior.
       y Lateralis.  Tetanus of the lateral  muscles :  body
           rigidly bent laterally.
         Tetanus lateralis.   Fernet.  Sauv.
  5. Entasia Tetanus. Ttrxvos, "extensus:" from rcivu, or mcuw.
"tendo;  extendo."   So emprosthotonos, from tpLTrgotrOev, "ante,"
and Ttivw, as above.  As also opisthotonus, from oirtsBtv, " pone," and
ntva.  According to Celsus, ail these terms have been used synony-
mously :  opisthotonus having been earliest employed  among the
Greeks, then emprosthotonus, and  lastly tetanus, as  the name for
the present species : while some writers used  each  of them  in a
looser sense, so as to embrace various other species as well.  " Pri-
orem Graeci  ow<cfl«Tovey sequentem ejut^cII<t«w>, ultimum rerxior,
appellant: quamvis minus subtiiiter quidam indiscretis his nommibus
utuMur."  Lib. iv. c. 3. 
5i64
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. IV.—OR. HI.
       } Catochus.  Tetanus general,  with little or no diffi-
           culty of breathing; chronic and periodical.
         Catochus.  Sauv.  Vog.  Sag. Macbr.
           Produced ordinarily from the same causes as tris-
         mus ;  and found also, occasionally, as a sympton, in
         syphilis and worms.
           Catochus is commonly regarded as a variety of te-
         tanus ; but more usually, perhaps, occurs as a variety
         of carus Ecstasis,  Gen. II. Ord. iv. of this class:
         being  seldom without the concurrent action or affec-
         tion of other branches of the nervous system, besides
         the voluntary muscles.
6.  Acrotismus.   Failure or cessation of the pulse;  with little
                    or no disturbance of perception or volun-
                    tary power.
       Asphyxia, seu Defectus Pulsus.   Plouquet.
       x Universalis.   Extending  over the  whole  arterial
           system.
           See Mr. J. Hunter's affection in Sir Everard Home's
         life of him, prefixed to his Treatise on Inflammation,
         p. xlvi,  consisting of a total suspension of pulsation
         for nearly an hour, with  cessation of  involuntary-
         breathing for the same  time:  countenance pale  and
         ghastly; faculties of the mind and power over the
         voluntary muscles  perfect:  internal stimulants use-
         less.   Connected with sternalgia.
           Similar  suspensions  of  pulsation, without  any
         other affection of the system.  Anecdotes de Medicine,
         p. 199.  Marcell.  Dom. lib. VI. cap. ii.  p. 620, ex
         Malth. de Grado.—For seven days, without other
         affection.  Riodlin,  Lin. Med.  1696, p. 48—Seven
         days before death.   Valisneri,  Opp. III. p.  278.—
         Chronic and continuing through the whole term of
         life.  Berryat  His. de l'Acad. des Sciences a Paris,
         1748.
  2.   Entasia Acrotismus.  'Axg»Ti<rf*,o$, " defectus pulsus,"  from
xeoo-oi "pulsus;" whence CTOtophos or crotophium, " a painful pul-
sation or throbbing in the temples."  Asphyxia would have been
the term employed for this species, as it is by Plouquet, but that it
has been long appropriated to import suspended animation or appa-
rent  death;—a total cessation,  not of the pulse only, but of sense
and voluntary motion.  The disease has never hitherto, that the
author knows, been noticed  by nosologists : but the  cases are so
clear and numerous, that the omission ought no longer to continue. 
GE. II.]
NOSOLOGY.
265
         £ Particularis.  Confined to particular parts of the
              arterial system.
              Over  the whole system except the heart, which
           pulsated violently.   Beggi in Pachioni opp___Con-
           fined to  the  arteries of  a single arm.   Camerar.
           Memorab. Cent.  II  p. 54.
             Sometimes the result of aneurism or partial pa-
           ralysis.
7.  Systremma.   Sudden and rigid  contraction and convolu-
                    tion of one or more muscles of the body;
                    mostly those of th.  ^omach ;=nd extremi-
                    ties, vehemently painful, but of short du-
                    ration.
       Crampus.  Sauv.  Vog.  Sag.
       Tetanus dolorificus.   Darw.
       Taus.  Arab.
       Fekek.  Of Persian origin.
       Crampff.  G.
       Granchio.  Ital.
       Crampe.   F.
       Cramp.
         Chiefly produced by a sudden chill, as  that of the
       night air, or of water when swimming in it: often oc-
       casioned by an uneasy position, or undue distention of
       the muscles;  and hence frequently attacking in  sleep.
         Found also, as a symptom, in cholera; and occasion-
      ally in pregnancy and  during labour.
                       GENUS II.

                  NEURALGIA*

     Contraction and distortion of a particular muscle or group
         of muscles, with partial trepidations, and acute lanci-

  7. Entasia  Systremma.  EvFTgififix, '* contortio," *' convolutio,"
« coagumentum  compactile," " gmous:"  from o-as-ff^*,  " contor-
queo," " convolvo in fascem." StrSmma, the primary noun, is already
familiar to the medical ear in the sense of " strain, twist, wrench;"
see Cl. VII. Ord. I. Gen. ii. 3.   And hence it is already prepared

  [* In the " Study of Medicine," Neuralgia is the 6th genus, 2d order, 4th
class.  See " Study of Medicine," Vol, III. p. 192.]
  Vol. V.—Y  y 
266
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. IV.—OR. III.
         natingpains in the course of the principal nerves: pa-
         roxysm short, recurring at irregular periods.
1. faciei.   Contraction  and distortion seated  about the ala
                nasi and upper lip; pains shooting to the orbit:
                often to the ear, and  over the  cheek,  palate,
                teeth, and fauces.
       Trismus maxillaris.—T. dolorificus.   Sauv.
       Dolor crucians faciei.  Fothergill.
       Hemicrania idiopathica.   Darw.
       Autalgia dolorosa. E.   Toung.
       Tic douloureux.  Andre. Fothergill.
2. pedis. Racking and intolerable pain seated about the heel;
              tremulously shooting in  irregular direttions to-
              wards  the ancle and bones of the  tarsus.
                This species is described from a very marked
              case which has lately occurred to the author, in a
for systremma, in the sense of crampus, a term intolerably barbarous
and universally  reprobated, thuugh to this hour  in universal use,
notwithstanding such reprobation   The proper Latin term perhaps
is rapuis nervorum ; whence opisthotonia, or opisthotonus is " raptus
supinus "
  Gen. II.  Neuralgia.  From vst/fev, "nervus,"and uXyet,  "dolor."
The only species that has hitherto been fully described is that which
attacks the face—n. faciei of the  present method,  consisting in a
morbid affection of some  of the branches of the fifth pair of nerves,
constituting very generally the  sense of feeling; and for a  verv ex-
cellent description of which the reader  may turn  to Mr. J Hunter
on the "  Animal Economy," p.  259.
  Andie  appears to be the earliest writer who remarked this painful
affection  with accuracy.  He succeeded in removing it permanently
by applying a caustic to  the infra-orbitary or maxillary branch in
one case, in which a previous  division of the nerve by the scalpel,
as practised by  M. Murechal, had produced only a temporary cure.
Dr. H.ughton, however,  seems in one  instance  of a later date, to
have found the last method also radically successful.
  But perhaps the most curious and complicated example to be met
with is that of Mr. Bosworth.  a patient of Dr Darwin's,  and who
wasoperated upon successively by Mr. Cruickshank and Mr  Thomas.
In this case the disease  appears to have existed in almost every
branch of the affected nerve, and also to have passed  into one or
two others, or to have influenced them by sympathy.  By a dexter-
ous and repeated  use of the knife, however, carried into  different
directions, this formidable and intricate disease was at length radi-
cally  cured, and the patient in consequence perfoctlv  restored to
ease.   The account  is given in  Dr. Darwin's Zoonomia, Part II. 
GE. III.)                   NOSOLOGY.                     267

              gentleman, otherwise of good health, about for-
              ty-five years of age, who has been long a victim
              to it.  The pain during the paroxysm is so severe
              as nearly to make him faint, and is generally
              compared by him  to  that of scalding verjuice
              poured over a wound.  Here the tibial branch
              of the ischiatic nerve seems to be affected, and
              perhaps the  peroneal.
                       GENUS  III.

                          CLONUS.

   Forcible agitation  of one or more muscles in  sudden  and
       irregular snatches.


Diseases of Irrigation, Cl. I. ii. 2. 12, in two interesting letters: the
first from the author of the work to Mi. Cruickshank, and the second
from Mr. Thomas, his son-in-law, in reply.
   Darwin properly enough objects to the word trismus, under which
this genus has commonly been arranged,  " as no fixed spasm  like
the locked-jaw exists in this malady."  He adds, indeed, that in the
few cases he has witnessed there has  not even been any convulsion
of the muscles of the face; though this he subjoins " may possibly
occur occasionally as the  consequence of disagreeable  sensation, or
to relieve it."—Almost every writer,  however, besides himself, has
noticed the existence of some kind of nervous contraction, distor-
tion, or agitation, from the commencement of the  disease; and in
the case of Mr. Bosworth, Dr. Darwin expressly observes, that dur-
ing the return of the  pain *» he seems to stretch and exert his arms,
and  appears to  have  a  tendency to epileptic  actions,"—clearly
evincing a spasmodic diathesis.
   The word tic, of late introduced from the French writers  into our
own language, is supposed  to be an onomaptopy, or a name fabri-
cated for the purpose:  derived, according  to some, from the pun-
gent stroke with which the pain assaults, resembling the bite of an
insect; but according to Sauvages and Soleysel, from the sound
made by horses that are  perpetually biting the  manger when la-
bouring under a variety of this disease.   We do not  appear to be
acquainted with the real origin of the term.
   Gen  III.  Clonus.  KAovoj, xXovwt, " agitatio,"  " perturbatio,"
from xXcvteo, " commoveo,"  •'coucutio."  The clonic or concussive
spasms form two distinct orders in Sauvages, and a single genus in
Parr.  The  first is unnecessarily diffuse; the second too restricted, 
268                     NOSOLOGY.           [CL. IV.—OR. III.

       Clon'ci partiales.   Sauv.
1. Singultus.  Convulsive catch of the respiratory muscles,
                   with sonorous inspiration ; iterated at short
                   intervals.
       Lygmus  (xvypos)   Hippocr. et Auct. Grsec. See Friend's
         Transl. fol. p. 181.
       Singultus.   Auct. Lat. et Neoter.
       Fevak.   Arab.
       Glucksen.   G.
       Hoqutt.  F.
       Hiccough.
         Sometimes periodic.  Bonet, Sepulchr. lib. iii. S. V.
       Obs. 4.—Sometimes chronic ; and has continued three
       months.  Schenck, lib. iii. 49:—Four years.  Bartholin.
       H.st.  Anat. Cent.  II. hist  4.—Twenty-four years.
       Alberti, Dissert. Casus singultus chronici.   Hall, 1743.
         Occasionally idiopathic; but more frequently found,
       as a symptom, in various affections of  the stomach,
       excess of food, worms, strangulated hernia, atonic fe-
       vers, hypochondrias, and  local irritation after opera-
       tions.  See Hunter on blood, p. 410.
2. Sternutatio.   Irritation of the membrane of the nostrils,
                      producing sudden, violent,  and sono-
                      rous expiration through their channel.
       Ptarmus  (n-rxefios )   Auct.  Grsec.
       Sternutatio.   Auct. Lat.
       Otas.   Arab.
       Niesen.   G.
       Eternuement.   F.
       Sneezing.
         At times  periodic.  Brest. Sammlung. 1725. ii. 82.
       Eph. Nat. Cur. Cent.  V. obs.  19.—Of long continu-
       ance.  Horstii Opp. ii. 298.—Three  hundred times in a
       paroxysm.   Eph. Nat. Cur. Dec. i.  ann.  iii. obs. 138.
Each order of Sauvages is reduced, in the present attempt, to a dis-
tinct genus ; to the former the well known and  appropriate term
clonus is still applied, to the latter synclonus, which see.
  3. Clonus Palpitatio.   The disease, in one or two  of its varie-
ties, is accurately and ably described by Mr. Dundas in the Trans-
actions of the  Medico-Chirurg. Society, Vol. I. p. 37; who gives
many  interesting cases which he regards as having been " always
the consequence of, or connected with, rheumatic affection." These
cases chiefly  relate to the variety  y, and were  complicated with 
GE. III.]
NOSOLOGY.
269
         Found also, frequently, as a symptom in measles,
       catarrh, and worms: and said to produce a periodical
       variety.
3.  Palpitatio.   Irregular and vibratory motion of the heart
                    or arteries.
       Palpitatio.  Auct. Lat. et Neoter.
       Palm us (trxXfMi )   Auct. Grsec.
       Khefakan.  Arab.
       Klopffen.   G.
       Palpitation.  F.
       Palpitation.
       * Cordis.  Of the heart alone.
           The palpitation  has  sometimes  been  sonorous.
         Castell (P. V.)   Exercit. ad effect, thoracis. Tr. IX.
         Tolosa 1616.—A Vega,  de arte Med.   So violent as
         to dislocate the ribs.   Horst.  ii. 137.139.—To break
         them.  Schenck.  Obs. 215 ex Fernelio—Victorius,
         Consil. n. 97.  In like manner the humerus has been
         dislocated by a convulsion fit.  See exarthrema and
         catagma  Fractura, Class VII. Ord. I.
       £ Arteriosa.   Of the arteries alone.
           A very few decided cases of this variety have oc-
         curred to  the author; and  probably many more to
         others.   The anomalous motion could be easily felt
         by pressing the  finger on the arteries subject to it,
         and, in one instance, distinctly seen.
           Universal.  Ephem. Nat. Cur. Dec. I. ann. vi. vii.
       y Complicata.  Extending from the heart more or less
           through  the course of the arteries.
           Found, also frequently, as a  symptom in organic
         affections of the heart, and violent mental emotions.
4. Nictitatio.  Rapid and vibratory motion of the eyelids.
       Nictitatio.   Auct. Lat.
       Nystagmus (vva-rxypos.) Auct. Grsec.
       Blinzen der augenlieder.   G.
       Souris.  F.  Diet, de Med.
        Twinkling of the eye lids:
 5. Subsultus.  Sudden and subsultory elevations of the ten-
                   dons.
great  anxiety, usually with  dyspnoea, with palpitation, or violent
pulsation of the carotid arteries; and sometimes with an " action of
the heart so very strong as to be distinctly heard, and to agitate the
bed the patient was in so violently, that the  pulse of the patient
could be counted by looking at the motion of the curtains of the 
270
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. IV.—OR. in.
       Subsultus.   Linn. Sag.
       Carphologia spasmodica.  Sauv.
       Soubresaut des tendons.   F.
       Twitching of the tendons.
         The instances of idiopathic affection are not common,
       though the author has sometimes met with them.   The
       usuul  irritation is that of  debility;  and hence  it is
       found,  far more frequently,  as  a symptom in arthritic
       and hysteric affections, and particularly in atonic fe\ ers.
6. Pandiculatio.   Transient elongation of the  extensor
                        muscles, with deep inspiration  and
                        sense of lassitude.
       Pandiculatio.  Auct. Lat. et Neoter.
       Scordinema.  Hippocr.
       Nehva.  Arab.
       x  Maxillarum.  Of the jaws.
         Oscitatio.  Auct. Var.
         Gahnen.   G.
         Baillement.   F.
         Tawning.   Gaping.
       fl  Artuum.  Of the limbs.
         Streckung.  G.
         Tiraillement.  F.
         Stretching.
           Found also, frequently,  as  a symptom in  fatigue,
         hysterics,  restlessness, dyspepsy,  and the accession
         of  fevers.   As an idiopathic  affection, acquired
         chiefly from a habit of idleness.
                    GENUS IV.

                SYNCLONUS.

Tremulous, simultaneous, and chronic agitation of various
  muscles, especially when excited by the will.
bed."   On dissection, the heart was uniformly found enlarged in its
size, but without increase of muscuiar power: occasionally poly-
pous concretions were detected, and very generally adhesions to the
pericardium.  The above patients were mostly in the prime of  life. 
GE. IV.]
NOSOLOGY.
271
       Clonici universales.   Sauv.
       Clonus.   Toung.
1. Tremor.  Simple, tremulous agitation of the head, limbs,
                  or both ; most on voluntary motion.
       Tromus ;>f«f*««0   Auct.  Grsec.
       Tremor.   Sauv. Linn.  Vog. Sag.  Cull.
       Raush.   Arab.
       Lerze. Pers.  It imports also the rigor that takes place
         on the accession of an ague.  In which last sense the
         Turkish writers use ditreme, as though derived from
         Tgof**f or tremor.
       Zittern.   G.
       Tremblement.  F.
       Trembling.
         Found  also, occasionally, as a symptom, in debility,
       old age, surfeit,  and  other affections  of the stoirmch,
       passions of  various  kinds, paralysis, metallic poisons,
       and worms.
2. Chorea.  Alternately tremulous and jerking morion of the
                face, legs, and arms, especially  when volunta-
                rily  called into action ;  resembling the  gri-
                maces and gestures of buffoons; usually ap-
                pearing  before puberty.
       Scelotyrbe.   Galen.  Isagog. libr. fin.  Sauv.
       Chorea.   Linn. Cull.
       Chorea Sancti Viti.   Sydenh.
       Choreomania.—Ballismus.   Plouquet.
  Gen. IV. Synclonus.  From <rvyxXonu," concutio," " conturbo;"
as clonus from xXeveu.   The genus, us observed in the preceding
note, is designed to include all the clonici universales of Sauvages,
that seem fairly to belong to the same family,   ft runs nearly pa-
rallel  with the clonus of  Dr. Young, who has employed the term in
a sense more than commonly restricted.
   2. Synclonus Chorea. Xopo*, " chorus," " coetus saltantium." Ac-
cording to Horsl, the n_me of St. Vitus's dance was given to this
disease, or more probably to a disease possessing some resemblance
to it,  in consequence of the cure  produced on certain women of
disordered mind upon their paying a visit to the chapel of St. Vitus
near Ulm, and exercising themselves in dancing from morning to
night, or till they became exhausted.   He adds, that the disease re-
turned annually, and was  annually removed by the same means.
Macbride has hence given to it the name  of hieranosis,  by other
writers applied to syspasia or convulsion-fits. 
2                     NOSOLOGY.           [CL. IV.—OR. III.

    Danse de St.  Guy.   F.
    St. Vitus's Dance.
       Sometimes  with  deep and  continued melancholy.
     Thiermal.  Consil lib. ii. p. 14.—Stoll strongly recom-
    mends  the extract  of belladonna, obtained from  the
    juice of its roots, every four hours,  in the  proportion
    of from a  sixth part to a quarter of a grain.  Dr. Ha-
    milton has  found his purgative system peculiarly ser-
    viceable.  See his treatise " On the  Utility of Purga-
    tive Medicines,  &c." 1805.  Cured  by the  arsenic so-
    lution,  at  a medium dose of ten drops three times a-
    day, in  a girlof  fourteen, after digitalis had been tried
    in vain.  Martin. Trans. Medico-chir. Soc. iv. 45.
 Rafhania.  Spastic contraction of the joints;  with trem-
                 bling and periodical pains.
    Raphania.   Linn. Vog.  Cull.
    Convulsio Raphania.  Sauv.
    Kriebel-Krankheit.   G.
    Dragsiuta.   Suecic.
       Sometimes accompanied with cutaneous ulcerations,
    and extensive exfoliations of the cuticle and  cutis.  See
    Taube  Geschichte  der Kriebel-Krankheit,  Gottingen,
    1782.
  3. Synclonus Raphania.   So called by Linneus as being supposed
by him to be pnuucea by eating the seeds of raphania, Raphanis-
trum   It is chiefly found in Sweden and the adjoining countries;
and has hence  been chiefly treated of by Swedish writers.  There
is an excellent paper upon the subject by Dr. Rothman, in the Amct-
nitates Academics, Vol. VI.; who asserts, thai  it is neither a new
disease, nor confined to the  Baltic  countries.  He has traced it, he
says, as an affection common to Europe, in the works of various
writers up to the»year 1596.  It seems to depend upon some delete-
rious  vegetable intermixed with  the  grain employed  in making
bread : some species of  lollium, or secale (darnel or rye) have been
suspected;  but there is  more reason for ascribing it to the raphania,
Raphanistrum.
  4. Synclonus-Beriberia. Bte*cei,Eustath. " concha," " ostreum ;"
a " conch or shtil;" and hence figuratively incurvation in general.—
It is unquestionably an oriental term, and is so stated by Eustathius;
from whom Scapula has copied it.   Possibly the root of the term is
the  Arabic, beri, which signifies literally <l praerido, concido," " to
cut  up or cut off,"—like the Greek wyxtTTa, whence syncope ; and
metaphorically  " defatigo, exhaurio," "to wear out,  exluust, en-
feeble."  The  author has retained  it as it is given in Scapula, not- 
GE. IV.]
NOSOLOGY.
273
*•• Beriberia.  Spastic retraction of the knees on walking;
                   trembling and painful stupor of the limbs ;
                   sense of formication ; hoarse voice.
       Beriberi.  Bontii. Manget. Linn.
       Beriberia.   Sauv. Sag.
       Paralysis Beriberi.   Tulpius.
ORDER I\.
                     SYSTATICA.

AFFECTING SEVERAL OR ALL THE SENSORIAL POWERS SIMUL-
                         TANEOUSLY.

  Irritation or inertness of the mind extending to the muscles
       or external senses ; or of the muscles or external senses
       extending to the mind.
 withstanding that Sauvages has introduced it into his list of " nomina
 barbara, seu nee Graeca, nee Latina, relinquenda."  Tom. I. p. SO.
 Mangetus asserts that it was known to Erasistratus.
   The term is still preserved in Ceylon, but applied to a different
 disease: a peculiar sort of dropsy, commencing with stiffness and
 oedema  of the lower extremities, which shortly spread over the
 whole body, producing dyspnoea, vomiting, conclusive motions, and
 death.  The symptoms have been given at some  length  by Mr.
 Colhoun and Mr. Christie, inspector-general of the hospitals in Cey-
 lon.   The English forces  established at Ceylon are occasionally
 subject  to it.  See " Essay on the Diseases incident to Indian Sea-
 men or Lascars on long Voyages."   By  William Hunter, A.M.
 Member of the Asiatic Society  of Calcutta, &c.  In like manner
 Lord Valentia in his Travels, Vol. I. p. 318 ; «a complaint, as far
tes I have learnt, peculiar to the  island (Ceylon) is the berri-berri.
 It is in fact a dropsy that frequently destroys in a few days."
   In whatever form it conducts its attack, it appears, like the pre-
 ceding,  to be the result of food or drink  poisoned by some minute
 parasitic plant or animalcule, as in the case of gangraena ustilaginea,
 and various examples  of pestis erythematica; to the notes on  both
 which the reader may turn.
  Order IV. Systatioa.   Si»«tt«t/x«, " congressa," «consociata,"
« concidentia:" from c«/v<c-t»/*<, « congredior," " consocio." Syncop.
tica might have been employed, and upon  as large a scale, importing
  Vol. V.—Z z 
274
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. IV.—OU. IV
                      GENUS I.


                    AGRYPNIA.

    Difficulty or inability of obtaining sleep.
      Agrypnia.  Auct.  Grsec. Sauv. et Recentior.
      Pervigilium.  Auct.  Lat.
      Arek.  Arab.
      Schlaflosigkeit.   G.
      Insomnie.  F.
      Sleeplessness.
1. entonica.  Sleep retarded by an inordinate excitation of
                 the mind to  a particular subject:  listlessness
                 to surrounding  objects.
2. chronica.  Habitual wakefulness;  mind tranquil; atten-
                  tion alive to surrounding  objects.
                  See  Goock's Observations, App. p. 218.—
                Thirty-five days without intermission.   Gril-
                ling, Cent.  iv. obs. 90—Six months.  Panarol.
                Pentecost.  V. obs. 4—Three years.   Plinii,
                lib. vii. cap. 51.
                  Mostly common to advanced age.
                Found also,  occasionally, as a  symptom, in
              excessive fatigue,pain, inflammations, fevers,and
              various mental diseases.
                    GENUS II.

                 DYSPHORIA.

Troublesome and restless uneasiness of the nerves and mus-
as well increased as diminished action, compello,zs well as concido ;
but that it is usually limited  to the last  train of ideas, and conse-
quently  might have produced confusion: since the present order,
like all the preceding, includes diseases evincing different and even
opposite states of action.
  Gen.  I   Agrypnia.  'Ayevxvi*, " pervigilatio;" from wy^vruv,
" pcrvigilo," " insomnem noctem duco."  The genus is not gene- 
<H.. H.]
NOSOLOGY.
275
        cles ; increased sensibility; inability of fixing the atten-
        tion.
        Dysphoria.  Auct.  Grsec.
        Inquietudo.   Sennert.  Plouquet.
        Astasia.   Plouquet.
        Desasossiego.   Spanish.
        Unruhe.   G.
       Restlessness.
1. simpex.  General; and accompanied with a perpetual de-
                sire of changing the position.
       Dysphoria nervosa.  Cricht.
       Erethismus simplex.   Toung.
       Kalak.   Arab.   This term  precisely  answers  to the
         English word fidgets, or titubatio,as used by Cicero.
       Fretillement.   F.
       Fidgets.
2. Anxietas.   Chiefly affecting the praecordia; with depres-
                   sion of spirits, and perpetual  desire of loco-
                   motion.
       Alysmus (AAi/o-tta?.)   Hippocr.
       Anxietas.  Sauv. Vog.  Sag.
       Hemm.  Arab.  The Persian synonym is tasa or taesa ;
         nearly univocal with  the Latin tsesa, whence pertsesai
         and probably derived from a common  source.
       Angst.   G.
       Anxiete.   F.
       Anxiety.
         Found also, occasionally, as a symptom, in acute fe-
       vers, affections  of the stomach, and other viscera, hys-
       terics, hypochondrias, and lyssa.
rally introduced into systematic nosology:  but its claim is clear, as
in many instances it seems to be strictly idiopathic, and unconnected
with any other disease.
  Gen. II. Dysphoria.   Avoyegtx,  " tolerandi difficultas,"  from
$v<n$oet». 4| difpcullir tolero," or oporto." It does not expressly en-
ter into the classification of Sauvages or that of Cullen, but is nearly
synonymous with the anxietas of  the former,  which, in the present
system, is reduced to a species of dysphoria.  " Molesta sensatio,"
says Sauvages, " quae ad jectigationem cogit, sed quomodo ab affi-
nibus  morbis discrepet, dicant qui experli  sunt."  This definition,
if definition it may be  called, will equally apply to both the species
here offered- 
276
NOSOLOGY,
[CL. IV.—OR. IV
                      GENUS  IIr.

                  ANT I PATH I A.

Internal horror at the presence of particular objects or sub-
  jects ;  with great external restlessness or deliquium.
       Antipathia.  Sauv.  Linn.  Vog. Plouquet.
       Arbedet.   Arab.
       Antipathic.  G. F.
       Antipathy.
1.  Sensilis.  Antipathy  produced  through the medium of
                 the external senses.
                 Sight of a drawn  sword  in  King  James I
              Digby Theatr. Sympathet.—Sound of music.
              Eph. Nat. Cur. Dec. I. ann. i. obs.  134.—Smell
              of roses.  Id. Dec.  II.  ann. x.  Obs.  8.—Of
              strawberries. Id. ann.  v.  obs.  214.—Taste of
              cheese.   Zacut. Lusit. Frax. admir.  lib.  iii.
              obs.  103.  Eph. Nat.  Cur. passim.
  Gen. III.  Antipathia. AvTi7rx6y,s: from avtTi-xafou, "naturalem
repugnantiam habeo.* The instances advanced by physiologists are
innumerable ; and many of them are  of every-day repetition. Some
may be accounted for from early fright, or other cause of disgust;
but many are of veiy difficult solution, and some altogether intract-
able.   The most singular, perhaps, are those of the second species,
instanced in the horror excited by a  cat as soon as it  comes within
the atmosphere of an unknown influence, the animal being neither
seen nor heard, nor in any respect an object  of any external sense.
The author has met with several decided cases.  Sauvages inquires
whether, in such instances, the effluvium thrown from the object
of disgust into the  atmosphere,  may not, in combining  with the
fluids of the influenced person, produce a  tertium  quid, as corrosive
sublimate is produced by a combination of mercury with  muriatic
acid.   The fact at present appears inexplicable: but it is not more
singular than the wonderful power so well known to  be  possessed
by the viverra noctula  (common or great bat,)  which renders it
conscious of the presence and  position  of  objects,  when  all its
senses  are muffled;  and which enables it, when flying in  this state,
to avoid them.   This extraordinary faculty has been called a sixth
sense by several naturalists.
  Antipathia does not occur in  Dr.  Cullen's classification : but it
enters into his supplementary catalogue " morborum a* nobis omis-
sorum, quos omississe fortassis non oportcbat." 
GE. IV.]
NOSOLOGY.
277
2. Insensilis.  Antipathy produced through  an  unknown
                   medium.
                   Chiefly in the case of  cats,  at hand, but
                neither seen, touched, smelt, or  heard.  See
                Smetius,  Miscel.  p.  101.  Bartholin. Hist-
                Anat. Cent. III. 28.  Cent. IV. 58.  Quer-
                cetan, Diset. Polyhist. p. 82. Eph. Nat. Cur.
                Dec. II. ann. ii. obs. 50.
                      GENUS IV.

                       LYSSA*

Great  restlessness;  anxiety; hurry of mind; horror; and
       constriction of the  muscles of the chest; supervening
       to the bite of a rabid animal:  preceded by a return of
       pain and inflammation  in the bitten part.
    Lyssa.   Auct. Grsec.
    Rabies.   Auct. Lat.
    Keleb.   Arab.
    Rage.   F.
       Not always accompanied with water-dread; in dogs:
    Salmuth, Cent. III. obs.  90.—In wolves: Trecourt, Me-
    moires et Observations de Chirurgerie.  In man :—able
    to take fluids before death : Observ. Clinic. Fasc. II.  p. 48.
    Able to eat and drink :  Dundas, Lond. Med. Journ. VIII.
    p.  1, 1787, the case doubtful.  See also Fehr. Nachricht,
    &c. p. 44.
       The academical journals and monogrammic writers have
    numerous instances of the disease after a bite of many
    years standing:  sometimes twelve, eighteen,  or  twenty:
    but the cases want authority.   In Heister is a case of lyssa
    produced by putting into  the mouth the cord by which the
    rabid dog was confined.   Wahrnemungen, Band II.
  Gen. IV.   Lyssa.  Ava-o-x, "rabies," whence Xva-a-xa, "furo;"
probably  from Xvu, " solvo."  The old Greek term is here  re-
stored,  as far more correct than  that of  the present day,  which is
hydrophobia or water-dread, since  the last  is not a pathognomic symp-
tom ; being sometimes found in other diseases; occasionally ceasing
even in canine madness, the  second species  here offered, towards
the close of the paroxysm ; and though almost always found among
  * [In the " Study of Medicine," Lyssa is not ranked as a genus, but is the 7th
species, 1st genus, 3d order, 4th class. See " Study of Medicine," Vol. HI. p.
228.] 
278
NOSOLOGY.          [CL. iv.—OR. IV
       In Dr. Marcet's case, Medico-chir. Trans. I.  132,  the
    patient lived six days after the appearance of water-dread.
    Opium, iron, and arsenic, were tried in  large quantities,
    but proved equally ineffectual.
       On  dissection,  the fauces,  glottis, larynx, oesophagus,
    and stomach, have been commonly found more or less in-
    flamed ; sometimes abraded.
1.  felina.   The paroxysm periodical, and returning  with  the
              full moon : produced by the bite of an enraged
              cat.
    Anxietas a  morsu.  Sauv.
    Anxietas a  morsu felis iratae.  Morgagn. ep. lxi. 14.
    Feline madness.
       In the case here referred to, the paroxysm took  place
    four days after  the bite: there was  great anxiety of  the
    praecordia, but no water-dread.  Local and general bleed-
    ings were useless; frequent repetition of the warm bath
    afforded relief;  but it only  yielded  to an ephemera with
    copious  sweat.  It returned  with the full moon  for two
    years: the bitten part first becoming highly irritable; and
    the general symptoms succeeding, which were now relieved
    by bleeding. After this period it returned with every fourth
    full moon for two years more.—See  another case, which
    terminated  fatally on the  first paroxysm, in the Trans.
    Med. Soc. ofLond. Vol. I. p. 78.
mankind, in numerous instances wanting in rabid dogs and  wolves.
" Constat repetita," says Sauvages, *« apud Gallo-provinciales expe-
rientia,canes luposque rabidos bibisse, manducasse, flumen tranasse,
ut olim Marologii et bis Forolivii observatum, adeoque nee cibum
nee potum aversari."  According to Meynell, the  disease, among
dogs, appears  from ten days  to eight months after  the bite.  In
Earl Fitzwilliam's hounds, which were  bitten June 8,  1791, the  in-
terval varied from six  weeks to more than six months.  Among
mankind its accession is also very uncertain, as this seems to be re-
gulated  by the  time of the year, the habit of the patient, and other
accidental circumstances.   It has occurred a fortnight  after the bite,
three weeks, a  month, and sometimes  six  weeks, and even three
months, after which last period the patient is considered safe.
  In two cases published by Dr. Thatcher in the American Med. and
Phil. Register.  Vol. I. p. 457, the injury inflicted by the same dog,
Aug. 16, 1810,  did not produce hydrophobia till nearly three months
afterwards, Nov. 3, and Nov.  14: the first  case was that of a child
under four years of age, the second that of  an old man of seventy-
three.   In the former the  hydrophobia continued for six days, and
in the latter for seven, before death ensued.  The remedies chiefly 
GE. V.]
NOSOLOGY.
279
2. canina.  The constriction extending to the muscles of de-
               glutition ;  which are violently convulsed at the
               appearance or idea of liquids:  produced by the
               bite of a rabid  dog, and fatal on the first pa-
               roxysm.
       Pantophobia.   CaeU Aur.
       Rabies canina.  Boerhaav.
       Hydrophobia.   Sauv. Linn. Sag. Cull.
       Erethismus Hydrophobia.   Toung.
       Clonos Hydrophobia.  Parr.
       Hund-tollheit.  G.
       Hydrophobic   F.
       Canine madness.
                    GENUS V.

                 CEPHALjEA.

Aching pain in the head ; intolerable  of light and sound;
     difficulty of bending the mind to mental operations.
     Sedao.  Arab.
recommended  in America are lobelia inpata, Scutellaria latiflora,
anagallis arvensis in  the  form of tincture.  Dr. Hosack frankly
confesses he has no confidence in any of them.  Id. p. 462.
  In the Memoirs of the Manchester Society, Vol. IV. is a singular
case published by Dr. Bardsley, of an attack of lyssa twelve years
after the bite of a dog supposed to be mad.  The patient died  in
the Manchester  Infirmary with the most decided symptoms of the
disease.  From the long interval between  the bite and the symp-
toms, Dr. Bardsley is more inclined to ascribe the disease to several
existing circumstances at the time of its appearance,  and particu-
larly to a deep depression of spirits and strong mental  agitation the
patient had for some time been labouring under, than to any canine
poison which might be lurking in the constitution.   But this would
be  to suppose that lyssa is capable, under particular circumstances,
of  being spontaneously generated even in the human  frame, while
Dr. Bardsley contends that it  cannot exist even among dogs, except
by  contact.
   Dr. Cullen, in his definition of canine madness, which he  calls
 hydrophobia rabiosa, has introduced mordendi cupiditas, " an eager
 desire of biting," as a symptom.   This is incorrect, and has been
 consequently omitted by most succeeding nosologists.
   Gen. V.  Cephaljea. KtQuXxix, from xt^xXu, " caput," the head. 
280
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. IV.—OR. IV.
       Hauptwehe.  G.
       Mai a la tete.   F.
       Head-ache.
1. gravans.   Pain obtuse ; with a sense of heaviness extend-
                 ing over the whole head; sometimes inter-
                 mittent.
       Ecplexis (£«?rAf|<j.)  Hippocr.
       Cephalalgia.  Sauv. et Auct. Recentior.
       Etourdissement.   F.
       Stupid Head-ache.
2. intensa.   Pain vehement, with a sense of tension over the
                whole head ;  periodic :  often chronic.
       Cephalaea.  Galen. Sauv. et Auct. Recentior.
       Chronic Head-ache.
3. hemicrania.  Pain vehement: confined to the  forehead,
                    or one side of the head :  often periodic.
       Hemicrania.  Sauv. et Auct. Recentior.
       Shekykat.  Arab.
       Migraine.  F.
       Megrim.
4. pulsatilis.  Pain pulsatory, chiefly at the  temples ; often
                   with sleeplessness and a sense of drumming
                   in  the ears.
       Crotaphus.   Csel. Aurel.
       Cephalalgia pjfpatilis.   Sauv.
5. spasmodica.  Painpartial,spasmodic; often shifting from
                    one portion of the head to another; chiefly
                    commencing  in  the morning; with sick-
                    ness and faintness.
The term is  applied by Galen chiefly to  the chronic head-ache,
whence cephalalgia has been invented, in  later  times, to express
affections of shorter duration.  The whole,  however, form a natural
group, and should be included under one genus,  which  is here
named after the oldest and most authorized term.  Sauvages has
particularly noticed the symptom of disability of the mental powers
in c. gravans, and the remarks may be applied to all the other spe-
cies, " difficultas cogitandi, distincte ratiocinandi, reminiscendi.  C.
spasmodica is possibly a variety of one or two of the rest; it is intro-
duced chiefly upon the authority of Dr. Fothergill.
  Linneus is said to have cured himself of a  severe and obstinate
hemicrania, which returned at the interval of a week, and continued
for  twenty-four hours, by the daily use of morning exercise, preced-
ed by a draught of cold water. Amoen. Acad. Vol. VII. Art. 125. C.
Lado. See also Maton's edition of Pulteney's Life of Linneus, p. 451. 
GE. VI.]
NOSOLOGY.
281
Cephalalgia spasmodica.   Fotherg.
Sick Head-ache.
   Most of these species found also, at times, as symp-
toms of other diseases: chiefly rheumatism, suppressed
catamenia, dyspepsy, and  other affections of the  sto-
maeh; and various fevers.
                       GENUS  VI.

                          DINUS.

     Apparent gyration of objects with hebetude of the senso-
       rial powers.
       Dinus (hvos.)  Auct. Grsec.
       Dizziness.
 1. Vertigo.  Dizziness ; sense of undulation in the ground j
                  unfitness for mental exertion.
       Vertigo.  Sauv. Linn. Vog. Sag.
       Hallucinatio Vertigo.   Cricht.
       Autalgia Vertigo.  Toung.
       Devar.   Arab.
       Schwindel.   G.
       Vertige.  Tournoyement de tete.   F.
       Swimming of the head.
2. illusorius.  Dizziness, with dimness of sight,  and ima-
                    ginary objects before the external senbes.
   Gen. VI.  Dinus.  A*wS, "turbo," « gyrus."   The species en-
tered under this genus arc generally regarded as mere varieties or
degrees of the same affection: but there are few practitioners,per-
haps, who have not seen each of them commence and terminate se-
parately; and consequently without  running into  one another,  or
Tiaving any necessary connexion. Linneus has hence made scotoma,
not merely a different species, but a different genus from vertigo,
which is perhaps to carry the distinction too far.
   The vertigo of Dr. Crichton (Ment. Derangem. II. 343,) seems to
be not essentially different from that of the pres, nt genus.  His de-
finition is « apparent  rotatory motion of external onjects, and sense
of undulation in the ground,  with abolished attention and thought."
By him it is placed as a species under the genus hallucinatio. The
present seems to be its more  proper place.  It is singular that this
excellent writer should  have passed by this genus in his General
Table.                            '     6
   Vol.  V.—3 A 
282
NOSOLOGY.          [CL. IV.—OB.1V>
      x  Phantasmatuna.  Ocular or auditory spectres in the
           semblance of net-work, dark  spots, dazzling or
           rain-bow lines before the  eyes;  murmuring or
           whizzing in  the ears.
      C  Mutationis.  Real  objects changed  in their natural
           qualities, by  error of form, of motion, or of num-
           ber.
             This species has a near resemblance, in many of
           its symptoms,  to paropsis illusoria and paracusis
           illusoria, CL IV. Ord. II. which see.  It differs in
           the general affection of the head, and the evanes-
           cency of the disease.
3.  Scotoma.  Dizziness  with  blindness  and tendency to
                 swoon; often succeeded by head-ache.
      Scotomia.   Linn.
      Serkerd.  Of Persian origin.
      Blind head-ache.
      Nervous fainting fit.
         Most of  the  species  found  also, occasionally, as
      symptoms, in plethora, worms,  and other affections of
      the intestinal canal, hypochondrias, hysterics, and lues.
                  GENUS  VII.

                  SYNCOPE.

Motion of the heart and lungs feeble or imperceptible; di-
  minished sensibility ;  inability of utterance.
    Leipopsychia.  Hippocr.
    Apsychia.   Gal.
    Lipothymia.   Plouquet.
    Syncope.   Sauv.  Linn. Sag. Vog. Cull.
    Geshye.   Arab.
    Ohnmacht.  G.
    Evanouissement.  F.
    Svanimento.   Span.
    Swoon.
    Fainting-fit.
  Gen, VH. Syncope. 'Zvyxoini, from <rvyxo7rra>,  » concido," to fell
or cut dov/n.  Dr. Cullen's definition is as follows : «* Motus cordis
imminutus, vel aliquamdiu quiescens."  This is by no means suffi- 
GE. VlILJ
NOSOLOGY.
283
 1. cardiaca.  Returning  at  irregular periods :  occasiona
                 palpitation of the heart during the intervals.
       « Piethorica.  From surcharge of the cardiac, or neigh-
           bouring blood-vessels.
       £ Vitioso.  From polypous concretions, or other mor-
           bid affection of the cardiac or neighbouring blood-
           vessels.
2. inanitionis.  Accompanied with a sense of inanition, and
                    extreme general debility.
       « A fame.   From hunger or long fasting.
       C A fluxu.   From sudden and immoderate flux, whether
           of blood, pus, or any other fluid.
3. doloris.   Preceded by pain or irritation of body.
       x Interna.  From internal pain or irritation ; produced
           by poisons, worms, or other similar causes.
       £ Externa.   From external pain or irritation ; produced
           by wounds, or other accidents or injuries.
4. pathematica.   Preceded by the  exercise of some sudden
                      and overwhelming passion
                        See Amat. Lusit. Cent. VII.  cur. 1.
                          Plater, Obs. 11.431.
5, Metastatica.   Accompanied with retrocession or repul-
                      sion  of gout, exanthems, or other dis-
                      eases.
                        Found also, occasionally, ae a symp-
                      tom in hysteria, antipathia, scurvy, and
                      fevers of various kinds.
                    GENUS VIII.

                      SYSPASIA.

    Clonic spasm; diminished sensibility; inability of utter-
       ance.

ciently express: for the heart  has been sometimes totally void of
motion without syncope, as in the well known case of Mr. John Hun-
ter.  Sauvages's leipothymia is only syncope in its fiist attack or
mildest degree.  Its character is " subitanea et brevis virium de-
jectio, superstite pulsus vigore, et  cognosoendi facultate."  The
pulse is perhaps always affected in some measure, but in slight cases
it  still retains a certain degree  of power: the apprehension re-
mains : but the voice seems to be uniformly lost. 
284                     NOSOLOGY.           (CL. IV.—OR. IV
1. Convulsio.  Muscular agitation violent; teeth gnashing;
                   hands forcibly clenched ; transient.
       Convulsio.  Boerh.  Sauv. et Auct. Var.
       Convulsio clonica.   Etmull.
       Nezaruh.  Arab.
       Convulsion.   G. F.
       Convulsion-fit.
       * Erratica.  Shifting irregularly from one part to an-
           other.
       p Universalis.   Attacking every part simultaneously:
           occasionally protracted  or habitual.
         Hieranosos.   Linn. Vog.
       y Intermittens.   Returning  after intervals regular, or
           irregular.
       lr Ejulans.   Accompanied with shrieks or yellings, but
           without pain.
       s Infantium.   Occurring in infancy;  sensibility nearly
           suspended ; features of  the face for the most part
           hideously distorted.
         Eclampsia.  Sauv.
           The varieties are altered from the species in Sau-
         vages, who has given cases of each: as well as many
         others which are only symptomatic.  See Sauv. II.
         550—556.
           The disease, in some of its varieties,  found also
         occasionally as a symptom in teething, worms, and
         other intestinal irritations, in affections of the kidneys,
   Gen. VIII.  Syspasia.  2t/c-5r*e-<s <rvmr*ux, " contractio," " con-
 vulsio ;" from o-va-rxa,  •« contraho,"  ,l convuio."  The term is evi-
 dently wanted as a generic name for the three diseases that rank
 under it in the present system, the symptoms of which, and, for the
 most part, their mode of treatment are so accordant, as to establish
 the propriety of making them species of a common genus, rather
 than distinct genera.
   In defining convulsion fit, the first species, most of the nosologists
-represent the faculties ol the intellect and external senses as not in-
 terfered with   Sauvages says, " superstite in paroxysmis animse
 funcuonum exercitio :"  Vogel " cum integritate sensuum."   Dr.
 Cullen is here far more correct: his  words are, " musculorum con-
 tractio  clonica, abnormis, citra soporemj" u an involuntary, clonic
 contraction of the muscles, bordering on, but  short  of, lethargy."
 The author believes diminished sensibility to be a constant symptom
 in all the species of syspasia here enumerated, and has hence re-
 garded this incident as a generic feature. 
ge. vm.)
NOSOLOGY.
285
          parturition, and labour, various fevers, wounds of the
          nead, and other  organs.
 2, Hysteria.   Convulsive struggling,  alternately remitting,
                   and exacerbating; rumbling in the bowels;
                   sense of suffocation ; drowsiness ; urine co-
                   pious and limpid; temper fickle.
       Malum hystericum.   Hoffm.  Junck.
       Hysteria.   Sauv. et Auct. Recentior.
       Mutter-beschwerung.   G.
       Mai de mere.   Passion hysterique.  F.
       Hysterics.  Hysteric-fit.
       * Atonica.  From debility  of  constitution;  without
            any evident proximate cause.
       C Irritata.  From  sudden emotion of the mind, or irri-
            tation of the stomach or bowels.
 3. Epilepsia.  General muscular agitation, without sensation
                   or consciousness ; recurring at regular or
                   irregular  periods.
       Comitialis.  Plin.  Gal.
       Caducus.  Patacels.
       Epilepsia.  Sauv.  et Auct. Recentior.
       Clonos  Epilepsia.  Parr.
       Serau; and vulgarly M'jinen, Arab. " Demon-struck."
       Fallende-sucht.  G.
       Mai caduc.  Epilepsie.  F.
       Falling-sickness.   Epilepsy.
       « Cerebralis,   Attacking abruptly,  without  evident
           cause, except sometimes  a slight giddiness.   The

  2  Syspasia Hysteria.   'Ya-reeict, from  vtrrte*  uterus. Sauvages, in
his  varieties, (species as he makes them) of this disease, seems to
have followed Rawlinson with too close a step in his " theoria sub-
tilis et fallax," as Cullen seems justly to have called  it: nor will the
characters he offers to distinguish hysteria from hypochondrias, hold
in every instance.  His advice, however, will  perhaps always be
found equally pleasant and profitable where it  can be accomplished.
" Huic morbo sanando  prosunt  quae corpus roborant, animum re-
creant, et a morbi ideS. avertunt, ut exercitatio, itineratio, rusticatio,
aut cupitorum obtensio; virgini libidinosae matrimonium; conjugi
zelotypae vir fidelis; post aerumnas fortuna prospera, si ex his cupi-
ditas^expleatur."  Vol.  II.  586.
  3.  Syspasia  Epilepsia.   'EtiXs-^ix:  from tiriXx/xJCxvofixt, fut. I.
tTiXwJ'Ofutt, « apprehendo,"  to seize upon.  In the transactions of
the Swedish academy, there is a valuable paper of Linneus, i. 279,
entitled " Ron, om orsakem  til Fallande gotem i Skrane ock Wern-
sharad."  " Observations on the cause  of the Falling-sickness pre- 
286
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. IV.—OH. IV,
         remote  cause is external violence to, or internal
         injury, malformation, or disease, of the head.
     £ Rigida.   The  limbs  fixt and rigid, with agitation of
         particular organs.
     y Sympathetica.   Catenating with some morbid action
         of a remote part, with a sense  of a cold vapour
         ascending from it to the head.
     ^ Irritata.   From  sudden  emotions  of the  mind, or
         irritation of the stomach or bowels.
         Found also  occasionally as a symptom in suppress-
       ed exanthems, syphilis, fevers, and uterine affections.
         In one instance recurring at the sight of a hare, and
       ascribed to a fright of the mother during pregnancy
       from the  sudden and unexpected approach  of the
       hare.  Ephem. Nat.  Cur. Dec. II. ann. iv. App. p.
       209.  Occasionally  recovered from after  frequent
       recurrences  for twenty-five years.  Rhodii.  lib. i.
       obs. 63.



                   GENUS  IX.

                       CARUS.

Muscular immobility; mental or  corporeal torpitude ;  or
     both.
     Comata.   Sauv.
     Soporosi.  Linn.
vailing at Wernsharad in  the  province of Skiane."  The disease
was common to children with scalled heads, and was supposed to be
a consequence of this eruption.  Linneus seems here  far more cor-
rectly to ascribe  it to the ablution of the diseased head, with cold
water, acting as a repellent.
  Gen. IX.  Carus.  K«f«s, " sopor cum gravedine," deep heavy
sleep; from *«£<*, " the head," the organ in which the disease is
chiefly seated.
  The term Carus is here employed in a more extensive sense than
by most other writers, so as to include several of the species arranged
by Sauvages under his two orders LEiPOPSYCHiiE and comata, nearly
synonymously with the defectivi and sopirosi of Linneus, and still
more with the adynamoje of Macbride. As a characteristic symptom,
torpor, or torpitude, is preferred by the author to stupor, or sopor,
on two accounts: first as being of wider signification, since it in- 
GE. IX]
NOSOLOGY.
287
       Comata vel morbi soporosi.   Sag.
       Coma.   Parr.
       Carus.   Toung.
       Torpor.
1. Asphyxia.   Total  suspension of all the mental and cor-
                   poreal functions.
eludes the general ideas of both ;  and secondly because neither
stupor nor sopor have been uniformly employed  in a determinate
sense of any kind. v Thus stupor is often, perhaps usually, restrain-
ed to mental insensibility or morbid sleep; while Sauvages defines
it in Class VII. Ord.  I. gen. 7, " hebetude of the sense of touch,"
u molestia quae sensum tacius obscurat:" and Linneus, Cl. VI. Ord.
II.  105, " transient sleep of any part with a sense of formication."
" Sopor transitorius partis alicujus cum sensu formicationis." In this
place, and indeed generally, Linneus makes sopor combine the two
ideas of cessation of motion and of feeling,—cessation of irritability
and sensibility: while Cullen objects, and correctly, to this strained
extent of the  term,  and  limits it  to the ordinary signification of
" sleep, or a sleep-like state:" " pro somno vel pro statu somno si-
mili."  Note on Gen. XLII. apoplexia.   Torpor, ortorpiude in the
above definition, imports insensibility mental or corporeal, in a frame
still alive, and actuated,  though often  imperceptibly, by the vital
principle:  insensibility is  of wider range, ar-d is often predicated of
insentient, unorganised matter, that  never possessed the principle
of life.
  Torpitude thus explained will equally apply to asphyxia, (xrtyvfyx,
from et priv. and o-Qv%ts, " pulsus ;") ecstasis(fx<rT«sv$, from e^ia-T^i,
" de statu mentis <ejicio;") catalepsis (xxtxx^ix, from xxrxXxftSxvf
pett, " deprehendor ;") lethargiis (Xvfixeyt><i, from Xy6i) and xgye$ '* ob-
livio pigra;") apoplexia (uwoirXyfyx, iro'n xiro and irXrjTo-u, '■ percu-
tio  ;" and paralysis (nrxexXv<ns, hum tcx^xXvu, " resolvo, debilito.")
  Some of these species are very uncommon; and a few have been
supposed doubtful: but upon the whole the authorities are in their
favour, and they ought neither to be  omitted, nor  too generally
merged, as thi;y seem to  be by Cullen,  in the sweeping catalogue
of  apoplexies, a genus, which in his arrangement,  is made  to in-
clude a  variety of distinct and often  very  different  diseases; but
which he found  it difficult to distinguish or arrange indiviuually.
Asphyxy is here used in  the general sense of the term, though it
has occasionally been employed to import mere failure or cessation
of  the pulse,  which, in the  present classification, is made a species
of  entasia, under the distinctive name of acrotismus.  See present
class, order II.
  Upon animal life in general the electric fluid, whether discharged
from a Leyden phial, a voltaic  battery,  or in the form of lightning,
seems to act alike in every instance, and only to vary in proportion 
288
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. IV.—OR. IV.
Asphyxia.   Sauv. Linn. Vog.  Sag.
Mors apparens.   Lanus.
Asphyxie.   F.
Asphyxy.
Suspended animation.
x Suffocationis.   From hanging or drowning; counte-
     nance turgid and livid.
 to its degree.   Upon plants a stioke of lightning of the same in-
 tensity produces very different effects, in consequence of the varie-
 ty they exhibit as  conducting powers. Upon some it descends with-
 out mischief:  in  others it  exhausts itself on  particular branches,
 which  are withered as though attacked by a hemiplegia.   In the
 betula  alba, or common birch, it never runs along the stem, but
 confines us stroke to the top alone, beating off the boughs in every
 direction.
   Ecstasy and catalepsy seem to depend remotely upon a highly irri-
 table idiosyncrasy, perhaps incidentally debilitated;  under  which
 circumstances  the usual proximate causes, whether mental  or cor-
 poreal, seem to produce the one or the  other disease, according  as
 the constitution has a greater  or  less tendency to  entastic  spasm.
 Lethargy is often  the result of great general exhaustion from long
 continued labour,  or severe and sudden exertion whether of body
 or mind.  It  is  also not unfrequently produced  by  narcotics, or
 ebriety.  The  author was once privy to a  case of catophora that
 continued for five  years: the patient was a young lady,  of delicate
 constitution, in  her eighteenth year at the time of the attack : her
 mind had been previously in a state of great  anxiety :  the  remis-
 sions recurred irregularly twice or three times a week, and continu-
 ed for not more than an hour or two: during these periods the pa-
 tient sighed, ate reluctantly what was offered to her, had occasional
 egestions,  and  instantly relapsed into sleep.   Her recovery was
 sudden, for  she seemed to awake as though from a night's  repose
 by a more perfect  termination  of the paroxysm not followed by a
 relapse.   The lethargus vigil, or apparent sleep, is a frequent se-
 quel upon fevers,  or other causes of great  debility or irritability:
 in which  the patient  uniformly assures  the practitioner and his
 friends in the morning that he has passed a restless and hurried night
 without a moment's sleep, while the nurse has been a witness to his
 having been asleep the whole night long.
   Cullen, in order  to include lethargy, in all  its varieties, catalepsy,
 ecstasy, and  asphyxy, under apoplexy as a genus, is obliged to omit
 the very prominent symptom  of stertorus, or  sonorous breathing,
 which is regarded as pathognomic by almost every other nosologist:
this definition is "  motus voluntarii feie omnes imminuti, cum so-
pore  plus minus profundo, superstite motu cordis  et arteriarum."
But this is to confound diseases, by simplifying without distinction.
His definition of paralysis is equally liable to objection : it is  as fol- 
GE. IX.]
NOSOLOGY.
289
              The cause is here evidently obstructed respiration.
0          Dr. Cullen makes this variety a species of apoplexy ;
           but this is to  divest  apoplexy  of its  pathognomic
           character of stertorous sleep.
         Khafe.  Of  Persian origin.
         fi Mephytica. From carbonic acid gass, or other irrespi-
              rable auras, by the  miners called damps, from the
              German  dampff, " vapour,"  " exhalation."    In
              asphyxy  from this cause, the countenance, instead
              of being livid, is pallid.
           Hur.  Pers.   Literally choke-damp,  " suffocatio ab
              exhalatione  putei,"  as explained in the Constanti-
              nople edition of the Ferhenghi Shavari,  or  Dic-
              tionary of Literati.
         y Algida.   From severe cold.  Limbs  rigid, counte-
              nance pallid and shrivelled.
lows: "motus voluntariinonnulli tantum imminuti, sape cumsopore."
This definition miscombines those species of palsy (if such exist,)
that are characterized by sopor or sleep, with various cases of apo-
plexy as interpreted by his own character of this last disease.  So-
por, however, in the sense  of sleep, does not, properly  speaking,
constitute an essential symptom of" paralysis in  any case: if it at-
tend at any time it is a mere accident; and  this is so generelly un-
derstood and admitted, that some nosologists,as Sauvages and Sagar,
while they properly place apoplexy under tb» order of comata, re-
move palsy  to a separate order, with  wnich sleep or coma has no
necessary connexion.
   Some  nosologists have transferred to this  division the local insen-
sibilities and atonies of the  external senses or  parts of them.  But
as these are, in almost every instance, connected with other symp-
toms and other derangements of such organs, or  their respective
functions, they rather belong  to the  second order of  the  present
class than to paralysis in the  strict  sense  of the  term: they are
voo-oi ■xx^aXvrixot, rather than leufxXvTis; and  in the system before us
are arranged accordingly.
   1.  Carus  Asphyxia.  Whatever be the  cause of asphyxy, if it act
slowly and progressively, or imperfectly, the  symptoms often assume
an apoplectic character, and the disease  terminates in a paralytic
affection more or less general.  Thus stertorous breathing, a swol-
len projecting  tongue, and  suffused  and  prominent eyes,  are fre-
quently  the result  of imperfect suspension by the neck ;  and  we
have an  interesting case published by Dr.  Babington in the Medico-
chir. Trans, vol. i. 83, of a  similar effect from  breathing through
the whole of the night a diluted vapour, for so  it must have been,
   Vol. V.—3 B 
290                     NOSOLOGY.           [CL. IV.—OR. IV.

       } Electrica.  From lightning, or severe stroke of elec-
           tricity.  Limbs flexible; countenance pale ;  blood
           uncoagulable.  In this variety the system seems to
           be totally exhausted of its irritable and contractile
           power.
2. Ecstasis. Total suspension of mental power and voluntary
                 motion; pulsation and breathing continuing;
                 muscles rigid; body erect and inflexible.
       Catochus.   Linn, et Auct.  Var.
       Ecstasis.   Sauv. Vog. Sag.
       Jezbe.  Arab.
       Entziickung.   G.
       Ecstase.   F.
       Ecstacy.
           Said to be produced by profound contemplation or
         attention of  mind, or  overwhelming  passion.   In
         which case it is reverie with a spastic diathesis.  Dr.
         Cullen regards it as a modification of apoplexy.
           See Act. Nat. Cur. Vol. I. Obs. 250. IV. 105. VII.
         40.  Hist,  de VAcad  Royale des  Sciences.   Paris,
         1738, p. 56.  Eph.  Nat. Cur. passim.   In one case
         from suppressed  menstruation;   Behrend's  Briefe
         iiber die wahre Beschaffenheit; &c.  Fr. \75%.
 3. Catalepsia. Total suspension of mental power, and  volun-
of carbonic acid g»»s from burning charcoal.  Of two persons ex-
posed to its action in the »«.rae room, the younger, a boy of thirteen,
died apparently during his sleep; tV»« elder, a man of thirty-eight,
was found, upon being called in the morning, b«tw«en six and seven,
in an apoplectic state, and labouring under the symptoms described
above.   The application of voltaic electricity surprisingly increased
the power of the  muscles of respiration, but appeared rather to
diminish the action of the heart.  It was hence used  alternately
with a forcible inhalation  of  oxygen gass, and  various external
stimulants.   Venesection does not seem to have been  beneficial.
The man recovered in a few days.
   3. Carus Catalepsia.   In this species the  countenance  is said to
be florid, and the eyes open, and apparently fixed intently upon an
object, but without vision.  It is a disease of rare occurrence, and
varies in its duration, from a few hours, or even minutes, to two or
three days.  It returns sometimes at  stated  periods.   Forty grains
of tartar emetic  have  been given  without effect.   Behrends, in
Baldingen N. Magazin,  Band ix. p. 199.  In the  case of a  school-
boy, aged eleven years,  the paroxysms recurred ten times in twenty-
four hours, and never exceeded three minutes in  duration.   If 
GP#. IX.]
NOSOLOGY.
291
                  tary motion; pulsation and breathing con-
                  tinuing ; muscles flexible ; body yielding to
                  and retaining any given position.
       Catalepsia.  Sauv. Linn.  Vog.  Sag. Plouquet.
       Bikhudlik.  Of Persian origin.
       Catalepsie.  F.
       Trance.
4. Lethargus.   Mental and corporeal torpitude, with deep,
                    quiet sleep.
       Carus Lethargus.  Toung.
       Subat.   Arab.
       Lethargy.
         The term is applied by the Arabian physicians, not
       only to the varieties enumerated below, but to comatose
       affections generally.  The Persian and Turkish writers
       employ the same word, but more usually in connexion
       with derd, or morbus ;  writing  it, derdus subat.
       *  Absolutus.  Without intervals of sensation, waking,
           or consciousness.
         Lethargus.  Sauv. Linn.  Vog. Sag.
       £  Cataphora.  With  short remissions  or intervals of
           imperfect waking, sensation and speech.
         Cataphoro.  Sauv.  Linn.  Vog. Sag.
         Coma somnolentum.  Auct.  Var.
         Assoupissement.  F.
         Sleepiness.   Somnolency.
       y Vigil.  Perfect lethargy of body,but imperfect lethargy
           of mind ; wandering  ideas, and belief of wakeful-
           ness during sleep.
         Typhomania.  Auct.  Grsec. Sauv. Linn.  Vog.
         Coma  vigil.   Auct.  Var.
         Apparent sleep.
           Each of the varieties found occasionally as a symp-
         tom in fevers of various kinds ; concussion, or other
the attack commenced while walking, the same pace was main-
tained, though without the direction of the mind.   Stearns, Americ.
Med. and Phil. Regist. v. I. viii.  The nosologists, however, mention
a variety, in which the powers of deglutition and digestion continue,
the food being thrust into the mouth.   It has  been  found to be
produced by the same cause as the preceding species;  and in these
cases is perhaps reverie with a spastic diathesis.  Cullen ranks this
also as a modification of apoplexy;  but, like the preceding, it is
destitute of stertorous sleep. 
292                     NOSOLOGY.          (CL. IV.—OR. IV.

         injuries of the brain ; and  repelled gout, or other
         supposed humours or exanthems.
5.  Apoplexia.   Mental and corporeal torpitude, with sterto-
                   rous sleep.
      Aphronia, (xQgonx.)  Hippocr.
      Apoplexia.  Sauv. et Auct. Recentior.
      Carus Apoplexia.  Toung.
      Comus Apoplexia.  Parr.
      Sektet.  Arab.
      Schlag.   G.
      Apoplexie.  F.
      Apoplexy.
      x  Sanguinea.  With a hard full pulse and flushed counte-
           nance.
         Apoplexia sanguinea.  Sennert.  Sauv.  Cull.
         Coup de sang.   F.
         Sanguine Apoplexy.
      &  Serosa.  With a feeble pulse and pale countenance.
         Apoplexia serosa.  Preysinger.  Cull.
         Apoplexia pituitosa.   Sennert. Sauv.
         Serous  Apoplexy.
           The  one or other variety found also occasionally,
         as a symptom, in ebriety, or other affections of the
         stomach, especially from  over-doses of  narcotics;
         sudden gusts of passion; repelled eruptions, or sup-
         pressed humours; in  various fevers; inflammations;
         hysteria and epilepsy.
           See an interesting case of apoplexy from swallow-
         ing six  ounces  of laudanum, cured by an active dose
         of sulphate  of copper, given six hours after the acci-
         dent, and  keeping the patient in constant motion
         throughout  the ensuing night: in Dr. Marcet's com-
         munication,  Medico chirurg.  Trans, i. 77.
  6.  Carus Paralysis.  " For many years I have been particularly
attentive to those who have been attacked with a paralytic stroke,
forming a hemiplegia.  I  have watched them while alive, that I
might haVt an opportunity  to open them when dead ; and in all, I
found an injury done to the brain in consequence of the extravasa-
tion of blood.  I have examined them at all stages; when it was
recent, some of weeks standing, others of months, and  a fevv of
years, in which I saw the progress  of reparation."  Hunter on
Blood, p. 213.   He regards apoplexy as  merely differing from
paralysis in  degree.  Under this view  he strenuously opposes in 
GE. IX.]                  NOSOLOGY.                      293

6. Paralysis.   Corporeal torpitude, and muscular immobi-
                   lity more or less general; without somno-
                   lency.
       Paralysis.   Auct.  Grsec. et Recent.
       Zemin. Arab.   Zeminlik.  Turk.
       Gicht.  G.
       Paralysie.   F.
       Palsy.
       x Hemiplegia.  Affecting, and confined to, one side of
           the body.
         Hemiplegia.  Auct.
       s Paraplegia.  Affecting,  and confined to, the lower
           half of the body on both sides.
         Paraplegia.  Auct.
       y Particularis.  Affecting, and  confined to, particular
           limbs.
         Paralysis partialis.  Cull. Parr.                 J
           Found also, under one of these varieties, occasion-
         ally as a symptom in fevers ;  exanthems ; colic, and
         other affections of the intestinal  canal; gout, rheu-
         matism, struma, syphilis, trichoma; diseases of the
         external organs of sense ; wounds, and other external
         injuries.

both these  diseases a stimulating treatment, and even objects to
blistering.  " This (the  stimulating treatment)  is  even  carried
further than blistering:  we hardly see a man taken with all ths
signs of an apoplexy, where  a paralysis in some  part takes place,
or hemiplegia, but  he is immediately attacked with cordials, stimu-
lants, electricity, &c.  Upon  a supposition that it  is nervous, debi-
lity, &c the poor body is also tortured because it cannot act, the
brain  not being in a condition to influence the voluntary muscles;
we might  with exactly the same propriety  stimulate the fingers
when  their muscles were torn to pieces.   I must own I never saw
one ol  them which had not an extravasation of blood in the brain
when  opened,  excepting one  who died of a gouty affection in the
brain, with symptoms similar to apoplexy.  Such a case, most pro-
bably, would require a very different mode of treatment; therefore
when  it happens to a gouty  man,  blisters to the head, feet,  &c.
would probably be the best practice; but  surely this  would not be
the proper practice in a rupture of a vessel.  We ought to  bleed
at once very largely, especially from the temporal artery, till the
patient begins to show signs of recovery, and to continue it till he
might begin  to become faintish.  We should give saline purges
freely to diminish impetus, and promote absorption : then quietness
should  be  enjoined, and as little exercise  of  body as  possible, and
especially to avoid coughing  and sneezing.   Plain food should be
directed, and but little of it."  Hunter on Blood, p. 213.
4» 
          CLASS  V.

       GENET1CA.

DISEASES OF THE SEXUAL FUNCTION.
                      ORDER I.

                    CENOTICA.

                 AFFECTING THE FLUIDS.

  Morbid discharges ; or excess, deficiency, or irregularity of
such as are natural.
                  GENUS  I.

              PARAMENIA.

Morbid evacuation, or deficiency of  the catamenial flux.
  Mismenstruation,
  Class V. Genetica. Ttnrtxx, from yeivopuii, " gignor," whence
ytno-tf, " origo, ortus."   In almost  every preceding system of
nosology, the diseases of this function are scattered through every
division of the classification, and are rather  to be found by ac-
cident, an index, or the aid of the memory, than by any  clear
methodical clue.  Dr. Macbride's classification forms the only ex-
ception the author is acquainted with; which,  however, is rather
an attempt at what may be accomplished than the  accomplishment
itself.  He had, therefore, in a considerable degree to beat his way
through an untrodden glen, and to mark out a path for his own use.
In this view he may be thought entitled  to the indulgence of the
* 
4
CE. I.]                    NOSOLOGY.                     295

1. obstructions.  Catamenial secretion obstructed  in its
                       course ; sense of oppression; languor;
                       dyspepsy.
       Arrhoea («^'«Y)  Hippocr.
       Amenorrhoea.   Cull. Vog.
       * Emansio.  Obstructed  on its  accession  or first ap-
           pearance.   Feet and ankles edematous at  night:
           eyes and face in the morning;  with other chlorotic
           symptoms.
         Amenorrhoea emansionis.   Cull.
         Retention of the menses.
       0 Suppressio.   Obstructed  in its regular periods of re-
           currence.   Head-ache, dyspnoea, palpitation of the
           heart.
         Amenorrhoea suppressionis.   Cull.
         Suppression of the menses.
2. difficieis.  Catamenia protruded with great  local pain,
                   and especially in the loins ;  part of the fluid
                    coagulable.
       Menorrhagia stillatitia.  Sauv.
       Amenorrhoea difficilis.   Cull.
       Menorrhagia difficilis.   Sauv.
       Dysmenorrhoea.  Linn. Sag.
         Laborious menstruation.
medical community; yet if deficiencies or other errors exist, he has
little doubt that  the general principle of the  division will be ap-
proved, and its leading features be allowed currency.  The ordinal
term Cenotica  (xewrixx,  from xevuc-ts,  " evacuatio,. exinanitio ;")    \
Orgastica (eeyxcrrtxx,  from o^yx^u, « irrito, incito, and especially
libidinose;") and carpotica (xo^tcctikx, from xaja-as, " fructus") are
sufficiently explanatory of  their intention.
  Ord. I. Cenotica. Seethe preceding note.  The term is copied
from Galen, ad Glauc. lib.  ii.
  Gen. I.  Paramenia. Ux^x^nttx'. from -xxe*, « male,"  and wv,
" mensis."  The genus  is  intended to comprise diseases that relate
to the  menstrual flux  or vessels exclusively.   This fluid is incor-
rectly regarded as blood  by Richerand aph. clxxi, and other physio-
logists : for,  in truth, it has scarcely any common property with
blood except that of being a liquid of a  red  colour.  It is chiefly
distinguished by its not being coagulable; and, hence, when coagula
are found in it, as in laborious and profuse menstruation, serum or
blood  is intermixed with it, and extruded at  the  same time  from*
atony or entonic action  of the menstrual vessels. " It is neither  IJJf
similar to blood  taken from a vein of the same person, nor to that
which  is extravasated by  accident  in any other part of the body; 
296
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. V.—OU. !.
3.  superflua.  Catamenia excessive, and accompanied with
                  hemorrhage from the menstrual vessels.
       Excessive menstruation.
       x  Crebra.   Excessive from a too frequent recurrence.
         Menses antevertentes.   Sennert.
       fi  Profusa.   Excessive from too large a flow at the pro-
           per periods.
         Menorrhagia rubra.  Cull.
         Catameniorum fluxus immodicus. Hippocr. Foessii.
         Tarns.  Arab.                        #
         Perte de  sang des femmes.—Hemorrhoisse.  F.
         Profuse menstruation.
         Issue of blood, St. Math. ix. 20: in the Greek original,
           the person affected is termed yv»n iifMepeovo-x.
4.  erroris.  Catamenia transferred to, and excreted at, remote
               organs.
       Menorrhagia erronea.  Sauv.
       Mensium per aliena loca excretio.  Sennert.
       Vicarious menstruation.
       x  Ex  oculis fluens.   Dodonsei  Obs.  cap.  xv.  Boerh.
           Aph.
       t&  Ex  naribus.  Parxi. xxv. 12.  Brassavol. Aph. xxxin.
           sect. v.
       y Ex  alveolo dentis.   Ronssei de Horn, primord c. 28.
       <? Ex  auribus.  Brassavol. Aph. xxv. sect. 4.
       e  Ex  mammarum papillis.  Amat.  Cent.  ii. cur. 21.
           Parsei. lib. xxiii. c.  52.   Cordsei Comm. in libr.
           Hippocr. de  morb. Mulier.
       £ Ex vomitu.  Hipp, de  morb. Mul.   Aretsei, lib. ii.
           cap. 2.
 but is a species of blood, changed, separated, or thrown off from
 the common mass by an action of the vessels of the uterus, similar
 to that of secretion;  by which action the blood loses the principle
 of coagulation, and I suppose life." Hunter on Blood, p. 88. Cruick-
 shank supposes  it  to be thrown from the mouths of the exhaling
 arteries of the uterus, enlarged periodically for this purpose.  Anat.
 of the Absorbents.  As this distinction has not been sufficiently at-
 tended  to either by nosologists or physiologists,  many of the dis-
 eases arranged under paramenia have been placed under a  genus
 named menorrhagia, which, properly speaking, should import he-
»morrhage, (or morbid flow of blood alone) from the menstrual ves-
 sels* and hence, we  have in  this instance, not only a wrong doc-
 trine', but the formation of an improper genus; for menorrhagia or 
 GE- 1L]                  NOSOLOGY.                     ^97

       d Per intestina.  Galen, in aph. xxxv. s. v.
       6 Ex podice.   Parsei, lib. xxiii. cap. 12.
       ( Per urinam.   Brassavol. Aph. xxx.  s. v.
       x. Ex umbilico.  Nicolai Florent. Serm. ii. c. 8.
       X Ex digito.   Mercat. de Muiier: affect, lib. i. c. 7.
       jk. Ex cute.  Haller. comment. 667, p.  87.
            See also Cruickshank on Absorb. 4to. p. 54, Phil.
         Trans. Vol. XIV. 121.  Richerand. Elem. de Physiol.
         aph.  clxxi.
■5. cessationis.  Catamenial flux irregular at the term of its
                    natural cessation ;  occasionally accompa-
                    nied with symptoms of dropsy, glandular
                    tumours, or spurious pregnancy.
         Has  sometimes continued to  a  very late period of
       life.  To the age of 71; Holdefreund, Erzahlungen, n.
       4.   To the age  of  80 ; Bourgeois,  Hebammenb. part.
       ii. cap. 6.   To the age of 90; Hagendorm, cent. ii. obs.
       84.   See for various  cases Pelargus, Med. Jahr.  iii.
       347, and following.
                    GENUS  II.

                 LEUCORRHCEA.

Mucous discharge from the vagina, commonly without in-
  fection ;  disappearing during menstruation.
uterine  hemorrhage is, correctly speaking, only a  species of the
genus haemorrhagia; and will be so found in  the present system.
See Cl.  III. Ord. iv.  This remark applies directly to Sauvages ; and
more peculiarly so to Cullen, who, for the sake of simplifying, has
carried  the confusion still further.  Few diseases perhaps of the
uterus or uterine passage can be more distinct from each other than
vicarious menstruation, difficult  or laborious menstruation, lochial
discharge, and sanious ichor;  yet all these,  with  several others
equally exceptionable, are arranged by Sauvages  under the genus
menorrhagia, though not one of them belongs to it.  While Cullen
not only copies nearly the whole of these with the names Sauvages
has assigned them, but  adds to the  generic  list leucorrhoea, or
whites ;  abortion ; and the mucous fluid secreted  in the beginning
of labour from the glandulae Nabothi at the orifice of the womb, and
hence vulgarly denominated its show or appearance.
  Vol.  V.—3 C 
298
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. V.-OR. I
      Leucorrhoea.  Sauv. Linn.  Vog.  Sag. Plouq.
      Menorrhagia alba.   Cull.
      Fluor albus.  Auct. Var.
      Weisse flusse.   G.
      Flturs blanches.  F.
      Whites.
1. communis.  The discharge of a yellowish-white colour,
                 verging to green.
         Has been found occasionally contagious.   Act. Med.
      Berol. Dec. I.  vol.  v. p.  85.   In Sweden  endemic,
      Riedlin.lAn. Med. 1695, p. 164.
2. Nabothi.   Slimy, and for the most part tinged with blood.
         Secreted  by the  glandulse Nabothi situate on  the
      mouth of the uterus ; and chiefly on the beginning of
      labour.
      Leucorrhoea Nabothi.   Sauv.
      Hemorrhagia Nabothi.  CulL
      Labour-show.
3. senescentium.  Thin,  acrid, frequently excoriating  and
                      fetid.
         Secreted  on  the cessation of menstruation; often
      chronic and obstinate.
         Found also, occasionally, as a symptom in cases of a
      scirrhous or prolapsed uterus.
                 GENUS III.

            BLENORRHGEA.

Muculent discharge from the urethra, or vagina: geneal-
    ly with local irritation, and dysury: not disappearing
    during menstruation.
  Gen.IL  Leucorrhoea.  Aevxopeiix: from Xtvxes.«« white," and
feet, ''to flow."  The term is comparatively of modern origin, oc-
curring in neither the Greek  nor Roman writers; and appears first
to have been met with in Bonet, or Castellus.
  Gen. III. Blenorrhosa. From Cxwx,»« mucus," and £u, " fluo."
Sauvages, and after him Cullen, have employed  Gonorrhaa, from
y«»8{, semen, and eiu, as a common  term for this and the ensuing
genus; and hence  morbid secretion of  mucus, venereal contagion,
and seminal flux are all arranged as species of the same  generic 
GE. III.]
NOSOLOGY.
299
       Phallorrhoea.  Plouquet.
       Gonorrhoea.  Sc.uv.  Cull.
       Catarrhus gonorrhoea.   Parr.
       Blenorrhoea urethralis.   Toung.
1. simplex.  Simple " increased secretion  from the mucous
                glands of the urethra."  Fordyce.
       Gonorrhoea pura.   Sauv.  Cull.
       Gonorrhoea benigna.   Auct. Var.
2. luodes.  Muculent discharge from the urethra or vagina
                intermixed with specific venom;  burning pain
                in micturition:  produced by impure coition:
                infectious.
       Gonorrhoea impura.   Cull.
       Gonorrhoea syphilitica.   Sauv.
       Gonorrhoea virulenta.   G. maligna.  Auct. Var.
       Abserdi.   Arab.
       Kalte-biss.  G.
       Chaudpisse.  F.
       Clap.
3. chronica.   Slimy discharge from the mucous glands  of
                   the urethra; without specific venom or in-
                  fection ;  slightly irritating; chronic.
       Gonorrhoea mucosa.  Cull.
       Gleet.
         Mostly a sequel of the preceding; and usually accom-
       panied  with  stricture   or enlarged  prostate  gland.
       Though, without specific venom, occasionally so acri-
       monious, as to produce great  local inflammation on the
       person cohabited with, while the secreting organ which
       has undergone the morbid change, is torpid, or nearly
       so, to its virulence.
disease : and this, too, under a word which imports the last alone.
While, to add  to the confusion, this very word, in its vulgar use,
is restrained to venereal contagion, which it signifies just  as much
as it does abortion or stone in the bladder. It is high time to make
a distinction; and to divide the  list of Sauvages into two genera.
Blenorrhoea, indeed, has already been  employed of late by various
writers to denote the first of these genera, and there is no  necessity
for changing the term.  Gonorrhoea would answer equally well for
the second, were it not for the general  though absurd application of
the word to venereal virus, which has induced the author to make a
change. 
30©
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. V.—OR. I.
                      GENUS  IV.

                SPERMORRHCEA.

     Involuntary emission of seminal fluid without copulation.
       Gonorrhoea.  Linn. Sag.
       Vedaf.   Arab.
       Saamenfluss.  G.
         Effluxus perpetuus per foramina praeternaturalia ab-
       dominis.  Eph. Nat.  Cur. Dec. I. ann. ii. obs. 185.
         See Wichman,  De  Pol. diurn.   Goett.  1782.  Some-
       times intermixed with blood.  Pelargus, Med. Jahrg.
       iii. 769.
1. Antonica.   Involuntary emission  of a  dilute and nearly
                  pellucid seminal fluid; with libidinous pro-
                  pensity ; but without erection.
       Gonorrhoea libidinous.  Sauv.
       Gonorrhoea laxorum.   Cull.
2. entonica.   Involuntary  emission  of proper  semen with
  Gen  IV   Spermorrhcea.  From «r»^«. " seio," " semino :"
whenct aa-rsefM?, '■semme carens," yvf4Voe-7rig/Mf, ''cujus semen nudum
est" a wetl-known term in botany ; and hence also numerous other
derivatives of the same kind.  Gonorrhoea would have been retained
in the sense intended by this genus, but from the confused significa-
tion  in which, as already observed, it has been employed by Sau-
vages and Cullen;  and from its being usually, though most impro-
perly, applied in the present day to blenorrhoea luodes.
  Of the first species here enumerated, spermorrhcea atonica, Sau-
vages gives two examples ; the former from Deidier, in which the
patient was an  exemplary monk, who shrunk with horror at the
idea  of this involuntary self-pollution, as he  regarded it: the latter,
a case in his own practice, in which the patient, a most religious
young female, was, as  he affirms, driven almost to  madness under
the same erroneous contemplation of the disease.  From this  last
case  it should appear that  Sauvages inclined to the theory of epige-
nesis, or that which supposes the male and female to  contribute
equally a  seminal fluid in  the act of procreation.  It is probable
that  some local irritation  is  the usual cause.   Professor Deidier
himself  suspected this in the  first of  the above cases; and referred
it rather to a calculus in the bladder, sympathetically affecting the
prostate gland, than to  any idiopathic  disease of the  vesiculae semi-
nales.  The pious monk found himself most relieved by scourging 
OE. V.]                  NOSOLOGY.                     301

               erection; mostly from indulgence of libidinous
               ideas.
       Nearly connected with paroniria salax.
                      GENUS  V.

                   G A L A C T I A.

     Morbid flow or deficiency of milk.
       Sparganosis.   Dioscor.
       Galactia.  Linn.  Vog.
1. Anticipans.  Efflux of milk during pregnancy.
       Galactirrhoea mammarum.   Sauv. Sag.
       Epiphora lactea.  Toung,
         A pint and  half has  sometimes been poured forth
       daily as early as the fifth  month* Sauv. ii. p. 412.  See
       also Timoeus, Cas. p. 220.
2. impotens.  Inability to suckle upon child-birth.
       x Atonica.   From want  of secretion.
         Aglactatio.   Linn.  Sag.
         Agalaxis.   Vog.
         Agalactia  idiopathica.  A.   Toung.
       (i Organica.   From imperfect nipple, or other organic
           defect.
3. depravata.  Efflux of a dilute or vitiated milk.
       « Serosa.  Weakened  by too  large  a proportion of
           serum.
         Galactirrhoea  serosa.  Sauv.
       £ Complicata.   Deteriorated by intermixture with some
           foreign material.
           See Ephemr.  Nat. Curios, in which we have exam-
         ples of a flow of black, green, and yellow milk.  See
his legs; a blister in the perinaeum would probably have relieved
him still more effectually.
  Gen. V. Galactia.  TxXxxtix: from yxXx, "lac," yxXxxrtxes,
« lacteus." The author has preferred the term employed b> Limeus
and Vogel, to galactirrhoea as used by Sauvages and Sagar; since
the former is comprehensive enough to include deficiency as well
as excess; both which are equally entitled to be comprised under
ene common head as excess and deficiency of  arterial action in fe- 
302
NOSOLOGY.
[GL. V.^OB. 1.
         also Sauv. ii, 412.  Probably in most instances dis-
         coloured by an union with effused blood.
           Occasionally  the quality  betrays its  source.   Of
         the nature of beer.  Eph. Nat.  Cur. Dec. I. ann. iv.
         v. obs. 15.   Vinous. Id. ann. iv. obs. 75.  Cent.  I.
         II. Appx. p. 194.
           Violent passion has a peculiar influence in chang-
         ing its natural character ; especially rage and terror.
4.  erroris.  Transferred to, and discharged, or accumulated
                at,  remote organs,  often under  a different
                form.
       Galactirrhoea erronea.  Sauv.
       Agalactia idiopathica. B.  Toung.
       x Transferred  to  the fauces ; and discharged in the
           form of a ptyalism.
           Lactis effluxus ptyalismi forma.  Puzos.  Ephem.
           Nat. Curios.
       0 Discharged from the general surface of the mammae
           in the form of sweat.   Id.
       y Discharged ffom the navel.   Id. Sauv.
       P Discharged  from the kidneys in the  form of urine.
           Journ.  de Med. 1758.
       t  Discharged from the  eyes   in the  form of a milky
           epiphora.   Sauv.
       £ Discharged  from  the  thigh on scarification.  Id,
           Weikard, Verm. schr. i. 47.
       »>  Discharged  from the veins on bleeding.   Sauv.
       1  Discharged from the vagina.  Bourdon,  Journ. des
           Scavans, 1684.  Paullini, Obs. Cent. i. p. 27.
           Like the menstrual flux there is scarcely an organ
         to which  it has not been transferred.  See Plouquet,
         art. Menstrua.
           The blood during the time  of suckling  is  often
         loaded with  milk, and evinces  a milky appearance ;
         as are also several of the fluids  secreted from the
ver.  Hitherto, however, these affections have been separated from
each other by nosologists, and carried to different heads, sometimes
to different orders, and occasionally to different classes; whence the
student has had to hunt for them through every section of the noso-
logical arrangement.  It has already been necessary to make the
same remark respecting many of the species of paramenia ; and va-
rious other instances will readily occur to the  reader in the ensuing
orders. 
GE. L]                   NOSOLOGY.                     303

         blood ; and hence probably many of the above pecu-
         liarities.
5. virorum.   Secreted  in males and discharged  from the
                proper emunctory.
       Galactirrhoea virorum.  Sauv.
         See  Collectio Acad.  III.  p. 63.   A milky  serum
       often distils from the nipples of new-born babes of both
       sexes:  but  various authors, as Scholtz, P. Borelli, Lau-
       remberg, have given cases of genuine  milk discharged
       in like manner by adult males ;  occasionally continuing
       for a long time ; and in some instances enabling them
       to perform  the office of nurses.
                      ORDER  II.

                   ORGASTICA.

                 AFFECTING THE  ORGASM.

  Organic or constitutional infirmity,  disordering the power,
or the desire of procreating.
                  GENUS  I.

              CHLOROSIS.

Pale, lurid complexion ; languor;  listlessness ; depraved
  appetite and digestion ;  mismenstruation.
  Order II. Orgastica.  Oey*rn»* from *zyxn " appeto impati-
enter ; proprie de animantibus dicitur, qua? turgent libidine." Scapul.
Orgasmus is hence used for salacity in genertl; but by Linneus in
a very different sense, being restrained to subsultus arleriarum.
  Gen. I. Chlorosis. From %*ix, or %x*i), " herba virens ;" whence
among the Greeks xA»;«9-jk* and #A«£txo-tf, « viror," " pallor." Th©
most common cause of this disease is  menosiation  or retention of
the menstrual flux.  In the definition of Dr. CuHen, as originally 
304                     NOSOLOGY.            [CL. V.—OR. H.

       Chlorasma (xxugxT^x.)  Hippocr.   Epidem. vi.
       Febris alba.   Mercat. Reed, a Castro.  Sennert.
       Chlorosis.   Sauv. et Auct.  Recentior.
       Dyspepsia  Chlorosis.   Toung.
       Anepithymia Chlorosis.  Parr.
       Semna, of Persian origin ; for semensa, [Arab.), is lite-
         rally  u puella albido colore languescens."   From
         " lilium," " jasninum."   It is often  applied  to ero-
         tomania ; and hence means also amasia.
       Chlorose.  F.
       Green-sickness.
1.  plethorica.  Habit  plethoric ;  pain  in the head, back or
                    loins ; frequent palpitations at the heart;
                    flushes in the face ; pulse full, tense, and
                    frequent.
       Chlorosis virginea.  Sauv.  Cull.
         The orientalists, and especially the Persians, make a
       male variety of  this  species, which they call " bimariy
       kodek," or  morbus puerorum, and is designed to include
drawn  up, this system was thus  expressed conditionally,  " men-
struorum sepk retentio :" in his later editions, however, he omitted
the qualification of stepe, adding  " nullam, chlorosis speciem veram,
praeter illam quae retentionem, menstruorum comitatur, agnoscere
vellem."  Yet in this case  he  should not only have omitted  the
term sape, but the genus altogether ;  for, by such opinion he re-
duces it to a mere symptom  of obstructed menstruation, paramenia
obstructionis ; and such, indeed, he acknowledges it to be, notwith-
standing that he  continues  it as a distinct  genus : " fateri cogor,"
says he, " chlorosin ideo hie minus recte pro genere recensitam esse,
cum  pro symptomate amenorrhoea semper haberi posset."  Few,
however,* have followed Cullen in  this opinion.  Sauvages  asserts
that there  are daily cases of  chlorosis with  pica, or depraved appe-
tite and digestion among children in their cradles ; and Bonetus
affirms the same of adult males.  These were possibly cases of dys-
pepsy, or simple pica in dysthetic or cachectic habits :  but the wri-
ter of these pages cannot avoid concurring  with those authors who
contend that it is by no means uncommon among females who have
no interruption of the menstrual flux; though a derangement of some
kind  or other in  its quantity, quality, or constituent principles  ap-
pears to be always connected with  it, and is, for the most  part, the
cause or leading symptom : and, in  the generic character, the author
has hence  used the term mismenstruation (paramenia) in preference
to amenorrhoea, or obstructed menstruation.
  Dr. Young has made chlorosis a mere species of dyspepsia in his
classification : but he is not quite  satisfied with this position:  " I 
GE. IL]
NOSOLOGY.
305
       the affections which often peculiarly mark the stage  of
       puberty.
2. inops.  Habit debilitated ;  great inactivity and love of in-
              dulgence ;  dyspnoea  on  moving;  lower limbs
              cold and edematous,  especially at  night; pulse
              quick  and feeble.
       Chlorosis a menstruatione difficili.  Astruc.
       Chlorosis a menorrhagia.  Sauv.
         Found also occasionally, as a symptom, in pregnancy,
       profuse menstruation, various  dysthetic  diseases, and
       immedicable love.
                  GENUS II.

                P R <E 0 T I A.

Premature development of  sexual organization, or power.
have followed (says he) a prevalent opinion, but there are various
reasons for thinking it is quite as naturally connected with amenor-
rhea*."  Med. Lit. p. 282.
  One species only has hitherto been allowed by most writers.  Yet
the symptoms and mode of treatment of the disease, as it appears
in a vigorous, florid, and full-bosomed country girl, produced by
catching cold in the feet at the catamenial period or approach; and
in a delicate, pale-faced, emaciated town-girl, debilitated  by an  in-
dulgence in a course of luxurious indolence from her infancy, seem
to justify and even demand a distinction.   In the former case there
is an evident redundancy of blood with powerful local spasm;  and
copious venesection is loudly called for and must be beneficial.
  In the other  there may possibly  be deficiency of  blood, and no
spasm whatever, and copious venesection would only add to the evil.
The disease, in this case, is probably produced by a chemical  im-
perfection or immaturity in the blood itself, so as not to keep pace
with the growth and irritability of the menstrual vessels;  and con-
sequently so as not to afford them the proper pabulum for secretion.
Here,  therefore, in the first  instance, it  behoves  us to employ a
strengthening and  tonic plan, and to extend it through all the de-
partments of diet, exercise, and medicine.   There can be no doubt,
however, that even the first species, if neglected or obstinate,  and
of long continuance, may, and often does, by debilitating the consti-
tution,  terminate in the  second.
  Gen. II. Pr<e6tia.  neuiorm, or v^ottrtn, « praecox maturitas."
Theoph. de Caus. pi. from *e.m, " prematura." The  term is pecu-
  Vol. V.~3 D 
306
NOSOLOGY.
[CL, V.—OR. B.
1. MASCULINA.  Development of sexual precocity in males.
                    Boiset, Journ. des Scavans, 1688—Boy of
                  three  years old.  Leske  Aus.   Abhandl.
                  Band. II.  p. 354—Various cases, and par-
                  ticularly that of Philip Haworth in his  se-
                  cond year.   Medico chir.  Trans.  I. 276.
2. fiminina.   Development of sexual precocity in females.
                    Menstruation in infancy common.   See
                  Plouquet.—-Pregnancy at nine years of age.
                  Ephem. Nat. Cur. Dec. III. ann. ii. obs. 172
                  —See a second case at the same age. Schmid.
                  Act. Helvet. IV. 167: and again, in Germa-
                  ny, G. E. von Haller, in Blumenbach Bibl. I.
                  558—See  also Eccyesis  ovaria. Ord. III.
                  Gen. II. of the present class.  Dr. Baillie^s
                  case.—Two cases are  given in the Medico-
                  chir. Trans. Vol. II. 115,by Dr. Wall; and
                  Vol. IV. 204,  by Mr. Astley Cooper.
                    See, for other  instances,  Haller, Elem.
                  Phys. Lib.  XXVIII. sect.  iii.  Kundman,
                  Rar. Art. and  Nat. p. 823.
liarly applied to premature semination. It is not necessary to dwell
further upon instances or varieties of this morbid affection, as they
may be traced through the two species, into which  the genus natu-
rally divides itself, in the writings of physiologists  who have been
curious upon the subject.   Those who are desirous of doing so may
turn to the accounts of Bozet in the Journal des Scavans or to the
Philosophical Transactions, Vol. XLI1I., year 1745.  It is  but a
few years ago that as striking an example of sexual precocity, as is
lo be found perhaps  any where,  was publicly advertised in this me-
tropolis  to be exhibited in  the person of Philip Haworth, the boy
whose case is referred  to in the text.  In a parallel case recorded
in the Philos. Trans, the boy was nearly of the same age, being not
more than two years and eleven months old.
   Gen.  III. Lagnesis. A*y»i»s, " libidinosus," i( prsecepsin vene-
rem."  This is intended to include the satyriasis and nymphomania
of Sauvages, and later authors;  which chiefly, if not entirely, dif-
fer from each other only  as appertaining to the  male or female
sex: and consequently by no means offer ground for two distinct ge-
nera. The disease is unquestionably one and the same; the diversity
of symptoms depending upon the diversity of sex alone.  The second
species, lagnesis Furor, from its violence and affecting the  entire
system, makes an approach towards a mental malady ; and  hence
Vogel has regarded satyriasis and nymphomania as species of mania. 
013. III.)
NOSOLOGY.
307
                      GENUS III.

                    LAGNESIS.

  Inordinate desire of sexual commerce, with organic tumes-
     cence and erection.
       Nymphomania.   Sauv. et Auct. Recent.
       Satiriasis.   Sauv. et Auct. Recent.
       Shebek.  Arab.
1. Sal ac it as.  Appetency capable  of restraint; excitation
                   chiefly confined to the sexual system.
       Satiriasis juvenilis.  Cull.
       Salacitas.   Plouquet.
       Nymphomania salacitas.   Sennert. Sauv.
       Nauz.  Arab.
       Geilheit.   G.
       Lascivite.   F.
       Salacity.
       « Pubertatis.   Of puberty.  Excess of stimulus pro-
           duced by the season of adolescence.
       /a Senilium.  Of old age.  From local irritation; pro-
           duced by debility, or  topical malady; as diseased
           ovaries; calculus in the bladder or kidneys; leu-
           corrhoea ;  or inflammation of the womb, or neck of
           the bladder.
But this is incorrect: the affection of the mind is merely symptom-
atic. Parr, on the contrary, has ranked under lagnesis, love sickness,
a variety of erotomania or empathema desiderii, which,  in the pre-
sent and  most systems, is regarded as chiefly a mental malaoy: but
Parr's  arrangement is  equally incorrect.  In affections, however,
consisting of symptoms derived  from different functions,  it is not
always easy to lay down thtir proper position.  But we meet with
like difficulties in classing vegetables, animals, and minerals.  The
judgment must equally direct us in all these cases, as far as it will
S°*
   In the  Amanitates Academic*, Vol. VI. art.  110. coffee is recom-
mended by Dr. Sparschuch as an excellent anti-aphrodisiac; who as-
serts, that it is very generally allowed in his  quarter of the world
to possess a powerful virtue of this kind.  He supports his opinion
further by a pleasant tale from the Travels of Olearius.
   1. 0  Salacitas Senilium   See  a singular case  by Mr. Norris, in
the Transactions of the Medical Society, Vol. I. p. 174, produced by 
308                     NOSOLOGY.            [CL. V.—OR. II.

       y Plethorica.   From plethora or entonic action; espe-
           cially in a sanguine temperament.
       } Ab assuemdine.   From habit or immoderate  indul-
           gence.
           The collectors of medical curiosities  give various
         cases of divorce obtained against a husband  on ac-
         count of ungovernable salacity.  See Eph. Nat.  Cur.
         Dec.  II.  ann.  ii.  obs. 121—Plater,  Obs. Lib.  I. p.
         257—Riedlin.  Lin. Med.  1697—p.  812— Timoeus,
         cas. 52.
2. Furor.   Appetency  unbridled, and breaking the bounds of
                modest  demeanour and  conversation;  morbid
                agitation of body and mind.
       Avekeb.  Arab.
       Lascivious madness.
       ec Masculinus.  In males.
         Satiriasis furens.   Cull.
           Pollutiones  centum  per  diem.   Bartholin. Epist.
         III. p. 145.
       /3 Fsemininus.  In females.
         Nymphomania furibunda.  Sauv.
         Furor uterinus.  Auct.  Var.
           Vetulae, Riedlin, Lin. Med.  1697. p. 812.   Often
         produced by local irritation, as ascarides or inflamma-
         tion.   In one instance organically, by an enormous  .
a blow received a few months before near  the prostate gland, fol-
lowed by a small,  but nearly indolent tumour on the part affected.
The patient was a married man of sixty seven, and  during the vio-
lence of the erethismus, from  local irritation, which had continued
for two months, was reduced to a state of the most wretched and
squalid emaciation.  The following are  Mr. Norris's words:
"Nunquam memini, inquit aegrotus,  me in venerem propensiorem
fuisse, nedum insana. a insatiabili  libidine permotum,ante hos duos
menses, quando me diro  hoc  et teterrimo correptum esse morbo
sensi; cujus vis tanta  est et tarn  effraenata, ut expleri nequeat; et
ad coitum cum uxore me singula nocte, quindecies saltern, imo vicies
nonnunquam, impellat.  Hic verocum aegrotantem meum priapismo
la'iorantem se fallere augurabar,  et fortasse, nulla  seminis jacturS
in venerem ruere, paulo curiosius  id ab illo quaesivi.  Affirmat au-
tem se vix in lecto decumbentem corpus uxoris contingere, (Urn
taiiquam  cestro percitus, in repetitam venerem properat, neque un-
quam nisi pleno coitu res peragitur: stminis quidem emissio potius
angere quam voluptatis afficere visa est."  The wife,  a  matronly
■woman of great modesty,  was herself hereby rendered extremely ill
from  local inflammation.   By supporting the system with tonics, 
GE. IV.)
NOSOLOGY.
309
       clitoris, Buchner, Miscell. 1725, p. 933.   In this last
       we have an approach to the female priapism of Galen.
       See Class IV. Ord. III. Gen. I. 1.

                        ——

                    GENUS IV.

                   AGENESIA.

Inability to beget offspring.
     Agenesia.   Vog.
     Anaphrodisia.  Sauv. Sag. Cull.
     Sterilite male.  F.
and bringing the tumour to suppuration, the disease was effectually
cured.
  Gen. IV.  'Aymn* from « neg. andy<vaft«<, " to beget."  Of the
three species offered under this genus, the division of which is en-
tirely new, the last, agenesia incongrua, is now first attempted from
personal observations of the  author,  in  full  accordance with  the
remarks of  other writers and practitioners upon the same subject.
Every one must have noticed occasional instances in which  a hus-
band  and wife, apparently in sound health and  the vigor of age,
have  no increase while  together;  either of whom nevertheless,
upon the death of the other,  and a second marriage, becomes  the
father or mother of a numereus family.  In various  instances, in-
deed, the latent cause of sterility, whatever it consist in, seems gra-
dually to diminish, and the pair that for years was childless, at
length becomes enriched with offspring.  In all this there seems to
be an incongruity, inaccordancy, or want of adaptation  in the con-
stituent  principles of the seminal  fluid of  the male  to the sexual
organization of the respective female; or, upon  the  hypothesis of
the epigenesis, to the seminal fluid contributed by the female. Wri-
ters, strictly medical, have not often adverted to this subject, though
it is appealed  to, and, for the most  part, approved by physiologists
of all ages and countries.   Sauvages  however evidently alludes to
and  admits such a cause in his definition of dysspermatismus serosus,
which is as follows :" Ejaculatio seminis aquosioris, adeoque ad gene-
sim inepti, quae species est frequentissimum sterilitatis virilis princi-
fiium."  He illustrates his definition by a case which occurred to
Haguenot and Chaptal, who attributed it to the cause in  question,
and  refers for other examples to Etmuller.  Cullen expresses him-
self doubtfully upon this species:  " De dysspermatismo  seroso
Sauvagesii," says he, " mini non satis constat."   Yet his own go- 
310                      NOSOLOGY.         '  [CL. V.—OR. II,

       Male Sterility.
I.  Impotentia.  Imperfection  or  abolition  of generative
                     power.
       Seres.   Arab.
norrhcea laxorum, Gen. CXXII. (in the present system spermorrhcea
atonica) makes so near an approach to it, that a transition from  this
to the preceding genus seems difficult to be avoided.   The two dis-
eases appear  to be the same,  or  nearly so : in the one, the indivi-
dual labouring under it, emits involuntarily, without coition, or even
erection, but with a libidinous propensity, a pellucid fluid appa-
rently of a seminal character, affirmed positively by Sauvages, from
whom  Cullen derives his  species, and to whom he refers, to be
"effluxus seminis;" and in the other the same dilute and effete
semen, with difficult and imperfect erection,  is poured forth during
coition.
  The opinion, however, expressed in the species before us, offers
a more comprehensive view of the subject;  by  supposing that the
seminal fluid may be secreted, not merely in a state of morbid dilute-
ness, but under various modifications, even in a state of health, of
such a condition as to render it inadequate to the purposes of gene-
ration in female idiosyncrasies of  some kinds, while it may be per-
fectly adequate in those of other kinds.  In agricultural language
it  supposes that  the respective  seed may not be adapted to the
respective soil, however sound in itself.  In Dr. Parr's dictionary,
article Anaphrodisia, we meet with an approach to this view; for he
tells us, that " in some instances the semen itself seems defective in
its essential qualities."
  Among physiologists, the doctrine here thrown forth has been
very generally held.  It necessarily follows upon the hypotheses of
Maupertuis (Venus Physique.) Needham (Phil. Trans. Vol. XIV.)
Button, and Lieberkuhn.   Linneus  embraced  it from the latter,
abandoning, for this purpose, the hypothesis of Leuwenhcek.  Koel-
reuter has applied it, with much satisfaction, to  the sexual  system
of plants; and has been followed by Werner; both of whom have
endeavoured to show, that formative molecules exist equally in the
generative  organs of male and female, and that hybrids are hence
alone capable of production.   They have apparently detected means
of modifying the generative or conceptive power by culture;  and
both the  Hiibers have successfully applied the same process to the
bee; distinctly proving, that by means of particular foods and regi-
men alone, they are capable of making a difference  not only in the
bulk, instinct, taste, habit,  and procreative power,  but even in the
sex itself of this insect, as it is vulgarly contemplated, and explained
by the name of neuters.
  The writer  has  said that  a similar opinion has been held in  all
countries.  It may be sufficient, in the present note, to point out an 
OB. IV.]                   NOSOLOGY.                      311

       Schwachmiithigkeit.   G.
       Impuissance virile.  F.
       Male Impotence.
       » Atonica.  Prom imbecility, or want of tone.
            Chiefly produced  by excess of indulgence; long-
         continued gleet; or paralytic affection of the genera-
         tive organs.
example or two.  In AbdoUatif's History of Egypt, written at the
close  of the twelfth century, the historian, in observing that the
Egyptian mules are the largest whose dam is a mare,  offers this
reason,  " mater  enim est quae  dat materiam."  See Dr. Wnite's
Abdol. Hist. Egypt. Compend. Arab, et Lat.  The learned Arabian,
it seems, was of the same hypothesis as Swammerdam and Harvey.
The whole of the doctrine, however, which is here alluded to, the
entire theory, indeed, of epigenesis in all its ramifications and rea-
sonings, formed  a part of the Epicurean philosophy, and is so  fully
unfolded by Lucretius in his fourth  book, De'Rcr. Nat., that  later
physiologists who have embraced the same principles have had no-
thing more to do than to confirm its doctrines by additional facts and
observations, and to verify the following axiom which forms the pivot
of the entire  machinery,  v. 1222:
             Semper enim partus dupUci de semine constat.
  For a pretty full survey of most of the theories of generation
maintained in early eras,  compared with those of modern times, the
reader is referred to the  present writer's notes ob his translation of
the above book of  Lucretius, especially that on v. 1264 of the trans-
lation.  He may also consult with advantage Wildenow's " Princi-
ples of  Botany," §292, and especially the " Generatio A ; bigena"
of Dr. Ramstioom, in VoV. IV. of the Amanitates Academica.
  The  species here denominated impotentia is perhaps moie gene-
rally called by the nosologists anaphrodisia, though this last term has
been used in  very different senses ; sometimes importing want of ap-
petency; sometimes inability ; sometimes both; and sometimes only
a particular kind of inability resulting from atony alone. The dyssper-
matismus of authors is changed, in the present nomenclature, to dys-
spermia (frvo-o-irfepi*,) not only on account of greater simplicity, but
in conformity with  the parallel Greek compounds •xxwxigiuct, ttoXvt-
rtgpux,  yvfae<rrt£fux, uovrteftix;  the  second and third  of  which ..re
elegantly introduced into  tne Linnean vocabulary of botany, (poly-
spermous capsule and gymnospermous seed,) and are in the mouth of
every one  Dysspermatismus is usually spelt dy-spermatismus ; and
thus made to import double semination rather than mis-semination;
asdyoides(^w/^tf) means "a double  form," anddy-asmus,(S'vxr/Mi,)
" a double opinion, or doubt."
   With respect to these two species, so closely connected by na-
ture, there is perhaps no artificial system of  nosology under which 
312                      NOSOLOGY.           [CL. V.—OU. H.

       ? Organica.  From  morbid organization, natural or
           accidental;  as amputated,  injured,  or enormous
           penis ; testes impaired or destitute.
             Albinus gives a case of divorce obtained against
           a husband from inability to enter the vagina, ob pe-
           num enormem. Dissert,  de  Inspectione corporis,
           forensis, in causis matrimonialibus fallacibus et du-
           biis.  Hall. 1740.—Plater relates  another from a
           similar cause, Obs. Lib. I. p. 250.
2.  Dysspermia.  Imperfect emission of the seminal fluid.
       Dyspermatismus.  Sauv.  Cull.
       Inepuissance d'ejaculation.   F.
       x Entonica.   From super-erection or priapism.
         Dyspermatismus hypertonicus.   Sauv.  Cull.   See
           also Edin. Ess. I.  35.   Cockburn, Edinb.  Essays,
           I. 35.  A case has lately occurred to the author.
       /3 Epileptica.  From  incursion  of an  epileptic  spasm
           produced by sexual excitement  during the  inter-
           course.
         Dyspermatismus epilepticus.  Sauv.  Cull.
       y Anticipans.  The discharge ejected hastily, prema-
           turely, and without due adjustment.  Schenck, Ob-
           serv. Lib. IV. Obs. 46.
       ^ Ignavis.  The discharge unduly retarded from hebe-
           tude of the genital organs.
         Dyspermatismus apractodes.  Sauv.  Cull.
         Bradyspermatismus.   Auct. Var.
they have hitherto been introduced into the same subdivision.  In
almost every instance they have been regarded as distinct genera be-
longing to distant orders or even classes, and arranged with diseases
that have little or no relation to them.   Thus in Sauvages, anaphro-
disia, in the sense of impotentia, occurs in his Class VI. Ord. II.
« debilitates, anepithymije,"  united with  " loss of thirst," and
"desire of eating:" while dysspermatisnius is carried forward toClass
IX. Ord. III." fluxus, serifluxus."—Cullen has felt it necessary
to deviate in both cases of arrangement from Sauvages, whom he fol-
lows almost wherever it is possible, with a  deference and modesty
worthy of all praise; and has removed the two into one  class, the
common aggregate division of locales, but has placed them under
different orders ; the first being arranged under Ord. II.  dysorexi-s,
where we again find the  morbid  cravings  of  the  alimentary canal
united with those  of the sexual organs, and even of the mind, as
in the  genus  nostalgia: the  second being placed under Ord. V.
epischeses, " suppiessions," instead of " fluxes," as in Sauvages. 
GE. V.]
NOSOLOGY.
313
       e  Refluens.  The discharge thrown back into the vesi-
           culae seminales or the bladder, before it reaches the
           extremity of the penis.
         Dyspermatismus refluus.  Sauv. Cull.
           Semen retrogradum  in vesicam  ex angustatione
         urethra?,  Petit, Memoires de l'Academie de Chirur-
         gie, I. p.  434.
       € Organica.  The discharge obstructed by mechanical
           pressure; as that of stricture or  hardened mucus
           in the  urethra ;  indurations  in  the corpora caver-
           nosa ;  or a prepuce nearly imperforate.
         Dyspermatismus  urethralis ;  mucosus ;  nodosus ;
           praeputialis.  Sauv.  Cull.
3. incongrua.  The seminal fluid inaccordant, in its constitu-
                   ent principles,  with  the constitutional de-
                   mand of the respective female.
       Dyspermatismus serosus.   Sauv.
                  GENUS  V.

                APHORIA.

Inability to conceive offspring.
  Sterilitas.   Linn. Sag.
  Asthenia aphrodisiaca. B. Aphoria.  Toung.
In Parr, dysspermatismus does  not appear to have any place : he
may possibly have regarded it as a variety of his agenesia, employed
as a species, and limited apparently to impotentia; but with this
limitation it would scarcely follow as a proper variety.
  Among plants we sometimes  meet with an equal want of power :
occasionally from imperfectly formed styles or stigmas, stamens or
anthers;  sometimes from suppression of farina ;  and sometimes
from a total destitution of seeds:  which  last defect is common to
bromelia Ananas ; musa paradisiaca, or Banyan: artocarpus incisa,
or bread-fruit tree: and berberis vulgaris, or common berberry.
  Gen. V.  Aphoria.  A^ogi*,  "sterilitas;" " infecunditas," from
peg*, " fero," " porto." Plat. Plut.   It is singular that this disease
finds no distinct place in any of  our most esteemed nosologists.  It
may possibly be intended under anaphrodisia, though this genus has
in none of them any species that expressly applies to female bar-
  V0L. V.—3 E 
S14
NOSOLOGY
[CL. V.—OH. II
       Atecnia.  Cricht.
       Akret.  Arab.
       Unfruchtbarkeit.  G.
       Sterilite des femmes.  F.
       Female sterility.  Barrenness.
1. impotens.   Imperfection or abolition of conceptive power.
       « Atonica.  From imbecility or want of tone, as in the
           preceding  genus, sp. 1.  * Atechnia atonica.
       /3 Organica.  From  organic  defect, whether natural or
           accidental, as imperforate vagina, defective fimbriae,
           or ovaria; want of ova, &c.
           Atecnia organica.   Cricht.
             An imperforate vagina does not always preclude
           conception.—It has taken  place where the vagina
           itself has been so narrow as not to admit the penis.
           Ephem. Nat. Cur. Dec. III.  ann. vii. viii. obs. 83—
           Where, with the same impediment, a rigid and un-
           broken  hymen  has offered  an additional obstacle.
           Hist, de I'Acad, de Paris, 1748.  And for  similar
           or nearly similar circumstances, see Forest, xxxix.
           obs. 28.  Schurig. Syllepsil. p. 131.  Akakia,l,ib.
           I. cap. xi.
2. paramenica.  Barrenness from mismenstruation.
       « Obstructionis.  Produced  by menostation or reten-
           tion of the catamenia.
       /5 Difficilis.   Produced by laborious secretion.
renness.  Dr. Young has properly placed impotence, dysspermatis-
mus, and barrenness, together.   His genus is asthenia, and they oc-
cur, as subdivisions, under the species aphrodisiaca.  For barrenness
he employs the term aphoria, made use of in the present system.
Crichton, who makes it also a distinct genus, employs alecnia as its
generic name (eirexux,) a word, however, that should rather import
destitution or bereavement  than barrenness—" orbitas, prole carens."
Arist. Polit. ii.; and which, independently of this, is  calculated to
produce some confusion, as Linneus has used it in the sense of " des--
titution or deficiency of appetence"—libidinis defectus,  gen. exix.
By Cullen and Parr  this word is spelt atechnia ; and by the last de-
rived  from x neg. and re%vi), ars.  The derivation, so far as relates
to atechnia (xTt%viu,)  is correct; yet  it is a misapplication of its
meaning to apply atechnia to sterility, for its  constant import,
whether employed literally or figuratively, is " unskilfulness, rude-
ness, or destitution of zii"—dmperitia. But it is, perhaps, impossible
to furnish an example of its  denoting  rudeness or unskilfulness,
much less want of physical power, in the fabrication of  offspring. 
GE. VI.]
NOSOLOGY.
315
       y Superfluitatis.  Produced by profuse discharge.
3. impercita.  Barrenness from personal aversion or want
                  of appetency:  sestro impercita.   So Lucr.
                  i. 12. conversely:
                 ■    " te, Diva, tuumque
               Significant initum, perculsac corda tua vi."
                    Hollmann De la dissolution du mariage
                  pour l'impuissance et froideur de l'homme
                  et de la femme.  Paris, 1581.  Frigidity;
                  Fabr. Hildani. Cent. V. obs. 40.  Gaubius,
                  Instit. Pathol.  % 820.   Lang, Epist. Med.
                  IX.
4. incongrua.  The  conceptive  power  irrespondent  to the
                   constituent principles of the seminal fluid
                   received.  See the preceding genus, sp. 3,
                   and the note upon it.
                     Hucher  De  sterilitate utriusque  sexus.
                  Lib.  IV.  Colonn.  1688— Tugereau  Sur
                  l'impuissance de l'homme et de la femme.
                  Paris, 1611.
5. polyposa.  The cavity of the uterus or vagina, or both, so
                 filled and obstructed by a polypous excres-
                 cence as to preclude  the entrance or action
                 of the  seminal fluid.   See Baillie  Morb.
                 Anat.  Fasc. IX. pi. 4.
                   GENUS  VI.

                 jEDOPTOSIS.

Protrusion of one or more of the genital organs or of ex-
  crescences issuing from them into the genital passage ;
  impairing or obstructing its course.
    Hysteroptosis.  Sauv. Vog. Sag.
  Gen. VI. jEdoptosis. From atfotoi, " inguen," pi. ctthix, il pu-
denda," whence xifas, " pudor :" and xiw,?, « casus, lapsus."  In
like manner Sauvages and Sagar use JEdopsophia, applying the term
to the urethra as well as the uterus. Sauvages, however, expresses
the present disease, but far less correctly, by hysteroptosis; for this,
with strict propriety, can denote only one of the species  that fall
within its range, namely, displacement  of the uterus. 
316
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. V.—OR. II.
1.  uteri.  Protrusion of the uterus into the vagina.
      Prolapsus uteri.  Procidentia uteri.  Auct.
      Aftaden zihdan.   Pers.
      Chute de la matrice.   F.
      Falling down of the Womb.
      « Simplex.   The  uterus retaining  its proper posture
           and figure.
           Different names are frequently given to different
        degrees of this variety.  If the descent be only to the
        middle of the vagina it is called relaxatio uteri; if to
        the  labiae, procidentia; if lower than the labise, pro-
        lapsus.
           See Baillie, Morb. Anat. Fasc. IX. PI. 5.
      P Retroversa.  The  uterus  displaced, and the lower
           part becoming the upper.
        Retroversio  uteri.   Auct.
        Renversement de la matrice.  F.
        Retroverted Womb.
           Mostly limited to a state of pregnancy.
      y Inversa.  The uterus displaced and turned inside out.
        Inversio uteri.  Auct.
        Inversion de la matrice.  F.
        Inverted Womb.
           Mostly produced by unskilfully and violently pull-
        ing  away the placenta after delivery.  See Baillie, as
        above.
2. vagina.  Protrusion of the upper part of the vagina into
               the lower.
      Hysteroptosis  vagina? prolapsus.  Sauv.
      Prolapsus vaginae.  Auct. Var.
        This, like the descent of the uterus, may, according
      to the degree of the disease, be relaxation, procidence,
      prolapse, or complete inversion.
3. vesica.  Protrusion of the bladder into the urethra.
      Exocyste.   Sauv.
      Prolapsus vesica?.  Auct. Var.
      Renversement de la vessie urinaire.   Noel. Obs.
   1. JEdoptosis uteri.  Dr. Denman alludes to an accidental retro-
flection of the uterus, the fundus being turned backwards  and out-
 wards between the rectum and vagina, whilst the os uteri remains in
 its proper situation.   He never met with such a case, however, nor
 heard of more than one instance. 
GE. VI.]
NOSOLOGY.
317
      * Tunicis interioris*.  The inner membrane being pro-
           truded.
        Exocyste Noeliana.   Sauv.
           So denominated from M. Noel, who first accurate-
        ly described it.
      <3 Colli.  The neck of the bladder being protruded.
        Exocyste Solingeniana.  Sauv.
           Denominated after M. Solingen, who first accu-
        rately described it.
4. complicata.   Protrusion  of different organs complicated
                 with each other.
      Hysteroptosis composita.  Sauv.
      * Utero-vesicalis.  Of the uterus dragging the bladder
           along with it.
        Procidentia uteri vesicam deorsum abripientis. Sauv.
      |3 Vagino-vesicalis.  Protrusion of the vagina dragging
           the bladder along with it.
        Prolapsus vaginae vesicam deorsum abripientis. Sauv.
5. POLYposa.  Polypous excrescence  in the course of the ge-
           nital avenue : soft,  compressible, red or reddish.
             Often, though not always, a cause of barrenness.
           See Sp. 5 of the preceding genus.
      « Uteri. Issuing with a slender root from the fundus
           of the uterus, and  more or less elongating into the
           vagina.
        Cercosis.  Aetii.
        Sarcoma Cercosis.   Sauv.
        Polypus uteri.  Baillie.
         Polypus of the Womb.
           The substantive polypus should be restrained to a
         fleshy excrescence of the nostrils.   See  note on Po-
         lypus, Cl. II. Ord. I.
       a Vagina.   Issuing from the  sides  of  the vagina;
           broad and bulbous.
         Polypus of the Vagina. 
118                    NOSOLOGY.           [CL. V.—OR. HI


                    ORDER  III.

                  CARPOTICA.

             AFFECTING THE IMPREGNATION.

  Irregularity, difficulty or danger produced by parturition.
                       GENUS  I.

                  PARACYESIS.

   The  progress of pregnancy disturbed or endangered by the
     supervention of general or local disorder.
       Dystocia Dyscyesis.  Toung.
       Morbid Pregnancy.
 1.  irritativa.   Pregnancy exciting distress or disturbance
                    in other organs or  functions than  those
                    primarily concerned.
       x Syncopalis.  Accompanied with frequent fainting.
       & Dyspeptica.  Accompanied with indigestion or sick-
           ness.
       7 Dvspnoica.  Accompanied with  difficult breathing.
       ^ Alvina.  Accompanied with derangement of the al-
           vine canal, as costiveness, diarrhoea, hemorrhoids,
           &c;
       e  Varicosa.   Accompanied with venous  dilatations of
           the lower extremities.
2. uterina.   Pregnancy disturbed or endangered by diseased
               affection of the uterus.
       * A retroversione.   The uterus being retroverted. See
           (Edoptosis uteri /3.
       p A leucorrhoea.  The uterus secreting, or exciting in
           the vagina a secretion of leucorrhoea, so as to pro-
           duce debility.

  Ord. III. Carpotica.   From xxpiros,  " fructus," xx^tfuth, " frui-
tio."
  Gen. I. Paracyesis.  From nxe*, "male;" and *««o-<s, " gravi-
ditas :" whence xvu, « utero gesto."  So in Gen. III. eccyesis,  from
ex " ex or extra," and xvnns as above : and in Gen. IV.pseudocyesis,
from ■•levS'oe, " mendacium," and writ, as above. 
GE. II.]
NOSOLOGY.
319
      y  Catamenica.   The catamenia continuing to recur.
      ^  Haemorrhagica. Accompanied with hemorrhage.  Ca-
           tamenia, unaccompanied  with  hemorrhage,  can
           scarcely be regarded as  a disease.  Many men-
           struate uniformly for the first three or four months
           of  pregnancy.   Some through  the  whole term,
           Hagedorn, Cent. II. obs. 94—A  few have never
           menstruated at any other time.  Hemmann, Med.
           Chir. Aussaze—Hopfengdrtner; Uber menschliche
           Entwikelungen, p. 71.
■".  Abortus.  Premature  exclusion of a dead fetus from the
           uterus.
      Amblosis.   Auct. Grsec.
      Abortus.   Auct. Lat. Sauv. Linn. Sag.
      Dystocia abortiva.   Toung.
      Seket.  Arab.
      Misgeburth.  G.
         If the exclusion  take  place within  six weeks after
      conception it is called,
      Blessure.  Faux germe.  F.
      Miscarriage.
         If the exclusion  take  place between six weeks and
      seven months,  or the terra of premature labour, it  is
      called,
      Unzeitige-geburth.   G.
      Avortement.  F.
      Abortion.
         The fetus said to have been born alive at four months,
      A Reyes, Campus Elys. Quaest. 90. p. 1164—To have
      continued alive when born between five and six months,
      Brouzet, Sur l'Education Medicinale des Enfans, I. 37.
      See, for the causes and  treatment, "  Observations on
      Abortions," by John Burns, Glasgow, 1806.
                  GENUS II.

               PARODYNIA.

ihe progress of labour disturbed or endangered by irregu-
  larity of symptoms, presentation, or structure.
    Dystocia.  Sauv.  Sag. Vsg. 
 320                    NOSOLOGY.          [CL. V.—OR. III.

       Partus difficilis.   Auct. Var.
       Mekhaz.  Arab.
       Accouchement laborieux.   F.
       Morbid Labour.
 1. atonica.  Labour protracted by general or local debility.
       Lingering Labour.
         In the Ephemera Nat. Curios, is the  case of a fetus
       illapsing into the uterus  after  its head had been  de-
       nuded, and  it had  moaned.   Dec. I. ann. i. obs. 1.
       Schol. obs. 62.
 2. sympathetica.  Labour retarded or harassed by sympa-
                      thetic derangement of some remote
                      organ or function.
       a Syncopalis.  Accompanied with fainting.
       £ Convulsiva.  Accompanied  with convulsions.
       y Pathematica.   Accompanied with  great  terror,  ap-
           prehension,  bashfulness, or other emotion of the
           mind.
         Dystocia a pathemate.  Mauriceaux. x. 258.
 3. implastica.  Labour delayed  or injured for want of plas-
                    ticity, or unkindly dilatation of the soft
                    parts.
       <* Rigiditatis.  The delay confined to a simple rigidity
           of the uterus or vagina.
       C Hsemorrhagica.  Accompanied with hemorrhage.
       y Lacerans.   Accompanied with laceration of the  pe-
           rinseum, or uterus.
4. perversa.  Labour impeded by preternatural presentation
                 of the fetus, or its membranes.
       Dystocia perversa.  Toung.
       Mausil.  Arab.
       Accouchement contre nature.  Mauriceau.
       Prseternatural Presentation.
       Cross-birth.
       m Faciei.  Presentation of  the face.
       C Natium.  Presentation of the breech.
       y Pedis.  Presentation of one  or both feet.
       ^ Brachialis.  Presentation  of one or both arms.
       r Transversalis.    Presentation  of the shoulder.
       £ Funis prolapsi.  Prolapsed navel-string.

  Gen. II.  Parodynia.   From jr«g*, •< male," and ahv, or afov mi,
" dolor parturient is."  So uhiu, li a partu doleo."—The term was
applied by the Greeks figuratively to severe pains of any kind.
The  Hebrew  Sn was  employed still  more generally in the same
figurative sense.  See Is.  xxvi. 18. Jer. xxx. 6. 
GE. II.]
NOSOLOGY.
321
      ^  Piacentae.  Presentation of the placenta.
5. amorphica.  Labour impeded by mis-configuration of the
                  fetus or of the maternal pelvis.
      Dystocia amorphica.   Toung.
      x  A fetu. The fetus deformed by a preternatural mag-
          nitude of head, or some morbid protuberance.
      P  Pelvica.   The maternal pelvis contracted in its dia-
          meter by natural deformity, or subsequent disease
          or injury.
            Not  unfrequently produced by an hydropic or
          encysted ovarium occupying a position between the
          rectum and vagina, and occasioning an insurmount-
          able tumour.   See Dr. Merriman's  case,  Trans.
          Medico-Chir. Soc. 40.—Recommends excision.
            The  German practitioners  have  often advised
          and performed the Cesarean section successfully ;
          and, at  times, repeatedly on the same woman ; in
          one instance not fewer than seven times.  Trestan,
          Journ.  de Medicine, tom. XXXVI. p. 69.
            The division of the symphysis has also been fre-
          quently had recourse to with success.  See Dema-
          thus, Journ. de Med. VIII. 1—Fischer, in Richter
          Chir. Bibl. Band. VII. p. 770.   See also twice on
          the same subject, apd guccessfully,  Damen, Lond.
          Med. Journ. VIII. 1.
6. pluralis.  Labour complicated by a plurality of children.
      Dystocia geminorum.   Toung.
      Tezauf. Arab.
7. secundaria.  Diseased  action or disturbance succeeding
                    delivery.                '
      «  Retentiva.  Retention of the sec undines,
         Meshim.   Arab.
         Retained, occasionally without injury, a week.  Ha-
          gedorn, Cent. III. obs. 12—Sixty days, Magazino
           Toscano, II. 506—Seventy days, Journal, fiir Ge-
          burtshelfer I. n. 8—Discharged sound and  inoffen-
          sive in the  fourth month.   Kerkring, Specileg.
          Anatom.
      p  Dolorosa*  Violent after-pains.
      y  Hsemorrhagica,   Violent hemorrhage.
         Flooding.
       &  Lochialis.  Profuse lochia.
           Diversified also, occasionally, by the appearance of
         fevers of various kinds : sparganosis, or pale inflam-
   Vol. V.—3 F 
322                    NOSOLOGY.          [CL. V.—OR . Ill
matory  swelling  of the lower extremities; and
mania :  which are rather sequels of labour, or spe-
cies  or varieties of their respective  genera, than
species of parodynia.
                     GENUS  III

                      ECCYESIS.

   Imperfect fetation produced  in some organ exterior to the
     uterus.
       Dystocia Dyscyesis extra-uterina.   Toung.
       Extra-uterine Fetation.
 1. OVARiA.  Imperfect fetation occurring in the right or left
               ovarium.
       Graviditas ovarii.  Sauv.   •
         Examples are common.  See  Ab. Vater Dissert, de
       grav. apparente, ex tumore ovarii  dextri enormi  orta,
       per tres annos cum dimidio durante.  Wirtemb. Ed.
       Med. Ess.  v. 336.  Ed. Phys. Ess.  II. 273.  Forrester,
       1798, 379.  Ed. MecL Journ. II. 180.
         One of  the most singular cases is that given by Dr.
       Baillie, Phil. Trans. 1789.  The fetation consisted of a
       suetty substance, hair, and the rudiments of four teeth :
       the  maternal  subject not more than twelve or thirteen
       years of age, with an infantine uterus, and perfect hy-
       men.  .The whole was evidently unconnected with im-
       pregnation, and the ovarium must have been affected
       with prceotia.  See Order II. Gen. II. of the  present
       Class.
         In the Trans. Medico-Chir.  Soc. V. IV.  317.  Mr.
       Barnes, of Exeter, gives a case of a tooth contained in
       a large tumour extracted from the socket of the eye of
       a young man of seventeen.
2. tubalis.  Imperfect fetation occurring in the  Fallopian
               tube.                 -  •
       Graviditas tubalis.   Sauv. '
  Gen. III. Eccyesis.  See, for its etymology, the note on Gen. I.
above.  The disease is common to animals of various classes; and
may occasionally be paralleled in the vegetable world; as in the
disorder common to rose-plants, and known by the name of bede- 
GK. HI.]
NOSOLOGY.
323
         See Littre, Mem. de l'Acad. R. des Scav. 1702.  Cy-
      prian. Dissert, de fetu ex tubfc excis, 1700.-   Haller, in
      Boerh. v. 329.  Santorin Obs. Anat. c. ii.  Trans. Soc.
      Med. Chir. I. 215.
8.  abdominalis.  Imperfect fetation occurring in the cavity
                    of the abdomen.
                      See Krohn, Fetus extra uterum  hist.
                    Dentsch;  De graviditate  abdominali.
                    Mem. Med. Soc. Lond. III. 176.  Wris-
                    berg; Observ. Anat.
                       Found in an abdominal cyst in a male
                    infant about fifteen months old; Toung,
                    Medico-Chir-Trans. Vol. I. 241. " The
                    child died after a tedious and painful ill-
                    ness." The body was opened,  and the
                    cyst  examined :  the substance it  con-
                    contained " had  uequivocally the shape
                    and character of a human fetus."
                       From want of a regular passage open-
                    ing  externally, the  substance  formed,
                    often remains for many years in the ex-
                    tra-uterine nidus.  Walther gives an in-
                    stance of twenty-two years ; Geschichte
                    4, Berlin 1778.   Bayle a case of twenty-
                    six years ; Phil. Trans. 1677-1678, Vol.
                    XII.  The Ephemera of  Natural Curi-
                    osities, one of forty-six years.  Cent.
                    X. Obs. 48.
                       After the death of the substance, some-
                    times local irritation takes place, when a
                    part  or the whole is absorbed :  or more
                    generally an abscess is produced, and it
                    is discharged in separate morsels; some-
                    times per anum; sometimes by an arti-
                    ficial channel formed chiefly about the
                    umbilicus or in the groin.  In the former,
                    see Phil. Trans.Vol.XLV. 1748, Drake.
                    In the  latter,  see  Phil. Trans.  Vol.
                    XXIV. 1704-5,  Sir Philip  Sheppon, p.
                    2099.

 guar, produced by the deposit of a number of insect-eggs, in a  heap,
 chiefly those of the cynips rosa, in the middle of a bud. • The result
 is a fleshy mass, often as large as the size of a fist, covered all over
 with hair-like processes. 
324
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. V.—OR. IB
                     GENUS IV.

               PSEUDOCYE SIS.

  Symptoms of pregnancy without impregnation ;  chiefly oc-
       curring on the cessation of the catamenia.
       Spurious Pregnancy.
1. molaris.  The uterus irritated by a coagulum of blood or
                other fluid  lodged in its cavity, often assum-
                ing a fibrous appearance.
       Graviditas molaris.   Mauriceau. Sauv.
       Myle (mwAjj.)   Auct.  Grsec.
       Mola.  Auct. Lat.
       Mesket.  Arab.
       False Conception.   Mole.
         Frequently exhibiting, on being discharged, hydatids
       or other vermicles.   See,  for examples, Marcellus Do-
       natus, Lib. IV. cap. 25.  Journ. des  Sfavans, passim.
       Ruysch. Obs.  28, 29.  Thesaur. III. VI.   Evacuated
       during dancing, Slevoght, Diss. Fem. mol. labor.  Jense,
       1700.
2. inanis.  The uterus void of internal substance, and irri-
              tated  by some unknown morbid action.
              The disease is not uncommon ;  one of the most
            notorious cases in the present  day is that of the
            pretended prophetess Joanna Southcott.

  Gen. IV.  Pseudocyesis.   For the etymology,  see the note on
Gen. I. above.  The first species is accounted for by Mr. Hewson,
" from the blood's being without motion  in the cavity of the uterus,"
and consequently coagulating.   " Hence the origin of those large
clots which  sometimes come  from that cavity  ; and which, when
more  condensed by the oozing out of  the serum, and  of the red
globules, assume a  fleshlike  appearance,  and  have  been  called
moles, or false  conceptions."  Inquiries, Part I. p. 27.  From the
same inaction probably the formation of what are called polypi of
the uterus. 
CLASS VI.
         ECCRIT1CA.

DISEASES OF THE EXCERNENT FUNCTION.
                       ORDER I.

                    MESOTICA.

                AFFECTING THE PARENCHYMA.

  Pravity in  the quantity or quality of the intermediate or
connecting substance of organs : without inflammation, fever,
or other derangement of the general health.
  Cl. VI. Eccritica.   'Exxginxx : from exxgtva, " secerno, exhau-
rio," " to secern or strain off, to drain or exhaust."  The author has
preferred this derivative to any other which xgtvu affords,  as alike
applicable to the secernent  and absorbent  systems.  In the view
which is here taken of these  systems they bear nearly the same re-
lation to each other as the veins and arteries: the action which com-
mences with the one is carried forward into the other.   The health
of the  general function consists in the balance of power maintained
between ihe two;—its disease in the  disturbance  of this  balance.
There may be undue secretion with healthy absorption; undue ab-
sorption with healthy secretion ; or there may be undue or morbid
absorption and secretion at the same time.
  Ord. I.  Mesotioa.  Mte-aj, Ionice, ftee-a-os, " medius," whence
{A.tTTo6t, iMcvoBtv, " in medio."  This order might have been  denomi-
nated parenchymatica, but that there are two objections to the term :
the first is, thai vxpx is used in this compound in a different sense
from its general signification  in the present system :  in the  sense of
per or penitus, instead of in that of perperam ; and consequently the
double signification would  trench upon that simplicity  which  it  is
the direct object of the present nomenclature to maintain.   The se-
cond objection is, that the word parenchyma  (n*eey%vt**:) is formed
v 
326
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. VI.—OR. I
                      GENUS I.

                  POLYSARCIA.

  Firm and unwieldly bulkiness of the body or its members,
    from enlargement of natural parts.
       Polysarcia.  Sauv. et Auct. Recentior.
       Empimelium Polysarcia.  Toung.
       Phcenigmus plethoricus.   Sauv.
       Dicke.   G.
       Corpulence.  F.
       Corpulency.
        Vogel makes a disease of the opposite state of body,
       which he calls ischnotis, and defines  " excessiva corpo-
       ris gracilitas :"—" excessive slenderness  of body;" but
       this can never perhaps run to a morbid extreme, unless
       arising from some species of marasmus.
1.  adiposa.  Bulkiness from superabundant accumulation of
               fat.
       Polysarcia adiposa.  Sauv.
       Polysarcia faginosa.   Forest.
       Obesitas.   Darwin.              s
       Simen.  Arab.
       Feiste.   G.
       Grosse-panse.  F.
       Obesity.
upon a false hypothesis invented by Erasistratus, who first employ-
ed the term,  and who held  that the common mass or interior sub-
stance  of  a  viscus  is produced by  concreted blood, strained off
through the pores of the blood-vessels which enter into its general
structure or membranes.  See Gal. Simpl. Med. I. 11.
  For the reason why physconia is not allowed a place in the present
order, as also for the abandonment of  the term altogether, see the
note on Parabysina, Cl. I. Orel. III.
  Gen. I. Polysarcia. noXva-xgxtx " corpu\eniia," 7roXvrxgxof, « car-
nosus," "carne abundans." " Corpulency,"  says Dr. Darwin, II. ii.
S. 17, "may be called an anasarca, or dropsy of fat, since it must
be owing to an  analogous cause; that is, to the deficient absorption of
fat compared to the quantity secreted into the cells that contain it."
The reasoning is correct, but the term or  expression " dropsy of
!';.'." would  be  just  as proper as "fatness  of dropsy"  to explain 
«E. II.]                  NOSOLOGY.                    327
Generalis.   Extending over the body and limbs.
  Sennert  mentions  a  woman,  who at  thirty-six
years of age weighed four hundred and eighty pounds
avoirdupois ; and a man who weighed six hundred.
Bright of Maldon weighed six hundred and sixteen
pounds;  and  Lambert  of  Leicester considerably
more.
  In the  N. Sammlung  Medic. Wahrnehm. III. 370,
is the  case  of  a man who weighed eight hundred
pounds.—Carried  off by a  spontaneous salivation,
Eph.  Nat.  Cur. Dec. III. ann. v. vi. obs.  65.—By a
fright, Samml.  Medicin. Warnehmungen.  Band VI.
p. 444.
Splanchnica.  Confined to the organs or integuments
  of the trunk.
Physconia ab adipe subcutaneo. 1* Sauv.
  In these cases the abdominal viscera are more or
less buried in masses of  fat, and usually accompanied
with scirrhous affections.  In the one instance men-
tioned by Sauvages, the  limbs and visage maintained
a graceful elegance of shape:  in others they wasted
with gradual emaciation.
                 GENUS  II.

                EMPHYMA.
Glomeration in the substance of organs from the produc-
    of new and adscititious matter: sensation dull; growth
    sluggish.
anasarca.  Each of the words has a distinct meaning, and should be
restrained to that meaning alone:  dropsy imports liquid bulkiness;
fatness, solid bulkiness.
  The immediate cause of fatness is doubtful, for we are not much
acquainted with the mode by which animal oil is formed in the sys-
tem.  Dr. Beddoes ingeniously conjectured that one cause of its
production is a diminution of oxygen in the animal frame.  Fat, un-
questionably, contains less oxygen than muscle, and porphyra nauticat
or sea-scurvy, in which the oxygen is perhaps reduced to i's smallJ|p
est proportion, is never announced by mcagreness, but fullness of 
328
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. VI.—OR. I.
      Excrescentia:.  Sauv.
      Ecphyma.   Toung.
      Tuber.   Parr.
      Tuberculum.  Plenck.
      Sila;  (Arab.) whence silat " ganglion, glans indurate,
        struma."   The Persian term  is amas, " aggregatio,
        glomeratio, tumor, inflatio:"  the  verb is  amaisden
        " intumesco, aggrego;" the  participle amasa  " tu-
        mescens,  aggregans : running  directly parallel with
        the French " amasser," and the  English  verb " to
        amass," and probably derived from a common root.
      Knote.   G.
      Tumour.  Abernethy.
1.  Sarcoma.   Tumour immovable; fleshy and firm to the
                 touch.
      Lahrn.   Arab.
      Sarcoma.  Sauv. Linn. Vog. Sag. Cull.
      Ecphyma Sarcoma.   Toung.
      Sarcomatous Tumour.  Abernethy.
      et Vasculosum.  Vascular throughout: texture simple:
          when bulky, mapped on the surface with abores-
          cent veins.  Found over the body and limbs  gene-
          rally.
habit, which is often its first symptom. It is observed by Dr. Trot-
ter, that when a negro becomes rapidly corpulent, he never fails to
fall a prey to sea-scurvy.  According to Saussure and  Humboldt,
the atmosphere of high mountains contains less oxygen than that of
lower regions, which  explains why Condamine was attacked with
scorbutic symptoms on the summit of Pinchina.
  Gen. II. Emphyma.  Ef&opvftM : from tfityva, " ingenero." Phyma
in the present system is limited to cutaneous tumours accompanied
with inflammation.  See Cl. III. Ord. II.  Emphyma imports, in
contradistinction to phyma, a tumour originating below thejntegu-
ments,  and unaccompanied  with inflammation, at least  in its com-
mencement;  while ecphyma, in Ord. III. of the present class, im-
ports in contradistinction to both, mere superficial extuberances,
confined to the  integuments alone.  Phyma, however, as well as
the term tumour, has been  used in  a very loose sense  by medical
writers, and even by nosologists; and made to signify a multitude of
swellings that have no resemblance to each other,  excepting in a
preternatural hardness or prominence of the part in which they
occur:  see the note on phyma, Cl. III. Ord. II. The inconvenience
of this  generalizing diction has been forcibly pointed out by Mr.
Abernethy in his valuable tract on Tumours; and Emphyma is here 
GJE. II.]
NOSOLOGY.
329
Common vascular, or organised Sarcoma.   Abernethy.
   Often found of an enormous size in the scrotum, con-
stituting  the  sarcocele, or  hernia carnosa of authors.
Negroes  are  peculiarly subject to  this  affection,  and
more frequently on the right than the left side.  In one
instance the tumour weighed 50 lbs. Phil. Trans 17R3
Vol. LXXIII.  Schotte.
 intended to run nearly parallel with Tumour, as explained in his de-
 finition of the term ; and consequently to include, with a slight ex-
 ception or two, the diseases which he has distributed under this head:
 the chief difference being in exchanging carcinoma for scirrhus in
 the genus sarcoma ; the former, when importing an original disease,
 being regarded in the present system as constitutional, and conse-
 quently appertaining to Cl. III. Ord. IV. where it will be found un-
 der the term Carcinus ; and when originating from an irritated and
 ulcerated simple scirrhus, belonging to the same class and order un-
 der the genus and species Ulcus vitiosum: to which the reader may
 turn.  Carcinus,  on account of its virulence, has been  correctly
 placed last in the list by Mr. Abernethy; but scirrhus, in its simple
 state  indolent and insentient, should be placed considerably higher,
 and  hence  is enumerated fifth in order  under the present arrange-
 ment.  The term encystis, and indeed the common names for its
 varieties, are drawn from Vogel, whose  subdivisions are nearly pa-
 rallel with those  of our  own countrymen,  Dr. Aikin, Mr. Sharp,
 and Mr. Abernethy.  Mr. Sharp regards ganglion « as an encysted
 tumour of the meliceres kind."   The  meaning is sufficiently clear,
 and the general idea sufficiently correct.  Kind, however, is a loose
 word: they are both  varieties of the  same species,  and are here
 arranged as such. The term glomeration, or " heaping into a ball,"
 in the generic definition, is preferred to protuberance or extuberance,
 because some  tumours or emphymata lie  so deeply seated below
 the integuments as to produce  no prominence whatever, and are
 only discoverable  by the touch.
   The terms tuber, protuberance, and  extuberance, have a primary
 reference to a similar  affection in the vegetable world ; which con-
 sists in those knobs or swellings which are  so frequently met with
 on the trunks, and sometimes on the buds of trees ; in the former
 case hard  and  fibrous; in the latter, for the most part fleshy and
 spongy; and in both  produced  by the deposit of new matter and
 the formation of new vessels; sometimes perhaps produced by lo-
 cal disease in consequence of a  sudden change of weather, and
 sometimes by the irritating puncture of insects.   They grow occa-
 sionally to an enormous size without the least injury to the tree on
 which they are situated : and arc technically  denominated tubera
lignorum, or  tubera gemmarum, according to  their  situation.   In
fruits, and particularly apples, we often  meet with a similar affection
  Vol. V.—3 G 
330
NOSOLOGY.           [CL. VI.—OK. I.
(3 Adipbsum.   Suetty  throughout; inclosed in a thin
    capsule of condensed cellular substance ; connected
    by minute vessels.
  Adipose Sarcoma.  Aberneth.
       Found  chiefly in the fore and back part of the
    trunk.  In one case weighing 15 lbs. when  extir-
    pated. Abern. p. 31___In another 42 lbs. Journ. de
    Med. XX. 551.—In a third 19 lbs.  dissected from
    the face.   Leske, Anserl. Abhandl. I. p. 65.
y Pancreaticum.   Tumour  in  irregular masses; con-
    nected by a loose  fibrous substance, like the irregu-
    lar masses of the pancreas.
  Pancreatic Sarcoma.  Aberneth.
       Found in the cellular substance ; but more usu-
    ally in lymphatic glands :  chiefly in  the female
    breast.
I Cellulosum.  Tumour  cellulose  or  cystose :  cells
     oval, currant-shaped, or grape-sized, containing a
     serous fluid ; sometimes caseous.
   Cystic Sarcoma.   Aberneth.
       Found  generally,  but  mostly  in  the  thyroid
     gland, testis, and ovarium.  Baillie Morb. Anat.
     Fasc. VIII.  pi. 8. fig. 1.   Abern. Obs.
       When in the thyroid gland it is  called Broncho-
     cele, Botium, or Derbyshire-neck. The cells are here
     numerous, the fluid often viscid, sometimes gela-
     tinous.  See Baillie Morb. Anat. Fasc. II. pi. 1.—
     Occurs, as a  symptom, in  Cyrtosis Cretinismus,
     Cl. III. Ord. IV. Gen. IV.
«  Scirrhosum.   Hard, rigid,   vascular  infarction of
     glandular folicles ; indolent, insentient, glabrous ;
     sometimes shrinking and becoming more indurated.
   Scirrhous Sarcoma.  Aberneth.
       When irritated tending to a cancerous ulcer. See
     Class III. Ord. IV. Ulcus.
       Found  in glandular structures, chiefly those of
     the secernent system.  In one instance, on  the
  2.  1. x E. Sarcoma Vasculosum.  The term vasculosum  is here
preferred to vasculare, as the suffix osus is uniformly augmentative
or intensive ;  and  in the  present instance, therefore,  imports not
only vessels, but numerous vessels.  For the same reason ccllulosum
and tuberculosum are preferred to cellulare and tuberculare. 
OE. II.]
NOSOLOGY.
331
           breast, which was almost entirely scirrhous, and
           weighed 64lbs. Leske, Auserlesene Abhandlungen.

       £ Mammarium.  Tumour of the colour and texture of
           the mammary gland ; dense and whitish ;  some-
           times softer and brownish : often producing, on
           extirpation,  a malignant  ulcer  with  indurated
           edges.
         Mammary, or mastoid Sarcoma.  Aberneth.
           Found in various parts of the body and limbs.
       v  Tuberculosum.   Tumour   tuberculose :  tubercles
           firm, round, and clustering ; pea-sized or bean-
           sized ;  yellowish,  or brownish-red ; when  large,
           disposed to ulcerate,  and produce a painful, malig-
           nant, and often fatal  sore.
         Tuberculate Sarcoma.   Aberneth.
             Found chiefly  in the lymphathic glands of the
           neck ; often, simultaneously, in  other glands  and
           organs.  Aberneth. p. 47.   Baillie, Morb.  Anat.
           Faso V. pi.  2.
       6  Medullare.  Tumour  of a  pulpy consistence,  and
           brain-like  appearance ; whitish  ;  sometimes red-
           dish-brown ;  when  large,  apt  to ulcerate;  and
           produce a sloughing, bleeding, and highly danger-
           ous sore.
         Medullary Sarcoma.  Aberneth.
         See Baillie, Morb.  Anat. Fasc. VIII. pi. 7.
             Found  in  different parts, chiefly in the testes ;
           at  times  propagating itself along the  absorbent
           vessels to adjoining organs.
2.  encystis.  Tumour  moveable : pulpy, often elastic to the
                touch.
       Encystis.  Vog.  Parr.
       Lupia.   Sauv.  Cull.
         Encysted Tumour.   Sharp. Aikin. Aberneth.
         Wen.
       *  Steatoma.  An encysted extuberance containing a
           fatty or suetty substance, apparently secreted from
           the internal surface of the  cyst.
       Steatoma.  Sharp.
         Found over most parts  of the body ; and weighing,
       from a drachm or two, to twenty or thirty pounds ;—
       in one instance, described by Rhodius, sixty pounds.
       &  Atheroma.  Encysted extuberance containing a mealy 
332
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. VI.—OU. I.
           or curd-like substance, sometimes intermixed with
           harder corpuscles ;  apparently secreted as the last.
             Found, of different sizes, over most parts of the
           body.
         Molluscum.   Willan.
      y  Meliceris. Encysted extuberance, containing a honey-
           like fluid.
             Found, of different sizes, over most parts of the
           body.
      ?  Ganglion. Encysted extuberance containing a colour-
           less fluid ; the extuberation fixed upon a tendon.
         Testudo.  Encysted extuberance containing a fluid
           readily hardening into horn or nail; and especially
           when protruded  externally upon an ulceration of
           the surrounding integuments.
         Testudo.   Vogel.—See also Aberneth. p. 90, and Sir
           Everard Home's Cases of horny excrescences from
           the human body.
4. Exostosis.  Tumour inelastic ; often immovable; hard
                 and bony to the touch.
      Exostosis.   Sauv.  Sag.  Linn. Cull.
      x  Ostea.  Immovable ; protuberant ;  seated  on  the
           substance of a bone.
           Sometimes excrescent, and composed of bony spi-
         cula resembling  crystallizations.   Sometimes  exqui-
         sitely hard and  glabrous, resembling  ivory.   Both
         found chiefly in the bones of the cranium. See Baillie,
         Morb. Anat. Fasc. X. PI. 1. fig. 1. 2.
      <3  Periostea.  Immovable; protuberant; from bony en-
           largement of the periosteum.
         Node.
      y  Pendula.  Bony tumour " hanging pendulous into a
           joint."  Abernethy  on Tumour, p. 102.
      $  Exotica.  Bony tumour movable or immovable, seat-
           ed in some fleshy part of the body. See Abernethy,
           ut  supra.  Perhaps only a variety of osthexia in-
           farciens; for which see the next genus.
             Several of these varieties, or rather dispositions
           to an undue secretion of ossific matter, appear oc-
           casionally to depend upon some disorder of the
           chylopoietic viscera.   See Aberneth.  " On Dis-
           eases resembling Syphilis," p. 85. 
«E. in.]                  NOSOLOGY.                     333
                      GENUS  III.

                    P A R O  S T I A.

  Bones untempered in their substance; and incapable of af-
    fording their proper  support.
       Nekes.  Arab.  Literally   " os emedullatum ;"  " os
         enervatum."
1.  fragilis.   Substance of the bones brittle and apt to break
                 on slight exertions, with little or no pain.
       Fragilitas ossium.  Auct.  Var.
       Fragile vitreum.   Auct.  Var.
         Most frequently an attendant on advanced age. Found
       also, at times, as a symptom in lues, struma and por-
       phyra : occasionally a sequel of small-pox; Balthazaar,
       Chirurgische Wahrnehmungen. In one instance ascribed
       to a more  than usual portion of medullary oil: Saillant,
       Hist, de la Societe Royale de  Medicine, tom. VII. p.
       316.
2.  flexilis.   Substance of the bones soft; and aft to bend,
                 and become crooked,  on slight   exertions.
                 with little or no pain.
       Malacosteon.  Vog.
       Mollities ossium.   Auct. Var.
  Gen. III.  Parostia.  From -xxgx, " perperam," in which sense
it is always used in the present work, and etrreoi, " os, ossis."  The
genus is new, but  seems called for: and  the species evidently de-
pend upon an inaccordant secretion of the earth of bones compared
with their other principles :  this being redundant in the  first, and
deficient in the second.   In advanced age, the  secretion of animal
oil is apt to fail before that of animal earth; while, not unfrequently,
we find this last existing in organs which give  few or no proofs of
it in earlier life.   Hence the blood-vessels become not merely rigid,
but in some cases ossific, and the  bones more hard and fragile.
The author was once present at a church, in which a lady of nearly
seventy years old, in good general  health, broke both the thigh-
bones in merely kr.eeling down ; and on being taken hold of to be
carried away, had  an os humeri also broken without any violenee,
and with little  pain.  It  was  in the winter season, and the cold
might have  added to the general rigidity.  Under the influence of
a warm bed, and a diluting regimen,  the  benes  united  in  a few
weeks. 
334
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. V L—OK. I.
Osteosarcosis.   Macb. et Auct. Alior.
Spina ventosa.   Auct. Var.
  Found also, occasionally, as a  symptom in porphyra,
diabetes, and some species of colic.   See various cases
in Phil. Trans, by Bevan, Pott, Hosty, Pringle; as also
Gooch, Surg. p. 178: and Bromfield, Chirurgical Obser-
vations.—Found at times in new-born infants, more or
less general.—Universal, with perversion of most of the
bones ; Morand, Histoire de la Maladie  singuliere et de
Pexamen du cadavre  d'une  femme (Sapiot)  devenue
tout-a-fait contrefait par une ramollissement general des
os. Paris, 1752.  In a young man of  seventeen ;  Thoma-
son,  Jour, de Medicine, tom. XLIII.—In  a lioness ;
Eph.  Nat.  Cur.  Dec.  I. ann. ii. 6.—In an ox (ribs \)
Bircherod,  Act. Maris Balthici, 1707.
                      GENUS 1\.

                   0 S T H E X 1 A.

  Soft parts more or less indurated by a superfluous secretion
       and deposit of ossific matter.
       Ossificatio.  Plouquet.
       Lithiasis in corporis partibus.   Cull.  Cat. gen. omiss.
1.  infarciens.  Ossific matter deposited in nodules, or amor-
                   phous  masses in different parts or organs.
                      In the lungs; Baillie, Morb. Anat. Fasc.
  2.  Parostiaflexilis. An analysis of the vertebrae, by Dr. Bostock,
in the case of an adult male, who died of a molliiies ossium, indi-
cated that the earthy matter was only  one-eighth part of the entire
weight of the bone, instead of amounting to more than  half, which
Dr. Bostock estimates to  be its common proportion in a state of
health.  Medico-Chir. Trans. Vol. IV. p. 42.
  In the Transactions of the  Medical Society of London, Vol. I.  p.
169,  is a singular case furnished by Mr. Norris, in which the earthy
matter of nearly half the entire scalp of a woman aged  fifty-one,
was gradually carried off by a morbid action of the neighbouring
absorbents, operating at different points, and producing a great mul-
titude of distinct holes or foramina, so as to give the cranium, after
death,  the appearance of  a  sieve.  The  diseased action was,  in
every part, accompanied with a superincumbent inflammation, pro- 
GE. IV.]
NOSOLOGY.
335
                  II. pi. 6.—In the  substance of  the  heart,
                  weighing  2oz.;  Burnet, Med. Pract. III.
                  254.—In the thymus gland; Act. Med. Be-
                  rol. Vol. I. Dec.  iii. p. 28.—In the thyroid;
                  Contuli, de Lapid.—In the parotid ; Plater,
                  Obs.  Lib. III. 707.—Sublingual; common.
                  —In the deltoid muscle ; Russe, in Blegny
                  Zodiac, 1680.—In  the trachea, contracting
                  its passage ;  Kirkring, Spicileg. Anat. Obs.
                  27.—In the  dura  mater, Baillie, Fasc. X.
                  PI. 4.
2. implexa.   Ossific matter deposited in concentric layers in
                 the tunics of vessels or membranes, rendering
                 them rigid and unimpressible.
       * Aortse.  Ossification of the  aorta.
           With a considerable portion of  the right ventricle
         and  right  auricle of  the  heart.   Baillie, Fasc. V.
         PI. 2.
           Valves ossified  without  palpitation  or dyspnoea.
         Morgagni, De Sed. et Caus. ep. xxiii. 11.
           Descending  trunk wholly ossified.   Genga, Anat.
         chirurg. Buckner, Miscel. 1727. p. 305.
           Ascending and descending trunks wholly ossified,
         compelling to an erect position ; Guattani, De Aneu-
         rism.
       /3 Membranea.  Ossification of membranous or con-
           necting parts.
ducing tumours in the scalp which were regularly opened, and dis-
charged the contained  pus.  The only cause that could be traced
was a fall down the cellar stairs about four months before the com-
mencement of the above symptoms, by which  the patient struck her
forehead against a heap of wood ; but from which she did not at the
time appear to derive any serious mischief.
  Mr. Taunton has, among his preparations,  the humerus of a man
which to a considerable extent is reduced to a mere cartilage, and
was so for a long time during life : the whole of the earthy matter
having been absorbed, and consequently the bone capable of being
bent in any direction.
     Gen. IV.  Osthexia. From trreoi, " osseous or bony," and tf/s,
" habitus," " habit."  Ossific diathesis, or idiosyncrasy.   This mor-
bid affection has been seldom duly attended  to in nosological ar-
rangements. It does not occur in Dr. Cullen's classification, but he
notices it in his catalogue of Omitted Diseases, as one of those that
ought not  perhaps to have been omitted.  Plouquet has arranged
only a very few of the writers on the subject  under the article Os. 
.136                      NOSOLOGY.          [CL. VI.—OR. II.

         Of the pleura ;  Baillie, Fasc. II. PI. 3.
           General ossification of tendons, membranes, carti-
         lages and ligaments.  Pecklin, Lib. II. Obs. 40.
       */ Complicata.  Ossification of different parts simulta-
           neously.
           Thoracic duct, ileum, and other abdominal organs.
         Cheston, Phil. Trans. 1780. Vol. LXX.
                      ORDER  II.

                   C A T 0 T I C  A.

              AFFECTING internal surfaces.

  Pravity of the fluids, or emunctories that open into the in-
ternal surface of organs.
                     GENUS I.

                  HYDROPS.

Pale, indolent, and inelastic distention of the  body, or its
  members, from accumulation of a watery fluid in natural
  cavities.
    Hydrops.  Boerh.  Macbr.  Toung.
    Hydropes.  Cull.
  Ord. II.  Catotica.   From***?™, ".infra:" whence xxrurteoi; and
KxrurxTtxi, "inferior and infirmus."
  Gen. I.   Hydrops, rfyuip and i^«s.  There is no genus of dis-
eases which have been more awkwardly handled  by the earlier no-
sologists than the present.  The term  hydrops does not occur in
Sauvages, Linneus, or Sagar, and only once in  Vogel in the  com-
pound hydrops scroti.  Linneus connects anasarca and ascites with
tympanites,  polysarcia, and even graviditas, into one ordinal division,
wh\ch he entitles tumidosi, and of which these constitute distinct
genua.  Sagar arranges all the same under the ordinal division of
cachexia.   Vogel pursues the same plan with the omission of gravi-
ditas, which he does not choose to regard as a cachexy.   Sauvages 
 6E. L]                   NOSOLOGY.                     33?
                                                    «
        Phlegm atia.  Parr.
        Estiska.   Arab.
        Wassersucht.  G.
        Hydropisie.  F.
        Dropsy.
 1. cellularis.  Cold, and diffusive intumescence of the skin,
                     pitting beneath the pressure of the finger.
        « Totius corporis.   Extending through the  cellular
            membrane of the whole  body.
         Anasarca.  Galen, et Auct.  Recentior.
         Hyposarcidius ^TCn-oo-xpxiS'ies.)  Hippocr.
         Leucophlegmatia.   Cod. Aur.
         Hydropisie generale.  F.
         General Dropsy.
        £ Artuum.  Limited to  the  cellular membrane of the
            limbs; chiefly of the feet and ancles, and, mostly,
            appearing in the evening.
         Phlegmatia.  Sauv.
         CEdema.  Auct.  Var.
         CEdematie.  F.
         Edema.
            Either species found also, occasionally, as a symp-
         tom, in  general debility from fever or other causes;
         in suppressed catamenia,  or  other habitual evacua-
         tions ; in pregnancy,  or  a  suppressed eruption of
         exanthems.

employs the term hydropes, but only in connexion wilh partiales, so
as to restrain it to local dropsies; so that with him ascites is a hy-
drops;  but anasarca is not a hydrops, and does  not even belong to
the same order; it is an intumescentia,  under which, as in the ar-
rangement  of Lim  eus, it is united with polysarcia and graviditas,
while hydrops thoracis is ananhelatio, and occurs in another volume.
Dr. Cullen  has certainly, and  in a very considerable degree, im-
proved  upon his predectssors in this department.  After Sauvages,
he takes intumescentije for the name  of his order: but divides it
into the four sections of adiposae, flatulosae, aquosae vel hydropes, and
solidae: while under the third section (the aquosae vel hydropes) he
introduces all the family  of dropsies, whether geiitral or local; in-
stead  of sending them, with those who preceded  him, to different
quarters.  It would, however, have been a much greater improve-
ment, and have added  to the simplicity he aimed at, to have em-
ployed hydrops as  a generic, instead of hydropes as a  tribual or
family term ; and the only evil we should then have had to complain
of, would be the use of intumescentije as an ordinal  banner, for
diseases that have no possible connexion whatever,  nor any kind of
resemblance, except in an enlargement  of external parts.  It is to
  Vol. V.~3 H 
338
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. VI.—OR. 11.
      y  Dyspnoica.  Edematous swelling of the feet ;  stiff-
           ness and numbness of the joints; the swelling  ra-
           pidly ascending  to  the  belly,  with  severe  and,
           mostly, fatal dyspnoea.
         Anasarca cacotrophica.  W. Hunter, Essay on Dis-
           eases incident to Indian Seamen.
2. capitis; Edematous intumescence of the head; the sutures
                of the scull  gaping.
       Hydrops capitis.   Toung.
       Hydrocephalus.   Sauv. et  Auct. Recent.
       Hydrocephale.  F.
       Dropsy of the Head.
         Contained twenty-four pounds of liquid, Eph. Nat.
       Cur. Dec. III. ann. i. obs. 10.—Continued twenty-four
       years, let. Cent. I. II.  obs. 29.—Thirty years, VanSwiet.
       ad.  § 1217. Boerh. Aph.—Twenty-nine years, with na-
       tural  pupil, appetite, and sound memory, Michaelis,
       Med. Communic. I. p. 25.
         In this species the  fluid  never jellies ; for the lubri-
       cating fluid secreted naturally into the ventricles of the
       brain is  equally destitute of this property.  " I never
       saw it jelly even when exposed to heat."  Hewson on
       the Lymph. Syst. Part II. 193.
 3. spiu./E.  Soft, fluctuating extuberance on the spine ; gaping
              vertebrae.
Boerhaave that we are first indebted for the use of hydrops as em-
ployed in the present method ; and he has been followed by Dr.
Macbride and Dr. Young with a just appreciation of his  correct-
ness.
  1. Hydrops cellularis.   The fluid discharged upon tapping is often
of different kinds, not merely from different organs, but, in different
cases, from the same organ: being sometimes nearly as thin  as wa-
ter, and not coagulating when exposed to heat, which only renders
ft turbid, while at other times it flows in a viscid or ropy state, and
accords, upon exposure to heat, with the natural serum of the blood.
The causes of dropsy must, therefore, be different in different cases.
Increased secretion,  impeded absorption, or the rupture of a lym-
phatic vessel, may each  of them form  a cause of itself: but in all
these instances the fluid should be only an accumulation of that
which naturally moistens the ca\ity from which  it is discharged.
Morbid collections of water must proceed from some other cause;
probably from the exhalant arteries being themselves so altered by
disease as  to  change  the properties  of the fluid which  passes
through them; or the general, mass of blood being so attentuate, or 
GE. I.]
NOSOLOGY.
339
       Hydrorachitis.  Sauv. Cull.
       Spinola.   Linn.
       Spina bifida.  Vog.       ■*.■
         Mostly  congenital:  but sometimes  produced  in
       adults.  See Warner's Cases in Surgery.—Occasionally
       accompanied with hydrops capitis.
         Congenital: the child alive at five years old,  Titsing
       apud Van Swieten, ad. § 1218.
4. thoracis.   Sense of oppression in the chest; dyspnoea on
                  exercise or decumbiture ; livid countenance;
                  urine red and spare;  pulse irregular;  ede-
                  matous extremities ;• palpitation and sudden
                  startings during sleep
       Hydrops pulmonis (crJ>w^ 7nev^ovo5.)   Hippocr. II. De
         Morb.
       Hydrops pectoris.  Auct. Var.
       Hydrothorax.  Gorter. Sauv. Cull et Alior.
       Wassersucht  des brust.   G.
       Hydropisie de poitrine.   F.
       Dropsy of the Chest.
         Sixteen  pints found lodged; Act. Nat. Cur.  Vol.  V.
       obs. 34.
         In the pericardium found four pounds  of ichorous,
       sanguineous,  and purulent fluid;  F. Hildan.  Cent. 1.
       obs. 43.
         Several  of  the preceding symptoms are given on the
       authority  and  accurate  observation of  the  author's
       friend Sir L. Maclean of Sudbury.  See his  valuable
       " Enquiry into the nature of  Hydrothorax," p. 5.   Dr.
       Cullen  has rightly rejected  those  species  as  they are
in other respects vitiated, as to  affect the secretion.   In  the last
case, dropsy is not a primary disease, but the consequence  of some
other, generally perhaps of a morbid liver, spleen, or lungs   See,
on this subject, Mr. Hewson's valuable remarks in his Description
of the Lympathic System, Ch. xiii.
  It is observed by Mr. J. Hunter, that " a disease often produces
such weakness as to destroy itself:" in other words, that the mor-
bid action ceases from  debility.   It sometimes happens, however,
that the strength of the  system is completely worn out  at the same
time,  and the patient dies  notwithstanding  the disease has given
way.   This is particularly exemplified in the first, fourth,  and fifth
of  the ensuing species: for there are, perhaps, few practitioners
but have seen at times a sudden  cessation of  these diseases, an evi-
dent absorption of the water existing in the affected organ, greater 
340                     NOSOLOGY.          [CL. VI.—OK.  U
      called, but which ought rather to be called varieties of
      Sauvages, which, whether they exist or not,  can never
      be ascertained by the symptoms, as hydrops mediastini,
      plrurae, pericordii, hydatidosus.
        Found also, occasionally, as a  sequel on  fevers, or
      repelled cutaneous eruptions.
        Cured by tapping, Moreland, Phil. Trans. Vol. LVI.
      1766.—Another successful  use of the  same operation
      in Purman. Chirurgischen Lorbeerkranz, &c.—427 lb.
      of fluid evacuated by tapping within ten months, Mo-
      rand, Vermischte Schriften, Band. II.—150  lb. evacu-
      ated at once, Tozetti, Racolta prima, &c. n. 1.  Within
      twenty-five years,  by  80  tappings,  evacuated  6,631
      pints ; in one year  alone 495 pints, Aus. Ab. fir pract
      Aerzte, Band XI. p. 659.
        The fluid  commonly, perhaps always,  jellies upon
      exposure to heat.
5. abdominis.   Tense, heavy, and equable intumescence of
                 the whole belly, distinctly fluctuating to the
                 hand upon  a slight stroke being given on
                 the opposite side.
      Hydrops abdominis.  Auct.  Var.
      Askites.   Trallian.
      Ascites.  Sauv. Linn.  Cull, et Alior.
      Heben.  Arab.
      Wessersucht des bauches.   G.
      Ascite.  F,
      Dropsy of the belly.
      x Atonica.   Preceded by general  debility of the con-
           stitution.  Often the result of scurvy, or fevers of
           various kinds.
      C Parabysmica.  Preceded  by or accompanied  with
           oppilation or indurated enlargement of one or more
           of the abdominal viscera.
      y Metastatica.  From  repelled  gout, exanthems, or
           other cutaneous  eruptions.
freedom of breathing, and even regularity of pulse ;  while the ge-
neral weakness has been so considerable that the vital powers have
been incapable of permanently rallying,  and the patient has died a
few days afterwards.
  1. y H,. cellularis Dyspnoica.  This very severe and singular va-
riety is taken from Mr. W Hunter's Essay, published at Bengal, folio,
1804.   The  disease  appeared with trreat  frequency among  the
Lascars in the Company's service in 1801.   Its attack was sudden, 
QE.I]
NOSOLOGY.
341
             Gmelin  informs us, that  abdominal dropsy  is
           treated with great success in Siberia by a decoction
           of the drastic herb named by Linneus  cimicifuga
           feetida, from its being offensive and poisonous to
           the insect from which it takes its name. Flor. Sib.
           iv. 183.
             In the  second variety the viscus most frequently
           affected is the liver, the gall-bladder of which is often
           enormouslv enlarged and  turgid.  See Phil. Trans.
           1710-12. Vol.  XXVII.   Tonge,  Mem. de Paris,
           1701,«p.  103.  Du Verney, Act. Erud. Lips.  1713.
           In the last, the bladder weighed ten pounds twelve
           ounces, had no meatus, contained various tunics,
           and was  filled with a  coffee-like liquor.
             The substance of the liver is often found loaded
           with hydatids.   In one instance it weighed twelve
           pounds.   Gooch's Cases, &c. p. 170.
             The quantity  evacuated  by paracentesis has
           amounted  to 68 lbs.; Ephem. Nat.  Cur.  Dec.  I.
           ann. ix. obs. 102.—The operation performed forty-
           six times, Nov. Act. Cur. Vol. V. obs. 44.—Patient
           cured after twelve operations,  Commen. Lit.  Nord.
           1735.
             It has  often been naturally cured by  some vica-
           rious discharge :  the  most  common are  profuse
           perspiration and diarrhoea.
6. ovarii.  Heavy  intumescence of the iliac region on one or
               both sides ; gradually spreading over the belly;
               with  obscure fluctuation.
       Hydrops ovarii.  Toung.
       Ascites ovarii.   Sauv. Parr.
       Ascites saccatus.  Cull.
       Dropsy of the Ovarium.
7. tubalis.   Heavy, elongated  intumescence of the iliac re-
                region, spreading transversely;  with obscure
                fluctuation.
and its course so rapid, that it  frequently killed the patient in two
days.   From the description, it does  not seem to  have been con-
nected with a scorbutic diathesis: and Mr. Hunter ascribes it to the
concurrent effect of breathing an impure atmosphere, suppressed
perspiration, want of exercise, and a previous life of intemperance.
All these must, unquestionably, have been auxiliaries,  and formed
a remote cause, but the immediate cause remains still unexplained. 
342
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. VL—OR. II
       Dropsy of the Fallopian  tube.  Baillie.  Morb. Anat.
         Fasc. IX. pi. 8. fig. 1.
8. uteri.  Heavy, circumscribed protuberance  in the hypo-
             gastrium, with obscure fluctuation ; progressively
             enlarging, without ischury or pregnancy.
       Hydrops  uteri.  Sennert. Toung.
       Hydrometra.   Sauv. Sag.  Cull.
       Wassersucht des mutter.  G.
       Hydropsie de  matrice.   F.
       Dropsy of the Womb.
9. scroti.  Soft, semitransparent, pyriform  intumescence of
              the scrotum ;  progressively enlarging, without
              pain.
       Hydrops  scroti.  Toung.
       Hydrocele.  Heister. Sharp. Cull.
       Oscheocele.   Sauv.
       Oscheophyma.  Sag.
       Hemic fausse.  F.
       Dropsy of the Scrotum.
       x  Vaginalis.   The fluid contained  in  the tunica vagi-
           nalis, or  surrounding sheath of the testis.
         Hydrocele.   Vog.
         Hydrocele saccata.   Auct. Var.
       /3  Cellularis.   The fluid contained in the cellular mem-
           brane of  the scrotum.
         Hydrops scroti.   Vog.
                 GENUS  II.

             EMPHYSEMA

Elastic, and sonorous distention of the body or its mem-
    bers, from air accumulated in natural cavities.
  Gen. II.  Emphysema.  'HvQwhiiax, from Qvrxu, " inflo," " flatu
distendo."  There is some doubt by what means the air is produced
in various cases in which it is found in great abundance; for we
cannot always trace its production from without, nor ascribe it to a
putrefactive process.  " In one instance (observes Mr. J. Hunter) I
have discovered air in an abscess which could not have been re-
ceived from the external air;  nor could it have arisen from putre-
faction."  Anim. Econ. p. 207.  The case is singular, but too long 
GE. II.]                  NOSOLOGY.                    343

      Emphysema.   Gal. Dioscor. Toung. Parr.
      Windige wassersucht.  G.
      Inflation.
      Wind-dropsy.
1. CELLULARE.  Tense, glabrous, diffuse intumescence of the
                  skin, crackling beneath the pressure of the
                  finger.
      Emphysema cellulare.  Toung.
      Emphysema pneumatosis.   Parr.
      Pneumatosis.   Sauv.  Cull.
      Empneumatosis.  Cxi. Aurel.
      Sarcites flatuosus.  Smetii.
      <*  A vulnere.   From a wound of the thorax.
           Pneumatosis a vulnere.  Sauv.
           Pneumatosis traumatica.  Cull.
      G  A veneno.   From fish-poison  or other venom.
           Pneumatosis a veneno.  Sauv.
           Pneumatosis venenata.   Cull.
2. abdominis.  Tense, light, and equitable intumescence of
                  the whole  belly ; distinctly resonant  to a
                  stroke of the hand.
       Hydrops siccus et flatulentus.   Hippocr. Fscsii.  Aph.
         ii. § 4.
       Tympania.   Galen.
       Tympanita.  Sennert.
       Tympanites.   Sauv.  et Auct. Recentior.
       Emphysema tympanites.   Parr.
       Emphysema tympaniticum.   Toung.
       Windige wassersucht des bauches.  G.
       Tympanite.   F.
       Tympany.
         The tympanites intestinalis of  authors, like the mete-
       orismus of Sauvages, is  a variety, sometimes only a
       symptom, of dyspepsy, worms, hysteria, or some other
       disease affecting the  intestinal canal.
         The very singular case of Margaret Dog, related by

 to be copied.   From this and  various other circumstances,  Mr. H.
 adopted the opinion that air is often secreted by animal organs, or
 separated from the  juices that are  conveyed to  them: and he ap-
 peals, in confirmation of this opinion, to  the experiments of Dr.
 Ingenhouz upon Vegetables.  The experiments of Count de Miilly
 on the human body in favour  of the same opinion, published in the
 Berlin Transactions for 1777, are not to be depended upon; as Dr.
 Pearson  has  since  shown that  they were made without sufficient
 care. 
344
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. VI.—OR. II.
      Dr. A. Munro in the Edin. Med. Essays, Vol. I. xxxi.
      seems to have been of a mixed character,  a real tym-
      pany, with irregular inflations of different parts  of the
      alvine channel.
         Found also, occasionally, in the last stages of ente-
           ritis, and several species of hernia, from evolution
           of air in consequence  of putrefaction.
3.  uteri.  Light, tense, circumscribed protuberance  in  the
              hypogastrium ; obscurely sonorous ; wind occa-
              sionally discharged through  the  mouth  of the
              uterus.
      Physometra.  Sauv.  Sag. Cull.
      Hysterophyse.   Vog.
      Emphysema uterinum.  Toung.
      Inflatio uteri.  Sennert.
      Windige wessersucht des  mutter.   G.
      Tympanite de la matrice.  F.
       Tympany  of the Womb.
                     GENUS  III.

                       PARURIA.
    Morbid secretion or discharge of urine.
1.  inops.   Destitution of urine ;  without desire to make wa-
             ter, or sense of fulness in any part of the urinary
             track.
       Ischuria notha.  Sauv.
  Gen. III. Paruria. From Trxgx, " perperam," and ov$t», 4t inin-
go." The genus is intended to include the ischuria, dysuna, pyuria,
enuresis, and diabetes of authors ; which, like the various species
of the preceding genus, lie scattered, in most of the nosologists,
through widely different parts of the general arrangement.  Thus,
in Cullen, diabetes occurs in Cl. II. Ord. III. neuroses, spasmi : enu-
resis in Cl. IV. Ord. IV. locales, apocenoses : and ischuria, and
dysuria in Cl. IV. Ord. V. locales  episoheses.  All these  form
a natural group :  and the two last have characters scarcely diversi-
fied enough for distinct species, instead of forming distinct genera.
Dysuria might have served well enough as the generic term for the
whole; but as it has been usually limited to the third species in the
present arrangement, the author has thought it better to propose a
new term, than to  run the risk of confusion by retaining the old
term in a new case.
   3. t. P. Stillatitia Helminthica.  This variety is given upon the
authority of Mr. Lawrence's very singular case inserted in the Me- 
GE. III.]
NOSOLOGY.
343
         Often the result of renal inflammation or paralysis;
       but sometimes a genuine idiopathic affection.  Parr re-
       lates a case, that occurred in his own practice, in which
       no urine was apparently secreted for six weeks ; at the
       end of which time the discharge returned spontaneous-
       ly.  See his article  Ischuria: as also various similar
       cases in the Phil. Trans, particularly Mr. Richardson's
       of a boy who never secreted urine.
2. retentionis.  Urine totally obstructed in its flow ; with a
                    sense of weight or  uneasiness  in  some
                    part of the urinary track.
       Ischuria.  Paul. Alginet. Sauv. Cull.  Plouquet.
       Esr. Arab.   It is also applied to the next species.
       Retention d'urine.   F.
       Stoppage of Urine.
       * Renalis.   Pain and sense of weight "in the region of
           the kidneys ; without any swelling in the hypogas-
           trium.
         Ischuria renalis.   Sauv. Cull.
           Sometimes accompanied  with  suppurative inflam-
         mation, and  enormous enlargement of  the organ.
         Purulent, and weighed 14 lb. Cabrolii, Observ. n. 28.
           Sometimes  accompanied with parabysma or co-
         acervation, and still larger.   Weighed 25 lb.   Com-
         merc. Later. Nor. 1737, p. 326.  Another case,  same
         weight, Hist,  de VAcademie des Sciences, 1732, p. 45.
           The  kidney sometimes emaciated, and strikingly
         small.  Weighed exactly a drachm,  Warthon Adeno-
         graphia, p.  96.
      /3  Ureterica.  With pain or sense of weight in the re-
           gion of the ureters.
         Ischuria ureterica.  Sauv.  Cull.
dico-Chirurg. Trans, vol. ii. p. 382.  The patient was a female aged
24 :  had  long  laboured under a severe irritation of the bladder,
which was ascribed to a calculus.   She at length discharged three
or four worms of a non-descript kind, and continued to discharge
more, especially when the discharge was aided by injections, or the
catheter remaining in the urethra for the night.  The evacuation of
these animals continued for at least a twelve-month : Twenty-two
were once discharged at a time; and the whole number could not
be less than from 800 to 1000.  A smaller kind was also occasion-
ally evacuated.  The larger were usually from four to six inches in
length ; one of them measured eight; slender in  the middle; fili-
form at the extremities; thicker in the inter-spaees:  they were soft
  Vol. V.—3 I 
346                     NOSOLOGY.          [CL. VI.—OR. II.

       y Vesicalis.  With protuberance in the hypogastrium;
           frequent  desire to make water;  and pain at the
           neck of the bladder: sometimes at the end of the
           penis.
         Ischuria vesicalis.   Sauv. Cull.
       J* Urethralis.   With protuberance in the hypogastrium;
           frequent desire to make water, and a sense of ob-
           struction in the urethra, resisting the introduction
           of a catheter.
         Ischuria urethralis.   Sauv. Cull.
           The retention has often continued from a week to
         a fortnight.   See Eph. Nat.  Cur. passim.   Cornarus
         Obs. n. 21.   Paulini gives an instance of  habitual
         retention, without  injury.   Cent.  ii.  obs. 26.  A
         protracted case in Haller, Bibl.  Med.  Pr. ii. p. 200,
         of twenty-two weeks.   In Marcellus Donatus, lib. iv.
         cap. 27, 28, six months: but these were  probably
         cases of paruria inops, through a considerable period
         of these long intervals.
           Sometimes the retained  urine has regurgitated
         through  the ureters:  Petit, Traite,  Sec.   Oeuvres
         Posthumes, tom. iii. p. 2.
           Occasionally the quantity retained has amounted
         to eight  or nine pints.  Bird, Medical Observ. and
         Inq. vol. v.   In one instance to sixteen pints.  Vilde,
         Journ. de Med. tom. xlvii. p. 134.
3. stillatitia.   Painful and stillatitious emission of urine.
       Stranguria (srf*/y«»f <«.)  Paul. Mgin. et Auct. Grsec.
       Dysuria.  Sauv. Linn. Vog. Cull.
       Harnstrange.   G.
       Dysurie.  F.
       Strangury.
       x Spasmodica.  From  spasmodic  constriction of the
           sphincter, or  some other part of the urinary canal,
           catenating with spasmodic action in some adjoin-
           ing part.
         Dysuria spasmodica.  Cull.
         Dysuria  hysterica.  D.  rachialgica.   D. diabetica.
           D. nephralgica.  Sauv.
       /3 Ardens.  From spasmodic  constriction excited by
           the external or internal use of various stimulants,
when first voided, and of a yellowish hue.  For the most part they
were discharged dead. 
GE. III.]
NOSOLOGY.
347
           as acrid foods, or cantharides; accompanied with a
           sense of scalding as the urine is discharged.
         Dysuria ardens.   Cull.
         Dysuria arsura.  D. primaria.  Sauv.
       y Callosa.   From a callous thickening of the membrane
           of the urethra:  the  stricture permanent.   Baillie
           Morb. Anat. Fasc. viii. pi. 5.
       ^ Mucosa.  The urine intermixed with a secretion of
           acrimonious mucus, of a whitish or greenish hue.
           Frequently a sequel  of gout, lues, or blenorrhoea:
         sometimes produced by cold,  and in this case form-
         ing the catarrhus  vesicse of various authors ;  so de-
         nominated from its being conceived that the bladder
         and urethra  are affected in the same manner as the
         nostrils in a  coryza.  Where  the stricture is perma-
         nent and very narrow, ulceration and fistulae in peri-
         naeo are frequent results.
         Dysuria mucosa.   Cull.
         Pyuria mucosa.  P. viscida.   Sauv.
         Glus.  Linn.
         Catarrhus vesicae.   Auct.  Var.
           The one or other of the varieties found also occa-
         sionally, or as a symptom, in inflammation  of the
         urinary organs, several species of lithia,  and com-
         pression  from local tumours, retroversion  of the
         uterus in pregnancy,or descent of the child's head in
         labour.
       t  Helminthica.   Accompanied with  a  discharge  of
           worms of a peculiar kind.
       C Polypr«««.   The bladder or urethra, or both, obstruct-
           ed by the formation of  a polypous  excrescence;
           sometimes  shooting to the external extremity.
    See Baillie, Morb. Anat. Fas. vii. pi. 4.
4. mellita.  Urine discharged freely, for the most part pro-
                fusely ; of a sweet smell and taste; with great
                thirst, and general debility.

  4. P. Mellita, (foxGnrw, " a  siphon,"  from hxQxnu, " transeo.")
Diabetes, among the  Greek and Roman, and indeed among modern
physicians till the time of Willis, imported simply immoderate flow
of urine: the secretion of saccharine urine never having been no-
ticed till his day : and hence, in Sauvages, it signifies equally immo-
derate flow of urine from hysteria, gout, fever, spirituous potation,
or urine combined with  saccharine matter.  Now the only relation
which the last has to the rest is that of its being usually secreted in
a preternatural quantity: but  as his, though mostly, is not always 
348
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. VI.—OR. fl
Diabetes.   Plouquet.
Diabetes Anglicus.  Sauv.
Diabetes Mellitus.  Cull. Cricht. et Auct. Alior.
the case, it has no pretence whatever to the name of diabetes, and
ought to form a distinct  division.  Or if the name  of diabetes be
applied to it, it should be given to it exclusively.  Dr. Young, who
retains  the name in the latter sense,  and  employs it as that of a
genus, justly allows but one species to the genus, diabetes mellitus
of Cullen; and describes the diabetes insipidus of Cullen under the
genus and species of hyperuresis aquosus.   There  is great doubt
whether this last  ever exists as an  idiopathic  affection.  Cullen
himself indeed candidly expresses the uncertainty of his mind upon
this subject; almost all the cases of diabetes of late times,  he ob-
serves,  exhibit saccharine urine, " ita ut dubium  sit, an alia diabetis
idiopathicse et permanentis species revera detur."  If such  should
be found, it will  probably be nothing more than a variety of the next
species in the present arrangement, paruria incontinens.
   Diabetes, then, seems  properly arranged as a species of paruria,
and the common essential name of mellita cannot well be exchanged
for a better.   Parr has made diabetes a species of a genus, which
he calls apotenosis, including vomiting, purging, immoderate sweat,
salivation, matted hair, and various other affections which have lit-
tle natural connexion with each other: and hence diabetis mellitus
sinks into a mere variety of this generic and incoherent cluster.
   Concerning the cause of this extraordinary affection we are still
considerably in the dark.   The two principal hypotheses that have
been started are contained in the following extract from Mr. Cruick-
shank.   " In the diabetes it has been supposed that the chyle flows
retrograde from the thoracic duct into the lymphatics of the kidney;
from them into the cryptae, so into the lufeuij uriniferi, thence into
the infundibula pelvis, ureter, and so into the bladder. This  opinion
is mere supposition, depending on no experiments; and, besides that
all such opinions should be rejected, why should the chyle flow retro-
 grade in the lymphatics  of the kidney, and net in the lacteals them-
 selves? And why are not the feces fraught with  a  similar fluid as
well as the urine ?   The arteries of the kidneys  are, on these occa-
 sions,  pretematurally enlarged, particularly those of the cryptae or
 minute  glands which  secrete the urine : and it  is infinitely more
 probable that the fluid of the diabetes arises from some remarkable
 change in the vessels usually secreting the urine, than from any
 imaginary retrograde motion of the chyle through the lymphatics of
 the kidneys."   On the Lacteals and Lymphatics, p. 69.
    See  a valuable paper  on the subject  of diabetes by Dr. Henry,
 Trans. Medico  Chirurg.  Soe. Vol. II. 118, in which the affected urine
 is shown to  be of greater  specific gravity than in its natural state;
 exhibiting from 1028 to 1040,  compared with 1000 parts of water, 
oe. m.)
NOSOLOGY.
349
       Apocenosis Diabetes mellitus.   Parr.
       Nufas.   Arab.
9. incontinens.   Frequent or perpetual  discharge of urine,
                     with difficulty of retaining it.
       Incontinentia urinse.  Sennert.
       Perirrhcea, (neetepoix.)  Hippocr.
       Stranguria.  Gal.
       Enuresis.   Sauv. Linn. Vog.  Sag.  Cull.
       Hyperuresis.   Toung.
       Seles.  Arttb.
       Harnfluss.  G.
       Incontinence d'urine.  F.
       Incontinence of Urine.
       « Acris.   From peculiar acrimony in the fluid secreted.
       /* Irritata.  From peculiar irritation in some part of the
                     urinary channel.
         Enuresis irritata..  Cull.
while natural urine is under 1020.  The saccharine matter it con-
tains appears to be of nearly, or altogether, the same nature as the
saccharine matter of vegetables.  The urine seems also to be to-
tally destitute, or very sparingly possest of urea, or the ammoniacal
secretion.   In opposition to the two  theories  of a mere  morbid
state of the secreting organ, and that of the assimilating or diges-
tive function, Dr. Henry conceives that both are in a diseased con-
dition.
  After Willis had shown that sugar existed in a  detached state in
this kind of urine, various analysts endeavoured to ascertain  its pro-
portion.  Dobson, from a pound of urine, collected an ounce of sac-
charine matter:  Cruickshank, from thirty-six ounces troy, obtained
by evaporation, not less  than  three  ounces and a quarter;  which,
from the quantity discharged  by the patient, would have amounted
to not less than twenty-nine ounces every twenty-four hours.
  A similar complaint is to  be traced among  plants,  though  the
author does not  remember to have seen it noticed as such by any
physiologist.  What the  diabetes, honey-water, or honey-urine is to
animals, the melligo  or  honey-dew seems to be  to the vegetable
tribes.   In both, an ordinary aqueous secretion is for the most part
increased in quantity, and constantly combined with a production of
saccharine matter; and in both, the effect is great debility, atrophy,
and emaciation of the vital frame.  The plant usually recovers, be-
cause the coldness of the winter, that  puts a stop to its natural ac-
tions, puts a stop also to  those that are morbid: the animal  usually
dies, for in him there is no such regular cessation: but in evergreen
plants, which suffer no winter torpitude, the disease is often as fatal
as among mankind. 
350
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. VI.—OR. II,
     Discharge of  hairs.  Klatt. de Trichias, Alton.
  1703.
y Atonica.   From atony of the sphincter of the bladder.
  Enuresis  irritata.  Cull.
$ Aqubsa.  From  superabundant secretion ; the fluid
     limpid  and dilute.
  Hyperuresis aquosa.  Toung.
     Variety £ found occasionally, also, as a symptom
  in pregnancy, catamenia, sparganosis, and  lithia.  y
  in puerperal debility, paralysis, and coma.   ^ in hys-
  teria, hypochondrias, and other nervous affections.
     The  quantity discharged has  occasionally  been
  enormous.   Sometimes forty pints a day ; Dodonseus,
  Obs. Med. exempl.  var.  cap. 42.—3674 pints in
  ninety-four days ; more than  thirty-nine pints a day
  for the  whole term : Barati, Casso proposto a Ludo-
  vico Testi.—4171  pints within ninety-seven days;
  just forty-three pints a day through the entire term ;
  Comment. Bonon. tom. I.—200 pints  daily, time not
  mentioned ; Fonseca de Naturae Artisque miraculis,
  p. 538.
  The honey-dew is, in general, produced suddenly, by a peculiar
haze or mist apparently loaded with a specific miasm, or other ma-
terial, poisonous to certain kinds of  plants,  though innoxious to
others.  The leaves and often the stems which it affects, as it creeps
along, immediately throw forth an augmented secretion from their
surface, more viscid in texture, and, as just observed, considerably
impregnated with sugar.   Insects of various kinds are instantane-
ously attracted by the  secretion, and particularly different  species
of the aphis, or  green-louse,  which  find in this morbid material a
rich  harvest of food,  and  instantly cover every  part of the plant
with viviparous or oviparous young, so minute as to be almost invi-
sible to the naked eye  ; but which are soon traced in the shape of
innumerable hosts of green lice, whose voracious appetite still far-
ther exhausts the sinking plant, and extends the scene of vegetable
desolation through a wide and dreary range.  Such is the sad pic-
ture  which  has just been presented to the author's eye on  visiting
various hop-plantations in the county of Essex, most of which have
been suffering severely, and the greater number of which have lost
the whole of their produce.  In several instances he found it not
difficult to  trace the  course  in which the pestilential  haze had
moved forward; for while a few hop grounds lying out of its track,
or merely bordering on it, seemed to have escaped with little com-
parative injury, a few strips of the plantations that were most affected 
GE. HI.]
NOSOLOGY.
351
6. incocta.   Urine consisting of fluids taken into the stomach,
                 and excreted without change.
            See Bartholin. Hist. Anat. Cent. I. hist. 68. Sylvati-
         cus, Consil. Cent. III. n. 41, 42. Trincavel. De Ra-
         tione Cur. part. corp. hum.  Oil of almonds, without
         change; Bachetoni, Comment. Bonon. tom. ii.  part i.
         Prussiat of potass, and apparently without passing
         through the circulation ; Wollaston and Marcet, Phil.
         Trans. 1811.   Rhubarb; Home, Id.
7. erratica.  Urine  discharged at  some foreign outlet.
       Uroplania.   Auct. Var.
       * Salivaris.  By  the  salivary glands.   Phil.  Trans.
           passim.
       p Cutanea^  By the skin.  Id.
       y Umbilicalis.  At the navel.  Act. Erudit. 1760.
       $ Vaginalis.   By a fistulous  opening  into the vagina.
            Valisnerii. Oper. iii.
       t  Perinaetica. By a fistulous opening into the  per inaeum.
           Ibid.
by it, from the same cause escaped equally ;  and, being free from
the malligo or  honey-dew, were  free also  from  the assault of the
aphides, that were attracted by it, with a leaf nearly as clean, and a
fruit as sound as if no such disease had existed in the neighbourhood.
The mischief of this little insect is terribly augmented by the curi-
ous faculty it possesses of having  various ova  impregnated by a
single copulation ; so that the female is able to breed eight or nine
limes in succession without further  sexual intercourse ;  and by its
breeding oviparously in the colder  part of the autumn, by which
the young are defended from  the weather, instead of viviparously,
as in the summer.
  6. Paruria erratica.  This disease  has often  been described under
the name of uroplania (from ovgov, and 9tA«vjjt«, erraticus,) but seldom
introduced into nosological arrangements.  The cases, however, are
so numerous and  distinct, in writers of good authority, that it ought
not to be rejected. In most instances it is not a vicarious discharge;
in other words a secretion of a different kind  compensating for the
absence of urine, but a discharge of an urinous fluid, apparently ab-
sorbed after its secretion by the kidneys, and conveyed to the outlet
from which it issues; of the manner of which  conveyance we are as
ignorant as of the mode by which  various substances travel from the
stomach to the kidneys, apparently without  passing through  the
general course of the circulation  of the blood. 
352
NOSOLOGY.
[GL. VI.—OH.  II.
                      GENUS IV.


                         LITHIA.


    Morbid secretion, or accumulation of calculous matter in
         internal cavities.
       Lithiasis.  Plouquet.  Macbr.  Toung.
       Morbi calculosi.   Sauv. Class. Morb.  iEtiol.
1.  renalis.  Pain  in the loins shooting down  towards  the
                testes or thighs, increased on exercise ; urine
                often depositing a sabulous sediment.
       Lithiasis nephritica.   Macbr.
       Lithiasis renalis.  Toung.
       x Calculosa.    Pain severe and constant; sabulous dis-
           charge small and seldom, or never: calculus usually
           large, and obstructing the pelvis of an ureter.
         Nephralgia calculosa.  Sauv.
           See Baillie, Morb. Anat.  Fasc. vii. pi. 5, 6.
       /3 Arenosa.    Pain intermitting; free  discharge of a
           sabulous sediment.
         Griess in den nieren.   G.
  Gen. IV.  Lithia: from Xt9o$, or rather from XtOxu, " calculo
laboro."   The name among the old writers, and which was received
by Dr. Macbride,  and has been continued  by several since, was
lithiasis.  It is only in the present case  altered to  lithia, because
iasis is a common termination for diseases affecting the skin or cu-
ticle.
  It is singular that this disease is only indirectly glanced at by most
of the preceding nosologists, and not at all in its first variety, ex-
cept by Sauvages, who alludes to it in his genus nephralgia: while
stone  in the bladder, both by himself and Cullen, is reduced to  a
mere  species, or rather a variety of dysuria or strangury : as though
the peculiar symptoms and general nature of these affections were
not sufficient to constitute a  distinct  genus.   The error,  however,
is in both instances rather to  be ascribed  to an imperfection in the
respective  classifications, than a deficiency in the  judgment,  of
these  celebrated writers.
  The name of lithus,  or lithiasis, as used by Aretaeus and Aurelia-
nus, and that  of calculus or sabulum as employed by Celsus and
Pliny, sufficiently evince the elementary principles, of which the
Greeks and Romans conceived urinary calculi to consist.  The mis-
take is not to be wondered at, when we reflect that it is not  till about 
GE. IV.]
NOSOLOGY.
353
         Gravelle.   F.
         Gravel.
            Both varieties found in most quadrupeds.  Traced
         by Fourcroy in the  horse and  cat;  by the younger
         Morand in the rat.
2. vesicalis.  Frequent desire of making water, with diffi-
                  culty of discharge: penis rigid, with acute
                  pain at the glans; sonorous resistance to
                  the sound when searching the bladder.
       Lithiasis cystica.   Macbr.
       Lithiasis vesicalis.   Toung.
       Dysuria calculosa.   Sauv.
       Dysuria irritata.   Cull.
       Calculus vesicae.  Sennert.
       Hesat.  Arab.
       Blasenstein.   G.
       Calcul de la  vessie.   F.
       Stone in the  Bladder.
         Voided of the weight of 2 oz. by a female ; Hanoxv,
       Seltenheiten  der Natur.—2£  oz.  troy, by  a female ;
thirty years since that these principles were detected with any de-
gree of accuracy; and that we are indebted to the minute and ela-
borate experiments of Fourcroy  and  Vauquelin  for  an  analysis,
which not only Van Helmont, Hales, and Palucci, but even  Scheele,
Bergman, Hartenkeil and Pearson had left unfinished : and which
still required the correcting hands of Wollaston and Berzelius to be
brought to a desirable perfection.
  Fourcroy asserts that oxen have urinary calculi in great abun-
dance after dry seasons;  which disappear  in  spring and summer,
destroyed by the green succulent food  which is  hereby  afforded
them; and he  hence  reasons upon the  advantage of similar food to
mankind in similar cases.  Two of the best essays upon the subject
are those of Mr. Brande, on the benefit of magnesia in preventing
an increased formation of uric acid, published in the Phil. Trans, for
1810, p. 136; and  1813, p. 213.  In the Transactions of the Acade-
my at Stockholm, a decoction of the beans of the phaseolus radiatus,
and the powder of the uva ursi are recommended by Linneus is va-
luable lithontriptics.  See tom. i. 225.   Beskrifnig pa0 et slag Ostin-
diskar Arter.   Also id. p. 279, Ron om orsaken til Fallende goten i
Skane ock Wernsharad.  A milk diet is also strongly advised, from
various cases in which it seems to have been very successfully em-
ployed.   Genesis. Calculi. Resp. J. O.  Hagstrbm. 1740.
  2.  Lithia vesicalis.   The shortness and expansibility of the female
urethra not only admits an evacuation of large calculi with little in-
  Vol.  V.—3 K 
354
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. VI.—OR. III.
Molineux.—5 oz. by the penis ; Sammlung. Med. Wahrn,
Band viii. p. 258.
  Extracted 12 oz. weight; Cheselden, Anat.—12 oz.;
Ephem. Nat. Cur. Dec. II. ann. v.—22 oz. Fabr. Hild.
de Lith. vesic.  Same weight,  cent.  iv. obs. 51: the
patient died during the operation.
  Found in the bladder 4$ lbs. weight; Brest. Sammlung,
1724, ii. 434. 11.  In the bladder of a dog H lb. Eph.
Nat. Cur. II. Dec. III. ann. v. vi. p. 99.   Nearly 5 lbs.
in the bladder of a horse;  Gattenhof, in Diss, de Cal.
1748.  2—3 oz. Phil. Tr. vol. xv. p. 1015.
  The number of  120 of various sizes voided in the
course of three days.   Eph. Nat. Cur. Dec. III. ann.
v. vi.—300, large, in two years.  Fabr. Hild. cent.  i.
obs. 69.—2000 within two years.  Grundlicher. Bericht
vom Blatterstein.
  Resonant; Brest. Samml. 1724. Woolly ;  Bartholin.
Act. Hafn. ii. obs. 55.
  See for the chemical principles of stone in the kidney
or bladder, Phil. Trans. 1797, Wollaston.  Id.  1808,
Home and Brande.
                     ORDER  III.

                   A C R 0 T  I C A.

           affecting the external surface.

  Pravity of the fluids or emunctories that open on the exter-
nal surface:  without fever, or other internal affection, as a
necessary accompaniment.
convenience compared with that suffered by men, but has often sug-
gested the expediency of introducing the stone forceps into the blad-
der, so as to supply the place of lithotomy.  Mr. Thomas, by gra-
dually enlarging it by means of a sponge-tent, was, in one case, able
to introduce his finger into the bladder, and succeeded in bringing
away an ivory ear-pick which had been incautiously used as a cathe-
ter, and had slipped into the cavity of the bladder.   In another sin-
gular case, the same skilful operator gradually expanded the sphinc-
ter ani to a diameter large enough to admit his whole hand into the 
GE. I.-]
NQSOLOCY
355
                        GENUS  I.

                   EPHIDROSIS.

     Preternatural secretion of cutaneous perspiration.
       Ephidrosis.  Hippocr. Sauv.  Sag. Cull.
1. profusa.   Cutaneous perspiration secreted profusely.
       Ephidrosis spontanea.   Sauv.
       Ephidrosis idiopathica.  Cull.
       Sudor.   Linn.
       Hydropedesis.   Vog.
       Areknak.  Pers.   Literally " sudor perfusus."   Turc.
         derlu, or, as vulgarly pronounced, terlu.
2. cruenta.   Cutaneous perspiration intermixed with blood.
rectum, and hereby succeeded in extracting a large substance that
had slipped into its channel. Medico-Chirurg. Trans. Vol. i. 124.
  Order III. Aorotica. From xxgos, " summus," whence xxg«-
txtk, « summitas," « cacumen."  The genera and species are taken
as nearly as the system would allow, from Dr. Willan's Cutaneous
Diseases.
  Gen. I. Ephidrosis.  'E<p^«<r/s, " sudor." The matter of sweat
and of insensible perspiration is nearly the same ; the former con-
sisting of  the latter with a small  intermixture of animal oil.  It is
affirmed by some writers  that there  are persons who never per-
spire.  This is doubtful; for all  warm-blooded  animals either per-
spire by the skin, or have some vicarious evacuation that  supplies
its place, as in the case of the dog kind, in which an increased dis-
charge of saliva seems to answer  the purpose.  In cold-blooded
animals we sometimes find partial cutaneous secretions,  as in the
lizards, the exudation from some of which, particularly the lacerta
Geitja of  the Cape of Good Hope, is highly acrid, and occasionally
produces dangerous gangrenes. Generally speaking, however, cold-
blooded animals secrete but a small quantity of  fluid on the surface,
and  hence suffer but  little exhaustion or diminution of  weight in
long periods of time, and  can live long without  nourishment.   And
it is hence probable that, among  mankind, those who throw off but
a small portion of halitus, may exist  upon  a very spare  supply of
food; which may afford a  solution to many of the wonderful cases
of fasting persons recorded  in the scientific journals of different
countries: for the matter of insensible perspiration is calculated,
upon a fair average, as being daily equal in weight to half the food
introduced into the stomach in  the course of the day.  Thus if a
man  of good  health and  middle age and stature, weighing about
146  pounds avoirdupois, eats and  drinks at the  rate of fifty-six 
356                     NOSOLOGY.           [CL. VI.—OR. III.
       Sudor cruentus.  Albert.  Wedel.
       Sudor Sanguineus.   Jantke. Minadoi.
       Haematidrosis.   Plouquet.
         This species has not been very commonly noticed by
       nosologists ; but the cases of idiopathic affection are so
       numerous and so clearly marked by other writers that
       it ought not to be passed over.   It has sometimes oc-
       curred during coition.  Paulini cent. iii. obs. 46. Some-
       times in  new-born  children.  Eph. Nat.  Cur. Dec. ii.
       ann.  obs. 65. Another case,obs. 179.  Other cases of its
       secretion during coition, Ann. vi. Appendix, p. 4. 43.
       53. From fear, Stahl Diss, de Passionibus.  Hallae, 1691.
3. partialis.  Cutaneous perspiration limited to a particular
                  part or organ.
         Ephidrosis lateralis.  Sauv. who quotes from Schmidt,
       Collect. Acad. iii. 577, the case of a  woman  who was
       never capable (except when pregnant) of being thrown
       into a sweat in any  other part than the left side.
4. tincta.  Cutaneous  perspiration possessing  a  depraved
              colour.
       «  Viridis.  Of a green tinge.  Sauv.  Borelli. cent. ii.
           56.
       /3  Nigra.   Of  a  black  tinge.  Sauv. Joel.  Langelot.
            Collect. Acad. III. 255.
       y  Caerulea.  Of a blue tinge.  Sauv. Winder. Collect.
           Acad. III. 263.
       ^  Rubra.  Of the colour of port-wine. Sauv.  Barthol.
5. olens.   Cutaneous  perspiration, possessing  a depraved
             smell.
       *  Sulphurea.   Of a sulphurous  scent.   Ephem.  Nat.
           Cur.  Cent. I. II. obs. 168.
ounces in  twenty-four  hours, he will commonly be found to lose
about twenty-eight ounces within the same period by insensible per-
spiration;  sixteen ounces  during the two-thirds of this period de-
voted to wakclulness, and twelve ounces during the remaining third
devoted to sleep.
  It sometimes happens that this evacuation is secreted in excess,
and becomes sensible, so as to  render the whole, or various parts
of the body, and especially the palms of the  hands, covered  with
moisture, without any general affection of the system.  And it  is  to
this species that the term ephidrosis has been usually applied and
limited by nosologists.   Sauvages, however, has employed  it  in a
wider signification,  so  as to include  all the  other species  here
enumerated;  and perhaps correctly, though  Cullen  inclines  to 
GE.1I.]
NOSOLOGY.
357
P Acida.   Of a sour scent.
  Ephidrosis acida.  Sauv.
y Olida.   Of a rank or fetid scent.   Often partial,  or
     evacuated from particular organs, as  the feet or
     axillae: sometimes  from the surface generally, ac-  ,
     cording to De Monteaux.
  Ephidrosis a saburra. tSauv.
^ Moschata.  Of a musky scent.  Pecilin. lib. ii. obs.
     49.
     Several of the varieties in sp. 3  and 4 found also
  occasionally as  symptoms in  fevers  of various de-
  scriptions,  exanthems, syncope, porphyra;  and  as
  consequent upon various metallurgical, and  other
  trades.  Suppressed natural secretions of other kinds
  are also often combined with the matter of cutaneous
  perspiration by metastasis, as in suppression of milk,
  of urine, of catamenia, and, as has been said, of feces.
                      GENUS  II.

                  EXANTHESIS.

    Simple, cutaneous, rose-coloured efflorescence, in circum-
       scribed plots, with little or no elevation.
       Cutaneous blush.
1.  roseola.  Efflorescence in  blushing patches, gradually
                  deepening to a rose-colour, mostly circular
                  or oval;  often alternately fading and reviv-
                  ing ; sometimes with a colourless nucleus:
                  chiefly on the cheeks, neck, or arms.
       Roseola.  Severin.   Willqn.
       Rose-Rash.
regard the whole of them as merely symptomatic of some other
affection.
  Gen II. Exanthesis. From «|, " ex, extra," and xiiew, " floreo;"
superficial, or cutaneous efflorescence, in contradistinction to " enan-
thesis," (*v«v0s}<r<s,) in the present system a genus of Cl  III. Ord. III.
importing "efflorescence springing from within,"" rash-fever:" which
see.   Tlie  author  would  have preferred  eirxvivrts, for the mere
reason that it occurs in Aristophanes, t<? fwXotrti ZITHN0EI XNOYS :
(In Nub) but that  ex, or e%,  is the preposition prefixed, and most
applicable, to several of the other genera in this order, and forms
a better contrast to  «v, its opposite, than tm does. 
358                     NOSOLOGY.          [CL. VI.—OIL III.

         Found also, frequently, as a symptom, in dentition,
       dyspepsy, various fevers, and other constitutional af-
       fections.
                 GENUS  III.

                   EXORMIA.

Small, acuminated elevations of the cuticle ; not contain-
     ing a  fluid,  nor tending to suppuration; commonly
     terminating in scurf.
  Papula.   Cels.  Sauv. Linn.
  Papulae.   Willan.
  Papulous skin.
  Common pimples.
  Knoten.  G.
  Boutons.  F.
  Gen. III.   Exormia.   "E^o^ix, exivpx,  "papnla."  So Galen,
" apertum est ab exOveti, quod est t%oefMcv, id est erumpere, derivatum
esse ex.6vp.xo-i, id est papulis, nomen, in iis quae sponte  extuberant
in cute."  In lib. iii. Hippocr. § 51.  " It is obvious that from ex9vttv,
synonymous  with e£oepuct, or " to break out," is derived the term ec-
thyma, or papula, in those cases in  which the eruption takes place
on the  skin  spontaneously."   Ecthyma, however, has from some
cause or other, been generally supposed to import a species of large
pustules.  It is used expressly in this sense in our own day by Dr.
Willan and Dr. Young; and the author has, therefore, to avoid  con-
fusion, appropriated its synonym exormia or exormis («£«ff?) to im-
port an eruption of common papulae or pimples.
  Papula, indeed, is itself of Greek  origin, being derived from  pap-
pus or 7r*5r7ros, "the sprouting of down or buds," and hence " the
sprouting of the beard."   The radical sense is " production or push-
ing forth;" for w«5rw«? means father, and fl-ewrjros, in its primary sig-
nification, grand-father; and hence papilla, another diminutive from
the same stock, imports nipple, the sprouting channel of  maternal
nutriment.
  The common terminating diminutive ula or ilia is probably deriv-
ed  from the Greek vXi> (ule or yle) " materia, materies," " of the
matter,make, or nature of;" thus papula or papilla," of the matter
or nature of pappus;" lupula, " of the matter, make, or  nature of
the lupus;"  tubula or tubulus, " of  the matter, make, or  nature of
the tubus;" pustula, "of the matter, make, or nature of pus;" 
GE. HI.]
NOSOLOGY.
359
1.  Strophulus.  Eruption of red  pimples  in early infancy,
                    chiefly about the face, neck, and  arms;
                    surrounded  by a reddish halo : or inter-
                    rupted by irregular plots of  cutaneous
                    blush.
       Strophulus.  Willan.
       Licheniasis Strophulus.   Toung.
       Exanthema Strophulus.  Parr.
       *  Intertinctus.   Pimples bright-red; distinct, intermix-
           ed  with stigmata, and  red patches:  sometimes
           spreading over the body.
         Strophulus intertinctus.   Willan.
         Rothe.   G.
         Efflorescence benigne.  F.
         Red gum.  Red gown.
tubercula or tuberculum, " of the matter, make, or nature of the
tuber :" and so of various others.  So the Anglo.Saxon kin or kind
(cynn)  is used as a diminutive in the English lamb-kin, man-akin,
Sec.  In the cognate dialect of Germany, this last diminutive is em-
ployed still more extensively, for here kind, as a single word, im-
ports child, infants family or relative origin ; the first make or mat-
ter of kindred.
  Papula and pustula, which by Sauvages  are degraded into mere
symptoms  of diseases, and  not allowed to constitute diseases of
themselves, are raised to the  rank  of genera by Celsus,  Linneus,
and Sagar,  and, under a plural form, to that of orders by Willan.
In the  present system  exormia and ecphlysis  intended to supply
their place, are employed as collective terms, and run parallel with
those papulae and pustulae of Willan which are not essentially con-
nected with  internal disease; and are only made use  of instead of
papula  and pustula, first as being  more immediately Greek, and
next in order  to prevent confusion  from  the variety of senses as-
signed to the  latter terms by different writers.  Exormia and ec-
phlysis, therefore, as distinct genera under the present arrangement,
import eruptions of pimples and pustules  in their simplest state;
affecting the cuticle, or at  the utmost the superficial integument
alone,  and  consequently without  fever or  other internal complaint
as a necessary  or essential  symptom ; although some part  or other
of the system may occasionally sympathise or catenate  with the
efflorescence.  It is difficult, indeed, to draw a line of separation,
and perhaps impossible to draw it exactly, between efflorescences
strictly cutaneous and  strictly constitutional,  from  the numerous
examples we meet with of the one  description combining with or
passing into the other.  But this is a difficulty which belongs to
every other branch of physiology, in the widest sense of the term,
as well as to nosology; and all we  can do, in any division of the 
360
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. VI.—OR. Ill
/8 Albidus.  Pimples minute, hard, whitish; surround-
     ed by a reddish halo.
  Strophulus albidus.  Willan.
   White gum.
y Confertus.   Pimples red, of different sizes; crowding
     or in clusters ; the larger surrounded by a  red halo;
     occasionally succeeded by a fresh crop.
  Strophulus confertus.   Willan.
   Tooth rash.
& Volaticus.  Pimples deep-red, in circular patches or
     clusters ; clusters somewhat solitary on each arm
     or cheek ;  more generally flying from part to part.
  Strophulus volaticus.   Willan.
  Erythema volaticum.   Sauv.
e  Candidus.  Pimples large, glabrous,  shining; of a
     lighter hue than the skin: without halo or blush.
  Strophulus candidus.   Willan.
science, is to lay down the boundary wilh as much nicety and cau-
tion as possible, and to correct it, as corrections may afterwards be
called for.  Dr. Willan's plan, which is merely monogrammic, or
confined  to a single division of diseases, enabled him to unite dis-
orders which have often very little connexion  with each other, as
exanthematous fevers, with local diseases  of the skin;  small-pox,
for example, with itch, which comes next to it, from the mere cir-
cumstance  that both  exhibit efflorescences of some kind or other.
But this is a plan which, without entering into its merit,  could not
be followed in any system attempted, like the  present,  upon a
physiological basis, and taking for its range the whole catalogue of
diseases which flesh is heir to.  It is on this  account that variola
and elephantiasis, by Willan introduced under  pustula, and  tuber-
culum, are necessarily in  the  present arrangement removed to
other divisions of the system; for while Willan employs the terms
pustulae and tubercula in the double sense of pustules or tubercles
with essential affection of the constitution, and without such essential
affection, ecphlysis and ecphyma are here limited to the last.
  Generally speaking, therefore, the species  arranged  under the
present order will be found simple cutaneous diseases, and in their
purest state perhaps always so.  There are, however,  as already
hinted at, certain idiosyncrasies, or occasional conditions of the con-
stitution, by which they are more  readily produced, or with which
they^more readily associate ; such  especially as a lax state  of the
fibres, a languid circulation, a general irritation of the system.
whether habitual or the result of accidental debility, or some pecu-
liar affection of the head, stomach, or other organ; and hence we
occasionally meet with a few varieties or modifications of several 
GE. in.]
NOSOLOGY.
361
2. lichen.  Eruption diffuse; pimples red; troublesome sense
               of tingling or pricking.
       Lichen.   Willan.
       Zitterich.   G.
       « Simplex.  General irritation, sometimes a few febrile
            symptoms at the commencement;  tingling aggra-
            vated during the night; pimples scattered over the
            body;  fade and desquammate in about a week.
         Lichen simplex.   Willan.
       & Pilaris.   Pimples  limited  to the roots of  the hair ;
            desquammate after ten days ;  often alternating with
            complaints  of  the head  or  stomach.   " Only a
            modification of  the foregoing."  Will.
         Lichen pilaris.  Willan.
species of cutaneous affection, in which the system at large, or par-
ticular parts of it, appear to catenate with the disease, either ante-
cedently, progressively, or alternately.  This is sometimes the case
with strophulus, and, indeed, with all the species of exormia or pa-
pulae ; which, nevertheless, more generally exhibit themselves, and
even under their severest  modifications, without any apparent con-
stitutional affection whatever ; of which the prickly heat, or lichenose
exormia of the West Indies, may be adduced as a stricking example.
Lepra  or lepriasis is regarded  as  a constitutional malady by many
writers of recent times; but it was not so regarded either by the
Greek or Arabian physicians, who duly distinguished it from ele-
phantiasis ; nor  is it so regarded by Dr. Willan, who ascribes it
chiefly to  cold, moisture,  and the accumulation of  sordes on the
skin, especially in persons of a slow pulse, languid circulation, and
a harsh,  dry, and impermeable cuticle.  See his Ord. II. p. 119,
120, 123.—These observations  will apply equally to the pustular
and vesicular eruptions; which  are strictly cutaneous in their pure
or simple state, though in a few varieties complicated, from pecu-
liarity  of  temperament  or other cause, with some  internal affec-
tion.
  Similar to this was  the  opinion of Mr. John Hunter, not only in
regard to these cutaneous  diseases, but to various affections  of the
surface of internal canals, of a character decidedly inflammatory,
and making a near approach to erysipelas.   " This affection," says
he, " appears to support itself by continued sympathy, for it com-
monly begins at  a point, and spreads, while it shall be getting well
where it first  began.  This cannot be merely constitutional, for if
it was, the part already inflamed could not  recover,  if its  increase
in new parts arose from  the constitution; but it gives the idea that
when the parts have once gone through this action they lose the
disposition, and  become healthy.  This property is not peculiar to
  Vol. V.—3 L 
562                     NOSOLOGY.          [CL. VI.—OR. 111.

       y Circumscriptus.  Pimples in clusters  or patches of
           irregular forms, appearing in succession over the
           trunk and limbs : sometimes coalescing :  occasion-
           ally reviving in successive crops, and  persevering
           for six or eight weeks.
         Lichen circumscriptus.   Willan.
       $ Lividus.  Pimples dark-red or livid;  chiefly scat-
           tered  over the  extremities ; desquammation at un-
           certain  periods,  succeeded by fresh  crops,  often
           persevering for several months.
         Lichen lividus.   Willan.
       t  Tropicus.  Pimples bright-red, size of a small pin's
           head; heat, itching,  and pricking as of needles ;
           sometimes suddenly disappearing, and producing
           sickness or other internal  affection ; relieved  by
           the return of a fresh crop.
             Attacks  new settlers in the West Indies, and
           other warm regions, and leaves them in a few weeks
           when inured to the climate.
         Eczesma.   Auct. Grsec.   See Aet. Tetrab. IV. i. 128.
         Essera.   Plouquet.
         Sudamina.  Auct. Lat.
         Lichen tropicus.   Willan.
         Eshera, {Arab.)  commonly but improperly  written
           essera.  It is the plural of sheri, papula, but pecu-
           liarly applied to this variety.
         Rootvont.  Belg.
         Flacherothe fiecke.  G.
         Prickly-heat.
         Summer-rash.   Cleghorn.
this inflammation ; the ring-worm has this peculiarity, as also many
cutaneous ulcers.—There  appear to be  two ways of accounting
for  this, one is, that the whole  skin is very susceptible of such
action, and readily  goes on with it by continued  sympathy ;  the
other is, that the inflammation is such as to contaminate while it
spreads, but when it has once acted it is cured, as  above observed.
If this last be a true solution, then the right  practice would be to
stop its progress by destroying  the parts beyond  it."  On Blood,
p. 271.  This practice  is in fact often pursued, and with success,
in porrigo or tinea, by a local application of a solution of lunar
caustic.
  1. Exanthesis Lichen. In the  definition of the complaint the au-
thor has adhered as closely to Willan as he has been able;  but he
has  been compelled to omit two of Willan's characters, that of the 
GE. Ill ]
NOSOLOGY.
363
       £ Ferus.  Pimples in clusters or patches, surrounded
           with  a red  halo ; the cuticle  growing  gradually
           harsh, thickened and chappy;  often  preceded by
           general irritation.
         Lichen agrius (xyem, ferus.)   Auct. Grsec.
         Papula agria.   Cels.
         Lichen agrius.  Willan.
           According to Paulus, iEgineta, and Orobasius, only
         a more violent and inveterate form of «.
       i  Urticosus.  Pimples very minute, slightly elevated,
           reddish;  intolerably itching, especially  at night;
           irregularly  subsiding, and  re-appearing; chiefly
           spotting the limbs ;  occasionally spreading over
           the body, with gnat-bite-shaped wheals : from the
           violence of  the irritation, at times,  accompanied
           with vesicles or blisters, and succeeded  by an ex-
           tensive exfoliation of the cuticle.
         Lichen urticatus.   Bateman.   Q?
         Nettle-lichen.
3. prurigo.   Eruption diffuse ; pimples nearly of the colour
                of the cuticle ; when abraded by scratching,
                oozing a fluid that concretes into minute black
                scabs ; intolerable itching, increased by sud-
                den exposure to heat.
       Prurigo.  Willan.
       Iklet.—Kejik.   Turc.
       x  Mitis.   Pimples soft and smooth  ; itching, at  times
           subsiding;  chiefly common  to  the young, and in
           spring time; easily  yields to a  course of warm ab-
           lutions.
disease " affecting adults," and its being " connected with internal
disorder."  They are copied  by Dr. Bateman, but are at variance
with the species enumerated under the genus ; for the livid lichen
(here marked  S)  is expressly stated  by Dr. Willan, p.  50, to  be
common to " young persons and even children;" and the nettle-
lichen (here marked £) is described by Dr. Bateman,  p. 14,  as
" peculiar  to children,"  commencing " in  some cases  soon after
birth, and sometimes later;"  while  the former observes, p. 39,
that  the simple lichen (*) " sometimes  appears suddenly without
any manifest disorder of the constitution;" and states with respect
to the tropical  lichen (t) from Winterbottom, Hillary, Clark, and
Cleghorn, that « it is considered as salutary ;" as " a proof that the
person affected with it is in a good state of health," p. 55 ; that « it 
364
NOSOLOGY.           [CL. VI.—OR. III.
        Prurigo mitis.   Willan.
      C Formicans.  Pimples varying from larger to more
           obscure than the last; itching incessant, and accom-
           panied  with  a sense of pricking or stinging, or of
           the creeping of ants over the body ;  duration from
           two months  to two or three years, with occasional
           but short intermissions ; chiefly common to adults.
        Prurigo formicans.   Willan.
      y Senilis.   Pimples mostly larger than in either of the
           above ; Romctimca indistinct,  giving the surface a
           shining and  granulated appearance ;  itching inces-
           sant ; common to  advanced years, and  nearly in-
           veterate.
        Prurigo sensilis.  Willan.
           Most intractable in elderly persons  who have been
        addicted  to spirituous drinks, whether ale, wine, or
        alkohol;  and hence called by Darwin psora ebriorum,
        who  believes,  but without foundation,  that  it may
        be propagated from  one  part of the body  to another
        by scratching.
           Var.«occasionally terminates in contagious scabies;
        S in impetigo;  v in malis pediculi.
4. milium.  Pimples very minute; tubercular; confined to
                the  face ; distinct; milk-white ;  hard ; gla-
                brous ; resembling millet-seeds.
       Grutum sive  milium.   Plenck.
       Gries.  G.
seldom causes  any  sickness or disorder, except the troublesome
itching and pricking," p. 59 ;  that " it is not attended with any
febrile commotion, whilst it continues out," p. 61 ;  and that it " is
looked  upon as a si^n of health;  and, indeed, while it continues
fresh on the skin no inconvenience arises from it, except a frequent
itching."-—The subdivisions of  Dr. Willan are denominated species;
but for the most part they are little more than modifications of each
other, as he candidly admits in one or two instances,  and conse-
quently ought rather to be called varieties, as they are  in the pre-
sent text.
  2. j; E.  Lichen urticosus.  This variety is described from several
strongly marked cases which have occurred to the author;  and has
a near resemblance to  the lichen urticatus of Dr. Bateman.  The
varieties, however, are innumerable.
 . Gen. IV.  Lepid6sis :  from  Ahh«-i&$, « squamma." The Greek
is preferred  to the Latin  term, as concurrent with the general rule 
GE. IV.]
NOSOLOGY.
365
                    GENUS  IV.

                 L EPI DO SIS.

Efflorescence of scales over  different parts of  the body,
  often thickening into crusts.
    Lepidosis.   Toung.
    Squammae.  Willan.
    Scale-skin.
    Kuba or Kouba.  Arab.  The Arabic term is used in a
       wide or generic  sense  by most of the Arabian wri-
       ters, and imports  scaly eruptions of nearly every
       kind, whether dry or accompanied with a purulent or
       other fluid.   It is peculiarly thus  employed by Avi-
       cenna and Serapion.  Kuba is  the plural of  kuveb:
       for the Arabians were fond  of employing a  plural
       noun : of which Eshera, in the preceding species, has
       just furnished us with an example.  So morbilli was
adopted in the present system in regard to the names of the classes,
orders, and genera.   The subdivisions are for the most  part taken
from Dr. Willan : being pityriasis, from «-<Tt^o», furfura,  " bran or
scurf;" lepriasis, from Xtx^os, scaber, " harsh, scabrous;" psoriasis,
from V«?«, scabies, (scabies sicca,) " scabid-scale;" and ichthyiasis,
from tyfim,  " a fish."  The arrangement is a little changed from
that of Willan, as pityriasis, the mildest  species, Is, in Willan, im-
properly placed  between psoriasis and ichthyiasis, the two severest
species.  In this part of the new arrangement Dr.  Young has pre-
ceded the author.  In Willan these subdivisions take the place of
genera; here they are introduced as  species;  and ought to have
been so in Willan,  as they are sufficiently allied to each  other for
this purpose ; and as otherwise, Dr. Willan has no species whatever,
and  consequently no disease whatever;  for as the  author has  fre-
quently had occasion to observe  already, it is the species alone that
constitutes  a disease.  Dr. Willan  has indeed his subsections,  but
they are in every instance mere  varieties, and are so understood and
denominated  by  himself.—See his  Cutaneous Diseases, Lepra, p.
106;  Psoriasis,  p. 151, and Pityriasis, p.  192: in all  which he
passes immediately from genera to varieties, the important link of
species being singularly omitted.
  In Lepriasis, the last variety (2)  is added from Celsus; and, on
the authority of  Dr.  Bateman, as well as the accuracy of his dis-
tinction, the author has given it the synonym of "  Leprosy of  the
Jews."   It exactly answers, indeed, to the Mosaic account in Levit.
xiii. S. 
366
NOSOLOGY-.
[CL. VI.—OR. 11T.
         used instead of morbillus or morbillo, and we still
         continue to  say measles,  small-pox, (pocks,) aph-
         thae, &c.
           The Persian synonym of kuba is  perjun: which,
         like the former, is applied also to impetigo  or run-
         ning tetter.
1.  Pityriasis.   Patches  of fine branny  scales, exfoliating
                    without cuticular tenderness.
      Pityriasis.  Alex. Trail.  Paul. Algin. Willan.
      Lepidosis Pityriasis.   Toung.
      Schuppen.  G.
      Dandriff.
      *  Capitis.  Scales minute and delicate; confined to the
           head;  easily separable.  Chiefly  common to  in-
           fancy, and advanced years.
         Pityriasis capitis.   Willan.
         Hauptschuppen.  G.
      p  Rubra.  Scaliness common to the body generally;
           preceded by redness, roughness, and scurfiness of
           the surface.
         Pityriasis rubra.   Willan.
      y  Versicolor.   Scaliness in  diffuse  maps  of irregular
           outline and divers colours, chiefly  brown and yel-
           low ; for the most part confined to the trunk.
         Pityriasis versicolor.  Willan.
  In the Amanitates Academics, Vol. VIII. art. 167,  is a Disserta-
tion of Dr. Westring, in which he strongly recommends the decoc-
tion of the ledum palustre for the cure of leprosy, as well as of vari-
ous other cutaneous efflorescences, which, as already observed, the
Linnean school ascribed,  in almost every instance, to animalcules.
In Kamtschatka this plant  has long been employed  for the same
purpose,  and apparently with a success superior to  that of the
solanum dulcamara.  Odhelius, in the Stockholm Transactions for
1774, speaks in  equal terms of the same plant; and gives us the
following form for using  it.  Infuse four ounces of the ledum in a
quart of hot water; strain it off" when  cold;  and let the patient
drink from half a pint to a  quart of it daily.
  The Indian name for leprosy is Kush'ta, and  it is a  frequent com-
plaint, especially in Mysore.  Among the Barbary states the use of
oil arganic as a fish sauce, and which is supposed to be of a heating
quality, is regarded as  a very common  cause of leprosy, (merd
jeddam) as  it is  here still  vulgarly called, and particularly in the
province  of  Haha, where  this  kind of sauce  is in  great repute 
GE. IV.)                 NOSOLOGY.                     367

2. Lepriasis.   Patches of smooth, laminated scales of differ-
                  ent sizes, and a circular form.
       Vitiligo.  Cels.
       Lepra.  Willan. Toung.
       Lepra Graecorum.   Auct. Var.
       Beras.—Boak.  Arab.  Both terms  are  applied  to all
         the varieties of lepra by most of the Arabian physi-
         cians ; but the first should, in strictness of language,
         be confined to lepra albida;  for  it usually implies
         whiteness,  or splendour.   It is hence employed to
         signify white spots in  cattle;  while beresa or  bersa
         imports, according to  Golius, " splendens albicante
         cute serpens :" Boak,  in its radical idea, denotes ve-
         hemence and violence : it is often rendered  " ingens
         fluxus," " fragor,"  and applied to a storm.
       Aussatz.   G.
       Leprosie.   F.
       Leprosy.
       » Vulgaris.  Scales  glabrous;  whitish;  size  of  a
           crown-piece; preceded  by  smaller, reddish, and
           glossy elevations of the skin, encircled by a dry,
           red, and  slightly elevated border; often confluent;
           sometimes covering  the whole of the body except
           the face.
       Lepra vulgaris.   Willan.
       Common Leprosy.
       (3 Albida.   Scales whitish ; size of a silver penny; de-
           pressed in the middle ;  chiefly confined to the ex-
           tremities.
         Alphos  (*x<po<i)  Auct. Grsec. Cels.
         Lepra alphoides.   Willan.
         Beras bejaz: Arab, and  sometimes bejaz or  white
           alone, synonymously with alphos.
The lepers of Haha are seen in parties of ten or twenty together,
and approach travellers to beg  charity.  In Morocco they are con-
fined to a separate quarter, or banished to the outside of the walls :
they are in general, however,  but  little disfigured by the disease
except in the loss of the eye-brows, which the females endeavour
to supply by the use of alkohol or lead ore, while they give an ad-
ditional colour to their  complexion by the  assistance of al akken or
rouge.  Preparations of arsenic are mostly relied upon for a cure
in the east, and seem to have been chiefly employed with advantage
in our own country. 
368                     NOSOLOGY.           [CL. VI.—OR. HI.

         Weisse-aussatz.   G.
         While Leprosy.
       y Nigricans.  Scales livid: size of a half-crown piece;
           diffused over the body, but less widely than «.
         Melas (f«a«s.)   Auct. Grsec.  Cels.
         Lepra nigricans.   Willan.
         Beras asved.   Arab.
         Swarze  aussatz.   G.
         Black Leprosy.
       2 Canescens.  Scales white ; hairs on the patches white
           or hoary; central depression deep; disease more
           inveterate.
         Leuce (xevxn.)   Auct. Grsec.  Cels.
         Leprosy of the Jews.  Hensler, Von Abendlandischen
           Aussatz, p. 341.  Bateman, p. 299.
             Several of the varieties found also occasionally
           as a symptom or sequel, in lues ; but distinguished
           by a livid or chocolate hue.
             See Galeoti, Dissertazione sopra le malattie che
           si curano nel Regio  Spedale di Sancto  Eusebio.
           Firenze, 1771.
].  Psoriasis.  Patches of rough, amorphous  scales; conti-
                 nuous, or of  indeterminate  outline; skin
                 often chappy.
      Lepidosis  Psoriasis.  Toung.
      Psoriasis.   Willan.
      Impetigo.  Sennert.  Plenck et Alior.
      Scabies sicca.  Etmull. Hoffm. Plater.
      Hasef. Arab.  Sauvages, Vol. I. p.  136, has confound-
         ed this with asef,  or eczema. The hasef of  Avicenna
         is the present species ; and is directly translated sca-
         bies sicca by Meninski and Golius.
      Kleinaussatz.  G.
      Scaly Tetter.—Dry Scale.  See Levit. xiii. 31—37.
      *  Guttata.   Drop-like, but with irregular margin.   In
           children contagious.
         Psoriasis guttata.    Willan.
    p Gyrata.  Scaly   patches  in  serpentine   or   tortuous
  4. Lepidosis Ichthyiasis.  The indurated incrustation exhibited in
this disease is produced by a change in the  papillae of the cutis;
which are elongated and enlarged into roundish cones or tubercles,
often void of sensation.  The skin has,  in some cases, been found
thickened into a stout tough leather.  In a singular enlargement of 
GE. IV.
NOSOLOGY.
3G9
        stripes.  Found chiefly on the back, sometimes on
        the face.
     Psoriasis gyrata.  Willan.
   y Diffusa.  Patches diffuse, with a rugged, chapped,
        irritable surface; sense of burning and itching when
        warm; skin  gradually  thickened  and furrowed,
        with a powdery scurf in the fissures ; extends over
        the face and scalp.
     Psoriasis diffusa.  Willan.
        Sometimes preceded by some constitutional affec-
     tion.
        When limited to the back of the hand it forms what
     is vulgarly called the Baker's Itch.  On the hands
     and arms, sometimes on the face and neck, is pecu-
     liarly troublesome to washerwomen ; probably  from
     the irritation of the  soap they are continually making
     use  of.
   ^ Inveterata.   Patches continuous over the whole sur-
        face ; readily falling off  and reproducible,  with
        painful, diffuse excoriations; extend to the  nails
        and  toes, which  become  convex  and thickened.
        Found chiefly in  old persons.
     Psoriasis inveterata.  Willan.
   £ Localis. Stationary ; and limited to particular organs:
        as the lips, eye-lids, prepuce, scrotum, and inside
        of the hands.
          In the last form peculiarly common to shoemakers,
        and artificers in metallic trades, as braziers, tinmen,
        and silversmiths : probably from filth, and the irri-
        tation of the substances they make use of.
          Several of the  varieties are found  also, occa-
        sionally, as symptoms or sequels of lues, particu-
        larly the first three: but are in every instance distin-
        guished by thelivid or chocolate hue of the scales.
Ichthyiasis.  Thick, indurated incrustation, encasing the
                 skin to a greater or less extent: scaliness
                 imperfect.
the lower extremity produced by a  puerperal sparganosis,  Mr.
Chevalier found the thickness of  the corium in some parts near a
quarter of an inch ; which, on being cut into, presented the same
grained appearance that is observable  in a section of the hides of
the larger quadrupeds.  Below the coriaceous skin, the adipose
  Vol. V.—3 M 
370
NOSOLOGY.           [CL. VI.—OR. HI
Lepra Ichthyosis.   Sauv.
Ichthyosis.   Willan.
Lepidosis Ichthyosis.   Toung.
Fischschuppen-aussatz.   G.
Fish-skin.
« Simplex.   Forming a harsh, pap\ilated, or warty rind;
    hue dusky ; subjacent muscles flexible. Sometimes
    covering the whole body, except the head and face,
    palms of the hands, and soles of  the feet.
  Ichthyosis simplex.  Willan.
    In  various instances hereditary.
(3 Cornea.   Forming a rigid, horfiy, imbricated rind ;
    hue brown or yellow ; subjacent muscles inflexible.
    Sometimes covering the entire body, including the
    face and tongue.
  Icthyosis cornea.   Willan.
V Cornigera.   With  horn-like, incurvated sproutings :
    sometimes periodically shed and reproduced.
  Cornua cutanea.   Plenck.
                    GENUS  V.

                 ECPHLYSIS.

Orbicular elevations of the cuticle containing a watery fluid.
    Wasserblattern.   G.
    Blains.
membrane exhibited an equal increase of substance, and in front of
the tibia was not less than an  inch and a half thick.  Medico-chxr.
Trans. Vol. II p. 63.
  4. y. L. Icthyiasis Cornigera.  The Phil. Trans,  give various
examples, and Willan has copied others of a curious nature.  A few
years since, a Leicestershire heifer was shown to the author, labour-
ing under the same affection.   The whole of the skin was covered
with a thick, dry scurf;  often itching; and, wherever scratched, a
fluid oozed out, which soon hardened, and put forth corneous, re-
cur vating excrescences, often divaricating, and assuming sometimes
a leafy, sometimes a hornlike appearance.  The back was covered
with them: over the forehead, and below the  dew-lap, they hung
in great abundance; many as large as natural horns.  The animal 
GE. V]
NOSOLOGY.
371
1. Pompholyx.   Eruption  of blebs  containing  a reddish,
                     transparent fluid; mostly distinct; break-
                     ing and healing without scale or crust.
       Pompholyx.  Willan.
       Ahenje.  Arab.
       Wassenblasen.   G.
       x Benignus.  Blebs pea-sized or filbert-sized ; appear-
           ing successively on various parts of the body; burst-
           ing in three  or four  days, and healing readily.
was otherwise in good health.   A drawing and description was pre-
sented by the author to the Royal Society.
  See also Haller, Elem. Physiol. V. p. 30.   Journal de Med. et
Histoire de la Chirurgie, passim.
  Gen. V.  Ecphlysis.  'Exapxvns,  from exQvgv, " ebullio," " ef-
ferveo,"  " to boil or bubble up or  over:" importing  "vesicular
eruption confined in its  action to  the surface,"  as emphlysis is
" vesicular eruption  essentially connected with internal and febrile
affection :" for which, see Cl. III. Ord. III. H^matica, Exanthe-
matica.  The term is  intended to include  all  those utricles or
minute bladders of the cuticle containing a watery fluid, and not ne-
cessarily connected  with  internal disease, whether bulla or vesicula,
between  which, Dr. Willan has made but little difference in his
definitions,  except  in  respect  to  size;  and  which  were equally
denominated by the Greeks phlyctaenae (pxvxTuivxi,) derived from
the same source.   And  hence the  species that fairly appertain to
this genus appear to be pompholyx (?r«,«*0oAv|,) " bulla," whence
no^QoXvyvu, in bullas converto,  as used by Dioscorides, lib. v. cap.
75 : herpes, from ifTa, " serpo, repo ;" rhyfiia, from gvv»s, " sordeh,"
entirely copied from Dr.  Bateman : and eczema (exge/*x,) from tx£ea>,
" efferveo."  In Dr. Bateman, rhypia is  written rupia ;  but this is
not quite correct: the p is aspirated, and  the Greek v is almost
always expressed by a Roman y.  So Pliny, from the very same root,
writes rhyparographus, (pvTXfoye.«pof,) " a painter of low, sordid,
contemptible subjects:" hence, too, rhythm, from fv9w, paralysis,
from  "rx%xXva-tf; and in Dr. Bateman himself,  sycosis, from ovxov.
  2. /3. Ecphlysis Herpes Exedens.   This variety of herpes appears
to have been much  misunderstood, and to have been held of a far
severer character than it really possesses, in consequence  of an
error that has long since crept into the  text  of Celsus, and been
propagated in the common editions. In his list of ulcers Celsus in-
troduces one called by the Greeks 5^<«f«e, which  he describes as
being of a livid or  black hue, with a fetid smell, and copious dis-
charge, insensible to the touch, though disturbed by itching, with
pain and inflammation around  it. And he then adds, according to
the common editions, "fitque ex his ulcus quod  eiicnr* ariieptem
Grxci vocant."  From these proceeds the ulcer, which the Greeks 
372                      NOSOLOGY.           JUL. VI.—ORJH.

         Pompholyx benignus.   Willan.
         Water-blebs.
       P Diutinus.  Blebs  gradually growing from small vesi-
           cles to the size of walnuts; yellowish ; often spread-
           ing in succession over the whole body, and interior
           of the mouth; occasionally reproduced, and forming
           an excoriated surface with ulcerations.   Often pre-
           ceded by languor or other general indisposition for
           several weeks.   Duration from two to four or five
           months.
         Pompholyx diutinus.   Willan.
       y Quotidianus.  Blebs with a dark red base, appearing
           at night and disappearing in the morning.   Found
           chiefly on the hands and legs.
         Epinyctis.  Sauv.
call "herpes esthiomenos," or exedens.   And thus the herpes, a cu-
taneous vesicular affection, is extravagantly converted,  in  one of
its species, into " a deep spreading ulcer of a cancerous character,"
as Dr. Bateman has justly described it, according to  the general
lection, and not being aware  of  the  error  of the text.—In the
Variorum edition, Leonardi Targa has correctly restored the pas-
sage, and given us again QxyePxtixi, " the ulcer called phagedaena,"
instead of eewyrct ecrtieptevot, by which means the whole  is rendered
simple and intelligible.  " Antea," says the subjoined note upon the
passage,{'legebatur«far?T«£(rfl«^5»ay; in quononnulli Celsum accusa-
runt,  contendentes id ulceris genus pxyefxivxv  a Graecis  appellari.
Et sane banc ipsam vocem ego inveni in Codicibus M.SS. ex iisque
earn repcsui.  In Medico II. lacuna est.  Similis lacuna erat in IV
quoque, ubi nunc herpeta esthiomenon scriptum  est alia manu : unde
vulgaris lectio.  Infra quoque legebatur herpes, ut est alia manu in
eodem Cod. IV.  Ego ex Codicibus aliis restitui pxyefrxivx."
  For the real nature, therefore, of the peculiar species  or variety
of the herpes called esthiomenos or exedens, we must turn to some
other writer than Celsus, who makes no mention of it;  and we can-
not turn to a better than Galen, who has described it explicitly and
repeatedly.  Herpes, according to Galen, is an eruption  of  minute
and crowded vesicles of the size of millet seeds, excited on the surface
of the skin, filled with an acrid bilious secretion ; and consists of two
species ; the one containing in its vesicles a milder and more aque-
ous fluid, called from  the size of the vesicles herpes miliaris, which
merely seems  to burn, or corrode ; the  other containing a thicker
fluid  of a higher heat and colour, and so acrid as actually to corrode
the continuity of the subjacent  skin, still creeping along in a ser-
pentine direction,as the term herpes imports, and hence denominated
by Hippocrates herpes esthiomenos. 
GE. V.]                   NOSOLOGY.                     373

         Pompholygmus  Epinyctis.  Toung.
           Vandermonde relates a case  in which  the  acces-
         sions were reversed; the blebs appearing in the morn-
         ing and disappearing at night.   1756, p. 340.
       ^ Solitarius.  Solitary; but reproductive in an adjoin-
           ing part; the bleb very large,  and containing a tea-
           cup-full of lymph.   Preceded by  tingling; often
           accompanied with languor.
         Pompholyx solitarius.  Willan.
2. Herpes.   Eruption of vesicles in small distinct clusters;
                with a red margin ; at first pellucid, afterwards
                opake; accompanied with itching or tingling;
                concreting into  scabs.   Duration  from four-
                teen to twenty-one days.
       Herpes.   Sauv. Linn. Cull. Willan.
       Cytisma Herpes.   Toung.
       Neshr.  Arab.
       Zittermahl.  G.
       Dartre.  F.
       Tetter.
       « Miliaris. Vesicles millet-sized:  pellucid; clusters
           commencing  at an indeterminate part of the sur-
           face, and  progressively strewed over the body;
           succeeded by fresh crops.
         Herpes miliaris.  Hippocr.   Sennert. Hoffm.  Will.
           Rubeol. p. 238.
         Herpes phlyctaenodes.   Bateman.
       3 Exedens.  Vesicles hard ; of the size and origin of
           the  last; clusters thronged; fluid dense, yellow, or
           reddish;  hot, acrid,  corroding the subjacent skin
           and spreading in serpentine trails.
         Herpes esthiomenus.   Hippocr. Gal. Sauv.
         Herpes exedens.   Turn.
  The author has put together the above description from various
parts of Galen to make it the fuller; chiefly from his book De Tu-
moribus prater naturam ; his Methodus Medendi, Lib. II.; and his
treatise De Arte curativd, Lib. II.  The following are  the words of
the Latin translators, which are copied rather than the Greek,  as
being more easily referable. " Cum biliosus fluor decubuerit cutem
ulcerat^: qui veio aquosa sanie sanguineve mistus, minus est acer,
7nagisque in tumorem attollitpartemquam uicerat; hoc quidem Ery-
sipelas nominatur, aiterum Herpes.  Humorcrn veto qui fecit, et 
374                     NOSOLOGY.         [CL. VI.—OR. Ill,
       Dartre rougeante.  F.
       Nirles.   Northern counties.   Q. ?  See Willan, Ru-
         beol.  p. 238.  Batem.;  Herpes, p. 221, note at the
         foot of the page.  The ulcerative ringworm of Dr.
         Bateman, p. 231, of his Practical Synopsis, is proba-
         bly a mere modification of this variety.
           The reader may consult with advantage upon this
         variety the " Collectanea Societatis Medicae Havni-
         ensis."  Tom.  II. pi. 1.  As also Bloch's Medici-
         nische Bemerkungen, p. 37.
       y Zoster.  Vesicles pearl-sized ; the clusters spreading
           round  the body like a girdle;  at times confluent.
           Occasionally  preceded by general  irritation or
           other constitutional affection.
         Zoster.  Plin. Nat. Hist. xxvi. 11.
         Herpes Zoster.   Sauv.  Bateman.
         Zona.  Russel.
         Zona ignea.  Hofpm. Darw.
         Feuergiirtel.   G.
         Ceinture dartreuse.  F.
         Shingles.
       $ Circinatus.  Vesicles with a reddish base, uniting in
           rings ;  the area of the rings slightly discoloured i
           often followed by fresh crops.
         Formica  ambulatoria.  Cels.  Turner.
         Annulus repens.   Darw.
         Herpes Serpigo.  Sauv.
         HerpCs circinatus.  Bateman.
         Dartre encroutee.   F.
         Ring-worm.
       e  Iris.   Vesicles uniting in small rings, surrounded by
           three concentric rings of different hues ; umbo ve-
           sicular and prominent.  Usually found about the
           hands or instep.
         Herpes Iris.  Bateman.
         Iris.   Willan: who at first erroneously regarded it
           as an exanthem, and called it, in English, Rain-
           bow Rash.

color et calor affectionum indicat.  Cum  auiem rursus acer  ipse,
alter quidem minus  talis,  alter veto  magis sit, sciendum est ex
acriore herpetum, esthiomenon constitui. Sic enim ipsum nominavit
Hippocrates.  Ab alteio veio aiterum cui nonnulli post Hippocra-
tem miliaris nomen posuerunt, quia miliis similes eminentias rfficit in
cute.  Mihi quidem talis  fluor pituitd mistus videter  alter  vei»
exact<z bills esse ; hanc ob rem cum corrosione  fit, ipsum cutis con- 
6E. V.]
NOSOLOGY.
37 o
          Rain-bow Worm.
       C Localis.   Seated on a particular organ, chiefly the lip
            and prepuce, and not migratory.
          Herpes labialis.   H. praeputialis.   Bateman.
 3.  Rhypia.  Eruption of  broad,  flattish,. distinct vesicles;
                base slightly inflamed;  fluid sanious ;  scabs
                thin, and superficial: easily rubbed off and re-
                produced.
       Rupia.   Bateman.
       * Simplex.   Scab flat; livid or blackish.
       £ Prominens.   Scab elevated and conical.
       y Escharotica.   Sanious discharge  erosive, producing
            gangrenous eschars.
              The species and varieties are given on the au-
            thority of Dr. Bateman.
4.  Eczema.  Eruption of  minute,  acuminated vesicles, dis-
                tinct, but closely crowding on each other, pel-
                lucid, or  milky; with troublesome itching or
                tingling; terminating in thin scales or scabs ;
                occasionally surrounded by a blushing halo.
                  Chiefly produced by the heat of the sun;
                and mostly attacking the  hands  and  other
                parts  that are principally exposed to its rays.
       Eczema.   Auct. Grsec.  Willan.  Bateman.
       Cytisma Eczema.  Toung.
       Hidroa.   Sauv. Vog.
       Asef, Arab, literally " ira, aestus,"  as signified by the
         French and English synonyms.
       Schweis-blattern.   G.
       Echauboulure.-  F.
       Heat-Eruption.

tinuum semper apprehendcnte affectu;  unde ei nomen est. De
Tumor. § x.—Sola veio quando secernittir (bilis  videlicet,) et  in
aliquo membro consistit, herpes vocatur.   Siquidem crassa sit secun-
dum substantiam,\.otdttaexulcerat cut em usque ad carnem suppositam;
atque hunc affectum Hippocrates nominat herpetem exedentem.  Si
verb tenuior fuerit, id quod in superpcie est, tantum veluti  de-urit :
atque hcec species generis sortitur appellationem, cu.n simpliciter et
sine additione herpes vocetur.  Nam  ex duabus  speciebus, quae
quidem nuper dictae sunt, altera herpes exedens nominatur, altera verd
miliaris, quoniam in hoc affectu pustula parva (QXvxrxtmt piix^xi)  et
mult*per summam cutem similesmiliis excitantur.  Fit autem herpes
hujusmodi ex bile quidem et ipse, sed minus calida et acri quam sit
prior.  De  Arte curatio.   Lib. II.—Herpes non semper ulcis est;
quotiesque  cum exulceratione est non  utique servata veteri  sede 
376                       NOSOLOGY.          [CL. VL—OR. III.


                       GENUS  VJ.

                     E C P Y E  S I S.

  Eruption of small pustules, distinct or confluent; hardening
     into crustular plates.
       Ecthyma.  Hippocr.  Gal.
       Pustula.  Linn. Sag.
       Pustulae.   Cels.  Willan.
       Eiterfinnen.   G.
       Scall.  Tetter.
1. Impetigo.  Pustules clustering, yellow, itching; terminat-
                  ing in a yellow,  scaly crust, intersected with
                  cracks.
       Impetigo.  Cels.  Will. Batem.
       Phlysis Impetigo.  Toung.
       Herez.  Arab.
       Running Scall or Tetter.
       #■ Sparsa. Clusters loose ; irregularly scattered; chiefly
            over  the  extremities;  often succeeded  by fresh
            crops.
vicinas partes depascit; sed sicuti nomen ipsum indicat, ritu serpentis
bestia, relicto priore loco, transit ad aiterum."   Meth. Med. Lib. II.
  Gen. VI. Ecpyesis.   'Exartoje-*?, from tx-^vou, " suppuro."   The
term is used in direct contrast to empyesis, Class III. Order III.
which see; and consequently is intended to describe pustular  erup-
tions, simply cutaneous, or  not necessarily connected with  internal
affection, as contradistinguished from those that essentially result
from an internal  cause.   The genus  therefore embraces the mere
superficial pustula of Dr. Willan :—a term correctly limited  in his
hands to " elevations of the cuticle with an inflamed base containing
pus."
  The author  has already had occasion  to  observe  in the note on
exormia, a  few pages back, that pustula is  the mere diminutive of
pus (wuov, 7rvuTif,) probably  with the Greek  vXv (ule)  employed as a
diminutive termination.   In consulting Dr. Bateman, upon the pre-
sent division of diseases, Pract. Synops. p. 143, the reader will find
him suggesting, ingeniously enough, that the term is perhaps deriv-
ed from pus and tulit.  It is adverse to this suggestion thai pus-tula
was originally written pusula; and that pusula is still to be found in
Celsus himself according to the Codex Mediceus I.  It is also to be
recollected, that tulit will by no means apply to pap-ula,  tub-ula,
tuberc ula, bacc-ula, stroph-ulus, (from rreoQos,) « a small curve" or
" circlet;" together with hundreds of others  to which ule applies
with the utmost correctness.  In pustula the t  is merely added for
the sake of euphony. 
GE. VL]                 NOSOLOGY.                    377
        Impetigo sparsa.   Bateman.
      fi Herpetica.  Clusters circular ;  crowded with pus-
           tules, intermixed with vesicles ; often with exterior
           concentric rings surrounding the interior area as it
           heals ; itching accompanied with heat and  smart-
           ing.   Chiefly on the  hands and wrists.
        Impetigo figurata.  Batem.
        Herpes.   Cull.
        Phlytaena.   Vog.
      y Erythematica.   Pustules scattered, preceded by ery-
           thematic blush and intumescence ;  often by febrile
           or other constitutional  affection.   Chiefly in the
           face, neck and chest.
        Impetigo erysipelatodes.  Batem.
      &  Laminosa.   Pustules confluent; chiefly in the extre-
           mities ;  the aggregate scabs forming a thick, rough,
           and rigid casing around the affected limb, so as to
           impede  its motion;  a thin  ichor  exsuding from
           numerous cracks.
         Impetigo scabida. Batem.
      e  Exedens.   The  purulent  discharge  corroding the
           skin and cellular membrane.   Chiefly on the side
           of the chest or trunk.
      <f  Localis.  Confined to  a particular part; mostly the
           hands or fingers; and produced by external stimu-
           lants as sugar or lime.
         Grocers Itch.  Bricklayer's Itch.
2. Porrigo.  Pustules straw coloured ; fluid viscid;  con-
                 creting into scales or yellow scabs.
      Porrigo.   Cels. Willan. Batem.
      Phlysis Porrigo.  Toung.
      Tinea.   Sauv. et Auct.  Var.
      Teigne.  F.
      Scabby Scall or Tetter.
      «  Crustacea.   Pustules commencing on the cheeks or
           forehead in patches;  scabs often confluent, cover-
           ing the whole face with a  continuous  incrustation.
           Found chiefly in infants during the period of lacta-
           tion.
  The species  under this  genus, consisting of impetigs, from
" impeto," to infest, porrigo, from " porrum," a leek, on account of
its laminated tunics, or from « porrigo," to spread about; ecthyma,^
from ixtvetv, " erumpo,"  to break out; and scabies, from " scabo,"
to scratch—have been very loosely employed, and  in very different
  Vol. V.—3 N 
378
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. VI.-OR. HI
 Crusta lactea.  Auct. Var. Lat.
 Achor ('A#»f.)   Auct. Grsec.
 Tinea lactea.   Sauv.
 Porrigo larvalis.  Batem.
 Milchgrind.  G.
 Croute de lait.   F.
 Milky Scall or Tetter.
   The German physicians place their  chief depen-
 dence for a cure on the internal use of conium macu-
 latum, ledum palustre, and lapatum acutum,  in  the
 form of decoctions. The first is also employed exter-
 nally.  See Stoerck De Cicuta. Stoelleri Beobachtun-
 gen, p. 139.
 Galeata.  Pustules commencing on the scalp, in dis-
   tinct, often distant, patches ;  gradually spreading
   till the whole head is  covered as with a helmet;
   cuticle, below the scabs, red, shining, dotted with
   papillous apertures, oozing fresh matter ; roots of
   the hair destroyed: contagious.  Found chiefly in
   children, especially during dentition.
 Tinea granulata.  Alison.
 Tinea ficosa.   Astruc. Sauv.
 Achores seu scabies capitis.  Plenck.
 Porrigo scutulata.   Batem.
 Shirine.  Arab.
 Kfl.   Pers.  Turc.
 Grind.  G.
 Tete teigneuse.  F.
 Scalled-Head.
   Sometimes a narrow border of hair is left unin-
 jured.   It is then called Ringworm of the Scalp.
/ Favosa.  Pustules common to the head, trunk, and
   extremities; pea-sized;  flattened at the top ;  in
   clusters, often uniting;  discharge fetid; scabs
   honey-combed,  the cells  filled with the fluid.
   Found both in early and adult age.
 Cerion (k^«v.)  Grsec.
significations, by most writers.  They are here limited to the defi-
nite senses assigned them  by  Dr. Willan ; and, with the  exception
of ecthyma,  by Celsus,  whom Willan has followed.   Ecthyma is
not in Celsus, though it  occurs in Galen, from whose explanation it
seems probable that we  are not quite using it in its proper sense;
for the latter employs it, as already observed, in the  signification 
GE. VI.]                  NOSOLOGY.                     379
         Favus.  Lat.
         Tinea favosa.  Astruc.  Sauv.
         Scabies capitis favosa.   Plenck.
         Porrigo favosa.  Batem.
         Honey-comb Scall or Tetter.
       & Lupinosa.   Pustules minute, in small patches, mostly
           commencing on the scalp;  patches terminating  in
           dry, delving scabs, resembling  lupine-seeds; the
           interstices often covered with  a thin, whitish, ex-
           foliating incrustation.  Found chiefly in early life.
         Tinea lupina.  Astruc. Sauv.
         Scabies capitis.  Plenck.
         Porrigo lupinosa.  Batem.
         Rache seche.  F.
       *■  Furfuracea.  Pustules very ininute, with little fluid;
           seated on the scalp;  terminating in scurfy scales.
           Chiefly found »* adults.
         Tinea furfuracea.   Sennert.
         Tinea porriginosa.   Astruc. Sauv.
         Porrigo furfurans.   Batem.
         Rache farincnse.   F.
       <? Areata.  Clusters of very minute pustules seated on
           the scalp, in circular plots of baldness, with a brown
           or reddish furfuraceous surface.
         Alopecia porriginosa.   Sauv.
           Makes a near approach to the area of Celsus—the
         trichosis Area of  the present system.   The author
         has met  with numerous  instances of this variety ;
         and often simultaneously in the same family, as though
         contagious.
           Several of the varieties found also, occasionally, as
         symptoms in lues, and other constitutional affections.
3. Ecthyma.   Pustules large ;  distinct;  distant; sparingly
of popula; but as it is better to adhere to one import, though it
should not be strictly correct, than to perplex by introducing seve-
ral, the author has not thought proper to deviate from  Dr. Willan
upon this point.
  The old  Ecglish  term  for tetter is scall, still preserved in the
compound Scalled-Head. The Saxon original is sceala, which is only
a modification of the Latin " scalae," scales.  Tht Bible translators
have properly rendered by this term the Hebrew pru in Levit. xiii.
30—37. 
380
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. VL—OR. Ill
                   scattered ; seated on a hard, circular, red
                   base ;  terminating in thick, hard, dark-
                   coloured scabs.
      Ecthyma.   Willan. Batem.
      Phlysis Ecthyma.  Toung.
      •  Vulgare.  Base bright red ;  eruption completed with
           a single crop.  Duration about fourteen days.
         Ecthyma vulgare.   Batem.
      /8  Infantile.  Base  bright-red; eruption recurrent  in
           several successive crops, each more extensive than
           the  preceding.   Found chiefly in weakly infants
           during the period of  lactation.  Duration, two  or
           three  months.
         Ecthyma infantile.  Batem.
      r  Luridum.  Base dark-red ; elevated ; pustules lar-
           ger, and more freely scattered, discharging a bloody
           or curdly sanies.  Found chiefly in advanced age.
           Duration several weeks, sometimes months.
         Ecthyma luridum.   Batem.
         Melasma.  Plenck. Linn.  Vog.
           Found often as a sequel  in debilitated habits ;  or
         constitutions broken down by severe fevers  or exan-
         thems.
4. Scabies. Eruption of minute pimples, pustular, vesicular,
                papular, intermixed, or alternating;  intolera-
                ble itching; terminating in  scabs.  Found
                chiefly between the fingers or  in the flexures
                of the joints.
      Scabies.    Cels.  Sauv. Vog. Sag.  Willan. Batem.
      Psora.  Linn.  Cull.  Parr. '
      Phlysis  Scabies.  Toung.
      Nekeb.  Arab.
      Kratze.   G.
      Gale. F.
      Itch.
      x  Papularis.   Eruption of miliary, aggregate pimples ;
           with a papular, slightly inflamed base, and vesicu-
  4. a. E. Scabies Papularis. In camps and prisons, where the con-
stitution has been debilitated by confined air and innutritious diet,
this variety  is sometimes found to assume a malignant character;
the whole surface of the  body exhibiting a sordid tesselation  of
crusts, excoriations, and broad livid  spots, with an  indurated base,
accompanied with fever at  nib'ht, and severe head-ache.—See  Bat-
linger Von den Krankheiten einer Artnee. 
GE. VI.}                 NOSOLOGY.                      381

           lar apex ; pustules scantily interspersed: tips, when
           abraded by scratching, covered with a minute, glo-
           bular, blown scab.
         Scabies papuliformjs.   Willan. Batem.
         Rank Itch.
       /S  Vesicularis.   Eruption  of larger  and  more perfect
           vesicles filled with a transparent fluid, with an un-
           inflamed base ; intermixed with pustules; at times
           coalescing and forming scabby blotches.
         Scabies lymphatica,   Willan.  Batem,.
         Watery Itch.
       y  Purulenta.  Eruption of distinct, prominent, yellow
           pustules, with a slightly inflamed base; occasion-
           ally coalescing, and  forming  irregular hlotches,
           with a hard, dry tenacious scab.
         Scabies purulenta.  Willan. Batem..
         Pocky Itch.
       J*  Complicata.   Eruption complicated of pustular, vesi-
           cular, and papular pimples co-existing;  spreading
           widely over the body ; occasionally invading the
           face ; sometimes confluent and  blotchy.
         Scabies cachectica.  Will. Batem.
         Complicated Itch.
       e  Exotica.   Eruption chiefly  of rank,  numerous pus-
           tules, with a hard, inflamed base, rendering  the skin
           rough and  brownish: itching  extreme: abrasion
           unlimited from excessive scratching.
         Gratelle.  F.
         Mangy Itch.
           Produced by handling mangy animals.  Several of
         the varieties found also, occasionally, as sequels upon
         severe small-pox or other causes of constitutional de-
         bility.
  The Unguentum Jasseri, so celebrated for the cure of this dis-
ease on the continent, consists of equal parts of sulphate of zinc,
flowers of sulphur,  and  pulverized laurel-berries mixed into an
unguent with linseed or olive-oil.—See, for its success, Schmucher
Vermischte Chir, Schriften, Band. III. p.  169.
  Its sudden suppression, and especially after long continuance, has
been occasionally succeeded hy severe internal affection of different
kinds.  In one instance by mania :  Wantner's. Journ. de Medicine*
tom. LVI. p. 115. 
382
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. VI.—OR. Ill
                     GENUS  VII.


                          MALIS.

  The cuticle or skin infested with animalcules.
       Passio bsvina.  Auct. Var.
       Malis.  Sauv. Sag.
       Phthiriasis.   Sauv. Vog.  Sag.
       Epizootia.  Plouquet.
       Parasitismus superficiei.  Toung.
       Haut-insecten.  G.
       Clavelee.   F.
       Cutaneous vermination.
1. pediculi.   Cuticle infested with lice, depositing their nits
                 or eggs at the roots of the hair : troublesome
                 itching.
  Gen. VII.  Malis.   MxXis, ftxXixo-fiof, " cutaneous vermination,"
chiefly as it  exis'.s among cattle.   The Greek word  is of  doubtful
origin.  Probably the real root is the Hebrew term ehn (malit) " to
deposit eggs," as in Isai. xxxiv.  15—We meet  with  the same in
Chaldee;  while the Chaldee  noun kjvbSd (malit-ita) imports pu-


tredo,ci corruption, putrefaction," synonymously with the  Hebrew
3p1.   It: the malis Acari the author has followed the opinion of Sau-
vages, which is now indeed the prevailing opinion of physiologists ;
and has supposed, not that the acai us scabiei is the immediate cause
of, or a constant attendant on,  scabies; but only, that wherever it is
to be traced  on the human skin, it is in or about the pustules of the
scabies, which serve as a nidus to it; in the  same manner  as a dis-
eased liver  in sheep serves  as  a  nidus  to the  fluke or fasciola
hepatica.
  Common as this genus of diseases is to man, it is still more so to
animals of  perhaps  every other  class  and description, from the
monkey to the fish-tribes, and from these to  the lowest  worms. All
of them are infested  with parasitic and  minuter beings  on  their
skins, shells, or scales, which  afford them an  asylum, and, for the
most part, supply them with nutriment.
  Yet the same affection is still more common to plants; which are
not merely infested with parasiiic plants, but with parasitic animals
as well.  Of the former, the  more common are mosses,  lichens,
confervas, agarics, and boletuses; though they are not always of
the cryptogamic or  lowest class of  plants, for  the euphorbium
Mauritanicum is infested with the aphyteia hydnora, and various 
GE. VB.]
NOSOLOGY.
383
      Phthiriasis.  Sauv.  Vog. Sag.
      Lausigkeit.  G.
      Maladie pediculaire.  F.
      Lousiness.
      «^P. humani.  Infected with the common louse; chiefly
           inhabiting the head of uncleanly children, where it
           produces a greasy scurf, or other  filth; and some-
           times exulceration  and porrigo: occasionally  mi-
           grates over the body.
         Phthiriasis pedicularis.  Sauv.
      0  P. pubis.   Infested with the morpio  or crab-louse;
           found chiefly on the groins and eye-brows of un-
           cleanly men: itching extreme, without exulceration.
         Phthiriasis inguinalis.  Sauv.
         Morpiones.  Darw.
           The excrement of this animal stains the linen, and
         appears like diluted blood.
2. pulicis.   Cuticle infested with fleas: often penetrating the
                cutis with their bristly proboscis, and exciting
                pungent pain; eggs deposited on  or under
                the cuticle.
                Flea-bites.
      «  P. irritantis.   Infested with the common flea,  with a
           proboscis shorter than the body: eggs deposited on
           the roots of the hair and on flannel.
      p  P. penerrantis.  Infested with the  chigoe, or West
           Indian flea, with  a proboscis as long as the body:
           often penetrating deeply into the skin, and lodging
trees with some species of the viscum or missletoe.  Of the nume-
rous insects that haunt and injure plants, the more common are dif-
ferent species  of the aphis, cerambix, cynips, and curculio.  The
first genus is  vulgarly known by the name of puceron or green-
louse : its species are  numerous; and some of them are  found in
great  abundance  on  green-house  vines,  and other green-house
plants:  many of these secrete, from peculiar glands near the anus,
a whitish  slime,  and others a sweetish  and viscid juice  like the
melligo or honey-dew,  and often from it, with which they smear the
leaves that afford them support.  See Cl. VI. Ord. II.  Gen. III.
4. Paruria mellita.  Of the cerambyx, a beautiful, and finely varie-
gated,  as  well  as very extensive family, some  species diffuse  a
musky odour to  a considerable  distance;  and some, when taken,
utter a kind of shrill cry, produced by the  friction of the thorax on
the upper part of the abdomen and shells.  The curculio or weevil
in our own country, is perhaps chiefly found on  the hazel-tree; it 
J84                      NOSOLOGY.          [CL. VI.—OR. IU.

           its eggs under the cuticle, particularly of the feet:
           producing malignant; occasionally fatal, ulcers.
         Malis Americana.   Sauv.
         Chiques.   F.
         Biccho.  Brazil.
         Chiggres.
3. ACARi.   Cuticle  infested with the tick; itching, harassing,
              often  with smarting pain.
       x A. domestici.  " Observed on the head  in conside-
           rable numbers."   Toung.
       fi A. scabiei.   Infested with the  itch-tick; burrowing
           under the cuticle, in  or near the pustules  or vesi-
           cles of the scabies, in those affected.
         Scabies vermicularis.   Sauv.
         Scabies verminosa.  Plenck.
       y A. autumnalis.  Infested with the harvest-bug ; less
           in size than the common mite ; inflicting its bite in
           the autumn, and  firmly adhering to the skin: itch-
           ing intolerable, succeeded by glossy wheals.
         Harvest-bug-bite.
4. filari.e.  Skin infested  with the  Guinea-Worm;—wind-
                 ing and burrowing under the cuticle, for the
                 most part, of the naked feet of West Indian
                 slaves;  severe itching ;  often succeeded by
                 inflammation and fever.
                    Found chiefly in both the Indies, most fre-
                 quently in the morning dew; often twelve feet
pierces the tender nut when first formed, and drops an egg into the
aperture, which in due time is transformed into  the larve or mag-
got we so frequently find in this kernel.  The different species of
the cynips or gall-fly, in piercing the stem, petiole, or leaf of a plant,
to obtain a nidus for their eggs, produce at the  same time a pecu-
liar sting or irritation, in consequence of which the part affected
inflames and swells, new vessels are formed, and a fleshy tumour or
excrescence is engendered, which we denominate a gall-nut.  Many
of these galls or excrescences are well known to be of great value..
They are chiefly found on different species of the salix, cistus,
glechoma, veronica, hieracium, salvia, and quercus, or oak.' In the
last they  are most valuable, and of a peculiarly bitter taste, whence
indeed the name of gall-nuis.   Yet they  are not always bitter; for
those of the salvia pomifera, so  denominated from its excrescences,
are of a  sweetish agreeable flavour, and in the east are introduced
upon the table as a luxury.  The bedeguar, or extuberance, found
on the rose-tree, and  that on  the leaves of the  populus  nigra, 
GE. VII.]
NOSOLOGY.
385
             long, not larger than a hor^e-hair.  It should
             be drawn out with great caution, by means of
             a piece of silk tied round its head : for if, by
             being too much  strained,  the animal  breaks,
             the  part remaining under  the skin will grow
             with redoubled vigour, and often occasion  a
             fatal inflammation.
    Malis Dracunculus.   Sauv.
    Irk Medini.  Arab. Avicenn.   Literally vermis Medi-
      nensis,  though  usually  but  incorrectly  translated
      nervus or vena Medinensis.
    Colebrilla.  Brazil.
    Dragonean.  Ver de  Guince.   F.
    Guinea-Worm.  See Rhazes ad Almans.  Tr. VII. can
      24.                                             r
gordii.   Skin infested with the hair-worm : chiefly insinu-
            ating itself under  the cuticle of  the back, or
            limbs of infants ; producing pricking pains,
            emaciation, at times, convulsions.
    Malis a crinonibus.   Etmull. Sauv.  Parr.
    Commedones.  Hoffm.
    Morbus pilarus.   Horstii.
    Emphragma sebacea.   Toung.
      Though described by writers of great credit, the na-
    ture of the disease is uncertain.  By some authors the
    contained fibrils seem to be regarded as a preternatural
    production of hairs ; but the greater number, and among
    the rest Ambrose Pare, decidedly  ascribe to them a
    living principle.  It appears therefore to be  a  species
    of  the  gordius or  hair-worm  ; some of which infest
    other  animals in* a like manner; and especially  the
    cyprinus alburnus, or bleak, which, at the time, appears
    to be in great agony.
(black-poplar,) and tilia Europaa (common lime,) are the production
of different insects.
   Besides these, the coccus, or cochineal  insect, is a very trouble-
some little animal  in several of its species, especially c. Hesperidum,
found in our green-houses, and also abroad.  The acarus tellarius is
still more injurious, particularly among beans (phaseolus,) cownage
(dolichos,) and Syrian malJow (hibiscus.)   The larve is a small mite,
which destroys the leaves of plants by spinning over them a very
delicate web, .md thus obstructing the free ingress of light and air.
  Vol. V.—3 O 
386
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. VI.-OR. III.
                    GENUS VIII.

                      ECPHYMA.

  Superficial,  permanent, indolent extuberance; mostly cir-
      cumscribed.
      Phymatosis.   Toung.
      Hautgewachse.   G.
      Cutaneous excrescence.
1.  Caruncula.  Soft, fleshy, often pendulous excrescence of
                   the  common  integument.  Found  over
                   the surface generally.
                     Found also, occasionally, as a sequel
                   of  lues, about the arms and sexual or-
                   gans.
      Radefet.  Arab.
      Fleisch-driise.   G.
      Caroncle.  F.
      Caruncle.
         It derives, in many instances,  a particular name from
      its shape, or position, as ficus, when fig or raisin-shaped;
      encanthis, when  seated on the canthus or angle of the
      eye.
2.  Verruca.  Firm, harsh,  arid, insensible extuberance of
                 the common  integuments.  Found chiefly
                 on the hands.
      Verruca.  Auct.
      Phymatosis verrucosa.  Toung.
      Shullul.  Arab.
      Wartze.  G.
      Verriie.  F.
       Wart.
      « Simplex.   Simple and distinct: sessile or pensile.
      P Lobosa.  Full of lobes and fissures.
      y Confluens.   In coalescing clusters.

  Gen.  VIII.   Ecphyma.  'Ex<pvftx, from exQvo, " educo, egero,"
in contradistinction both to phyma, " an inflammatory tumour," and
emphyma, " a tumour without inflammation, originating below  the
integuments."   See the notes  on both in  Cl. III. Ord. II. and  Cl.
VI. Ord. I.   The terms  are  formed  in parallelism  with pyesis,
empyesis, and ecpyesis; phlysis, emphlysis, and ecphlysis, together
with various others.
  Extuberances, similar to those belonging to this genus, are fre-
quently  found in the rinds of fruits, as of apples and oranges; and 
GE. VIIL]
NOSOLOGY.
387
           Destroyed in Sweden by the gryllus verrucivorus,
         or wart-eating grasshopper, with green wings  spot-
         ted with  brown.  The common people catch it  for
         this purpose ; and it  is said  to operate by biting off
         the excrescence, and discharging a corrosive liquor
         on the wound.   Schoeff. Incon. Tab. LXII. fig. 5.
3. Clavus.  Roundish, horny, cutaneous extuberance ;  with
               a central nucleus sensible at its base.
         Found chiefly on the toes from the pressure of tight
       shoes.
       Clavus.   Auct.
       Ecphyma Clavus.   Toung.
       Zekh.  Pers.
       Hiineraug.   G.
       Cor des pies.  F.
       Corn.
         Sometimes spontaneous,  and gregarious, spreading
       over the whole head or body ; bometimes rising to a
       considerable height, and assuming a horny appearance.
       In which case it makes a near approach to some of the
       species of lepidosis, especially 1. Icthyiasis cornea and
       cornigera.
         Our own Phil.  Trans, and the  Journals of the Fo-
       reign Societies are full of examples.
4. callus.  Callous, extuberant thickening of the cuticle ;
                insensible to the touch.
         Found chiefly on the  palms of the hands and soles of
       the feet as the consequence of hard labour.
       Nasur. Arab.  Sheghe.  Pers.
       Swiille.   G.
       Calus.  F.
       Callus.
 form a peculiar character in some species of melon : none of which
 ate produced by insects, nor are we acquainted with the immediate
 cause.                                        *,.
   4. Ecphyma Callus.  Among those who accustonjj^themselves to
 long journeys over  the  burning sands of Egypt, some  have  had
 their feet become as indurated with thick callus as an ox's^hoof, so
 as to bear shoeing with iron; and in Siam such persons hive been
 known to walk  with their naked feet on red hot iron b'ars.  See
 Haller Elem. Phys. tom.  V.  p. 38.
   Produced also by frequent  exposure of either hands or feet to hot
 water or to mineral acids.  The feet have been rendered so  callous
hy the  use of sulphuric acid as to endure fire without pain : Des- 
388
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. VI.—OR. IN
                      GENUS  IX.


                    T R I C H 0 S I S.

    Morbid organization or deficiency of hair.
       Haarkrankheiten.   G.    *
1.  setosa.   Hairs of the body thick, rigid, and bristly.
       Hystriacis.   Plenck.
         Thrown  off and  renewed every autumn:  six  lines
       long, two or  three  thick, erect: five sons affected as
       the  father ;  Phil.  Trans. Vol. V. no. 424.   See also
       Journ. de Med. Mar. 1756.  Paulini, Cent. I. obs. 31.
2.  Plica.   Hairs vascularly thickened ;  inextricably  harled,
              and matted, by the secretion of a glutinous fluid
              from  their roots  ; contagious.
       Trichoma.   Sauv. Sag.  Cull.
       Plica.   Linn. Vog.
       Plica Polonica.  Starnigel.
       Koltek.   Polon.
       Wischtel-zopff.   G.
       Plique.   F.
       Matted Hair.   Plaited Hair.
         Usually, but not always appearing in, or confined to,
       the  hairs  of the scalp.   In the beard, Eph. Nat. Cur.
       Dec. II. ann. viii. 94.  Hairs of the cuticle, Id. obs. 71.
landes Brem. Magaz. I. p. 665. This acid is, hence, commonly em-
ployed  by professed  fire-walkers.
  Gen  IX.  Trichosis.  Tf/#ao-/s, " pilare malum," Actuar.irt^i
Atxyv. 7rx6. cap. vii.  Trichiasis is the moi,e common term, but it has
often been used in  a  somewhat different and more limited sense.
Athrix and distrix, sp. 2 and 4, are evidently derived from the same
root: and  the first is here employed, instead of alopecia, which is
perhaps the more common term,  because we have the authority of
Celsus for assei$ing that this  last imported properly a mere variety
of area, spec. 5  of the present syste.: , under which therefore it will
be found. Alopecia, as to its origin, is derived from «A«wjj|," vulpes,"
a fox, fr»m this animal being  supposed to lose its  hair and become
bald sooner  than  other quadrupeds;  while ophiasis,  the  second
variety  under the same species,  is deduced from oo)i{, a serpent;
from the serpentine  direction in which  the disease trails round the
head.  Polyosis neXiotTis, spec. 3, is derived from noXtos, " canus,"
" candidus," white, hotry. 
6E. IX.]
NOSOLOGY.
389
      of the pudendum, Id. Dec. I. ann. iii. 220.   Paullini.
      Cent. I. obs. 77.
         Sometimes preceded by hemicrania, or other consti-
      tutional affection; and occasionally a sequel of psoriasis.
      In Poland it appears to be endemic.
3. Hirsuties.  Growth of hairs in extraneous parts, or su-
                  perfluous growth in parts common.
      Hirsuties.  Plenck.  Linn. Vog. Sag.
      Azeb.  Arab.
      Haarigkeit.  G.
    The most frequent variety is that of bearded women.
4. distrix.  Hairs of the scalp weak, slender, and splitting at
               their extremities.
      Fissura capillorum.   Plenck.
      Distrix.  Vog.
      Gespaltete haarc.   G.
5. Poliosus.   Hairs prematurely gray or hoary.
      Poliosis.   Auct.  Var.
      Spilosis Poliosis.   Toung.
      Shejib.  Arab.
      Graukepf.  G.
      Grison.   F.
      Gray-hairs.
6. athrix.  Decay and fall of the hair.
      Alopecia.  Sauv. Linn. Vog. Sag.
      Gangraena Alopecia.  Toung.
      Daus-saleq.  Arab,   literally " morbus vulpis."
      Chauvete.  F.                         M
      Baldness.
      * Simplex.  Hairs of the scalp of a natural hue: gra-
           dually dying at the bulbs, or loosened by relaxation
           of the integument.
         Defluvium capillorum.  Sennert.
         Alopecia simplex.  Sauv.
           Found,  often,  as a  symptom in tabes,  phthisis,
         porrigo and impetigo;  and, as a sequel, in fevers of
         various kinds.
      /3 Calvities.   Hair gray or hoary: baldness chiefly on
           the crown of the head and confined to it.  Mostly
           common to advanced age.
         Calvities.   Vog.
      y Barbae.  Decay and fall of the beard.   Horst.  II. p.
           121.  Eph. Nat. Cur. Dec. IIJ. ann. v. vi. obs. 280. 
390                     NOSOLOGY.          [CL. VI.—OR. III.

7. Area.   Patches of  baldness without decay or  change of
             colour in the surrounding hair; exposed plots of
             the scalp glabrous, white, and shining: some-
             times spreading and coalescing,  rendering the
             baldness extensive.
       Area.  Celsus. Jons ton.
       Alopecia areata.   Sauv.
       Porrigo decalvans.  Batem.
       «  Diffluens.   Bald plots of  an intermediate figure ; ex-
           isting in the beard as well as in the scalp: obsti-
           nate of  cure.  Common to all ages.
         Alopecia.   Cels. Gal. et Auct Grsec.
       0  Serpens.   Baldness  commencing at the occiput, and
           winding in  a line, not  exceeding  two  fingers
           breadth, to each ear, sometimes to the  forehead:
           often terminating spontaneously.  Chiefly limited
           to children.
         Ophiasis.  Cels. Gal. et Auct. Grsec.
           The characters of these varieties are given almost
         literally from  Cels.  Lib. vi. ch.  iv.  The disease
         makes a near approach to  porrigo Area of the present
       *  system.
8. decolor.  Hair of the head of a preternatural hue.
       x  Caerulea.   Of a blue colour.  Ephem. Nat. Cur. Dec.
           II. an. iv. Appx. p. 203.  An. vi. obs. 226.
       0  Denigrata.  Changed from another hue to  a black.
           Paullini. Cent, III. obs. 59: the sequel of a fever.
         Borelli, Cent. III.obs. 2, from exsiccation.—Schenck.
         Observ. Med.  1. 4, from terror.—Schurig, Sperma-
         tol; from  white to  black ; the  colour of the beard
         changed also.
       y  Viridis.   Of a green colour.   Paullin, Cent. 1. obs.
           93.  Bartholin. Hist. Anat.
       ^  Variegeta.  Spotted like the hair of the leopard.
           Paullin. Cent. IV. obs. 67.  Ephem.  Nat.  Cur.
         Dec III. ann. iii. obs. 184.
           The hair occasionally grows, and has sometimes
         changed its hue after death. Eph.  Nat. Cur. passim.
  Gen. X  Epichrosis.   'TLvixg»<rt$, " superficies colorata vel ma-
culata," a coloured or spotted surface.  Theophr de Caus pi. lib. ii.
cap. 7. So fxiy^utu " in superficie coloro," whence eTri^acvfM^, era-
ployed  by  Plaio, " per summam coloratus."  The  genus is new,
but it seems called for.
  Leucasmus (XtvxxrtMs,)  is the vitiligo of Willan.  The term is 
GE. X.l
NOSOLOGY
391
                       GENUS  X.

                   EPICHROSIS.

     Simple discolouration of the surface.
       Spilosis.  Toung.
       Flecke.  G.
1. Leucasmus.   White, glabrous, shining, permanent spots,
                     preceded  by white, transitory elevations
                     or tubercles of the same size; often coa-
                     lescing, and creeping in a serpentine di-
                     rection ; the superincumbent hairs falling
                     off and  never re-sprouting.
         Common to the surface;  but chiefly found about the
       face, neck, and ears.
       Vitiligo.   Willan.  Batem.
2. Spilus.   Brown,  permanent,  circular  patch;  solitary;
              sometimes slightly elevated,  and crested with a
              tuft of hair.
       Spilus.  Auct.
       Mahl.  G.
       Tache.  F.
       Mole.
merely changed to avoid confusion, as Dr. Willan  has employed
vitiligo  in a sense different from  every  one who preceded  him.
Leucasmus, the direct import of which is  dealbatio,  " whitening or
covering with white," is derived from Xevxos, " albus, candidus," and
expresses with sufficient accuracy the nature of the species.  Spilus,
from o-7riXo(, l< macula,"  has been long in  use.  Lenticula, is more
generally written  in  modern times lentigo ; it is litre given as it
occurs in Celsus;  who also employs ephelis from  tpqXn, " vitium
faciei solis ustione ;" but in a sense far more extended, and apply-
ing to affections which have no connexion with sun-burning.  It is
here limited to its appropriate  signification.  Aurigo is the yellow
or orange hue of infants, so  frequently occurring shortly  after
birth;  and which is occasionally to be met with in later periods of
life; depending, as Dr. Cullen observes, either on bile, existing
indeed in the blood vessels,  though not immediately excreted into
them, or on a peculiar yellowness of the serum of the blood distinct
from any connexion with bile.  In Cullen this disease is referred to
in a note on icterus in the class cachexia order impetigines, where
icterus is introduced along wilh syphilis,  scorbutus, elephantiasis, 
392
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. VL—OR. in.
3.  Lenticula.  Cuticle  stigmatised  with  yellowish-brown
                    dots, resembling minute  lentil  seeds;
                    gregarious; often transitory.
         Found chiefly on the face, neck, and hands of persons
       possessing delicate constitutions,  and red hair.  When
       of a larger size, the Greeks called them phacise (<p**i*t.)
       Cels. VI. 5.
       Lenticula.   Cels.
       Lentigo.  Linn.  Vog.
       Ephelis Lentigo.  Sauv.
       Nemesh.  Arab.
       Leberflecke.   G.
     "  Taches de rousseur.  F.
       Freckles.
4.  Ephelis.   Cuticle  tawny by exposure  to the sun; often
                  spotted with  dark  freckles,  confluent or
                  corymbose; disappearing in the winter.
       Ephelis a sole.  Sauv.
       Nigredo a sole.   Sennert.
       Sommersprosse.   G.
       Hale.   F.
and a variety of other frightful and violent maladies, with which it
has no natural or artificial connexion ; and only because his method
allowed  of no other place for its reception.  Sauvages has rightly
distinguished between this disease as a mere cutaneous affection of
infancy,  and proper jaundice: by describing the first in Cl. I. Ord.
I. under the name of ephelis lutea; and the second in Cl. X. Ord.
VI. under that of aurigo neophytorum.                         #
  In drupaceous fruits, and especially those of a fine cuticle, as ap-
ples, we often meet with spots and discolourations of the same cha-
racter as moles and  freckles ; the causes of which we do not always
know, though we can sometimes trace them to small punctures in
the cutis by birds and insects.
  6. Epicrosis Pacilia. TlotxiXix, a term of Isocrates, from votxiXif,
"versicolor,"  " pictus diversus  coloribus;" whence Pacile,  the
Porch or Picture-gallery of the Stoics  at Athens. The species is
new to nosological  classification as well as the genus under which
it occurs; but the morbid affection has been long known to physio-
logists :  and it ought to have had a niche in the catalogue of dis-
eases before now.
  The different hues of black, copper-coloured, olive, and red, by
which different nations are distinguished  in different parts of  the
world cannot be regarded as diseases.  They are as natural to them
as a fair complexion  to an European, and only constitute  distinct 
!-E. III.]                  NOSOLOGY.                      393

       Sun-burn.
5. Aurigo.   Cuticle saffron-coloured, with apparent affection
                of the liver or its appendages ; colour diffused
                over the entire  surface ; transient: chiefly in
                new-born infants.
       Ephelis lutea.  Sauv.
       Gelbe haut.   G.
6. Pozcilia.  Cuticle marbled generally, with alternate plots,
                 or patches of black and white.
       Cutis variegata nativa.  Plenck.
         Blumenbach gives  examples  from  a  Tartar tribe,
       whose  skin  was  naturally spotted  like the  leopard's,
       De Generis Humani varietate nativa.
features in the different varieties of the human race.   They  are,
however, regarded as diseases by Plenck, who has entered them in
his class maoulje, under  the generic terms of rubedo cutis  (rothe
haut,) nigredo cutis (schwarze haut,) and albor cutis (weisse haut,)
by the last intending, not the inhabitants  of Europe  or Asia Minor,
but Albinos, or those included under the genus Alphosis, Cl.  III.
Ord. IV. of the present system.
   Some of these natural, and many morbid discolorations have often
been found relieved by cosmetics, as that of Homberg, which  is a
dilute solution of oxymuriate of mercury, with a mixture of ox-gall.
Hartman's cosmetic was a simple distillation of arum root in water.
If the hands be deeply  discoloured, they  may be  whitened by being
exposed to the fumes of sulphur.
   In the American states a black has occasionally  been  known to
have the whole of the  colouring pigment absorbed and carried off
during a severe fever, and to arise from  his bed transformed into a
white man.   See  the same subject treated by M. Bose, Pr. de Mu-
tato per  Morbum colore  corporis humani, Lips. 1785.  Buchner
relates the case of a man who, on the contrary, on a  recovery from a
severe fever had his face tinged with a black hue ; probably from a
morbid secretion  and deposit of a black pigment along with the rete
mucosum of the face.  Miscel. 1729, p. 260.
   It is to the partial or variegated secretion of the cutaneous  pig-
ment that we  are indebted  for  all  the diversified  and beautiful
hues evinced  by  different kinds of animals and vegetables.   It is
this which gives  us the fine red or violet that tinges the nose and
hind quarters of some baboons, and the exquisite silver that whitens
the belly  of the dolphin, and  other  cetaceous fishes.  In the  toes
and tarsal membrane of ravens and turkeys, it is frequently black ;
in common  hens and peacocks gray; blue in the titmouse, green in
the water-hen, yellow in the eagle, orange in the storck,  and red in
some species of  the scolopax.  It affords that sprightly intermix-
   VOL. V.—3  P 
394
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. VI.—OR. III.
         Chiefly found among negroes, from an  irregular se-
       cretion or distribution of the pigment which gives the
       black hue to their rete mucosum.  In Albinos, whether
       among blacks  or whites, the secretion appears to be en-
       tirely suppressed from constitutional debility or  other
       defect.  See Alphosis, Cl. III. Ord. IV.
         The  subjects of this disease are  commonly called
       spotted or pye-balled negroes.
         Plenck asserts that  he once saw a man  with  a  green
       face, the right side of the body black, and the left yel-
       low, produced by previous disease.

ture of colour which besprinkles the skin of the frog and salamander.
But it  is for the  gay  and glittering scales of fishes, the  splendid
metallic shells of beetles, the gaudy eye-spots that bedrop the  wings
of the  butterfly,  and the infinitely diversified hues of the flower-
garden, that nature reserves the utmost force of this wonderful pig-
ment, and sports with it in her happiest caprices. 
         CLASS VIL*

           TYCHICA.

FORTUITOUS  LESIONS OR DEFORMITIES.
                       ORDER  I.

                    APALOTICA.

                AFFECTING THE SOFT PARTS.

  The organization of the soft parts injured or interrupted by
violent assault or exertion.
                  GENUS I.

                    TRESIS.

Forcible solution of continuity in a soft part, commencing
  externally.
  Class VII. Tyohica. 1v%ixx, " fortuita;" " quae forte accidunt:"
from tvx», u eventus, seu casus fortuitus:" th. Tvy%xw.
  Order I. Apalotica. 'AtxXotixx, from xtxXotik, " mollities, tene-
ritudo." Its opposite is ovtftonxx, from erreeeartu, " firmitas, duritas,
rigiditas, soliditas:" and hence this has been taken as denominative
of the ensuing order.   Possibly malactica and sclerotica might have
been selected if they had been at liberty.   But the  first has been
long since laid hold of in the materia medica to signify emollients;
and the second in surgery to characterize the outermost or hardest
  [• In the " Study of Medicine," the 7th Class is not noticed at all. No doubt
because the diseases included under it do not fell to the care of the physician.] 
396                     NOSOLOGY.           [CL. VII.—OR. I

       Dialysis.  Parr.
L Vulnus.   The substance  of a  soft  part cloven ;  with a
                spread or gaping mouth.
       Vulnus.  Sauv. Linn. Sag.
       Yara.  Arab.
       Wunde.  G.
       Blessure.  F.
       Wound.
       * Simplex.   Simple disunion by a  smooth  and sharp
           instrument.
         Vulnus simplex.   Sauv. Toung.
         Playe simple.  F.
         Cut.
       /s Laceratum.   The divided substance irregularly torn
         Laceratura.  Linn.
         Valnus laceratum.   Toung.
         Lacerated Wound.
       y Penetrans.   The wound  communicating with a ca-
           vity.
         Valnus penetrans.   Toung.
         Penetrating  Wound.
       } Contusum.   The wound affected by an obtuse instru-
           ment, as a ball or splinter, and  accompanied  with
           contusion of the surrounding parts.
         Vulnus scloppetorum.  Sauv.
         Sclopetoplagia.   Sag.
         Vulnus contusum.   Toung.
         Coup d'arme a feu.   F.
tunic of the eye, the scletoris, or tunica sclerotica; and it is a use-
ful Linn6an rule well adapted to prevent confusion, not  to employ
a term in any branch of the same science in a new sense that has
already been appropriated to a different.  Either set, however, will
answer equally well, and can plead equal  authority  for their use,
though the latter is more common to the medical vocabulary.
  Gen. I. Tresis.  T^«o-<s, « plaga ;" " solutio continui;"  " perfo-
ratio:" fromrirp««, " perforo," " terebro."  Dialysis, as employed in
a similar sense to Dr.  Parr, might  perhaps have been used on the
present occasion, but that it has been generally applied by other no-
sologists to disunions of hard as well as of soft parts, and might hence
prove a source of perplexity.
  1. Tresis Vulnus. The author has preferred the limited sense of
vulnus as given by the earlier nosologists,  to the looser and more
general signification of many writers of the present day, who in-
clude puncture under the term ; and some of whom include excoria-
tion.  The definitions,  it is hoped, are sufficiently precise to mark 
GE. L]
NOSOLOGY.
397
         Gun-shot  Wound.
         Splintery  Wound.
2. Punctura.  The substance of a soft part perforated ; with
                   a minute, impervious mouth.
       Punctura.   Sauv.  Sag.
       Nish.  Of Persian origin.
       Stick.  G.
       Piquure.  F.
       Punctured Wound.   Bell.
       Puncture.
       ec Simplex.   Simple disunion by a sharp piercing instru-
           ment.
         Prick.
       p Incuspidata.  The point of the instrument broken off,
           and remaining in the course of the puncture.
         Punctura a cuspidi fracta.  Sauv.
         Echarde.   F. Tissot.  Avis au Peuple.
         Splinter, needle, or thorn in  the flesh.
       y Venenata.  The pointed instrument loaded  with an
           acrid or poisonous material; as the arrows of bar-
           barians, with the lama or  vicunas ; the fang of the
           tarantula and several other spiders ; the sting of the
           wasp, hornet, or scorpion.
         Punctura venenata.  Sauv.
         Insekten-stick.   G.
         Piquure venimeuse.   F.
         Poisoned Wound.   Bell.
the differences.   Even in free  colloquial language we seldom ven-
ture to call a puncture in the finger a wound, when made by a fine
splinter or broken needle, in which the fragment remains imbedded
in the flesh without bleeding,  and  with  scarcely  a trace where it
entered.   Wounds, punctures, excoriations, and  burns, however,
have a close natural relation to each other, and ought to be arranged
as so many species  under one genus.   In very  slight cases of
burns, indeed, there is no actual solution of the cuticle, nor  even
vesication; but these are imperfect instances, and scarcely deserve
the name of disease, or the attention of the chirurgical practitioner.
Causis (xxvTti)  is  here employed  to signify burn, as cauma has
already been to signify inflammatory, or burning fever, the synochus
of Vogel and Synocha of Sauvages and Cullen.   The root of both
is *mc*, " uro."
  2. y. T. Punctura Venenata. In Ceylon the leaves of the ophior-
rhiza Mungos, and  in South America the milky juice of the  poly-
gala Senega (snake-root) are said to be specifics against the bite of 
398
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. VIL—OR. I.
3.  Excoriatio.  The substance of a soft part abraded at its
                    surface.
      Ecdora.  Auct.  Graec.
      Eucoriatio.   Auct.  Recentior.
      Attritio.   Vog.
      Erythema Paratrima.  Sauv.
      Excoriatura.   Linn.
      Ertihash.  Arab.
      Hautschwiirung.  G.
      Ecorchure.   F.
      Excoriation.
      » Simplex.   Confined  to the skin ;  chiefly produced
           by friction.
        The remedial power of oil of turpentine or spirit of
      wine lately proposed as a new discovery, may be found
      noticed by Sydenham, Opp. p. 343, 783, and Camera-
      rius, Memorab. Cent IV. n. 53.
      /3 Complicata.  Deeper than the integument, with contu-
          sion, or loss of subjacent substance.   Chiefly pro-
          duced by severe flagellation;  though sometimes
          accidental.  See Pibrac, M.  Ac.  Chir. IV. 63;
          Fabre, 74 ; Louis,  106.
the coluber Naja (cobra di capel!o,or hooded snake,) and the crota-
lus horridus (rattle-snake,) as well as against \arious other  empoi-
soned punctures and lacerations.  See Amcmitat. Acad. Vol. II. art.
21 : Lignum Colubrinum.  Resp. J. A. Darelius ; and art. 22, Ra-
dix Senega, Resp. J. Kiernander.
  Olandah, from repeated experiments of its efficacy, recommends
taking internally a mixture of rum and Cayenne pepper.   Goeth.
Anz. 1790.
  In all these cases by far the most  effectual remedy seems to be
arsenic, whether in solution or oxyd.   An arsenic  pill,  somewhat
similar to that commonly given in  India in cases of elephantiasis, as
already  remarked in the  note on this  disease, is  asserted  by Dr.
Russell, in his History of Indian  Serpents, to be employed with
great  success in the provinces of the Delta, under the name of the
Tanjore pill, each  of which forms a dose, and contains a grain of
white arsenic. Mr. Chevalier, taking advantage of this hint, strongly
enforced, in his lectures, a trial of this active alterative in all cases
of wounds from venomous serpents: and Mr. Ireland, an intelligent
pupil  of his, has since carried Mr. Chevalier's recommendation into
execution with wonderful  success  both in St. Lucie and Martinique.
The preparation he used was Dr.  Fowler's solution, in the propor-
tion of two drachms every half hour till vomiting or purging ensued, 
GE. II]
NOSOLOGY.
399
4. causis.   The substance of a soft part chemically disunited
               or destroyed; with vesication or eschar.
       Erethema Ambustio.  Sauv.
       Encausis.   Vog.  Plouquet.
       Combustura.   Linn.
       Suzish, of Persian origin.
       Verbrennung.   G.
       Brulure.  F.
       Burn.
                      GENUS II.


                     THLASMA.

    Forcible derangement in the  structure of a soft part, with-
         out disunion of the external integument.
       Thlasma.   Galen. Dioscor.
1.  concussio.  The part weakened, or interrupted in its func-
                  tion, by sudden concussion, without extra-
                  vasation of blood.
the last being encouraged by cathartic injections:  but as  half an
ounce of lime-juice formed a part of every draught, the arsenic was
necessarily decomposed and converted into the stale of white oxyd.
See Medico-chir. Trans. Vol. III. p. 393.
  Gen.  II. Thlasma.  Qxxa-fui, from iXxa " conquasso," " contun-
do, collide"  The term is sufficiently broad to cover all the species
which are here  arranged under it.   It is taken from  Galen, as is
also that which  distinguishes the next genus :  both which are here
employed  in the exact import which Galen assigns  to them.  Hav-
ing spoken of ulcers, fractures, and  spasms, in relation to a solution
of continuity, he adds, « ejusdem genesis sunt  et quae Graeci eeypx
(rhegma) ct 6Xx<rf*,x,  (thlasma,)  dicunt.—Haec in vasis, musculisque,
exviolento, iciH vel gravi casu, vel alio quopiam valente motu excitata.
Method. Medend. tom. vi. p 85. The root of rhegma, in Latin « rup-
tio, ruptura, " is pucnru, « frango, rumpo :" and  from the above quo-
tation we have a proof that the Greeks applied the term regma to
every species of laceration of the soft parts, not commencing exter-
nally so as to make it a wound, by  whatever kind of violence pro-
duced, whether a blow, a fall, or any other adequate cause: in  the
same manner as they applied the term thlasma to every species of
conquassation, whether concussion, contusion, or strain, occurring in 
400                      NOSOLOGY.           [CL. VII.—OR. I.
    Concussio.  Auct.
    Herkeshet.  Arab.
    Schiitteln.   G.
    Concussion.  F.
    Concussion.
contusio.  The part weakened or disorganized in its vas-
              cularity by external compression; with extra-
              vasation  of blood,  and  discoloration  of
              surface.
    Contusio.  Auct.
    Contusura.  Linn.
    Hers.  Arab.
    Zirknirschung.   G.
    Neutrissure.  F.
    Contusion.   Bruise.
stremm a.  The part weakened in its motive power by sud-
              den  and excessive exertion; with pain and
              tension.
    Distensio.  Auct.
    Levy.   Arab.
    Verrenckung.  67.
    Entorse.  F.
    Strain.   J Trench.
                     GENUS III.

                       RHEGMA.

    Violent snapping of a soft internal part into two or more
         portions.

like parts, from the same latitude of causes.  When the lesion fell
on a ligament or cartilage, we are informed by Galen  in the same
place, that the Greeks called it xiromrxa-fiet, "avulsio;" probably
from the injured part being distracted, or pulled out of its  proper
site or tone.  But it does not seem necessary to continue this minute
distinction.
  Stremma, trTeei*.ua, " a strain or wrench," from o-rgttpu, " torqueo,"
has been long in medical use, and was the colloquial term employ-
ed among the  Greeks  to express this peculiar injury, as we learn
from Ulpian, Dem. Olynth. ii.   The best Latin synonym is perhaps
distensio, but this is of  looser meaning, and imports other affections
as well as the present. 
GE. IV.]
NOSOLOGY.
401
       Rhegma (gvyf**.) Galen. Aristot.
       Ruptura.  Sauv.  Linn. Vog. Sag.
       Laceratio.   Toung.
       Kesret.  Arab.
       Zerzerretes.   G.
       Rupture.  F.
       Laceration.
1. ligamentare.  Laceration of a ligament.
       Laceratio ligamentaris.  Toung.
         Found also, frequently, as an accompanying lesion,
       in luxations  and strains.
       Apospasma (xnoo-Trxo-fMt.)  Auct. Grsec.
2. musculare.  Laceration of a muscle or its tendon.
       Laceratio muscularis.   Toung.
3. vasculare.  Laceration of a blood-vessel.
       Laceratio vascularis.   Toung.
4. viscerale.  Laceration of a viscus.
       Laceratio visceralis.   Toung.
                 GENUS  IV.

                   HERNIA.

Protrusion of an abdominal organ through some inter-
    stice in its proper cavity, producing a soft and slight-
    ly elastic tumour.
  Cele («**»>.) Auct.  Grsec.
   Gen. III. Rhegma.  See the preceding note.
   Gen. IV. Hernia. 'Ee*tx : from Igvoj, "germen, ramus," shooting
forth, ramification,  whence the Latins called it ramex.  Hernia,
however, was  a name  given  to  the disease  by the later Greek
writers as  Galen expressly informs us; for by the earlier  it was
simply called xnM (cele,) tumour, or swelling. It was necessary, in-
deed, to make a distinction: since from the latitude of sense afford-
ed by cele,  the term was applied, and  still  continues to be so, to a
variety of diseases which have no connexion whatever, except that
of a greater or less  degree of intumescence : as hydro-cele,  sarco-
cele, broncho-cele, encephalo-cele.
   Some benefit, therefore, in  point of precision, was gained by the
introduction of the term «£»<*, or ramex, however trivial the term in
  Vol. V.—3 Q 
402
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. VII.—OR. I.
      Hernia.  Auct. Lat.  Linn. Cull.
      Demm.   Arab.
      Bruck.  G.
      Hernie.  F.
      Rupture.
1.  iuguinalis.  Tumour extending from the groin more or
                   less deeply to the scrotum, or  labia on
                   either side.—Consisting  of a  portion of
                   intestine  or intestinal tunic,  protruded
                   through the respective abdominal ring,
                   enclosed in a peritoneal sac.
      Hernia inguinalis.  Heister. et Alior.
      Kervet.   Arab.
      Inguinal  Rupture.
      Bubonocele: Auct. when confined to the groin.
      Oschiocele. Auct. 1   when at the bottom of the scro-
      Scrotal Rupture  J      turn.
        Occasionally found ossified, Eph. Nat.  Cur.  Cent. X.
      obs. 57.
      x Intestinalis.   Descent  of  a   portion  of  intestine
           alone :  tumour tense, equal, roundish.
        Enterocele.  Auct.
      |8 Omentalis.   Descent of a portion of omentum alone:
           tumour soft, compressible,  unequal,  oblong.
        Epiplocele.  Auct.
      y Duplicata.  Descent of some portion of intestine and
           omentum.
        Entero-epiplocele.  Auct.
      ^ Congenita.   Sac formed of the tunica vaginalis; tu-
           mour in immediate contact  with the  testicle.
itself.  Yet even hernia has been  employed by many writers with
too loose an interpretation, and been allowed to run a race almost
as wide as cele though expressly intended to be restrained to a par-
ticular division of the diseases which the older term had  been al-
lowed to comprise.   And we have hence had hernias of the brain,
of the eye, of the uterus, of the veins; fleshy, bloody, watery, and
windy hernias, with  as much confusion as was ever produced by the
use of eele in its wildest pruriency.  Sauvages seems to have been
altogether at a loss what to do with the term ;  and  has hence en-
tirely dethroned it, and re-established cele upon its downfall. There
are many writers, however, who have used it in a more limited and
correct sense.  Heister perhaps led the way to this greater simpli-
city of import; and  he was soon followed by Linneus, who possibly

                                                                  t 
r«E. IV.]                  NOSOLOGY.                     403
       Hernia congenita.  Haller. et Auct. Recentior.
       Congenital Rupture.
         As this variety must accompany,  and consequently
       be coeval with, the descent of the testis, it must neces-
       sarily take place only a few weeks before, or at an early
       stage after, birth.
           See Baillie, Morb. Anat. Fasc. IV. PI. 7, 8
2. femoralis.   Tumour seated  on  the upper and anterior
                   part of the thigh.—Peritoneal sac protrud-
                   ed  through the opening for the transmis-
                   sion of large  blood-vessels.
       Hernia femoralis.  Auct
       Hernia cruralis.   Heister et Alior.
       Femoral or Crural Rupture.
         Admits of an intestinal, omental, and duplicate vari-
       ety, as in the preceding species.
         Is sometimes found included in a double sac, the in-
       terior of which has occasionally been mistaken for the
       intestine, till laid  open.  See Mr. Chevalier's two
       cases, Mcdico-chir. Trans. Vol. IV. p. 322.
3. umbilicalis.  Tumour protruded at the navel.  Involved
                      in a peritoneal sac, often blending itself
                      with the neighbouring parts: contents
                      sometimes  bursting, from  magnitude,
                      through sac and skin.
       Hernia umbilicalis.   Heist, et Alior.
       Umbilical Rupture.
         Admits of an intestinal,  omental,  and duplicate va-
       riety, as in the preceding species.
carried his restraint somewhat too far, hernia being with him limit-
ed to a protrusion of the intestinal canal alone : and hence his defi-
nition is as follows: " inteetini obtecti ultra propriam sedem protru-
sio." Cullen has unfortunately restored the term to its larger and
looser sense; and  hence in the present day it has little or no defi-
nite meaning whatever.  Mr. B. Bell has again attempted to give it
a precise import by confining it,  not indeed with Linneus, to pro-
lapses of the intestinal canal alone, but to a " protrusion  of some
part  or parts from the  cavity of the abdomen ;" and it is in this mid-
dle sense that hernia  is employed  in  the  present system ; being
limited to what Harvey has forcibly called the  " abdominal pene-
trans."
  Hernia is in almost every instance the result of violence or undue
exertion, either alone,  or in conjunction with a local laxity of fibre. 
404                     NOSOLOGY.           [CL. VII.—OR. I.

       ? Ventriculi.   Protrusion of the stomach into the her-
           nial sac, with or without a portion of the intestinal
           materials.
         Hernia ventriculi.   Haller. et Alior.
         Gastrocele.   Auct.  Var.
         Hemic de festomac.  La Fayc sur Dionis.
         Rupture of the Stomach.
       ? Hepatis.  Protrusion of the liver into the hernial sac,
           with or without a portion of the intestinal mate-
           rials.
         Hernia hepatis.  Bossnii et Alior.
         Hepatocele.  Auct. Var.
         Hernie du foye.   Arnaud. des Hern.
         Rupture of the Liver.
       £ Splenis.   Protrusion of the spleen into the  hernial
           sac, with or without a portion of the intestinal ma-
           terials.
         Hernia lienis.  Fabr. Hildan. Epist.
         Splenocele.   Auct. Alior.
         Hernie de la rate.   Arnaud. des Hern.
         Rupture of the Spleen.
4. ventralis.  Tumour found  indefinitely in  the region of
                   the belly: for the most part adjoining the
                   linea alba.  Peritoneal sac often large, and
                   protruded between  the interstices of  the
                   abdominal muscles.
         Hernia \%ntralis.  Heister.  et Alior.
         Ventral Rupture.
It belongs therefore obviously to the present class and order.  Even
in congenital herniasis it is probable the same causes would be  found
to apply if we could  trace their commencement ; and this  more
especially in those that take place subsequently, instead of antece-
dently, to birth, and accompany the testicle in its retarded  descent
into the scrotum. The English name of rupture is highly improper,
being founded in a misconception that the peritoneal tunic is lacerat-
ed in every instance of the disease, instead of being merely elongat-
ed and protruded as a surrounding  sac.   It is only in a few  cases of
the ventral and umbilical species that an actual rupture  has  been
found ; and in these instances it has occurred less from the nature
of the disease, than from the  weight and magnitude of the protrud-
ing viscus.  The French, more correctly, confine the term rupture
to express the genus rhegma, which by Latin writers was indeed
usually denominated ruptura. 
GE. IV.]
NOSOLOGY.
405
        Varied as in the preceding species, and the varieties
      distinguished • by the  same organic names.  Chiefly
      found during infancy, or in corpulent habits.—Once in
      a woman who had submitted successfully to the Cesa-
      rean section.  Saviard, Observ. Chirurg.
S.  ischiatica.   Tumour seated on the upper part of the male
                   perinseum,  or lower part of  the  female
                   labia.  Peritoneal sac protruded through
                   the great foramen of the ischium ;  mostly
                   filled with a portion of intestine.
      Hernia foraminis magni ischii.   Auct.
      Ischiatocele.  Vog.
      Ischiocele.  Sag.
      Hernia of the Foramen Ovale.  Bell.
*\.  vesicalis.  Tumour seated in the groin, forepart of the
                  thigh or perinaeum : fluctuating.—Formed
                  by a protrusion of the bladder;  commonly
                  subsiding on voiding urine.
      Hernia vecisae urinariae.   Sallzmann.
      Hernia cystica.   Auct. Var.
      Cystocele.  Plainer. Ign.  La Chausse. Sauv.
      Hernie de la vessie urinaire.  Mery. Mem. de VAcad.
      Rupture of the Urinary  Bladder.
      «■ Simplex.   The naked  bladder alone protruding.
      p Complicata.   Protruded bladder, accompanied with
           a portion of intestine or omentum; surrounded by
           the peritoneal tunic.
7. diaphragmatica.  Indefinite intumescence, or fullness of
                         chest, with difficulty of breathing,
                         and a sense of weight pressing  in-
                         ternally on the lungs.
                           Formed by a protrusion of a por-
                         tion  of  intestine  into the chest
                         through  an  aperture  in the dia-
                         phragm.   May be produced by vi-
                         olence or ulceration ; but is more
                         frequently the result of a misform-
                         ation of the diaphragm. See Baillie,
                         Morb. Anat. Fasc. IV. PI. 8, f. 1. 
406
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. VII.—OR. 1.
                      GENUS Y.

                    ENTFIESIS.

     Irritation or obstruction of a  natural passage by the intro-
         duction of an improper material.
       Obstructio.  Toung.
1. oesophagea. Improper material obtruded into the esopha-
                   gus.
       Obstruction oesophagea.   Toung.
         The more common substances are hairs ;  small fea-
       thers ; fish-bones; fruit-stones; various pieces of money.
         These have often remained fixed for a very long time ;
       and have occasionally been found to migrate to very
       remote parts. A needle has continued in the esophagus
       for nine years before it was loosened and discharged;
       Kehring, Specil. Anat. obs. 42.   A fish-bone, after long
       obstruction,  worked its way through the substance of
       the esophagus,  and was at length thrown  out at  the
       cutis; Arculari, Practica, cap. 57. The point of a sword,
       for thirty years buried in  the eye, was at last ejected
       by the palate ;  Hoechstetter* Dec. VI. cas. 9.
         The esophagus has sometimes been  large  enough to
       allow a  half-crown to pass without  injury,  which has
       been evacuated by the  rectum.   A half-crown piece of
       this kind is in Dr. Hunter's Museum.  See also Baillie,
       Morb. Anat. Fasc. III. PI. 1, for several other curious
       examples.
2. venrticularis.  Improper material swallowed  into  the
                      stomach.
       Obstructio ventricularis.   Toung.
       x  Mechanica.  Hard and indigestible substances;  as a
           knife ;  a nail; pieces  of money ;  a multitude of
           fruit-stones.
       (3  Venenata.  Poisonous substances, vegetable, mineral,
           or chemical.
3. intestinalis.   Improper material lodged in the intestinal
                    canal.

  Gen. V.  Enthesis. 'EiOtrts, " insititium ;" " a foreign substance
or fragment of a foreign  substance introduced into a substance of a
different kind."  And hence the term at  times imports a graft or
scion. 
GE. V.]                  NOSOLOGY.                    407
      Obstructio intestinalis.   Toung.
         Occasionally discharged by an abscess at a distance;
      sometimes when pointed and slender,  as pins or nee-
      dles, migrating to a remote  organ.  See Phil. Trans.
      1768-9.   Nichols.—Lond. Med.  Journ. IV. 77, Bexv:
      VI. 36, Mills: Id. 401, Boys.
4. trachealis.  Improper material  lapsed  or inhaled into
                   the trachea.
      Obstructio trachealis.   Toung.
      *  Mechanica.  Impeding the passage.
      0  Mephitica.  Noxious to the  respiration.
5. urethralis.  Foreign substance broken in the urethra, or
                    dropped from it into the bladder.
                      Chiefly fragments of bougies, improper-
                    ly manufactured; or continued to be em-
                    ployed by the patient after being worn out.
                      The author was once consulted in a case
                    in which  the operation for lithotomy had
                    been performed to recover a fragment of a
                    bougie that had  been unskilfully pushed
                    into the bladder.  The operation was in
                    vain, and the man died.   Had the patient
                    been  a female, the proper operation would
                    have  consisted in enlarging the urethra by
                    sponge-tents, or some other elastic instru-
                    ment, so as to have admitted the fore-fin-
                    ger, or stone-forceps.  See Cl. VI. Ord.
                    II. 4.   Lithia, vesicalis.
                     ORDER  II.

                    STEREOTICA.

               AFFECTING THE HARD PARTS.

  The continuity or connexion of the hard parts impaired or
interrupted by violent assault or exertion.
  Order II. Stere6tica. Zrepcnxx, from crtfetm and rreeeos, "du-
ritas, firmitas," and " durus, firmus." The term is applied to horns
by Aristotle: xe(xtx<rrtgtx j an< in the Odyssey to stones: <rreeeriXi6»i.
See note on Order I.  Apalotisa. 
408                     NOSOLOGY.           [CL. VlL—OR. II.


                      GENUS  I.

                    CATAGMA.

  Forcible division of a bone into two or more parts.
       Catagma.   Galen, et Auct. Graec.
       Clasis.  Parr.
I.  Fractura.  Bone broken ; the divided edges more or less
                   separated from each other.
                     Pain ; impeded function  ; where move-
                   able, a grating  sound on motion ;  where
                   immovable,  morbid  depression or other
                   inequality.
       Fractura.   Auct.
       Mekser.  Arab.
       Bein-bruch.   G.
       Fracture.   F.
       Fracture.
       x  Simplex.   Bone simply  divided, with little injury to
           the surrounding parts.
         Simple Fracture.
           Produced, occasionally, by violent action of  the
         proper  muscles of the bone, without other  force—
         chiefly by spasmodic action.  See Act. Nat. Cur. Vol.
         VII. obs  127.   Leske, Auserl. Abh. Band. III. p. 279,
         the shoulder.—Both thigh-bones  broken  by tetanus,
         Desportes, Hist, des Maladies de St. Domingue, II.
         171.—Another case, by convulsions, Eph. Nat. Cur.
         Dec. I. ann. ii. obs. 225.  See Clonus, Palpitatio, x.
           The ends  of a fractured and ununiting thigh-bone,
         united  by sawing off the  tips;  Medico-chir. Trans.
         Griffith Rowlands, Vol. II. p. 47.
       £  Comminuta.  Bone shivered at the divided part.
         Fracture avec fracas. F.
         Splintery Fracture.
  Gen. I. Catagma. Kxrxyfix, from xxrxyu, " confringo." So Ga-
len, " In osse fractura, Graecis xxTxypx dicitur."  Meth. Med. tom.
VI. 85.   And this he tells us, shortly afterwards, was the  colloquial
term, for that  it  was  technically denominated apagma  (xirxyyM)
" Huic proprium nomen inditum Grsece est xxrxyptx, omnibus fere
hominibus qui Graece loqui norfint, tritum : x-xxyi*.x namque  medi-
corum appellatio propria est, plebi inusitatum."  Meth. Med. tom.
VI. 151. 
'-E. II.]
NOSOLOGY.
409
    1  y  Denudata.  Divided edge of the bone  penetrating
           the skin, and laid bare.
         Compound Fracture.
      ^  Complicata.  Combined with depression, dislocation,
           or other injury.
         Complicated Fracture.
2.  Fissura.   Bone cracked: the divided edges still in contact.
         External violence: the internal  derangement more
      than correspondent to the external injury.
      Selau.  Arab.
      Schrunden.  G.
      Felure.  F.
      Fissure.
         Chiefly affecting the cranium, though the long bones
      are occasionally subject  to it,  and especially the ribs.
      See  Heister, Chir. tom. I. cap.  vi.
      *  Subjacens.  Fissure immediately below the external
           injury:  morbid symptoms confined to the same
           region.
         Simple Fissure.
      3  Contra-jacens.   Fissure and  severest symptoms on
           the opposite side of the scull, to the external injury.
         Contra-fissura.—Resonitus.   Plouquet.
         Counter-fissure.
      y  Complicata.  Combined with  a  counterstroke pro-
           ducing concussion or extravasation ; or with some
           associate injury on the same side.
             See a singular case of Le Dran's, in which the
           outer  table of the  head was  fissured; the inner
           had a small bony scale thrown off from it;  and
           concussion with extravasation  took  place on the
           opposite side of the scull.  Obs. xvii.
                     GENUS  II.

                       CAMPSIS.

     Bone or cartilage forcibly  bent  from  its proper shape
         without breaking,
,I|*p»i ■  ■' ' ■ ■   ™ ■ ■■'■■   m^      i'i ii   ■   ■ ■     '    ■■  ■■ »p .— .■■■— ~ -
  Gen.  II. Campsis.  Km^is  « flexio, curvatio, inflexio:" from
wtftTTTw, "flecto, inflecto, incurvo."
  Vol. V.—3 R 
410
NOSOLOGY.         [CL. VII.—OR. U.
1.  Depressio.  Form of the bone  or  cartilage flattened  or
                   bent inwards.
      Thlasis.  Vog.
      Depressio.  Auct. Var.
      Depression.
         Found chiefly in young subjects ;  and principally on
      the cranium and ensiform cartilage of the chest.  Bone
      often recovering its  proper figure  with  the gradual
      growth of the frame.
         Found also, occasionally, in persons predisposed to
      pzrostiaflexilis, or softness  of bones:  which see.
                     GENUS  III.

                   EXARTHREMA.

  Extrusion of a bone from  its seat of articulation.
       Exarthrema.   Auct. Grsec. Sauv. Sag.
       Luxatura.  Linn.
       Ankhyla.  Arab.
       Verrenckung.   G.
       Luxation.   F.
       Dislocation.
1. Luxatio.  Bone, easily and extensibly moveable,  forced
                 completely from its articulating cavity.
       Exarthrema Luxatio simplex.  Sauv.
       Exarthrema completum.   Alior.
       Luxatio.   Vog.
       Luxation complette.   F.
       Luxation.
        The humerus has been luxated  by a  fit of convul-
       sions, Bilguer, Wahrnehmung. &c. p. 221.
  Gen. III. Exarthrema. 'E%xp6pvfMt," exarticulatio," from ap9pov,
« artus."  The term is in common use with Hippocrates, Galen,
and all the Greek writers.  Loxarthrus, by which the third species
is distinguished, is comparatively of modern date ; but it has obtained
general credit, and there is no necessity for disturbing it.  It is de-
rived from Xo%ot<;  « obliquus," and «fflg«v, as above,—<4 twisted, or
eblique joint." 
<*E. IV.]
NOSOLOGY.
411
2. Subluxatio.   Bone,  easily and  extensively  moveable,
                   forced partially from its cavity ; and rest-
                   ing on the edge of the socket.
       Exarthrema Subluxatio simplex.   Sauv.
       Exarthrema incompletum.   Alior.
       Subluxatio.  Vog.
       Luxation incomplette.   F.
       Subluxation.
         In the Act. Nat.  Cur. Vol. X. obs. 68, is  a singular
       case of luxation, or subluxation of the vertebrae of the
       neck, without serious mischief.
3. Loxarthrus.  Bone, slightly and narrowly moveable, for-
                     cibly loosened in its  articulation, and
                     distorted in its relative position.
       Loxarthrus.  Sauv. Sag.
       Perversio capitis Ossium.   Duverney, tom.  ii. cap. ii.
         Chiefly occurring in the bones of the chest, with sub-
       sequent gibbosity, especially in young persons :  and in
       the bones of the carpus and tarsus, producing crooked
       wrists and splay-feet.




                     GENUS  IV.

                   DIASTASIS.

  Forcible separation of immovable bones or their appen-
     dages  from their natural union with each other.
       Diastasis.  Auct. Graec. Sauv. Sag.
       Ossium recessus.   Auct. Lat.
       Luxatio Diastasis.  Toung.
       Ecartement des os.  F.
       Separation of bones.
 1. epiphysica.  Separation of a bone from its epiphysis.
       Diastasis epiphysica.  Sauv.
       Diastasis epiphysium.   Duverney, torn. ii. cap. i.
         Confined to  the stages of infancy and feeble  adoles-
       cence : for the  epiphyses of bones in a healthy constitu-
  Gen. IV. Diastasis.  Lixttxtk;, " interstitium, inter-vallum, di-
remptio, distractio in duas partes;" from hxvmpi," separo, dissocie." 
412
NOSOLOGY.        [CL. V1L—OR. 111.
       tion become gradually apophyses or constituent parts  of
       the bones themselves.
         Often mistaken by the unskilful for a luxation ; and
       aggravated by vain and painful attempts to effect a re-
       duction.
         See, on this subject, Heister, Chirurg. tom. I. 1. iii.
       % 13. 19.
2. cartilaginea.  Separation of bones connected by an in-
                      tervening cartilage.
       Diastasis synchondrosica.   Sauv.
       Diastasis synchondroseon.  Fabr. Hildan.
       Diastasis.   Parr.
         Exemplified most commonly in the separation of the
       symphysis  pubis in cases  of preternatural  labour:
       though other instances are not unfrequent.
        Separation of  the bones of the pelvis by a violent fall
       from a horse, Phil.  Trans. Vol. XLIV.  Cameron.—
       Leske, Auserl. Abhandl.  III. 299.—Ileum  separated
       from the sacrum, Fabr. Hildan. Opp. p. 992.
3.  Sutoria. Separation of connecting sutures.
       Diastasis raphica.  Sauv.
       Recessus suturarum  Cranii.   Duverney.
       Diachalasis.  Vog.
        A separation of the sutures  of the scull is usually fa-
       tal.   Mr. B. Bell mentions one instance of an injury o£
       this kind that  terminated  favourably;  Surg. Vol. VI.
       ch. xl. sect. ii.
                  ORDER 111.

                 M ORPHIC A.

              MONSTROSITIES OF BIRTH.

Deformities anomalously produced during the generation or
  growth of the fetus.
  Ord. III. Morphioa.  Ma^ikx, " ad formam spectantia :" from
fM^<pti, " forma."
  Most of the genera under this, order may find parallels among
plants which are perpetually affording monstrosities of every kind. 
GE. Li                   NOSOLOGY,                     413


                       GENUS I.

                    METROCELIS.

  Congenital discolorations on the surface.
       Metrocelis.  Auct. Var.
       Nsevus.   Sauv. et Alior.
       Khal.  Arab. Pers. Bek.  Turc.
       Muttermahle.  G.
       En vie.  F.
       Mother's-mark.
 1. spilosa.  Simple, superficial, circumscribed stain ; for the
                most part yellow, brown, or red.
       Naevus flammeus.  Plenck.
       Feuermahl.  G.
       x Circularis.  With a circular or orbicular outline.
       0 Foliacea.  Leaf-shaped.
       y Arachnoides.   With slender, claw-shaped, or spider-
            legged ramifications.
 I. fructiformis.  Dark-coloured, yielding extuberance ; in
                      the form of fruit; with a glabrous or
                      granulated surface.
                          The  fruits  chiefly represented are
                        the cherry, currant, and grape, with
                        a smooth surface ; and the mulberry,
                        raspberry, and strawberry,  with a
                        papulous surface.
       * Pediculata.  Possessing a foot-stalk.
       0 Sessilis.  Fixt to the surface  by a broad base.
 3. turgescens.   Large, loose,  sanguine,  irregular-shaped
                     tumour ; sensibly composed of a conge-
                     ries of bloated and distorted vessels.
Sometimes they occur in the  stem, which is contorted, curved, or
otherwise crippled, and  particularly in cold climates.  Sometimes
the leaves are supernumerary, frizzled, too thick, or discoloured.
Trefoil, for example, occasionally produces four leaves; and the
beech and other trees occasionally, leaves of a permanent red.   So
fruits are frequently too large or too small, aggregate, crooked, or
offer twins of various kinds; among the more curious of which, is
that of one involving another in its interior, as especially occurs in
the lemon.
  Gen. I. Metrocelis. Mj»Tf#x?>Ai<,"materna macula:"fromr*vrve, 
414
NOSOLOGY.          [CL. VII.—OR. III.
       Naevus cavernosus.  Plenck.—It also includes the pre-
         ceding.
4. diffusa.   Discoloration spreading indeterminately over a
              limb, or a large part of the body.
                Riedlin describes a case of universal discolor-
              ation from a fright of the mother,  making  an
              approach to epichrosis Poecilia: Lin. Med. 1696.
              p. 110.
5. Cana.  Hair of the  scalp hoary.  Schenck ex Stuckio, Lib.
             I. obs. 3.
   GENUS II.

0L0PH0NIA.
  Congenital misconstruction of the vocal organs.
1. narium.  Misconstruction of the nostrils.
       x  Obstruens.  Impeding the utterance, from imperfo-
           ration or other cause.
         Imperforate Nostrils.   Toung, p. 414.
       /3  Defectiva.  The organization incomplete.
2. LiNGUiE.   Misconstruction of the tongue or its appendages.
       Paraglossa.   Vog.
       x  Adhesiva.  Adhesion to the surrounding parts.
         Adhesion of the Tongue.  Toung, p. 414.
       p  Frsenata.  Tied beneath by contraction of the frenum,
           or its extending too near the tip.
         Ancyloglossum.  Auct.
         Tongue-tie.
" mater," and xqXis, " macula."  See Mr. Abernethy's valuable re-
marks for removing many of the worst cases of ihis deformity with-
out an operation, by merely confining the distended vessels, and di-
minishing the temperature; illustrated with several successful cases.
Observations, 1810. p. 224.
  Naevus is  a more common name for this affection, than metro-
celis ; but it is a barbarous term of very doubtful origin.
  Gen. II.  Olophonia.   'OXoQmix, for eXooQmtx, » oblsesa  vox :"
from eXXu,oXXvu, or eXXvpn, " perdo, pernicium, infero, perimo;" and
f «v»j, vox.   Crat. in Horis ex Athen. 1. ix.  The genus is wide, but
the term sufficiently extensive to cover it. 
• •
'•l>-lH]                  NOSOLOGY.                    4l5

      y  Deglutatbria.   Framum loose or absent, and the tip
           of the tongue doubling back upon the fauces.
         Paraglosse deglutatoria.   Sauv.
           For  examples,  consult  Petite "Observations,"
         containing numerous cases.
3. palati.   Misconstruction of the  palate.
      Hyperorum.   Auct.  Var.
4. labii.  Misconstruction of the lips.
      *  Lobata.  Lip lobed or divided in the middle ; edges
          separated and convex.
         Lagostoma.  Auct.
         Labium leporinum.  Sauv. I. 783.
         Hasen-scharte.  G.
         Bee de lievre.   F.
         Hare-lip.
          Usually, but not always, prevents suction, Brouzet,
         Sur l'Education, Medic, des. Enfans, II. p. 143.
      /3  Bilobata.  Lip bilobed, or doubly divided.
      v  Prolapsa.  One or both lips striking broad and pro-
          jecting.
                     GENUS  III.

                   PARESTHESIA

  Congenital misconstruction of the external organs of sense.
1. auditus.  Misformed organ of hearing.
      * Flacca.  Lobe of the ear broad, loose, and pendent.
        Proptoma auricularum.  Sauv.
           Said to be a common deformity among the natives
        of Siam.—The source  of the surname of Flaccus in
        ancient Rome.
        Flap-ear.
        " A beetle-headed, flap-ear''d knave."  Shaksp.
      £ Obstruens.   Impeding the entrance of sound, from
          imperforation or other cause.
  Gen. III.  Parjesthesis.  Tlapxi<r67)Ti<;, « sensus, imperfectus :"
from Trxgxto-Bxvo/Mti," in sensu fallor; incompos sum sensus." Theme
utrOxnpxt, » sentio," whence .^Lsthetica, the name for Order II.
of Class IV. 
.•
4i(j                     NOSOLOGY.          [CL. VII.—OB. Hri

         Imperforate Ear.   Toung, p. 414.
       y Defectiva.  The organization incomplete.
         Cophosis congenita.   Sauv.
         Surditas congenita.  Alior.
         Congenital Deafness.
2. olfactus.  Misformed organ of smell.
       x Obstruens.   Impeding the entrance of scents, from
           imperforation or other cause.
       |3 Defectiva.   The organization incomplete.
3. visus.  Misformed organ of sight.
       x Unoculata.   Possessing only one eye.
         Unoculus.  Auct.  Lat.
         Monopia (m«v«w*«) Auct. Graec.
         Cyclops.—Monoculus.  Plouquet.
           See Nov. Act. Cur. Vol. VIII. obs. 7.—Eller, Mem.
  Gen. IV. Perosplanchnia. TI»eo<rirXxy%vix, " viscus mancum :"
from inipos,  " mancus, mutilus, captus parte aliqua corporis," and
e-TrXxyxw, " viscus."  The latter part of the term is  in the mouth
of every one.
  Mutilations similar to these are also perpetually occurring among
plants.  Sometimes from  unfavourable climate or unaccordant soil,
the corol is imperfectly formed ; and the disease is then termed flos
mutilus.  In cold seasons  the corols are sometimes entirely wanting
in viola odorata and v. canina.  Wildenow asserts that campanula
hybrida, in some parts of Germany, is constantly  without corols,
though it possesses them  in France and Italy.  We meet with a like
defect  in various species of ipomoea, tussilago,  and lychnis. The
common clove-pink (dianthus caryophillas) must often have been
seen by most persons with the scales of its calyx so much augmented
that the flower resembles an  ear of wheat,  and the corol never
appears.   In like manner the stamens are often imperfectly formed,
and exhibit various mutilations:  or the calyx is defective, or  the
spur,   in those naturally possessing  this  appendage, is  entirely
wanting.
  6. /3- P. Geniture Defectiva. The testes commonly descend about
the seventh month  of pregnancy ; and if the descent do  not take
place before birth,  it is usually attended with  some pain and trou-
ble, and is frequently  not completed till the  approach of puberty.
But there are some tribes that are said to be naturally monorchid,
or possessed of only a single testis.  Linneus made a distinct variety
of some African tribes of the genus homo on this account; and the
following passage  from Mr. Barrow's  » Voyage to  Cochinchina,"
gives some confirmation to the idea.   " Some of the men among
the Koras (a supposed mixed breed of Hottentots and  Kaffers) were
observed to be monorchids ; but whether the defect  was in conse- 
GE. IV.]
NOSOLOGY.
417
  de l'Academie de Berlin, 1754—Gilibert, Adversar.
  Pract. Princ.—Medinisches Wochenblatt, 1785.
fi Pupillaris.  Pupil incomplete in its power of vision.
                     GENUS IV.        m

                 PEROSPLANCHNIA.

   Congenital misconstruction of the viscera.
 1. cranii.  Misconstruction of the head.
       <* Capitosa.   Head  enormously bulky: contents solid.
         Capito.  Auct. Lat.
         Revausey.   Arab.
         Grosse-kopffg. G.
         Jolt-head.
       (i Hydropica.  Head enormously bulky from dropsical
           affection.
           See  Med. Com.  Ed. VI. p. 422.—Remmeth • con-
         nected with deficiency of brain.   Repeated punctures
         appeared useful.
       y Cerebralis.   Brain incomplete in quantity or organi-
           zation.
           Without  cranium, and  a fleshy  mass intead of
         brain, Vallisner, Oper. I. 330—Soemmering.  Abbil-
         dungen und  Beschreibungen einiger misgeburten.
         Mainz. 1791—Without brain or medulla oblongata,
         Dufour. Journ. de Med. xxxv.—Acephalous ; lived
         eleven hours.  Act. Med. Berol.  Dec. I. viii.—Lived
         five days ;  another case six days ; Plouquet.
2.  cordis.  The heart misconstructed or misplaced.
       «  Perforata.   The two ventricles communicating: lips
           purple.
         Cyania. Cricht.
           Foramen  ovale  and  ductus arteriosus open at se-
quence of some operation submitted to while young on superstitious
grounds, or occasioned by accident, or the sport of nature, does not
appear to have been  ascertained."  A similar defect has been no-
ticed among one or two of the wandering tribes on the skirts of the
Caucasus; for which see Klaproth's Travels in  the Caucasus and
Georgia, in he.  The author  has at this  time a healthy family
  Vol. V.—3 S 
418
NOSOLOGY.
[CL. VII.—OR. Ill.
        venteen  years of age,  Mem. Med.  Soc.  Vol.  VI.
        Spry.  See also description  of malformation in the
        heart of an  infant, Standert. Phil. Trans.  1805. p.
        228.  A  still more complicated  case in  Baillie^s
        Morb. Anat.  PI. VI.
      /3 Translativa.   Heart transposed to  the right side.
      y Expers.   Heart totally wanting.
           Sex Hewson on the Lymph. Syst. Part II. p. 15.
        There were other defects besides the total absence of
        the heart.  " The  circulation had been carried on
        merely  by an artery and a vein, whose coats there-
        fore probably were muscular."
      } Multiplicata.   Heart duplicate, or  more than dupli-
           cate.
           Double: See D'Abouville,  Amer. Phil. Trans. Vol.
        I. v.—In a partridge,  Tode,  Annalen V. p. 1.   In a
        dog,  Paullini, Cynograph. cur. 43.—In a hen,  Eph.
        Nat.  Cur.  Cent. VIII. obs. 8.—Triple: found several
        times in geese.  Eph. Nat. Cur. passim.
3. alvei.   The  intestinal  canal or  its involucres  miscon-
             structed  or perverted.
      * Perforans.  The intestines perforating the involucres.
           See Calder  Ed. Med. Ess.  I. art. xiv.  Intestines
        appeared externally, having  fallen  through a perfora-
        tion above the navel: child in health when born, but
        died  four days afterwards.
      fi Defectiva.  Some of the parts wanting.  See  Din-
           more, Lond. Med. Journ. XL p. 339.  Parietes de-
           ficient.  Similar  defect,  Act. Soc.  Med. Hafn. I.
           Saxtorph.
      y Obstruens.   Obstruction in the alvine passage, from
           imperforation or other cause.
              See Calder, as above, case 2.  Fleshy tumour.
         Pylorus imperforate from a fleshy tumour seated on
         it, and completely blocking it up : duodenum double:
         child lived seven days after birth.  See  Calder,  as
         above, case 2.
under his care, in which all the sons, consisting of three, were suc-
cessively born anorchid or monorchid: in the eldest, fourteen years
of age, both testes have now descended ; in the second,  thirteen
years old, one has descended, the other is now passing through the
ring ; in the youngest, twelve years old, there is at present  no proof
of more than one testis. 
GE. V.]                  NOSOLOGY.                    419
         Imperforate Rectum.  Baillie.
           See Pappendorp von der verschliessung der afters.
         8.  Leipz. 1783.
4. hepatis.  Misconstruction of the liver.
               Double. Schenck. lib. iii.  sect. ii. obs. 8.
5. vesicae.   Misconstruction of the bladder or urinary chan-
               nel.
               Bladder deficient. Duncan, Edin. Med. Journ;
             IV. 403.
               Urethra imperfect and imperforate: urine dis-
             charged from a  papilla near the navel: child
             otherwise in health : age not mentioned.  Morw-
             ath. Edin. Med.  Ess. Vol. III. art. xiv.
6. genitur^.  Misconstruction of  the  genital organs,  or
                 their appendages.
      * Superflua.   Organization superfluous or anomalously
           multiplied.
           Double uterus and vagina.   Purcell, Phil.  Trans.
         1774, p. 472.
           Double penis.  Schenck, Hist. Monstror. Plouquet;
         Von der Erbfahigkeit der kinder, p. 38.
           Penis of enormous size.   Memoires concernant les
         Arts. 1672, p. 27.  Wolff, Lect.  Memorab. I. 434.
      3  Defectiva.  Organization incomplete.
           One  or both  testicles  defective.   Generally from
         emansion.
           Prepuce or clitoris imperfect or wanting.
         Vesiculae seminales confusedly united,  and wanting
           their excretory ducts.  The  necessary  result of
           this defect  in an adult must be dysspermia, and
           consequently agnesia.   See Baillie, Morb. Anat.
           Fasc. VIII.pl. l.fig. 2.
      y  Obstruens.  Obstruction in the male or female pas-
           sage  from imperforation or other cause.
         Atreta.   Vog.
                     GENUS V.

                  PEROMELIA.

  Congenital misconstruction or mutilation of the limbs.
J.  ofcurtata.   Limbs curtailed of their proper length. 
•+20
NOSOLOGY.         [CL. VII.—OR. HI.
       Artetiscus.   Vog.
       x Brachii.   Arms preternaturally abridged.
       /3 Cruris.   Legs preternaturally abridged.
2. truncata.  Limbs or parts of a limb totally wanting.
       x Capitis.   Head totally wanting.
       0 Brachii.   Destitute of one or both arms.
       y Cruris.   Destitute of one or both legs.
       ^ Manias.   Destitute  of one or both hands.
       E  Pedis.   Destitute of one or both feet.
       *  Complicata.  Destitute of various limbs.
3. contorta.  Limbs incurvatedor confused in their organi-
                  zation.                               '
         Fedaet.   Arab.
       *  Colli.  Wry-necked
         Saur.  Arab.
       |8  Gibbosa.   Hump-backed or hump-shouldered.
         Akdab.    Arab.
       y  Valga.  Bow-legged or bandy-legged.
         Akel.  Arab.
       $  Plauta.  Splay-footed or splay-handed: having the
           foot or hand  turned inwards.  Hence the name of
           Plautus, the Roman dramatic poet.
         Fedegh.   Arab.
       e Loriformis.   Club-footed or club-handed.
  Gen. V. Peromenia.  U^ofAeXix : from «•«£«$, as above, and fAtXos,
" membrum:"  whence iii)eoi*.eXm,   " mutilus,  qui mutilatus, est
membris."
  2. jj. P. truncata Complicata.  Miss Bevan, thus preternaturally
mutilated, exhibited herself a few years ago, in this metropolis:  a
mere head and trunk, with the rudiments only of shoulders and low-
er limbs.  She was about thirty years of age, of agreeable  face,
form of body and manners; well educated; worked with her needle
by means of the tongue ; and painted miniature portraits with great
delicacy and close resemblance, by  holding her pencil between the
right cheek and shoulder;  by the  same  contrivance  she wrote  a
neat running hand.
  4. x. P. superf.ua Digitorum. The peculiarity is often propagated
to succeeding generations. See Mr. Carlisle's account of the family
of the Colburns of America: one of whom was lately exhibited in
this  metropolis as a  boy  of extraordinary powers in arithmetical
calculations, Phil. Trans. 1814, p. 94.  Some of the families of the
ancient Philistines appear to have possessed the same peculiarity,
2 Sam. xxi. 20.  As  also several among  the Romans; for which
see  Pliny, lib. xi. cap. 43. 
t,E. VI.]
NOSOLOGY.
421
4. superflua.   Limbs or parts of a limb superfluous.
       Hyperartitiscus.   Vog.
       x Digitorum.   Supernumerary fingers or toes.
       P Crurum.  Lower extremities superfluous.
            Nates and  lower extremities of a second  issuing
         from the abdomen of a first.  Buxtorf. in Aet. Helvet.
         VII. 12.
                      GENUS VI.


                    POLYPERIA.

  Congenital misconstruction of various  parts or organs.
1.  promiscua.  The  parts or organs of one cavity confused
                   with those of another.
      x  Translativa.  Transposition of organs  from their
           proper seat.
           Abdominal viscera in the thorax.  Macaulay, Med.
         Obs. Inq. I. 25.
           Total transposition of the abdominal and thoracit
         viscera ;  Sampson, Phil. Trans. 1674.
      (3  Vascularis.   Inverted distribution  of  the arteries.
           Baillie, PI. 21.
  Gen. VI. Polyperia. UoXvnrizix, from iroXvs, " multus," and w^««.
" mutilus," as above: " multi-muiilatio."
  Here again we meet with similar examples in the vegetable world.
Thus, in  double or treble  flowers (flos multiplicatus,) the petals are
preternaturally numerous, but not so as to interfere with the semi
nal  organs.  In full flowers (flos plenus,)  the  petals are so multi
plied and crowded as to suppress the growth of the seminal organs,
and consequently to prohibit increase ; often, indeed, so crowded, as
to burst the calyx.  The first chiefly occurs in monopetalous flow-
ers, as  primula, hyacinthus, polyanthes: the second in polypetalous
plants,  as pyrus, fragaria, rosa, ranunculus, papaver, pseonia. Some-
times we find the spurs multiplied, and the petals completely want-
ing, in aquilegia vulgaris, narcissus pseudonarcissus, and various
others.  In other species of narcissus the petals sometimes remain
natural, and  the nectarium is multiplied :  and  in other  species of
aquilegia the petals are increased, and  the spurs entirely wanting.
See Wildenow, Elem. Botan. chap. vi. § 334, 335, 
i22
NOSOLOGY.          [CL. VII.—OR. Hi
2. superflua.   Superfluous organization general, or extend-
                  ing to various organs.
       x Biceps.  Head double.
           Double head with  single body ; one pair  of legs
         and of arms : internal organization on  many parts
         double, and inclining to hermaphroditism ; Gibson.
         Phil.   Trans.  1810.  p.  123.   Fourcroy,  Medicine
         Eclairee,  I. 271.    Haller  Opp.  tom.  I.—Double
         with double heart, Eph. Nat.  Cur.  Dec. I. ann. i.
         obs. 7.
       £ Bicorpor.  Body double.
           Percival, Phil. Trans. 1752. 360; Twins coalescing
         at the  belly ; successfully separated.   Facio, Helve-
         tische vernunftige Wehmutter.
           Twin-sisters, coalescing at the os sacrum ;  alive,
         and adults, Waldschmid, Diss, de Sororibus gemellis,
         &c.  Kinon, 1709.  Another case of adults, Walther,
         Thes. Obser.
           One head, two bodies.   Duverney, Comment. Pe-
         tropol. III.  177.
           Two bodies ;  alive, Walther, Thes. Obs. 93.
       y Convolvens. One individual enclosed within another.
           G. W. Toung, Medico-chir. Trans. I. 234.
  2.  ff P. superflua.   The vegetable world is crowded with exam-
ples  of  organic superfluity or multiplied form.  There are  few
plants that do not occasionally exhibit double or triple seeds :  every
kind  of nut furnishes us daily with abundant examples.—So in Vol.
I. of the Amanitates Academica, we have an instance of a common
yellow toad-flax (antirrhinum Linaria) producing five nectaries from
a monopetalous pentandrous tribe, instead of a  single nectary from
a ringent tetrandrous flower, year 1744.  Dissertatio de Peloria.
Resp. D. Rudburg.
  2.  S~ P. superflua, Hermaphroditus.   Some kinds of animals, and
especially in the lowest ranks, are  natural hermaphrodites, as the
hirudo viridis, or garden snail, and the fasciola hepatica,  or  sheep
fluke.  In animals having distinct sexes, whenever it  occurs, it i.«
from a morbid or unnatural production of organs.  This misconfor-
mation is perhaps to be traced in most tribes, but it is more com
mon in some  than in others;  and, in different instances, is to be met
with in all its gradations, from  the distinct sex to the most exact
combination  of male  and female  organs.  In the human species,
however, the last happens very rarely, and perhaps no perfect
specimen is to be found except in monsters exhibiting a double set
of other organs more or less completely developed, and which con- 
GE. VL]
NOSOLOGY.
423
    A similar monstrosity in the vegetable world is to
  be found in the Transactions of the Stockholm Aca-
  demy, Vol. I.  p. 414, under the title of  Pomerantz
  med et  inneslutit foster.  It consists of one orange
  growing within another.  The fruit was exhibited to
  the Society by  Count Tessin.
o Hermaphroditus.   Genital organs of both sexes in
    one individual.
  Hermaphroditus.   Vog.
  Khenshi.   Arab.
  Zwitter.   G.
    See Parsons, Phil. Trans. 1751. p. 142.  Ruysch,
  Observat.  Anat. n. 12.  Garfon et Fille hermaphro-
  dites, &c.  Paris, 1772.   C. Lips. Vol. XX. p. 632.—
  Gentili, Relazione d'un individuo delle specie umana
  fino all' eta di  13  anni creduto femmina, e poi reco-
  nosciuto per maschio, &c.   Firenze, 1782.
    Baillie, Trans. Soc. Medico-ch. tom. I.  189.  Gib-
  son,  Phil.  Trans. 1810,  p. 123  ; single  body with
  double  head, the one  a male, the other a  female,
  double  heart and spine, and male and female genital
  organs  more perfect than usual.
sequently offer cases of imperfect germination, or an abortive  at-
tempt to produce twins.  In dogs and cats it is more frequent; but
far more so in the horse, ass, sheep, and black-cattle.  There is a
very striking character in the hermaphrodite of the ox kind.  When
young, its general features are an intermixture  of the bull and  cow—
considerably resembling the spayed heifer or ox, properly so called :
and its flesh is usually found of a finer flavour than that of the ox.
Its generic organs are more nearly allied to the female, but there
is no instance in which those of both sexes have been found perfect
in the same individual. This epicene production is necessarily bar-
ren ; and as the Romans applied  the term taura to some cows that
were barren, hereby giving to a masculine noun a feminine  termina-
tion, it has been ingeniously conjectured that they were not unac-
quainted with the  nature of the animal before  us.   In  our own
country it is uniformly known by the name of a free-martin.   Its
production is also curious.  If a cow have twins bolh of the same
sex, or in other words, twin-bulls or twin-cows—each of the twins
is perfect in its make: but if the twins consist of a bull-calf and a
cow-calf, the  bull-calf alone is perfect, and the  cow-calf is uniformly
a free-martin. See Mr. J. Hunter's  tieatise on the subject, in  hh
<l Observations on the  Animal Economy," p. 55. 
424                     NOSOLOGY.        [CL. V1L—OR. III.

3. defectiva.  Defective organization general, or extending
                  to various organs.
      x  Nanus.  The organization  of  the whole form  dis-
           tinctly developed, but inordinately diminutive.
         Zwerg.  G.
         Nain.   F.
         Dwarf.
           Weighing, at fifteen years old, from twelve to thir-
         teen pounds only ; and at the utmost only thirty-one
         inches high;  crooked ; Broxvning, Phil. Trans. 1791.
         278.
      6  Mola.   General organization imperfectly and indis-
           tinctly developed.
         Mezghet.  Arab.
         Mole.
           Twin-mole without a heart.  Le Cat, Phil. Trans.
         J67. 1. 
NOSOLOGICAL  INDEX.
The Classes and Orders are distinguished by Small Capitals, and the Genera
                             by Italics.

  The letter A indicates that the term is an Arabic ,• F a French ,■ and G a
                          German Synonym.
               A.

Aberwitz, G. 236
Abortion, 319
Abortus, ib.
Abscess, 117, 118.120
Abscessus, 115
Absence of mind, 230
Abserdi, A. 299
Abstraction of mind, 231
Abwechselnd-fieber, G. 101
Acampsia, 262
Acdab, A. 420
Achor, 378
Achores, 378
Accouchement contre  nature F. 320
              laborieux, F. ib.
Acna, 125
Acne, ib.
Acrotica, 354
Acrotismus, 264
Addephagia, 16
Adenophagia, 345
Adipsia, 14
Adstrictio, 31
.Sgritudo, 23
JEsthetica, 237
.ffithiops, 196
Aftaden zihdan, A. 316
Agacenent des dents, F. 8
Agalactia, 301
Agalaxis, ib.
Agenesia, 308
Ageustia, 255
Agrypnia, 274
Ague, 101.103, 104
Ague-cake, 65
Ahenje, A. 371
Ahul, A. 247
Aigreur d'estomac, F. 22
Akel, A. 420
  Vol. V.—3 T
Akhezet, A. 263
Akret, A. 314
Albino, 196
Albor cutis, ib.
Algor, 258
Alhemake, A. 164
Aiken, A. 80
Allotriophagia, 19
Alopecia, 379. 389, 390
Alp, G. 89
Alphos, 367
Alphosis, 195
Alusia, 225
Alysmus, 275
Amas, Pers. 328
Amaurosis, 245
Ambition, 223
Amblosis, 319
Amblyopia, 237, 238, 239, 240
Amenorrhoea, 295
Amentia, 234
American yellow-fever, 108
Amnesia, 234
Amor insanus, 224
      sui, 223
Amphemerinus, 107, 108
Anabexis, 10
Anacatharsis, 82
Anaesthesia, 259
Anaphrodisia, 309
Anaptysis, 82
Anasarca, 151, 337
Ancyloglossum, 414
Anetus, 101
Aneurism, 213
Aneurisma, ib.
Anepithymia, 304
Angina, 89. 134
Angone, 13
Angst, G. 275
Anhelatio, 85 
426
INDEX.
Anhelation, 85
Anilitas, 236
Ankhyla, A. 410
Annulus repens, 374
Anosmia, 253, 254, 255
Anoea, 236
Anorexia, 17. 25
Anstossen,  G. 79
Anthrasia,  176
Anthrax, 124
Antipathia, 276
Antipathie, F. ib.
Antipathy,  ib.
Anxietas, 275
Anxiety, F. 275
Anxietudo, 224
Anxiety, 275
Apalotica, 395
Aphelxia, 229
Aphonia, 75. 77
Aphoria, 313
Aphronia, 292
Aphtha, 168
Aphthes, F. ib.
Apocenosis, 22. 349
Apoplexia, 292
Apoplexie, F. 292
Apoplexy, 292
Apogeusis, 255
Apospasma, 410
Apostema, 114
Aposteme,  115
Appetit bizarre, F. 19
Appetite canine, 16
Appetite morbid, 15
Apsychia, 282
Arbedet, A. 276
Ardeur in cceur, F. 21
Ardor, 258
Area, 390
Arek, A. 274
Areknak, A. 355
Arrhoea, 295
Arthritis, 151. 155
Arthrosia, 151
Asaphia, 79
Asef, A. 375
Ascarides, 46, 48, 49
Ascites, 340
Ascite, F. 340
Askites, ib.
Asphyxia, 264. 288
Astasia, 275
Asthenia abstinentium, 18
Asthenia deglutitionis, 13. 81
Asthma, 86, 87. 89
Asoupissement, F. 291
Atecnia, 314
Atheroma, 331
Atrophia, 189
Attritio, 398
Augensternverengerung, G. 244
Avarice, 224
Auditus acrior, 250
       difficilis, ib.
       imminutis, 251
Augenentziindung, G. 14.V
Aukile, A. 217
Auri fames, 224
Aurigo, 56. 393
Avekeb, A. 308
Autalgia, 91, 257, 266
Ausatz, G. 367
Auswartskenrung des augemleids, G.
    249
Azeb, A. 389
B.
Bacchia, 126
Baillement, F. 270
Ballismus, 271
Bambalia, 79
Baras, A. 367, 368
Barrenness, 314
Battarismus, 79
Bauch-fluss, G. 37
Bave, F. 11
Bee de lievre, F. 415
Begayement, F. 79
Behr, A. 85
Bein-bruch, G. 408
Bek, Turc. 413
Bekym, A. 75
Beladet, A. 235
Bemiihung zum brechen, G. 24
Benat allil, A. 166
Beriberi, 273
Berlue, F. 241
Betise, F. 234
Bex, 82
Bezoar, 41
Bezoardus, ib.
Biccho, Portug. 384
Bikhudlik, A. 291
Black vomit, 59
Bladdery fever, 171
Blacsitas, 80
Blasenaus-schlag, G. 171
Blasenstein, G. 353
Blear-eye, 147
Blebs, 372
Bleeding at the nose, 186
Blehung, G. 23
Blenorrhoea, 298
Blepharaptosis, 249 
Blinzen der augenlieder, G. 269
Blessure, F. 396
Bloody urine, 187
Bluten, G. 186
Blut-speyen, G. 187
Boak, A. 367
Boil, 123
Bombos, 23
Bones, flexibility of, 333
       fragility of, ib.
Borborygmus, 23
Bourgeons, F. 125
Bradyspermatismus, 312
Branks; 134
Bredouillement, F. 79.
Breeze-fly, 52
Brennerschlaus-schlag, G. 167
Brennen im magen, G. 21
Broken-wind, 86
Bronchitis, 134
Brown-study, 232
Bruck, G. 402
Bruise, 400
Brulure, F. 399
Briistbraune, G. 89
Bubo,  121
Bubonocele, 402
Bucnemia,  207
Bulimia, 16
Bulimos, ib.
Burn, 399
Busyr, A. 54
Boutons, F. 358
Byzeban, Pers. 76

                C.

Cacatoria, 37
Cachexia icterica, 57
Cachexies, 182
Caducus, 285
Caligo, 243, 244
Calculus (enterolithus,) 43
        intestinal, 44
        de la vessie, F. 35:3
        vesicae, ib.
Oalus, F. 387
Callus, ib.
Calvities, 389
Campsis, 409
Cancer, 198
Canine madness, 279
Capistrum, 262
Capito, 417
Caput obstipum, 261
Carbuncle, 124
Carbuncular exanthem, 177
Carbuncled face, 12*
INDEX.                           4£7

     Carbunculus, 124
     Carfunckel, G. ib.
     Carcinoma, 198
     Carcinus, ib.
     Cardialgia, 20. 22
     Cardiogmus,  214
     Carditis, 138
     Caries, 215. 218
     Carphologia, 270
     Carpotica, 318
     Caroncle, F. 386
     Caruncle, ib.
     Caruncula, ib.
     Carus, 287, 288. 291, 292
     Catacausis, 208
     Catagma, 408
     Catalepsia, 290
     Catalepsie, F. 291
     Catalepsy, 291
     Catameniorum fluxus, 29.6
     Cataphora, 291
     Cataract, 244
     Catarrh, 148
     Catarrhus, 82. 85. 147. 347
     Cathemerus, 102
     Catochus, 265. 290
     Catotica, 336
     Cauma, 109.  133
     Causis, 399
     Causus, 108
     Ceinture dartreuse, F. 374
     Cele, 401
     Cenotica, 294
     Cephalae, 279
     Cephalalgia, 280
     Cephalitis, 133
     Cephaloxia, 261
     Cerchnus, 93
     Cersosis, 317
     Cerion, 378
     Champignon, F. 67
     Change of voice, 78
     Charbon, F. 124
     Chartre, F. 197
     Chassie, F. 147
     Chaudpisse, F. 299
     Chauliodus, 8
     Chauvete^ 389
     Chemosis, 145
     Chicken-pox, 170
     Chiggres, 384
     Chilblain, 131
     Chiques, F. 384
     Chivalry, 226
     Chlorasma, 304
     Chlorose, F. 304
     Chlorosis, 303, 304
     Choiras, 197 
428
INDEX.
Cholelithia, 61
Cholelithus, ib.
Cholera, 38
Cholirica, 59
Chololithus, 60
Chorea, 271
Choreomania, ib.
Choredapsus, 27. 141
Chrysomania, 224
Chute du fondement, F. 55
      de la luette, F. 13
      de la matrice, F. 316
CltfETICA, 260
Cirsus, 214
Citta, 19
Clap, 299
Classis, 408
Clavellee, F.  382
Clavus, 387
Clonus,. 267
Clou,/1.119.  246
Cochemar, F. 89
C 03 LI AC A, 1. 37
Colebrilla, 385
Cold, 72
      in the head, 149
Coldness, 258
Colic, 27
      Devonshire, 28
      painter's 28
      Foictou, ib.
      wind, 30
CoUca, 26
      Laponica, 52
Colique, F. 27
Coma, 288.  291,292
Combustura, 399
Comitialis, 285
Commedones, 385
Concussio, 400
Concussion, 400
Conductiones, 261
Congenital deafness, 416
Consumption, 192
Constipatio, 32
Contractura, 262
Contracture, F. 262
Contusio, 400
Contusion, ib.
Contusura, ib.
Convulsio, 284
Convulsion, ib.
Convulsion-fit, ib.
Convulsiones, 261
Cophosis, 250. 253. 416
Coprostasis, 31
Coqueluche, F. 84
Cor de pieds, F. 387
Corns, 387
Cornu cutanea, 370
Corpulence, F. 326
Corpulency, 326
Coryza, 70. 148
Costiveness, 32
Cough, chin, kin, or kind, 84
       chronic, of old age, 83
       common, 82
       dry, 83
       hooping, 84
Coup d'arme a fen, F. 396
       de sang, F. 292
Couperose, jF. 126
Cours de ventre, F. 37
Courbature, F. 100
Courte haliene, F. 85.
Cow-pox, 169
Crab-louse, 383
Crachement de sang, F. 187
Cramp, 265
Crampff, G. ib.
Crampus, ib.
Craziness, 220
Credulitas, 235
Credulity, ib.
Cremason, F. 22'
Crepitus, 23
Cretinismus, 194
Crithe, 122
Cross-birth, 320
Crotaphus, 280
Croup, 136
Croute de laite, 378
Crusta lactea, 378
Crystalline-pock, 176
Cura, 224
Cut, 396
Cutaneous blush, 357
Cyclops, 417
Cynanche, 134, 135
Cynorexia, 16
Cyrtosis, 193
Cytisma, 373

                D.

Dahus, A. 127
Dal fil, A. 207
DandriflT, 366
Danse de St. Guy,  272
Dark spots before the eyes, 24L
Dartre, F. 373, 374
       encrountde, F. 374
Daus saleb, A. 389
Day-sight, 238
Dazzling before the eyes, 242
Deafness, 253 
INDEX.                           429
Deaf-dumbness, 77
Decline, 190
Defluvium capillorum, 389
Defluxio, 37
Degofit, F. 24
Delirium, 220. 222
Delilik, Turc. 234
Demm, A. 402
Demmel, A. 123
Dementia, 222
Demence, F. ib.
Denbel, A. 121
Dentition, 3
Depot laiteux, F. 120. 151
Depressio, 410
Depression, 410
Desiderium, 224
Desasossiego, Span. 275
Desperatio, 224
Desperation, ib.
Despondency, ib.
Devar, A. 281
Diabetes, 348
Diachalasis, 412
Dialysis, 396
Diaria, 100
Diarrhoea, 36
Diary fever, 100
Diastasis, 411
Dicke, G. 326
Dik, A. 108
Dinus, 281
Diplopia, 243
Dipsosis, 14
Dislocation, 410
Distensio, 400
 Distillatio, 71
Distrix, 389
Daemonomania, 227
Dotage, 236
Double hearing, 252
Double ouie, F. ib.
Douleur du fondement, jP. 53
         d' oreille, F. 133
 Doximania, 223
Dragoneau, F. 385
 Dragsinta, Suecic, 272
 Drey-tagig fieber, G. 103
 Drift", Sax. 98
 Drivelling, 11
 Drop serene, 245
 Dropsy, 337
 Driisenkrankheit, G. 207
 Dublet, A. 115
 Dumbness, 75
 Dummheit, 234
 Durete" d' oreille, F. 251
 Dwarf, 424
Dysaesthesia, 235. 237. 249. 255, 256
Dysecoea, 250, 251, 252
Dysecoia, 250
Dyscyesis, 437
Dysemesia, 24
Dysenteria, 32
Dysenterie, JP. 36
Dysentery, 36
Dysmenorrhea, 295
Dysopia, 238, 239, 240
Dyspepsia, 15. 25
Dyspermatismus, 312
Dysphagia, 11
Dysphonia, 77
Dysphoria, 274, 275
Dyspnoea, 84
          catarrhalis, 83
Dysthetica, 182
Dystocia, 318
Dysspermia, 312
Dysuria, 347. 353

                E.

Ear-ache, 133
Ecdora, 398
Ecartement des os, F. 411
Eccyesis, 322
Eccritica, 325
Echauboulure, F. 375
Echarde, F. 397
Eckel, G. 24
Eclampsia, 284
Ecorchure, F. 132. 398
Ecphlysis, 370
Ecphronia, 219
Ecphyma, 64. 66.  150. 328. 386
Ecplexis, 280
Ecpyesis, 376
 Ecrouelles, F. 197
 Ecstacy, 291
 Ecstase, F. 291
 Ecstasis, ib.
 Ecthyma, 376. 380
 Ectropium, 249
 Eczema, 375
 Eczesma, 362
 Edema, 337
 Efflorescence benigne, F. 359
 Eintagages fieber, G. 99
 Eiteraug, G. 246
 Eiter-blassen, G. 122
 Eiter-beule, G. 119
 Eiter-finnen, G. 376   ^
 Eiter-geschvvulst, G. 115
 Ekrah, A. 24
 Elatio, 225
 Elephas, 204 
430
»INDL\.
 Elephantiaiit, £03. 205
 Elcus, 216
 Elf-sidenne, Sax. 89
 Elephantanaussatz, G. 20C
 Emesis, 23
 Emaciation, 189
 Emmixium, 156
 Empathema, 223
 Emphlysis, 167
 Emphractica, 64, 65
 Emphragma, 14. 385
 Emphyma, 327
 Emphysema, 342
 Empresma, 132
 Emprosthotonos, 263
 Empneumatosis, 343
 Emptoe, 186
 Emptoys, ib.
 Empyema, 118
 Empyesis, 173
 Enanthesis, 162
 Encausis, 399
 Enchefre'nement, F. 72
 Encystis, 331
 Enecia, 109
 Engbriistgkeit, G. 85
 Engelure, F. 131
 Enkebas,  A. 32
 Ennuie, F. 229
 Entasia, 260
 Enteritis, 141
 ExTERICA, 1
 Entero-cele, 402
 Enterolithus, 40
 Entero-epiplocele, 402
 Enthesis, 406
 Entonia, 261
 Entorse, .F. 400
 Entziickung, G. 290
 F.ntziindung der blase, G. 144
            darmen 141
            hertze, 139
            ieben, 142
            langen, 137
            magens, 140
            miltz, 143
            mutter, 144
            nieren, 143
 Envie, F. 413
 Envie de vomir, F. 24
Enuresis, 349
Epanetus, 107
 Ephelis, 392
 Ephemera, 99
 Ephialtes, 88
 Ephidrosis, 355, 356
Epicrosis, 391
Epilepsia, 285
 Epilepsy, 185
 Epimelium, 326
 Epinyctis, 373
 Epiphora, 10. 145
 Epiplocele, 402
 Epiploitis, 1J9
 Epistaxis,  186
 Epizootia, 382
 Epreinte, F. 54
 Epulis, 9
 Eraillement, F. 249
 Erbrechen, G. 24
 Erethismus, 89. 275. 27".J
 Ereuxis, 23
 Ergot, F. 216
 Erkaltung, G. 148
 Erosion, 132
 Ertodung, G. 215
 Eructatio,  23
 Ertihash, A. 398
 Erysipele, F. 128. 173
 Erysipelas, 173
 Erythema,  128
 Eshera, A. 362
 Esr, A. 345
 Essera, 362
 Eternuement, F.  268
 Etisie, F. 190
 Etiska, A. 337
 Eshal, .#. 37
 Esquinancie, F. 134
 Evanouissement,  F. 282
 Eversion of the eye-lids, 245
 Exangeia, 212
 Exangia, ib.
 Exania, 54
 Exanthematica,  157"
 Exanthems, 157
 Exanthesis, 357
 Exanthrema, 410
 Excoriatio, 398
 Excoriation, ib.
 Excoriatura, ib.
 Excrescentiae, 328
 Exoryste, 317
 Exoneirosis, 234
 Exormia, 358  ,
 Exostosis, 332
 Expectoratio, 82
             solida, 136
 Extra-uterine fetation, 322

                F.

Faifait, A. 81
Faim, F 16
Fainting-fit, 282
Fallende-sucht, G. 28." 
LNTDEX.
451
Falling down of the fundament, 55
                   womb, 316
Falling-sickness, 285
Falsch-sehen, G. 241
False conception, 324
False sight, 241
Fasciola, 49
Fatuite, F. 234
fatuity, 234
Favus, 378
Febris, 93. 99
       alba, 30.4        "%
       continens, 109
       continua, ib.
       dysenterica, 36
       inflammatoria, 109
       intermittens, 101
       lenta, 108
       maligna, 111
       .putrida, ib.
       puerperalis, 112
       remittens, 107
       rubra, 164
Fedegh, A. 420 "
Feiste, G. 326
Felon, 127
Felure, F. 409
Fetation, extra-uterine, 322
Fevak, A. 268
Fever, 92
       diary, 96
       eruptive, 157
       hectic, 108
      jail, 111
       inflammatory, 109
       intermittent, 101
       nervous, 111
       putrid, ib.
       puerperal, 112
       scarlet, 164
       simple, 100
       vesicular, 171
       Feu de St. Antoine, F. 173
Feuerflecke, G. 130
Feuergurtel, G. 374
Feuermahl, G.  413
Fickleness, 235
Fidgets, 275
Fievre, hectique, F. 108
        intermittente, 101
        ortie", 167
        quarte, 104
        quotidienne, 102
        rouge,  164
        scarlatine, 164
        tierce,  103
        resiculaire, 171
Ffsh-scuppen-aussatz, G. 376
 Fish-skin, 370
 Fissura, 409
 Fissura capillorum, 389
 Fissure, 409
 Flap-ear, 415
 Flatulency, 23
 Flatulentia, 23
 Flatus, 22
 Flea-bites, 383
AFlecke, G. 391
\Fleckerothe flecke, G. 362
 Fleisch-druse, G. 386
 Fleurs blanches, F. 298
 Flooding, 312
 Fluke, 49
 Fluor-albus, 298
 Flux, bloody, 36
 Flux du sang, F. 36
 Folie, F. 220
 Folly, 235
 Forgetfulness, 235
 Formica ambulatoria, 374
 Fractura, 408
 Fracture, ib.
 Fragile vitreura, 333
 Fragilitas, ib.
 Framboesia, 181
 Frantzosen, G. 200 .
 Frat,  G  131
 Freckles, 392
 Frenk zehemeti, A. 200
 Fress-lust,  G. 17
 Fressenkeit, G. 17
 Fress-sucht, G. 16
 Fret,  131
 Fretillement, F. 275
 Frieselblattern, G. 168
 Frog-tongue, 14
 Fungus haematodes, 198
 Furoncle, F. 123
 Furunculus, 123
 Furor, 308
Gadfly, 50
Gahnen, G. 270
Galactia, 301
Gale, F. 380
Galactirrhoea, 301, 302, 30^
Gallstein, G. 61
Gall-stone, ib.
Ganglion, 332
Gangrcena, 214
Gangrene, ib.
Gaping, 270
Gasavet, A. 224
Gastritis, 140 
432
INDEX.
  Gastrocele, 404
  Gastrodynia, 22
  Gedrif, G. 98
  Geiffern,  G. 11
  Geilkeit, G. 307
  Gejtetica, 294
  Gelbe-haut, G. 393
  Gelbsucht, G. 57
  Gerstenkorn, G. 122
  Gesasfall,  G. 55
  Geskye, A. 282
  Geschwar, G. 119. 216
  Gespaltete haare, G. 339
  Ghem, Pers. 228
  Ghemm, A. 228
 Gicht, G. 293
 Glaucoma, 243
 Glaucosis,  ib.
 Gleet, 299
 Globus hystericus, 13
 Gloria, 223
 Glossocele, 13
 Glucksen,  G. 268
 GIus, 347
 Gluttony, 17
 Goggle-eye, 247
 Gonorrhoea, 299
 Gordius, 51. 385
 Gourmandie, F. 17
 Gout,  90. 155
 Goutte rose, F. 126
 Goutte serene, JP. 245
 Granchio, pal. 265
 Gratelle, 381
 Graue-staar, G. 244
 Graukopf,  G. 389
 Gravedo, 72. 149
 Gravel, 353
 Gravelle, F. ib.
 Graviditas molaris, 324
          ovarii, 322
          tubalis, ib.
 Gray-hairs, 389
 Green  sickness, 304
 Giles,  G. 364
 Griess  in den nieren, G. 352
 Grillenkopfheit, G. 228
 Grimmen, G. 27
 Grind,  G. 378
 Grison, F. 389
 Grossen-durst, G. 14
 Grosse-kopff, G. 417
 Grosse-panse, G. 326
 Grutum, 364
Guinea-worm, 385
Guldene ader, G. 54
Gum-boil, 119
Gutta rosea, 126
  Gutta serena, 24J5

                 II.

  Haarigkeit, G. 389
  Ilaarkrankenheit,  G. LW
  Haematemesis, 187
  HiBMATICA, 92
  Haematidrosis, 356
  Haematuria, 187
  Haemodia, 7
  Haemoptoe, 186
  Haemoptysis, 186. 191
  Hxmorrhagia, 186
              cruenta, 54
              mucosa, ib.
  Haemorrhois, 54.118
  Hair-worm, 51. 385
  Hale, JP. 392
  Hallucinatio, 225. 227
  Hararet, A. 258
  Hare-lip, 415
  Hardness of hearing, 251
  Harn-flus, G. 349
  Harm strange, G. 346
  Harte-rothe, G.  123
  Hasbet,  A.  165
 Hasef, A. 368
 Hasem-scharte, G. 415
 Harvest-bug-bite, 384
 Haupt-schuppen, G. 366
 Haupt-wehe, G. 280
 Haut-gewachse, G. 363
 Haut-insecten, G. 382
 Haut-rothe, G. 128
 Hautschwurung, G. 398
 Head-ache,  280
 Heart-ache, 224
      burn, 199
      sinking, 22
 Heat, 258
 Heat-eruption, 375
 Heben, A. 340
 Hectic fever, 108
 Hectica,  ib.
 Hectique, ib.
 Helminthia,  45, 46
 Hemeralopia, 238
 Hemicrania, 208
 Hemiplegia, 298
 Hemitritaeus, 107
 Hemm, A. 275
 Hemmai  mehrikeh, A. 109
        murbau, 104
        mushelleshe, 103
Hemorrhage, 186
Hemorrhagic, JP. ib.
Hemorrhoide, F.  51 
INDEX.
43S
 Hemret, A. 173
 Hepatitis, 142
 Hepatocele, 404
 Heres, A. 376
 Herkeshet, A. 400
 Hermaphroditus, 423
 Hernia, 401, 402
 Hernia humoralis, 144
 Hernie, F. 402
        fausse, F. 342
 Herpes, 373, 374, 375. 377
 Hers, A. 400
 Hessat, A. 353
 Hesitation, 79
 Hiccough, 268
 Hidroa, 375
 Hieranosos, 284
 Hieropyr, 127
 Hirnfieber, G  133
 Hirnwuth,  G. ib.
 Hirsuties, 389
 Hirudo, 52
 Hives, 171
 Hoquet, F. 268
 Hordeolum, 122
 Hornhautapostem, G. 246
 Horn-pock, 176
 Huft-wehe, G. 1«4
 Hulas, A. 190
 Hunden-hunger, G. 16
 Hund-tolleit, G 279
 Hiineraug,  G 387
 Hur, Pers. 289
 Husr, A. 32
 Husten, G. 82
 Hydarthrus, 157
 Hydrachnis, 171
 Hydrocele, 342
 Hydrocephale, F. 338
 Hydrocephalus, ib.
 Hydrometra, 342
 Hydronosus, 100
 Hydropedesis, 355
 Hydrophobia, 279
Hydrophobic, F. ib.
Hydropthalmia, 246
Hydropes, 336
Hydrops, 336. 342
Hydrops siccus, 343
Hydropisie, F. 3.57. 342
Hydrorachitis, 339
Hydrothorax, ib.
Hyperorum, 414
Hyperuresis, 349
Hypochondrias,  227
Hypochondriasis, 228
Hypochondrie, F ib.
Hypochondrism, ib.
   Vol. V.—3  U
 Hypochyma, 244
 Hypopyum, 246
 Hyposarca, 64
 Hyposarcidius, 337
 Hypostaphyle, 13
 Hysteria, 285
 Hysteric-fit, ib.
 Hysteritis, 144
 Hysteroptiyse, 344
 Hyslriacis, 388

                I.

 Jaundice, 57
 Jaunisse, F ib.
 Ichnophonia, 79
 Ichorous exanthem, 167
 Icterus, 56
 Icthyasis, 369
 Icthyiasis, 370
 Idiotism, 236
 Jealousy, 223
 Jecur akend, Pers. 65
 Jecur fessadi, J'ers. 142
 Jedrie, A. 174
 Jejunium, 18
 Jema, A. 120
 Jenun,A 222
 Jesbe, A. 291
 Ignis, sacer, 129, 130. 180
 Jimmerat, A. 177
 Jirsam, A. 138
 Iklet, A. 363
 Ileus, 27
 lieu haematites, 211
 Illusion, 225
 Imaginary sounds, 252
 Imbecility, 234
 Imbecillite, F. ib.
lmmobilitas pupillae, 245
Impetigo, 568. 376, ?>77
lmposthume in the Ear, 119
Impotence, male, 311
 Impotentia, 310
 lmpuissance, JP. 311
 Incendium spontaneum, 208
Inconstance, F  235
Inconstantia, ib.
Incontinence d' urine, F. 349
Incontinence of urine, ib.
Incontinentia urinx, ib.
Incube, JP. 89
Incubus, 88
Indigestion, 25
Inedia, 18
Inepuisance d' ejaculation, F. 312
Inflammation edematous, 129
            erysipelatous, 129 
434
INDEX.
Inflammation gangrenous, 129
            of the bladder, 144
                  bowels, 141
                  eyes, 145
                  heart, 139  "
                  kidney, 143
                  liver, 142
                  lungs, 137
                  9pleen, 143
                  stomach, 141
                  testicles, 144
                  womb, ib.
IWFLAMMA-IIOSB, 113
Inflammatory blush, 128
Inflatio, 30
Inflation, 343
Influenza, 149
Infreddatura, Ital. 148
Inquietudo, 274
Insecten-stick, G. 397
Insanity, 220
Insomnie, F. 275
Intermittens, 101
Intermittent fever, ib.
Intertrigo, 131
Joint-ache, 152
Jolt-head, 417
Ion thus, 125
Iracundia, 223
Iris, 374
Irk Medini, A. 385
Irrationality, 234
Ischiadum malum, 154
Ischias rheumaticum, ib.
       a sparganosi, 151
Ischiocele, 404
Ischuria, 345
Itch, 380
     bricklayer's 377
     grocer's, ib.
     mangy, 381
     rank, ib.
     watery, ib.
Itching, 257
Judam, A. 203
Junum, A. 133
Juzam, A. 206

                 K.

Kabus. A. 89
Kates, A. 244
 Kalak, A. 275
Kalte-biss, G. 299
 Kalte-geschwulst, O.  130
 Kasho, A. 154
 Kazech,A. 261
 Kebz, A. 32
Kedazcsh, . 1. 18'J
Kefijot, A. 287
Kehlsucht,  G. 134
Keichen, A. 86
Kejik,  Tnrc. 363
Kel, A. 378
Keleb, A 277
Keren, A. 131
Kerk,^. 216
Kervet, A. 402
Kesret, A. 401
Khabbet, A 83
Khafa, A. 289
Khal, A. 413
Khefakan, A. 269
Khemkhemet, A. 78
Khenauk, A. 134
Khensi, A. 423
Khora, A. -06
Khure, A. 215
Khyarjek, A. 121
Kibe, 131
Kieferaussatz, G. 123
Kindsflecken, G 165
Kindspocken, G 174
King's evil, 197
Kleinaussatz, G. 368
Klopffen, G. 269
Knote, G. 328
Knoten, G. 358
Koeji, A. 24
Koleng, A. 27
Koltek, A. 388
Kouba, A. 364
Kratze, G. 380
Krcbs, G. 198
Krubelkrankheit,  G. 214. 272
Kropf, G. 197
Krum-hals, G. 261
Kurtzer-athem, G. 85
Kurts^chtigkeit, G. 240
Kusof, A. 21

                L.

Labium leporinum, 415
Labour, lingering, 320
         morbid, ib.
Labour-show, 298
Laceratio, 401
Laceration, ib.
Laetitia, 223
Lagnesis, 307
Lagostoma, 415
Lahm, A. 328
Lallatio, 80
Land-scurvy, 211
Lascivious madness, 208 
Lascivite", F. 307
LanflTetirlegicht, G 156
Lansigkeit,  G. 383
Lax. 37
Leberflecke, G. o92
Leic- itglaub'ickeit, G. 235
Leich»sinnigkcit,  G. ib.
Leipopsyeiiia, 282
Leipotix oiia, ib.
Lenticula, 392
Lentigo, ib.
Lipidosis, 365. 370
Lepra,  06.  367, 368
Lepriasis, ;67
Leprosie, F. ib.
Leprosy, 206. 367
Lerema, 235
Lerze, Pers. 271
Lethargus, 291
Let'iargy, ib.
Leucasmus, 391
I.euce, 368
Leucophlegmatia, 337
Leucorrhoea, 297
Lew, A. 400
Lichen, 361, 362, 363
Licheniasis, 359
Lienteria, 37
Limosis, 15
Linguae exsertio,  13
Lippitude, 147
Lippitudo, ib.
Lispeln, G. 81
Lisping, ib.
Lithia, 352
Lithiasis, 334. 352
Loathing, 24
Locked-jaw, 262
Lodgement of matter in the chest,
L6emus, 178
Lolling-tongue, 13
Long round worm, 48
      tape worm, 49
      thread worm, 48
Long-fasting, 18
Long-sight, 239
Longing, 224
Looseness, 37
Louchotte, F. 247
Lousiness, 383
Low-9pirits, 228
Loxarthrus, 411
Loxia, -«.61
Lues, 199
Lumbago, 154
Lumbricus, 48
Lupia, 331
Lupus, 218
 INDEX.                           4S5

      Laxation, 410
      Laxatura, ib.
      Lygmus, 268
      Lyssa, 277

                     M.

      Macies, 189
      Macula lata Plateri, 130
      Maculae corneae, 243
      Madness, 222
      Maggot-pimple, 126
      Melil, A. 391
      Mahlergrimmen, G. 28
      Mai a la tete, F. 280
      Mai caduc, F. 285
      Mai de dents, F. 6
         de la rose, JP. 206
         de mere, F. 285
         de punta, JP. 138
         de sole, JP. 206
         des ardens, JP. 180
      Malacia, 20
      Malacosteon, 333
      Maladie des prisons, F. Ill
             imaginaire, F.  228
             noire, JP. 59
             pediculaire, F. 383
             soucie, JP. 224 ■
      Malis, 382
      Malum hystericum, 285
      Mangel-durst, G. 15
      Mania, 220, 221, 222
      Manie, F. 222
      Manquement de soif, JP. 15
      Marasmus, 189
      Marisca, 54
      Marcores, 189
118   Massledigkeit, G. 19
      Mastodynia, 120
      Matted-hair, 388
      Matuhlik, A. 234
      Mauzel, A. 320
      Maw-worm, 50
      Measles, 165
      Medend, A. 46
      Megraine, F. 280
      Megrim, ib.
      Megs, A 36
      Mekhas, A. 320
      Mekser, A. 408
      Melaena, 59
      Melalet, A. 228
      Melancholia, 220. 228
      Melancholie, F. 220
      Melancholy, ib.
      Melas, 368
      Melasma, 380 
436
INDEX.
 Me asicterus, 59
 Melice'ris, '32
 Memoraedebilitas, 234
 Memouk, A 25
 Menshen-fiendschaft, G. 229
 Menorrhagia, 187 295, 296. 298
 Menses antevertentes, 296
        retention of, 295
        suppression of, ib.
 Menstruation, excessive, 296
              laborious, 295
              profuse, 296
              vicarious, ib.
 Mentagra, 123
 Mental extravagance, 226
 Mesentcritis, 140
 Mesket, A. 324
 Me skim, A 321
 Mesotica, 325
 Metamorphjfsia, 242
 Metritis, 144
 Metrocelis, 413
 Metrorrhagia, 187
 Mictus cruentus, ib.
 Milch-streiche n, G. 151
 Mildew-mortification, 216
 Miliaria,  167
 Miliaris,  163
 Miliary, fever, ib.
 Milium, 364
 Milk-spread, 151
 Millor, F  168
 Misanthropie, F; 229
 Misanthropy, ib.
 Miscarriage, 319
 Misgeburtli, G. ib.
 M^menstruarion,  294
 M«la, 324. 424
 Mole, 424
 Moilities ossium, 333
 MoHuscum, 332
 Monoculus, 416
 Monopia,  ib.
 Morbi iii, 165
 Morbicalculosi, 352
 Morbus pilaris, 385
        reg'us, 57
 Moria, 234
 Morosis, ib.
 Morpiones, 383
 Mors jpparens, 288
 M'>rsus ventriculi, 21
 Mor' de chien, JP. 40
Morta, 171
Modification, 214
Mosghet, A. 424
Mothers'-mark 413
Mouth-watering, 10
 Mue de la voix, F. 78
 Mum, A.  91
 Mumps, 134
 Mundschwanchen, G. 168
 Musca cibaria, 52
 Muscx volitantes, 242
 Mutitas, 75, 76
 Mutitd, F. 77
 Mutter-beschwerung, G. 285
 Mutter-mahle, G. 413
 Myitis, 153
 Myle, 324
 Myodesopia, 242
 Myopia, 240
 Myopiasis, ib.
 Myositis,  153

                 N.

 Nachtblindkeit, G. 238
 Nacht-mannlein, G. 89
 Naevus, 413
 Nagel-geschwair, G. 127
 Nain, 424
 Nanus, ib.
 Nasitas, 78
 Nasur, A. 387
 Nausea, 24
 Nauz, A. 307
 Necrosis, 216
 Nefrendis, 8
 Nehem, A. 16
 Nehva, A. 270
 Nekeb, A. 380
 Nekes, A. 333
 Nemesh, A. 392
 Nemim, A. 252
 Nephralgia, 352
 Nephritis, 143
 Nervous deafness, 251
        fainting-fit, 282
        quinsy, 13
 Neshr, A. 373
 Nettle-rash, 167
 Net-work before the eyes, 242
 JVeuralgia, 265
 Neurotica, 219
 Nourtrissure, F. 400
 Nezaruk, A. 284
 Niaiserie,  JP  235
Nictitatio, 269
Niesen, G. 268
Night-mare, 89
Might-pollution, 234
Night-sight, 238
Nigredo a  sole, 392
Nickr s, A. 155
Nirles, 374 
INDEX.
437
Noctambulatio, 233
Node, 332
Nodosia, 8
Noli me tangere, 218
Nouage,  F. l94
         de la cornee, JP. 243
Noueure, F. 194
Nufas, A. 349
Numbness, 259
Nyctalopia, 238
Nyctalopie, F. ib.
Nyctegersia,  233
Nyctobasis, ib.
Nymphomania, 307, 308
Nystagmus, 247. 269

                 O.

Oben und unten purgiren, G. 39
Obesitas, 326
Obesity, ib.
Oblivio,  234
Oblivion, 235
Obscuratio corneae, 243
Obstipatio, 32
Obstipitas, 261, 262
Obstructio, 406
Ocatoposis, 12
Odaxismus, 2
Odontalgia, 1
 Odontia, ib.
Odontiasis, 2
Odoratus deperditus,  254
Oe-dema, 13. 87. 337
 Oedoptosis, 315
Oeso;>hagismus, 12
Oestrus, 50
Ohmacht, G. 282
Ohr-schmurtz, G. 133
Olfactus amissio, 253
Olfactus acrior, 254
 Olophonia, 414
Oma, A. 243
Omentitis, 139
Oneirodynia, 89  233
Onirodynia, 233
Onyx, 246
Opake cornea, 243
Ophiasis, 390
Ophthalmia, 145
 Ophthalmie,  F. ib.
Ophthalmites, ib.
Ophthalmy, ib.
Opisthotonos, 263
Oreillons, F. 134
 Orgastica, 303
Orgeolet, F.  122
 Orthopnea, 13. 85. 90
Oscheophyma, 342
Oscheocele, 342. 402
Oscitatio, ~'70
Ossificatio, 334
Ossium recessus, 411
Osieosarcosis, 334
Osthexia, 334
Otas, A. ^68
Otalgia, 120.  133
Otitis, 133
Oubll JP. 235
Ouie engourdie, F.  252
     tendre,  F. 250
Oxyopia, 238
Oxyphonia, 78
Ozoena, 73

                P.

Pain in the side, 114
Palmus, 24. 28. 269
Palpitatio,  269
Palpitation, ib.
Palsy, 293
Panaris, 127
Pandiculatio, 270
Pantry-fly, 64
Pantophobia, 279
Papula, 358
Papulae, ib.
Papulous-skin, ib.
Parabysma, 62
Paracusis, 249. 252
Paracoe, 249
Paracyesis, 318
Parjesthesis, 415
Parageusis, 255
Paraglossa, 414
Paraglosse, 13
Paralysis, 293
          rachialgica, 28
Paralysie, F. 293
Paramenia, 294
Paraplegia, 293
Paraphimosis, 122
Paraphonia, 77, 78
Paropsis, 256
Parasitismus intestinalis, 46
Parasynanche, 135
Paristhmia, 134
Paristhmitis,  135
Parler du nez, F. 78
Par odynia, 319
Paronoea, 235
Paronchyia, 127
Paroniria, 232  t-
Paropsis, 237
Pqrosmis, 253 
438
INDEX.
Parostia, 333
Parotis, 120
Parotitis,  134
Partus difficilis, 320
Paruria, 344
Passing of gall-stones, 62
Passio bouvina, 382
      iliaca, 27
Passion, ungovernable, 223
Parulis, 119
Pelagra, 206
Pellagra, ib.
Pemphigus, 171
Pemphingodes, 168
Peripneumonia,  137
Peripneumonie,  F. ib.
Peripneumony, ib.
Perirrhcea, 3-19
Peritonitis, 139
Pernio, 131
Peromelia, 419
Perosphlanchnia, 417
Perte d'cdoral, F. 254
      de saug  de femme, JP. 296
Pertussis,  83
Perverse hearing, 252
Perversio  capitis ossium, 411
Pervigilium, 274
Pest, G. 178
Peste, F. ib.
Pestilentia, ib.
Pestis, ib.
Petechiae sine  febre, 210
Petecchial scurvy, 210
Petite verole,  /'. 174
Pfnugel, G. 71
Fhadagaena, 16
Phagaena, ib.
Phallorrhoea, 299
Phantasma, 241
Philautia, 223
Phimosis,  121
Phlegmatia, 337
           lactea, 150
           nolens, ib.
Phlegmatorrhagia, 71
Phlegmone, 118
Phlogotica, 113
Phlogotice, 132
Pblyctaena, 377
Phlysis, 126, 376
Phcenigmus, 210. 326
Phonicismus, 165
Phonica, 70
Photophobia, 238
Photopsia, 242
Phrenesie, JP. 133
Pbhesica, 219
    Phrenitis, 133
    Phrensv, 133
    Phtharma, 243, 244
    Phthiriasis, 382
    Phthi-ie. F. 192
    Phthisis, 191,192
    Phygethlon, 121
    Phyma,  l-'2
    Phymatosis, 386
    Ph>sconia,  63. 66. 68, 69. 327
    Physometra, 344
    Pian, 182
    Pica, 18
    Pierre an fiel, F. 61 .
    Piles, 54
    Pimple, common, 375
    Pin-eye, 245
    Piquure, F. 397
    Pissement de sang, JP 187
    Pityriasis, 366
    Plague,  179
    PlaitetS-hair, 388
    Plavc, F. 396
    Plethora, 184
    Pleuralgia, 90
    Pleurisie, F. 138
    Pleuritis, 138. 154
    Pleurisy, 138
    Plearodyne, 90. 154
    Plica, 388
    Plique,  F. ib.
    Pneumatica,  70
    Pneumatosis, 343
    Pneujiomca, 81
    Pneusis, 82
    Pnignia, 85
    Podagra, 155
    Podalgia, ib.
    Pcccilia,  393
    Pollution involuntaire, JP. 234
    Polydipsia,  14
    Polyp*,  F. 73
    Poly per ia, 421
    Polypus, 73
    Polypus vaginae, 317
    Polypus uteri, ib.
    Polysarcia,  326
    Pompholyx, 371
    Porphyra, 209
    Porrigo, 377, 378. 390
    Pousse, F. 85
    Pox, 200
    Pregnancy, morbid, 318
    Presbyopia, 239
    Presbytia, ib.
    Preying care, 224
    Priapism, 261
7   Priapisme, F. ib 
INDEX.
439
Priapismus, 261
Prick  397
Prickly -heat, 362
Pride, 223
Procidentia uteri, 317
Proctalgia, 53
Proctica,  ib.
Proctocele, 55
Production uvulae, 13
Praotia, 305
Profusio, 18S. 210
Prolapsus ani, 55
          vagmae, 316, 317
          vesicae, 316
          uteri, ib.
          uvular, 13
Protuberant eye, 246
Prurigo, 363, 364
Pruritus, 257
Pneumonia, 137
Pneumonitis, ib.
Presentation, preternatural, 320
Psellismus, 79
Pseudae^thesia, 260
Pseudcbl.-psis, 241
Pseudocyesis, 324
Pseudo-syphilitic disease, 203
Psoas, 11*7
Psoas abscess, ib.
Psora, 380
Psoriasis, 368
Psorophthalmia, 146
Psydracia, 125
Ptarmus, 268
Ptyalismus, 10
Pulmonaria, 137
Punctura, 397
Puncture, ib.
Purging and vomiting, 39
Purpura, 164. 168. 209
Pursinrsi, 85
P.:sh,  119
Pustula, 376
Pustula;, ib.
Pustulous exanthem, 173
Pye-bailed negroes, 394
Pyhectica, 92
Pyrosis, 22
Pyuria, 347
                 Q.

Quartaine, F. 104
Quartan ap\ e, ib.
QuofidJtn ague, 102
Quins;-, 134

                 It.
liabie* 277, 278
Rache fairneuse, JP. 379
      seche, F. ib.
Radafet, A. 386
Radoterie, JP. 236
Rage, F. 277
Raiu-bow-worm, 375
Ralemeut, F. 75
Ranula, 14
Raphania, 272
Rash exanthem, 163
Rattling in the throat, 75
Raucedo, 77
Raucitas, ib.
Ravaglio, Ital. 171
Raush, A. 271
Rec«*ssus ossium,  412
Recollectionis jactura, 235
Red-gown, 359
Red-gum, ib*
Remed, A 147
Remet, ^2. 215
Remittent fever, 108
Renversement de la matrice, JP. 316
             de la vessie urinaire,F.
                               316
Restlessness, 275
Retching, 24
Retention d'urine, F. 345
Revausey, A. 417
Reverie," JP. 230
Revery, ib.
Rhachia, 194
Rhachialgia, 28
Rhachitis, 194
Rhegma, 400
Rhencus, 74
Rheuma, 148
Rheumatism, 153
Rheumatismus, ib.
Rheumatisme chaud, F. ib,"
Rheume, F.  149
Rhinophonia, 78
Rhochmos, 75
Rhoncus, 74
Rhypia, 375
Rickets, 194
Ring-worm,  374
Riquets, F. 194
Rootvont, Jielg. 362
Rosalia, 164
Rose-rash, 357
Roseola, ib.
Roth-gesicht, G. 126
Rothlauf, G.  173
Rothnase, G. 126
Roth-pfinnen, G.  125
Rothe, G. 359.
Rothe-plunkt, G. 210 
440
INDEX.
Rothe-ruhr, G. 36
Rougeurs,  F. 126
Rougeole, JP. 165
Ruaf, A. 186
Rubeola, 165
Rubula, 181
Ruck-gratkrankheit, G. 194
Rugh, A. 23
Running  at the nose, 71
Rupia, 375
Ruptura, 401
Rupture, ib.

                S.

Saamen, A 252
Saamenfluss, G.  300
Sahik, A. 145
St. Antony's Fire, 173
St. Yitus's Dance, 271
Salacitas, 307
Salacity,  ib.
Salivatio, 10
Salivation, ib.
Sanguifluxus,  186
Sarcoma, 328, 329,  330, 331
         mesenterii, 67
         Epulis, 9
         narium, 73
Satiriasis, 307
Saur, A. 420
Scabies, 368. 380, 381
Scale-skin,  365
Scall, 366. 368. 376, 377, 378
Scalled head, 378
Scaly tetter, 368
Scharbocken, G. 212
Scharlachaufschlag,  164
Scarab aeus, 50
Scarlatina,* 164
Scarlet fever, ib.
Schaufhusten, G. 83
Schielen, G 247
Schlaf-spitzieren, G. 233
Schlieren, G. 121
Schlag, G. 292
Schullul, A. 386
Schwartze galle, G. 59
Schweys sucht, G. 101
Schwachheit, G.  234
Schwermuth, G.  2"0
Schwindsucht, G. 108.192
Schwachmutigkeit, G. 311
Schiefen-sehen, G. 240
Schlattosigkeit, G. 274
Schnarchen, G. 75
Schrunden,  G. 409
Schupfen, G. 72
Schuppen, G. 366
Schiitheln, G. 4U0
Sch^ammformig, aussatz, G. 181
Schwindel, G 281
Schwisblattern, G. 375
Scelotyrbe, 271
Sciatica, 154
Sclopetoplaga, 396
Scorbut, F. 212
Scorbutus, ib.
Scordinema, 270
Scotoma, 282
Scrophula, 197
Scurvy, 209, 210, 211
Scybalum, 44
Sea-scurvy, 212
Secheress de poitrine, F. 83
Sedao, A. 279
Sehu, A 225
Seiten-stiche,  G. 91
Seiten-wehe, G. 138
Sejli-dem, A. 186
Seklet, A.  292
Seket, 319
Selau, A. 409
Seles, A. 349
Self-love, 223
Self-conceit, 223
Semna, AT 304
Sentimentalism,  226
Separation of bones, 411
Seram, 285
Serataun, A 198
Seres, A. 310
Seikend, A. 282
Shebek,A 307
Shebkerat, A.  238
Shekyhat, A. 280
Shirine, A. 378
Shingles, 374
Short-breath,  85
Short-sight, 240
Sibbens, 203
Sickness of the stomach, 23
Sideratio, 133
Sifflement, JP 78
Singultus, 268
Silat, A.  197
Sila, A. 328
Silliness, 235
Siriasis, 133
Sitis Morbosus, 14
Sivvens,  203
Skue-sight, 240
Slavering, 11
Sleep, apparent, 291
Sleep-walking, 233
Sleep-talking, ib.             , 
INDEX.
441
sleeplessness, 274
Sma 1-pox, 174
Smell, v?53, 254
       acute, 254
       obtuse, ib.
       loss of, ib.
Sneezing, 268
Snivelling-, 72
Snoring, 75
Soal, A. 82
Saol, ./. 84
Soda, 21
Soit, excessive, JP. 14
Somnambulism, 233
Somnambuhsmus, ib.
Somnolency, 291
Sommersprosse, G. 392
Soubresaui des tendons, JP. 270
Soolal, A 192
Soporosi, 286
Sore-throat, 135
Soreness, '"57
So iris, F. 269
Sonie  de la langue, JP. 13
Spasm, .J61
Spast:ci,  ib.
Spaiganosis, 150. 301
Sp:»rks before the eyes, 242
iSpermorrhoea, 300
Speakm< through the nose, 78
Speechlessness, 75
Speicht! fluss.  G 10
Sphacelus, 215
Sphacellismus, 133
Spina vemosa,  334
Spina bifida, 339
Spinola,  ib
Sflahciimca, 56
Sp tting  of LSlood, 186
Splenitis, 143
Spilosis,  391
Spilus, ib.
Squamn.ae, 365
Sfr.iinaiicy, 134
Squinsy,  ib.
Squinting,  247
Stamlen, G. 79
Stammering, ib.
Staphyloma,  246
Starck* r-husten, G. 84
Steckei zunge, G. 13
St; iiisotica, 407
StenlUas.  03
Stenliie  des femmes, F. 314
Steriliid  male, F. 309
Sterility  female, 314
Sternalgia, 89
Sternutatio, 268
   Vol. V.—3 X
Sterteur, 75
Stertor, 74
Stick, G. 396
Stich, 91
Stiff-neck, 261
Stillicidium  narium, 71
Stomacace,  211
Stomach-disease, 15
Stone in the bladder, 353
Stone pock, 125
Stoppage of urine, 345
Stopfuii£, G. 32
Stottt-rn, G. 79
Strabismus,  247
Strain, 400
Straining, 54
Straguria, 346. 349
Strangury, 346
Stremma, 400
Steheotica, 406
Streckung,  G. 270
Stretching, ib.
Strophulus,  358
Struma, 196
Studium inane, 232
Stub itia, 235
Stulzwung,  G 54
Stummheit,  G. 75
Stupiditas, 234
Stupidity, ib.
Stupor, 259
Stuttering, 79
Stye, 123
Stypsis, 32
Suanimento, Span. 282
Suasarcosis. 67
Subat, A.  291
Subsultus, 270
Subluxatio,  411
Suda, A. 220
Sudainina, 362
Sudor, 355
Sudor A'glicus,  100
Suette, F. iOl
Suffbcatio, 85
Suffusio, 241, 242
Summer-rash, 362
Sun-burn, 393
Sup, A. 220
Superbia, 223
Superannuation,  236
Surditas, 253
Surdite*, ib.
Sus-t-nded animation, 289
Susurrus, 252
Suzish, A  399
Sweating sickness, 101
Sweet-spittle, 11 
44ft
INDEX
Swimming of the head, 281
Swine-pox, 171
Swoon, 282
Swiille, G. 387
Sycosis, 123
Synanche, 134
Synclonus, 270
Syncope, 89. 282
Synezesis, 244
Svnoca, 109
Synochus, 109.  Ill
Syphilis, 199
Syrigma, 78
Syrigmus, 252
Ststatica, 273
Syspasia, 283
Systremma, 265

                T.

 Tabes, 190
 Taches de rousseur, F. 392
 Tactus acrior, 257
       imminutus, 259
 Txdium vitae, 228
 Taenia, 48
 Tsesa, Pers. 275
 Tag-blindkeit,  G. 238
 Tagig-fieber, G. 102,
 Tarns, A. 296
 Tape-worm, 49
 Taraxis,  145
 Tartar of the Teeth, 9
 Taste, 255
       acute, ib.
       obtuse,  256
 Taus, A. 265
 Taubheit, G. 253
 Taye, F. 243
 Teething, 3
 Teigne, JP. 377
 Teneritudo, 257
 Tenesmus, 53
 Tenk nefes, A. 86
 Tentigo penis, 261
 Terminthus, 124
  Tertian ague, 103
  Tertianus, ib.
  Teshennug, A. 262
  Testudo, 332
  Tetanus, 263. 265
  Tetartseus, 104
  Tetartophya,  105
  Tetter, 373. 376, 377. 379
  Tezau* A. 321
  Thirst, morbid, 14
  Thlasis, 410
  Thlasma, 399
Thorheit, G. 236
Thrush, 168
Tic, 262
Tic douloureux, F. 260
Tick, 384
Tiefsmnigkeit, G. 231
Tinea, S77
Tintammet, A 79
Tippel-beul, G  121
Tiraillement, F. 270
Tollheit, G. 222
Tongue-tie, 414
Tonic spasm, 261
Tonici, ib.
Tonos, ib.
Tooth ache, 6
Tooth-edge, 8
Tooth-rash, 360
Tormina, 36
Torpor, 287
Torpor pancreatis, 66
 Tournoyement de tete, F. 281
 Toux, F. 82
Trance, 291
 Tranchees des enfan9, F. 30
 Transport, 223
 Traulotes, 80
 Traurigkeit, G. 228
 Tremblement, F. 271
 Trembling, ib.
 Tremor, ib.
 Trichoma,  388
 Trichosis, ib.
 Trichuris, 48
 Tricocephalus, ib.
 Trismus, 262, 263. 266
 Tritaeophya, 104. 108
 Tritaeus, 103
 Tromos, 271
 Trousse-galant, F. 39
 Tuber, 328
 Tuberculum, ib.
 Tumeur blanche, F. 156
 Tumor, 328
 Tumour, ib.
 Tussis,  82
 Twinkling of the eye-lids, 269
 Twiching of the tendons, 270
 Ttchica, 395
 Tympania, 343
  Tympanite, JP. 3^3
  Tympany, ib.
  Typhodes, 110
  Typhomania, 291
  Typhus, 110

                  V.
  Vaccina, 170 
V-
INDEX.
443
Vaccinia, 169
Vapours, 228
Varicella, 170
Variola, 174
Varix, 214
Varus, 125
Vauket, A. 19
Ubel-horen, G. 251
Vedaf, A. 3u0
Vege-ome fasil, A. 154
Vekr, A. 251
Ventosite, F. 23
Ventriculi inflammatio, 140
Verbrennung,  G. 399
Verdrusslichkeit, G 228
Verdunkluag  der glasernen feuticbj-
  keit, G. 244
            der hornhaut, 243
Vergesslichkeit, G. 235
Verem, A  189
Verminatio, 46
Verole, F 200
Verole volante, iP. 170
Verolette, JP. i71
Verrenckung,  G. 400
Verucca, 386
Verriie, F. ib.
Vers, F. 46
Verzerhung, G. 190
Vertige, F. 281
Vertigo, ib.
Vesamia, 220. 222
Vesaniae, 220
Vesicular fever, 171
Viertagig-fieber, G. 104
Viscus acrior, 238
       diurnus, ib.
       juvenum, 240
       nocturnus, 238
Vitiligo, 367. 391
Ulcer, 216
Ulcere, P. ib.
Uleus, 216
Unacteu kmdspocken, G. 170
Unfruktbarkeit, G.  314
Ungovernable passion, 223
Unoculus, 416
Unrecht, G. 252
Unruhe, JP. 275
Unsinnigkeit,  F. 220
Unverdaulichkeit, G.25
UnvernunfFt, F. 235
Unverstand, F. 234
Unzeitige-geburth, G. 319
Vomcndi, conamen, 24
Vomica, 118
Vomissement, JP. 24
              de sang, JP. 187
Vomiting, 24
          of blood, 187
Vomituritio, 24
Vomitus, ib.
        cruentus,  187
Voracity, F. 17
Voracity, ib.
Uredo, 166
Urine, stoppage of, 345
      incontinence of, 349
Uroplania, 351
Urticaria,  166
Uteri inflatio, 344
      inversio, 316
      prol.tpsus, ib.
      retroversio, ib.
Vue couche, F. 240
     courte, F. ib.
     longue, F. 239
Vulnus, 396

                W.

Wahnsinnigkeit, G. 236
Wart, 386
Wartze, G. ib.
Wasserblassen, G. 371
Wasserblattern, G. 370
Wassersucht, G. 337
Water-blebs, 372
Water-brash, 23
Water-pox, 171
Water-qualm,  22
Weariness of life, 229
Web-eye, 243
Weisse-flusse, G. 298]
Weissehaut, G. 196
Weiss-schwellen,  G.  156
Welk, 126
Wen, 331
Wheezing, 75
White-gown, 360
White gum, ib.
White-swelling, 156
Whites, 298
Whitlow,  127
Windige-wassersucht, G. 343
Wind-dropsy, 340
Wind-grimmen, G. 30
Wischtel-zopfF, G.  388
Witlessness, 2'i^
Womb, falling down of, 310
       inverted, ib.
       polypus of, 317
       retroverted, 316
Worm, tape, 49
Worm, thread, 48
       round,ib. 
444
INDEX.
Worms, 46
Wound, 396
Wra'h, 223
Wrench 400
Wnn.le, G  396'
Wormsucht, G. 46
Yara, A. 396
Yawning, 270
Yaws, lhl
Yehem, A 234
Yerekaun, A. 57
Zahne-stumpf, G. 8
Zahn-pein, G. 6
Zahnt-n, G. 3
Zamth, A 119
Zalal-bein, A. 137
Zefer, A. 122
Zekh, A 387      .  -Sf
Zelotypia, 223
Zemherir, A. 258
Zemin A 293
Zeminlik, Turc. 293
Zeryr, .4. 59
Zerzerretes, G 400'
Zipperlein, G. 155
Ziras, ^  2
Zirknirschung, G. 400
Zischen, G, 78
Zitterich,  G. 361
Zittermahl, G 373
Zittern, G. 271
Zona, 374
Zoster, ib.
Zukam, A. 148
Zulekkhet, .4. 154
Zurat, A. 23
Zwerg, G 424
Zwitter, G. 423
Zyger angen, G. 147
THE END 
 
 
fr<fc 
NLM032779253